The Epistle to the
Hebrews
SummaryThe book of Hebrews is a General Epistle (Apostolic Letter). It was written mainly to the Hebrew believers. The author is anonymous, although either Paul or Barnabas was traditionally accepted as the author. It was written approximately 67 A.D. Its purpose was to present the Lord Jesus Christ as perfect and superior in comparison to anything Judaism and the old covenant had to offer. The author was writing to a group of Christians who were under intense persecution and some were contemplating a return to Judaism. He admonished them not to turn away from their only hope of salvation.
• In chapters 1-10:18, the author repeatedly demonstrates Jesus Christ as preeminent over the angels, “let all the angels of God worship Him” (1:6); over Moses, “He has been counted worthy of more glory than Moses” (3:3); over the Old Testament priesthood, “being designated by God as a high priest according to the order of Melchizedek” (5:10). The writer explains that the New Covenant is greater than the Old Covenant because Jesus was the perfect, permanent sacrifice, rather than the Old Testament sacrifices. The author also presents the power and authority of the Word of God, “For the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword, and piercing as far as the division of soul and spirit, of both joints and marrow, and able to judge the thoughts and intentions of the heart” (4:12).
• In chapters 10:19-13, the writer explains that Faith is superior to the work of the Old Covenant. He writes, “Faith is the assurance of things hoped for, the conviction of things not seen” (11:1). Chapter 11 is Faith’s Hall of Fame where all of the faithful individual’s from the Old Testament are highlighted in this chapter. Faith in Jesus Christ is our source of salvation because He is “the author and perfecter of faith” (12:2).All are able to trust in Jesus Christ knowing that He is “the same yesterday and today and forever” (13:8).
Outline
- 1. Jesus is Above the Angels ( 1:1–2:18 )
- a. The Supremacy of the Son ( 1:1–14 )
- b. Salvation Confirmed ( 2:1–4 )
- c. Jesus like His Brothers ( 2:5–18 )
- 2. Jesus is Above Moses ( 3:1–4:13 )
- a. Jesus Our Apostle and High Priest ( 3:1–6 )
- b. Do Not Harden Your Hearts ( 3:7–11 )
- c. The Peril of Unbelief ( 3:12–19 )
- d. The Sabbath Rest ( 4:1–13 )
- 3. Jesus As High Priest ( 4:14–7:28 )
- a. The Perfect High Priest ( 4:14–5:10 )
- b. Much to Say About This ( 5:11–6:12 )
- i. Milk and Solid Food ( 5:11–14 )
- ii. A Call to Maturity ( 6:1–12 )
- c. A Priest in the Order of Melchizedek ( 6:13–7:28 )
- i. God’s Unchangeable Promise ( 6:13–20 )
- ii. Melchizedek and Abraham ( 7:1–10 )
- iii. A Superior Priesthood ( 7:11–28 )
- 4. The New Covenant ( 8:1–9:28 )
- a. Christ’s Eternal Priesthood ( 8:1–5 )
- b. The Terms of the New Covenant ( 8:6–13 )
- c. The Earthly Tabernacle ( 9:1–10 )
- d. Redemption through His Blood ( 9:11–28 )
- 5. The Perfect Sacrifice ( 10:1–39 )
- a. Christ’s Perfect Sacrifice ( 10:1–18 )
- b. A Call to Persevere ( 10:19–39 )
- 6. Follow Great Models of Faith ( 11:1–13:25 )
- a. Faith and Assurance ( 11:1–3 )
- b. The Greatest Men and Women of Faith ( 11:4–40 )
- i. Able, Enoch, and Noah ( 11:4–7 )
- ii. Abraham and Sarah ( 11:8–19 )
- iii. Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph ( 11:20–22 )
- iv. Moses ( 11:23–29 )
- v. Many Others ( 11:30–40 )
- c. The Practice of Faith ( 12:1–13:25 )
- i. A Call to Endurance ( 12:1–3 )
- ii. God Disciplines His Sons ( 12:4–13 )
- iii. A Call to Holiness ( 12:14–17 )
- iv. An Unshakable Kingdom ( 12:18–29 )
- v. Brotherly Love ( 13:1–4 )
- vi. Christ’s Unchanging Nature ( 13:5–14 )
- vii. Sacrifice, Obedience, and Prayer ( 13:15–19 )
- viii. Benediction and Farewell ( 13:20–25 )
1
Jesus is Above the Angels
The Supremacy of the Son
πολυμερως και πολυτροπως παλαι ο θεος λαλησας τοις πατρασιν εν τοις προφηταις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4181ΠολυμερῶςPolymerōs (Adv) G4181 πολυμερῶς polymerōs pol-oo-mer-oce adverb from a compound of πολύς and μέρος; in many portions, i.e. variously as to time and agency (piecemeal):--at sundry times.
|
ΠολυμερῶςPolymerōs
|
In many portions
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4187πολυτρόπωςpolytropōs (Adv) G4187 πολυτρόπως polytrópōs pol-oot-rop-oce adverb from a compound of πολύς and τρόπος; in many ways, i.e. variously as to method or form:--in divers manners.
|
πολυτρόπωςpolytropōs
|
in many ways,
|
Adv
|
G3819πάλαιpalai (Adv) G3819 πάλαι pálai pal-ahee probably another form for πάλιν (through the idea of retrocession); (adverbially) formerly, or (by relatively) sometime since; (elliptically as adjective) ancient:--any while, a great while ago, (of) old, in time past.
|
πάλαιpalai
|
long ago
|
Adv
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2980λαλήσαςlalēsas (V-APA-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσαςlalēsas
|
having spoken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3962πατράσινpatrasin (N-DMP) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατράσινpatrasin
|
fathers
|
N-DMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4396προφήταιςprophētais (N-DMP) G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήταιςprophētais
|
prophets,
|
N-DMP
|
1
<em class='g'>God, who at sundry times and in divers manners spoke in time past to the fathers by the prophets,Hebrews 1:1
Stats
Rank: #112 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 18 words, 79 letters, 26 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: πολυμερως και πολυτροπως παλαι ο θεος λαλησας τοις πατρασιν εν τοις προφηταις
Lit: In many portions and in many ways, long ago God having spoken to the fathers in the prophets,
KJV: God, who at sundry times and in divers manners spake in time past unto the fathers by the prophets,
References
"at"Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Ge 6:3: 13-22: The LORD said: My spirit will not always strive with man: for that He also is flesh: yet His days will be 120 years.Ge 8:15-19: God spoke to Noah: saying: Ge 9:1-17: God blessed Noah and His sons: and said to them: Be fruitful: and multiply: and replenish the earth.Ge 12:1-3: Now the LORD had said to Abram: Get you out of your country: and from your kindred: and from your father's house: to a land that I will show you:Ge 26:2-5: The LORD appeared to Him: and said: not Go down into Egypt; dwell in the land which I will tell you of:Ge 28:12-15: He dreamed: and look a ladder set up on the earth: and the top of it reached to heaven: and look the angels of God ascending and descending on it.Ge 32:24-30: Jacob was left alone; and there wrestled a man with him until the breaking of the day.Ge 46:2-4: God spoke to Israel in the visions of the night: and said: Jacob: Jacob. And He said: Here am I.Ex 3:1-22: Now Moses kept the flock of Jethro His father in law: the priest of Midian: and He led the flock to the backside of the desert: and came to the mountain of God: even to Horeb.Lu 24:27: 44: Beginning at Moses and all the prophets: he expounded to them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.1Pe 1:10-12: Of which salvation the prophets have inquired and searched diligently: who prophesied of the grace that should come to you:2Pe 1:20: 21: Knowing this first: that no prophecy of the scripture is of any private interpretation."in"Nu 12:6-8: He said: Hear now my words: If there be a prophet among you: I the LORD will make myself known to Him in a vision: and will speak to Him in a dream.Joe 2:28: It will come to pass afterward: that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: your old men will dream dreams: your young men will see visions:"the fathers"Lu 1:55: 72: As he spoke to our fathers: to Abraham: and to his seed for ever.Joh 7:22: Moses therefore gave to you circumcision; (not because it is of Moses: but of the fathers;) and you on the sabbath day circumcise a man.Ac 13:32: We declare to you glad tidings: how that the promise which was made to the fathers:
επ εσχατων των ημερων τουτων ελαλησεν ημιν εν υιω ον εθηκεν κληρονομον παντων δι ου και τους αιωνας εποιησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2078ἐσχάτουeschatou (Adj-GNS) G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἐσχάτουeschatou
|
last
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
days
|
N-GFP
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GFP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these
|
DPro-GFP
|
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησενelalēsen
|
has spoken
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5207Υἱῷ,Huiō (N-DMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
Υἱῷ,Huiō
|
His Son,
|
N-DMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5087ἔθηκενethēken (V-AIA-3S) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθηκενethēken
|
He appointed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2818κληρονόμονklēronomon (N-AMS) G2818 κληρονόμος klēronómos klay-ron-om-os from κλῆρος and the base of νόμος (in its original sense of partitioning, i.e. (reflexively) getting by apportionment); a sharer by lot, i.e. inheritor (literally or figuratively); by implication, a possessor:--heir.
|
κληρονόμονklēronomon
|
heir
|
N-AMS
|
G3956πάντων,pantōn (Adj-GNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων,pantōn
|
of all things,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
He made
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶνας·aiōnas (N-AMP) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνας·aiōnas
|
ages,
|
N-AMP
|
2
Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son, whom He has appointed heir of all things, by whom also He made the worlds;Hebrews 1:2
Stats
Rank: #876 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 24 words, 98 letters, 33 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: επ εσχατων των ημερων τουτων ελαλησεν ημιν εν υιω ον εθηκεν κληρονομον παντων δι ου και τους αιωνας εποιησεν
Lit: in last days these has spoken to us in His Son, whom He appointed heir of all things, through whom also He made the ages,
KJV: Hath in these last days spoken unto us by his Son, whom he hath appointed heir of all things, by whom also he made the worlds;
References
"these"Ge 49:1: Jacob called to his sons: and said: Gather yourselves together: that I may tell you that which will befall you in the last days.Nu 24:14: Now: look: I go to my people: come therefore: and I will advertise you what this people will do to your people in the latter days.De 4:30: When you are in tribulation: and all these things are come upon you: even in the latter days: if you turn to the LORD your God: and will be obedient to His voice;De 18:15: The LORD your God will raise up to you a Prophet from the middle of you: of your brothers: like to me; to Him you will listen;De 31:29: For I know that after my death you will utterly corrupt yourselves: and turn aside from the way which I have commanded you; and evil will befall you in the latter days; because you will do evil in the sight of the LORD: to provoke Him to anger through the work of your hands.Isa 2:2: It will come to pass in the last days: that the mountain of the LORD's house will be established in the top of the mountains: and will be exalted above the hills; and all nations will flow to it.Jer 30:24: The fierce anger of the LORD will not return: until He have done it: and until He have performed the intents of His heart: in the latter days you will consider it.Jer 48:47: Yet will I bring again the captivity of Moab in the latter days: says the LORD. Thus far is the judgment of Moab.Eze 38:16: you will come up against my people of Israel: as a cloud to cover the land; it will be in the latter days: and I will bring you against my land: that the heathen may know me: when I will be sanctified in you: O Gog: before their eyes.Da 2:28: But there is a God in heaven that reveals secrets: and makes known to the king Nebuchadnezzar what will be in the latter days. Your dream: and the visions of your head upon your bed: are these;Da 10:14: Now I am come to make you understand what will befall your people in the latter days: for yet the vision is for many days.Ho 3:5: Afterward will the children of Israel return: and seek the LORD their God: and David their king; and will fear the LORD and His goodness in the latter days.Mic 4:1: But in the last days it will come to pass: that the mountain of the house of the LORD will be established in the top of the mountains: and it will be exalted above the hills; and people will flow to it.Ac 2:17: It will come to pass in the last days: says God: I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: and your young men will see visions: and your old men will dream dreams:Ga 4:4: But when the fulness of the time was come: God sent forth His Son: made of a woman: made under the law: Eph 1:10: That in the dispensation of the fulness of times He might gather together in one all things in Christ: both which are in heaven: and which are on earth; even in Him:2Pe 3:3: Knowing this first: that there will come in the last days scoffers: walking after their own lusts: Jude 1:18: How that they told you there should be mockers in the last time: who should walk after their own ungodly lusts."spoken"Heb 1:5: 8: For to which of the angels said He at any time: You are my Son: this day have I begotten you? And again: I will be to Him a Father: and He will be to me a Son?Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Heb 5:8: Though He were a Son: yet learned He obedience by the things which He suffered;Heb 7:3: Without father: without mother: without descent: having neither beginning of days: nor end of life; but made like to the Son of God; abides a priest continually.Mt 3:17: indeed a voice from heaven: saying: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.Mt 17:5: While He yet spoke: look: a bright cloud overshadowed them: and look a voice out of the cloud: which said: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased; hear you Him.Mt 26:63: But Jesus held His peace. And the high priest answered and said to Him: I adjure you by the living God: that you tell us whether you be the Christ: the Son of God.Mr 1:1: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ: the Son of God;Mr 12:6: Having yet therefore one son: his wellbeloved: he sent him also last to them: saying: They will reverence my son.Joh 1:14: 17: 18: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Joh 3:16: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.Joh 15:15: Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knows not what His lord does: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of my Father I have made known to you.Ro 1:4: Declared to be the Son of God with power: according to the spirit of holiness: by the resurrection from the dead:"appointed"Heb 2:8: 9: You have put all things in subjection under his feet. For in that he put all in subjection under him: he not lefthing that is not put under him. But now we not see yet all things put under him.Ps 2:6-9: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Isa 53:10-12: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Mt 21:38: But when the husbandmen saw the son: they said among themselves: This is the heir; come: let us kill him: and let us seize on his inheritance.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Joh 3:25: Then there arose a question between some of John's disciples and the Jews about purifying.Joh 13:3: Jesus knowing that the Father had given all things into His hands: and that He was come from God: and went to God;Joh 16:15: All things that the Father has are my: therefore said I: that He will take of my: and will show it to you.Joh 17:2: As you have given him power over all flesh: that he should give eternal life to as many as you have given him.Ac 10:36: The word which God sent to the children of Israel: preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (He is Lord of all:)Ro 8:17: If children: then heirs; heirs of God: and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him: that we may be also glorified together.1Co 8:6: But to us there is but one God: the Father: of whom are all things: and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ: by whom are all things: and we by Him.1Co 15:25-27: For he must reign: till he has put all enemies under his feet.Eph 1:20-23: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:Col 1:17: 18: He is before all things: and by him all things consist."by whom"Pr 8:22-31: The LORD possessed me in the beginning of His way: before His works of old.Isa 44:24: Thus says the LORD: your redeemer: and He that'>He who formed you from the womb: I am the LORD that makes all things; that stretches forth the heavens alone; that spreads abroad the earth by myself;Isa 45:12: 18: I have made the earth: and created man upon it: I: even my hands: have stretched out the heavens: and all their host have I commanded.Joh 1:3: All things were made by him; and without him not was any thing made that was made.1Co 8:6: But to us there is but one God: the Father: of whom are all things: and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ: by whom are all things: and we by Him.Eph 3:9: To make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery: which from the beginning of the world has been hid in God: who created all things by Jesus Christ:Col 1:16: 17: For by him were all things created: that are in heaven: and that are in earth: visible and invisible: whether they be thrones: or dominions: or principalities: or powers: all things were created by him: and for him:
ος ων απαυγασμα της δοξης και χαρακτηρ της υποστασεως αυτου φερων τε τα παντα τω ρηματι της δυναμεως αυτου δι εαυτου καθαρισμον ποιησαμενος των αμαρτιων ημων εκαθισεν εν δεξια της μεγαλωσυνης εν υψηλοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὢνōn
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G541ἀπαύγασμαapaugasma (N-NNS) G541 ἀπαύγασμα apaúgasma ap-ow-gas-mah from a compound of ἀπό and αὐγάζω; an off-flash, i.e. effulgence:--brightness.
|
ἀπαύγασμαapaugasma
|
the radiance
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of His
|
Art-GFS
|
G1391δόξηςdoxēs (N-GFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξηςdoxēs
|
glory
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5481χαρακτὴρcharaktēr (N-NMS) G5481 χαρακτήρ charaktḗr khar-ak-tare from the same as χάραξ; a graver (the tool or the person), i.e. (by implication) engraving ((character), the figure stamped, i.e. an exact copy or (figuratively) representation):--express image.
|
χαρακτὴρcharaktēr
|
the exact expression
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5287ὑποστάσεωςhypostaseōs (N-GFS) G5287 ὑπόστασις hypóstasis hoop-os-tas-is from a compound of ὑπό and ἵστημι; a setting under (support), i.e. (figuratively) concretely, essence, or abstractly, assurance (objectively or subjectively):--confidence, confident, person, substance.
|
ὑποστάσεωςhypostaseōs
|
substance
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5342φέρωνpherōn (V-PPA-NMS) G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέρωνpherōn
|
upholding
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
by the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4487ῥήματιrhēmati (N-DNS) G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματιrhēmati
|
word
|
N-DNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1411δυνάμεωςdynameōs (N-GFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεωςdynameōs
|
power
|
N-GFS
|
G1223‹δι’›di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
‹δι’›di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Himself,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2512καθαρισμὸνkatharismon (N-AMS) G2512 καθαρισμός katharismós kath-ar-is-mos from καθαρίζω; a washing off, i.e. (ceremonially) ablution, (morally) expiation:--cleansing, + purge, purification(-fying).
|
καθαρισμὸνkatharismon
|
the purification
|
N-AMS
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
of sins
|
N-GFP
|
G4160ποιησάμενοςpoiēsamenos (V-APM-NMS) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιησάμενοςpoiēsamenos
|
having made,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G2523ἐκάθισενekathisen (V-AIA-3S) G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἐκάθισενekathisen
|
sat down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιᾷdexia (Adj-DFS) G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾷdexia
|
the right hand
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3172ΜεγαλωσύνηςMegalōsynēs (N-GFS) G3172 μεγαλωσύνη megalōsýnē meg-al-o-soo-nay from μέγας; greatness, i.e. (figuratively) divinity (often God himself):--majesty.
|
ΜεγαλωσύνηςMegalōsynēs
|
Majesty
|
N-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G5308ὑψηλοῖς,hypsēlois (Adj-DMP) G5308 ὑψηλός hypsēlós hoop-say-los from ὕψος; lofty (in place or character):--high(-er, -ly) (esteemed).
|
ὑψηλοῖς,hypsēlois
|
high.
|
Adj-DMP
|
3
Who being the brightness of his glory, and the express image of his person, and upholding all things by the word of his power, when he had by himself purged our sins, sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Hebrews 1:3
Stats
Rank: #252 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 217 characters, 39 words, 170 letters, 54 vowels, 116 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος ων απαυγασμα της δοξης και χαρακτηρ της υποστασεως αυτου φερων τε τα παντα τω ρηματι της δυναμεως αυτου δι εαυτου καθαρισμον ποιησαμενος των αμαρτιων ημων εκαθισεν εν δεξια της μεγαλωσυνης εν υψηλοις
Lit: who being the radiance of His glory and the exact expression of the substance of Him, upholding then all things by the word of the power through of Himself, the purification of sins having made, sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high.
KJV: Who being the brightness of his glory, and the express image of his person, and upholding all things by the word of his power, when he had by himself purged our sins, sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;
References
"the brightness"Joh 1:14: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Joh 14:9: 10: Jesus says to Him: Have I been so long time with you: and yet have you not known me: Philip? He that'>He who has seen me has seen the Father; and how say you then: Show us the Father?2Co 4:6: For God: who commanded the light to shine out of darkness: has shined in our hearts: to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ."image"2Co 4:4: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.Col 1:15: 16: Who is the image of the invisible God: the firstborn of every creature:"upholding"Ps 75:3: The earth and all the inhabitants thereof are dissolved: I bear up the pillars of it. Selah.Joh 1:4: In him was life; and the life was the light of men.Col 1:17: He is before all things: and by him all things consist.Re 4:11: You are worthy: O Lord: to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things: and for your pleasure they are and were created."the word"Ec 8:4: Where the word of a king is: there is power: and who may say to him: What do you?Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.2Co 4:7: But we have this treasure in earthen vessels: that the excellency of the power may be of God: not and of us."by himself"Heb 7:27: Who needs not daily: as those high priests: to offer up sacrifice: first for his own sins: and then for the people's: for this he did once: when he offered up himself.Heb 9:12-14: 16: 26: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.Joh 1:29: The next day John sees Jesus coming to Him: and says: Look the Lamb of God: which takes away the sin of the world.1Jo 1:7: But if we walk in the light: as He is in the light: we have fellowship one with another: and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanses us from all sin.1Jo 3:5: you know that he was manifested to take away our sins; and in him is no sin."sat"Heb 4:14: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Heb 10:12: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Ps 110:1: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Mt 22:24: Saying: Master: Moses said: If a man die: having no children: his brother will marry his wife: and raise up seed to his brother.Mr 16:19: So then after the Lord had spoken to them: He was received up into heaven: and sat on the right hand of God.Lu 20:42: 43: David Himself says in the book of Psalms: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: Ac 2:33: Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted: and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost: He has shed forth this: which you now see and hear.Ac 7:56: Said: Look: I see the heavens opened: and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God.Ro 8:34: Who is He that'>He who condemns? It is Christ that died: yes rather: that is risen again: who is even at the right hand of God: who also makes intercession for us.Eph 1:20-22: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Col 3:1: If you then be risen with Christ: seek those things which are above: where Christ sits on the right hand of God.1Pe 1:21: Who by Him do believe in God: that raised Him up from the dead: and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God.1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.Re 3:21: To Him that overcomes will I grant to sit with me in my throne: even as I also overcame: and am set down with my Father in His throne."Majesty"1Ch 29:11: Your: O LORD: is the greatness: and the power: and the glory: and the victory: and the majesty: for all that is in the heaven and in the earth is your; your is the kingdom: O LORD: and you are exalted as head above all.Job 37:22: Fair weather comes out of the north: with God is terrible majesty.Mic 5:4: He will stand and feed in the strength of the LORD: in the majesty of the name of the LORD His God; and they will abide: for now will He be great to the ends of the earth.2Pe 1:16: For we not have followed cunningly devised fables: when we made known to you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: but were eyewitnesses of His majesty.Jude 1:25: To the only wise God our Saviour: be glory and majesty: dominion and power: both now and ever. Amen.
τοσουτω κρειττων γενομενος των αγγελων οσω διαφορωτερον παρ αυτους κεκληρονομηκεν ονομα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5118τοσούτῳtosoutō (DPro-DNS) G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoûtos tos-oo-tos from (so much; apparently from ὁ and ὅς) and οὗτος (including its variations); so vast as this, i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number of space):--as large, so great (long, many, much), these many.
|
τοσούτῳtosoutō
|
By so much
|
DPro-DNS
|
G2909κρείττωνkreittōn (Adj-NMS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρείττωνkreittōn
|
superior
|
Adj-NMS-C
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having become
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
to the
|
Art-GMP
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
angels,
|
N-GMP
|
G3745ὅσῳhosō (RelPro-DNS) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσῳhosō
|
as much as
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G1313διαφορώτερονdiaphorōteron (Adj-ANS-C) G1313 διάφορος diáphoros dee-af-or-os from διαφέρω; varying; also surpassing:--differing, divers, more excellent.
|
διαφορώτερονdiaphorōteron
|
more excellent
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
beyond
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
theirs,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2816κεκληρονόμηκενkeklēronomēken (V-RIA-3S) G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).
|
κεκληρονόμηκενkeklēronomēken
|
He has inherited
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3686ὄνομα.onoma (N-ANS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομα.onoma
|
a name.
|
N-ANS
|
4
Being made so much better than the angels, as he has by inheritance obtained a more excellent name than they.Hebrews 1:4
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 19 words, 89 letters, 34 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοσουτω κρειττων γενομενος των αγγελων οσω διαφορωτερον παρ αυτους κεκληρονομηκεν ονομα
Lit: By so much superior having become to the angels, as much as more excellent beyond theirs, He has inherited a name.
KJV: Being made so much better than the angels, as he hath by inheritance obtained a more excellent name than they.
References
"so"Heb 1:9: You have loved righteousness: and hated iniquity; therefore God: even your God: has anointed you with the oil of gladness above your fellows.Heb 2:9: But we see Jesus: who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death: crowned with glory and honour; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man.Eph 1:21: Far above all principality: and power: and might: and dominion: and every name that is named: not only in this world: but also in that which is to come:Col 1:18: He is the head of the body: the church: who is the beginning: the firstborn from the dead; that in all things he might have the preeminence.Col 2:10: you are complete in him: which is the head of all principality and power:2Th 1:7: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: 1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.Re 5:11: 12: I beheld: and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne and the beasts and the elders: and the number of them was 10000 times 10000: and thousands of thousands;"by"Ps 2:7: 8: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:
τινι γαρ ειπεν ποτε των αγγελων υιος μου ει συ εγω σημερον γεγεννηκα σε και παλιν εγω εσομαι αυτω εις πατερα και αυτος εσται μοι εις υιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101ΤίνιTini (IPro-DMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίνιTini
|
To which
|
IPro-DMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπένeipen
|
did He say
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4218ποτεpote (Prtcl) G4218 ποτέ poté pot-eh from the base of πού and τέ; indefinite adverb, at some time, ever:--afore-(any, some-)time(-s), at length (the last), (+ n- )ever, in the old time, in time past, once, when.,
|
ποτεpote
|
ever
|
Prtcl
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
angels:
|
N-GMP
|
G5207ΥἱόςHuios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱόςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G4771σύ,sy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σύ,sy
|
You;
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερονsēmeron
|
today
|
Adv
|
G1080γεγέννηκάgegennēka (V-RIA-1S) G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
γεγέννηκάgegennēka
|
have begotten
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771σε;se (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε;se
|
You?”
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again:
|
Adv
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510ἔσομαιesomai (V-FIM-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσομαιesomai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3962Πατέρα,Patera (N-AMS) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
Πατέρα,Patera
|
a Father,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to Me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G5207Υἱόν;Huion (N-AMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
Υἱόν;Huion
|
a Son?”
|
N-AMS
|
5
For to which of the angels said He at any time, You are my Son, this day have I begotten you? And again, I will be to Him a Father, and He will be to me a Son?
Hebrews 1:5
Stats
Counts: 164 characters, 33 words, 121 letters, 49 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: τινι γαρ ειπεν ποτε των αγγελων υιος μου ει συ εγω σημερον γεγεννηκα σε και παλιν εγω εσομαι αυτω εις πατερα και αυτος εσται μοι εις υιον
Lit: To which for did He say ever of the angels: Son of me are You; I today have begotten You?” And again: I will be to Him for a Father, and He will be to Me for a Son?”
KJV: For unto which of the angels said he at any time, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee? And again, I will be to him a Father, and he shall be to me a Son?
References
"Thou"Heb 5:5: So also Christ not glorified Himself to be made an high priest; but He that'>He who said to Him: You are my Son: today have I begotten you.Ps 2:7: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Ac 13:33: God has fulfilled the same to us their children: in that He has raised up Jesus again; as it is also written in the second psalm: You are my Son: this day have I begotten you."I will"2Sa 7:14: I will be his father: and he will be my son. If he commit iniquity: I will chasten him with the rod of men: and with the stripes of the children of men:1Ch 17:13: I will be his father: and he will be my son: and I not will take my mercy away from him: as I took it from him that was before you:1Ch 22:10: He will build an house for my name; and he will be my son: and I will be his father; and I will establish the throne of his kingdom over Israel for ever.1Ch 28:6: He said to me: Solomon your son: he will build my house and my courts: for I have chosen him to be my son: and I will be his father.Ps 89:26: 27: He will cry to me: You are my father: my God: and the rock of my salvation.
οταν δε παλιν εισαγαγη τον πρωτοτοκον εις την οικουμενην λεγει και προσκυνησατωσαν αυτω παντες αγγελοι θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3752Ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
Ὅτανhotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G1521εἰσαγάγῃeisagagē (V-ASA-3S) G1521 εἰσάγω eiságō ice-ag-o from εἰς and ἄγω; to introduce (literally or figuratively):--bring in(-to), (+ was to) lead into.
|
εἰσαγάγῃeisagagē
|
He brings
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4416πρωτότοκονprōtotokon (Adj-AMS) G4416 πρωτότοκος prōtótokos pro-tot-ok-os from πρῶτος and the alternate of τίκτω; first-born (usually as noun, literally or figuratively):--firstbegotten(-born).
|
πρωτότοκονprōtotokon
|
Firstborn
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3625οἰκουμένην,oikoumenēn (N-AFS) G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.
|
οἰκουμένην,oikoumenēn
|
world,
|
N-AFS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says:
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4352προσκυνησάτωσανproskynēsatōsan (V-AMA-3P) G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνησάτωσανproskynēsatōsan
|
let worship
|
V-AMA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
the angels
|
N-NMP
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.”
|
N-GMS
|
6
Again, when He brings in the firstbegotten into the world, He says, And let all the angels of God worship Him.
Hebrews 1:6
Stats
Rank: #1860 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 19 words, 92 letters, 32 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: οταν δε παλιν εισαγαγη τον πρωτοτοκον εις την οικουμενην λεγει και προσκυνησατωσαν αυτω παντες αγγελοι θεου
Lit: When then again He brings the Firstborn into the world, He says: And let worship Him all the angels of God.”
KJV: And again, when he bringeth in the firstbegotten into the world, he saith, And let all the angels of God worship him.
References
"And again, etc"Heb 1:5: For to which of the angels said He at any time: You are my Son: this day have I begotten you? And again: I will be to Him a Father: and He will be to me a Son?Pr 8:24: 25: When there were no depths: I was brought forth; when there were no fountains abounding with water.Joh 1:14: 18: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Joh 3:16: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.Ro 8:29: For whom He did foreknow: He also did predestinate to be conformed to the image of His Son: that He might be the firstborn among many brothers.Col 1:15: 18: Who is the image of the invisible God: the firstborn of every creature:1Jo 4:9: In this was manifested the love of God toward us: because that God sent His only begotten Son into the world: that we might live through Him.Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: "And let"De 32:43: Rejoice: O you nations: with his people: for he will avenge the blood of his servants: and will render vengeance to his adversaries: and will be merciful to his land: and to his people.Ps 97:7: Confounded be all they that serve graven images: that boast themselves of idols: worship him: all you gods.Lu 2:9-14: And: indeed: the angel of the Lord came upon them: and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid.1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.Re 5:9-12: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;
και προς μεν τους αγγελους λεγει ο ποιων τους αγγελους αυτου πνευματα και τους λειτουργους αυτου πυρος φλογα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
as to
|
Prep
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουςangelous
|
angels
|
N-AMP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says:
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The One
|
Art-NMS
|
G4160ποιῶνpoiōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶνpoiōn
|
making
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουςangelous
|
angels
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4151πνεύματα,pneumata (N-ANP) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματα,pneumata
|
winds,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3011λειτουργοὺςleitourgous (N-AMP) G3011 λειτουργός leitourgós li-toorg-os from a derivative of λαός and ἔργον; a public servant, i.e. a functionary in the Temple or Gospel, or (genitive case) a worshipper (of God) or benefactor (of man):--minister(-ed).
|
λειτουργοὺςleitourgous
|
ministers
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4442πυρὸςpyros (N-GNS) G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὸςpyros
|
of fire
|
N-GNS
|
G5395φλόγα·phloga (N-AFS) G5395 φλόξ phlóx flox from a primary (to flash or flame); a blaze:--flame(-ing).
|
φλόγα·phloga
|
a flame.”
|
N-AFS
|
7
Of the angels he says, Who makes his angels spirits, and his ministers a flame of fire.
Hebrews 1:7
Stats
Counts: 93 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 27 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προς μεν τους αγγελους λεγει ο ποιων τους αγγελους αυτου πνευματα και τους λειτουργους αυτου πυρος φλογα
Lit: And as to indeed the angels He says: The One making the angels of Him winds, and the ministers of Him, of fire a flame.”
KJV: And of the angels he saith, Who maketh his angels spirits, and his ministers a flame of fire.
References
"Who"Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?2Ki 2:11: It came to pass: as they still went on: and talked: that: look: there appeared a chariot of fire: and horses of fire: and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.2Ki 6:17: Elisha prayed: and said: LORD: I pray you: open His eyes: that He may see. And the LORD opened the eyes of the young man; and He saw: and: look: the mountain was full of horses and chariots of fire round about Elisha.Ps 104:4: Who makes his angels spirits; his ministers a flaming fire:Isa 6:2: Above it stood the seraphims: each one had 6 wings; with two he covered his face: and with two he covered his feet: and with two he did fly.Eze 1:13: 14: As for the likeness of the living creatures: their appearance was like burning coals of fire: and like the appearance of lamps: it went up and down among the living creatures; and the fire was bright: and out of the fire went forth lightning.Da 7:10: A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him:000 thousands ministered to him: and 10000 times 10000 stood before him: the judgment was set: and the books were opened.Zec 6:5: The angel answered and said to me: These are the 4 spirits of the heavens: which go forth from standing before the Lord of all the earth.
προς δε τον υιον ο θρονος σου ο θεος εις τον αιωνα του αιωνος ραβδος ευθυτητος η ραβδος της βασιλειας σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4314Πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
Πρὸςpros
|
Unto
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207ΥἱόνHuion (N-AMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱόνHuion
|
Son:
|
N-AMS
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G2362θρόνοςthronos (N-NMS) G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνοςthronos
|
throne
|
N-NMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
O
|
Art-VMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
is to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G165αἰῶναaiōna (N-AMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναaiōna
|
age
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G165αἰῶνος,aiōnos (N-GMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνος,aiōnos
|
age,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4464ῥάβδοςrhabdos (N-NFS) G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.
|
ῥάβδοςrhabdos
|
scepter
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of
|
Art-GFS
|
G2118εὐθύτητοςeuthytētos (N-GFS) G2118 εὐθύτης euthýtēs yoo-thoo-tace from εὐθύς; rectitude:--righteousness.
|
εὐθύτητοςeuthytētos
|
righteousness is
|
N-GFS
|
G4464ῥάβδοςrhabdos (N-NFS) G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.
|
ῥάβδοςrhabdos
|
the scepter
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G932βασιλείαςbasileias (N-GFS) G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαςbasileias
|
kingdom
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σου*.sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου*.sou
|
of You.
|
PPro-G2S
|
8
But to the Son He says, Your throne, O God, is for ever and ever: a sceptre of righteousness is the sceptre of your kingdom.
Hebrews 1:8
Stats
Rank: #1053 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 129 characters, 18 words, 96 letters, 35 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: προς δε τον υιον ο θρονος σου ο θεος εις τον αιωνα του αιωνος ραβδος ευθυτητος η ραβδος της βασιλειας σου
Lit: Unto however the Son: The throne of You, O God, is to the age of the age, and the scepter of righteousness is the scepter of the kingdom of You.
KJV: But unto the Son he saith, Thy throne, O God, [is] for ever and ever: a sceptre of righteousness [is] the sceptre of thy kingdom.
References
"Thy throne"Ps 45:6: 7: Your throne: O God: is for ever and ever: the sceptre of your kingdom is a right sceptre."O God"Heb 3:3: 4: For this man was counted worthy of more glory than Moses: inasmuch as he who has built the house has more honour than the house.Isa 7:14: Therefore the Lord Himself will give you a sign; Look: a virgin will conceive: and bear a son: and will call His name Immanuel.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Isa 45:21: 22: 25: Tell you: and bring them near; yes: let them take counsel together: who has declared this from ancient time? who has told it from that time? have not I the LORD? and there is no God else beside me; a just God and a Saviour; there is none beside me.Jer 23:6: In His days Judah will be saved: and Israel will dwell safely: and this is His name whereby He will be called: THE LORD OUR RIGHTEOUSNESS.Ho 1:7: But I will have mercy upon the house of Judah: and will save them by the LORD their God: and not will save them by bow: nor by sword: nor by battle: by horses: nor by horsemen.Zec 13:9: I will bring the third part through the fire: and will refine them as silver is refined: and will try them as gold is tried: they will call on my name: and I will hear them: I will say: It is my people: and they will say: The LORD is my God.Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.Mt 1:23: Look: a virgin will be with child: and will bring forth a son: and they will call His name Emmanuel: which being interpreted is: God with us.Lu 1:16: 17: Many of the children of Israel will He turn to the Lord their God.Joh 10:30: 33: I and my Father are one.Joh 20:28: Thomas answered and said to Him: My Lord and my God.Ro 9:5: Whose are the fathers: and of whom as concerning the flesh Christ came: who is over all: God blessed for ever. Amen.1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory.Tit 2:13: 14: Looking for that blessed hope: and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ;1Jo 5:20: We know that the Son of God is come: and has given us an understanding: that we may know Him that is true: and we are in Him that is true: even in His Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God: and eternal life."for"Ps 145:13: Your kingdom is an everlasting kingdom: and your dominion endureth throughout all generations.Isa 9:7: Of the increase of His government and peace there will be no end: upon the throne of David: and upon His kingdom: to order it: and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the LORD of hosts will perform this.De 2:37: Only to the land of the children of Ammon you came not: nor to any place of the river Jabbok: nor to the cities in the mountains: nor to whatever the LORD our God forbad us.De 7:14: You will be blessed above all people: there will not be male or female barren among you: or among your cattle.1Co 15:25: For he must reign: till he has put all enemies under his feet.2Pe 1:11: For so an entrance will be ministered to you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ."a sceptre"2Sa 23:3: The God of Israel said: the Rock of Israel spoke to me: He who rules over men must be just: ruling in the fear of God.Ps 72:1-4: 7: 11-14: A Psalm for Solomon.>> Give the king your judgments: O God: and your righteousness to the king's son.Ps 99:4: The king's strength also loves judgment; you do establish equity: you execute judgment and righteousness in Jacob.Isa 9:7: Of the increase of His government and peace there will be no end: upon the throne of David: and upon His kingdom: to order it: and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the LORD of hosts will perform this.Isa 32:1: 2: Look: a king will reign in righteousness: and princes will rule in judgment.Jer 23:5: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Jer 38:15: Then Jeremiah said to Zedekiah: If I declare it to you: will you not surely put me to death? and if I give you counsel: will you not listen to me?Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.
ηγαπησας δικαιοσυνην και εμισησας ανομιαν δια τουτο εχρισεν σε ο θεος ο θεος σου ελαιον αγαλλιασεως παρα τους μετοχους σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G25ἠγάπησαςēgapēsas (V-AIA-2S) G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἠγάπησαςēgapēsas
|
You have loved
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1343δικαιοσύνηνdikaiosynēn (N-AFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνηνdikaiosynēn
|
righteousness
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3404ἐμίσησαςemisēsas (V-AIA-2S) G3404 μισέω miséō mis-eh-o from a primary (hatred); to detest (especially to persecute); by extension, to love less:--hate(-ful).
|
ἐμίσησαςemisēsas
|
have hated
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G458ἀνομίαν·anomian (N-AFS) G458 ἀνομία anomía an-om-ee-ah from ἄνομος; illegality, i.e. violation of law or (genitive case) wickedness:--iniquity, X transgress(-ion of) the law, unrighteousness.
|
ἀνομίαν·anomian
|
wickedness;
|
N-AFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G5548ἔχρισένechrisen (V-AIA-3S) G5548 χρίω chríō khree-o probably akin to χράομαι through the idea of contact; to smear or rub with oil, i.e. (by implication) to consecrate to an office or religious service:--anoint.
|
ἔχρισένechrisen
|
has anointed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4771σε,se (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε,se
|
You
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1637ἔλαιονelaion (N-ANS) G1637 ἔλαιον élaion el-ah-yon neuter of the same as ἐλαία; olive oil:--oil.
|
ἔλαιονelaion
|
with the oil
|
N-ANS
|
G20ἀγαλλιάσεωςagalliaseōs (N-GFS) G20 ἀγαλλίασις agallíasis ag-al-lee-as-is from ἀγαλλιάω; exultation; specially, welcome:--gladness, (exceeding) joy.
|
ἀγαλλιάσεωςagalliaseōs
|
of exultation,
|
N-GFS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
above
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3353μετόχουςmetochous (Adj-AMP) G3353 μέτοχος métochos met-okh-os from μετέχω; participant, i.e. (as noun) a sharer; by implication, an associate:--fellow, partaker, partner.
|
μετόχουςmetochous
|
companions
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of You.”
|
PPro-G2S
|
9
You have loved righteousness, and hated iniquity; therefore God, even your God, has anointed you with the oil of gladness above your fellows.Hebrews 1:9
Stats
Counts: 142 characters, 19 words, 115 letters, 44 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηγαπησας δικαιοσυνην και εμισησας ανομιαν δια τουτο εχρισεν σε ο θεος ο θεος σου ελαιον αγαλλιασεως παρα τους μετοχους σου
Lit: You have loved righteousness and have hated wickedness; because of this, has anointed You God, the God of You, with the oil of exultation, above the companions of You.”
KJV: Thou hast loved righteousness, and hated iniquity; therefore God, even thy God, hath anointed thee with the oil of gladness above thy fellows.
References
"loved"Heb 7:26: For such an high priest became us: who is holy: harmless: undefiled: separate from sinners: and made higher than the heavens;Ps 11:5: The LORD tries the righteous: but the wicked and Him that loves violence His soul hates.Ps 33:5: He loves righteousness and judgment: the earth is full of the goodness of the LORD.Ps 37:28: For the LORD loves judgment: and forsakes not His saints; they are preserved for ever: but the seed of the wicked will be cut off.Ps 40:8: I delight to do your will: O my God: yes: your law is within my heart.Ps 45:7: You love righteousness: and hate wickedness: therefore God: your God: has anointed you with the oil of gladness above your fellows.Isa 61:8: For I the LORD love judgment: I hate robbery for burnt offering; and I will direct their work in truth: and I will make an everlasting covenant with them."hated"Ps 119:104: 128: Through your precepts I get understanding: therefore I hate every false way.Pr 8:13: The fear of the LORD is to hate evil: pride: and arrogancy: and the evil way: and the froward mouth: do I hate.Am 5:15: Hate the evil: and love the good: and establish judgment in the gate: it may be that the LORD God of hosts will be gracious to the remnant of Joseph.Zec 8:17: Let none of you imagine evil in your hearts against His neighbour; and love no false oath: for all these are things that I hate: says the LORD.Ro 12:9: Let love be without dissimulation. Abhor that which is evil; cleave to that which is good.Re 2:6: 7: 15: But this you have: that you hate the deeds of the Nicolaitans: which I also hate."thy God"Ps 89:26: He will cry to me: You are my father: my God: and the rock of my salvation.Joh 20:17: Jesus says to her: Touch not me; for I not am yet ascended to my Father: but go to my brothers: and say to them: I ascend to my Father: and your Father; and to my God: and your God.2Co 11:31: The God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which is blessed for evermore: knows that I not lie.Eph 1:3: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: who has blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ:1Pe 1:3: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which according to His abundant mercy has begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead: "anointed"Ps 2:2: 6: The kings of the earth set themselves: and the rulers take counsel together: against the LORD: and against His anointed: saying: Ps 89:20: I have found David my servant; with my holy oil have I anointed him:Isa 61:1: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Lu 4:18: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me: because He has anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; He has sent me to heal the brokenhearted: to preach deliverance to the captives: and recovering of sight to the blind: to set at liberty them that are bruised: Joh 1:41: He first finds His own brother Simon: and says to Him: We have found the Messias: which is: being interpreted: the Christ.Joh 3:34: For He whom God has sent speaks the words of God: for God gives not the Spirit by measure to Him.Ac 4:27: For of a truth against your holy child Jesus: whom you have anointed: both Herod: and Pontius Pilate: with the Gentiles: and the people of Israel: were gathered together: Ac 10:38: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good: and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him."oil"Ps 23:5: You prepare a table before me in the presence of my enemies: you anoint my head with oil; my cup runs over.Isa 61:3: To appoint to them that mourn in Zion: to give to them beauty for ashes: the oil of joy for mourning: the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness: the planting of the LORD: that He might be glorified.Ro 15:13: Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing: that you may abound in hope: through the power of the Holy Ghost.Ga 5:22: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: "thy fellows"Heb 2:11: For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers: 1Co 1:9: God is faithful: by whom you were called to the fellowship of His Son Jesus Christ our Lord.1Jo 1:3: That which we have seen and heard declare we to you: that you also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father: and with His Son Jesus Christ.
και συ κατ αρχας κυριε την γην εθεμελιωσας και εργα των χειρων σου εισιν οι ουρανοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532Καίkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καίkai
|
And:
|
Conj
|
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣὺSy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G746ἀρχάς,archas (N-AFP) G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχάς,archas
|
the beginning,
|
N-AFP
|
G2962Κύριε,Kyrie (N-VMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε,Kyrie
|
Lord,
|
N-VMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
of the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth
|
N-AFS
|
G2311ἐθεμελίωσας,ethemeliōsas (V-AIA-2S) G2311 θεμελιόω themelióō them-el-ee-o-o from θεμέλιος; to lay a basis for, i.e. (literally) erect, or (figuratively) consolidate:--(lay the) found(- ation), ground, settle.
|
ἐθεμελίωσας,ethemeliōsas
|
laid the foundation,
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-NNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G4771σούsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σούsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3772οὐρανοί·ouranoi (N-NMP) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοί·ouranoi
|
heavens.
|
N-NMP
|
10
And, You, Lord, in the beginning have laid the foundation of the earth; and the heavens are the works of your hands:
Hebrews 1:10
Stats
Counts: 118 characters, 18 words, 92 letters, 35 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και συ κατ αρχας κυριε την γην εθεμελιωσας και εργα των χειρων σου εισιν οι ουρανοι
Lit: And: You in the beginning, Lord, of the earth laid the foundation, and works of the hands of You are the heavens.
KJV: And, Thou, Lord, in the beginning hast laid the foundation of the earth; and the heavens are the works of thine hands:
References
"Thou"Ps 102:25-27: Of old have you laid the foundation of the earth: and the heavens are the work of your hands."in"Ge 1:1: In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.Joh 1:1-3: In the beginning was the Word: and the Word was with God: and the Word was God.Re 3:14: to the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things says the Amen: the faithful and true witness: the beginning of the creation of God;"hast"Pr 8:29: When he gave to the sea his decree: that the waters not should pass his commandment: when he appointed the foundations of the earth:Isa 42:5: Thus says God the LORD: He that'>He who created the heavens: and stretched them out; He that'>He who spread forth the earth: and that which comes out of it; He that'>He who gives breath to the people upon it: and spirit to them that walk therein:Isa 48:13: My hand also has laid the foundation of the earth: and my right hand has spanned the heavens: when I call to them: they stand up together.Isa 51:13: forget the LORD your maker: that has stretched forth the heavens: and laid the foundations of the earth; and have feared continually every day because of the fury of the oppressor: as if He were ready to destroy? and where is the fury of the oppressor?Jer 32:17: Ah Lord GOD! look: you have made the heaven and the earth by your great power and stretched out arm: and there not ishing too hard for you:Zec 12:1: The burden of the word of the LORD for Israel: says the LORD: which stretches forth the heavens: and lays the foundation of the earth: and forms the spirit of man within Him."the works"De 4:19: lest you lift up your eyes to heaven: and when you see the sun: and the moon: and the stars: even all the host of heaven: should be driven to worship them: and serve them: which the LORD your God has divided to all nations under the whole heaven.Ps 8:3: 4: When I consider your heavens: the work of your fingers: the moon and the stars: which you have ordained;Ps 19:1: A Psalm of David.>> The heavens declare the glory of God; and the firmament shews His handywork.Isa 64:8: But now: O LORD: you are our father; we are the clay: and you our potter; and we all are the work of your hand.
αυτοι απολουνται συ δε διαμενεις και παντες ως ιματιον παλαιωθησονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
They
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G622ἀπολοῦνται,apolountai (V-FIM-3P) G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολοῦνται,apolountai
|
will perish;
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1265διαμένεις·diameneis (V-PIA-2S) G1265 διαμένω diaménō dee-am-en-o from διά and μένω; to stay constantly (in being or relation):--continue, remain.
|
διαμένεις·diameneis
|
remain;
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2440ἱμάτιονhimation (N-NNS) G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιονhimation
|
a garment
|
N-NNS
|
G3822παλαιωθήσονται,palaiōthēsontai (V-FIP-3P) G3822 παλαιόω palaióō pal-ah-yo-o from παλαιός; to make (passively, become) worn out, or declare obsolete:--decay, make (wax) old.
|
παλαιωθήσονται,palaiōthēsontai
|
will grow old;
|
V-FIP-3P
|
11
They will perish; but you remain; and they all will wax old as does a garment;Hebrews 1:11
Stats
Rank: #1236 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 14 words, 66 letters, 22 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: αυτοι απολουνται συ δε διαμενεις και παντες ως ιματιον παλαιωθησονται
Lit: They will perish; You however remain; and all like a garment will grow old;
KJV: They shall perish; but thou remainest; and they all shall wax old as doth a garment;
References
"shall perish"Heb 12:27: This word: Yet once more: signifies the removing of those things that are shaken: as of things that are made: that those things which cannot be shaken may remain.Isa 34:4: All the host of heaven will be dissolved: and the heavens will be rolled together as a scroll: and all their host will fall down: as the leaf falls off from the vine: and as a falling fig from the fig tree.Isa 65:17: For: look: I create new heavens and a new earth: and the former will not be remembered: nor come into mind.Mt 24:35: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.Mr 13:31: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.Lu 21:33: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.2Pe 3:7-10: But the heavens and the earth: which are now: by the same word are kept in store: reserved to fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men.Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.Re 21:1: I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea."thou"Ps 10:16: The LORD is King for ever and ever: the heathen are perished out of His land.Ps 29:10: The LORD sits'>sits upon the flood; yes: the LORD sits'>sits King for ever.Ps 90:2: Before the mountains were brought forth: or ever you hadst formed the earth and the world: even from everlasting to everlasting: you are God.Isa 41:4: Who has wrought and done it: calling the generations from the beginning? I the LORD: the first: and with the last; I am He.Isa 44:6: Thus says the LORD the King of Israel: and His redeemer the LORD of hosts; I am the first: and I am the last; and beside me there is no God.Re 1:11: 17: 18: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea.Re 2:8: to the angel of the church in Smyrna write; These things says the first and the last: which was dead: and is alive;"shall wax"Isa 50:9: Look: the Lord GOD will help me; who is He that will condemn me? indeed: they all will wax old as a garment; the moth will eat them up.Isa 51:6: 8: Lift up your eyes to the heavens: and look upon the earth beneath: for the heavens will vanish away like smoke: and the earth will wax old like a garment: and they that dwell therein will die in like manner: but my salvation will be for ever: and my righteousness will not be abolished.
και ωσει περιβολαιον ελιξεις αυτους και αλλαγησονται συ δε ο αυτος ει και τα ετη σου ουκ εκλειψουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5616ὡσεὶhōsei (Adv) G5616 ὡσεί hōseí ho-si from ὡς and εἰ; as if:--about, as (it had been, it were), like (as).
|
ὡσεὶhōsei
|
like
|
Adv
|
G4018περιβόλαιονperibolaion (N-ANS) G4018 περιβόλαιον peribólaion per-ib-ol-ah-yon neuter of a presumed derivative of περιβάλλω; something thrown around one, i.e. a mantle, veil:--covering, vesture.
|
περιβόλαιονperibolaion
|
a robe
|
N-ANS
|
G1667ἑλίξειςhelixeis (V-FIA-2S) G1667 ἑλίσσω helíssō hel-is-so a form of εἱλίσσω; to coil or wrap:--fold up.
|
ἑλίξειςhelixeis
|
You will roll up
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2440ἱμάτιονhimation (N-ANS) G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιονhimation
|
a garment
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G236ἀλλαγήσονται·allagēsontai (V-FIP-3P) G236 ἀλλάσσω allássō al-las-so from ἄλλος; to make different:--change.
|
ἀλλαγήσονται·allagēsontai
|
they will be changed;
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
same
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2094ἔτηetē (N-NNP) G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτηetē
|
years
|
N-NNP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1587ἐκλείψουσιν.ekleipsousin (V-FIA-3P) G1587 ἐκλείπω ekleípō ek-li-po from ἐκ and λείπω; to omit, i.e. (by implication) cease (die):--fail.
|
ἐκλείψουσιν.ekleipsousin
|
will never end.”
|
V-FIA-3P
|
12
As a vesture will you fold them up, and they will be changed: but you are the same, and your years will not fail.Hebrews 1:12
Stats
Rank: #1975 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 121 characters, 22 words, 93 letters, 32 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ωσει περιβολαιον ελιξεις αυτους και αλλαγησονται συ δε ο αυτος ει και τα ετη σου ουκ εκλειψουσιν
Lit: and like a robe You will roll up them, like a garment also they will be changed; You however the same are, and the years of You not will never end.”
KJV: And as a vesture shalt thou fold them up, and they shall be changed: but thou art the same, and thy years shall not fail.
References
"but"Heb 13:8: Jesus Christ the same yesterday: and today: and for ever.Ex 3:14: God said to Moses: I AM THAT I AM: and He said: Thus will you say to the children of Israel: I AM has sent me to you.Joh 8:58: Jesus said to them: Truly: truly: I say to you: Before Abraham was: I am.Jas 1:17: Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above: and comes down from the Father of lights: with whom is no variableness: neither shadow of turning."and thy"Ps 90:4: For a000 years in your sight are but as yesterday when it is past: and as a watch in the night.
προς τινα δε των αγγελων ειρηκεν ποτε καθου εκ δεξιων μου εως αν θω τους εχθρους σου υποποδιον των ποδων σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4314Πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
Πρὸςpros
|
To
|
Prep
|
G5101τίναtina (IPro-AMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίναtina
|
which
|
IPro-AMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
angels
|
N-GMP
|
G2046εἴρηκένeirēken (V-RIA-3S) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἴρηκένeirēken
|
did He say
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G4218ποτεpote (Prtcl) G4218 ποτέ poté pot-eh from the base of πού and τέ; indefinite adverb, at some time, ever:--afore-(any, some-)time(-s), at length (the last), (+ n- )ever, in the old time, in time past, once, when.,
|
ποτεpote
|
ever:
|
Prtcl
|
G2521ΚάθουKathou (V-PMM/P-2S) G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
ΚάθουKathou
|
Sit
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP) G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιῶνdexiōn
|
the right hand
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Conj) G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Conj
|
G5087θῶthō (V-ASA-1S) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
θῶthō
|
I may place
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2190ἐχθρούςechthrous (Adj-AMP) G2190 ἐχθρός echthrós ech-thros from a primary (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); usually as a noun, an adversary (especially Satan):--enemy, foe.
|
ἐχθρούςechthrous
|
enemies
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G5286ὑποπόδιονhypopodion (N-ANS) G5286 ὑποπόδιον hypopódion hoop-op-od-ee-on neuter of a compound of ὑπό and πούς; something under the feet, i.e. a foot-rest (figuratively):--footstool.
|
ὑποπόδιονhypopodion
|
as a footstool
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
for the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP) G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G4771σου;sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου;sou
|
of You”
|
PPro-G2S
|
13
But to which of the angels said he at any time, Sit on my right hand, until I make your enemies your footstool?
Hebrews 1:13
Stats
Counts: 111 characters, 21 words, 86 letters, 33 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: προς τινα δε των αγγελων ειρηκεν ποτε καθου εκ δεξιων μου εως αν θω τους εχθρους σου υποποδιον των ποδων σου
Lit: To which now of the angels did He say ever: Sit at the right hand of Me, until I may place the enemies of You as a footstool for the feet of You”
KJV: But to which of the angels said he at any time, Sit on my right hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool?
References
"Sit"Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 10:12: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;Ps 110:1: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Mt 22:44: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool?Mr 12:36: For David Himself said by the Holy Ghost: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool.Lu 20:42: David Himself says in the book of Psalms: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: Ac 2:34-36: For David not is ascended into the heavens: but He says Himself: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: Ac 7:55: But He: being full of the Holy Ghost: looked up stedfastly into heaven: and saw the glory of God: and Jesus standing on the right hand of God: "until"Ps 21:8: 9: Your hand will find out all your enemies: your right hand will find out those that hate you.Ps 132:18: His enemies will I clothe with shame: but upon himself will his crown flourish.Isa 63:3-6: I have trodden the winepress alone; and of the people there was none with me: for I will tread them in my anger: and trample them in my fury; and their blood will be sprinkled upon my garments: and I will stain all my clothing.Lu 19:27: But those my enemies: which not would that I should reign over them: bring here: and kill them before me.1Co 15:25: 26: For he must reign: till he has put all enemies under his feet.Re 19:11-21: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war.Re 20:15: whoever not was found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.
ουχι παντες εισιν λειτουργικα πνευματα εις διακονιαν αποστελλομενα δια τους μελλοντας κληρονομειν σωτηριαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3780Οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
Οὐχὶouchi
|
Not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
are they
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3010λειτουργικὰleitourgika (Adj-NNP) G3010 λειτουργικός leitourgikós li-toorg-ik-os from the same as λειτουργέω; functional publicly (liturgic); i.e. beneficient:--ministering.
|
λειτουργικὰleitourgika
|
ministering
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4151πνεύματαpneumata (N-NNP) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματαpneumata
|
spirits,
|
N-NNP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1248διακονίανdiakonian (N-AFS) G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονίανdiakonian
|
service
|
N-AFS
|
G649ἀποστελλόμεναapostellomena (V-PPM/P-NNP) G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστελλόμεναapostellomena
|
being sent forth,
|
V-PPM/P-NNP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
for the sake of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G3195μέλλονταςmellontas (V-PPA-AMP) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλονταςmellontas
|
being about
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G2816κληρονομεῖνklēronomein (V-PNA) G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).
|
κληρονομεῖνklēronomein
|
to inherit
|
V-PNA
|
G4991σωτηρίαν;sōtērian (N-AFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίαν;sōtērian
|
salvation?
|
N-AFS
|
14
Are not they all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?Hebrews 1:14
Stats
Rank: #1759 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 102 characters, 17 words, 83 letters, 29 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουχι παντες εισιν λειτουργικα πνευματα εις διακονιαν αποστελλομενα δια τους μελλοντας κληρονομειν σωτηριαν
Lit: Not all are they ministering spirits, for service being sent forth, for the sake of those being about to inherit salvation?
KJV: Are they not all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation?
References
"ministering"Heb 8:6: But now has he obtained a more excellent ministry: by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant: which was established upon better promises.Heb 10:11: Every priest stands daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices: which can never take away sins:Ps 103:20: 21: Bless the LORD: you His angels: that excel in strength: that do His commandments: hearkening to the voice of His word.Da 3:28: Then Nebuchadnezzar spoke: and said: Blessed be the God of Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: who has sent His angel: and delivered His servants that trusted in Him: and have changed the king's word: and yielded their bodies: that they not might serve nor worship any god: except their own God.Da 7:10: A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him:000 thousands ministered to him: and 10000 times 10000 stood before him: the judgment was set: and the books were opened.Mt 18:10: Take heed that you not despise one of these little ones; for I say to you: That in heaven their angels do always look the face of my Father which is in heaven.Lu 1:19: 23: The angel answering said to Him: I am Gabriel: that stand in the presence of God; and am sent to speak to you: and to show you these glad tidings.Lu 2:9: 13: And: indeed: the angel of the Lord came upon them: and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid.Ac 13:2: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ro 13:6: For for this cause pay you tribute also: for they are God's ministers: attending continually upon this very thing.Ro 15:16: 27: That I should be the minister of Jesus Christ to the Gentiles: ministering the gospel of God: that the offering up of the Gentiles might be acceptable: being sanctified by the Holy Ghost.2Co 9:12: For the administration of this not service only supplies the want of the saints: but is abundant also by many thanksgivings to God;Php 2:17: 25: Yes: and if I be offered upon the sacrifice and service of your faith: I joy: and rejoice with you all.1Ki 22:19: He said: Hear you therefore the word of the LORD: I saw the LORD sitting on His throne: and all the host of heaven standing by Him on His right hand and on His left.Job 1:6: Now there was a day when the sons of God came to present themselves before the LORD: and Satan came also among them.Ps 103:20: 21: Bless the LORD: you His angels: that excel in strength: that do His commandments: hearkening to the voice of His word.Ps 104:4: Who makes his angels spirits; his ministers a flaming fire:Isa 6:2: 3: Above it stood the seraphims: each one had 6 wings; with two he covered his face: and with two he covered his feet: and with two he did fly.Da 7:10: A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him:000 thousands ministered to him: and 10000 times 10000 stood before him: the judgment was set: and the books were opened.Mt 13:41: 49: 50: The Son of man will send forth His angels: and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend: and them which do iniquity;Lu 1:19: The angel answering said to Him: I am Gabriel: that stand in the presence of God; and am sent to speak to you: and to show you these glad tidings.2Th 1:7: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: Jude 1:14: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints: "sent"Ge 19:15: 16: When the morning arose: then the angels hastened Lot: saying: Arise: take your wife: and your two daughters: which are here; lest you be consumed in the iniquity of the city.Ge 32:1: 2: 24: Jacob went on His way: and the angels of God met Him.Ac 11:22: Then tidings of these things came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas: that he should go as far as Antioch.1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into.Re 5:6: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth."minister"Ps 34:7: The angel of the LORD encamps round about them that fear Him: and delivers them.Ps 91:11: 12: For he will give his angels charge over you: to keep you in all your ways.Da 6:22: My God has sent His angel: and has shut the lions' mouths: that they not have hurt me: forasmuch as before Him innocency was found in me; and also before you: O king: have I done no hurt.Da 9:21-23: Yes: while I was speaking in prayer: even the man Gabriel: whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning: being caused to fly swiftly: touched me about the time of the evening oblation.Da 10:11: 12: He said to me: O Daniel: a man greatly beloved: understand the words that I speak to you: and stand upright: for to you am I now sent. And when he had spoken this word to me: I stood trembling.Mt 1:20: But while He thought on these things: look: the angel of the Lord appeared to Him in a dream: saying: Joseph: you son of David: not fear to take to you Mary your wife: for that which is conceived in her is of the Holy Ghost.Mt 2:13: When they were departed: look: the angel of the Lord appears to Joseph in a dream: saying: Arise: and take the young child and His mother: and flee into Egypt: and be you there until I bring you word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy Him.Mt 24:31: He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet: and they will gather together his elect from the 4 winds: from one end of heaven to the other.Lu 16:22: It came to pass: that the beggar died: and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died: and was buried;Ac 5:19: But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors: and brought them forth: and said: Ac 10:3: 4: He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to Him: and saying to Him: Cornelius.Ac 12:7: 23: And: look: the angel of the Lord came upon Him: and a light shined in the prison: and He smote Peter on the side: and raised Him up: saying: Arise up quickly. And His chains fell off from His hands.Ac 16:26: Suddenly there was a great earthquake: so that the foundations of the prison were shaken: and immediately all the doors were opened: and every one's bands were loosed.Ac 27:23: For there stood by me this night the angel of God: whose I am: and whom I serve: "heirs"Heb 6:12: 17: That you not be slothful: but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises.Mt 25:34: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Ro 8:17: If children: then heirs; heirs of God: and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him: that we may be also glorified together.Ga 3:7: 9: 29: Know you therefore that they which are of faith: the same are the children of Abraham.Eph 3:6: That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs: and of the same body: and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel:Tit 3:7: That being justified by his grace: we should be made heirs according to the hope of eternal life.Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?1Pe 1:4: To an inheritance incorruptible: and undefiled: and that fades not away: reserved in heaven for you: 1Pe 3:7: Likewise: you husbands: dwell with them according to knowledge: giving honour to the wife: as to the weaker vessel: and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers not be hindered.
2
Salvation Confirmed
δια τουτο δει περισσοτερως ημας προσεχειν τοις ακουσθεισιν μηποτε παραρρυωμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1223ΔιὰDia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
ΔιὰDia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S) G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4057περισσοτέρωςperissoterōs (Adv) G4057 περισσῶς perissōs per-is-soce adverb from περισσός; superabundantly:--exceedingly, out of measure, the more.
|
περισσοτέρωςperissoterōs
|
more abundantly
|
Adv
|
G4337προσέχεινprosechein (V-PNA) G4337 προσέχω proséchō pros-ekh-o from πρός and ἔχω; (figuratively) to hold the mind (3563 implied) towards, i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply oneself to, adhere to:--(give) attend(-ance, -ance at, -ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed (to unto); have regard.
|
προσέχεινprosechein
|
to give heed
|
V-PNA
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the things
|
Art-DNP
|
G191ἀκουσθεῖσιν,akoustheisin (V-APP-DNP) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσθεῖσιν,akoustheisin
|
we have heard,
|
V-APP-DNP
|
G3361μή‿mē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή‿mē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G4219ποτεpote (Conj) G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
ποτεpote
|
ever
|
Conj
|
G3901παραρυῶμεν.pararyōmen (V-ASA-1P) G3901 παραῤῥυέω pararrhyéō par-ar-hroo-eh-o from παρά and the alternate of ῥέω; to flow by, i.e. (figuratively) carelessly pass (miss):--let slip.
|
παραρυῶμεν.pararyōmen
|
we should drift away.
|
V-ASA-1P
|
1
Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard, lest at any time we should let them slip.Hebrews 2:1
Stats
Rank: #1105 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 24 words, 99 letters, 38 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια τουτο δει περισσοτερως ημας προσεχειν τοις ακουσθεισιν μηποτε παραρρυωμεν
Lit: Because of this, it behooves more abundantly to give heed us to the things we have heard, lest ever we should drift away.
KJV: Therefore we ought to give the more earnest heed to the things which we have heard, lest at any time we should let them slip.
References
"Therefore"Heb 2:2-4: For if the word spoken by angels was stedfast: and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompence of reward;Heb 1:1: 2: God: who at sundry times and in divers manners spoke in time past to the fathers by the prophets: Heb 12:25: 26: See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth: much more will not we escape: if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:"the more"De 4:9: 23: Only take heed to yourself: and keep your soul diligently: lest'>lest you forget the things which your eyes have seen: and lest'>lest they depart from your heart all the days of your life: but teach them your sons: and your sons' sons;De 32:46: 47: He said to them: Set your hearts to all the words which I testify among you this day: which you will command your children to observe to do: all the words of this law.Jos 23:11: 12: Take good heed therefore to yourselves: that you love the LORD your God.1Ch 22:13: Then will you prosper: if you take heed to fulfil the statutes and judgments which the LORD charged Moses with concerning Israel: be strong: and of good courage; not dread: nor be dismayed.Ps 119:9: BETH. With what will a young man cleanse his way? by taking heed thereto according to your word.Pr 2:1-6: My son: if you will receive my words: and hide my commandments with you;Pr 3:21: My son: not let them depart from your eyes: keep sound wisdom and discretion:Pr 4:1-4: 20-22: Hear: you children: the instruction of a father: and attend to know understanding.Pr 7:1: 2: My son: keep my words: and lay up my commandments with you.Lu 8:15: But that on the good ground are they: which in an ho and good heart: having heard the word: keep it: and bring forth fruit with patience.Lu 9:44: Let these sayings sink down into your ears: for the Son of man will be delivered into the hands of men."we should"Heb 12:5: you have forgotten the exhortation which speaks to you as to children: My son: not despise you the chastening of the Lord: nor faint when you are rebuked of Him:Mt 16:9: Do you not yet understand: neither remember the 5 loaves of the 5000: and how many baskets you took up?Mr 8:18: Having eyes: see you not? and having ears: hear you not? and do you not remember?2Pe 1:12: 13: 15: For what reason I not will be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things: though you know them: and be established in the present truth.2Pe 3:1: This second epistle: beloved: I now write to you; in both which I stir up your pure minds by way of remembrance:"let them slip"Hab 1:6: For: indeed: I raise up the Chaldeans: that bitter and hasty nation: which will march through the breadth of the land: to possess the dwellingplaces that are not theirs.Hab 2:16: You are filled with shame for glory: drink you also: and let your foreskin be uncovered: the cup of the LORD's right hand will be turned to you: and shameful spewing will be on your glory.
ει γαρ ο δι αγγελων λαληθεις λογος εγενετο βεβαιος και πασα παραβασις και παρακοη ελαβεν ενδικον μισθαποδοσιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
angels
|
N-GMP
|
G2980λαληθεὶςlalētheis (V-APP-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαληθεὶςlalētheis
|
having been spoken
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
word
|
N-NMS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G949βέβαιος,bebaios (Adj-NMS) G949 βέβαιος bébaios beb-ah-yos from the base of βάσις (through the idea of basality); stable (literally or figuratively):--firm, of force, stedfast, sure.
|
βέβαιος,bebaios
|
unalterable,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
every
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3847παράβασιςparabasis (N-NFS) G3847 παράβασις parábasis par-ab-as-is from παραβαίνω; violation:--breaking, transgression.
|
παράβασιςparabasis
|
transgression
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3876παρακοὴparakoē (N-NFS) G3876 παρακοή parakoḗ par-ak-o-ay from παρακούω; inattention, i.e. (by implication) disobedience:--disobedience.
|
παρακοὴparakoē
|
disobedience
|
N-NFS
|
G2983ἔλαβενelaben (V-AIA-3S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβενelaben
|
received
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1738ἔνδικονendikon (Adj-AFS) G1738 ἔνδικος éndikos en-dee-kos from ἐν and δίκη; in the right, i.e. equitable:--just.
|
ἔνδικονendikon
|
a just
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3405μισθαποδοσίαν,misthapodosian (N-AFS) G3405 μισθαποδοσία misthapodosía mis-thap-od-os-ee-ah from μισθαποδότης; requital (good or bad):--recompence of reward.
|
μισθαποδοσίαν,misthapodosian
|
recompense,
|
N-AFS
|
2
For if the word spoken by angels was stedfast, and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompence of reward;Hebrews 2:2
Stats
Rank: #6441 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 19 words, 104 letters, 38 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει γαρ ο δι αγγελων λαληθεις λογος εγενετο βεβαιος και πασα παραβασις και παρακοη ελαβεν ενδικον μισθαποδοσιαν
Lit: If for the by angels having been spoken word was unalterable, and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompense,
KJV: For if the word spoken by angels was stedfast, and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompence of reward;
References
"spoken"De 32:2: My doctrine will drop as the rain: my speech will distil as the dew: as the small rain upon the tender herb: and as the showers upon the grass:Ps 68:17: The chariots of God are 20000: even thousands of angels: the Lord is among them: as in Sinai: in the holy place.Ac 7:53: Who have received the law by the disposition of angels: and not have kept it.Ga 3:19: For what reason then serveth the law? It was added because of transgressions: till the seed should come to whom the promise was made; and it was ordained by angels in the hand of a mediator."every"Heb 10:28: He who despised Moses' law died without mercy under two or 3 witnesses:Ex 32:27: 28: He said to them: Thus says the LORD God of Israel: Put every man His sword by His side: and go in and out from gate to gate throughout the camp: and kill every man His brother: and every man His companion: and every man His neighbour.Le 10:1: 2: Nadab and Abihu: the sons of Aaron: took either of them His censer: and put fire therein: and put incense thereon: and offered strange fire before the LORD: which He commanded not them.Le 24:14-16: Bring forth him that has cursed without the camp; and let all that heard him lay their hands upon his head: and let all the congregation stone him.Nu 11:33: While the flesh was yet between their teeth: ere it was chewed: the wrath of the LORD was kindled against the people: and the LORD smote the people with a very great plague.Nu 14:28-37: Say to them: As truly as I live: says the LORD: as you have spoken in my ears: so will I do to you:Nu 15:30-36: But the soul that does ought presumptuously: whether He be born in the land: or a stranger: the same reproaches the LORD; and that soul will be cut off from among His people.Nu 16:31-35: 49: It came to pass: as he had made an end of speaking all these words: that the ground clave asunder that was under them:Nu 20:11: 12: Moses lifted up his hand: and with his rod he smote the rock twice: and the water came out abundantly: and the congregation drank: and their beasts also.Nu 21:6: The LORD sent fiery serpents among the people: and they bit the people; and much people of Israel died.Nu 25:9: Those that died in the plague were 4020.De 4:3: 4: your eyes have seen what the LORD did because of Baalpeor: for all the men that followed Baalpeor: the LORD your God has destroyed them from among you.De 17:2: 5: 12: If there be found among you: within any of your gates which the LORD your God gives you: man or woman: that has wrought wickedness in the sight of the LORD your God: in transgressing His covenant: De 27:26: Cursed be he who confirms not all the words of this law to do them. And all the people will say: Amen.1Co 10:5-12: But with many of them God not was well pleased: for they were overthrown in the wilderness.Jude 1:5: I will therefore put you in remembrance: though you once knew this: how that the Lord: having saved the people out of the land of Egypt: afterward destroyed them that not believed."recompense"Heb 10:35: not Cast away therefore your confidence: which has great recompence of reward.Heb 11:6: 26: But without faith it is impossible to please Him: for He that'>He who comes to God must believe that He is: and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.
πως ημεις εκφευξομεθα τηλικαυτης αμελησαντες σωτηριας ητις αρχην λαβουσα λαλεισθαι δια του κυριου υπο των ακουσαντων εις ημας εβεβαιωθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1628ἐκφευξόμεθαekpheuxometha (V-FIM-1P) G1628 ἐκφεύγω ekpheúgō ek-fyoo-go from ἐκ and φεύγω; to flee out:--escape, flee.
|
ἐκφευξόμεθαekpheuxometha
|
will escape
|
V-FIM-1P
|
G5082τηλικαύτηςtēlikautēs (DPro-GFS) G5082 τηλικοῦτος tēlikoûtos tay-lik-ow-tay from a compound of ὁ with ἡλίκος and οὗτος; such as this, i.e. (in (figurative) magnitude) so vast:--so great, so mighty.,
|
τηλικαύτηςtēlikautēs
|
such a great
|
DPro-GFS
|
G272ἀμελήσαντεςamelēsantes (V-APA-NMP) G272 ἀμελέω ameléō am-el-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and μέλω; to be careless of:--make light of, neglect, be negligent, no regard.
|
ἀμελήσαντεςamelēsantes
|
having neglected
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G4991σωτηρίας;sōtērias (N-GFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίας;sōtērias
|
a salvation,
|
N-GFS
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
which
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G746ἀρχὴνarchēn (N-AFS) G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχὴνarchēn
|
a commencement
|
N-AFS
|
G2983λαβοῦσαlabousa (V-APA-NFS) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβοῦσαlabousa
|
having received,
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G2980λαλεῖσθαιlaleisthai (V-PNM/P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖσθαιlaleisthai
|
declared
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G191ἀκουσάντωνakousantōn (V-APA-GMP) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσάντωνakousantōn
|
having heard,
|
V-APA-GMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G950ἐβεβαιώθη,ebebaiōthē (V-AIP-3S) G950 βεβαιόω bebaióō beb-ah-yo-o from βέβαιος; to stabilitate (figuratively):--confirm, (e-)stablish.
|
ἐβεβαιώθη,ebebaiōthē
|
it was confirmed,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
3
How will we escape, if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord, and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Hebrews 2:3
Stats
Rank: #1481 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 155 characters, 28 words, 121 letters, 42 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: πως ημεις εκφευξομεθα τηλικαυτης αμελησαντες σωτηριας ητις αρχην λαβουσα λαλεισθαι δια του κυριου υπο των ακουσαντων εις ημας εβεβαιωθη
Lit: how we will escape such a great having neglected a salvation, which a commencement having received, declared by the Lord, by those having heard, to us it was confirmed,
KJV: How shall we escape, if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord, and was confirmed unto us by them that heard him;
References
"How"Heb 4:1: 11: Let us therefore fear: lest: a promise being left us of entering into his rest: any of you should seem to come short of it.Heb 10:28: 29: He who despised Moses' law died without mercy under two or 3 witnesses:Heb 12:25: See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth: much more will not we escape: if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:Isa 20:6: The inhabitant of this isle will say in that day: Look: such is our expectation: whither we flee for help to be delivered from the king of Assyria: and how will we escape?Eze 17:15: 18: But he rebelled against him in sending his ambassadors into Egypt: that they might give him horses and much people. Will he prosper? will he escape that does such things? or will he break the covenant: and be delivered?Mt 23:33: You serpents: you generation of vipers: how can you escape the damnation of hell?Ro 2:3: think you this: O man: that judge them which do such things: and do the same: that you will escape the judgment of God?1Th 5:3: For when they will say: Peace and safety; then sudden destruction comes upon them: as travail upon a woman with child; and they will not escape.1Pe 4:17: 18: For the time is come that judgment must begin at the house of God: and if it first begin at us: what will the end be of them that not obey the gospel of God?Re 6:16: 17: Said to the mountains and rocks: Fall on us: and hide us from the face of him that sits on the throne: and from the wrath of the Lamb:"so"Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;Heb 7:25: 26: For what reason He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come to God by Him: seeing He ever lives to make intercession for them.Isa 12:2: Look: God is my salvation; I will trust: not and be afraid: for the LORD Jehovah is my strength and my song; He also is become my salvation.Isa 51:5: 8: My righteousness is near; my salvation is gone forth: and my arms will judge the people; the isles will wait upon me: and on my arm will they trust.Isa 62:11: Look: the LORD has proclaimed to the end of the world: Say you to the daughter of Zion: Look: your salvation comes; look: His reward is with Him: and His work before Him.Lu 1:69: has raised up an horn of salvation for us in the house of his servant David;Joh 3:16-18: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.Ac 4:12: Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men: whereby we must be saved.1Ti 1:15: This is a faithful saying: and worthy of all acceptation: that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners; of whom I am chief.Tit 2:11: For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men: Re 7:10: Cried with a loud voice: saying: Salvation to our God which sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb."began"Heb 1:2: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;Mt 4:17: From that time Jesus began to preach: and to say: Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mr 1:14: Now after that John was put in prison: Jesus came into Galilee: preaching the gospel of the kingdom of God: Lu 24:19: He said to them: What things? And they said to Him: Concerning Jesus of Nazareth: which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people:Ac 2:22: You men of Israel: hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth: a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs: which God did by Him in the middle of you: as you yourselves also know:"and was"Mr 16:15-19: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Lu 1:2: Even as they delivered them to us: which from the beginning were eyewitnesses: and ministers of the word;Lu 24:47: 48: That repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations: beginning at Jerusalem.Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning.Ac 1:22: Beginning from the baptism of John: to that same day that he was taken up from us: must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection.Ac 10:40-42: Him God raised up the third day: and showed Him openly;
συνεπιμαρτυρουντος του θεου σημειοις τε και τερασιν και ποικιλαις δυναμεσιν και πνευματος αγιου μερισμοις κατα την αυτου θελησιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4901συνεπιμαρτυροῦντοςsynepimartyrountos (V-PPA-GMS) G4901 συνεπιμαρτυρέω synepimartyréō soon-ep-ee-mar-too-reh-o from σύν and ἐπιμαρτυρέω; to testify further jointly, i.e. unite in adding evidence:--also bear witness.
|
συνεπιμαρτυροῦντοςsynepimartyrountos
|
bearing witness
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G4592σημείοιςsēmeiois (N-DNP) G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημείοιςsēmeiois
|
by signs
|
N-DNP
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
together with them
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5059τέρασινterasin (N-DNP) G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.
|
τέρασινterasin
|
wonders,
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4164ποικίλαιςpoikilais (Adj-DFP) G4164 ποικίλος poikílos poy-kee-los of uncertain derivation; motley, i.e. various in character:--divers, manifold.
|
ποικίλαιςpoikilais
|
by various
|
Adj-DFP
|
G1411δυνάμεσινdynamesin (N-DFP) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεσινdynamesin
|
miracles,
|
N-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
of the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G3311μερισμοῖςmerismois (N-DMP) G3311 μερισμός merismós mer-is-mos from μερίζω; a separation or distribution:--dividing asunder, gift.
|
μερισμοῖςmerismois
|
distributions,
|
N-DMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2308θέλησιν.thelēsin (N-AFS) G2308 θέλησις thélēsis thel-ay-sis from θέλω; determination (properly, the act), i.e. option:--will.
|
θέλησιν.thelēsin
|
will.
|
N-AFS
|
4
God also bearing them witness, both with signs and wonders, and with divers miracles, and gifts of the Holy Ghost, according to His own will?Hebrews 2:4
Stats
Counts: 141 characters, 21 words, 112 letters, 35 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνεπιμαρτυρουντος του θεου σημειοις τε και τερασιν και ποικιλαις δυναμεσιν και πνευματος αγιου μερισμοις κατα την αυτου θελησιν
Lit: bearing witness God by signs together with them and wonders, and by various miracles, and of the Spirit Holy distributions, according to the of Him will.
KJV: God also bearing them witness, both with signs and wonders, and with divers miracles, and gifts of the Holy Ghost, according to his own will?
References
"God"Mr 16:20: They went forth: and preached every where: the Lord working with them: and confirming the word with signs following. Amen.Joh 15:26: But when the Comforter is come: whom I will send to you from the Father: even the Spirit of truth: which proceeds from the Father: He will testify of me:Ac 2:32: 33: This Jesus has God raised up: whereof we all are witnesses.Ac 3:15: 16: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 14:3: Long time therefore abode they speaking boldly in the Lord: which gave testimony to the word of His grace: and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands.Ac 19:11: 12: God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul:Ro 15:18: 19: For I not will dare to speak of any of those things which Christ has not wrought by me: to make the Gentiles obedient: by word and deed: "gifts"1Co 12:4-11: Now there are diversities of gifts: but the same Spirit.Eph 4:8-11: For what reason he says: When he ascended up on high: he led captivity captive: and gave gifts to men."according"Da 4:35: All the inhabitants of the earth are reputed not ashing: and he does according to his will in the army of heaven: and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand: or say to him: What do you?Eph 1:5: 9: Having predestinated us to the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to Himself: according to the good pleasure of His will:
Jesus like His Brothers
ου γαρ αγγελοις υπεταξεν την οικουμενην την μελλουσαν περι ης λαλουμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G32ἀγγέλοιςangelois (N-DMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλοιςangelois
|
to angels
|
N-DMP
|
G5293ὑπέταξενhypetaxen (V-AIA-3S) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑπέταξενhypetaxen
|
did He subject
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3625οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn (N-AFS) G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.
|
οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn
|
world
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
that
|
Art-AFS
|
G3195μέλλουσαν,mellousan (V-PPA-AFS) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλουσαν,mellousan
|
is coming,
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G2980λαλοῦμεν.laloumen (V-PIA-1P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦμεν.laloumen
|
we are speaking.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
5
For to the angels has not he put in subjection the world to come, whereof we speak.Hebrews 2:5
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 16 words, 68 letters, 26 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ αγγελοις υπεταξεν την οικουμενην την μελλουσαν περι ης λαλουμεν
Lit: Not for to angels did He subject the world that is coming, of which we are speaking.
KJV: For unto the angels hath he not put in subjection the world to come, whereof we speak.
References
"the world"Heb 6:5: Have tasted the good word of God: and the powers of the world to come: 2Pe 3:13: Nevertheless we: according to his promise: look for new heavens and a new earth: wherein dwells righteousness.Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.
διεμαρτυρατο δε που τις λεγων τι εστιν ανθρωπος οτι μιμνησκη αυτου η υιος ανθρωπου οτι επισκεπτη αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1263διεμαρτύρατοdiemartyrato (V-AIM-3S) G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamartýromai dee-am-ar-too-rom-ahee from διά and μαρτυρέω; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively:--charge, testify (unto), witness.
|
διεμαρτύρατοdiemartyrato
|
Has testified
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4225πούpou (Adv) G4225 πού poú poo genitive case of an indefinite pronoun (some) otherwise obsolete (compare πόσος); as adverb of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.
|
πούpou
|
somewhere
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
someone,
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-NNS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man,
|
N-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3403μιμνῄσκῃmimnēskē (V-PIM/P-2S) G3403 μιμνήσκω mimnḗskō mim-nace-ko a prolonged form of μνάομαι (from which some of the tenses are borrowed); to remind, i.e. (middle voice) to recall to mind:--be mindful, remember.
|
μιμνῄσκῃmimnēskē
|
You are mindful
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G846αὐτοῦ;autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ;autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸςhuios
|
the son
|
N-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of man,
|
N-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1980ἐπισκέπτῃepiskeptē (V-PIM/P-2S) G1980 ἐπισκέπτομαι episképtomai ep-ee-skep-tom-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and the base of σκοπός; to inspect, i.e. (by implication) to select; by extension, to go to see, relieve:--look out, visit.
|
ἐπισκέπτῃepiskeptē
|
You care for
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G846αὐτόν;auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν;auton
|
him?
|
PPro-AM3S
|
6
But one in a certain place testified, saying, What is man, that you are mindful of him? or the son of man, that you visit him?
Hebrews 2:6
Stats
Counts: 131 characters, 21 words, 100 letters, 39 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: διεμαρτυρατο δε που τις λεγων τι εστιν ανθρωπος οτι μιμνησκη αυτου η υιος ανθρωπου οτι επισκεπτη αυτον
Lit: Has testified however somewhere someone, saying, What is man, that You are mindful of him, or the son of man, that You care for him?
KJV: But one in a certain place testified, saying, What is man, that thou art mindful of him? or the son of man, that thou visitest him?
References
"in"Heb 4:4: For He spoke in a certain place of the seventh day on this wise: And God did rest the seventh day from all His works.Heb 5:6: As he says also in another place: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow."What"Job 7:17: 18: What is man: that you should'>should magnify him? and that you should'>should set your heart upon him?Job 15:14: What is man: that he should be clean? and he which is born of a woman: that he should be righteous?Ps 8:4-8: What is man: that you are mindful of him? and the son of man: that you visit him?Ps 144:3: LORD: what is man: that you take knowledge of Him! or the son of man: that you make account of Him!Isa 40:17: All nations before him are not ashing; and they are counted to him less not thanhing: and vanity."the son"Job 25:6: How much less man: that is a worm? and the son of man: which is a worm?Ps 146:3: 4: not Put your trust in princes: nor in the son of man: in whom there is no help.Isa 51:12: I: even I: am he who comforts you: who are you: that you should be afraid of a man that will die: and of the son of man which will be made as grass;"visitest"Ge 50:24: Joseph said to His brothers: I die: and God will surely visit you: and bring you out of this land to the land which He sware to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob.Lu 1:68: 78: Blessed be the Lord God of Israel; for He has visited and redeemed His people: Lu 7:16: There came a fear on all: and they glorified God: saying: That a great prophet is risen up among us; and: That God has visited His people.
ηλαττωσας αυτον βραχυ τι παρ αγγελους δοξη και τιμη εστεφανωσας αυτον και κατεστησας αυτον επι τα εργα των χειρων σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1642ἠλάττωσαςēlattōsas (V-AIA-2S) G1642 ἐλαττόω elattóō el-at-to-o from ἐλάσσων; to lessen (in rank or influence):--decrease, make lower.
|
ἠλάττωσαςēlattōsas
|
You made lower
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1024βραχύbrachy (Adv) G1024 βραχύς brachýs brakh-ooce of uncertain affinity; short (of time, place, quantity, or number):--few words, little (space, while).
|
βραχύbrachy
|
a little
|
Adv
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
some
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
than
|
Prep
|
G32ἀγγέλους,angelous (N-AMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλους,angelous
|
the angels;
|
N-AMP
|
G1391δόξῃdoxē (N-DFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξῃdoxē
|
with glory
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5092τιμῇtimē (N-DFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμῇtimē
|
honor
|
N-DFS
|
G4737ἐστεφάνωσαςestephanōsas (V-AIA-2S) G4737 στεφανόω stephanóō stef-an-o-o from στέφανος; to adorn with an honorary wreath (literally or figuratively):--crown.
|
ἐστεφάνωσαςestephanōsas
|
You crowned
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532(καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
(καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2525κατέστησαςkatestēsas (V-AIA-2S) G2525 καθίστημι kathístēmi kath-is-tay-mee from κατά and ἵστημι; to place down (permanently), i.e. (figuratively) to designate, constitute, convoy:--appoint, be, conduct, make, ordain, set.
|
κατέστησαςkatestēsas
|
have appointed
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G4771σου)sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου)sou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
7
You mad him a little lower than the angels; you crownedst him with glory and honour, and did set him over the works of your hands:Hebrews 2:7
Stats
Rank: #4901 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 136 characters, 24 words, 108 letters, 35 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηλαττωσας αυτον βραχυ τι παρ αγγελους δοξη και τιμη εστεφανωσας αυτον και κατεστησας αυτον επι τα εργα των χειρων σου
Lit: You made lower him a little some than the angels; with glory and honor You crowned him, and have appointed him over the works of the hands of you
KJV: Thou madest him a little lower than the angels; thou crownedst him with glory and honour, and didst set him over the works of thy hands:
παντα υπεταξας υποκατω των ποδων αυτου εν γαρ τω υποταξαι αυτω τα παντα ουδεν αφηκεν αυτω ανυποτακτον νυν δε ουπω ορωμεν αυτω τα παντα υποτεταγμενα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5293ὑπέταξαςhypetaxas (V-AIA-2S) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑπέταξαςhypetaxas
|
You have put in subjection
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G5270ὑποκάτωhypokatō (Prep) G5270 ὑποκάτω hypokátō hoop-ok-at-o from ὑπό and κάτω; down under, i.e. beneath:--under.
|
ὑποκάτωhypokatō
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP) G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1722Ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
Ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5293ὑποτάξαιhypotaxai (V-ANA) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑποτάξαιhypotaxai
|
subjecting
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G863ἀφῆκενaphēken (V-AIA-3S) G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῆκενaphēken
|
He left
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G506ἀνυπότακτον.anypotakton (Adj-ANS) G506 ἀνυπότακτος anypótaktos an-oo-pot-ak-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of ὑποτάσσω; unsubdued, i.e. insubordinate (in fact or temper):--disobedient, that is not put under, unruly.
|
ἀνυπότακτον.anypotakton
|
unsubject.
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
At present
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3768οὔπωoupō (Adv) G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.
|
οὔπωoupō
|
not yet
|
Adv
|
G3708ὁρῶμενhorōmen (V-PIA-1P) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὁρῶμενhorōmen
|
do we see
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5293ὑποτεταγμένα·hypotetagmena (V-RPM/P-ANP) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑποτεταγμένα·hypotetagmena
|
having been subjected.
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
8
You have put all things in subjection under his feet. For in that he put all in subjection under him, he not lefthing that is not put under him. But now we not see yet all things put under him.Hebrews 2:8
Stats
Rank: #4386 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 194 characters, 37 words, 151 letters, 54 vowels, 97 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντα υπεταξας υποκατω των ποδων αυτου εν γαρ τω υποταξαι αυτω τα παντα ουδεν αφηκεν αυτω ανυποτακτον νυν δε ουπω ορωμεν αυτω τα παντα υποτεταγμενα
Lit: all things You have put in subjection under the feet of him. In for subjecting to him all things, nothing He left to him unsubject. At present however, not yet do we see to Him all things having been subjected.
KJV: Thou hast put all things in subjection under his feet. For in that he put all in subjection under him, he left nothing that is not put under him. But now we see not yet all things put under him.
References
"hast"Heb 2:5: For to the angels has not he put in subjection the world to come: whereof we speak.Heb 1:13: But to which of the angels said he at any time: Sit on my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool?Ps 2:6: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Da 7:14: There was given him dominion: and glory: and a kingdom: that all people: nations: and languages: should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion: which will not pass away: and his kingdom that which will not be destroyed.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Joh 3:35: The Father loves the Son: and has given all things into His hand.Joh 13:3: Jesus knowing that the Father had given all things into His hands: and that He was come from God: and went to God;1Co 15:27: For he has put all things under his feet. But when he says: all things are put under him: it is manifest that he is excepted: which did put all things under him.Eph 1:21: 22: Far above all principality: and power: and might: and dominion: and every name that is named: not only in this world: but also in that which is to come:Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.Re 1:5: 18: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: Re 5:11-13: I beheld: and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne and the beasts and the elders: and the number of them was 10000 times 10000: and thousands of thousands;"but"Job 30:1-12: But now they that are younger than I have me in derision: whose fathers I would have disdained to have set with the dogs of my flock.Job 41:1-34: Canst you draw out leviathan with an hook? or his tongue with a cord which you let down?1Co 15:24: 25: Then cometh the end: when He will have delivered up the kingdom to God: even the Father; when He will have put down all rule and all authority and power.
τον δε βραχυ τι παρ αγγελους ηλαττωμενον βλεπομεν ιησουν δια το παθημα του θανατου δοξη και τιμη εστεφανωμενον οπως χαριτι θεου υπερ παντος γευσηται θανατου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
Who
|
Art-AMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1024βραχύbrachy (Adv) G1024 βραχύς brachýs brakh-ooce of uncertain affinity; short (of time, place, quantity, or number):--few words, little (space, while).
|
βραχύbrachy
|
a little
|
Adv
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
one
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
than
|
Prep
|
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουςangelous
|
the angels,
|
N-AMP
|
G1642ἠλαττωμένονēlattōmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS) G1642 ἐλαττόω elattóō el-at-to-o from ἐλάσσων; to lessen (in rank or influence):--decrease, make lower.
|
ἠλαττωμένονēlattōmenon
|
having been made lower,
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G991βλέπομενblepomen (V-PIA-1P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπομενblepomen
|
we see,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3804πάθημαpathēma (N-ANS) G3804 πάθημα páthēma path-ay-mah from a presumed derivative of πάθος; something undergone, i.e. hardship or pain; subjectively, an emotion or influence:-- affection, affliction, motion, suffering.
|
πάθημαpathēma
|
suffering
|
N-ANS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
of death,
|
N-GMS
|
G1391δόξῃdoxē (N-DFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξῃdoxē
|
with glory
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5092τιμῇtimē (N-DFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμῇtimē
|
with honor
|
N-DFS
|
G4737ἐστεφανωμένον,estephanōmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS) G4737 στεφανόω stephanóō stef-an-o-o from στέφανος; to adorn with an honorary wreath (literally or figuratively):--crown.
|
ἐστεφανωμένον,estephanōmenon
|
having been crowned,
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj) G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G5485χάριτιchariti (N-DFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτιchariti
|
by the grace
|
N-DFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
everyone
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1089γεύσηταιgeusētai (V-ASM-3S) G1089 γεύομαι geúomai ghyoo-om-ahee a primary verb; to taste; by implication, to eat; figuratively, to experience (good or ill):--eat, taste.
|
γεύσηταιgeusētai
|
He might taste
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G2288θανάτου.thanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτου.thanatou
|
death.
|
N-GMS
|
9
But we see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death, crowned with glory and honour; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man.Hebrews 2:9
Stats
Rank: #861 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 182 characters, 33 words, 143 letters, 52 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: τον δε βραχυ τι παρ αγγελους ηλαττωμενον βλεπομεν ιησουν δια το παθημα του θανατου δοξη και τιμη εστεφανωμενον οπως χαριτι θεου υπερ παντος γευσηται θανατου
Lit: Who however a little one than the angels, having been made lower, we see, Jesus, because of the suffering of death, with glory and with honor having been crowned, so that by the grace of God for everyone He might taste death.
KJV: But we see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death, crowned with glory and honour; that he by the grace of God should taste death for every man.
References
"Jesus"Heb 8:3: For every high priest is ordained to offer gifts and sacrifices: for what reason it is of necessity that this man have somewhat also to offer.Heb 10:5: For what reason when he comes into the world: he says: Sacrifice and offering you would not: but a body have you prepared me:Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Isa 7:14: Therefore the Lord Himself will give you a sign; Look: a virgin will conceive: and bear a son: and will call His name Immanuel.Isa 11:1: There will come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse: and a Branch will grow out of his roots:Isa 53:2-10: For he will grow up before him as a tender plant: and as a root out of a dry ground: he has no form nor comeliness; and when we will see him: there is no beauty that we should desire him.Ro 8:3: For what the law not could do: in that it was weak through the flesh: God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh: and for sin: condemned sin in the flesh:Ga 4:4: But when the fulness of the time was come: God sent forth His Son: made of a woman: made under the law: Php 2:7-9: But made himself of no reputation: and took upon him the form of a servant: and was made in the likeness of men:"crowned"Ps 21:3-5: For you prevent him with the blessings of goodness: you set a crown of pure gold on his head.Ac 2:33: Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted: and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost: He has shed forth this: which you now see and hear.Re 19:12: His eyes were as a flame of fire: and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written: that no man knew: but he himself."by"Joh 3:16: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.Ro 5:8: 18: But God commends His love toward us: in that: while we were yet sinners: Christ died for us.Ro 8:32: He who not spared His own Son: but delivered Him up for us all: how will He not">not He with Him also freely give us all things?2Co 5:21: For He has made Him to be sin for us: who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.1Jo 4:9: 10: In this was manifested the love of God toward us: because that God sent His only begotten Son into the world: that we might live through Him."taste"Mt 6:28: Why take you thought for clothing? Consider the lilies of the field: how they grow; they not toil: neither do they spin:Mr 9:1: He said to them: Truly I say to you: That there be some of them that stand here: which will not taste of death: till they have seen the kingdom of God come with power.Lu 9:27: But I tell you of a truth: there be some standing here: which will not taste of death: till they see the kingdom of God.Joh 8:52: Then said the Jews to him: Now we know that you have a devil. Abraham is dead: and the prophets; and you say: If a man keep my saying: he will never taste of death."for every"Joh 1:29: The next day John sees Jesus coming to Him: and says: Look the Lamb of God: which takes away the sin of the world.Joh 12:32: I: if I be lifted up from the earth: will draw all men to me.2Co 5:15: that he died for all: that they which live not should henceforth live to themselves: but to him which died for them: and rose again.1Ti 2:6: Who gave himself a ransom for all: to be testified in due time.1Jo 2:2: He is the propitiation for our sins: not and for ours only: but also for the sins of the whole world.Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;
επρεπεν γαρ αυτω δι ον τα παντα και δι ου τα παντα πολλους υιους εις δοξαν αγαγοντα τον αρχηγον της σωτηριας αυτων δια παθηματων τελειωσαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4241ἜπρεπενEprepen (V-IIA-3S) G4241 πρέπω prépō prep-o apparently a primary verb; to tower up (be conspicuous), i.e. (by implication) to be suitable or proper (third person singular present indicative, often used impersonally, it is fit or right):--become, comely.
|
ἜπρεπενEprepen
|
It was fitting
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom are
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom are
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3956πάντα,panta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα,panta
|
all things,
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4183πολλοὺςpollous (Adj-AMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὺςpollous
|
many
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5207υἱοὺςhuious (N-AMP) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοὺςhuious
|
sons
|
N-AMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G71ἀγαγόνταagagonta (V-APA-AMS) G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἀγαγόνταagagonta
|
having brought,
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G747ἀρχηγὸνarchēgon (N-AMS) G747 ἀρχηγός archēgós ar-khay-gos from ἀρχή and ἄγω; a chief leader:--author, captain, prince.
|
ἀρχηγὸνarchēgon
|
archetype
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4991σωτηρίαςsōtērias (N-GFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίαςsōtērias
|
salvation
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3804παθημάτωνpathēmatōn (N-GNP) G3804 πάθημα páthēma path-ay-mah from a presumed derivative of πάθος; something undergone, i.e. hardship or pain; subjectively, an emotion or influence:-- affection, affliction, motion, suffering.
|
παθημάτωνpathēmatōn
|
sufferings
|
N-GNP
|
G5048τελειῶσαι.teleiōsai (V-ANA) G5048 τελειόω teleióō tel-i-o-o from τέλειος; to complete, i.e. (literally) accomplish, or (figuratively) consummate (in character):--consecrate, finish, fulfil, make) perfect.
|
τελειῶσαι.teleiōsai
|
to make perfect.
|
V-ANA
|
10
For it became him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons to glory, to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings.Hebrews 2:10
Stats
Rank: #1845 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 174 characters, 25 words, 137 letters, 47 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: επρεπεν γαρ αυτω δι ον τα παντα και δι ου τα παντα πολλους υιους εις δοξαν αγαγοντα τον αρχηγον της σωτηριας αυτων δια παθηματων τελειωσαι
Lit: It was fitting for to Him, for whom are all things and by whom are all things, many sons to glory having brought, the archetype of the salvation of them, through sufferings to make perfect.
KJV: For it became him, for whom are all things, and by whom [are] all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings.
References
"it"Heb 7:26: For such an high priest became us: who is holy: harmless: undefiled: separate from sinners: and made higher than the heavens;Ge 18:25: That be far from you to do after this manner: to kill the righteous with the wicked: and that the righteous should be as the wicked: that be far from you: Will not the Judge of all the earth do right?Lu 2:14: Glory to God in the high: and on earth peace: good will toward men.Lu 24:26: 46: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?Ro 3:25: 26: Whom God has set forth to be a propitiation through faith in His blood: to declare His righteousness for the remission of sins that are past: through the forbearance of God;Eph 1:6-8: To the praise of the glory of his grace: wherein he has made us accepted in the beloved.Eph 2:7: That in the ages to come He might show the exceeding riches of His grace in His kindness toward us through Christ Jesus.Eph 3:10: To the intent that now to the principalities and powers in heavenly places might be known by the church the manifold wisdom of God: 1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into."for"Pr 16:4: The LORD has made all things for Himself: yes: even the wicked for the day of evil.Isa 43:21: This people have I formed for myself; they will show forth my praise.Ro 11:36: For of him: and through him: and to him: are all things: to whom be glory for ever. Amen.1Co 8:6: But to us there is but one God: the Father: of whom are all things: and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ: by whom are all things: and we by Him.2Co 5:18: All things are of God: who has reconciled us to Himself by Jesus Christ: and has given to us the ministry of reconciliation;Col 1:16: 17: For by him were all things created: that are in heaven: and that are in earth: visible and invisible: whether they be thrones: or dominions: or principalities: or powers: all things were created by him: and for him:Re 4:11: You are worthy: O Lord: to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things: and for your pleasure they are and were created."many"Ho 8:10: Yes: though they have hired among the nations: now will I gather them: and they will sorrow a little for the burden of the king of princes.Joh 11:52: not And for that nation only: but that also He should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered abroad.Ro 8:14-18: 29: 30: For as many as are led by the Spirit of God: they are the sons of God.Ro 9:25: 26: As he says also in Osee: I will call them my people: which not were my people; and her beloved: which not was beloved.2Co 6:18: Will be a Father to you: and you will be my sons and daughters: says the Lord Almighty.Ga 3:26: For you are all the children of God by faith in Christ Jesus.Eph 1:5: Having predestinated us to the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to Himself: according to the good pleasure of His will: 1Jo 3:1: 2: Look: what manner of love the Father has bestowed upon us: that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knows not us: because it knew Him not">not Him.Re 7:9: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;"glory"Ro 9:23: That he might make known the riches of his glory on the vessels of mercy: which he had afore prepared to glory: 1Co 2:7: But we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery: even the hidden wisdom: which God ordained before the world to our glory:2Co 3:18: But we all: with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord: are changed into the same image from glory to glory: even as by the Spirit of the Lord.2Co 4:17: For our light affliction: which is but for a moment: works for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory;Col 3:4: When Christ: who is our life: will appear: then will you also appear with Him in glory.2Ti 2:10: Therefore I endure all things for the elect's sakes: that they may also obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eternal glory.1Pe 5:1: 10: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:"the captain"Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Jos 5:14: 15: He said: No; but as captain of the host of the LORD am I now come. And Joshua fell on His face to the earth: and did worship: and said to Him: What says my lord to His servant?Isa 55:4: Look: I have given him for a witness to the people: a leader and commander to the people.Mic 2:13: The breaker is come up before them: they have broken up: and have passed through the gate: and are gone out by it: and their king will pass before them: and the LORD on the head of them.Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins."perfect"Heb 5:8: 9: Though He were a Son: yet learned He obedience by the things which He suffered;Lu 13:32: He said to them: Go you: and tell that fox: Look: I cast out devils: and I do cures today and to morrow: and the third day I will be perfected.Lu 24:26: 46: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?Joh 19:30: When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar: He said: It is finished: and He bowed His head: and gave up the ghost.
ο τε γαρ αγιαζων και οι αγιαζομενοι εξ ενος παντες δι ην αιτιαν ουκ επαισχυνεται αδελφους αυτους καλειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὅho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὅho
|
The One
|
Art-NMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G37ἁγιάζωνhagiazōn (V-PPA-NMS) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἁγιάζωνhagiazōn
|
sanctifying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G37ἁγιαζόμενοιhagiazomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἁγιαζόμενοιhagiazomenoi
|
being sanctified,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G1520ἑνὸςhenos (Adj-GMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὸςhenos
|
one
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3956πάντες·pantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντες·pantes
|
are all;
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G156αἰτίανaitian (N-AFS) G156 αἰτία aitía ahee-tee-a from the same as αἰτέω; a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):--accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, (wh-)ere(-fore).
|
αἰτίανaitian
|
reason,
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1870ἐπαισχύνεταιepaischynetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1870 ἐπαισχύνομαι epaischýnomai ep-ahee-skhoo-nom-ahee from ἐπί and αἰσχύνομαι; to feel shame for something:--be ashamed.
|
ἐπαισχύνεταιepaischynetai
|
He is ashamed
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2564καλεῖν,kalein (V-PNA) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλεῖν,kalein
|
to call,
|
V-PNA
|
11
For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers,Hebrews 2:11
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 24 words, 103 letters, 39 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο τε γαρ αγιαζων και οι αγιαζομενοι εξ ενος παντες δι ην αιτιαν ουκ επαισχυνεται αδελφους αυτους καλειν
Lit: The One both for sanctifying, and those being sanctified, of one are all; for which reason, not He is ashamed brothers them to call,
KJV: For both he that sanctifieth and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he is not ashamed to call them brethren,
References
"he that"Heb 10:10: 14: By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all.Heb 13:12: For what reason Jesus also: that He might sanctify the people with His own blood: suffered without the gate.Joh 17:19: For their sakes I sanctify myself: that they also might be sanctified through the truth."all"Heb 2:14: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;Joh 17:21: That they all may be one; as you: Father: are in me: and I in you: that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that you have sent me.Ac 17:26: has made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth: and has determined the times before appointed: and the bounds of their habitation;Ga 4:4: But when the fulness of the time was come: God sent forth His Son: made of a woman: made under the law: "he is"Heb 11:16: But now they desire a better country: that is: an heavenly: for what reason God not is ashamed to be called their God: for He has prepared for them a city.Mr 8:38: Whoever therefore will be ashamed of me and of my words in this adulterous and sinful generation; of Him also will the Son of man be ashamed: when He comes in the glory of His Father with the holy angels.Lu 9:26: For whoever will be ashamed of me and of my words: of Him will the Son of man be ashamed: when He will come in His own glory: and in His Father's: and of the holy angels."to call"Mt 12:48-50: But he answered and said to him that told him: Who is my mother? and who are my brothers?Mt 25:40: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me.Mt 28:10: Then said Jesus to them: not Be afraid: go tell my brothers that they go into Galilee: and there will they see me.Joh 20:17: Jesus says to her: Touch not me; for I not am yet ascended to my Father: but go to my brothers: and say to them: I ascend to my Father: and your Father; and to my God: and your God.Ro 8:29: For whom He did foreknow: He also did predestinate to be conformed to the image of His Son: that He might be the firstborn among many brothers.
λεγων απαγγελω το ονομα σου τοις αδελφοις μου εν μεσω εκκλησιας υμνησω σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G518ἈπαγγελῶApangelō (V-FIA-1S) G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἈπαγγελῶApangelō
|
I will declare
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-ANS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G80ἀδελφοῖςadelphois (N-DMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῖςadelphois
|
brothers
|
N-DMP
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me;
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS) G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
of the congregation
|
N-GFS
|
G5214ὑμνήσωhymnēsō (V-FIA-1S) G5214 ὑμνέω hymnéō hoom-neh-o from ὕμνος; to hymn, i.e. sing a religious ode; by implication, to celebrate (God) in song:--sing a hymn (praise unto).
|
ὑμνήσωhymnēsō
|
I will sing praises
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771σε·se (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε·se
|
of you.”
|
PPro-A2S
|
12
Saying, I will declare your name to my brothers, in the middle of the church will I sing praise to you.
Hebrews 2:12
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 19 words, 83 letters, 29 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγων απαγγελω το ονομα σου τοις αδελφοις μου εν μεσω εκκλησιας υμνησω σε
Lit: saying: I will declare the name of You to the brothers of Me; in the midst of the congregation I will sing praises of you.”
KJV: Saying, I will declare thy name unto my brethren, in the midst of the church will I sing praise unto thee.
References
"I will"Ps 22:22: 25: I will declare your name to my brothers: in the middle of the congregation will I praise you."in"Ps 40:10: I not have hid your righteousness within my heart; I have declared your faithfulness and your salvation: I not have concealed your lovingkindness and your truth from the great congregation.Ps 111:1: Praise you the LORD. I will praise the LORD with my whole heart: in the assembly of the upright: and in the congregation.Joh 18:20: Jesus answered Him: I spoke openly to the world; I ever taught in the synagogue: and in the temple: whither the Jews always resort; and in secret have I not saidhing.
και παλιν εγω εσομαι πεποιθως επ αυτω και παλιν ιδου εγω και τα παιδια α μοι εδωκεν ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again:
|
Adv
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510ἔσομαιesomai (V-FIM-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσομαιesomai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G3982πεποιθὼςpepoithōs (V-RPA-NMS) G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πεποιθὼςpepoithōs
|
trusting
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ·autō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ·autō
|
Him.”
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again:
|
Adv
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G3813παιδίαpaidia (N-NNP) G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίαpaidia
|
children
|
N-NNP
|
G3739ἅha (RelPro-ANP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἅha
|
whom
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to Me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
has given
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.”
|
N-NMS
|
13
Again, I will put my trust in Him. And again, Look I and the children which God has given me.
Hebrews 2:13
Stats
Rank: #6784 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 100 characters, 18 words, 76 letters, 27 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παλιν εγω εσομαι πεποιθως επ αυτω και παλιν ιδου εγω και τα παιδια α μοι εδωκεν ο θεος
Lit: And again: I will be trusting in Him.” And again: Behold, I and the children whom to Me has given God.”
KJV: And again, I will put my trust in him. And again, Behold I and the children which God hath given me.
References
"I will"2Sa 22:3: The God of my rock; in Him will I trust: He is my shield: and the horn of my salvation: my high tower: and my refuge: my saviour; you save me from violence.Ps 16:1: > Preserve me: O God: for in you do I put my trust.Ps 18:2: The LORD is my rock: and my fortress: and my deliverer; my God: my strength: in whom I will trust; my buckler: and the horn of my salvation: and my high tower.Ps 36:7: 8: How excellent is your lovingkindness: O God! therefore the children of men put their trust under the shadow of your wings.Ps 91:2: I will say of the LORD: He is my refuge and my fortress: my God; in Him will I trust.Isa 12:2: Look: God is my salvation; I will trust: not and be afraid: for the LORD Jehovah is my strength and my song; He also is become my salvation.Isa 50:7-9: For the Lord GOD will help me; therefore will not I be confounded: therefore have I set my face like a flint: and I know that I will not be ashamed.Mt 27:43: He trusted in God; let Him deliver Him now: if He will have Him: for He said: I am the Son of God."Behold"Isa 8:18: Look: I and the children whom the LORD has given me are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the LORD of hosts: which dwells in mount Zion.Isa 53:10: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand."which"Ge 33:5: He lifted up His eyes: and saw the women and the children; and said: Who are those with you? And He said: The children which God has graciously given your servant.Ge 48:9: Joseph said to His father: They are my sons: whom God has given me in this place. And He said: Bring them: I pray you: to me: and I will bless them.Ps 127:3: Indeed: children are an heritage of the LORD: and the fruit of the womb is His reward.Joh 10:29: My Father: which gave them me: is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father's hand.Joh 17:6-12: I have manifested your name to the men which you gave'>gave me out of the world: your they were: and you gave'>gave them me; and they have kept your word.1Co 4:15: For though you have 10000 instructors in Christ: yet have you not many fathers: for in Christ Jesus I have begotten you through the gospel.
επει ουν τα παιδια κεκοινωνηκεν σαρκος και αιματος και αυτος παραπλησιως μετεσχεν των αυτων ινα δια του θανατου καταργηση τον το κρατος εχοντα του θανατου τουτ εστιν τον διαβολον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1893Ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
Ἐπεὶepei
|
Since
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G3813παιδίαpaidia (N-NNP) G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίαpaidia
|
children
|
N-NNP
|
G2841κεκοινώνηκενkekoinōnēken (V-RIA-3S) G2841 κοινωνέω koinōnéō koy-no-neh-o from κοινωνός; to share with others (objectively or subjectively):--communicate, distribute, be partaker.
|
κεκοινώνηκενkekoinōnēken
|
have partaken
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
of blood
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4561σαρκός,sarkos (N-GFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σαρκός,sarkos
|
of flesh
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G3898παραπλησίωςparaplēsiōs (Adv) G3898 παραπλησίως paraplēsíōs par-ap-lay-see-oce adverb from the same as παραπλήσιον; in a manner near by, i.e. (figuratively) similarly:--likewise.
|
παραπλησίωςparaplēsiōs
|
likewise
|
Adv
|
G3348μετέσχενmeteschen (V-AIA-3S) G3348 μετέχω metéchō met-ekh-o from μετά and ἔχω; to share or participate; by implication, belong to, eat (or drink):--be partaker, pertain, take part, use.
|
μετέσχενmeteschen
|
took part in
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GN3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
same things,
|
PPro-GN3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
His
|
Art-GMS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
death,
|
N-GMS
|
G2673καταργήσῃkatargēsē (V-ASA-3S) G2673 καταργέω katargéō kat-arg-eh-o from κατά and ἀργέω; to be (render) entirely idle (useless), literally or figuratively:--abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), vanish away, make void.
|
καταργήσῃkatargēsē
|
He might destroy
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the one
|
Art-AMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2904κράτοςkratos (N-ANS) G2904 κράτος krátos krat-os perhaps a primary word; vigor (great) (literally or figuratively):--dominion, might(-ily), power, strength.
|
κράτοςkratos
|
power
|
N-ANS
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
holding
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G2288θανάτου,thanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτου,thanatou
|
of death,
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τοῦτ’tout’ (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτ’tout’
|
that
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1228διάβολον,diabolon (Adj-AMS) G1228 διάβολος diábolos dee-ab-ol-os from διαβάλλω; a traducer; specially, Satan (compare שָׂטָן):--false accuser, devil, slanderer.
|
διάβολον,diabolon
|
devil,
|
Adj-AMS
|
14
Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death, that is, the devil;Hebrews 2:14
Stats
Rank: #499 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 201 characters, 33 words, 160 letters, 57 vowels, 103 consonants
Translation
Greek: επει ουν τα παιδια κεκοινωνηκεν σαρκος και αιματος και αυτος παραπλησιως μετεσχεν των αυτων ινα δια του θανατου καταργηση τον το κρατος εχοντα του θανατου τουτ εστιν τον διαβολον
Lit: Since therefore the children have partaken of blood and of flesh also, He likewise took part in the same things, so that through His death, He might destroy the one the power holding of death, that is, the devil,
KJV: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death, that is, the devil;
References
"of flesh"1Co 15:50: Now this I say: brothers: that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither does corruption inherit incorruption."he also"Heb 2:18: For in that he himself has suffered being tempted: he is able to succour them that are tempted.Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin.Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Isa 7:14: Therefore the Lord Himself will give you a sign; Look: a virgin will conceive: and bear a son: and will call His name Immanuel.Joh 1:14: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Ro 8:3: For what the law not could do: in that it was weak through the flesh: God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh: and for sin: condemned sin in the flesh:Ga 4:4: But when the fulness of the time was come: God sent forth His Son: made of a woman: made under the law: Php 2:7: 8: But made himself of no reputation: and took upon him the form of a servant: and was made in the likeness of men:1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory."he through"Heb 9:15: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.Isa 53:12: Therefore will I divide him a portion with the great: and he will divide the spoil with the strong; because he has poured out his soul to death: and he was numbered with the transgressors; and he bare the sin of many: and made intercession for the transgressors.Joh 12:24: 31-33: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a grain of wheat fall into the ground and die: it abides alone: but if it die: it brings forth much fruit.Ro 14:9: For to this end Christ both died: and rose: and revived: that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.Col 2:15: And having spoiled principalities and powers: he made a show of them openly: triumphing over them in it.Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death."destroy"Isa 25:8: He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people will He take away from off all the earth: for the LORD has spoken it.Ho 13:14: I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death: I will be your plagues; O grave: I will be your destruction: repentance will be hid from my eyes.1Co 15:54: 55: So when this corruptible will have put on incorruption: and this mortal will have put on immortality: then will be brought to pass the saying that is written: Death is swallowed up in victory.2Ti 1:10: But is now made manifest by the appearing of our Saviour Jesus Christ: who has abolished death: and has brought life and immortality to light through the gospel:"the devil"Mt 25:41: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:1Jo 3:8-10: He who commits sin is of the devil; for the devil sins from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested: that He might destroy the works of the devil.Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Re 20:2: He laid hold on the dragon: that old serpent: which is the Devil: and Satan: and bound him a000 years:
και απαλλαξη τουτους οσοι φοβω θανατου δια παντος του ζην ενοχοι ησαν δουλειας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G525ἀπαλλάξῃapallaxē (V-ASA-3S) G525 ἀπαλλάσσω apallássō ap-al-las-so from ἀπό and ἀλλάσσω; to change away, i.e. release, (reflexively) remove:--deliver, depart.
|
ἀπαλλάξῃapallaxē
|
might set free
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3778τούτους,toutous (DPro-AMP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτους,toutous
|
those
|
DPro-AMP
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G5401φόβῳphobō (N-DMS) G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.
|
φόβῳphobō
|
fear
|
N-DMS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
of death
|
N-GMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GNS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
all
|
Adj-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
their time
|
Art-GNS
|
G2198ζῆνzēn (V-PNA) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῆνzēn
|
to live,
|
V-PNA
|
G1777ἔνοχοιenochoi (Adj-NMP) G1777 ἔνοχος énochos en-okh-os from ἐνέχω; liable to (a condition, penalty or imputation):--in danger of, guilty of, subject to.
|
ἔνοχοιenochoi
|
subject
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1397δουλείας.douleias (N-GFS) G1397 δουλεία douleía doo-li-ah from δουλεύω; slavery (ceremonially or figuratively):--bondage.
|
δουλείας.douleias
|
to slavery.
|
N-GFS
|
15
Deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage.Hebrews 2:15
Stats
Rank: #6222 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 86 characters, 15 words, 71 letters, 28 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απαλλαξη τουτους οσοι φοβω θανατου δια παντος του ζην ενοχοι ησαν δουλειας
Lit: and might set free those who fear of death through all their time to live, subject were to slavery.
KJV: And deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage.
References
"deliver"Job 33:21-28: His flesh is consumed away: that it cannot be seen; and his bones that not were seen stick out.Ps 33:19: To deliver their soul from death: and to keep them alive in famine.Ps 56:13: For you have delivered my soul from death: will not you deliver my feet from falling: that I may walk before God in the light of the living?Ps 89:48: What man is he who lives: and will not see death? will he deliver his soul from the hand of the grave? Selah.Lu 1:74: 75: That he would grant to us: that we being delivered out of the hand of our enemies might serve him without fear: 2Co 1:10: Who delivered us from so great a death: and does deliver: in whom we trust that he will yet deliver us;"through"Job 18:11: 14: Terrors will make him afraid on every side: and will drive him to his feet.Job 24:17: For the morning is to them even as the shadow of death: if one know them: they are in the terrors of the shadow of death.Ps 55:4: My heart is sore pained within me: and the terrors of death are fallen upon me.Ps 73:19: How are they brought into desolation: as in a moment! they are utterly consumed with terrors.1Co 15:50-57: Now this I say: brothers: that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither does corruption inherit incorruption."subject"Ro 8:15: 21: For you not have received the spirit of bondage again to fear; but you have received the Spirit of adoption: whereby we cry: Abba: Father.Ga 4:21: Tell me: you that desire to be under the law: do you not hear the law?2Ti 1:7: For God has not given us the spirit of fear; but of power: and of love: and of a sound mind.
ου γαρ δηπου αγγελων επιλαμβανεται αλλα σπερματος αβρααμ επιλαμβανεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756Οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
Οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1211δή‿dē (Prtcl) G1211 δή dḗ day probably akin to δέ; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.,
|
δή‿dē
|
surely
|
Prtcl
|
G4226πουpou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
πουpou
|
in that place
|
Adv
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
the angels
|
N-GMP
|
G1949ἐπιλαμβάνεται,epilambanetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).
|
ἐπιλαμβάνεται,epilambanetai
|
He helps,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4690σπέρματοςspermatos (N-GNS) G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρματοςspermatos
|
the seed
|
N-GNS
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-GMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
of Abraham
|
N-GMS
|
G1949ἐπιλαμβάνεται.epilambanetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).
|
ἐπιλαμβάνεται.epilambanetai
|
He helps.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
16
For truly he not took on him the nature of angels; but he took on him the seed of Abraham.Hebrews 2:16
Stats
Rank: #6089 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 93 characters, 17 words, 70 letters, 29 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ δηπου αγγελων επιλαμβανεται αλλα σπερματος αβρααμ επιλαμβανεται
Lit: Not for surely in that place the angels He helps, but the seed of Abraham He helps.
KJV: For verily he took not on him the nature of angels; but he took on [him] the seed of Abraham.
References
"verily"Heb 6:16: For men truly swear by the greater: and an oath for confirmation is to them an end of all strife.Heb 12:10: For they truly for a few days chastened us after their own pleasure; but he for our profit: that we might be partakers of his holiness.Ro 2:25: For circumcision truly profits: if you keep the law: but if you be a breaker of the law: your circumcision is made uncircumcision.1Pe 1:20: Who truly was foreordained before the foundation of the world: but was manifest in these last times for you: "the seed"Ge 22:18: In your seed will all the nations of the earth be blessed; because you have obeyed my voice.Mt 1:1-17: The book of the generation of Jesus Christ: the son of David: the son of Abraham.Ro 4:16-25: Therefore it is of faith: that it might be by grace; to the end the promise might be sure to all the seed; not to that only which is of the law: but to that also which is of the faith of Abraham; who is the father of us all: Ga 3:16: 29: Now to Abraham and His seed were the promises made. He says not: And to seeds: as of many; but as of one: And to your seed: which is Christ.
οθεν ωφειλεν κατα παντα τοις αδελφοις ομοιωθηναι ινα ελεημων γενηται και πιστος αρχιερευς τα προς τον θεον εις το ιλασκεσθαι τας αμαρτιας του λαου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3606ὅθενhothen (Conj) G3606 ὅθεν hóthen hoth-en from ὅς with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction):--from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon).
|
ὅθενhothen
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G3784ὤφειλενōpheilen (V-IIA-3S) G3784 ὀφείλω opheílō of-i-leh-o probably from the base of ὄφελος (through the idea of accruing); to owe (pecuniarily); figuratively, to be under obligation (ought, must, should); morally, to fail in duty:--behove, be bound, (be) debt(-or), (be) due(-ty), be guilty (indebted), (must) need(-s), ought, owe, should. See also ὄφελον.
|
ὤφειλενōpheilen
|
it behooved Him
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
His
|
Art-DMP
|
G80ἀδελφοῖςadelphois (N-DMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῖςadelphois
|
brothers
|
N-DMP
|
G3666ὁμοιωθῆναι,homoiōthēnai (V-ANP) G3666 ὁμοιόω homoióō hom-oy-o-o from ὅμοιος; to assimilate, i.e. compare; passively, to become similar:--be (make) like, (in the) liken(-ess), resemble.
|
ὁμοιωθῆναι,homoiōthēnai
|
to be made like,
|
V-ANP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1655ἐλεήμωνeleēmōn (Adj-NMS) G1655 ἐλεήμων eleḗmōn el-eh-ay-mone from ἐλεέω; compassionate (actively):--merciful.
|
ἐλεήμωνeleēmōn
|
a merciful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γένηταιgenētai (V-ASM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένηταιgenētai
|
He might become,
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4103πιστὸςpistos (Adj-NMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὸςpistos
|
faithful,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
in things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
relating to
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in order
|
Prep
|
G2433ἱλάσκεσθαιhilaskesthai (V-PNM/P) G2433 ἱλάσκομαι hiláskomai hil-as-kom-ahee middle voice from the same as ἵλεως; to conciliate, i.e. (transitively) to atone for (sin), or (intransitively) be propitious:--be merciful, make reconciliation for.
|
ἱλάσκεσθαιhilaskesthai
|
to make propitiation for
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-AFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαςhamartias
|
sins
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦ.laou (N-GMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦ.laou
|
people.
|
N-GMS
|
17
For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers, that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Hebrews 2:17
Stats
Rank: #1925 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 208 characters, 34 words, 166 letters, 64 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: οθεν ωφειλεν κατα παντα τοις αδελφοις ομοιωθηναι ινα ελεημων γενηται και πιστος αρχιερευς τα προς τον θεον εις το ιλασκεσθαι τας αμαρτιας του λαου
Lit: Therefore it behooved Him in all things His brothers to be made like, so that a merciful He might become, and faithful, high priest in things relating to God, in order to make propitiation for the sins of the people.
KJV: Wherefore in all things it behoved him to be made like unto his brethren, that he might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things [pertaining] to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.
References
"it"Heb 2:11: 14: For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers: Php 2:7: 8: But made himself of no reputation: and took upon him the form of a servant: and was made in the likeness of men:"a merciful"Heb 3:2: 5: Who was faithful to him that appointed him: as also Moses was faithful in all his house.Heb 4:15: 16: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin.Heb 5:1: 2: For every high priest taken from among men is ordained for men in things pertaining to God: that He may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins:Isa 11:5: Righteousness will be the girdle of his loins: and faithfulness the girdle of his reins."to make"Le 6:30: No sin offering: whereof any of the blood is brought into the tabernacle of the congregation to reconcile withal in the holy place: will be eaten: it will be burnt in the fire.Le 8:15: He killed it; and Moses took the blood: and put it upon the horns of the altar round about with his finger: and purified the altar: and poured the blood at the bottom of the altar: and sanctified it: to make reconciliation upon it.2Ch 29:24: The priests killed them: and they made reconciliation with their blood upon the altar: to make an atonement for all Israel: for the king commanded that the burnt offering and the sin offering should be made for all Israel.Eze 45:15: 17: 20: One lamb out of the flock: out of 200: out of the fat pastures of Israel; for a meat offering: and for a burnt offering: and for peace offerings: to make reconciliation for them: says the Lord GOD.Da 9:24: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Ro 5:10: For if: when we were enemies: we were reconciled to God by the death of His Son: much more: being reconciled: we will be saved by His life.2Co 5:18-21: All things are of God: who has reconciled us to Himself by Jesus Christ: and has given to us the ministry of reconciliation;Eph 2:16: That He might reconcile both to God in one body by the cross: having killed the enmity thereby:Col 1:21: you: that were sometime alienated and enemies in your mind by wicked works: yet now has he reconciled
εν ω γαρ πεπονθεν αυτος πειρασθεις δυναται τοις πειραζομενοις βοηθησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
that
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3958πέπονθενpeponthen (V-RIA-3S) G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
πέπονθενpeponthen
|
has suffered
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He Himself,
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G3985πειρασθείς,peirastheis (V-APP-NMS) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειρασθείς,peirastheis
|
having been tempted,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
He is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G3985πειραζομένοιςpeirazomenois (V-PPM/P-DMP) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειραζομένοιςpeirazomenois
|
being tempted
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G997βοηθῆσαι.boēthēsai (V-ANA) G997 βοηθέω boēthéō bo-ay-theh-o from βοηθός; to aid or relieve:--help, succor.
|
βοηθῆσαι.boēthēsai
|
to help.
|
V-ANA
|
18
For in that he himself has suffered being tempted, he is able to succour them that are tempted.Hebrews 2:18
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 17 words, 77 letters, 28 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν ω γαρ πεπονθεν αυτος πειρασθεις δυναται τοις πειραζομενοις βοηθησαι
Lit: In that for has suffered He Himself, having been tempted, He is able those being tempted to help.
KJV: For in that he himself hath suffered being tempted, he is able to succour them that are tempted.
References
"suffered"Heb 4:15: 16: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin.Heb 5:2: 7-9: Who can have compassion on the ignorant: and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself also is compassed with infirmity.Mt 4:1-10: Then was Jesus led up of the Spirit into the wilderness to be tempted of the devil.Mt 26:37-39: He took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee: and began to be sorrowful and very heavy.Lu 22:53: When I was daily with you in the temple: you stretched forth no hands against me: but this is your hour: and the power of darkness."he is"Heb 7:25: 26: For what reason He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come to God by Him: seeing He ever lives to make intercession for them.Joh 10:29: My Father: which gave them me: is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father's hand.Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.2Ti 1:12: For the which cause I also suffer these things: nevertheless I not am ashamed: for I know whom I have believed: and am persuaded that he is able to keep that which I have committed to him against that day.Jude 1:24: Now to him that is able to keep you from falling: and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy: "them"1Co 10:13: There has no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful: who not will suffer you to be tempted above that you are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape: that you may be able to bear it.2Co 12:7-10: lest'>lest I should be exalted above measure through the abundance of the revelations: there was given to me a thorn in the flesh: the messenger of Satan to buffet me: lest'>lest I should be exalted above measure.2Pe 2:9: The Lord knows how to deliver the godly out of temptations: and to reserve the unjust to the day of judgment to be punished:Re 3:10: Because you have kept the word of my patience: I also will keep you from the hour of temptation: which will come upon all the world: to try them that dwell upon the earth.
3
Jesus is Above Moses
Jesus Our Apostle and High Priest
οθεν αδελφοι αγιοι κλησεως επουρανιου μετοχοι κατανοησατε τον αποστολον και αρχιερεα της ομολογιας ημων χριστον ιησουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3606Ὅθεν,Hothen (Conj) G3606 ὅθεν hóthen hoth-en from ὅς with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction):--from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon).
|
Ὅθεν,Hothen
|
Therefore,
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-VMP
|
G40ἅγιοι,hagioi (Adj-VMP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιοι,hagioi
|
holy,
|
Adj-VMP
|
G2821κλήσεωςklēseōs (N-GFS) G2821 κλῆσις klēsis klay-sis from a shorter form of καλέω; an invitation (figuratively):--calling.
|
κλήσεωςklēseōs
|
of the calling
|
N-GFS
|
G2032ἐπουρανίουepouraniou (Adj-GFS) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.
|
ἐπουρανίουepouraniou
|
heavenly
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3353μέτοχοι,metochoi (Adj-VMP) G3353 μέτοχος métochos met-okh-os from μετέχω; participant, i.e. (as noun) a sharer; by implication, an associate:--fellow, partaker, partner.
|
μέτοχοι,metochoi
|
partakers,
|
Adj-VMP
|
G2657κατανοήσατεkatanoēsate (V-AMA-2P) G2657 κατανοέω katanoéō kat-an-o-eh-o from κατά and νοιέω; to observe fully:--behold, consider, discover, perceive.
|
κατανοήσατεkatanoēsate
|
carefully consider
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G652ἈπόστολονApostolon (N-AMS) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἈπόστολονApostolon
|
apostle
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G749ἈρχιερέαArchierea (N-AMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἈρχιερέαArchierea
|
high priest
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3671ὁμολογίαςhomologias (N-GFS) G3671 ὁμολογία homología hom-ol-og-ee-ah from the same as ὁμολογέω; acknowledgment:--con- (pro-)fession, professed.
|
ὁμολογίαςhomologias
|
confession
|
N-GFS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
1
<a class='u' title='Wherefore'>For what reason, holy brothers, partakers of the heavenly calling, consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession, Christ Jesus;
Hebrews 3:1
Stats
Rank: #1493 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 15 words, 107 letters, 38 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: οθεν αδελφοι αγιοι κλησεως επουρανιου μετοχοι κατανοησατε τον αποστολον και αρχιερεα της ομολογιας ημων χριστον ιησουν
Lit: Therefore, brothers holy, of the calling heavenly partakers, carefully consider the apostle and high priest of the confession of us, Jesus,
KJV: Wherefore, holy brethren, partakers of the heavenly calling, consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession, Christ Jesus;
References
"holy"Col 1:22: In the body of his flesh through death: to present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in his sight:Col 3:12: Put on therefore: as the elect of God: holy and beloved: bowels of mercies: kindness: humbleness of mind: meekness: longsuffering;1Th 5:27: I charge you by the Lord that this epistle be read to all the holy brothers.2Ti 1:9: Who has saved us: and called us with an holy calling: not according to our works: but according to His own purpose and grace: which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began: 1Pe 2:9: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:1Pe 3:5: For after this manner in the old time the holy women also: who trusted in God: adorned themselves: being in subjection to their own husbands:2Pe 1:3-10: According as his divine power has given to us all things that pertain to life and godliness: through the knowledge of him that has called us to glory and virtue:Re 18:20: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her."partakers"Heb 3:14: For we are made partakers of Christ: if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast to the end;Ro 11:17: If some of the branches be broken off: and you: being a wild olive tree: wert graffed in among them: and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree;Ro 15:27: It has pleased them truly; and their debtors they are. For if the Gentiles have been made partakers of their spiritual things: their duty is also to minister to them in carnal things.1Co 9:23: This I do for the gospel's sake: that I might be partaker thereof with you.1Co 10:17: For we being many are one bread: and one body: for we are all partakers of that one bread.2Co 1:7: Our hope of you is stedfast: knowing: that as you are partakers of the sufferings: so will you be also of the consolation.Eph 3:6: That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs: and of the same body: and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel:Col 1:12: Giving thanks to the Father: which has made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light:1Ti 6:2: They that have believing masters: let not them despise them: because they are brothers; but rather do them service: because they are faithful and beloved: partakers of the benefit. These things teach and exhort.1Pe 5:1: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:2Pe 1:4: Whereby are given to us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these you might be partakers of the divine nature: having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.1Jo 1:3: That which we have seen and heard declare we to you: that you also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father: and with His Son Jesus Christ."the heavenly"Ro 1:6: 7: Among whom are you also the called of Jesus Christ:Ro 8:28-30: We know that all things work together for good to them that love God: to them who are the called according to His purpose.Ro 9:24: Even us: whom he has called: not of the Jews only: but also of the Gentiles?1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:Eph 4:1: 4: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: Php 3:14: I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.1Th 2:12: That you would walk worthy of God: who has called you to His kingdom and glory.2Th 1:11: For what reason also we pray always for you: that our God would count you worthy of this calling: and fulfil all the good pleasure of His goodness: and the work of faith with power:2Th 2:14: To what He called you by our gospel: to the obtaining of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ.1Ti 6:12: Fight the good fight of faith: lay hold on eternal life: to what you are also called: and have professed a good profession before many witnesses.2Ti 1:9: Who has saved us: and called us with an holy calling: not according to our works: but according to His own purpose and grace: which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began: 1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you.2Pe 1:10: For what reason the rather: brothers: give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if you do these things: you will never fall:Jude 1:1: Jude: the servant of Jesus Christ: and brother of James: to them that are sanctified by God the Father: and preserved in Jesus Christ: and called:Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful."consider"Isa 1:3: The ox knows his owner: and the ass his master's crib: but Israel does not know: my people does not consider.Isa 5:12: The harp: and the viol: the tabret: and pipe: and wine: are in their feasts: but they not regard the work of the LORD: neither consider the operation of His hands.Isa 41:20: That they may see: and know: and consider: and understand together: that the hand of the LORD has done this: and the Holy one of Israel has created it.Eze 12:3: Therefore: you son of man: prepare you stuff for removing: and remove by day in their sight; and you will remove from your place to another place in their sight: it may be they will consider: though they be a rebellious house.Eze 18:28: Because he considers: and turns away from all his transgressions that he has committed: he will surely live: he will not die.Hag 1:5: Now therefore thus says the LORD of hosts; Consider your ways.Hag 2:15: Now: I pray you: consider from this day and upward: from before a stone was laid upon a stone in the temple of the LORD:Joh 20:27: Then says he to Thomas: Reach here your finger: and look my hands; and reach here your hand: and thrust it into my side: and not be faithless: but believing.2Ti 2:7: Consider what I say; and the Lord give you understanding in all things."the apostle"Joh 20:21: Then said Jesus to them again: Peace be to you: as my Father has sent me: even so send I you.Ro 15:8: Now I say that Jesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God: to confirm the promises made to the fathers:"and"Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Heb 4:14: 15: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Heb 5:1-10: For every high priest taken from among men is ordained for men in things pertaining to God: that He may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins:Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 7:26: For such an high priest became us: who is holy: harmless: undefiled: separate from sinners: and made higher than the heavens;Heb 8:1-3: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Heb 9:11: But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come: by a greater and more perfect tabernacle: not made with hands: that is to say: not of this building;Heb 10:21: having an high priest over the house of God;Ps 110:4: The LORD has sworn: and not will repent: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek.
πιστον οντα τω ποιησαντι αυτον ως και μωσης εν ολω τω οικω αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4103πιστὸνpiston (Adj-AMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὸνpiston
|
faithful
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1510ὄνταonta (V-PPA-AMS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄνταonta
|
being
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G4160ποιήσαντιpoiēsanti (V-APA-DMS) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαντιpoiēsanti
|
having appointed
|
V-APA-DMS
|
G846αὐτὸν,auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸν,auton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅλῳholō (Adj-DMS) G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλῳholō
|
all
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκῳoikō
|
house
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
2
Who was faithful to him that appointed him, as also Moses was faithful in all his house.Hebrews 3:2
Stats
Rank: #9089 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 16 words, 70 letters, 28 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστον οντα τω ποιησαντι αυτον ως και μωσης εν ολω τω οικω αυτου
Lit: faithful being to the One having appointed Him, as also Moses in all the house of Him.
KJV: Who was faithful to him that appointed him, as also Moses was faithful in all his house.
References
"faithful"Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Joh 6:38-40: For I came down from heaven: not to do my own will: but the will of him that sent me.Joh 7:18: He who speaks of himself seeks'>seeks his own glory: but he who seeks'>seeks his glory that sent him: the same is true: and no unrighteousness is in him.Joh 8:29: He that'>He who sent me is with me: the Father has not left me alone; for I do always those things that please Him.Joh 15:10: If you keep my commandments: you will abide in my love; even as I have kept my Father's commandments: and abide in His love.Joh 17:4: I have glorified you on the earth: I have finished the work which you gave me to do."appointed"1Sa 12:6: Samuel said to the people: It is the LORD that advanced Moses and Aaron: and that brought your fathers up out of the land of Egypt."as"Heb 3:5: Moses truly was faithful in all his house: as a servant: for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after;Nu 12:7: My servant Moses is not so: who is faithful in all my house.De 4:5: Look: I have taught you statutes and judgments: even as the LORD my God commanded me: that you should do so in the land whither you go to possess it.1Ti 1:12: I thank Christ Jesus our Lord: who has enabled me: for that He counted me faithful: putting me into the ministry;"all"Heb 3:6: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Eph 2:22: In whom you also are built together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.1Ti 3:15: But if I tarry long: that you may know how you ought to behave yourself in the house of God: which is the church of the living God: the pillar and ground of the truth.
πλειονος γαρ δοξης ουτος παρα μωσην ηξιωται καθ οσον πλειονα τιμην εχει του οικου ο κατασκευασας αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4119Πλείονοςpleionos (Adj-GFS-C) G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
Πλείονοςpleionos
|
Of greater
|
Adj-GFS-C
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
He
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1391δόξηςdoxēs (N-GFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξηςdoxēs
|
glory
|
N-GFS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
than
|
Prep
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆνMōusēn (N-AMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆνMōusēn
|
Moses
|
N-AMS
|
G515ἠξίωταιēxiōtai (V-RIM/P-3S) G515 ἀξιόω axióō ax-ee-o-o from ἄξιος; to deem entitled or fit:--desire, think good, count (think) worthy.
|
ἠξίωταιēxiōtai
|
has been counted worthy,
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3745ὅσονhoson (RelPro-ANS) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσονhoson
|
so much as
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G4119πλείοναpleiona (Adj-AFS-C) G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείοναpleiona
|
greater
|
Adj-AFS-C
|
G5092τιμὴνtimēn (N-AFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμὴνtimēn
|
honor
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
than the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3624οἴκουoikou (N-GMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκουoikou
|
house itself,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2680κατασκευάσαςkataskeuasas (V-APA-NMS) G2680 κατασκευάζω kataskeuázō kat-ask-yoo-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to prepare thoroughly (properly, by external equipment; whereas ἑτοιμάζω refers rather to internal fitness); by implication, to construct, create:--build, make, ordain, prepare.
|
κατασκευάσαςkataskeuasas
|
having built
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
it.
|
PPro-AM3S
|
3
For this man was counted worthy of more glory than Moses, inasmuch as he who has built the house has more honour than the house.Hebrews 3:3
Stats
Rank: #9842 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 132 characters, 24 words, 106 letters, 40 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: πλειονος γαρ δοξης ουτος παρα μωσην ηξιωται καθ οσον πλειονα τιμην εχει του οικου ο κατασκευασας αυτον
Lit: Of greater for He glory than Moses has been counted worthy, by so much as greater honor has than the house itself, the one having built it.
KJV: For this man was counted worthy of more glory than Moses, inasmuch as he who hath builded the house hath more honour than the house.
References
"this"Heb 3:6: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 1:2-4: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;Heb 2:9: But we see Jesus: who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death: crowned with glory and honour; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man.Col 1:18: He is the head of the body: the church: who is the beginning: the firstborn from the dead; that in all things he might have the preeminence."who"Zec 4:9: The hands of Zerubbabel have laid the foundation of this house; His hands will also finish it; and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you.Zec 6:12: 13: Speak to Him: saying: Thus speaks the LORD of hosts: saying: Look the man whose name is The BRANCH; and He will grow up out of His place: and He will build the temple of the LORD:Mt 16:18: I say also to you: That you are Peter: and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell will not prevail against it.1Co 3:9: For we are labourers together with God: you are God's husbandry: you are God's building.1Pe 2:5-7: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ.
πας γαρ οικος κατασκευαζεται υπο τινος ο δε τα παντα κατασκευασας θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
Every
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3624οἶκοςoikos (N-NMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκοςoikos
|
house
|
N-NMS
|
G2680κατασκευάζεταιkataskeuazetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2680 κατασκευάζω kataskeuázō kat-ask-yoo-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to prepare thoroughly (properly, by external equipment; whereas ἑτοιμάζω refers rather to internal fitness); by implication, to construct, create:--build, make, ordain, prepare.
|
κατασκευάζεταιkataskeuazetai
|
is built
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G5259ὑπόhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπόhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5100τινος,tinos (IPro-GMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινος,tinos
|
someone;
|
IPro-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
everything
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2680κατασκευάσαςkataskeuasas (V-APA-NMS) G2680 κατασκευάζω kataskeuázō kat-ask-yoo-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to prepare thoroughly (properly, by external equipment; whereas ἑτοιμάζω refers rather to internal fitness); by implication, to construct, create:--build, make, ordain, prepare.
|
κατασκευάσαςkataskeuasas
|
having built is
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.
|
N-NMS
|
4
For every house is built by some man; but He that'>He who built all things is God.Hebrews 3:4
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 13 words, 59 letters, 22 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: πας γαρ οικος κατασκευαζεται υπο τινος ο δε τα παντα κατασκευασας θεος
Lit: Every for house is built by someone; the One however everything having built is God.
KJV: For every house is builded by some man; but he that built all things [is] God.
References
"but"Heb 3:3: For this man was counted worthy of more glory than Moses: inasmuch as he who has built the house has more honour than the house.Heb 1:2: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;Es 2:10: Esther not had showed her people nor her kindred: for Mordecai had charged her that she not should show it.Es 3:9: If it please the king: let it be written that they may be destroyed: and I will pay 10000 talents of silver to the hands of those that have the charge of the business: to bring it into the king's treasuries.
και μωσης μεν πιστος εν ολω τω οικω αυτου ως θεραπων εις μαρτυριον των λαληθησομενων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G4103πιστὸςpistos (Adj-NMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὸςpistos
|
was faithful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3650ὅλῳholō (Adj-DMS) G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλῳholō
|
all
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκῳoikō
|
house
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2324θεράπωνtherapōn (N-NMS) G2324 θεράπων therápōn ther-ap-ohn apparently a participle from an otherwise obsolete derivative of the base of θέρος; a menial attendant (as if cherishing):--servant.
|
θεράπωνtherapōn
|
a servant,
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G3142μαρτύριονmartyrion (N-ANS) G3142 μαρτύριον martýrion mar-too-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of μάρτυς; something evidential, i.e. (genitive case) evidence given or (specially), the Decalogue (in the sacred Tabernacle):--to be testified, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτύριονmartyrion
|
a testimony
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the things
|
Art-GNP
|
G2980λαληθησομένων,lalēthēsomenōn (V-FPP-GNP) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαληθησομένων,lalēthēsomenōn
|
going to be spoken;
|
V-FPP-GNP
|
5
Moses truly was faithful in all his house, as a servant, for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after;Hebrews 3:5
Stats
Rank: #2607 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 124 characters, 22 words, 98 letters, 37 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μωσης μεν πιστος εν ολω τω οικω αυτου ως θεραπων εις μαρτυριον των λαληθησομενων
Lit: And Moses indeed was faithful in all the house of Him as a servant, unto a testimony of the things going to be spoken;
KJV: And Moses verily was faithful in all his house, as a servant, for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after;
References
"faithful"Heb 3:2: Who was faithful to him that appointed him: as also Moses was faithful in all his house.Nu 12:7: My servant Moses is not so: who is faithful in all my house.Mt 24:45: Who then is a faithful and wise servant: whom his lord has made ruler over his household: to give them meat in due season?Mt 25:21: His lord said to him: Well done: you good and faithful servant: you have been faithful over a few things: I will make you ruler over many things: enter you into the joy of your lord.Lu 12:42: The Lord said: Who then is that faithful and wise steward: whom His lord will make ruler over His household: to give them their portion of meat in due season?Lu 16:10-12: He who is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much: and he who is unjust in the least is unjust also in much.1Co 4:2: Moreover it is required in stewards: that a man be found faithful.1Ti 1:12: I thank Christ Jesus our Lord: who has enabled me: for that He counted me faithful: putting me into the ministry;"as"Ex 14:31: Israel saw that great work which the LORD did upon the Egyptians: and the people feared the LORD: and believed the LORD: and His servant Moses.De 3:24: O Lord GOD: you have begun to show your servant your greatness: and your mighty hand: for what God is there in heaven or in earth: that can do according to your works: and according to your might?De 34:5: So Moses the servant of the LORD died there in the land of Moab: according to the word of the LORD.Jos 1:2: 7: 15: Moses my servant is dead; now therefore arise: go over this Jordan: you: and all this people: to the land which I do give to them: even to the children of Israel.Jos 8:31: 33: As Moses the servant of the LORD commanded the children of Israel: as it is written in the book of the law of Moses: an altar of whole stones: over which no man has lift up any iron: and they offered thereon burnt offerings to the LORD: and sacrificed peace offerings.Ne 9:14: mad known to them your holy sabbath: and commandedst them precepts: statutes: and laws: by the hand of Moses your servant:Ps 105:26: He sent Moses his servant; and Aaron whom he had chosen."for"Heb 8:5: Who serve to the example and shadow of heavenly things: as Moses was admonished of God when He was about to make the tabernacle: for: See: says He: that you make all things according to the pattern showed to you in the mount.Heb 9:8-13: 24: The Holy Ghost this signifying: that the way into the holy of all not was yet made manifest: while as the first tabernacle was yet standing:De 18:15-19: The LORD your God will raise up to you a Prophet from the middle of you: of your brothers: like to me; to Him you will listen;Lu 24:27: 44: Beginning at Moses and all the prophets: he expounded to them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself.Joh 5:39: 46: 47: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.Ac 3:22: 23: For Moses truly said to the fathers: A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers: like to me; Him will you hear in all things whatever He will say to you.Ac 7:37: This is that Moses: which said to the children of Israel: A prophet will the Lord your God raise up to you of your brothers: like to me; Him will you hear.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.Ro 3:21: But now the righteousness of God without the law is manifested: being witnessed by the law and the prophets;1Pe 1:10-12: Of which salvation the prophets have inquired and searched diligently: who prophesied of the grace that should come to you:
χριστος δε ως υιος επι τον οικον αυτου ου οικος εσμεν ημεις εανπερ την παρρησιαν και το καυχημα της ελπιδος μεχρι τελους βεβαιαν κατασχωμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸςhuios
|
the Son
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whose
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3624οἶκόςoikos (N-NMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκόςoikos
|
house
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐσμενesmen (V-PIA-1P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμενesmen
|
are
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1473ἡμεῖς,hēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖς,hēmeis
|
we,
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if indeed
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
our
|
Art-AFS
|
G3954παρρησίανparrēsian (N-AFS) G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).
|
παρρησίανparrēsian
|
confidence,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2745καύχημαkauchēma (N-ANS) G2745 καύχημα kaúchēma kow-khay-mah from καυχάομαι; a boast (properly, the object; by implication, the act) in a good or a bad sense:--boasting, (whereof) to glory (of), glorying, rejoice(-ing).
|
καύχημαkauchēma
|
boast
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of our
|
Art-GFS
|
G1680ἐλπίδοςelpidos (N-GFS) G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδοςelpidos
|
hope,
|
N-GFS
|
G3360〈〈μέχριmechri (Prep) G3360 μέχρι méchri mekh-ris from μῆκος; as far as, i.e. up to a certain point (as a preposition, of extent (denoting the terminus, whereas ἄχρι refers especially to the space of time or place intervening) or conjunction):--till, (un-)to, until.,
|
〈〈μέχριmechri
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G5056τέλουςtelous (N-GNS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλουςtelous
|
the end
|
N-GNS
|
G949βεβαίαν〉bebaian (Adj-AFS) G949 βέβαιος bébaios beb-ah-yos from the base of βάσις (through the idea of basality); stable (literally or figuratively):--firm, of force, stedfast, sure.
|
βεβαίαν〉bebaian
|
firm
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2722κατάσχωμεν.kataschōmen (V-ASA-1P) G2722 κατέχω katéchō kat-ekh-o from κατά and ἔχω; to hold down (fast), in various applications (literally or figuratively):--have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let, X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take, withhold.
|
κατάσχωμεν.kataschōmen
|
we should hold.
|
V-ASA-1P
|
6
But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we, if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Hebrews 3:6
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 27 words, 108 letters, 44 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: χριστος δε ως υιος επι τον οικον αυτου ου οικος εσμεν ημεις εανπερ την παρρησιαν και το καυχημα της ελπιδος μεχρι τελους βεβαιαν κατασχωμεν
Lit: Christ however as the Son over the house of Him, whose house are we, if indeed our confidence, and the boast of our hope, unto the end firm we should hold.
KJV: But Christ as a son over his own house; whose house are we, if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end.
References
"as"Heb 1:2: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;Heb 4:14: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Ps 2:6: 7: 12: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Joh 3:35: 36: The Father loves the Son: and has given all things into His hand.Re 2:18: to the angel of the church in Thyatira write; These things says the Son of God: who has His eyes like to a flame of fire: and His feet are like fine brass;"whose"Heb 3:2: 3: Who was faithful to him that appointed him: as also Moses was faithful in all his house.Mt 16:18: I say also to you: That you are Peter: and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell will not prevail against it.1Co 3:16: Know you not that you are the temple of God: and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?1Co 6:19: What? know you not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you: which you have of God: and you not are your own?2Co 6:16: What agreement has the temple of God with idols? for you are the temple of the living God; as God has said: I will dwell in them: and walk in them; and I will be their God: and they will be my people.Eph 2:21: 22: In whom all the building fitly framed together grows to an holy temple in the Lord:1Ti 3:15: But if I tarry long: that you may know how you ought to behave yourself in the house of God: which is the church of the living God: the pillar and ground of the truth.1Pe 2:5: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ."if"Heb 3:14: For we are made partakers of Christ: if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast to the end;Heb 4:11: Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest: lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief.Heb 6:11: We desire that every one of you do show the same diligence to the full assurance of hope to the end:Heb 10:23: 35: 38: 39: Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;)Mt 10:22: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved.Mt 24:13: But he who will endure to the end: the same will be saved.Ga 6:9: Let not us be weary in well doing: for in due season we will reap: if we not faint.Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;Re 2:25: But that which you have already hold fast till I come.Re 3:11: Look: I come quickly: hold that fast which you have: that no man take your crown."rejoicing"Ro 5:2: By whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand: and rejoice in hope of the glory of God.Ro 12:12: Rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; continuing instant in prayer;Ro 15:13: Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing: that you may abound in hope: through the power of the Holy Ghost.1Th 5:16: Rejoice evermore.2Th 2:16: Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself: and God: even our Father: which has loved us: and has given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace: 1Pe 1:3-6: 8: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which according to His abundant mercy has begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead:
Do Not Harden Your Hearts
διο καθως λεγει το πνευμα το αγιον σημερον εαν της φωνης αυτου ακουσητε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1352Διό,Dio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
Διό,Dio
|
Therefore,
|
Conj
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
just as
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιονHagion
|
Holy:
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4594ΣήμερονSēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
ΣήμερονSēmeron
|
Today
|
Adv
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS) G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
voice
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G191ἀκούσητε,akousēte (V-ASA-2P) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσητε,akousēte
|
you should hear,
|
V-ASA-2P
|
7
For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says, Today if you will hear His voice,
Hebrews 3:7
Stats
Rank: #2312 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 69 characters, 12 words, 53 letters, 21 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο καθως λεγει το πνευμα το αγιον σημερον εαν της φωνης αυτου ακουσητε
Lit: Therefore, just as says the Spirit Holy: Today if the voice of Him you should hear,
KJV: Wherefore (as the Holy Ghost saith, To day if ye will hear his voice,
References
"as"Heb 9:8: The Holy Ghost this signifying: that the way into the holy of all not was yet made manifest: while as the first tabernacle was yet standing:2Sa 23:2: The Spirit of the LORD spoke by me: and His word was in my tongue.Mt 22:43: He says to them: How then does David in spirit call Him Lord: saying: Mr 12:36: For David Himself said by the Holy Ghost: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool.Ac 1:16: Men and brothers: this scripture must needs have been fulfilled: which the Holy Ghost by the mouth of David spoke before concerning Judas: which was guide to them that took Jesus.Ac 28:25: When they not agreed among themselves: they departed: after that Paul had spoken one word: Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers: 2Pe 1:21: For the prophecy not came in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost."To-day"Heb 3:13: 15: But exhort one another daily: while it is called Today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin.Heb 4:7: Again: he limits a certain day: saying in David: Today: after so long a time; as it is said: Today if you will hear his voice: not harden your hearts.Ps 95:7-11: For He is our God; and we are the people of His pasture: and the sheep of His hand. Today if you will hear His voice: Pr 27:1: not Boast yourself of to morrow; for you know not what a day may bring forth.Ec 9:10: Whatever your hand finds to do: do it with your might; for there is no work: nor device: nor knowledge: nor wisdom: in the grave: whither you go.Isa 55:6: Seek you the LORD while He may be found: call you upon Him while He is near:2Co 6:1: 2: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.Jas 4:13-15: Go to now: you that say: Today or to morrow we will go into such a city: and continue there a year: and buy and sell: and get gain:"hear"Ps 81:11: 13: But my people not would listen to my voice; and Israel would none of me.Isa 55:3: Incline your ear: and come to me: hear: and your soul will live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you: even the sure mercies of David.Mt 17:5: While He yet spoke: look: a bright cloud overshadowed them: and look a voice out of the cloud: which said: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased; hear you Him.Joh 5:25: Truly: truly: I say to you: The hour is coming: and now is: when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God: and they that hear will live.Joh 10:3: 16: 27: To him the porter opens; and the sheep hear his voice: and he calls his own sheep by name: and leads them out.Re 3:20: Look: I stand at the door: and knock: if any man hear my voice: and open the door: I will come in to him: and will sup with him: and he with me.
μη σκληρυνητε τας καρδιας υμων ως εν τω παραπικρασμω κατα την ημεραν του πειρασμου εν τη ερημω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4645σκληρύνητεsklērynēte (V-ASA-2P) G4645 σκληρύνω sklērýnō sklay-roo-no from σκληρός; to indurate, i.e. (figuratively) render stubborn:--harden.
|
σκληρύνητεsklērynēte
|
harden
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-AFP) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
hearts
|
N-AFP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3894παραπικρασμῷparapikrasmō (N-DMS) G3894 παραπικρασμός parapikrasmós par-ap-ik-ras-mos from παραπικραίνω; irritation:--provocation.
|
παραπικρασμῷparapikrasmō
|
rebellion,
|
N-DMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G3986πειρασμοῦpeirasmou (N-GMS) G3986 πειρασμός peirasmós pi-ras-mos from πειράζω; a putting to proof (by experiment (of good), experience (of evil), solicitation, discipline or provocation); by implication, adversity:--temptation, X try.
|
πειρασμοῦpeirasmou
|
of testing
|
N-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳ,erēmō (Adj-DFS) G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳ,erēmō
|
wilderness,
|
Adj-DFS
|
8
not Harden your hearts, as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness:Hebrews 3:8
Stats
Rank: #4796 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 14 words, 72 letters, 28 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη σκληρυνητε τας καρδιας υμων ως εν τω παραπικρασμω κατα την ημεραν του πειρασμου εν τη ερημω
Lit: not harden the hearts of you, as in the rebellion, in the day of testing in the wilderness,
KJV: Harden not your hearts, as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness:
References
"Harden"Heb 3:12: 13: Take heed: brothers: lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief: in departing from the living God.Ex 8:15: But when Pharaoh saw that there was respite: He hardened His heart: and listened not to them; as the LORD had said.1Sa 6:6: For what reason then do you harden your hearts: as the Egyptians and Pharaoh hardened their hearts? when he had wrought wonderfully among them: did not they let the people go: and they departed?2Ki 17:14: Notwithstanding they not would hear: but hardened their necks: like to the neck of their fathers: that not did believe in the LORD their God.2Ch 30:8: Now be you not stiffnecked: as your fathers were: but yield yourselves to the LORD: and enter into His sanctuary: which He has sanctified for ever: and serve the LORD your God: that the fierceness of His wrath may turn away from you.2Ch 36:13: He also rebelled against king Nebuchadnezzar: who had made Him swear by God: but He stiffened His neck: and hardened His heart from turning to the LORD God of Israel.Ne 9:16: But they and our fathers dealt proudly: and hardened their necks: and listened not to your commandments: Job 9:4: He is wise in heart: and mighty in strength: who has hardened himself against him: and has prospered?Pr 28:14: Happy is the man that fears alway: but he who hardens his heart will fall into mischief.Pr 29:1: He: that being often reproved hardens his neck: will suddenly be destroyed: and that without remedy.Jer 7:26: Yet they listened not to me: nor inclined their ear: but hardened their neck: they did worse than their fathers.Eze 3:7-9: But the house of Israel not will listen to you; for they not will listen to me: for all the house of Israel are impudent and hardhearted.Da 5:20: But when his heart was lifted up: and his mind hardened in pride: he was deposed from his kingly throne: and they took his glory from him:Zec 7:11: 12: But they refused to listen: and pulled away the shoulder: and stopped their ears: that they not should hear.Mt 13:15: For this people's heart is waxed gross: and their ears are dull of hearing: and their eyes they have closed; lest at any time they should see with their eyes: and hear with their ears: and should understand with their heart: and should be converted: and I should heal them.Ac 19:9: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.Ro 2:5: 6: But after your hardness and impenitent heart treasure up to yourself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God;"as"Nu 14:11: 22: 23: The LORD said to Moses: How long will this people provoke me? and how long will it be ere they believe me: for all the signs which I have showed among them?De 9:22-24: At Taberah: and at Massah: and at Kibrothhattaavah: you provoked the LORD to wrath.Ps 78:56: Yet they tempted and provoked the most high God: and not kept His testimonies:"of"Ex 17:7: He called the name of the place Massah: and Meribah: because of the chiding of the children of Israel: and because they tempted the LORD: saying: Is the LORD among us: not or?De 6:16: You will not tempt the LORD your God: as you tempted Him in Massah.Ps 78:18: They tempted God in their heart by asking meat for their lust.Ps 106:14: But lusted exceedingly in the wilderness: and tempted God in the desert.1Co 10:9: Neither let us tempt Christ: as some of them also tempted: and were destroyed of serpents.
ου επειρασαν με οι πατερες υμων εδοκιμασαν με και ειδον τα εργα μου τεσσαρακοντα ετη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3757οὗhou (Adv) G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,
|
οὗhou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3985ἐπείρασανepeirasan (V-AIA-3P) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
ἐπείρασανepeirasan
|
tried Me
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3962πατέρεςpateres (N-NMP) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρεςpateres
|
fathers
|
N-NMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G1382δοκιμασίᾳdokimasia (N-DFS) G1382 δοκιμή dokimḗ dok-ee-may from the same as δόκιμος; test (abstractly or concretely); by implication, trustiness:--experience(-riment), proof, trial.
|
δοκιμασίᾳdokimasia
|
testing,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-3P) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-ANP) G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2094ἔτη.etē (N-ANP) G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτη.etē
|
years.
|
N-ANP
|
9
When your fathers tempted me, proved me, and saw my works 40 years.Hebrews 3:9
Stats
Rank: #4250 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 70 characters, 11 words, 55 letters, 17 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου επειρασαν με οι πατερες υμων εδοκιμασαν με και ειδον τα εργα μου τεσσαρακοντα ετη
Lit: where tried Me the fathers of you by testing, and saw the works of Me forty years.
KJV: When your fathers tempted me, proved me, and saw my works forty years.
References
"and"Ex 19:4: You have seen what I did to the Egyptians: and how I bare you on eagles' wings: and brought you to myself.Ex 20:22: The LORD said to Moses: Thus you will say to the children of Israel: You have seen that I have talked with you from heaven.De 4:3: 9: your eyes have seen what the LORD did because of Baalpeor: for all the men that followed Baalpeor: the LORD your God has destroyed them from among you.De 11:7: But your eyes have seen all the great acts of the LORD which He did.De 29:2: Moses called to all Israel: and said to them: You have seen all that the LORD did before your eyes in the land of Egypt to Pharaoh: and to all His servants: and to all His land;Jos 23:3: you have seen all that the LORD your God has done to all these nations because of you; for the LORD your God is He that'>He who has fought for you.Jos 24:7: When they cried to the LORD: He put darkness between you and the Egyptians: and brought the sea upon them: and covered them; and your eyes have seen what I have done in Egypt: and you dwelt in the wilderness a long season.Lu 7:22: Then Jesus answering said to them: Go your way: and tell John what things you have seen and heard; how that the blind see: the lame walk: the lepers are cleansed: the deaf hear: the dead are raised: to the poor the gospel is preached."forty"Nu 14:33: your children will wander in the wilderness 40 years: and bear your whoredoms: until your carcases be wasted in the wilderness.De 8:2: 4: you will remember all the way which the LORD your God led you these 40 years in the wilderness: to humble you: and to prove you: to know what was in your heart: whether you would keep His commandments: or no.Jos 5:6: For the children of Israel walked 40 years in the wilderness: till all the people that were men of war: which came out of Egypt: were consumed: because they not obeyed the voice of the LORD: to whom the LORD sware that He not would show them the land: which the LORD sware to their fathers that He would give us: a land that flows with milk and honey.Am 2:10: Also I brought you up from the land of Egypt: and led you 40 years through the wilderness: to possess the land of the Amorite.Ac 7:36: He brought them out: after that he had showed wonders and signs in the land of Egypt: and in the Red sea: and in the wilderness 40 years.Ac 13:8: But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by interpretation) withstood them: seeking to turn away the deputy from the faith.
διο προσωχθισα τη γενεα εκεινη και ειπον αει πλανωνται τη καρδια αυτοι δε ουκ εγνωσαν τας οδους μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1352διὸdio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G4360προσώχθισαprosōchthisa (V-AIA-1S) G4360 προσοχθίζω prosochthízō pros-okh-thid-zo from πρός and a form of (to be vexed with something irksome); to feel indignant at:--be grieved at.
|
προσώχθισαprosōchthisa
|
I was angry
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
with the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1074γενεᾷgenea (N-DFS) G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.
|
γενεᾷgenea
|
generation
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταύτῃtautē (DPro-DFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃtautē
|
that,
|
DPro-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπονeipon (V-AIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπονeipon
|
I said,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G104ἈεὶAei (Adv) G104 ἀεί aeí ah-eye from an obsolete primary noun (apparently meaning continued duration); ever
|
ἈεὶAei
|
Always
|
Adv
|
G4105πλανῶνταιplanōntai (V-PIM/P-3P) G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανῶνταιplanōntai
|
they go astray
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G2588καρδίᾳ·kardia (N-DFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίᾳ·kardia
|
in the heart
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
of them;
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1097ἔγνωσανegnōsan (V-AIA-3P) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωσανegnōsan
|
have they known
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G3598ὁδούςhodous (N-AFP) G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδούςhodous
|
ways
|
N-AFP
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me;
|
PPro-G1S
|
10
For what reason I was grieved with that generation, and said, They do alway err in their heart; and they not have known my ways.
Hebrews 3:10
Stats
Rank: #5321 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 20 words, 96 letters, 36 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο προσωχθισα τη γενεα εκεινη και ειπον αει πλανωνται τη καρδια αυτοι δε ουκ εγνωσαν τας οδους μου
Lit: Therefore I was angry with the generation that, and I said, Always they go astray in the heart of them; and not have they known the ways of Me;
KJV: Wherefore I was grieved with that generation, and said, They do alway err in their heart; and they have not known my ways.
References
"I was"Ge 6:6: It repented the LORD that He had made man on the earth: and it grieved Him at His heart.Jg 10:16: They put away the strange gods from among them: and served the LORD: and His soul was grieved for the misery of Israel.Ps 78:40: How often did they provoke him in the wilderness: and grieve him in the desert!Isa 63:10: But they rebelled: and vexed His holy Spirit: therefore He was turned to be their enemy: and He fought against them.Mr 3:5: When he had looked round about on them with anger: being grieved for the hardness of their hearts: he says to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Eph 4:30: not grieve the holy Spirit of God: whereby you are sealed to the day of redemption."err"Heb 3:12: Take heed: brothers: lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief: in departing from the living God.Ps 78:8: not might be as their fathers: a stubborn and rebellious generation; a generation that not set their heart aright: and whose spirit not was stedfast with God.Isa 28:7: But they also have erred through wine: and through strong drink are out of the way; the priest and the prophet have erred through strong drink: they are swallowed up of wine: they are out of the way through strong drink; they err in vision: they stumble in judgment.Ho 4:12: My people ask counsel at their stocks: and their staff declares to them: for the spirit of whoredoms has caused them to err: and they have gone a whoring from under their God.Joh 3:19: 20: This is the condemnation: that light is come into the world: and men loved darkness rather than light: because their deeds were evil.Joh 8:45: Because I tell you the truth: you believe not me.Ro 1:28: Even as they not did like to retain God in their knowledge: God gave them over to a reprobate mind: to do those things which not are convenient;2Th 2:10-12: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved."they have"Ps 67:2: That your way may be known upon earth: your saving health among all nations.Ps 95:10: 40 years long was I grieved with this generation: and said: It is a people that do err in their heart: and they not have known my ways:Ps 147:20: He has not dealt so with any nation: and as for His judgments: they not have known them. Praise you the LORD.Jer 4:22: For my people is foolish: they not have known me; they are sottish children: and they have none understanding: they are wise to do evil: but to do good they have no knowledge.Ro 3:7: For if the truth of God has more abounded through my lie to His glory; why yet am I also judged as a sinner?
ως ωμοσα εν τη οργη μου ει εισελευσονται εις την καταπαυσιν μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G3660ὤμοσαōmosa (V-AIA-1S) G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.
|
ὤμοσαōmosa
|
I swore
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3709ὀργῇorgē (N-DFS) G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.
|
ὀργῇorgē
|
wrath
|
N-DFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
not
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai (V-FIM-3P) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai
|
shall they enter
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2663κατάπαυσίνkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.
|
κατάπαυσίνkatapausin
|
rest
|
N-AFS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of Me.’”
|
PPro-G1S
|
11
So I sware in my wrath, They will not enter into my rest.)
Hebrews 3:11
Stats
Rank: #5809 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 59 characters, 12 words, 44 letters, 14 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως ωμοσα εν τη οργη μου ει εισελευσονται εις την καταπαυσιν μου
Lit: so I swore in the wrath of Me, not shall they enter into the rest of Me.’”
KJV: So I sware in my wrath, They shall not enter into my rest.)
References
"I sware"Heb 3:18: 19: To whom sware he who they not should enter into his rest: but to them that not believed?Heb 4:3: For we which have believed do enter into rest'>rest: as he said: As I have sworn in my wrath: if they will enter into my rest'>rest: although the works were finished from the foundation of the world.Nu 14:20-23: 25: 27-30: 35: The LORD said: I have pardoned according to your word:Nu 32:10-13: The LORD's anger was kindled the same time: and He sware: saying: De 1:34: 35: The LORD heard the voice of your words: and was angry: and sware: saying: De 2:14: The space in which we came from Kadeshbarnea: until we were come over the brook Zered: was 38 years; until all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the host: as the LORD sware to them."my rest"Heb 4:9: There remains therefore a rest to the people of God.
The Peril of Unbelief
βλεπετε αδελφοι μηποτε εσται εν τινι υμων καρδια πονηρα απιστιας εν τω αποστηναι απο θεου ζωντος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G991Βλέπετε,blepete (V-PMA-2P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
Βλέπετε,blepete
|
Take heed,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3361μή‿mē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή‿mē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G4219ποτεpote (Conj) G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
ποτεpote
|
ever
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
there will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1722ἔνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἔνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5100τινιtini (IPro-DMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινιtini
|
any
|
IPro-DMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2588καρδίαkardia (N-NFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαkardia
|
a heart
|
N-NFS
|
G4190πονηρὰponēra (Adj-NFS) G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρὰponēra
|
evil
|
Adj-NFS
|
G570ἀπιστίαςapistias (N-GFS) G570 ἀπιστία apistía ap-is-tee-ah from ἄπιστος; faithlessness, i.e. (negatively) disbelief (lack of Christian faith), or (positively) unfaithfulness (disobedience):--unbelief.
|
ἀπιστίαςapistias
|
of unbelief,
|
N-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
into
|
Prep
|
G868ἀποστῆναιapostēnai (V-ANA) G868 ἀφίστημι aphístēmi af-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and ἵστημι; to remove, i.e. (actively) instigate to revolt; usually (reflexively) to desist, desert, etc.:--depart, draw (fall) away, refrain, withdraw self.
|
ἀποστῆναιapostēnai
|
falling away
|
V-ANA
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G2198ζῶντος,zōntos (V-PPA-GMS) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντος,zōntos
|
the living.
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
12
Take heed, brothers, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God.Hebrews 3:12
Stats
Rank: #2091 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 18 words, 85 letters, 34 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: βλεπετε αδελφοι μηποτε εσται εν τινι υμων καρδια πονηρα απιστιας εν τω αποστηναι απο θεου ζωντος
Lit: Take heed, brothers, lest ever there will be in any of you a heart evil of unbelief, into falling away from God the living.
KJV: Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God.
References
"Take"Heb 2:1-3: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.Heb 12:15: Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you: and thereby many be defiled;Mt 24:4: Jesus answered and said to them: Take heed that no man deceive you.Mr 13:9: 23: 33: But take heed to yourselves: for they will deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues you will be beaten: and you will be brought before rulers and kings for my sake: for a testimony against them.Lu 21:8: He said: Take heed that you not be deceived: for many will come in my name: saying: I am Christ; and the time draws near: go you not therefore after them.Ro 11:21: For if God not spared the natural branches: take heed lest He also not spare you.1Co 10:12: For what reason let him that thinks he stands take heed lest he fall."an"Heb 3:10: For what reason I was grieved with that generation: and said: They do alway err in their heart; and they not have known my ways.Ge 8:21: The LORD smelled a sweet savour; and the LORD said in His heart: I not will again curse the ground any more for man's sake; for the imagination of man's heart is evil from His youth; neither will I again smite any more every thing living: as I have done.Jer 2:13: For my people have committed two evils; they have forsaken me the fountain of living waters: and hewed them out cisterns: broken cisterns: that can hold no water.Jer 3:17: At that time they will call Jerusalem the throne of the LORD; and all the nations will be gathered to it: to the name of the LORD: to Jerusalem: neither will they walk any more after the imagination of their evil heart.Jer 7:24: But they listened not: nor inclined their ear: but walked in the counsels and in the imagination of their evil heart: and went backward: not and forward.Jer 11:8: Yet they not obeyed: nor inclined their ear: but walked every one in the imagination of their evil heart: therefore I will bring upon them all the words of this covenant: which I commanded them to do; but they did them not.Jer 16:12: you have done worse than your fathers; for: look: you walk every one after the imagination of his evil heart: that they not may listen to me:Jer 17:9: The heart is deceitful above all things: and desperately wicked: who can know it?Jer 18:12: They said: There is no hope: but we will walk after our own devices: and we will every one do the imagination of his evil heart.Mr 7:21-23: For from within: out of the heart of men: proceed evil thoughts: adulteries: fornications: murders: "in"Heb 10:38: Now the just will live by faith: but if any man draw back: my soul will have no pleasure in him.Heb 12:25: See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth: much more will not we escape: if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:Job 21:14: Therefore they say to God: Depart from us; for we not desire the knowledge of your ways.Job 22:17: Which said to God: Depart from us: and what can the Almighty do for them?Ps 18:21: For I have kept the ways of the LORD: and not have wickedly departed from my God.Pr 1:32: For the turning away of the simple will kill them: and the prosperity of fools will destroy them.Isa 59:13: In transgressing and lying against the LORD: and departing away from our God: speaking oppression and revolt: conceiving and uttering from the heart words of falsehood.Jer 17:5: Thus says the LORD; Cursed be the man that trusts in man: and makes flesh His arm: and whose heart departs from the LORD.Ho 1:2: The beginning of the word of the LORD by Hosea. And the LORD said to Hosea: Go: take to you a wife of whoredoms and children of whoredoms: for the land has committed great whoredom: departing from the LORD."the"1Th 1:9: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;
αλλα παρακαλειτε εαυτους καθ εκαστην ημεραν αχρις ου το σημερον καλειται ινα μη σκληρυνθη τις εξ υμων απατη της αμαρτιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3870παρακαλεῖτεparakaleite (V-PMA-2P) G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλεῖτεparakaleite
|
encourage
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
other
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
each
|
Prep
|
G1538ἑκάστηνhekastēn (Adj-AFS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστηνhekastēn
|
every
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2250ἡμέραν,hēmeran (N-AFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραν,hēmeran
|
day,
|
N-AFS
|
G891ἄχριςachris (Prep) G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριςachris
|
while
|
Prep
|
G4594ΣήμερονSēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
ΣήμερονSēmeron
|
today
|
Adv
|
G2564καλεῖται,kaleitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλεῖται,kaleitai
|
it is called,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4645σκληρυνθῇsklērynthē (V-ASP-3S) G4645 σκληρύνω sklērýnō sklay-roo-no from σκληρός; to indurate, i.e. (figuratively) render stubborn:--harden.
|
σκληρυνθῇsklērynthē
|
may be hardened
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
one
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G539ἀπάτῃapatē (N-DFS) G539 ἀπάτη apátē ap-at-ay from ἀπατάω; delusion:--deceit(-ful, -fulness), deceivableness(-ving).
|
ἀπάτῃapatē
|
by the deceitfulness
|
N-DFS
|
G266ἁμαρτίας·hamartias (N-GFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίας·hamartias
|
of sin.
|
N-GFS
|
13
But exhort one another daily, while it is called Today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin.Hebrews 3:13
Stats
Rank: #1876 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 20 words, 94 letters, 37 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα παρακαλειτε εαυτους καθ εκαστην ημεραν αχρις ου το σημερον καλειται ινα μη σκληρυνθη τις εξ υμων απατη της αμαρτιας
Lit: But encourage other each every day, while today it is called, so that not may be hardened one of you by the deceitfulness of sin.
KJV: But exhort one another daily, while it is called To day; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin.
References
"exhort"Heb 10:24: 25: Let us consider one another to provoke to love and to good works:Ac 11:23: Who: when He came: and had seen the grace of God: was glad: and exhorted them all: that with purpose of heart they would cleave to the Lord.1Th 2:11: As you know how we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you: as a father does his children: 1Th 4:18: For what reason comfort one another with these words.1Th 5:11: For what reason comfort yourselves together: and edify one another: even as also you do.2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine."the deceitfulness"Pr 28:26: He who trusts in his own heart is a fool: but whoever walks wisely: he will be delivered.Isa 44:20: He feeds on ashes: a deceived heart has turned him aside: that he cannot deliver his soul: nor say: Is there not a lie in my right hand?Ob 1:3: The pride of your heart has deceived you: you that dwell in the clefts of the rock: whose habitation is high; that says in his heart: Who will bring me down to the ground?Ro 7:11: For sin: taking occasion by the commandment: deceived me: and by it killed me.Eph 4:22: That you put off concerning the former conversation the old man: which is corrupt according to the deceitful lusts;Jas 1:14: But every man is tempted: when he is drawn away of his own lust: and enticed.
μετοχοι γαρ γεγοναμεν του χριστου εανπερ την αρχην της υποστασεως μεχρι τελους βεβαιαν κατασχωμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3353Μέτοχοιmetochoi (Adj-NMP) G3353 μέτοχος métochos met-okh-os from μετέχω; participant, i.e. (as noun) a sharer; by implication, an associate:--fellow, partaker, partner.
|
Μέτοχοιmetochoi
|
Partakers
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
of Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G1096γεγόναμεν,gegonamen (V-RIA-1P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγόναμεν,gegonamen
|
we have become,
|
V-RIA-1P
|
G1437ἐάνπερeanper (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνπερeanper
|
if indeed
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
from the
|
Art-AFS
|
G746ἀρχὴνarchēn (N-AFS) G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχὴνarchēn
|
beginning
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5287ὑποστάσεωςhypostaseōs (N-GFS) G5287 ὑπόστασις hypóstasis hoop-os-tas-is from a compound of ὑπό and ἵστημι; a setting under (support), i.e. (figuratively) concretely, essence, or abstractly, assurance (objectively or subjectively):--confidence, confident, person, substance.
|
ὑποστάσεωςhypostaseōs
|
assurance
|
N-GFS
|
G3360μέχριmechri (Prep) G3360 μέχρι méchri mekh-ris from μῆκος; as far as, i.e. up to a certain point (as a preposition, of extent (denoting the terminus, whereas ἄχρι refers especially to the space of time or place intervening) or conjunction):--till, (un-)to, until.,
|
μέχριmechri
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G5056τέλουςtelous (N-GNS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλουςtelous
|
the end
|
N-GNS
|
G949βεβαίανbebaian (Adj-AFS) G949 βέβαιος bébaios beb-ah-yos from the base of βάσις (through the idea of basality); stable (literally or figuratively):--firm, of force, stedfast, sure.
|
βεβαίανbebaian
|
firm
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2722κατάσχωμεν.kataschōmen (V-ASA-1P) G2722 κατέχω katéchō kat-ekh-o from κατά and ἔχω; to hold down (fast), in various applications (literally or figuratively):--have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let, X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take, withhold.
|
κατάσχωμεν.kataschōmen
|
we should hold.
|
V-ASA-1P
|
14
For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast to the end;Hebrews 3:14
Stats
Counts: 102 characters, 18 words, 82 letters, 31 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετοχοι γαρ γεγοναμεν του χριστου εανπερ την αρχην της υποστασεως μεχρι τελους βεβαιαν κατασχωμεν
Lit: Partakers for of Christ we have become, if indeed from the beginning the assurance unto the end firm we should hold.
KJV: For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast unto the end;
References
"we are"Heb 3:1: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;Heb 6:4: For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened: and have tasted of the heavenly gift: and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost: Heb 12:10: For they truly for a few days chastened us after their own pleasure; but he for our profit: that we might be partakers of his holiness.Ro 11:17: If some of the branches be broken off: and you: being a wild olive tree: wert graffed in among them: and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree;1Co 1:30: But of Him are you in Christ Jesus: who of God is made to us wisdom: and righteousness: and sanctification: and redemption:1Co 9:23: This I do for the gospel's sake: that I might be partaker thereof with you.1Co 10:17: For we being many are one bread: and one body: for we are all partakers of that one bread.Eph 3:6: That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs: and of the same body: and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel:1Ti 6:2: They that have believing masters: let not them despise them: because they are brothers; but rather do them service: because they are faithful and beloved: partakers of the benefit. These things teach and exhort.1Pe 4:13: But rejoice: inasmuch as you are partakers of Christ's sufferings; that: when His glory will be revealed: you may be glad also with exceeding joy.1Pe 5:1: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:1Jo 1:3: That which we have seen and heard declare we to you: that you also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father: and with His Son Jesus Christ."if"Heb 3:6: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 6:11: We desire that every one of you do show the same diligence to the full assurance of hope to the end:
εν τω λεγεσθαι σημερον εαν της φωνης αυτου ακουσητε μη σκληρυνητε τας καρδιας υμων ως εν τω παραπικρασμω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
As
|
Prep
|
G3004λέγεσθαιlegesthai (V-PNM/P) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεσθαιlegesthai
|
it is said:
|
V-PNM/P
|
G4594ΣήμερονSēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
ΣήμερονSēmeron
|
Today
|
Adv
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS) G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
voice
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G191ἀκούσητε,akousēte (V-ASA-2P) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσητε,akousēte
|
you should hear,
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4645σκληρύνητεsklērynēte (V-ASA-2P) G4645 σκληρύνω sklērýnō sklay-roo-no from σκληρός; to indurate, i.e. (figuratively) render stubborn:--harden.
|
σκληρύνητεsklērynēte
|
harden
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-AFP) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
hearts
|
N-AFP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3894παραπικρασμῷ.parapikrasmō (N-DMS) G3894 παραπικρασμός parapikrasmós par-ap-ik-ras-mos from παραπικραίνω; irritation:--provocation.
|
παραπικρασμῷ.parapikrasmō
|
rebellion.”
|
N-DMS
|
15
While it is said, Today if you will hear his voice, not harden your hearts, as in the provocation.
Hebrews 3:15
Stats
Rank: #7960 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 17 words, 75 letters, 32 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν τω λεγεσθαι σημερον εαν της φωνης αυτου ακουσητε μη σκληρυνητε τας καρδιας υμων ως εν τω παραπικρασμω
Lit: As it is said: Today if the voice of Him you should hear, not harden the hearts of you, as in the rebellion.”
KJV: While it is said, To day if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation.
References
"To day"Heb 3:7: 8: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice: Heb 10:38: 29: Now the just will live by faith: but if any man draw back: my soul will have no pleasure in him.
τινες γαρ ακουσαντες παρεπικραναν αλλ ου παντες οι εξελθοντες εξ αιγυπτου δια μωσεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101Τίνεςtines (IPro-NMP) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
Τίνεςtines
|
Who
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
were those having heard,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3893παρεπίκραναν;parepikranan (V-AIA-3P) G3893 παραπικραίνω parapikraínō par-ap-ik-rah-ee-no from παρά and πικραίνω; to embitter alongside, i.e. (figuratively) to exasperate:--provoke.
|
παρεπίκραναν;parepikranan
|
rebelled,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP) G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G125ΑἰγύπτουAigyptou (N-GFS) G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
ΑἰγύπτουAigyptou
|
Egypt
|
N-GFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by the leading of
|
Prep
|
G3475Μωϋσέως;Mōuseōs (N-GMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
Μωϋσέως;Mōuseōs
|
Moses?
|
N-GMS
|
16
For some, when they had heard, did provoke: not howbeit all that came out of Egypt by Moses.Hebrews 3:16
Stats
Rank: #7923 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 15 words, 71 letters, 26 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: τινες γαρ ακουσαντες παρεπικραναν αλλ ου παντες οι εξελθοντες εξ αιγυπτου δια μωσεως
Lit: Who for were those having heard, rebelled, but not all those having come out of Egypt by the leading of Moses?
KJV: For some, when they had heard, did provoke: howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses.
References
"some"Heb 3:9: 10: When your fathers tempted me: proved me: and saw my works 40 years.Nu 14:2: 4: All the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron: and the whole congregation said to them: Would God that we had died in the land of Egypt! or would God we had died in this wilderness!Nu 26:65: For the LORD had said of them: They will surely die in the wilderness. And there not was left a man of them: save Caleb the son of Jephunneh: and Joshua the son of Nun.Ps 78:17: They sinned yet more against him by provoking the most High in the wilderness."not"Nu 14:24: 30: 38: But my servant Caleb: because he had another spirit with him: and has followed me fully: him will I bring into the land whereinto he went; and his seed will possess it.De 1:36: 38: Save Caleb the son of Jephunneh; He will see it: and to Him will I give the land that He has trodden upon: and to His children: because He has wholly followed the LORD.Jos 14:7-11: 40 years old was I when Moses the servant of the LORD sent me from Kadeshbarnea to espy out the land; and I brought Him word again as it was in my heart.Ro 11:4: 5: But what says the answer of God to Him? I have reserved to myself 7000 men: who not have bowed the knee to the image of Baal.
τισιν δε προσωχθισεν τεσσαρακοντα ετη ουχι τοις αμαρτησασιν ων τα κωλα επεσεν εν τη ερημω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101τίσινtisin (IPro-DMP) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίσινtisin
|
With whom
|
IPro-DMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4360προσώχθισενprosōchthisen (V-AIA-3S) G4360 προσοχθίζω prosochthízō pros-okh-thid-zo from πρός and a form of (to be vexed with something irksome); to feel indignant at:--be grieved at.
|
προσώχθισενprosōchthisen
|
was He indignant
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-ANP) G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2094ἔτη;etē (N-ANP) G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτη;etē
|
years,
|
N-ANP
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
if not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with those
|
Art-DMP
|
G264ἁμαρτήσασιν,hamartēsasin (V-APA-DMP) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.
|
ἁμαρτήσασιν,hamartēsasin
|
having sinned,
|
V-APA-DMP
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
whose
|
RelPro-GMP
|
G2966κῶλαkōla (N-NNP) G2966 κῶλον kōlon ko-lon from the base of κολάζω; a limb of the body (as if lopped):--carcase.
|
κῶλαkōla
|
bodies
|
N-NNP
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S) G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳ;erēmō (Adj-DFS) G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳ;erēmō
|
wilderness?
|
Adj-DFS
|
17
But with whom was he grieved 40 years? was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcases fell in the wilderness?Hebrews 3:17
Stats
Rank: #8738 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 20 words, 94 letters, 31 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: τισιν δε προσωχθισεν τεσσαρακοντα ετη ουχι τοις αμαρτησασιν ων τα κωλα επεσεν εν τη ερημω
Lit: With whom now was He indignant forty years, if not with those having sinned, whose bodies fell in the wilderness?
KJV: But with whom was he grieved forty years? was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcases fell in the wilderness?
References
"was it"Nu 26:64: 65: But among these there not was a man of them whom Moses and Aaron the priest numbered: when they numbered the children of Israel in the wilderness of Sinai.1Co 10:1-13: Moreover: brothers: I not would that you should be ignorant: how that all our fathers were under the cloud: and all passed through the sea;"whose"Nu 14:22: 29: 32: 33: Because all those men which have seen my glory: and my miracles: which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness: and have tempted me now these 10 times: and not have listened to my voice;De 2:15: 16: For indeed the hand of the LORD was against them: to destroy them from among the host: until they were consumed.Jer 9:22: Speak: Thus says the LORD: Even the carcases of men will fall as dung upon the open field: and as the handful after the harvestman: and none will gather them.Jude 1:5: I will therefore put you in remembrance: though you once knew this: how that the Lord: having saved the people out of the land of Egypt: afterward destroyed them that not believed.
τισιν δε ωμοσεν μη εισελευσεσθαι εις την καταπαυσιν αυτου ει μη τοις απειθησασιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101τίσινtisin (IPro-DMP) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίσινtisin
|
To whom
|
IPro-DMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3660ὤμοσενōmosen (V-AIA-3S) G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.
|
ὤμοσενōmosen
|
did He swear that
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1525εἰσελεύσεσθαιeiseleusesthai (V-FNM) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελεύσεσθαιeiseleusesthai
|
shall they enter
|
V-FNM
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2663κατάπαυσινkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.
|
κατάπαυσινkatapausin
|
rest
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G544ἀπειθήσασιν;apeithēsasin (V-APA-DMP) G544 ἀπειθέω apeithéō ap-i-theh-o from ἀπειθής; to disbelieve (wilfully and perversely):--not believe, disobedient, obey not, unbelieving.
|
ἀπειθήσασιν;apeithēsasin
|
having disobeyed?
|
V-APA-DMP
|
18
To whom sware he who they not should enter into his rest, but to them that not believed?Hebrews 3:18
Stats
Rank: #8030 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 93 characters, 18 words, 73 letters, 26 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: τισιν δε ωμοσεν μη εισελευσεσθαι εις την καταπαυσιν αυτου ει μη τοις απειθησασιν
Lit: To whom then did He swear that not shall they enter into the rest of Him, if not to those having disobeyed?
KJV: And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest, but to them that believed not?
References
"to whom"Heb 3:11: So I sware in my wrath: They will not enter into my rest.)Nu 14:30: Doubtless you will not come into the land: concerning which I sware to make you dwell therein: save Caleb the son of Jephunneh: and Joshua the son of Nun.De 1:34: 35: The LORD heard the voice of your words: and was angry: and sware: saying: "but"Nu 14:11: The LORD said to Moses: How long will this people provoke me? and how long will it be ere they believe me: for all the signs which I have showed among them?Nu 20:12: The LORD spoke to Moses and Aaron: Because you believed not me: to sanctify me in the eyes of the children of Israel: therefore you will not bring this congregation into the land which I have given them.De 1:26-32: Notwithstanding you not would go up: but rebelled against the commandment of the LORD your God:De 9:23: Likewise when the LORD sent you from Kadeshbarnea: saying: Go up and possess the land which I have given you; then you rebelled against the commandment of the LORD your God: and you believed Him not">not Him: nor listened to His voice.Ps 106:24-26: Yes: they despised the pleasant land: they not believed his word:
και βλεπομεν οτι ουκ ηδυνηθησαν εισελθειν δι απιστιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπομενblepomen (V-PIA-1P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπομενblepomen
|
we see
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410ἠδυνήθησανēdynēthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἠδυνήθησανēdynēthēsan
|
they were able
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
to enter in
|
V-ANA
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G570ἀπιστίαν.apistian (N-AFS) G570 ἀπιστία apistía ap-is-tee-ah from ἄπιστος; faithlessness, i.e. (negatively) disbelief (lack of Christian faith), or (positively) unfaithfulness (disobedience):--unbelief.
|
ἀπιστίαν.apistian
|
unbelief.
|
N-AFS
|
19
So we see that they not could enter in because of unbelief.Hebrews 3:19
Stats
Rank: #8923 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 59 characters, 12 words, 47 letters, 21 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: και βλεπομεν οτι ουκ ηδυνηθησαν εισελθειν δι απιστιαν
Lit: And we see that not they were able to enter in because of unbelief.
KJV: So we see that they could not enter in because of unbelief.
References
"So we see that they could not enter in because of unbelief."Mr 16:16: He who believes'>believes and is baptized will be saved; but he who believes'>believes not will be damned.Joh 3:18: 36: He who believes'>believes on Him not is condemned: but He that'>He who believes'>believes not is condemned already: because He has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God.2Th 2:12: That they all might be damned who not believed the truth: but had pleasure in unrighteousness.1Jo 5:10: He who believes'>believes'>believes on the Son of God has the witness in Himself: He that'>He who believes'>believes'>believes not God has made Him a liar; because He believes'>believes'>believes not the record that God gave of His Son.Jude 1:5: I will therefore put you in remembrance: though you once knew this: how that the Lord: having saved the people out of the land of Egypt: afterward destroyed them that not believed.
4
The Sabbath Rest
φοβηθωμεν ουν μηποτε καταλειπομενης επαγγελιας εισελθειν εις την καταπαυσιν αυτου δοκη τις εξ υμων υστερηκεναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5399Φοβηθῶμενphobēthōmen (V-ASP-1P) G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
Φοβηθῶμενphobēthōmen
|
We should fear
|
V-ASP-1P
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore,
|
Conj
|
G3361μή‿mē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή‿mē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G4219ποτεpote (Conj) G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
ποτεpote
|
ever
|
Conj
|
G2641καταλειπομένηςkataleipomenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS) G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.
|
καταλειπομένηςkataleipomenēs
|
left remaining,
|
V-PPM/P-GFS
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias (N-GFS) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias
|
of the promise
|
N-GFS
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
to enter
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2663κατάπαυσινkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.
|
κατάπαυσινkatapausin
|
rest
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1380δοκῇdokē (V-PSA-3S) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκῇdokē
|
should seem
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
any
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G5302ὑστερηκέναι.hysterēkenai (V-RNA) G5302 ὑστερέω hysteréō hoos-ter-eh-o from ὕστερος; to be later, i.e. (by implication) to be inferior; generally, to fall short (be deficient):--come behind (short), be destitute, fail, lack, suffer need, (be in) want, be the worse.
|
ὑστερηκέναι.hysterēkenai
|
to have fallen short.
|
V-RNA
|
1
Let us therefore fear, lest, a promise being left us of entering into his rest, any of you should seem to come short of it.Hebrews 4:1
Stats
Rank: #2264 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 22 words, 95 letters, 39 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: φοβηθωμεν ουν μηποτε καταλειπομενης επαγγελιας εισελθειν εις την καταπαυσιν αυτου δοκη τις εξ υμων υστερηκεναι
Lit: We should fear therefore, lest ever left remaining, of the promise to enter into the rest of Him, should seem any of you to have fallen short.
KJV: Let us therefore fear, lest, a promise being left us of entering into his rest, any of you should seem to come short of it.
References
"us therefore"Heb 4:11: Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest: lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief.Heb 2:1-3: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.Heb 12:15: 25: Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you: and thereby many be defiled;Heb 13:7: Remember them which have the rule over you: who have spoken to you the word of God: whose faith follow: considering the end of their conversation.Pr 14:16: A wise man fears: and departs from evil: but the fool rages: and is confident.Pr 28:14: Happy is the man that fears alway: but he who hardens his heart will fall into mischief.Jer 32:40: I will make an everlasting covenant with them: that I not will turn away from them: to do them good; but I will put my fear in their hearts: that they will not depart from me.Ro 11:20: Well; because of unbelief they were broken off: and you stand by faith. not Be highminded: but fear:1Co 10:12: For what reason let him that thinks he stands take heed lest he fall."a promise"Heb 4:9: There remains therefore a rest to the people of God.Nu 14:34: After the number of the days in which you searched the land: even 40 days: each day for a year: will you bear your iniquities: even 40 years: and you will know my breach of promise.1Sa 2:30: For what reason the LORD God of Israel says: I said indeed that your house: and the house of your father: should walk before me for ever: but now the LORD says: Be it far from me; for them that honour me I will honour: and they that despise me will be lightly esteemed.Ro 3:3: 4: For what if some not did believe? will their unbelief make the faith of God without effect?2Ti 2:13: If we not believe: yet he abides faithful: he cannot deny himself."his"Heb 4:3-5: For we which have believed do enter into rest'>rest: as he said: As I have sworn in my wrath: if they will enter into my rest'>rest: although the works were finished from the foundation of the world.Heb 3:11: So I sware in my wrath: They will not enter into my rest.)"any"Mt 7:21-23: 26: 27: Not every one that says to me: Lord: Lord: will enter into the kingdom of heaven; but He that'>He who does the will of my Father which is in heaven.Mt 24:48-51: But and if that evil servant will say in his heart: My lord delays his coming;Mt 25:1-3: Then will the kingdom of heaven be likened to 10 virgins: which took their lamps: and went forth to meet the groom.Lu 12:45: 46: But and if that servant say in his heart: My lord delays his coming; and will begin to beat the menservants and maidens: and to eat and drink: and to be drunken;Lu 13:25-30: When once the master of the house is risen up: and has shut to the door: and you begin to stand without: and to knock at the door: saying: Lord: Lord: open to us; and He will answer and say to you: I know you not where you are:Ro 3:23: For all have sinned: and come short of the glory of God;1Co 9:26: 27: I therefore so run: not as uncertainly; so fight I: not as one that beats the air:
και γαρ εσμεν ευηγγελισμενοι καθαπερ κακεινοι αλλ ουκ ωφελησεν ο λογος της ακοης εκεινους μη συγκεκραμενος τη πιστει τοις ακουσασιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐσμενesmen (V-PIA-1P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμενesmen
|
we are those
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2097εὐηγγελισμένοιeuēngelismenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP) G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐηγγελισμένοιeuēngelismenoi
|
having had the gospel preached
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G2509καθάπερkathaper (Adv) G2509 καθάπερ katháper kath-ap-er from καθά and περ; exactly as:--(even, as well) as.,
|
καθάπερkathaper
|
just as
|
Adv
|
G2548κἀκεῖνοι·kakeinoi (DPro-NMP) G2548 κἀκεῖνος kakeînos kak-i-nos from καί and ἐκεῖνος; likewise that (or those):--and him (other, them), even he, him also, them (also), (and) they.,
|
κἀκεῖνοι·kakeinoi
|
they did;
|
DPro-NMP
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5623ὠφέλησενōphelēsen (V-AIA-3S) G5623 ὠφελέω ōpheléō o-fel-eh-o from the same as ὠφέλεια; to be useful, i.e. to benefit:--advantage, better, prevail, profit.
|
ὠφέλησενōphelēsen
|
did profit
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
message
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of their
|
Art-GFS
|
G189ἀκοῆςakoēs (N-GFS) G189 ἀκοή akoḗ ak-o-ay from ἀκούω; hearing (the act, the sense or the thing heard):--audience, ear, fame, which ye heard, hearing, preached, report, rumor.
|
ἀκοῆςakoēs
|
hearing
|
N-GFS
|
G1565ἐκείνουςekeinous (DPro-AMP) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνουςekeinous
|
them,
|
DPro-AMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4786συγκεκερασμένους*synkekerasmenous (V-RPM/P-AMP) G4786 συγκεράννυμι synkeránnymi soong-ker-an-noo-mee from σύν and κεράννυμι; to commingle, i.e. (figuratively) to combine or assimilate:--mix with, temper together.
|
συγκεκερασμένους*synkekerasmenous
|
having been united with
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4102πίστειpistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστειpistei
|
faith
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
of those
|
Art-DMP
|
G191ἀκούσασιν.akousasin (V-APA-DMP) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσασιν.akousasin
|
having heard.
|
V-APA-DMP
|
2
For to us was the gospel preached, as well as to them: but the word preached not did profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it.Hebrews 4:2
Stats
Counts: 151 characters, 27 words, 118 letters, 42 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γαρ εσμεν ευηγγελισμενοι καθαπερ κακεινοι αλλ ουκ ωφελησεν ο λογος της ακοης εκεινους μη συγκεκραμενος τη πιστει τοις ακουσασιν
Lit: And for we are those having had the gospel preached just as they did; but not did profit the message of their hearing them, not having been united with the faith of those having heard.
KJV: For unto us was the gospel preached, as well as unto them: but the word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it.
References
"unto us"Ac 3:26: To you first God: having raised up His Son Jesus: sent Him to bless you: in turning away every one of you from His iniquities.Ac 13:46: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Ga 3:8: The scripture: foreseeing that God would justify the heathen through faith: preached before the gospel to Abraham: saying: In you will all nations be blessed.Ga 4:13: You know how through infirmity of the flesh I preached the gospel to you at the first.1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into."preached"Ro 10:16: 17: But they not have all obeyed the gospel. For Isaiah says: Lord: who has believed our report?"did"Ro 2:25: For circumcision truly profits: if you keep the law: but if you be a breaker of the law: your circumcision is made uncircumcision.1Co 13:3: Though I bestow all my goods to feed the poor: and though I give my body to be burned: and not have charity: it profits not mehing.1Ti 4:8: For bodily exercise profits little: but godliness is profitable to all things: having promise of the life that now is: and of that which is to come."not being, etc"Heb 4:6: Seeing therefore it remains that some must enter therein: and they to whom it was first preached not entered in because of unbelief:Heb 3:12: 18: 19: Take heed: brothers: lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief: in departing from the living God.Heb 11:6: But without faith it is impossible to please Him: for He that'>He who comes to God must believe that He is: and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.1Th 1:5: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.1Th 2:13: For this cause also thank we God without ceasing: because: when you received the word of God which you heard of us: you received it not as the word of men: but as it is in truth: the word of God: which effectually works also in you that believe.2Th 2:12: 13: That they all might be damned who not believed the truth: but had pleasure in unrighteousness.Jas 1:21: For what reason lay apart all filthiness and superfluity of naughtiness: and receive with meekness the engrafted word: which is able to save your souls.
εισερχομεθα γαρ εις την καταπαυσιν οι πιστευσαντες καθως ειρηκεν ως ωμοσα εν τη οργη μου ει εισελευσονται εις την καταπαυσιν μου καιτοι των εργων απο καταβολης κοσμου γενηθεντων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1525ΕἰσερχόμεθαEiserchometha (V-PIM/P-1P) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
ΕἰσερχόμεθαEiserchometha
|
We enter
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2663κατάπαυσινkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.
|
κατάπαυσινkatapausin
|
rest,
|
N-AFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4100πιστεύσαντες,pisteusantes (V-APA-NMP) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύσαντες,pisteusantes
|
having believed;
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2046εἴρηκενeirēken (V-RIA-3S) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἴρηκενeirēken
|
He has said:
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G3660ὤμοσαōmosa (V-AIA-1S) G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.
|
ὤμοσαōmosa
|
I swore
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3709ὀργῇorgē (N-DFS) G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.
|
ὀργῇorgē
|
wrath
|
N-DFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
Not
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai (V-FIM-3P) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai
|
shall they enter
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2663κατάπαυσίνkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.
|
κατάπαυσίνkatapausin
|
rest
|
N-AFS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me.’”
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2543Καίτοιkaitoi (Conj) G2543 καίτοι kaítoi kah-ee-toy from καί and τοί; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.,
|
Καίτοιkaitoi
|
And yet
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργωνergōn
|
works
|
N-GNP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2602καταβολῆςkatabolēs (N-GFS) G2602 καταβολή katabolḗ kat-ab-ol-ay from καταβάλλω; a deposition, i.e. founding; figuratively, conception:--conceive, foundation.
|
καταβολῆςkatabolēs
|
the foundation
|
N-GFS
|
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμουkosmou
|
of the world
|
N-GMS
|
G1096γενηθέντων.genēthentōn (V-APP-GNP) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενηθέντων.genēthentōn
|
have been finished.
|
V-APP-GNP
|
3
For we which have believed do enter into rest'>rest, as he said, As I have sworn in my wrath, if they will enter into my rest'>rest: although the works were finished from the foundation of the world.
Hebrews 4:3
Stats
Counts: 188 characters, 33 words, 147 letters, 54 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: εισερχομεθα γαρ εις την καταπαυσιν οι πιστευσαντες καθως ειρηκεν ως ωμοσα εν τη οργη μου ει εισελευσονται εις την καταπαυσιν μου καιτοι των εργων απο καταβολης κοσμου γενηθεντων
Lit: We enter for into the rest, those having believed; as He has said: So I swore in the wrath of me, Not shall they enter into the rest of Me.’” And yet the works from the foundation of the world have been finished.
KJV: For we which have believed do enter into rest, as he said, As I have sworn in my wrath, if they shall enter into my rest: although the works were finished from the foundation of the world.
References
"we"Heb 3:14: For we are made partakers of Christ: if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast to the end;Isa 28:12: To whom he said: This is the rest'>rest wherewith you may cause the weary to rest'>rest; and this is the refreshing: yet they not would hear.Jer 6:16: Thus says the LORD: Stand you in the ways: and see: and ask for the old paths: where is the good way: and walk therein: and you will find rest for your souls. But they said: We not will walk therein.Mt 11:28: 29: Come to me: all you that labour and are heavy laden: and I will give you rest.Ro 5:1: 2: Therefore being justified by faith: we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ:"As I"Heb 3:11: So I sware in my wrath: They will not enter into my rest.)Ps 95:11: To whom I sware in my wrath that they not should enter into my rest."the works"Ge 1:31: God saw every thing that He had made: and: look: it was very good. And the evening and the morning were the sixth day.Ex 20:11: For in 6 days the LORD made heaven and earth: the sea: and all that in them is: and rested the seventh day: for what reason the LORD blessed the sabbath day: and hallowed it."from"Heb 9:26: For then must he often have suffered since the foundation of the world: but now once in the end of the world has he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself.Mt 13:35: That it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet: saying: I will open my mouth in parables; I will utter things which have been kept secret from the foundation of the world.Eph 1:4: According as he has chosen us in him before the foundation of the world: that we should be holy and without blame before him in love:1Pe 1:20: Who truly was foreordained before the foundation of the world: but was manifest in these last times for you:
ειρηκεν γαρ που περι της εβδομης ουτως και κατεπαυσεν ο θεος εν τη ημερα τη εβδομη απο παντων των εργων αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2046εἴρηκενeirēken (V-RIA-3S) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἴρηκενeirēken
|
He has spoken
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4225πουpou (Adv) G4225 πού poú poo genitive case of an indefinite pronoun (some) otherwise obsolete (compare πόσος); as adverb of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.
|
πουpou
|
somewhere
|
Adv
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1442ἑβδόμηςhebdomēs (Adj-GFS) G1442 ἕβδομος hébdomos heb-dom-os ordinal from ἑπτά; seventh:--seventh.
|
ἑβδόμηςhebdomēs
|
seventh day
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
in this way,
|
Adv
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2664κατέπαυσενkatepausen (V-AIA-3S) G2664 καταπαύω katapaúō kat-ap-ow-o from κατά and παύω; to settle down, i.e. (literally) to colonize, or (figuratively) to (cause to) desist:--cease, (give) rest(-rain).
|
κατέπαυσενkatepausen
|
rested
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G1442ἑβδόμῃhebdomē (Adj-DFS) G1442 ἕβδομος hébdomos heb-dom-os ordinal from ἑπτά; seventh:--seventh.
|
ἑβδόμῃhebdomē
|
seventh
|
Adj-DFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργωνergōn
|
works
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
of Him.”
|
PPro-GM3S
|
4
For He spoke in a certain place of the seventh day on this wise, And God did rest the seventh day from all His works.
Hebrews 4:4
Stats
Rank: #7690 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 24 words, 91 letters, 32 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειρηκεν γαρ που περι της εβδομης ουτως και κατεπαυσεν ο θεος εν τη ημερα τη εβδομη απο παντων των εργων αυτου
Lit: He has spoken for somewhere concerning the seventh day in this way, And rested God on the day seventh from all the works of Him.”
KJV: For he spake in a certain place of the seventh day on this wise, And God did rest the seventh day from all his works.
References
"in"Heb 2:6: But one in a certain place testified: saying: What is man: that you are mindful of him? or the son of man: that you visit him?"God"Ge 2:1: 2: Thus the heavens and the earth were finished: and all the host of them.Ex 20:11: For in 6 days the LORD made heaven and earth: the sea: and all that in them is: and rested the seventh day: for what reason the LORD blessed the sabbath day: and hallowed it.Ex 31:17: It is a sign between me and the children of Israel for ever: for in 6 days the LORD made heaven and earth: and on the seventh day He rested: and was refreshed.
και εν τουτω παλιν ει εισελευσονται εις την καταπαυσιν μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
this passage
|
DPro-DMS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again,
|
Adv
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
Not
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai (V-FIM-3P) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai
|
shall they enter
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2663κατάπαυσίνkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.
|
κατάπαυσίνkatapausin
|
rest
|
N-AFS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
5
In this place again, If they will enter into my rest.
Hebrews 4:5
Stats
Rank: #545 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 58 characters, 11 words, 45 letters, 16 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν τουτω παλιν ει εισελευσονται εις την καταπαυσιν μου
Lit: And in this passage again, Not shall they enter into the rest of Me.
KJV: And in this place again, If they shall enter into my rest.
References
"And in this place again, If they shall enter into my rest."Heb 4:3: For we which have believed do enter into rest'>rest: as he said: As I have sworn in my wrath: if they will enter into my rest'>rest: although the works were finished from the foundation of the world.Heb 3:11: So I sware in my wrath: They will not enter into my rest.)
επει ουν απολειπεται τινας εισελθειν εις αυτην και οι προτερον ευαγγελισθεντες ουκ εισηλθον δι απειθειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1893Ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
Ἐπεὶepei
|
Since
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G620ἀπολείπεταιapoleipetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G620 ἀπολείπω apoleípō ap-ol-ipe-o from ἀπό and λείπω; to leave behind (passively, remain); by implication, to forsake:--leave, remain.
|
ἀπολείπεταιapoleipetai
|
it remains for
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G5100τινὰςtinas (IPro-AMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰςtinas
|
some
|
IPro-AMP
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
to enter
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτήν,autēn (PPro-AF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν,autēn
|
it,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4386πρότερονproteron (Adv-C) G4386 πρότερον próteron prot-er-on neuter of πρότερος as adverb (with or without the article); previously:--before, (at the) first, former.
|
πρότερονproteron
|
formerly
|
Adv-C
|
G2097εὐαγγελισθέντεςeuangelisthentes (V-APP-NMP) G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελισθέντεςeuangelisthentes
|
having received the good news,
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1525εἰσῆλθονeisēlthon (V-AIA-3P) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθονeisēlthon
|
did enter in
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G543ἀπείθειαν,apeitheian (N-AFS) G543 ἀπείθεια apeítheia ap-i-thi-ah from ἀπειθής; disbelief (obstinate and rebellious):--disobedience, unbelief.
|
ἀπείθειαν,apeitheian
|
disobedience,
|
N-AFS
|
6
Seeing therefore it remains that some must enter therein, and they to whom it was first preached not entered in because of unbelief:Hebrews 4:6
Stats
Rank: #1235 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 134 characters, 22 words, 110 letters, 45 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: επει ουν απολειπεται τινας εισελθειν εις αυτην και οι προτερον ευαγγελισθεντες ουκ εισηλθον δι απειθειαν
Lit: Since therefore it remains for some to enter into it, and those formerly having received the good news, not did enter in because of disobedience,
KJV: Seeing therefore it remaineth that some must enter therein, and they to whom it was first preached entered not in because of unbelief:
References
"it remaineth"Heb 4:9: There remains therefore a rest to the people of God.1Co 7:29: But this I say: brothers: the time is short: it remains: that both they that have wives be as though they had none;"some"Nu 14:12: 31: I will smite them with the pestilence: and disinherit them: and will make of you a greater nation and mightier than they.Isa 65:15: you will leave your name for a curse to my chosen: for the Lord GOD will kill you: and call His servants by another name:Mt 21:43: Therefore say I to you: The kingdom of God will be taken from you: and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof.Mt 22:9: 10: Go you therefore into the highways: and as many as you will find: bid to the marriage.Lu 14:21-24: So that servant came: and showed his lord these things. Then the master of the house being angry said to his servant: Go out quickly into the streets and lanes of the city: and bring in here the poor: and the maimed: and the halt: and the blind.Ac 13:46: 47: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Ac 28:28: Be it known therefore to you: that the salvation of God is sent to the Gentiles: and that they will hear it."they"Heb 4:2: For to us was the gospel preached: as well as to them: but the word preached not did profit them: not being mixed with faith in them that heard it.Heb 3:19: So we see that they not could enter in because of unbelief.Ga 3:8: The scripture: foreseeing that God would justify the heathen through faith: preached before the gospel to Abraham: saying: In you will all nations be blessed."entered"Heb 3:18: 19: To whom sware he who they not should enter into his rest: but to them that not believed?
παλιν τινα οριζει ημεραν σημερον εν δαβιδ λεγων μετα τοσουτον χρονον καθως ειρηται σημερον εαν της φωνης αυτου ακουσητε μη σκληρυνητε τας καρδιας υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G5100τινὰtina (IPro-AFS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰtina
|
a certain
|
IPro-AFS
|
G3724ὁρίζειhorizei (V-PIA-3S) G3724 ὁρίζω horízō hor-id-zo from ὅριον; to mark out or bound (horizon), i.e. (figuratively) to appoint, decree, specify:--declare, determine, limit, ordain.
|
ὁρίζειhorizei
|
He appoints
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2250ἡμέραν,hēmeran (N-AFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραν,hēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G4594Σήμερον,Sēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
Σήμερον,Sēmeron
|
Today,
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
through
|
Prep
|
G1138ΔαυὶδDauid (N-DMS) G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυὶδDauid
|
David
|
N-DMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G5118τοσοῦτονtosouton (DPro-AMS) G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoûtos tos-oo-tos from (so much; apparently from ὁ and ὅς) and οὗτος (including its variations); so vast as this, i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number of space):--as large, so great (long, many, much), these many.
|
τοσοῦτονtosouton
|
so long
|
DPro-AMS
|
G5550χρόνον,chronon (N-AMS) G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνον,chronon
|
a time,
|
N-AMS
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
just as
|
Adv
|
G4302προείρηταιproeirētai (V-RIM/P-3S) G4302 προλέγω prolégō prol-eg-o from πρό and λέγω; to say beforehand, i.e. predict, forewarn:--foretell, tell before.
|
προείρηταιproeirētai
|
it has been said,
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G4594ΣήμερονSēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
ΣήμερονSēmeron
|
Today,
|
Adv
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS) G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
voice
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G191ἀκούσητε,akousēte (V-ASA-2P) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσητε,akousēte
|
you shall hear,
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4645σκληρύνητεsklērynēte (V-ASA-2P) G4645 σκληρύνω sklērýnō sklay-roo-no from σκληρός; to indurate, i.e. (figuratively) render stubborn:--harden.
|
σκληρύνητεsklērynēte
|
harden
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-AFP) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
hearts
|
N-AFP
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
of you.”
|
PPro-G2P
|
7
Again, he limits a certain day, saying in David, Today, after so long a time; as it is said, Today if you will hear his voice, not harden your hearts.
Hebrews 4:7
Stats
Rank: #2838 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 153 characters, 25 words, 114 letters, 49 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: παλιν τινα οριζει ημεραν σημερον εν δαβιδ λεγων μετα τοσουτον χρονον καθως ειρηται σημερον εαν της φωνης αυτου ακουσητε μη σκληρυνητε τας καρδιας υμων
Lit: again a certain He appoints day Today, through David saying after so long a time, just as it has been said, Today, if the voice of Him you shall hear, not harden the hearts of you.”
KJV: Again, he limiteth a certain day, saying in David, To day, after so long a time; as it is said, To day if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts.
References
"saying"Heb 3:7: 8: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice: 2Sa 23:1: 2: Now these be the last words of David. David the son of Jesse said: and the man who was raised up on high: the anointed of the God of Jacob: and the sweet psalmist of Israel: said: Mt 22:43: He says to them: How then does David in spirit call Him Lord: saying: Mr 12:36: For David Himself said by the Holy Ghost: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool.Lu 20:42: David Himself says in the book of Psalms: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: Ac 2:29: 31: Men and brothers: let me freely speak to you of the patriarch David: that he is both dead and buried: and his sepulchre is with us to this day.Ac 28:25: When they not agreed among themselves: they departed: after that Paul had spoken one word: Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers: "To day"Heb 3:7: 15: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice: Ps 95:7: For He is our God; and we are the people of His pasture: and the sheep of His hand. Today if you will hear His voice: "after"1Ki 6:1: It came to pass in the 400 and eightieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt: in the fourth year of Solomon's reign over Israel: in the month Zif: which is the second month: that He began to build the house of the LORD.Ac 13:20-23: After that he gave to them judges about the space of 450 years: until Samuel the prophet.
ει γαρ αυτους ιησους κατεπαυσεν ουκ αν περι αλλης ελαλει μετα ταυτα ημερας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487Εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
Εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
to them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Joshua
|
N-NMS
|
G2664κατέπαυσεν,katepausen (V-AIA-3S) G2664 καταπαύω katapaúō kat-ap-ow-o from κατά and παύω; to settle down, i.e. (literally) to colonize, or (figuratively) to (cause to) desist:--cease, (give) rest(-rain).
|
κατέπαυσεν,katepausen
|
had given rest,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
about
|
Prep
|
G243ἄλληςallēs (Adj-GFS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλληςallēs
|
another
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2980ἐλάλειelalei (V-IIA-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλειelalei
|
He would have spoken
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
this
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2250ἡμέρας.hēmeras (N-GFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας.hēmeras
|
day.
|
N-GFS
|
8
For if Jesus had given them rest, then would not He afterward have spoken of another day.Hebrews 4:8
Stats
Rank: #3228 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 16 words, 71 letters, 26 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει γαρ αυτους ιησους κατεπαυσεν ουκ αν περι αλλης ελαλει μετα ταυτα ημερας
Lit: If for to them Joshua had given rest, not about another He would have spoken after this day.
KJV: For if Jesus had given them rest, then would he not afterward have spoken of another day.
References
"Jesus, that is, Joshua"Ac 7:45: Which also our fathers that came after brought in with Jesus into the possession of the Gentiles: whom God drave out before the face of our fathers: to the days of David;"had"Heb 11:13-15: These all died in faith: not having received the promises: but having seen them afar off: and were persuaded of them: and embraced them: and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth.De 12:9: For you not are as yet come to the rest and to the inheritance: which the LORD your God gives you.De 25:19: Therefore it will be: when the LORD your God has given you rest from all your enemies round about: in the land which the LORD your God gives you for an inheritance to possess it: that you will blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under heaven; you will not forget it.Jos 1:15: Until the LORD have given your brothers rest: as He has given you: and they also have possessed the land which the LORD your God gives them: then you will return to the land of your possession: and enjoy it: which Moses the LORD's servant gave you on this side Jordan toward the sunrising.Jos 22:4: Now the LORD your God has given rest to your brothers: as He promised them: therefore now return you: and get you to your tents: and to the land of your possession: which Moses the servant of the LORD gave you on the other side Jordan.Jos 23:1: It came to pass a long time after that the LORD had given rest to Israel from all their enemies round about: that Joshua waxed old and stricken in age.Ps 78:55: He cast out the heathen also before them: and divided them an inheritance by line: and made the tribes of Israel to dwell in their tents.Ps 105:44: Gave them the lands of the heathen: and they inherited the labour of the people;
αρα απολειπεται σαββατισμος τω λαω του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G686ἄραara (Conj) G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἄραara
|
So then
|
Conj
|
G620ἀπολείπεταιapoleipetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G620 ἀπολείπω apoleípō ap-ol-ipe-o from ἀπό and λείπω; to leave behind (passively, remain); by implication, to forsake:--leave, remain.
|
ἀπολείπεταιapoleipetai
|
there remains
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4520σαββατισμὸςsabbatismos (N-NMS) G4520 σαββατισμός sabbatismós sab-bat-is-mos from a derivative of σάββατον; a sabbatism, i.e. (figuratively) the repose of Christianity (as a type of heaven):--rest.
|
σαββατισμὸςsabbatismos
|
a Sabbath rest
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
for the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷlaō
|
people
|
N-DMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
9
There remains therefore a rest to the people of God.Hebrews 4:9
Stats
Rank: #2340 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 54 characters, 10 words, 44 letters, 19 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: αρα απολειπεται σαββατισμος τω λαω του θεου
Lit: So then there remains a Sabbath rest for the people of God.
KJV: There remaineth therefore a rest to the people of God.
References
"remaineth"Heb 4:1: 3: Let us therefore fear: lest: a promise being left us of entering into his rest: any of you should seem to come short of it.Heb 3:11: So I sware in my wrath: They will not enter into my rest.)Isa 11:10: In that day there will be a root of Jesse: which will stand for an ensign of the people; to it will the Gentiles seek: and his rest will be glorious.Isa 57:2: He will enter into peace: they will rest in their beds: each one walking in his uprightness.Isa 60:19: 20: The sun will be no more your light by day; neither for brightness will the moon give light to you: but the LORD will be to you an everlasting light: and your God your glory.Re 7:14-17: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.Re 21:4: God will wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there will be no more death: neither sorrow: nor crying: neither will there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away."people"Heb 11:25: Choosing rather to suffer affliction with the people of God: than to enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season;Ps 47:9: The princes of the people are gathered together: even the people of the God of Abraham: for the shields of the earth belong to God: He is greatly exalted.Mt 1:21: She will bring forth a son: and you will call his name JESUS: for he will save his people from their sins.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.1Pe 2:10: Which in time past were not a people: but are now the people of God: which not had obtained mercy: but now have obtained mercy.
ο γαρ εισελθων εις την καταπαυσιν αυτου και αυτος κατεπαυσεν απο των εργων αυτου ωσπερ απο των ιδιων ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn (V-APA-NMS) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθὼνeiselthōn
|
having entered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2663κατάπαυσινkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.
|
κατάπαυσινkatapausin
|
rest
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G2664κατέπαυσενkatepausen (V-AIA-3S) G2664 καταπαύω katapaúō kat-ap-ow-o from κατά and παύω; to settle down, i.e. (literally) to colonize, or (figuratively) to (cause to) desist:--cease, (give) rest(-rain).
|
κατέπαυσενkatepausen
|
rested
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργωνergōn
|
works
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv) G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
as
|
Adv
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2398ἰδίωνidiōn (Adj-GNP) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίωνidiōn
|
own
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God did.
|
N-NMS
|
10
For He that'>He who is entered into His rest, He also has ceased from His own works, as God did from His.Hebrews 4:10
Stats
Rank: #4413 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 19 words, 75 letters, 27 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο γαρ εισελθων εις την καταπαυσιν αυτου και αυτος κατεπαυσεν απο των εργων αυτου ωσπερ απο των ιδιων ο θεος
Lit: The one for having entered into the rest of Him, also he rested from the works of him, as from the own God did.
KJV: For he that is entered into his rest, he also hath ceased from his own works, as God did from his.
References
"he that"Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 10:12: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;Re 14:13: I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Write: Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes: says the Spirit: that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them."hath"Joh 19:30: When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar: He said: It is finished: and He bowed His head: and gave up the ghost.1Pe 4:1: 2: Forasmuch then as Christ has suffered for us in the flesh: arm yourselves likewise with the same mind: for He that'>He who has suffered in the flesh has ceased from sin;"as"Heb 4:3: 4: For we which have believed do enter into rest'>rest: as he said: As I have sworn in my wrath: if they will enter into my rest'>rest: although the works were finished from the foundation of the world.
σπουδασωμεν ουν εισελθειν εις εκεινην την καταπαυσιν ινα μη εν τω αυτω τις υποδειγματι πεση της απειθειας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4704ΣπουδάσωμενSpoudasōmen (V-ASA-1P) G4704 σπουδάζω spoudázō spoo-dad-zo from σπουδή; to use speed, i.e. to make effort, be prompt or earnest:--do (give) diligence, be diligent (forward), endeavour, labour, study.
|
ΣπουδάσωμενSpoudasōmen
|
We should be diligent
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
to enter
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκείνηνekeinēn (DPro-AFS) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνηνekeinēn
|
that
|
DPro-AFS
|
G2663κατάπαυσιν,katapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.
|
κατάπαυσιν,katapausin
|
rest,
|
N-AFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
same
|
PPro-DN3S
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G5262ὑποδείγματιhypodeigmati (N-DNS) G5262 ὑπόδειγμα hypódeigma hoop-od-igue-mah from ὑποδείκνυμι; an exhibit for imitation or warning (figuratively, specimen, adumbration):--en-(ex-)ample, pattern.
|
ὑποδείγματιhypodeigmati
|
example
|
N-DNS
|
G4098πέσῃpesē (V-ASA-3S) G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πέσῃpesē
|
should fall
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G543ἀπειθείας.apeitheias (N-GFS) G543 ἀπείθεια apeítheia ap-i-thi-ah from ἀπειθής; disbelief (obstinate and rebellious):--disobedience, unbelief.
|
ἀπειθείας.apeitheias
|
of disobedience.
|
N-GFS
|
11
Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest, lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief.Hebrews 4:11
Stats
Counts: 102 characters, 18 words, 82 letters, 33 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: σπουδασωμεν ουν εισελθειν εις εκεινην την καταπαυσιν ινα μη εν τω αυτω τις υποδειγματι πεση της απειθειας
Lit: We should be diligent therefore to enter into that rest, so that not by the same anyone example should fall of disobedience.
KJV: Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest, lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief.
References
"Let"Heb 4:1: Let us therefore fear: lest: a promise being left us of entering into his rest: any of you should seem to come short of it.Heb 6:11: We desire that every one of you do show the same diligence to the full assurance of hope to the end:Mt 7:13: Enter you in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate: and broad is the way: that leads to destruction: and many there be which go in thereat:Mt 11:12: 28-30: From the days of John the Baptist until now the kingdom of heaven suffers violence: and the violent take it by force.Lu 13:24: Strive to enter in at the strait gate: for many: I say to you: will seek to enter in: and will not be able.Lu 16:16: The law and the prophets were until John: since that time the kingdom of God is preached: and every man presss into it.Joh 6:27: not Labour for the meat which perishes: but for that meat which endures to everlasting life: which the Son of man will give to you: for Him has God the Father sealed.Php 2:12: For what reason: my beloved: as you have always obeyed: not as in my presence only: but now much more in my absence: work out your own salvation with fear and trembling.2Pe 1:10: 11: For what reason the rather: brothers: give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if you do these things: you will never fall:"lest"Heb 3:12: 18: 19: Take heed: brothers: lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief: in departing from the living God."unbelief"Ac 26:19: Whereupon: O king Agrippa: I not was disobedient to the heavenly vision:Ro 11:30-32: For as you in times past not have believed God: yet have now obtained mercy through their unbelief:Eph 2:2: Wherein in time past you walked according to the course of this world: according to the prince of the power of the air: the spirit that now works in the children of disobedience:Eph 5:6: Let no man deceive you with vain words: for because of these things comes the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience.Col 3:6: For which things' sake the wrath of God comes on the children of disobedience:Tit 1:16: They profess that they know God; but in works they deny Him: being abominable: and disobedient: and to every good work reprobate.Tit 3:3: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.
ζων γαρ ο λογος του θεου και ενεργης και τομωτερος υπερ πασαν μαχαιραν διστομον και διικνουμενος αχρι μερισμου ψυχης τε και πνευματος αρμων τε και μυελων και κριτικος ενθυμησεων και εννοιων καρδιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2198ΖῶνZōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ΖῶνZōn
|
Living is
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
word
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1756ἐνεργὴςenergēs (Adj-NMS) G1756 ἐνεργής energḗs en-er-gace from ἐν and ἔργον; active, operative:--effectual, powerful.
|
ἐνεργὴςenergēs
|
active,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5114τομώτεροςtomōteros (Adj-NMS-C) G5114 τομώτερος tomṓteros tom-o-ter-os comparative of a derivative of the primary (to cut; more comprehensive or decisive than κόπτω, as if by a single stroke; whereas that implies repeated blows, like hacking); more keen:--sharper.
|
τομώτεροςtomōteros
|
sharper
|
Adj-NMS-C
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
than
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
any
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3162μάχαιρανmachairan (N-AFS) G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μάχαιρανmachairan
|
sword
|
N-AFS
|
G1366δίστομονdistomon (Adj-AFS) G1366 δίστομος dístomos dis-tom-os from δίς and στόμα; double-edged:--with two edges, two-edged.
|
δίστομονdistomon
|
two-edged,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G1338διϊκνούμενοςdiiknoumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1338 διϊκνέομαι diïknéomai dee-ik-neh-om-ahee from διά and the base of ἱκανός; to reach through, i.e. penetrate:--pierce.
|
διϊκνούμενοςdiiknoumenos
|
penetrating
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep) G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
as far as
|
Prep
|
G3311μερισμοῦmerismou (N-GMS) G3311 μερισμός merismós mer-is-mos from μερίζω; a separation or distribution:--dividing asunder, gift.
|
μερισμοῦmerismou
|
the division
|
N-GMS
|
G5590ψυχῆςpsychēs (N-GFS) G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχῆςpsychēs
|
of soul
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4151πνεύματος,pneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματος,pneumatos
|
spirit,
|
N-GNS
|
G719ἁρμῶνharmōn (N-GMP) G719 ἁρμός harmós har-mos from the same as ἅρμα; an articulation (of the body):--joint.
|
ἁρμῶνharmōn
|
of joints
|
N-GMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3452μυελῶν,myelōn (N-GMP) G3452 μυελός myelós moo-el-os perhaps a primary word; the marrow:--marrow.
|
μυελῶν,myelōn
|
marrows,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2924κριτικὸςkritikos (Adj-NMS) G2924 κριτικός kritikós krit-ee-kos from κριτής; decisive (critical), i.e. discriminative:--discerner.
|
κριτικὸςkritikos
|
able to judge
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1761ἐνθυμήσεωνenthymēseōn (N-GFP) G1761 ἐνθύμησις enthýmēsis en-thoo-may-sis from ἐνθυμέομαι; deliberation:--device, thought.
|
ἐνθυμήσεωνenthymēseōn
|
the thoughts
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1771ἐννοιῶνennoiōn (N-GFP) G1771 ἔννοια énnoia en-noy-ah from a compound of ἐν and νοῦς; thoughtfulness, i.e. moral understanding:--intent, mind.
|
ἐννοιῶνennoiōn
|
intentions
|
N-GFP
|
G2588καρδίας·kardias (N-GFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίας·kardias
|
of the heart.
|
N-GFS
|
12
For the word of God is quick, and powerful, and sharper than any twoedged sword, piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.Hebrews 4:12
Stats
Rank: #58 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 231 characters, 36 words, 181 letters, 65 vowels, 116 consonants
Translation
Greek: ζων γαρ ο λογος του θεου και ενεργης και τομωτερος υπερ πασαν μαχαιραν διστομον και διικνουμενος αχρι μερισμου ψυχης τε και πνευματος αρμων τε και μυελων και κριτικος ενθυμησεων και εννοιων καρδιας
Lit: Living is for the word of God, and active, and sharper than any sword two-edged, even penetrating as far as the division of soul and spirit, of joints and also marrows, and able to judge the thoughts and intentions of the heart.
KJV: For the word of God is quick, and powerful, and sharper than any twoedged sword, piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow, and [is] a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.
References
"the word"Heb 13:7: Remember them which have the rule over you: who have spoken to you the word of God: whose faith follow: considering the end of their conversation.Isa 49:2: He has made my mouth like a sharp sword; in the shadow of his hand has he hid me: and made me a polished shaft; in his quiver has he hid me;Lu 8:11: Now the parable is this: The seed is the word of God.Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.2Co 2:17: For we not are as many: which corrupt the word of God: but as of sincerity: but as of God: in the sight of God speak we in Christ.2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years."is quick"Ps 110:2: The LORD will send the rod of your strength out of Zion: rule you in the middle of your enemies.Ps 119:130: The entrance of your words gives'>gives light; it gives'>gives understanding to the simple.Ec 12:11: The words of the wise are as goads: and as nails fastened by the masters of assemblies: which are given from one shepherd.Isa 55:11: So will my word be that goes forth out of my mouth: it will not return to me void: but it will accomplish that which I please: and it will prosper in the thing whereto I sent it.Jer 23:29: Is not my word like as a fire? says the LORD; and like a hammer that breaks the rock in pieces?Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.1Co 1:24: But to them which are called: both Jews and Greeks: Christ the power of God: and the wisdom of God.2Co 10:4: 5: (For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal: but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds;)1Th 2:13: For this cause also thank we God without ceasing: because: when you received the word of God which you heard of us: you received it not as the word of men: but as it is in truth: the word of God: which effectually works also in you that believe.Jas 1:18: Of his own will begot he us with the word of truth: that we should be a kind of firstfruits of his creatures.1Pe 1:23: Being born again: not of corruptible seed: but of incorruptible: by the word of God: which lives and abides for ever.Joh 6:51: I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread: he will live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh: which I will give for the life of the world.1Pe 2:4: 5: To whom coming: as to a living stone: disallowed indeed of men: but chosen of God: and precious: "sharper"Ps 45:3: Gird your sword upon your thigh: O most mighty: with your glory and your majesty.Ps 149:6: Let the high praises of God be in their mouth: and a twoedged sword in their hand;Pr 5:4: But her end is bitter as wormwood: sharp as a twoedged sword.Isa 11:4: But with righteousness will he judge the poor: and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and he will smite the earth with the rod of his mouth: and with the breath of his lips will he kill the wicked.Isa 49:2: He has made my mouth like a sharp sword; in the shadow of his hand has he hid me: and made me a polished shaft; in his quiver has he hid me;Ac 2:37: Now when they heard this: they were pricked in their heart: and said to Peter and to the rest of the apostles: Men and brothers: what will we do?Ac 5:33: When they heard that: they were cut to the heart: and took counsel to kill them.Eph 6:17: Take the helmet of salvation: and the sword of the Spirit: which is the word of God:Re 1:16: He had in his right hand 7 stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his face was as the sun shines in his strength.Re 2:16: Repent; or else I will come to you quickly: and will fight against them with the sword of my mouth.Re 19:15: 21: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God."and is"Ps 139:2: You know my downsitting and my uprising: you understand my thought afar off.Jer 17:10: I the LORD search the heart: I try the reins: even to give every man according to His ways: and according to the fruit of His doings.1Co 14:24: 25: But if all prophesy: and there come in one that believes not: or one unlearned: he is convinced of all: he is judged of all:Eph 5:13: But all things that are reproved are made manifest'>manifest by the light: for whatever does make manifest'>manifest is light.Re 2:23: I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works.
και ουκ εστιν κτισις αφανης ενωπιον αυτου παντα δε γυμνα και τετραχηλισμενα τοις οφθαλμοις αυτου προς ον ημιν ο λογος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2937κτίσιςktisis (N-NFS) G2937 κτίσις ktísis ktis-is from κτίζω; original formation (properly, the act; by implication, the thing, literally or figuratively):--building, creation, creature, ordinance.
|
κτίσιςktisis
|
creature
|
N-NFS
|
G852ἀφανὴςaphanēs (Adj-NFS) G852 ἀφανής aphanḗs af-an-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and φαίνω; non-apparent:--that is not manifest.
|
ἀφανὴςaphanēs
|
hidden
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep) G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
Him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1131γυμνὰgymna (Adj-NNP) G1131 γυμνός gymnós goom-nos of uncertain affinity; nude (absolute or relative, literal or figurative):--naked.
|
γυμνὰgymna
|
are uncovered
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5136τετραχηλισμέναtetrachēlismena (V-RPM/P-NNP) G5136 τραχηλίζω trachēlízō trakh-ay-lid-zo from τράχηλος; to seize by the throat or neck, i.e. to expose the gullet of a victim for killing (generally, to lay bare):--opened.
|
τετραχηλισμέναtetrachēlismena
|
laid bare
|
V-RPM/P-NNP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοῖςophthalmois (N-DMP) G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοῖςophthalmois
|
eyes
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
is our
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3056λόγος.logos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγος.logos
|
reckoning.
|
N-NMS
|
13
Neither is there any creature that not is manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened to the eyes of him with whom we have to do.Hebrews 4:13
Stats
Rank: #2876 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 146 characters, 29 words, 115 letters, 45 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουκ εστιν κτισις αφανης ενωπιον αυτου παντα δε γυμνα και τετραχηλισμενα τοις οφθαλμοις αυτου προς ον ημιν ο λογος
Lit: And not there is creature hidden before Him; all things however are uncovered and laid bare to the eyes of Him to whom is our reckoning.
KJV: Neither is there any creature that is not manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened unto the eyes of him with whom we have to do.
References
"is there"1Sa 16:7: But the LORD said to Samuel: not Look on His face: or on the height of His stature; because I have refused Him: for the LORD sees not as man sees; for man looks'>looks on the outward appearance: but the LORD looks'>looks on the heart.1Ch 28:9: you: Solomon my son: know you the God of your father: and serve Him with a perfect heart and with a willing mind: for the LORD searches all hearts: and understands all the imaginations of the thoughts: if you seek Him: He will be found of you; but if you forsake Him: He will cast you off for ever.2Ch 6:30: Then hear you from heaven your dwelling place: and forgive: and render to every man according to all his ways: whose heart you know'>know; (for you only know'>know the hearts of the children of men:)Ps 7:9: Oh let the wickedness of the wicked come to an end; but establish the just: for the righteous God tries the hearts and reins.Ps 33:13-15: The LORD looks from heaven; He beholds all the sons of men.Ps 44:21: Will not God search this out? for He knows the secrets of the heart.Ps 90:8: You have set our iniquities before you: our secret sins in the light of your face.Ps 139:11: If I say: Surely the darkness will cover me; even the night will be light about me.Ps 139:12: Yes: the darkness hides not from you; but the night shines as the day: the darkness and the light are both alike to you.Pr 15:3: 11: The eyes of the LORD are in every place: beholding the evil and the good.Jer 17:10: 23: 24: I the LORD search the heart: I try the reins: even to give every man according to His ways: and according to the fruit of His doings.Joh 2:24: But Jesus not did commit Himself to them: because He knew all men: Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.Re 2:23: I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works."naked"Job 26:6: Hell is naked before him: and destruction has no covering.Job 34:21: For his eyes are upon the ways of man: and he sees all his goings.Job 38:17: Have the gates of death been opened to you? or have you seen the doors of the shadow of death?"with"Ec 12:14: For God will bring every work into judgment: with every secret thing: whether it be good: or whether it be evil.Mt 7:21: 22: Not every one that says to me: Lord: Lord: will enter into the kingdom of heaven; but He that'>He who does the will of my Father which is in heaven.Mt 25:31: 32: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Joh 5:22-29: For the Father judges no man: but has committed all judgment to the Son:Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Ro 2:16: In the day when God will judge the secrets of men by Jesus Christ according to my gospel.Ro 14:9-12: For to this end Christ both died: and rose: and revived: that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.Re 20:11-15: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.
Jesus As High Priest
εχοντες ουν αρχιερεα μεγαν διεληλυθοτα τους ουρανους ιησουν τον υιον του θεου κρατωμεν της ομολογιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2192ἜχοντεςEchontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἜχοντεςEchontes
|
Having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G749ἀρχιερέαarchierea (N-AMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέαarchierea
|
a high priest
|
N-AMS
|
G3173μέγανmegan (Adj-AMS) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγανmegan
|
great,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1330διεληλυθόταdielēlythota (V-RPA-AMS) G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διεληλυθόταdielēlythota
|
having passed through
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3772οὐρανούς,ouranous (N-AMP) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανούς,ouranous
|
heavens,
|
N-AMP
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸνHuion (N-AMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸνHuion
|
Son
|
N-AMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2902κρατῶμενkratōmen (V-PSA-1P) G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατῶμενkratōmen
|
we should hold firmly
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
to our
|
Art-GFS
|
G3671ὁμολογίας.homologias (N-GFS) G3671 ὁμολογία homología hom-ol-og-ee-ah from the same as ὁμολογέω; acknowledgment:--con- (pro-)fession, professed.
|
ὁμολογίας.homologias
|
confession.
|
N-GFS
|
14
Seeing then that we have a great high priest, that is passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession.
Hebrews 4:14
Stats
Rank: #340 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 23 words, 104 letters, 40 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: εχοντες ουν αρχιερεα μεγαν διεληλυθοτα τους ουρανους ιησουν τον υιον του θεου κρατωμεν της ομολογιας
Lit: Having therefore a high priest great, having passed through the heavens, Jesus, the Son of God, we should hold firmly to our confession.
KJV: Seeing then that we have a great high priest, that is passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession.
References
"a great"Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Heb 3:1: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;Heb 3:5: 6: Moses truly was faithful in all his house: as a servant: for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after;"that is"Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 7:25: 26: For what reason He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come to God by Him: seeing He ever lives to make intercession for them.Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Heb 9:12: 24: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.Heb 10:12: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Mr 16:19: So then after the Lord had spoken to them: He was received up into heaven: and sat on the right hand of God.Lu 24:51: It came to pass: while he blessed them: he was parted from them: and carried up into heaven.Ac 1:11: Which also said: You men of Galilee: why stand you gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus: which is taken up from you into heaven: will so come in like manner as you have seen Him go into heaven.Ac 3:21: Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things: which God has spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began.Ro 8:34: Who is He that'>He who condemns? It is Christ that died: yes rather: that is risen again: who is even at the right hand of God: who also makes intercession for us."Jesus"Heb 1:2: 8: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;Mr 1:1: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ: the Son of God;"let"Heb 2:1: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.Heb 3:6: 14: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 10:23: Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;)
ου γαρ εχομεν αρχιερεα μη δυναμενον συμπαθησαι ταις ασθενειαις ημων {VAR1: πεπειραμενον } {VAR2: πεπειρασμενον } δε κατα παντα καθ ομοιοτητα χωρις αμαρτιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχομενechomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομενechomen
|
have we
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G749ἀρχιερέαarchierea (N-AMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέαarchierea
|
a high priest
|
N-AMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δυνάμενονdynamenon (V-PPM/P-AMS) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνάμενονdynamenon
|
being able
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G4834συμπαθῆσαιsympathēsai (V-ANA) G4834 συμπαθέω sympathéō soom-path-eh-o from συμπαθής; to feel sympathy with, i.e. (by implication) to commiserate:--have compassion, be touched with a feeling of.
|
συμπαθῆσαιsympathēsai
|
to sympathize
|
V-ANA
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
with the
|
Art-DFP
|
G769ἀσθενείαιςastheneiais (N-DFP) G769 ἀσθένεια asthéneia as-then-i-ah from ἀσθενής; feebleness (of mind or body); by implication, malady; morally, frailty:--disease, infirmity, sickness, weakness.
|
ἀσθενείαιςastheneiais
|
weaknesses
|
N-DFP
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us;
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3985πεπειρασμένονpepeirasmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πεπειρασμένονpepeirasmenon
|
one having been tempted
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3665ὁμοιότηταhomoiotēta (N-AFS) G3665 ὁμοιότης homoiótēs hom-oy-ot-ace from ὅμοιος; resemblance:--like as, similitude.
|
ὁμοιότηταhomoiotēta
|
the same way,
|
N-AFS
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
without
|
Prep
|
G266ἁμαρτίας.hamartias (N-GFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίας.hamartias
|
sin.
|
N-GFS
|
15
For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin.Hebrews 4:15
Stats
Rank: #251 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 154 characters, 28 words, 122 letters, 48 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ εχομεν αρχιερεα μη δυναμενον συμπαθησαι ταις ασθενειαις ημων {VAR1: πεπειραμενον } {VAR2: πεπειρασμενον } δε κατα παντα καθ ομοιοτητα χωρις αμαρτιας
Lit: Not for have we a high priest not being able to sympathize with the weaknesses of us; one having been tempted however in all things by the same way, without sin.
KJV: For we have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin.
References
"we have"Heb 5:2: Who can have compassion on the ignorant: and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself also is compassed with infirmity.Ex 23:9: Also you will not oppress a stranger: for you know the heart of a stranger: seeing you were strangers in the land of Egypt.Isa 53:4: 5: Surely He has borne our griefs: and carried our sorrows: yet we did esteem Him stricken: smitten of God: and afflicted.Ho 11:8: How will I give you up: Ephraim? how will I deliver you: Israel? how will I make you as Admah? how will I set you as Zeboim? my heart is turned within me: my repentings are kindled together.Mt 8:16: 17: When the even was come: they brought to him many that were possessed with devils: and he cast out the spirits with his word: and healed all that were sick:Mt 12:20: A bruised reed will not he break: and smoking flax will not he quench: till he send forth judgment to victory.Php 2:7: 8: But made himself of no reputation: and took upon him the form of a servant: and was made in the likeness of men:"tempted"Heb 2:17: 18: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Lu 4:2: Being 40 days tempted of the devil. And in those days he did not eathing: and when they were ended: he afterward hungered.Lu 22:28: You are they which have continued with me in my temptations."yet"Heb 7:26: For such an high priest became us: who is holy: harmless: undefiled: separate from sinners: and made higher than the heavens;Isa 53:9: He made his grave with the wicked: and with the rich in his death; because he had done no violence: neither was any deceit in his mouth.Joh 8:46: Which of you convinces me of sin? And if I say the truth: why do you not believe me?2Co 5:21: For He has made Him to be sin for us: who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.1Pe 2:22: Who did no sin: neither was guile found in his mouth:1Jo 3:5: you know that he was manifested to take away our sins; and in him is no sin.
προσερχωμεθα ουν μετα παρρησιας τω θρονω της χαριτος ινα λαβωμεν ελεον και χαριν ευρωμεν εις ευκαιρον βοηθειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4334προσερχώμεθαproserchōmetha (V-PSM/P-1P) G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσερχώμεθαproserchōmetha
|
We should come
|
V-PSM/P-1P
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3954παρρησίαςparrēsias (N-GFS) G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).
|
παρρησίαςparrēsias
|
boldness
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2362θρόνῳthronō (N-DMS) G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνῳthronō
|
throne
|
N-DMS
|
G5485χάριτος,charitos (N-GFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτος,charitos
|
of grace,
|
N-GFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2983λάβωμενlabōmen (V-ASA-1P) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβωμενlabōmen
|
we may receive
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G1656ἔλεοςeleos (N-ANS) G1656 ἔλεος éleos el-eh-os of uncertain affinity; compassion (human or divine, especially active):--(+ tender) mercy.
|
ἔλεοςeleos
|
mercy
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάρινcharin
|
grace
|
N-AFS
|
G2147εὕρωμενheurōmen (V-ASA-1P) G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὕρωμενheurōmen
|
may find
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2121εὔκαιρονeukairon (Adj-AFS) G2121 εὔκαιρος eúkairos yoo-kahee-ros from εὖ and καιρός; well-timed, i.e. opportune:--convenient, in time of need.
|
εὔκαιρονeukairon
|
in time of need
|
Adj-AFS
|
G996βοήθειαν.boētheian (N-AFS) G996 βοήθεια boḗtheia bo-ay-thi-ah from βοηθός; aid; specially, a rope or chain for frapping a vessel:--help.
|
βοήθειαν.boētheian
|
help.
|
N-AFS
|
16
Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need.Hebrews 4:16
Stats
Rank: #730 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 22 words, 94 letters, 36 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσερχωμεθα ουν μετα παρρησιας τω θρονω της χαριτος ινα λαβωμεν ελεον και χαριν ευρωμεν εις ευκαιρον βοηθειαν
Lit: We should come therefore with boldness to the throne of grace, so that we may receive mercy and grace may find for in time of need help.
KJV: Let us therefore come boldly unto the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need.
References
"come"Heb 10:19-23: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus: Heb 13:6: So that we may boldly say: The Lord is my helper: and I not will fear what man will do to me.Ro 8:15-17: For you not have received the spirit of bondage again to fear; but you have received the Spirit of adoption: whereby we cry: Abba: Father.Eph 2:18: For through Him we both have access by one Spirit to the Father.Eph 3:12: In whom we have boldness and access with confidence by the faith of him."the throne"Heb 9:5: Over it the cherubims of glory shadowing the mercyseat; of which we cannot now speak particularly.Ex 25:17-22: you will make a mercy seat of pure gold: two cubits and a half will be the length thereof: and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof.Le 16:2: The LORD said to Moses: Speak to Aaron your brother: that He not come at all times into the holy place within the vail before the mercy seat: which is upon the ark; that He not die: for I will appear in the cloud upon the mercy seat.1Ch 28:11: Then David gave to Solomon his son the pattern of the porch: and of the houses thereof: and of the treasuries thereof: and of the upper chambers thereof: and of the inner parlours thereof: and of the place of the mercy seat: "obtain"Isa 27:11: When the boughs thereof are withered: they will be broken off: the women come: and set them on fire: for it is a people of no understanding: therefore he who made them not will have mercy on them: and he who formed them will show them no favour.Isa 55:6: 7: Seek you the LORD while He may be found: call you upon Him while He is near:Mt 7:7-11: Ask: and it will be given you; seek: and you will find; knock: and it will be opened to you:2Co 12:8-10: For this thing I besought the Lord thrice: that it might depart from me.Php 4:6: 7: Be careful not forhing; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God.1Pe 2:10: Which in time past were not a people: but are now the people of God: which not had obtained mercy: but now have obtained mercy.
5
Much to Say About This
πας γαρ αρχιερευς εξ ανθρωπων λαμβανομενος υπερ ανθρωπων καθισταται τα προς τον θεον ινα προσφερη δωρα τε και θυσιας υπερ αμαρτιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956ΠᾶςPas (Adj-NMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
ΠᾶςPas
|
Every
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest,
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from among
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
men
|
N-GMP
|
G2983λαμβανόμενοςlambanomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβανόμενοςlambanomenos
|
being taken,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
on behalf of
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
men
|
N-GMP
|
G2525καθίσταταιkathistatai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2525 καθίστημι kathístēmi kath-is-tay-mee from κατά and ἵστημι; to place down (permanently), i.e. (figuratively) to designate, constitute, convoy:--appoint, be, conduct, make, ordain, set.
|
καθίσταταιkathistatai
|
is appointed,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
in things
|
Art-ANP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
relating to
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4374προσφέρῃprospherē (V-PSA-3S) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφέρῃprospherē
|
he should offer
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G1435δῶράdōra (N-ANP) G1435 δῶρον dōron do-ron, Noun Neuter
|
δῶράdōra
|
gifts
|
N-ANP
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2378θυσίαςthysias (N-AFP) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίαςthysias
|
sacrifices
|
N-AFP
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶν,hamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶν,hamartiōn
|
sins,
|
N-GFP
|
1
For every high priest taken from among men is ordained for men in things pertaining to God, that He may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins:Hebrews 5:1
Stats
Counts: 145 characters, 26 words, 117 letters, 41 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: πας γαρ αρχιερευς εξ ανθρωπων λαμβανομενος υπερ ανθρωπων καθισταται τα προς τον θεον ινα προσφερη δωρα τε και θυσιας υπερ αμαρτιων
Lit: Every for high priest, from among men being taken, on behalf of men is appointed, in things relating to God that he should offer gifts both and sacrifices for sins,
KJV: For every high priest taken from among men is ordained for men in things pertaining to God, that he may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins:
References
"every"Heb 10:11: Every priest stands daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices: which can never take away sins:Ex 28:1-14: Take you to you Aaron your brother: and his sons with him: from among the children of Israel: that he may minister to me in the priest's office: even Aaron: Nadab and Abihu: Eleazar and Ithamar: Aaron's sons.Ex 29:1-37: This is the thing that you will do to them to hallow them: to minister to me in the priest's office: Take one young bullock: and two rams without blemish: Le 8:2: Take Aaron and his sons with him: and the garments: and the anointing oil: and a bullock for the sin offering: and two rams: and a basket of unleavened bread;"is ordained"Heb 8:3: For every high priest is ordained to offer gifts and sacrifices: for what reason it is of necessity that this man have somewhat also to offer."for men"Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Nu 16:46-48: Moses said to Aaron: Take a censer: and put fire therein from off the altar: and put on incense: and go quickly to the congregation: and make an atonement for them: for there is wrath gone out from the LORD; the plague is begun.Nu 18:1-3: The LORD said to Aaron: You and your sons and your father's house with you will bear the iniquity of the sanctuary: and you and your sons with you will bear the iniquity of your priesthood."both"Heb 8:3: For every high priest is ordained to offer gifts and sacrifices: for what reason it is of necessity that this man have somewhat also to offer.Heb 9:9: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Heb 10:11: Every priest stands daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices: which can never take away sins:Heb 11:4: By faith Abel offered to God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain: by which He obtained witness that He was righteous: God testifying of His gifts: and by it He being dead yet speaketh.Le 9:7: 15-21: Moses said to Aaron: Go to the altar: and offer your sin offering: and your burnt offering: and make an atonement for yourself: and for the people: and offer the offering of the people: and make an atonement for them; as the LORD commanded.
μετριοπαθειν δυναμενος τοις αγνοουσιν και πλανωμενοις επει και αυτος περικειται ασθενειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3356μετριοπαθεῖνmetriopathein (V-PNA) G3356 μετριοπαθέω metriopathéō met-ree-op-ath-eh-o from a compound of the base of μετρίως and πάθος; to be moderate in passion, i.e. gentle (to treat indulgently):--have compassion.
|
μετριοπαθεῖνmetriopathein
|
to exercise forbearance
|
V-PNA
|
G1410δυνάμενοςdynamenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνάμενοςdynamenos
|
being able,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with those
|
Art-DMP
|
G50ἀγνοοῦσινagnoousin (V-PPA-DMP) G50 ἀγνοέω agnoéō ag-no-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and νοιέω; not to know (through lack of information or intelligence); by implication, to ignore (through disinclination):--(be) ignorant(-ly), not know, not understand, unknown.
|
ἀγνοοῦσινagnoousin
|
being ignorant
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4105πλανωμένοις,planōmenois (V-PPM/P-DMP) G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανωμένοις,planōmenois
|
going astray,
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἐπεὶepei
|
since
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G4029περίκειταιperikeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G4029 περίκειμαι períkeimai per-ik-i-mahee from περί and κεῖμαι; to lie all around, i.e. inclose, encircle, hamper (literally or figuratively):--be bound (compassed) with, hang about.
|
περίκειταιperikeitai
|
is encompassed by
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G769ἀσθένειαν,astheneian (N-AFS) G769 ἀσθένεια asthéneia as-then-i-ah from ἀσθενής; feebleness (of mind or body); by implication, malady; morally, frailty:--disease, infirmity, sickness, weakness.
|
ἀσθένειαν,astheneian
|
weakness;
|
N-AFS
|
2
Who can have compassion on the ignorant, and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself also is compassed with infirmity.Hebrews 5:2
Stats
Rank: #9194 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 131 characters, 23 words, 104 letters, 39 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετριοπαθειν δυναμενος τοις αγνοουσιν και πλανωμενοις επει και αυτος περικειται ασθενειαν
Lit: to exercise forbearance being able, with those being ignorant and going astray, since also he himself is encompassed by weakness;
KJV: Who can have compassion on the ignorant, and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself also is compassed with infirmity.
References
"Who"Heb 2:18: For in that he himself has suffered being tempted: he is able to succour them that are tempted.Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin."ignorant"Nu 15:22-29: If you have erred: not and observed all these commandments: which the LORD has spoken to Moses: 1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief."them"Heb 12:13: Make straight paths for your feet: lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed.Ex 32:8: They have turned aside quickly out of the way which I commanded them: they have made them a molten calf: and have worshipped it: and have sacrificed thereunto: and said: These be your gods: O Israel: which have brought you up out of the land of Egypt.Jg 2:17: Yet they not would listen to their judges: but they went a whoring after other gods: and bowed themselves to them: they turned quickly out of the way which their fathers walked in: obeying the commandments of the LORD; but they not did so.Isa 30:11: Get you out of the way: turn aside out of the path: cause the Holy one of Israel to cease from before us."is compassed"Heb 7:28: For the law makes men high priests which have infirmity; but the word of the oath: which was since the law: makes the Son: who is consecrated for evermore.Ex 32:2-5: 21-24: Aaron said to them: Break off the golden earrings: which are in the ears of your wives: of your sons: and of your daughters: and bring them to me.Nu 12:1-9: Miriam and Aaron spoke against Moses because of the Ethiopian woman whom he had married: for he had married an Ethiopian woman.Nu 20:10-12: Moses and Aaron gathered the congregation together before the rock: and he said to them: Hear now: you rebels; must we fetch you water out of this rock?Lu 22:32: But I have prayed for you: that your faith not fail: and when you are converted: strengthen your brothers.2Co 11:30: If I must needs glory: I will glory of the things which concern my infirmities.2Co 12:5: 9: 10: Of such an one will I glory: yet of myself I not will glory: but in my infirmities.Ga 4:13: You know how through infirmity of the flesh I preached the gospel to you at the first.
και δια ταυτην οφειλει καθως περι του λαου ουτως και περι εαυτου προσφερειν υπερ αμαρτιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
this
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3784ὀφείλει,opheilei (V-PIA-3S) G3784 ὀφείλω opheílō of-i-leh-o probably from the base of ὄφελος (through the idea of accruing); to owe (pecuniarily); figuratively, to be under obligation (ought, must, should); morally, to fail in duty:--behove, be bound, (be) debt(-or), (be) due(-ty), be guilty (indebted), (must) need(-s), ought, owe, should. See also ὄφελον.
|
ὀφείλει,opheilei
|
he is obligated,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
just as
|
Adv
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦ,laou (N-GMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦ,laou
|
people,
|
N-GMS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G846αὑτοῦ*hautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὑτοῦ*hautou
|
himself,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4374προσφέρεινprospherein (V-PNA) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφέρεινprospherein
|
to offer sacrifices
|
V-PNA
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶν.hamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶν.hamartiōn
|
sins.
|
N-GFP
|
3
By reason hereof he ought, as for the people, so also for himself, to offer for sins.Hebrews 5:3
Stats
Counts: 89 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 27 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και δια ταυτην οφειλει καθως περι του λαου ουτως και περι εαυτου προσφερειν υπερ αμαρτιων
Lit: and because of this he is obligated, just as for the people, so also for himself, to offer sacrifices for sins.
KJV: And by reason hereof he ought, as for the people, so also for himself, to offer for sins.
References
"as"Heb 7:27: Who needs not daily: as those high priests: to offer up sacrifice: first for his own sins: and then for the people's: for this he did once: when he offered up himself.Heb 9:7: But into the second went the high priest alone once every year: not without blood: which he offered for himself: and for the errors of the people:Ex 29:12-19: you will take of the blood of the bullock: and put it upon the horns of the altar with your finger: and pour all the blood beside the bottom of the altar.Le 4:3-12: If the priest that is anointed do sin according to the sin of the people; then let Him bring for His sin: which He has sinned: a young bullock without blemish to the LORD for a sin offering.Le 8:14-21: He brought the bullock for the sin offering: and Aaron and his sons laid their hands upon the head of the bullock for the sin offering.Le 9:7: Moses said to Aaron: Go to the altar: and offer your sin offering: and your burnt offering: and make an atonement for yourself: and for the people: and offer the offering of the people: and make an atonement for them; as the LORD commanded.Le 16:6: 15: Aaron will offer his bullock of the sin offering: which is for himself: and make an atonement for himself: and for his house.
και ουχ εαυτω τις λαμβανει την τιμην αλλα ο καλουμενος υπο του θεου καθαπερ και ο ααρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1438ἑαυτῷheautō (RefPro-DM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῷheautō
|
upon himself
|
RefPro-DM3S
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2983λαμβάνειlambanei (V-PIA-3S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνειlambanei
|
takes
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5092τιμήν,timēn (N-AFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμήν,timēn
|
honor,
|
N-AFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but rather
|
Conj
|
G2564καλούμενοςkaloumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενοςkaloumenos
|
being called
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2531καθώσπερkathōsper (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθώσπερkathōsper
|
just as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2Ἀαρών.Aarōn (N-NMS) G2 Ἀαρών Aarṓn ah-ar-ohn of Hebrew origin (אַהֲרוֹן); Aaron, the brother of Moses:--Aaron.
|
Ἀαρών.Aarōn
|
Aaron.
|
N-NMS
|
4
No man takes this honour to Himself, but He that'>He who is called of God, as was Aaron.Hebrews 5:4
Stats
Rank: #9916 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 87 characters, 16 words, 67 letters, 26 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουχ εαυτω τις λαμβανει την τιμην αλλα ο καλουμενος υπο του θεου καθαπερ και ο ααρων
Lit: And not upon himself anyone takes the honor, but rather being called by God, just as also Aaron.
KJV: And no man taketh this honour unto himself, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron.
References
"And no man taketh this honour unto himself, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron."Ex 28:1: Take you to you Aaron your brother: and his sons with him: from among the children of Israel: that he may minister to me in the priest's office: even Aaron: Nadab and Abihu: Eleazar and Ithamar: Aaron's sons.Le 8:2: Take Aaron and his sons with him: and the garments: and the anointing oil: and a bullock for the sin offering: and two rams: and a basket of unleavened bread;Nu 3:3: These are the names of the sons of Aaron: the priests which were anointed: whom he consecrated to minister in the priest's office.Nu 16:5: 7: 10: 35: 40: 46-48: He spoke to Korah and to all His company: saying: Even to morrow the LORD will show who are His: and who is holy; and will cause Him to come near to Him: even Him whom He has chosen will He cause to come near to Him.Nu 17:3-11: you will write Aaron's name upon the rod of Levi: for one rod will be for the head of the house of their fathers.Nu 18:1-5: The LORD said to Aaron: You and your sons and your father's house with you will bear the iniquity of the sanctuary: and you and your sons with you will bear the iniquity of your priesthood.1Ch 23:13: The sons of Amram; Aaron and Moses: and Aaron was separated: that He should sanctify the most holy things: He and His sons for ever: to burn incense before the LORD: to minister to Him: and to bless in His name for ever.2Ch 26:18: They withstood Uzziah the king: and said to Him: It appertaineth not to you: Uzziah: to burn incense to the LORD: but to the priests the sons of Aaron: that are consecrated to burn incense: go out of the sanctuary; for you have trespassed; neither will it be for your honour from the LORD God.Joh 3:27: John answered and said: A man can not receivehing: except it be given him from heaven.
ουτως και ο χριστος ουχ εαυτον εδοξασεν γενηθηναι αρχιερεα αλλ ο λαλησας προς αυτον υιος μου ει συ εγω σημερον γεγεννηκα σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3779ΟὕτωςHoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
ΟὕτωςHoutōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
Himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G1392ἐδόξασενedoxasen (V-AIA-3S) G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.
|
ἐδόξασενedoxasen
|
did glorify
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1096γενηθῆναιgenēthēnai (V-ANP) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενηθῆναιgenēthēnai
|
to become
|
V-ANP
|
G749ἀρχιερέα,archierea (N-AMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέα,archierea
|
a high priest,
|
N-AMS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2980λαλήσαςlalēsas (V-APA-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσαςlalēsas
|
having said
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
Him:
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5207ΥἱόςHuios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱόςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G4771σύ,sy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σύ,sy
|
You,
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερονsēmeron
|
today
|
Adv
|
G1080γεγέννηκάgegennēka (V-RIA-1S) G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
γεγέννηκάgegennēka
|
have begotten
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771σε·se (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε·se
|
You.”
|
PPro-A2S
|
5
So also Christ not glorified Himself to be made an high priest; but He that'>He who said to Him, You are my Son, today have I begotten you.
Hebrews 5:5
Stats
Counts: 136 characters, 25 words, 105 letters, 41 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως και ο χριστος ουχ εαυτον εδοξασεν γενηθηναι αρχιερεα αλλ ο λαλησας προς αυτον υιος μου ει συ εγω σημερον γεγεννηκα σε
Lit: So also Christ not Himself did glorify to become a high priest, but the One having said to Him: Son of Me are You, I today have begotten You.”
KJV: So also Christ glorified not himself to be made an high priest; but he that said unto him, Thou art my Son, to day have I begotten thee.
References
"Christ"Joh 7:18: He who speaks of himself seeks'>seeks his own glory: but he who seeks'>seeks his glory that sent him: the same is true: and no unrighteousness is in him.Joh 8:54: Jesus answered: If I honour myself: my honour not ishing: it is my Father that honours me; of whom you say: that He is your God:"Thou"Heb 1:5: For to which of the angels said He at any time: You are my Son: this day have I begotten you? And again: I will be to Him a Father: and He will be to me a Son?Ps 2:7: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Mic 5:2: But you: Bethlehem Ephratah: though you be little among the thousands of Judah: yet out of you will he come forth to me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old: from everlasting.Joh 3:16: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.Ac 13:33: God has fulfilled the same to us their children: in that He has raised up Jesus again; as it is also written in the second psalm: You are my Son: this day have I begotten you.Ro 8:3: For what the law not could do: in that it was weak through the flesh: God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh: and for sin: condemned sin in the flesh:
καθως και εν ετερω λεγει συ ιερευς εις τον αιωνα κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2531Καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
Καθὼςkathōs
|
Just as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2087ἑτέρῳheterō (Adj-DMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρῳheterō
|
another place
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says:
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣὺSy
|
You are
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2409ἱερεὺςhiereus (N-NMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεὺςhiereus
|
a priest
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G165αἰῶναaiōna (N-AMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναaiōna
|
age,
|
N-AMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5010τάξινtaxin (N-AFS) G5010 τάξις táxis tax-is from τάσσω; regular arrangement, i.e. (in time) fixed succession (of rank or character), official dignity:--order.
|
τάξινtaxin
|
order
|
N-AFS
|
G3198Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek (N-GMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.
|
Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek
|
of Melchizedek.”
|
N-GMS
|
6
As he says also in another place, You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.
Hebrews 5:6
Stats
Rank: #1274 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 15 words, 74 letters, 31 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: καθως και εν ετερω λεγει συ ιερευς εις τον αιωνα κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ
Lit: Just as also in another place He says: You are a priest to the age, according to the order of Melchizedek.”
KJV: As he saith also in another place, Thou [art] a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.
References
"Thou"Heb 5:10: Called of God an high priest after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 7:3: 15: 17: 21: Without father: without mother: without descent: having neither beginning of days: nor end of life; but made like to the Son of God; abides a priest continually.Ps 110:4: The LORD has sworn: and not will repent: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek."Melchisedec"Ge 14:18: 19: Melchizedek king of Salem brought forth bread and wine: and He was the priest of the most high God.
ος εν ταις ημεραις της σαρκος αυτου δεησεις τε και ικετηριας προς τον δυναμενον σωζειν αυτον εκ θανατου μετα κραυγης ισχυρας και δακρυων προσενεγκας και εισακουσθεις απο της ευλαβειας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739Ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
Ὃςhos
|
He
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4561σαρκὸςsarkos (N-GFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σαρκὸςsarkos
|
flesh
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1162δεήσειςdeēseis (N-AFP) G1162 δέησις déēsis deh-ay-sis from δέομαι; a petition:--prayer, request, supplication.
|
δεήσειςdeēseis
|
prayers
|
N-AFP
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2428ἱκετηρίαςhiketērias (N-AFP) G2428 ἱκετηρία hiketēría hik-et-ay-ree-ah from a derivative of the base of ἱκανός (through the idea of approaching for a favor); intreaty:--supplication.
|
ἱκετηρίαςhiketērias
|
supplications,
|
N-AFP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G1410δυνάμενονdynamenon (V-PPM/P-AMS) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνάμενονdynamenon
|
being able
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G4982σῴζεινsōzein (V-PNA) G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σῴζεινsōzein
|
to save
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
death,
|
N-GMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2906κραυγῆςkraugēs (N-GFS) G2906 κραυγή kraugḗ krow-gay from κράζω; an outcry (in notification, tumult or grief):--clamour, cry(-ing).
|
κραυγῆςkraugēs
|
crying
|
N-GFS
|
G2478ἰσχυρᾶςischyras (Adj-GFS) G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρᾶςischyras
|
loud
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1144δακρύωνdakryōn (N-GNP) G1144 δάκρυ dákry dak-roo-on of uncertain affinity; a tear:--tear.
|
δακρύωνdakryōn
|
tears
|
N-GNP
|
G4374προσενέγκαςprosenenkas (V-APA-NMS) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσενέγκαςprosenenkas
|
having offered up,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1522εἰσακουσθεὶςeisakoustheis (V-APP-NMS) G1522 εἰσακούω eisakoúō ice-ak-oo-o from εἰς and ἀκούω; to listen to:--hear.
|
εἰσακουσθεὶςeisakoustheis
|
having been heard,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G2124εὐλαβείας,eulabeias (N-GFS) G2124 εὐλάβεια eulábeia yoo-lab-i-ah from εὐλαβής; properly, caution, i.e. (religiously) reverence (piety); by implication, dread (concretely):--fear(-ed).
|
εὐλαβείας,eulabeias
|
reverence,
|
N-GFS
|
7
Who in the days of his flesh, when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death, and was heard in that he feared;Hebrews 5:7
Stats
Rank: #1875 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 187 characters, 35 words, 148 letters, 52 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος εν ταις ημεραις της σαρκος αυτου δεησεις τε και ικετηριας προς τον δυναμενον σωζειν αυτον εκ θανατου μετα κραυγης ισχυρας και δακρυων προσενεγκας και εισακουσθεις απο της ευλαβειας
Lit: He in the days of the flesh of Him, prayers both and supplications, to the One being able to save Him from death, with crying loud and tears having offered up, and having been heard, because of reverence,
KJV: Who in the days of his flesh, when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears unto him that was able to save him from death, and was heard in that he feared;
References
"the"Heb 2:14: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;Joh 1:14: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Ro 8:3: For what the law not could do: in that it was weak through the flesh: God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh: and for sin: condemned sin in the flesh:Ga 4:4: But when the fulness of the time was come: God sent forth His Son: made of a woman: made under the law: 1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory.1Jo 4:3: Every spirit that confesss not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh not is of God: and this is that spirit of antichrist: whereof you have heard that it should come; and even now already is it in the world.2Jo 1:7: For many deceivers are entered into the world: who not confess that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist."when"Ps 22:1-21: Aijeleth Shahar: A Psalm of David.>> My God: my God: why have you forsaken me? why are you so far from helping me: and from the words of my roaring?Ps 69:1: A Psalm of David.>> Save me: O God; for the waters are come in to my soul.Ps 88:1: or Psalm for the sons of Korah: to the chief Musician upon Mahalath Leannoth: Maschil of Heman the Ezrahite.>> O LORD God of my salvation: I have cried day and night before you:Mt 26:28-44: For this is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many for the remission of sins.Mr 14:32-39: They came to a place which was named Gethsemane: and he says to his disciples: Sit you here: while I will pray.Le 2:2: He will bring it to Aaron's sons the priests: and He will take thereout His handful of the flour thereof: and of the oil thereof: with all the frankincense thereof; and the priest will burn the memorial of it upon the altar: to be an offering made by fire: of a sweet savour to the LORD:Le 4:4-14: He will bring the bullock to the door of the tabernacle of the congregation before the LORD; and will lay His hand upon the bullock's head: and kill the bullock before the LORD.Joh 17:1: These words spoke Jesus: and lifted up His eyes to heaven: and said: Father: the hour is come; glorify your Son: that your Son also may glorify you:"with"Mt 27:46: 50: About the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice: saying: Eli: Eli: lama sabachthani? that is to say: My God: my God: why have you forsaken me?Mr 15:34: 37: At the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice: saying: Eloi: Eloi: lama sabachthani? which is: being interpreted: My God: my God: why have you forsaken me?"tears"Isa 53:3: 11: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.Joh 11:35: Jesus wept."unto"Mt 26:52: 53: Then said Jesus to Him: Put up again your sword into His place: for all they that take the sword will perish with the sword.Mr 14:36: He said: Abba: Father: all things are possible to you; take away this cup from me: not nevertheless what I will: but what you will."and"Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: Ps 18:19: 20: He brought me forth also into a large place; he delivered me: because he delighted in me.Ps 22:21: 24: Save me from the lion's mouth: for you have heard me from the horns of the unicorns.Ps 40:1-3: A Psalm of David.>> I waited patiently for the LORD; and He inclined to me: and heard my cry.Ps 69:13-16: But as for me: my prayer is to you: O LORD: in an acceptable time: O God: in the multitude of your mercy hear me: in the truth of your salvation.Isa 49:8: Thus says the LORD: In an acceptable time have I heard you: and in a day of salvation have I helped you: and I will preserve you: and give you for a covenant of the people: to establish the earth: to cause to inherit the desolate heritages;Joh 11:42: I knew that you hear me always: but because of the people which stand by I said it: that they may believe that you have sent me.Joh 17:4: 5: I have glorified you on the earth: I have finished the work which you gave me to do."in that he feared"Heb 12:28: For what reason we receiving a kingdom which cannot be moved: let us have grace: whereby we may serve God acceptably with reverence and godly fear:Mt 26:37: 38: He took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee: and began to be sorrowful and very heavy.Mr 14:33: 34: He takes with him Peter and James and John: and began to be sore amazed: and to be very heavy;Lu 22:42-44: Saying: Father: if you be willing: remove this cup from me: not nevertheless my will: but your: be done.Joh 12:27: 28: Now is my soul troubled; and what will I say? Father: save me from this hour: but for this cause came I to this hour.
καιπερ ων υιος εμαθεν αφ ων επαθεν την υπακοην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2539καίπερkaiper (Conj) G2539 καίπερ kaíper kah-ee-per from καί and περ; and indeed, i.e. nevertheless or notwithstanding:--and yet, although.
|
καίπερkaiper
|
though
|
Conj
|
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὢνōn
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5207Υἱός,Huios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
Υἱός,Huios
|
a Son,
|
N-NMS
|
G3129ἔμαθενemathen (V-AIA-3S) G3129 μανθάνω manthánō man-than-o prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, , is used as an alternate in certain tenses; to learn (in any way):--learn, understand.
|
ἔμαθενemathen
|
He learned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
the things
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G3958ἔπαθενepathen (V-AIA-3S) G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
ἔπαθενepathen
|
He suffered,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5218ὑπακοήν,hypakoēn (N-AFS) G5218 ὑπακοή hypakoḗ hoop-ak-o-ay from ὑπακούω; attentive hearkening, i.e. (by implication) compliance or submission:--obedience, (make) obedient, obey(-ing).
|
ὑπακοήν,hypakoēn
|
obedience,
|
N-AFS
|
8
Though He were a Son, yet learned He obedience by the things which He suffered;Hebrews 5:8
Stats
Rank: #2043 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 79 characters, 14 words, 63 letters, 24 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: καιπερ ων υιος εμαθεν αφ ων επαθεν την υπακοην
Lit: though being a Son, He learned from the things He suffered, obedience,
KJV: Though he were a Son, yet learned he obedience by the things which he suffered;
References
"he were"Heb 1:5: 8: For to which of the angels said He at any time: You are my Son: this day have I begotten you? And again: I will be to Him a Father: and He will be to me a Son?Heb 3:6: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end."yet"Heb 10:5-9: For what reason when he comes into the world: he says: Sacrifice and offering you would not: but a body have you prepared me:Isa 50:5: 6: The Lord GOD has opened my ear: and I not was rebellious: neither turned away back.Mt 3:15: Jesus answering said to Him: Suffer it to be so now: for thus it becomes us to fulfil all righteousness. Then He suffered Him.Joh 4:34: Jesus says to them: My meat is to do the will of Him that sent me: and to finish His work.Joh 6:38: For I came down from heaven: not to do my own will: but the will of him that sent me.Joh 15:10: If you keep my commandments: you will abide in my love; even as I have kept my Father's commandments: and abide in His love.Php 2:8: Being found in fashion as a man: he humbled himself: and became obedient to death: even the death of the cross.
και τελειωθεις εγενετο τοις υπακουουσιν αυτω πασιν αιτιος σωτηριας αιωνιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5048τελειωθεὶςteleiōtheis (V-APP-NMS) G5048 τελειόω teleióō tel-i-o-o from τέλειος; to complete, i.e. (literally) accomplish, or (figuratively) consummate (in character):--consecrate, finish, fulfil, make) perfect.
|
τελειωθεὶςteleiōtheis
|
having been perfected,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
He became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
to all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G5219ὑπακούουσινhypakouousin (V-PPA-DMP) G5219 ὑπακούω hypakoúō hoop-ak-oo-o from ὑπό and ἀκούω; to hear under (as a subordinate), i.e. to listen attentively; by implication, to heed or conform to a command or authority:--hearken, be obedient to, obey.
|
ὑπακούουσινhypakouousin
|
obeying
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G159αἴτιοςaitios (Adj-NMS) G159 αἴτιος aítios ah-ee-tee-os from the same as αἰτέω; causative, i.e. (concretely) a causer:--author.
|
αἴτιοςaitios
|
the author
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4991σωτηρίαςsōtērias (N-GFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίαςsōtērias
|
of salvation
|
N-GFS
|
G166αἰωνίου,aiōniou (Adj-GFS) G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰωνίου,aiōniou
|
eternal,
|
Adj-GFS
|
9
Being made perfect, he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;Hebrews 5:9
Stats
Rank: #2954 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 16 words, 76 letters, 31 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τελειωθεις εγενετο τοις υπακουουσιν αυτω πασιν αιτιος σωτηριας αιωνιου
Lit: and having been perfected, He became to all those obeying Him, the author of salvation eternal,
KJV: And being made perfect, he became the author of eternal salvation unto all them that obey him;
References
"being"Heb 2:10: For it became him: for whom are all things: and by whom are all things: in bringing many sons to glory: to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings.Heb 11:40: God having provided some better thing for us: that they without us not should be made perfect.Da 9:24: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Lu 13:32: He said to them: Go you: and tell that fox: Look: I cast out devils: and I do cures today and to morrow: and the third day I will be perfected.Joh 19:30: When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar: He said: It is finished: and He bowed His head: and gave up the ghost."he became"Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Ps 68:18-20: You have ascended on high: you have led captivity captive: you have received gifts for men; yes: for the rebellious also: that the LORD God might dwell among them.Isa 45:22: Look to me: and be you saved: all the ends of the earth: for I am God: and there is none else.Isa 49:6: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 4:12: Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men: whereby we must be saved."eternal"Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Heb 9:12: 15: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.Ps 45:17: I will make your name to be remembered in all generations: therefore will the people praise you for ever and ever.Ps 51:6: 8: Look: you desire truth in the inward parts: and in the hidden part you will make me to know wisdom.2Th 2:16: Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself: and God: even our Father: which has loved us: and has given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace: 2Ti 2:10: Therefore I endure all things for the elect's sakes: that they may also obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eternal glory.1Jo 5:20: We know that the Son of God is come: and has given us an understanding: that we may know Him that is true: and we are in Him that is true: even in His Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God: and eternal life.Jude 1:21: Keep yourselves in the love of God: looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ to eternal life."unto"Heb 11:8: By faith Abraham: when he was called to go out into a place which he should after receive for an inheritance: obeyed; and he went out: not knowing whither he went.Isa 50:10: Who is among you that fears the LORD: that obeies the voice of His servant: that walks in darkness: and has no light? let Him trust in the name of the LORD: and stay upon His God.Isa 55:3: Incline your ear: and come to me: hear: and your soul will live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you: even the sure mercies of David.Zec 6:15: They that are far off will come and build in the temple of the LORD: and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you. And this will come to pass: if you will diligently obey the voice of the LORD your God.Mt 7:24-27: Therefore whoever hears these sayings of my: and does them: I will liken him to a wise man: which built his house upon a rock:Mt 17:5: While He yet spoke: look: a bright cloud overshadowed them: and look a voice out of the cloud: which said: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased; hear you Him.Ac 5:32: We are His witnesses of these things; and so is also the Holy Ghost: whom God has given to them that obey Him.Ro 1:5: By whom we have received grace and apostleship: for obedience to the faith among all nations: for his name:Ro 2:8: But to them that are contentious: and not do obey the truth: but obey unrighteousness: indignation and wrath: Ro 6:17: But God be thanked: that you were the servants of sin: but you have obeyed from the heart that form of doctrine which was delivered you.Ro 10:16: But they not have all obeyed the gospel. For Isaiah says: Lord: who has believed our report?Ro 15:18: For I not will dare to speak of any of those things which Christ has not wrought by me: to make the Gentiles obedient: by word and deed: 2Co 10:5: Casting down imaginations: and every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God: and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ;2Th 1:8: In flaming fire taking vengeance on them that not know God: and that not obey the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ:1Pe 1:22: Seeing you have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit to unfeigned love of the brothers: see that you love one another with a pure heart fervently:
προσαγορευθεις υπο του θεου αρχιερευς κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4316προσαγορευθεὶςprosagoreutheis (V-APP-NMS) G4316 προσαγορεύω prosagoreúō pros-ag-or-yoo-o from πρός and a derivative of ἀγορά (mean to harangue); to address, i.e. salute by name:--call.
|
προσαγορευθεὶςprosagoreutheis
|
having been designated
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
a high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5010τάξινtaxin (N-AFS) G5010 τάξις táxis tax-is from τάσσω; regular arrangement, i.e. (in time) fixed succession (of rank or character), official dignity:--order.
|
τάξινtaxin
|
order
|
N-AFS
|
G3198Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek (N-GMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.
|
Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek
|
of Melchizedek.
|
N-GMS
|
10
Called of God an high priest after the order of Melchisedec.Hebrews 5:10
Stats
Rank: #3881 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 60 characters, 11 words, 49 letters, 18 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσαγορευθεις υπο του θεου αρχιερευς κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ
Lit: having been designated by God a high priest according to the order of Melchizedek.
KJV: Called of God an high priest after the order of Melchisedec.
References
"Called of God an high priest after the order of Melchisedec."Heb 5:5: 6: So also Christ not glorified Himself to be made an high priest; but He that'>He who said to Him: You are my Son: today have I begotten you.Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.
Milk and Solid Food
περι ου πολυς ημιν ο λογος και δυσερμηνευτος λεγειν επει νωθροι γεγονατε ταις ακοαις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4012ΠερὶPeri (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
ΠερὶPeri
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
this
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G4183πολὺςpolys (Adj-NMS) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺςpolys
|
there is much
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
from us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
speech,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1421δυσερμήνευτοςdysermēneutos (Adj-NMS) G1421 δυσερμήνευτος dysermḗneutos doos-er-mane-yoo-tos from δυσ- and a presumed derivative of ἑρμηνεύω; difficult of explanation:--hard to be uttered.
|
δυσερμήνευτοςdysermēneutos
|
difficult in interpretation
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3004λέγειν,legein (V-PNA) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειν,legein
|
to speak,
|
V-PNA
|
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἐπεὶepei
|
since
|
Conj
|
G3576νωθροὶnōthroi (Adj-NMP) G3576 νωθρός nōthrós no-thros from a derivative of νόθος; sluggish, i.e. (literally) lazy, or (figuratively) stupid:--dull, slothful.
|
νωθροὶnōthroi
|
sluggish
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1096γεγόνατεgegonate (V-RIA-2P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγόνατεgegonate
|
you have become
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
in the
|
Art-DFP
|
G189ἀκοαῖς.akoais (N-DFP) G189 ἀκοή akoḗ ak-o-ay from ἀκούω; hearing (the act, the sense or the thing heard):--audience, ear, fame, which ye heard, hearing, preached, report, rumor.
|
ἀκοαῖς.akoais
|
hearings.
|
N-DFP
|
11
Of whom we have many things to say, and hard to be uttered, seeing you are dull of hearing.Hebrews 5:11
Stats
Rank: #3138 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 17 words, 69 letters, 27 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι ου πολυς ημιν ο λογος και δυσερμηνευτος λεγειν επει νωθροι γεγονατε ταις ακοαις
Lit: Concerning this there is much from us speech, and difficult in interpretation to speak, since sluggish you have become in the hearings.
KJV: Of whom we have many things to say, and hard to be uttered, seeing ye are dull of hearing.
References
"we"1Ki 10:1: When the queen of Sheba heard of the fame of Solomon concerning the name of the LORD: she came to prove Him with hard questions.Joh 6:6: This he said to prove him: for he himself knew what he would do.Joh 16:12: I have yet many things to say to you: but you cannot bear them now.2Pe 3:16: As also in all his epistles: speaking in them of these things; in which are some things hard to be understood: which they that are unlearned and unstable wrest: as they do also the other scriptures: to their own destruction."dull"Isa 6:10: Make the heart of this people fat: and make their ears heavy: and shut their eyes; lest they see with their eyes: and hear with their ears: and understand with their heart: and convert: and be healed.Mt 13:15: For this people's heart is waxed gross: and their ears are dull of hearing: and their eyes they have closed; lest at any time they should see with their eyes: and hear with their ears: and should understand with their heart: and should be converted: and I should heal them.Mr 8:17: 18: 21: When Jesus knew it: He says to them: Why reason you: because you have no bread? perceive you not yet: neither understand? have you your heart yet hardened?Lu 24:25: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:Ac 28:27: For the heart of this people is waxed gross: and their ears are dull of hearing: and their eyes have they closed; lest they should see with their eyes: and hear with their ears: and understand with their heart: and should be converted: and I should heal them.
και γαρ οφειλοντες ειναι διδασκαλοι δια τον χρονον παλιν χρειαν εχετε του διδασκειν υμας τινα τα στοιχεια της αρχης των λογιων του θεου και γεγονατε χρειαν εχοντες γαλακτος και ου στερεας τροφης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
Even
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3784ὀφείλοντεςopheilontes (V-PPA-NMP) G3784 ὀφείλω opheílō of-i-leh-o probably from the base of ὄφελος (through the idea of accruing); to owe (pecuniarily); figuratively, to be under obligation (ought, must, should); morally, to fail in duty:--behove, be bound, (be) debt(-or), (be) due(-ty), be guilty (indebted), (must) need(-s), ought, owe, should. See also ὄφελον.
|
ὀφείλοντεςopheilontes
|
you ought
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G1320διδάσκαλοιdidaskaloi (N-NMP) G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
διδάσκαλοιdidaskaloi
|
teachers
|
N-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5550χρόνον,chronon (N-AMS) G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνον,chronon
|
time,
|
N-AMS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS) G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need of
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PIA-2P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
you have
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
one
|
Art-GNS
|
G1321διδάσκεινdidaskein (V-PNA) G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκεινdidaskein
|
to teach
|
V-PNA
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
what is
|
IPro-AMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4747στοιχεῖαstoicheia (N-ANP) G4747 στοιχεῖον stoicheîon stoy-khi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of στοιχέω; something orderly in arrangement, i.e. (by implication) a serial (basal, fundamental, initial) constituent (literally), proposition (figuratively):--element, principle, rudiment.
|
στοιχεῖαstoicheia
|
principles
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G746ἀρχῆςarchēs (N-GFS) G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχῆςarchēs
|
beginning
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3051λογίωνlogiōn (N-GNP) G3051 λόγιον lógion log-ee-on neuter of λόγιος; an utterance (of God):--oracle.
|
λογίωνlogiōn
|
oracles
|
N-GNP
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God;
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096γεγόνατεgegonate (V-RIA-2P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγόνατεgegonate
|
you have become
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS) G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
those having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1051γάλακτος,galaktos (N-GNS) G1051 γάλα gála gal-ah of uncertain affinity; milk (figuratively):--milk.
|
γάλακτος,galaktos
|
of milk,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532[καὶ]kai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
[καὶ]kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4731στερεᾶςstereas (Adj-GFS) G4731 στερεός stereós ster-eh-os from ἵστημι; stiff, i.e. solid, stable (literally or figuratively):--stedfast, strong, sure.
|
στερεᾶςstereas
|
of solid
|
Adj-GFS
|
G5160τροφῆς.trophēs (N-GFS) G5160 τροφή trophḗ trof-ay from τρέφω; nourishment (literally or figuratively); by implication, rations (wages):--food, meat.
|
τροφῆς.trophēs
|
food.
|
N-GFS
|
12
For when for the time you ought to be teachers, you have need that one teach you again which be the first principles of the oracles of God; and are become such as have need of milk, not and of strong meat.Hebrews 5:12
Stats
Rank: #1543 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 203 characters, 39 words, 158 letters, 63 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γαρ οφειλοντες ειναι διδασκαλοι δια τον χρονον παλιν χρειαν εχετε του διδασκειν υμας τινα τα στοιχεια της αρχης των λογιων του θεου και γεγονατε χρειαν εχοντες γαλακτος και ου στερεας τροφης
Lit: Even for you ought to be teachers by the time, again need of you have one to teach you what is the principles of the beginning of the oracles of God; and you have become need those having of milk, and not of solid food.
KJV: For when for the time ye ought to be teachers, ye have need that one teach you again which be the first principles of the oracles of God; and are become such as have need of milk, and not of strong meat.
References
"for the"Mt 17:17: Then Jesus answered and said: O faithless and perverse generation: how long will I be with you? how long will I suffer you? bring Him here to me.Mr 9:19: He answers him: and says: O faithless generation: how long will I be with you? how long will I suffer you? bring him to me."teachers"Ezr 7:10: For Ezra had prepared His heart to seek the law of the LORD: and to do it: and to teach in Israel statutes and judgments.Ps 34:11: Come: you children: listen to me: I will teach you the fear of the LORD.1Co 14:19: Yet in the church I had rather speak 5 words with my understanding: that by my voice I might teach others also: than 10000 words in an unknown tongue.Col 3:16: Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs: singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.Tit 2:3: 4: The aged women likewise: that they be in behaviour as becomes holiness: not false accusers: not given to much wine: teachers of good things;"teach"Isa 28:9: 10: 13: Whom will he teach knowledge? and whom will he make to understand doctrine? them that are weaned from the milk: and drawn from the breasts.Php 3:1: Finally: my brothers: rejoice in the Lord. To write the same things to you: to me indeed is not grievous: but for you it is safe."the first"Heb 6:1: Therefore leaving the principles of the doctrine of Christ: let us go on to perfection; not laying again the foundation of repentance from dead works: and of faith toward God: "the oracles"2Sa 16:23: The counsel of Ahithophel: which He counselled in those days: was as if a man had inquired at the oracle of God: so was all the counsel of Ahithophel both with David and with Absalom.Ac 7:38: This is he: that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel which spoke to him in the mount Sina: and with our fathers: who received the lively oracles to give to us:Ro 3:2: Much every way: chiefly: because that to them were committed the oracles of God.1Pe 4:11: If any man speak: let Him speak as the oracles of God; if any man minister: let Him do it as of the ability which God gives: that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ: to whom be praise and dominion for ever and ever. Amen."as have"Heb 5:13: For every one that uss milk is unskilful in the word of righteousness: for he is a babe.Isa 55:1: Ho: every one that thirsts: come you to the waters: and he who has no money; come you: buy: and eat; yes: come: buy wine and milk without money and without price.1Co 3:1-3: I: brothers: not could speak to you as to spiritual: but as to carnal: even as to babes in Christ.1Pe 2:2: As newborn babes: desire the sincere milk of the word: that you may grow thereby:
πας γαρ ο μετεχων γαλακτος απειρος λογου δικαιοσυνης νηπιος γαρ εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
Everyone
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3348μετέχωνmetechōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3348 μετέχω metéchō met-ekh-o from μετά and ἔχω; to share or participate; by implication, belong to, eat (or drink):--be partaker, pertain, take part, use.
|
μετέχωνmetechōn
|
partaking only
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1051γάλακτοςgalaktos (N-GNS) G1051 γάλα gála gal-ah of uncertain affinity; milk (figuratively):--milk.
|
γάλακτοςgalaktos
|
of milk
|
N-GNS
|
G552ἄπειροςapeiros (Adj-NMS) G552 ἄπειρος ápeiros ap-i-ros from Α (as a negative particle) and πεῖρα; inexperienced, i.e. ignorant:--unskilful.
|
ἄπειροςapeiros
|
is inexperienced
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3056λόγουlogou (N-GMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουlogou
|
in the word
|
N-GMS
|
G1343δικαιοσύνης,dikaiosynēs (N-GFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνης,dikaiosynēs
|
of righteousness;
|
N-GFS
|
G3516νήπιοςnēpios (Adj-NMS) G3516 νήπιος nḗpios nay-pee-os from an obsolete particle (implying negation) and ἔπος; not speaking, i.e. an infant (minor); figuratively, a simple-minded person, an immature Christian:--babe, child (+ -ish).
|
νήπιοςnēpios
|
an infant
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστιν·estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν·estin
|
he is;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
13
For every one that uss milk is unskilful in the word of righteousness: for he is a babe.Hebrews 5:13
Stats
Counts: 90 characters, 17 words, 71 letters, 28 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: πας γαρ ο μετεχων γαλακτος απειρος λογου δικαιοσυνης νηπιος γαρ εστιν
Lit: Everyone for partaking only of milk is inexperienced in the word of righteousness; an infant for he is;
KJV: For every one that useth milk is unskilful in the word of righteousness: for he is a babe.
References
"the word"Ps 119:123: My eyes fail for your salvation: and for the word of your righteousness.Ro 1:17: 18: For therein is the righteousness of God revealed from faith to faith: as it is written: The just will live by faith.Ro 10:5: 6: For Moses describes the righteousness which is of the law: That the man which does those things will live by them.2Co 3:9: For if the ministration of condemnation be glory: much more does the ministration of righteousness exceed in glory.2Ti 3:16: All scripture is given by inspiration of God: and is profitable for doctrine: for reproof: for correction: for instruction in righteousness:"he"Isa 28:9: Whom will he teach knowledge? and whom will he make to understand doctrine? them that are weaned from the milk: and drawn from the breasts.Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Mr 10:15: Truly I say to you: Whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child: He will not enter therein.Ro 2:20: An instructor of the foolish: a teacher of babes: which have the form of knowledge and of the truth in the law.1Co 13:11: When I was a child: I spoke as a child: I understood as a child: I thought as a child: but when I became a man: I put away childish things.1Co 14:20: Brothers: not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children: but in understanding be men.Eph 4:14: That we henceforth be no more children: tossed to and fro: and carried about with every wind of doctrine: by the sleight of men: and cunning craftiness: whereby they lie in wait to deceive;1Pe 2:2: As newborn babes: desire the sincere milk of the word: that you may grow thereby:
τελειων δε εστιν η στερεα τροφη των δια την εξιν τα αισθητηρια γεγυμνασμενα εχοντων προς διακρισιν καλου τε και κακου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5046τελείωνteleiōn (Adj-GMP) G5046 τέλειος téleios tel-i-os from τέλος; complete (in various applications of labor, growth, mental and moral character, etc.); neuter (as noun, with ὁ) completeness:--of full age, man, perfect.
|
τελείωνteleiōn
|
for the mature
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4731στερεὰsterea (Adj-NFS) G4731 στερεός stereós ster-eh-os from ἵστημι; stiff, i.e. solid, stable (literally or figuratively):--stedfast, strong, sure.
|
στερεὰsterea
|
solid
|
Adj-NFS
|
G5160τροφή,trophē (N-NFS) G5160 τροφή trophḗ trof-ay from τρέφω; nourishment (literally or figuratively); by implication, rations (wages):--food, meat.
|
τροφή,trophē
|
food,
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the ones
|
Art-GMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G1838ἕξινhexin (N-AFS) G1838 ἕξις héxis hex-is from ἔχω; habit, i.e. (by implication) practice:--use.
|
ἕξινhexin
|
constant use
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G145αἰσθητήριαaisthētēria (N-ANP) G145 αἰσθητήριον aisthētḗrion ahee-sthay-tay-ree-on from a derivative of αἰσθάνομαι; properly, an organ of perception, i.e. (figuratively) judgment:--senses.
|
αἰσθητήριαaisthētēria
|
senses
|
N-ANP
|
G1128γεγυμνασμέναgegymnasmena (V-RPM/P-ANP) G1128 γυμνάζω gymnázō goom-nad-zo from γυμνός; to practise naked (in the games), i.e. train (figuratively):--exercise.
|
γεγυμνασμέναgegymnasmena
|
training
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G2192ἐχόντωνechontōn (V-PPA-GMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχόντωνechontōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1253διάκρισινdiakrisin (N-AFS) G1253 διάκρισις diákrisis dee-ak-ree-sis from διακρίνω; judicial estimation:--discern(-ing), disputation.
|
διάκρισινdiakrisin
|
distinguishing
|
N-AFS
|
G2570καλοῦkalou (Adj-GNS) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλοῦkalou
|
good
|
Adj-GNS
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2556κακοῦ.kakou (Adj-GNS) G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακοῦ.kakou
|
evil.
|
Adj-GNS
|
14
But strong meat belongs to them that are of full age, even those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil.Hebrews 5:14
Stats
Rank: #2806 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 146 characters, 27 words, 117 letters, 46 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: τελειων δε εστιν η στερεα τροφη των δια την εξιν τα αισθητηρια γεγυμνασμενα εχοντων προς διακρισιν καλου τε και κακου
Lit: for the mature however is solid food, the ones by constant use the senses training having for distinguishing good both and evil.
KJV: But strong meat belongeth to them that are of full age, even those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil.
References
"of full age"Mt 5:48: Be you therefore perfect: even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.1Co 2:6: Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: not yet the wisdom of this world: nor of the princes of this world: that come to nought:Eph 4:13: Till we all come in the unity of the faith: and of the knowledge of the Son of God: to a perfect man: to the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ:Php 3:15: Let us therefore: as many as be perfect: be thus minded: and if in any thing you be otherwise minded: God will reveal even this to you.Jas 3:2: For in many things we offend all. If any man not offend in word: the same is a perfect man: and able also to bridle the whole body."their"Job 6:30: Is there iniquity in my tongue? cannot my taste discern perverse things?Job 12:11: Does not the ear try words? and the mouth taste his meat?Job 34:3: For the ear tries words: as the mouth tastes meat.Ps 119:103: How sweet are your words to my taste! yes: sweeter than honey to my mouth!Song 1:3: Because of the savour of your good ointments your name is as ointment poured forth: therefore do the virgins love you.Song 2:3: As the apple tree among the trees of the wood: so is my beloved among the sons. I sat down under his shadow with great delight: and his fruit was sweet to my taste.Mt 6:22: 23: The light of the body is the eye: if therefore your eye be single: your whole body will be full of light.Eph 1:18: The eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that you may know what is the hope of his calling: and what the riches of the glory of his inheritance in the saints: "to discern"Ge 3:5: For God does know that in the day you eat thereof: then your eyes will be opened: and you will be as gods: knowing good and evil.2Sa 14:17: Then your handmaid said: The word of my lord the king will now be comfortable: for as an angel of God: so is my lord the king to discern good and bad: therefore the LORD your God will be with you.1Ki 3:9: 11: Give therefore your servant an understanding heart to judge your people: that I may discern between good and bad: for who is able to judge this your so great a people?Isa 7:15: Butter and honey will he eat: that he may know to refuse the evil: and choose the good.Ro 14:1: Him that is weak in the faith receive you: but not to doubtful disputations.1Co 2:14: 15: But the natural man receives not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness to Him: neither can He know them: because they are spiritually discerned.Php 1:9: 10: This I pray: that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment;1Th 5:21: Prove all things; hold fast that which is good.
6
A Call to Maturity
διο αφεντες τον της αρχης του χριστου λογον επι την τελειοτητα φερωμεθα μη παλιν θεμελιον καταβαλλομενοι μετανοιας απο νεκρων εργων και πιστεως επι θεον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1352ΔιὸDio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
ΔιὸDio
|
Therefore,
|
Conj
|
G863ἀφέντεςaphentes (V-APA-NMP) G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφέντεςaphentes
|
having left
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G746ἀρχῆςarchēs (N-GFS) G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχῆςarchēs
|
beginning
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
teaching,
|
N-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5047τελειότηταteleiotēta (N-AFS) G5047 τελειότης teleiótēs tel-i-ot-ace from τέλειος; (the state) completeness (mentally or morally):--perfection(-ness).
|
τελειότηταteleiotēta
|
maturity
|
N-AFS
|
G5342φερώμεθα,pherōmetha (V-PSM/P-1P) G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φερώμεθα,pherōmetha
|
we should go on,
|
V-PSM/P-1P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G2310θεμέλιονthemelion (N-AMS) G2310 θεμέλιος themélios them-el-ee-os from a derivative of τίθημι; something put down, i.e. a substruction (of a building, etc.), (literally or figuratively):--foundation.
|
θεμέλιονthemelion
|
a foundation
|
N-AMS
|
G2598καταβαλλόμενοιkataballomenoi (V-PPM-NMP) G2598 καταβάλλω katabállō kat-ab-al-lo from κατά and βάλλω; to throw down:--cast down, lay.
|
καταβαλλόμενοιkataballomenoi
|
laying
|
V-PPM-NMP
|
G3341μετανοίαςmetanoias (N-GFS) G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.
|
μετανοίαςmetanoias
|
of repentance
|
N-GFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GNP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
dead
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2041ἔργων,ergōn (N-GNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργων,ergōn
|
works,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεωςpisteōs
|
faith
|
N-GFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
1
Therefore leaving the principles of the doctrine of Christ, let us go on to perfection; not laying again the foundation of repentance from dead works, and of faith toward God,Hebrews 6:1
Stats
Rank: #831 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 177 characters, 27 words, 144 letters, 56 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο αφεντες τον της αρχης του χριστου λογον επι την τελειοτητα φερωμεθα μη παλιν θεμελιον καταβαλλομενοι μετανοιας απο νεκρων εργων και πιστεως επι θεον
Lit: Therefore, having left the beginning of the Christ teaching, to maturity we should go on, not again a foundation laying of repentance from dead works, and faith in God,
KJV: Therefore leaving the principles of the doctrine of Christ, let us go on unto perfection; not laying again the foundation of repentance from dead works, and of faith toward God,
References
"leaving"Heb 5:12-14: For when for the time you ought to be teachers: you have need that one teach you again which be the first principles of the oracles of God; and are become such as have need of milk: not and of strong meat."principles of the doctrine"Mr 1:1: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ: the Son of God;Joh 1:1-3: In the beginning was the Word: and the Word was with God: and the Word was God.1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory."let"Heb 7:11: If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood: (for under it the people received the law: ) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedec: not and be called after the order of Aaron?Heb 12:13: Make straight paths for your feet: lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed.Pr 4:18: But the path of the just is as the shining light: that shines more and more to the perfect day.Mt 5:48: Be you therefore perfect: even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.1Co 13:10: But when that which is perfect is come: then that which is in part will be done away.2Co 7:1: Having therefore these promises: dearly beloved: let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit: perfecting holiness in the fear of God.Eph 4:12: For the perfecting of the saints: for the work of the ministry: for the edifying of the body of Christ:Php 3:12-15: Not as though I had already attained: either were already perfect: but I follow after: if that I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended of Christ Jesus.Col 1:28: Whom we preach: warning every man: and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus:Col 4:12: Epaphras: who is one of you: a servant of Christ: salutes you: always labouring fervently for you in prayers: that you may stand perfect and complete in all the will of God.Jas 1:4: But let patience have her perfect work: that you may be perfect and entire: not wantinghing.1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you.1Jo 4:12: No man has seen God at any time. If we love one another: God dwells in us: and His love is perfected in us."laying"Mt 7:25: The rain descended: and the floods came: and the winds blew: and beat upon that house; and it not fell: for it was founded upon a rock.Lu 6:48: He is like a man which built an house: and digged deep: and laid the foundation on a rock: and when the flood arose: the stream beat vehemently upon that house: and not could shake it: for it was founded upon a rock.1Co 3:10-12: According to the grace of God which is given to me: as a wise masterbuilder: I have laid the foundation: and another builds'>builds thereon. But let every man take heed how He builds'>builds thereupon.1Ti 6:19: Laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against the time to come: that they may lay hold on eternal life.2Ti 2:19: Nevertheless the foundation of God stands sure: having this seal: The Lord knows them that are His. And: Let every one that names the name of Christ depart from iniquity."repentance"Isa 55:6: 7: Seek you the LORD while He may be found: call you upon Him while He is near:Eze 18:30-32: Therefore I will judge you: O house of Israel: every one according to His ways: says the Lord GOD. Repent: and turn yourselves from all your transgressions; so iniquity will not be your ruin.Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.Mt 3:2: Saying: Repent you: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 4:17: From that time Jesus began to preach: and to say: Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.Mt 21:29: 32: He answered and said: I not will: but afterward he repented: and went.Mr 6:12: They went out: and preached that men should repent.Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 3:19: Repent you therefore: and be converted: that your sins may be blotted out: when the times of refreshing will come from the presence of the Lord;Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Ac 17:30: The times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commands all men every where to repent:Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 26:20: But showed first to them of Damascus: and at Jerusalem: and throughout all the coasts of Judaea: and then to the Gentiles: that they should repent and turn to God: and do works meet for repentance.2Co 7:10: For godly sorrow works'>works repentance to not salvation to be repented of: but the sorrow of the world works'>works death.2Ti 2:25: 26: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;"dead"Heb 9:14: How much more will the blood of Christ: who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without spot to God: purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?Ga 5:19-21: Now the works of the flesh are manifest: which are these; Adultery: fornication: uncleanness: lasciviousness: Eph 2:1: 5: you has he quickened: who were dead in trespasses and sins;"faith"Heb 11:6: But without faith it is impossible to please Him: for He that'>He who comes to God must believe that He is: and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.Joh 5:24: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who hears my word: and believes on him that sent me: has everlasting life: and will not come into condemnation; but is passed from death to life.Joh 12:44: Jesus cried and said: He who believes'>believes on me: believes'>believes not on me: but on Him that sent me.Joh 14:1: not Let your heart be troubled: you believe in God: believe also in me.1Pe 1:21: Who by Him do believe in God: that raised Him up from the dead: and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God.1Jo 5:10-13: He who believes'>believes'>believes on the Son of God has the witness in Himself: He that'>He who believes'>believes'>believes not God has made Him a liar; because He believes'>believes'>believes not the record that God gave of His Son.
βαπτισμων διδαχης επιθεσεως τε χειρων αναστασεως τε νεκρων και κριματος αιωνιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G909βαπτισμῶνbaptismōn (N-GMP) G909 βαπτισμός baptismós bap-tis-mos from βαπτίζω; ablution (ceremonial or Christian):--baptism, washing.
|
βαπτισμῶνbaptismōn
|
about baptisms
|
N-GMP
|
G1322διδαχὴν,didachēn (N-AFS) G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχὴν,didachēn
|
instruction,
|
N-AFS
|
G1936ἐπιθέσεώςepitheseōs (N-GFS) G1936 ἐπίθεσις epíthesis ep-ith-es-is from ἐπιτίθημι; an imposition (of hands officially):--laying (putting) on.
|
ἐπιθέσεώςepitheseōs
|
of laying on
|
N-GFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5495χειρῶν,cheirōn (N-GFP) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶν,cheirōn
|
of hands,
|
N-GFP
|
G386ἀναστάσεώςanastaseōs (N-GFS) G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀναστάσεώςanastaseōs
|
of the resurrection
|
N-GFS
|
G5037‹τε›te (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
‹τε›te
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3498νεκρῶν,nekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν,nekrōn
|
of the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2917κρίματοςkrimatos (N-GNS) G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.
|
κρίματοςkrimatos
|
of judgment
|
N-GNS
|
G166αἰωνίου.aiōniou (Adj-GNS) G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰωνίου.aiōniou
|
eternal.
|
Adj-GNS
|
2
Of the doctrine of baptisms, and of laying on of hands, and of resurrection of the dead, and of eternal judgment.Hebrews 6:2
Stats
Rank: #9011 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 18 words, 89 letters, 33 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: βαπτισμων διδαχης επιθεσεως τε χειρων αναστασεως τε νεκρων και κριματος αιωνιου
Lit: about baptisms instruction, of laying on then of hands, of the resurrection both of the dead and of judgment eternal.
KJV: Of the doctrine of baptisms, and of laying on of hands, and of resurrection of the dead, and of eternal judgment.
References
"the doctrine"Heb 9:10: Which stood only in meats and drinks: and divers washings: and carnal ordinances: imposed on them until the time of reformation.Mr 7:4: 8: when they come from the market: except they wash: they not eat. And many other things there be: which they have received to hold: as the washing of cups: and pots: brasen vessels: and of tables.Lu 11:38: When the Pharisee saw it: he marvelled that he not had first washed before dinner.Mt 3:14: But John forbad him: saying: I have need to be baptized of you: and come you to me?Mt 20:22: 23: But Jesus answered and said: You not know what you ask. Are you able to drink of the cup that I will drink of: and to be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with? They say to Him: We are able.Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Mr 16:16: He who believes'>believes and is baptized will be saved; but he who believes'>believes not will be damned.Lu 3:16: John answered: saying to them all: I indeed baptize you with water; but one mightier than I comes: the latchet of whose shoes I not am worthy to unloose: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire:Lu 12:50: But I have a baptism to be baptized with; and how am I straitened till it be accomplished!Joh 1:33: I knew Him not">not Him: but He that'>He who sent me to baptize with water: the same said to me: Upon whom you will see the Spirit descending: and remaining on Him: the same is He which baptizes with the Holy Ghost.Joh 3:25: 26: Then there arose a question between some of John's disciples and the Jews about purifying.Joh 4:1: 2: When therefore the Lord knew how the Pharisees had heard that Jesus made and baptized more disciples than John: Ac 2:38: 41: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 8:12: 13: 16: 36-38: But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God: and the name of Jesus Christ: they were baptized: both men and women.Ac 10:47: Can any man forbid water: that these not should be baptized: which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we?Ac 16:15: 33: When she was baptized: and her household: she besought us: saying: If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord: come into my house: and abide there. And she constrained us.Ac 19:2-5: He said to them: Have you received the Holy Ghost since you believed? And they said to Him: We not have so much as heard whether there be any Holy Ghost.Ro 6:3: 4: Know you not: that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into His death?1Co 1:12-17: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.1Co 10:2: Were all baptized to Moses in the cloud and in the sea;1Co 12:13: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body: whether we be Jews or Gentiles: whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.Col 2:12: Buried with Him in baptism: wherein also you are risen with Him through the faith of the operation of God: who has raised Him from the dead.1Pe 3:20: 21: Which sometime were disobedient: when once the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah: while the ark was a preparing: wherein few: that is: 8 souls were saved by water."laying"Ac 6:6: Whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed: they laid their hands on them.Ac 8:14-18: Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God: they sent to them Peter and John:Ac 13:3: When they had fasted and prayed: and laid their hands on them: they sent them away.Ac 19:6: When Paul had laid His hands upon them: the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues: and prophesied."resurrection"Heb 11:35: Women received their dead raised to life again: and others were tortured: not accepting deliverance; that they might obtain a better resurrection:Isa 26:19: Your dead men will live: together with my dead body will they arise. Awake and sing: you that dwell in dust: for your dew is as the dew of herbs: and the earth will cast out the dead.Eze 37:1-14: The hand of the LORD was upon me: and carried me out in the spirit of the LORD: and set me down in the middle of the valley which was full of bones: Da 12:2: Many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth will awake: some to everlasting life: and some to shame and everlasting contempt.Mt 22:23-32: The same day came to him the Sadducees: which say that there is no resurrection: and asked him: Lu 14:14: you will be blessed; for they cannot recompense you: for you will be recompensed at the resurrection of the just.Joh 5:29: will come forth; they that have done good: to the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil: to the resurrection of damnation.Joh 11:24: 25: Martha says to him: I know that he will rise again in the resurrection at the last day.Ac 4:2: Being grieved that they taught the people: and preached through Jesus the resurrection from the dead.Ac 17:18: 31: 32: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection.Ac 23:6: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.Ac 24:15: 21: Have hope toward God: which they themselves also allow: that there will be a resurrection of the dead: both of the just and unjust.Ac 26:8: Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you: that God should raise the dead?Ro 6:5: For if we have been planted together in the likeness of his death: we will be also in the likeness of his resurrection:1Co 15:13-57: But if there be no resurrection of the dead: then is not Christ risen:Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.1Th 4:14-18: For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again: even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him.2Ti 2:18: Who concerning the truth have erred: saying that the resurrection is past already; and overthrow the faith of some."eternal"Ec 12:14: For God will bring every work into judgment: with every secret thing: whether it be good: or whether it be evil.Mt 25:31-46: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Ac 24:25: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.Ro 2:5-10: 16: But after your hardness and impenitent heart treasure up to yourself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God;2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.2Pe 3:7: But the heavens and the earth: which are now: by the same word are kept in store: reserved to fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men.Jude 1:14: 15: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints: Re 20:10-15: The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone: where the beast and the false prophet are: and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.
και τουτο ποιησομεν εανπερ επιτρεπη ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιήσομεν,poiēsomen (V-FIA-1P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσομεν,poiēsomen
|
we will do,
|
V-FIA-1P
|
G1437ἐάνπερeanper (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνπερeanper
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2010ἐπιτρέπῃepitrepē (V-PSA-3S) G2010 ἐπιτρέπω epitrépō ep-ee-trep-o from ἐπί and the base of τροπή; to turn over (transfer), i.e. allow:--give leave (liberty, license), let, permit, suffer.
|
ἐπιτρέπῃepitrepē
|
permits
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.
|
N-NMS
|
3
This will we do, if God permit.Hebrews 6:3
Stats
Counts: 35 characters, 7 words, 26 letters, 9 vowels, 17 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τουτο ποιησομεν εανπερ επιτρεπη ο θεος
Lit: And this we will do, if permits God.
KJV: And this will we do, if God permit.
References
"if"Ac 18:21: But bade them farewell: saying: I must by all means keep this feast that comes in Jerusalem: but I will return again to you: if God will. And He sailed from Ephesus.Ro 15:32: That I may come to you with joy by the will of God: and may with you be refreshed.1Co 4:19: But I will come to you shortly: if the Lord will: and will know: not the speech of them which are puffed up: but the power.1Co 16:7: For I not will see you now by the way; but I trust to tarry a while with you: if the Lord permit.Jas 4:15: For that you ought to say: If the Lord will: we will live: and do this: or that.
αδυνατον γαρ τους απαξ φωτισθεντας γευσαμενους τε της δωρεας της επουρανιου και μετοχους γενηθεντας πνευματος αγιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G102ἈδύνατονAdynaton (Adj-NNS) G102 ἀδύνατος adýnatos ad-oo-nat-os from Α (as a negative particle) and δυνατός; unable, i.e. weak (literally or figuratively); passively, impossible:--could not do, impossible, impotent, not possible, weak.
|
ἈδύνατονAdynaton
|
It is impossible
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
to those
|
Art-AMP
|
G530ἅπαξhapax (Adv) G530 ἅπαξ hápax hap-ax probably from ἅπας; one (or a single) time (numerically or conclusively):--once.
|
ἅπαξhapax
|
once
|
Adv
|
G5461φωτισθένταςphōtisthentas (V-APP-AMP) G5461 φωτίζω phōtízō fo-tid-zo from φῶς; to shed rays, i.e. to shine or (transitively) to brighten up (literally or figuratively):--enlighten, illuminate, (bring to, give) light, make to see.
|
φωτισθένταςphōtisthentas
|
having been enlightened,
|
V-APP-AMP
|
G1089γευσαμένουςgeusamenous (V-APM-AMP) G1089 γεύομαι geúomai ghyoo-om-ahee a primary verb; to taste; by implication, to eat; figuratively, to experience (good or ill):--eat, taste.
|
γευσαμένουςgeusamenous
|
having tasted
|
V-APM-AMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1431δωρεᾶςdōreas (N-GFS) G1431 δωρεά dōreá do-reh-ah from δῶρον; a gratuity:--gift.
|
δωρεᾶςdōreas
|
gift
|
N-GFS
|
G2032ἐπουρανίουepouraniou (Adj-GFS) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.
|
ἐπουρανίουepouraniou
|
heavenly,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3353μετόχουςmetochous (Adj-AMP) G3353 μέτοχος métochos met-okh-os from μετέχω; participant, i.e. (as noun) a sharer; by implication, an associate:--fellow, partaker, partner.
|
μετόχουςmetochous
|
partakers
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1096γενηθένταςgenēthentas (V-APP-AMP) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενηθένταςgenēthentas
|
having become
|
V-APP-AMP
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
of the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy,
|
Adj-GNS
|
4
For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, and have tasted of the heavenly gift, and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost,Hebrews 6:4
Stats
Rank: #891 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 23 words, 111 letters, 42 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: αδυνατον γαρ τους απαξ φωτισθεντας γευσαμενους τε της δωρεας της επουρανιου και μετοχους γενηθεντας πνευματος αγιου
Lit: It is impossible for to those once having been enlightened, having tasted then of the gift heavenly, and partakers having become of the Spirit Holy,
KJV: For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, and have tasted of the heavenly gift, and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost,
References
"it is"Heb 10:26-29: For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth: there remains no more sacrifice for sins: Heb 12:15-17: Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you: and thereby many be defiled;Mt 5:13: You are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his savour: wherewith will it be salted? it is thenceforth good not forhing: but to be cast out: and to be trodden under foot of men.Mt 12:31: 32: 45: For what reason I say to you: All manner of sin and blasphemy will be forgiven to men: but the blasphemy against the Holy Ghost will not be forgiven to men.Lu 11:24-26: When the unclean spirit is gone out of a man: he walks through dry places: seeking rest; and finding none: he says: I will return to my house where I came out.Joh 15:6: If a man not abide in me: he is cast forth as a branch: and is withered; and men gather them: and cast them into the fire: and they are burned.2Ti 2:25: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;2Ti 4:14: Alexander the coppersmith did me much evil: the Lord reward Him according to His works:2Pe 2:20-22: For if after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: they are again entangled therein: and overcome: the latter end is worse with them than the beginning.1Jo 5:16: If any man see his brother sin a sin which is not to death: he will ask: and he will give him life for them that not sin to death. There is a sin to death: I not do say that he will pray for it."were once"Heb 10:32: But call to remembrance the former days: in which: after you were illuminated: you endured a great fight of afflictions;Nu 24:3: 15: 16: He took up his parable: and said: Balaam the son of Beor has said: and the man whose eyes are open has said:"and have"Mt 7:21: 22: Not every one that says to me: Lord: Lord: will enter into the kingdom of heaven; but He that'>He who does the will of my Father which is in heaven.Lu 10:19: 20: Look: I give to you power to tread on serpents and scorpions: and over all the power of the enemy: not andhing will by any means hurt you.Joh 3:27: John answered and said: A man can not receivehing: except it be given him from heaven.Joh 4:10: Jesus answered and said to her: If you knew the gift of God: and who it is that says to you: Give me to drink; you would have asked of Him: and He would have given you living water.Joh 6:32: Then Jesus said to them: Truly: truly: I say to you: Moses gave you not that bread from heaven; but my Father gives you the true bread from heaven.Ac 8:20: But Peter said to Him: Your money perish with you: because you have thought that the gift of God may be purchased with money.Ac 10:45: They of the circumcision which believed were astonished: as many as came with Peter: because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 11:17: Forasmuch then as God gave them the like gift as He did to us: who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I: that I could withstand God?Ro 1:11: For I long to see you: that I may impart to you some spiritual gift: to the end you may be established;1Co 13:1: 2: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.Eph 2:8: For by grace are you saved through faith; and not that of yourselves: it is the gift of God:Eph 3:7: Whereof I was made a minister: according to the gift of the grace of God given to me by the effectual working of His power.Eph 4:7: But to every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ.1Ti 4:14: not Neglect the gift that is in you: which was given you by prophecy: with the laying on of the hands of the presbytery.Jas 1:17: 18: Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above: and comes down from the Father of lights: with whom is no variableness: neither shadow of turning."partakers"Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?Ac 15:8: God: which knows the hearts: bare them witness: giving them the Holy Ghost: even as He did to us;Ga 3:2: 5: This only would I learn of you: Received you the Spirit by the works of the law: or by the hearing of faith?
και καλον γευσαμενους θεου ρημα δυναμεις τε μελλοντος αιωνος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2570καλὸνkalon (Adj-ANS) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὸνkalon
|
the goodness
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1089γευσαμένουςgeusamenous (V-APM-AMP) G1089 γεύομαι geúomai ghyoo-om-ahee a primary verb; to taste; by implication, to eat; figuratively, to experience (good or ill):--eat, taste.
|
γευσαμένουςgeusamenous
|
having tasted
|
V-APM-AMP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God’s
|
N-GMS
|
G4487ῥῆμαrhēma (N-ANS) G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥῆμαrhēma
|
word,
|
N-ANS
|
G1411δυνάμειςdynameis (N-AFP) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμειςdynameis
|
the power
|
N-AFP
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3195μέλλοντοςmellontos (V-PPA-GMS) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλοντοςmellontos
|
of the coming
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G165αἰῶνος,aiōnos (N-GMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνος,aiōnos
|
age —
|
N-GMS
|
5
Have tasted the good word of God, and the powers of the world to come,Hebrews 6:5
Stats
Counts: 74 characters, 15 words, 57 letters, 21 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καλον γευσαμενους θεου ρημα δυναμεις τε μελλοντος αιωνος
Lit: and the goodness having tasted of God’s word, the power also of the coming age —
KJV: And have tasted the good word of God, and the powers of the world to come,
References
"tasted"Mt 13:20: 21: But he who received the seed into stony places: the same is he who hears the word: and soon with joy receives it;Mr 4:16: 17: These are they likewise which are sown on stony ground; who: when they have heard the word: immediately receive it with gladness;Mr 6:20: For Herod feared John: knowing that he was a just man and an holy: and observed him; and when he heard him: he did many things: and heard him gladly.Lu 8:13: They on the rock are they: which: when they hear: receive the word with joy; and these have no root: which for a while believe: and in time of temptation fall away.1Pe 2:3: If so be you have tasted that the Lord is gracious.2Pe 2:20: For if after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: they are again entangled therein: and overcome: the latter end is worse with them than the beginning."the powers"Heb 2:5: For to the angels has not he put in subjection the world to come: whereof we speak.
και παραπεσοντας παλιν ανακαινιζειν εις μετανοιαν ανασταυρουντας εαυτοις τον υιον του θεου και παραδειγματιζοντας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and then
|
Conj
|
G3895παραπεσόντας,parapesontas (V-APA-AMP) G3895 παραπίπτω parapíptō par-ap-ip-to from παρά and πίπτω; to fall aside, i.e. (figuratively) to apostatize:--fall away.
|
παραπεσόντας,parapesontas
|
having fallen away —
|
V-APA-AMP
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G340ἀνακαινίζεινanakainizein (V-PNA) G340 ἀνακαινίζω anakainízō an-ak-ahee-nid-zo from ἀνά and a derivative of καινός; to restore:--renew.
|
ἀνακαινίζεινanakainizein
|
to restore them
|
V-PNA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3341μετάνοιαν,metanoian (N-AFS) G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.
|
μετάνοιαν,metanoian
|
repentance,
|
N-AFS
|
G388ἀνασταυροῦνταςanastaurountas (V-PPA-AMP) G388 ἀνασταυρόω anastauróō an-as-tow-ro-o from ἀνά and σταυρόω; to recrucify (figuratively):--crucify afresh.
|
ἀνασταυροῦνταςanastaurountas
|
crucifying
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1438ἑαυτοῖςheautois (RefPro-DM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῖςheautois
|
in themselves
|
RefPro-DM3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸνHuion (N-AMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸνHuion
|
Son
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3856παραδειγματίζοντας.paradeigmatizontas (V-PPA-AMP) G3856 παραδειγματίζω paradeigmatízō par-ad-igue-mat-id-zo from παρά and δειγματίζω; to show alongside (the public), i.e. expose to infamy:--make a public example, put to an open shame.
|
παραδειγματίζοντας.paradeigmatizontas
|
subjecting Him to open shame.
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
6
If they will fall away, to renew them again to repentance; seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh, and put Him to an open shame.Hebrews 6:6
Stats
Rank: #8965 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 148 characters, 25 words, 117 letters, 44 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παραπεσοντας παλιν ανακαινιζειν εις μετανοιαν ανασταυρουντας εαυτοις τον υιον του θεου και παραδειγματιζοντας
Lit: and then having fallen away — again to restore them to repentance, crucifying in themselves the Son of God and subjecting Him to open shame.
KJV: If they shall fall away, to renew them again unto repentance; seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh, and put him to an open shame.
References
"to renew"Heb 6:4: For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened: and have tasted of the heavenly gift: and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost: Ps 51:10: Create in me a clean heart: O God; and renew a right spirit within me.Isa 1:28: The destruction of the transgressors and of the sinners will be together: and they that forsake the LORD will be consumed.2Ti 2:25: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;"they crucify"Heb 10:29: Of how much sorer punishment: suppose you: will He be thought worthy: who has trodden under foot the Son of God: and has counted the blood of the covenant: wherewith He was sanctified: an unholy thing: and has done despite to the Spirit of grace?Zec 12:10-14: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.Mt 23:31: 32: For what reason you be witnesses to yourselves: that you are the children of them which killed the prophets.Lu 11:48: Truly you bear witness that you allow the deeds of your fathers: for they indeed killed them: and you build their sepulchres."an open"Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Mt 27:38-44: Then were there two thieves crucified with him: one on the right hand: and another on the left.Mr 15:29-32: They that passed by railed on him: wagging their heads: and saying: Ah: you that destroyest the temple: and build it in 3 days: Lu 23:35-39: The people stood beholding. And the rulers also with them derided Him: saying: He saved others; let Him save Himself: if He be Christ: the chosen of God.
γη γαρ η πιουσα τον επ αυτης πολλακις ερχομενον υετον και τικτουσα βοτανην ευθετον εκεινοις δι ους και γεωργειται μεταλαμβανει ευλογιας απο του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1093Γῆgē (N-NFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
Γῆgē
|
Land
|
N-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4095πιοῦσαpiousa (V-APA-NFS) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πιοῦσαpiousa
|
having drunk in
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2064ἐρχόμενονerchomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενονerchomenon
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G4178πολλάκιςpollakis (Adv) G4178 πολλάκις pollákis pol-lak-is multiplicative adverb from πολύς; many times, i.e. frequently:--oft(-en, -entimes, -times).
|
πολλάκιςpollakis
|
often
|
Adv
|
G5205ὑετόν,hyeton (N-AMS) G5205 ὑετός hyetós hoo-et-os from a primary (to rain); rain, especially a shower:--rain.
|
ὑετόν,hyeton
|
rain,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5088τίκτουσαtiktousa (V-PPA-NFS) G5088 τίκτω tíktō tek-o a strengthened form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), literally or figuratively:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.
|
τίκτουσαtiktousa
|
producing
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G1008βοτάνηνbotanēn (N-AFS) G1008 βοτάνη botánē bot-an-ay from βόσκω; herbage (as if for grazing):--herb.
|
βοτάνηνbotanēn
|
vegetation
|
N-AFS
|
G2111εὔθετονeutheton (Adj-AFS) G2111 εὔθετος eúthetos yoo-thet-os from εὖ and a derivative of τίθημι; well placed, i.e. (figuratively) appropriate:--fit, meet.
|
εὔθετονeutheton
|
useful
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1565ἐκείνοιςekeinois (DPro-DMP) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνοιςekeinois
|
for those
|
DPro-DMP
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
for the sake of
|
Prep
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1090γεωργεῖται,geōrgeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1090 γεωργέω geōrgéō gheh-or-gheh-o from γεωργός; to till (the soil):--dress.
|
γεωργεῖται,geōrgeitai
|
it is tilled,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3335μεταλαμβάνειmetalambanei (V-PIA-3S) G3335 μεταλαμβάνω metalambánō met-al-am-ban-o from μετά and λαμβάνω; to participate; genitive case, to accept (and use):--eat, have, be partaker, receive, take.
|
μεταλαμβάνειmetalambanei
|
partakes
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2129εὐλογίαςeulogias (N-GFS) G2129 εὐλογία eulogía yoo-log-ee-ah from the same as εὐλογέω; fine speaking, i.e. elegance of language; commendation (eulogy), i.e. (reverentially) adoration; religiously, benediction; by implication, consecration; by extension, benefit or largess:--blessing (a matter of) bounty (X -tifully), fair speech.
|
εὐλογίαςeulogias
|
of blessing
|
N-GFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ·Theou
|
God.
|
N-GMS
|
7
For the earth which drinks in the rain that comes often upon it, and brings forth herbs meet for them by whom it is dressed, receives blessing from God:Hebrews 6:7
Stats
Rank: #1367 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 156 characters, 27 words, 125 letters, 40 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: γη γαρ η πιουσα τον επ αυτης πολλακις ερχομενον υετον και τικτουσα βοτανην ευθετον εκεινοις δι ους και γεωργειται μεταλαμβανει ευλογιας απο του θεου
Lit: Land for having drunk in the upon it coming often rain, and producing vegetation useful for those for the sake of whom also it is tilled, partakes of blessing from God.
KJV: For the earth which drinketh in the rain that cometh oft upon it, and bringeth forth herbs meet for them by whom it is dressed, receiveth blessing from God:
References
"the earth"De 28:11: 12: The LORD will make you plenteous in goods: in the fruit of your body: and in the fruit of your cattle: and in the fruit of your ground: in the land which the LORD sware to your fathers to give you.Ps 65:9-13: You visit the earth: and water it: you greatly enrich it with the river of God: which is full of water: you prepare them grain: when you have so provided for it.Ps 104:11-13: They give drink to every beast of the field: the wild asses quench their thirst.Isa 55:10-13: For as the rain comes down: and the snow from heaven: and returns not there: but waters the earth: and makes it bring forth and bud: that it may give seed to the sower: and bread to the eater:Joe 2:21-26: not Fear: O land; be glad and rejoice: for the LORD will do great things.Jas 5:7: Be patient therefore: brothers: to the coming of the Lord. Look: the husbandman waits for the precious fruit of the earth: and has long patience for it: until He receive the early and latter rain."receiveth"Ge 27:27: He came near: and kissed Him: and He smelled the smell of His clothing: and blessed Him: and said: See: the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the LORD has blessed:Le 25:21: Then I will command my blessing upon you in the sixth year: and it will bring forth fruit for 3 years.Ps 24:5: He will receive the blessing from the LORD: and righteousness from the God of His salvation.Ps 65:10: You water the ridges thereof abundantly: you settle the furrows thereof: you make it soft with showers: you bless the springing thereof.Ps 126:6: He who goes forth and weeps: bearing precious seed: will doubtless come again with rejoicing: bringing his sheaves with him.Isa 44:3: For I will pour water upon him that is thirsty: and floods upon the dry ground: I will pour my spirit upon your seed: and my blessing upon your offspring:Eze 34:26: I will make them and the places round about my hill a blessing; and I will cause the shower to come down in his season; there will be showers of blessing.Ho 10:12: Sow to yourselves in righteousness: reap in mercy; break up your fallow ground: for it is time to seek the LORD: till He come and rain righteousness upon you.Mal 3:10: Bring you all the tithes into the storehouse: that there may be meat in my house: and prove me now herewith: says the LORD of hosts: if I not will open you the windows of heaven: and pour you out a blessing: that there will not be room enough to receive it.
εκφερουσα δε ακανθας και τριβολους αδοκιμος και καταρας εγγυς ης το τελος εις καυσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1627ἐκφέρουσαekpherousa (V-PPA-NFS) G1627 ἐκφέρω ekphérō ek-fer-o from ἐκ and φέρω; to bear out (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring forth, carry forth (out).
|
ἐκφέρουσαekpherousa
|
That bringing forth
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G173ἀκάνθαςakanthas (N-AFP) G173 ἄκανθα ákantha ak-an-thah probably from the same as ἀκμήν; a thorn:--thorn.
|
ἀκάνθαςakanthas
|
thorns
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5146τριβόλουςtribolous (N-AMP) G5146 τρίβολος tríbolos trib-ol-os from τρεῖς and βέλος; properly, a crow-foot (three-pronged obstruction in war), i.e. (by analogy) a thorny plant (caltrop):--brier, thistle.
|
τριβόλουςtribolous
|
thistles
|
N-AMP
|
G96ἀδόκιμοςadokimos (Adj-NFS) G96 ἀδόκιμος adókimos ad-ok-ee-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and δόκιμος; unapproved, i.e. rejected; by implication, worthless (literally or morally):--castaway, rejected, reprobate.
|
ἀδόκιμοςadokimos
|
is worthless
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2671κατάραςkataras (N-GFS) G2671 κατάρα katára kat-ar-ah from κατά (intensive) and ἀρά; imprecation, execration:--curse(-d, ing).
|
κατάραςkataras
|
a curse
|
N-GFS
|
G1451ἐγγύς,engys (Prep) G1451 ἐγγύς engýs eng-goos from a primary verb (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); near (literally or figuratively, of place or time):--from , at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready.
|
ἐγγύς,engys
|
near to,
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
of which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5056τέλοςtelos (N-NNS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλοςtelos
|
end is
|
N-NNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G2740καῦσιν.kausin (N-AFS) G2740 καῦσις kaûsis kow-sis from καίω; burning (the act):--be burned.
|
καῦσιν.kausin
|
burning.
|
N-AFS
|
8
But that which bears thorns and briers is rejected, and is nigh to cursing; whose end is to be burned.Hebrews 6:8
Stats
Rank: #2397 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 14 words, 84 letters, 29 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκφερουσα δε ακανθας και τριβολους αδοκιμος και καταρας εγγυς ης το τελος εις καυσιν
Lit: That bringing forth however thorns and thistles is worthless and a curse near to, of which the end is unto burning.
KJV: But that which beareth thorns and briers is rejected, and [is] nigh unto cursing; whose end [is] to be burned.
References
"beareth"Heb 12:17: For you know how that afterward: when he would have inherited the blessing: he was rejected: for he found no place of repentance: though he sought it carefully with tears.Ge 3:17: 18: to Adam he said: Because you have listened to the voice of your wife: and have eaten of the tree: of which I commanded you: saying: You will not eat of it: cursed is the ground for your sake; in sorrow will you eat of it all the days of your life;Ge 4:11: Now are you cursed from the earth: which has opened her mouth to receive your brother's blood from your hand;Ge 5:29: He called His name Noah: saying: This same will comfort us concerning our work and toil of our hands: because of the ground which the LORD has cursed.De 29:28: The LORD rooted them out of their land in anger: and in wrath: and in great indignation: and cast them into another land: as it is this day.Job 31:40: Let thistles grow instead of wheat: and cockle instead of barley. The words of Job are ended.Ps 107:34: A fruitful land into barrenness: for the wickedness of them that dwell therein.Isa 5:1-7: Now will I sing to my wellbeloved a song of my beloved touching his vineyard. My wellbeloved has a vineyard in a very fruitful hill:Jer 17:6: For he will be like the heath in the desert: and will not see when good comes; but will inhabit the parched places in the wilderness: in a salt land not and inhabited.Jer 44:22: So that the LORD could no longer bear: because of the evil of your doings: and because of the abominations which you have committed; therefore is your land a desolation: and an astonishment: and a curse: without an inhabitant: as at this day.Mr 11:14: 21: Jesus answered and said to it: No man eat fruit of you hereafter for ever. And His disciples heard it.Lu 13:7-9: Then said he to the dresser of his vineyard: Look: these 3 years I come seeking fruit on this fig tree: and find none: cut it down; why cumbereth it the ground?"whose"Heb 10:27: But a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation: which will devour the adversaries.Isa 27:10: 11: Yet the defenced city will be desolate: and the habitation forsaken: and left like a wilderness: there will the calf feed: and there will he lie down: and consume the branches thereof.Eze 15:2-7: Son of man: What is the vine tree more than any tree: or than a branch which is among the trees of the forest?Eze 20:47: Say to the for of the south: Hear the word of the LORD; Thus says the Lord GOD; Look: I will kindle a fire in you: and it will devour every green tree in you: and every dry tree: the flaming flame will not be quenched: and all faces from the south to the north will be burned therein.Mal 4:1: For: look: the day comes'>comes: that will burn as an oven; and all the proud: yes: and all that do wickedly: will be stubble: and the day that comes'>comes will burn them up: says the LORD of hosts: that it will leave them neither root nor branch.Mt 3:10: Now also the axe is laid to the root of the trees: therefore every tree which brings not forth good fruit is cut down: and cast into the fire.Mt 7:19: Every tree that brings not forth good fruit is cut down: and cast into the fire.Mt 25:41: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:Joh 15:6: If a man not abide in me: he is cast forth as a branch: and is withered; and men gather them: and cast them into the fire: and they are burned.Re 20:15: whoever not was found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.
πεπεισμεθα δε περι υμων αγαπητοι τα κρειττονα και εχομενα σωτηριας ει και ουτως λαλουμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3982ΠεπείσμεθαPepeismetha (V-RIM/P-1P) G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
ΠεπείσμεθαPepeismetha
|
We are persuaded
|
V-RIM/P-1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G27ἀγαπητοί,agapētoi (Adj-VMP) G27 ἀγαπητός agapētós ag-ap-ay-tos from ἀγαπάω; beloved:--(dearly, well) beloved, dear.
|
ἀγαπητοί,agapētoi
|
beloved,
|
Adj-VMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
of
|
Art-ANP
|
G2908κρείσσοναkreissona (Adj-ANP-C) G2908 κρεῖσσον kreîsson krice-son neuter of an alternate form of κρείττων; (as noun) better, i.e. greater advantage:--better.
|
κρείσσοναkreissona
|
better things,
|
Adj-ANP-C
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2192ἐχόμεναechomena (V-PPM/P-ANP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχόμεναechomena
|
things accompanying
|
V-PPM/P-ANP
|
G4991σωτηρίας,sōtērias (N-GFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίας,sōtērias
|
salvation,
|
N-GFS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
like this
|
Adv
|
G2980λαλοῦμεν.laloumen (V-PIA-1P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦμεν.laloumen
|
we speak.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
9
But, beloved, we are persuaded better things of you, and things that accompany salvation, though we thus speak.Hebrews 6:9
Stats
Rank: #3479 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 111 characters, 14 words, 89 letters, 33 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: πεπεισμεθα δε περι υμων αγαπητοι τα κρειττονα και εχομενα σωτηριας ει και ουτως λαλουμεν
Lit: We are persuaded however concerning you, beloved, of better things, and things accompanying salvation, if even like this we speak.
KJV: But, beloved, we are persuaded better things of you, and things that accompany salvation, though we thus speak.
References
"beloved"Heb 6:4-6: 10: For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened: and have tasted of the heavenly gift: and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost: Heb 10:34: 39: For you had compassion of me in my bonds: and took joyfully the spoiling of your goods: knowing in yourselves that you have in heaven a better and an enduring substance.Php 1:6: 7: Being confident of this very thing: that He which has begun a good work in you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ:1Th 1:3: 4: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;"things"Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;Isa 57:15: For thus says the high and lofty one that inhabits eternity: whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place: with Him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit: to revive the spirit of the humble: and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.Mt 5:3-12: Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.Mr 16:16: He who believes'>believes and is baptized will be saved; but he who believes'>believes not will be damned.Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.2Co 7:10: For godly sorrow works'>works repentance to not salvation to be repented of: but the sorrow of the world works'>works death.Ga 5:6: 22: 23: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.Tit 2:11-14: For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men:
ου γαρ αδικος ο θεος επιλαθεσθαι του εργου υμων και του κοπου της αγαπης ης {VAR1: ενεδειξασθε } {VAR2: ενδειξασθε } εις το ονομα αυτου διακονησαντες τοις αγιοις και διακονουντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G94ἄδικοςadikos (Adj-NMS) G94 ἄδικος ádikos ad-ee-kos from Α (as a negative particle) and δίκη; unjust; by extension wicked; by implication, treacherous; specially, heathen:--unjust, unrighteous.
|
ἄδικοςadikos
|
unjust is
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G1950ἐπιλαθέσθαιepilathesthai (V-ANM) G1950 ἐπιλανθάνομαι epilanthánomai ep-ee-lan-than-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λανθάνω; to lose out of mind; by implication, to neglect:--(be) forget(-ful of).
|
ἐπιλαθέσθαιepilathesthai
|
to forget
|
V-ANM
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2041ἔργουergou (N-GNS) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργουergou
|
work
|
N-GNS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G26ἀγάπηςagapēs (N-GFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηςagapēs
|
love
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
that
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G1731ἐνεδείξασθεenedeixasthe (V-AIM-2P) G1731 ἐνδείκνυμι endeíknymi en-dike-noo-mee from ἐν and δεικνύω; to indicate (by word or act):--do, show (forth).
|
ἐνεδείξασθεenedeixasthe
|
you have shown
|
V-AIM-2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1247διακονήσαντεςdiakonēsantes (V-APA-NMP) G1247 διακονέω diakonéō dee-ak-on-eh-o from διάκονος; to be an attendant, i.e. wait upon (menially or as a host, friend, or (figuratively) teacher); technically, to act as a Christian deacon:--(ad-)minister (unto), serve, use the office of a deacon.
|
διακονήσαντεςdiakonēsantes
|
having ministered
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G40ἁγίοιςhagiois (Adj-DMP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίοιςhagiois
|
saints
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1247διακονοῦντες.diakonountes (V-PPA-NMP) G1247 διακονέω diakonéō dee-ak-on-eh-o from διάκονος; to be an attendant, i.e. wait upon (menially or as a host, friend, or (figuratively) teacher); technically, to act as a Christian deacon:--(ad-)minister (unto), serve, use the office of a deacon.
|
διακονοῦντες.diakonountes
|
still ministering.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
10
For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love, which you have showed toward His name, in that you have ministered to the saints, and do minister.Hebrews 6:10
Stats
Counts: 163 characters, 28 words, 129 letters, 51 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ αδικος ο θεος επιλαθεσθαι του εργου υμων και του κοπου της αγαπης ης {VAR1: ενεδειξασθε } {VAR2: ενδειξασθε } εις το ονομα αυτου διακονησαντες τοις αγιοις και διακονουντες
Lit: Not for unjust is God, to forget the work of you and the love that you have shown toward the name of Him, having ministered to the saints and still ministering.
KJV: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love, which ye have shewed toward his name, in that ye have ministered to the saints, and do minister.
References
"For"Pr 14:31: He who oppresss the poor reproaches his Maker: but he who honours him has mercy on the poor.Mt 10:42: whoever will give to drink to one of these little ones a cup of cold water only in the name of a disciple: truly I say to you: he will in no wise lose his reward.Mt 25:40: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me.Joh 13:20: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives whoever I send receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me; and he who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me receives'>receives'>receives'>receives him that sent me."God"De 32:4: He is the Rock: His work is perfect: for all His ways are judgment: a God of truth and without iniquity: just and right is He.Ro 3:4: 5: God forbid: yes: let God be true: but every man a liar; as it is written: That you might'>might be justified in your sayings: and might'>might overcome when you are judged.2Th 1:6: 7: Seeing it is a righteous thing with God to recompense tribulation to them that trouble you;2Ti 4:8: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness: which the Lord: the righteous judge: will give me at that day: not and to me only: but to all them also that love His appearing.1Jo 1:9: If we confess our sins: he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins: and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness."to forget"Ne 5:19: Think upon me: my God: for good: according to all that I have done for this people.Ne 13:22: 31: I commanded the Levites that they should cleanse themselves: and that they should come and keep the gates: to sanctify the sabbath day. Remember me: O my God: concerning this also: and spare me according to the greatness of your mercy.Ps 20:3: Remember all your offerings: and accept your burnt sacrifice; Selah.Jer 2:2: 3: Go and cry in the ears of Jerusalem: saying: Thus says the LORD; I remember you: the kindness of your youth: the love of your espousals: when you went after me in the wilderness: in a land that was not sown.Jer 18:20: Will evil be recompensed for good? for they have digged a pit for my soul. Remember that I stood before you to speak good for them: and to turn away your wrath from them.Ac 10:4: 31: When He looked on Him: He was afraid: and said: What is it: Lord? And He said to Him: Your prayers and your alms are come up for a memorial before God."work"1Co 13:4-7: Charity suffers long: and is kind; charity envies not; charity vaunts not itself: not is puffed up: Ga 5:6: 13: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.1Th 1:3: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;1Jo 3:17: 18: But whoever has this world's good: and sees His brother have need: and shuts up His bowels of compassion from Him: how dwells the love of God in Him?"which"Heb 13:16: But to do good and to communicate not forget: for with such sacrifices God is well pleased.Pr 14:31: He who oppresss the poor reproaches his Maker: but he who honours him has mercy on the poor.Mt 10:42: whoever will give to drink to one of these little ones a cup of cold water only in the name of a disciple: truly I say to you: he will in no wise lose his reward.Mt 25:35-40: For I was hungry: and you gave me meat: I was thirsty: and you gave me drink: I was a stranger: and you took me in:Mr 9:41: For whoever will give you a cup of water to drink in my name: because you belong to Christ: truly I say to you: He will not lose His reward.Ac 2:44: 45: All that believed were together: and had all things common;Ac 4:34: 35: Neither was there any among them that lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them: and brought the prices of the things that were sold: Ac 9:36-39: Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha: which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did.Ac 11:29: Then the disciples: every man according to his ability: determined to send relief to the brothers which dwelt in Judaea:Ro 12:13: Distributing to the necessity of saints; given to hospitality.Ro 15:25-27: But now I go to Jerusalem to minister to the saints.1Co 16:1-3: Now concerning the collection for the saints: as I have given order to the churches of Galatia: even so do you.2Co 8:1-9: Moreover: brothers: we do you to wit of the grace of God bestowed on the churches of Macedonia;2Co 9:1: For as touching the ministering to the saints: it is superfluous for me to write to you:2Co 9:11-15: Being enriched in every thing to all bountifulness: which causes through us thanksgiving to God.Ga 6:10: As we have therefore opportunity: let us do good to all men: especially to them who are of the household of faith.Php 4:16-18: For even in Thessalonica you sent once and again to my necessity.Col 3:17: whatever you do in word or deed: do all in the name of the Lord Jesus: giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.1Ti 6:18: That they do good: that they be rich in good works: ready to distribute: willing to communicate;2Ti 1:17: 18: But: when he was in Rome: he sought me out very diligently: and found me.Phm 1:5-7: Hearing of your love and faith: which you have toward the Lord Jesus: and toward all saints;Jas 2:15-17: If a brother or sister be naked: and destitute of daily food: 1Jo 3:14-17: We know that we have passed from death to life: because we love the brothers. He who loves not his brother abides in death.
επιθυμουμεν δε εκαστον υμων την αυτην ενδεικνυσθαι σπουδην προς την πληροφοριαν της ελπιδος αχρι τελους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1937Ἐπιθυμοῦμενepithymoumen (V-PIA-1P) G1937 ἐπιθυμέω epithyméō ep-ee-thoo-meh-o from ἐπί and θυμός; to set the heart upon, i.e. long for (rightfully or otherwise):--covet, desire, would fain, lust (after).
|
Ἐπιθυμοῦμενepithymoumen
|
We desire
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G1538ἕκαστονhekaston (Adj-AMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστονhekaston
|
each
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
same
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G1731ἐνδείκνυσθαιendeiknysthai (V-PNM) G1731 ἐνδείκνυμι endeíknymi en-dike-noo-mee from ἐν and δεικνύω; to indicate (by word or act):--do, show (forth).
|
ἐνδείκνυσθαιendeiknysthai
|
to show,
|
V-PNM
|
G4710σπουδὴνspoudēn (N-AFS) G4710 σπουδή spoudḗ spoo-day from σπεύδω; speed, i.e. (by implication) despatch, eagerness, earnestness:--business, (earnest) care(-fulness), diligence, forwardness, haste.
|
σπουδὴνspoudēn
|
earnestness,
|
N-AFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4136πληροφορίανplērophorian (N-AFS) G4136 πληροφορία plērophoría play-rof-or-ee-ah from πληροφορέω; entire confidence:--(full) assurance.
|
πληροφορίανplērophorian
|
full assurance
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1680ἐλπίδοςelpidos (N-GFS) G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδοςelpidos
|
hope
|
N-GFS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep) G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G5056τέλους,telous (N-GNS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλους,telous
|
the end,
|
N-GNS
|
11
We desire that every one of you do show the same diligence to the full assurance of hope to the end:Hebrews 6:11
Stats
Rank: #4731 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 22 words, 84 letters, 36 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: επιθυμουμεν δε εκαστον υμων την αυτην ενδεικνυσθαι σπουδην προς την πληροφοριαν της ελπιδος αχρι τελους
Lit: We desire now, each of you the same to show, earnestness, toward the full assurance of the hope unto the end,
KJV: And we desire that every one of you do shew the same diligence to the full assurance of hope unto the end:
References
"we desire"Ro 12:8: 11: Or he who exhorts: on exhortation: he who gives: let him do it with simplicity; he who rules: with diligence; he who shews mercy: with cheerfulness.1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.Ga 6:9: Let not us be weary in well doing: for in due season we will reap: if we not faint.Php 1:9-11: This I pray: that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment;Php 3:15: Let us therefore: as many as be perfect: be thus minded: and if in any thing you be otherwise minded: God will reveal even this to you.1Th 4:10: Indeed you do it toward all the brothers which are in all Macedonia: but we beseech you: brothers: that you increase more and more;2Th 3:13: But you: brothers: not be weary in well doing.2Pe 1:5-8: Beside this: giving all diligence: add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge;2Pe 3:14: For what reason: beloved: seeing that you look for such things: be diligent that you may be found of him in peace: without spot: and blameless."to the"Heb 3:6: 14: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 10:22: Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith: having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience: and our bodies washed with pure water.Isa 32:17: The work of righteousness will be peace; and the effect of righteousness quietness and assurance for ever.Col 2:2: That their hearts might be comforted: being knit together in love: and to all riches of the full assurance of understanding: to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God: and of the Father: and of Christ;1Th 1:5: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.2Pe 1:10: For what reason the rather: brothers: give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if you do these things: you will never fall:1Jo 3:14: 19: We know that we have passed from death to life: because we love the brothers. He who loves not his brother abides in death."of hope"Heb 6:18-20: That by two immutable things: in which it was impossible for God to lie: we might have a strong consolation: who have fled for refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us:Ro 5:2-5: By whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand: and rejoice in hope of the glory of God.Ro 8:24: 25: For we are saved by hope: but hope that is seen not is hope: for what a man sees: why does he yet hope for?Ro 12:12: Rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; continuing instant in prayer;Ro 15:13: Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing: that you may abound in hope: through the power of the Holy Ghost.1Co 13:13: Now abides faith: hope: charity: these 3; but the great of these is charity.Ga 5:5: For we through the Spirit wait for the hope of righteousness by faith.Col 1:5: 23: For the hope which is laid up for you in heaven: whereof you heard before in the word of the truth of the gospel;2Th 2:16: 17: Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself: and God: even our Father: which has loved us: and has given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace: 1Pe 1:3-5: 21: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which according to His abundant mercy has begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead: 1Jo 3:1-3: Look: what manner of love the Father has bestowed upon us: that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knows not us: because it knew Him not">not Him."unto"Heb 3:6: 14: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 10:32-35: But call to remembrance the former days: in which: after you were illuminated: you endured a great fight of afflictions;Mt 24:13: But he who will endure to the end: the same will be saved.Re 2:26: he who overcomes: and keeps my works to the end: to him will I give power over the nations:
ινα μη νωθροι γενησθε μιμηται δε των δια πιστεως και μακροθυμιας κληρονομουντων τας επαγγελιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3576νωθροὶnōthroi (Adj-NMP) G3576 νωθρός nōthrós no-thros from a derivative of νόθος; sluggish, i.e. (literally) lazy, or (figuratively) stupid:--dull, slothful.
|
νωθροὶnōthroi
|
sluggish
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1096γένησθε,genēsthe (V-ASM-2P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένησθε,genēsthe
|
you may be,
|
V-ASM-2P
|
G3402μιμηταὶmimētai (N-NMP) G3402 μιμητής mimētḗs mim-ay-tace from μιμέομαι; an imitator:--follower.
|
μιμηταὶmimētai
|
imitators
|
N-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεωςpisteōs
|
faith
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3115μακροθυμίαςmakrothymias (N-GFS) G3115 μακροθυμία makrothymía mak-roth-oo-mee-ah from the same as μακροθυμώς; longanimity, i.e. (objectively) forbearance or (subjectively) fortitude:--longsuffering, patience.
|
μακροθυμίαςmakrothymias
|
patience
|
N-GFS
|
G2816κληρονομούντωνklēronomountōn (V-PPA-GMP) G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).
|
κληρονομούντωνklēronomountōn
|
inheriting
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίας.epangelias (N-AFP) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίας.epangelias
|
promises.
|
N-AFP
|
12
That you not be slothful, but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises.Hebrews 6:12
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 16 words, 81 letters, 29 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ινα μη νωθροι γενησθε μιμηται δε των δια πιστεως και μακροθυμιας κληρονομουντων τας επαγγελιας
Lit: so that not sluggish you may be, imitators however of those through faith and patience inheriting the promises.
KJV: That ye be not slothful, but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises.
References
"ye"Heb 5:11: Of whom we have many things to say: and hard to be uttered: seeing you are dull of hearing.Pr 12:24: The hand of the diligent will bear rule: but the slothful will be under tribute.Pr 13:4: The soul of the sluggard desires: and has nothing: but the soul of the diligent will be made fat.Pr 15:19: The way of the slothful man is as an hedge of thorns: but the way of the righteous is made plain.Pr 18:9: He also that is slothful in his work is brother to him that is a great waster.Pr 24:30-34: I went by the field of the slothful: and by the vineyard of the man void of understanding;Mt 25:26: His lord answered and said to him: You wicked and slothful servant: you knew that I reap where I not sowed: and gather where I not have strawed:Ro 12:11: Not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord;2Pe 1:10: For what reason the rather: brothers: give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if you do these things: you will never fall:"but"Heb 12:1: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us: Heb 13:7: Remember them which have the rule over you: who have spoken to you the word of God: whose faith follow: considering the end of their conversation.Song 1:8: If you not know: O you fair among women: go your way forth by the footsteps of the flock: and feed your kids beside the shepherds' tents.Jer 6:16: Thus says the LORD: Stand you in the ways: and see: and ask for the old paths: where is the good way: and walk therein: and you will find rest for your souls. But they said: We not will walk therein.Ro 4:12: The father of circumcision to them who not are of the circumcision only: but who also walk in the steps of that faith of our father Abraham: which he had being yet uncircumcised.Jas 5:10: 11: Take: my brothers: the prophets: who have spoken in the name of the Lord: for an example of suffering affliction: and of patience.1Pe 3:5: 6: For after this manner in the old time the holy women also: who trusted in God: adorned themselves: being in subjection to their own husbands:"faith"Heb 6:15: So: after he had patiently endured: he obtained the promise.Heb 10:36: For you have need of patience: that: after you have done the will of God: you might receive the promise.Heb 11:8-16: By faith Abraham: when he was called to go out into a place which he should after receive for an inheritance: obeyed; and he went out: not knowing whither he went.Lu 8:15: But that on the good ground are they: which in an ho and good heart: having heard the word: keep it: and bring forth fruit with patience.Ro 2:7: To them who by patient continuance in well doing seek for glory and honour and immortality: eternal life:Ro 8:25: 26: But if we hope for that we not see: then do we with patience wait for it.1Th 1:3: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;Re 13:10: He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.Re 14:12: Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God: and the faith of Jesus."inherit"Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?Heb 10:36: For you have need of patience: that: after you have done the will of God: you might receive the promise.Heb 11:9: 17: 33: By faith he sojourned in the land of promise: as in a strange country: dwelling in tabernacles with Isaac and Jacob: the heirs with him of the same promise:Mt 22:32: I am the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob? God not is the God of the dead: but of the living.Lu 16:22: It came to pass: that the beggar died: and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died: and was buried;Lu 20:37: 38: Now that the dead are raised: even Moses showed at the bush: when He calls the Lord the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob.1Jo 2:25: This is the promise that he has promised us: even eternal life.Re 14:13: I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Write: Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes: says the Spirit: that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.
A Priest in the Order of Melchizedek
τω γαρ αβρααμ επαγγειλαμενος ο θεος επει κατ ουδενος ειχεν μειζονος ομοσαι ωμοσεν καθ εαυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
For
|
Conj
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-DMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
to Abraham
|
N-DMS
|
G1861ἐπαγγειλάμενοςepangeilamenos (V-APM-NMS) G1861 ἐπαγγέλλω epangéllō ep-ang-el-lo from ἐπί and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce upon (reflexively), i.e. (by implication) to engage to do something, to assert something respecting oneself:--profess, (make) promise.
|
ἐπαγγειλάμενοςepangeilamenos
|
having made His promise,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἐπεὶepei
|
since
|
Conj
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3762οὐδενὸςoudenos (Adj-GMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδενὸςoudenos
|
no one
|
Adj-GMS
|
G2192εἶχενeichen (V-IIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχενeichen
|
He had
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3173μείζονοςmeizonos (Adj-GMS-C) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μείζονοςmeizonos
|
greater
|
Adj-GMS-C
|
G3660ὀμόσαι,omosai (V-ANA) G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.
|
ὀμόσαι,omosai
|
to swear,
|
V-ANA
|
G3660ὤμοσενōmosen (V-AIA-3S) G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.
|
ὤμοσενōmosen
|
He swore
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοῦ,heautou (RefPro-GM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῦ,heautou
|
Himself,
|
RefPro-GM3S
|
13
For when God made promise to Abraham, because He could swear by no greater, He sware by Himself,Hebrews 6:13
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 16 words, 76 letters, 30 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: τω γαρ αβρααμ επαγγειλαμενος ο θεος επει κατ ουδενος ειχεν μειζονος ομοσαι ωμοσεν καθ εαυτου
Lit: For to Abraham having made His promise, God, since by no one He had greater to swear, He swore by Himself,
KJV: For when God made promise to Abraham, because he could swear by no greater, he sware by himself,
References
"he sware"Heb 6:16-18: For men truly swear by the greater: and an oath for confirmation is to them an end of all strife.Ge 22:15-18: The angel of the LORD called to Abraham out of heaven the second time: Eze 32:13: I will destroy also all the beasts thereof from beside the great waters; neither will the foot of man trouble them any more: nor the hoofs of beasts trouble them.Ps 105:9: 10: Which covenant he made with Abraham: and his oath to Isaac;Isa 45:23: I have sworn by myself: the word is gone out of my mouth in righteousness: and will not return: That to me every knee will bow: every tongue will swear.Jer 22:5: But if you not will hear these words: I swear by myself: says the LORD: that this house will become a desolation.Jer 49:13: For I have sworn by myself: says the LORD: that Bozrah will become a desolation: a reproach: a waste: and a curse; and all the cities thereof will be perpetual wastes.Mic 7:20: You will perform the truth to Jacob: and the mercy to Abraham: which you have sworn to our fathers from the days of old.Lu 1:73: The oath which he sware to our father Abraham:
λεγων η μην ευλογων ευλογησω σε και πληθυνων πληθυνω σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3375μὴνmēn (Prtcl) G3375 μήν mḗn mane a stronger form of μέν; a particle of affirmation (only with ἦ); assuredly:--+ surely.,
|
μὴνmēn
|
surely
|
Prtcl
|
G2127εὐλογῶνeulogōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλογῶνeulogōn
|
blessing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2127εὐλογήσωeulogēsō (V-FIA-1S) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλογήσωeulogēsō
|
I will bless
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4129πληθύνωνplēthynōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4129 πληθύνω plēthýnō play-thoo-no from another form of πλῆθος; to increase (transitively or intransitively):--abound, multiply.
|
πληθύνωνplēthynōn
|
multiplying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4129πληθυνῶplēthynō (V-FIA-1S) G4129 πληθύνω plēthýnō play-thoo-no from another form of πλῆθος; to increase (transitively or intransitively):--abound, multiply.
|
πληθυνῶplēthynō
|
I will multiply
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771σε·se (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε·se
|
you.”
|
PPro-A2S
|
14
Saying, Surely blessing I will bless you, and multiplying I will multiply you.
Hebrews 6:14
Stats
Rank: #6305 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 11 words, 65 letters, 21 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγων η μην ευλογων ευλογησω σε και πληθυνων πληθυνω σε
Lit: saying, If surely blessing I will bless you, and multiplying I will multiply you.”
KJV: Saying, Surely blessing I will bless thee, and multiplying I will multiply thee.
References
"multiplying"Ge 17:2: I will make my covenant between me and you: and will multiply you exceedingly.Ge 48:4: Said to me: Look: I will make you fruitful: and multiply you: and I will make of you a multitude of people; and will give this land to your seed after you for an everlasting possession.Ex 32:13: Remember Abraham: Isaac: and Israel: your servants: to whom you sware by your own self: and said to them: I will multiply your seed as the stars of heaven: and all this land that I have spoken of will I give to your seed: and they will inherit it for ever.De 1:10: The LORD your God has multiplied you: and: look: you are this day as the stars of heaven for multitude.Ne 9:23: Their children also multipliedst you as the stars of heaven: and brought them into the land: concerning which you hadst promised to their fathers: that they should go in to possess it.
και ουτως μακροθυμησας επετυχεν της επαγγελιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G3114μακροθυμήσαςmakrothymēsas (V-APA-NMS) G3114 μακροθυμέω makrothyméō mak-roth-oo-meh-o from the same as μακροθυμώς; to be long-spirited, i.e. (objectively) forbearing or (subjectively) patient:--bear (suffer) long, be longsuffering, have (long) patience, be patient, patiently endure.
|
μακροθυμήσαςmakrothymēsas
|
having waited patiently,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2013ἐπέτυχενepetychen (V-AIA-3S) G2013 ἐπιτυγχάνω epitynchánō ep-ee-toong-khan-o from ἐπί and τυγχάνω; to chance upon, i.e. (by implication) to attain:--obtain.
|
ἐπέτυχενepetychen
|
he obtained
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίας.epangelias (N-GFS) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίας.epangelias
|
promise.
|
N-GFS
|
15
So, after he had patiently endured, he obtained the promise.Hebrews 6:15
Stats
Rank: #6163 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 64 characters, 9 words, 51 letters, 21 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουτως μακροθυμησας επετυχεν της επαγγελιας
Lit: And thus having waited patiently, he obtained the promise.
KJV: And so, after he had patiently endured, he obtained the promise.
References
"And so, after he had patiently endured, he obtained the promise."Heb 6:12: That you not be slothful: but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises.Ge 12:2: 3: I will make of you a great nation: and I will bless you: and make your name great; and you will be a blessing:Ge 15:2-6: Abram said: Lord GOD: what will you give me: seeing I go childless: and the steward of my house is this Eliezer of Damascus?Ge 17:16: 17: I will bless her: and give you a son also of her: yes: I will bless her: and she will be a mother of nations; kings of people will be of her.Ge 21:2-7: For Sarah conceived: and bare Abraham a son in His old age: at the set time of which God had spoken to Him.Ex 1:7: The children of Israel were fruitful: and increased abundantly: and multiplied: and waxed exceeding mighty; and the land was filled with them.Hab 2:2: 3: The LORD answered me: and said: Write the vision: and make it plain upon tables: that He may run that reads it.Ro 4:17-25: (As it is written: I have made you a father of many nations: ) before Him whom He believed: even God: who quickens the dead: and calls those things which not be as though they were.
ανθρωποι μεν γαρ κατα του μειζονος ομνυουσιν και πασης αυτοις αντιλογιας περας εις βεβαιωσιν ο ορκος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G444Ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi (N-NMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
Ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi
|
Men
|
N-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
one
|
Art-GMS
|
G3173μείζονοςmeizonos (Adj-GMS-C) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μείζονοςmeizonos
|
greater
|
Adj-GMS-C
|
G3660ὀμνύουσιν,omnyousin (V-PIA-3P) G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.
|
ὀμνύουσιν,omnyousin
|
swear,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
of all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
their
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G485ἀντιλογίαςantilogias (N-GFS) G485 ἀντιλογία antilogía an-tee-log-ee-ah from a derivative of ἀντιλέγω; dispute, disobedience:--contradiction, gainsaying, strife.
|
ἀντιλογίαςantilogias
|
disputes
|
N-GFS
|
G4009πέραςperas (N-NNS) G4009 πέρας péras per-as from the same as πέραν; an extremity:--end, ut-(ter-)most participle
|
πέραςperas
|
an end,
|
N-NNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G951βεβαίωσινbebaiōsin (N-AFS) G951 βεβαίωσις bebaíōsis beb-ah-yo-sis from βεβαιόω; stabiliment:--confirmation.
|
βεβαίωσινbebaiōsin
|
confirmation,
|
N-AFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
is the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3727ὅρκος·horkos (N-NMS) G3727 ὅρκος hórkos hor-kos from (a fence; perhaps akin to ὅριον); a limit, i.e. (sacred) restraint (specially, an oath):--oath.
|
ὅρκος·horkos
|
oath,
|
N-NMS
|
16
For men truly swear by the greater: and an oath for confirmation is to them an end of all strife.Hebrews 6:16
Stats
Rank: #7851 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 19 words, 77 letters, 29 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανθρωποι μεν γαρ κατα του μειζονος ομνυουσιν και πασης αυτοις αντιλογιας περας εις βεβαιωσιν ο ορκος
Lit: Men for by one greater swear, and of all their disputes an end, for confirmation, is the oath,
KJV: For men verily swear by the greater: and an oath for confirmation is to them an end of all strife.
References
"swear"Heb 6:13: For when God made promise to Abraham: because He could swear by no greater: He sware by Himself: Ge 14:22: Abram said to the king of Sodom: I have lift up my hand to the LORD: the most high God: the possessor of heaven and earth: Ge 21:23: Now therefore swear to me here by God that you will not deal falsely with me: nor with my son: nor with my son's son: but according to the kindness that I have done to you: you will do to me: and to the land wherein you have sojourned.Mt 23:20-22: Whoever therefore will swear by the altar: swears by it: and by all things thereon."an oath"Ge 21:30: 31: He said: For these 7 ewe lambs will you take of my hand: that they may be a witness to me: that I have digged this well.Ge 31:53: The God of Abraham: and the God of Nahor: the God of their father: judge betwixt us. And Jacob sware by the fear of His father Isaac.Ex 22:11: Then will an oath of the LORD be between them both: that He has not put His hand to His neighbour's goods; and the owner of it will accept thereof: and He will not make it good.Jos 9:15-20: Joshua made peace with them: and made a league with them: to let them live: and the princes of the congregation sware to them.2Sa 21:2: The king called the Gibeonites: and said to them; (now the Gibeonites were not of the children of Israel: but of the remnant of the Amorites; and the children of Israel had sworn to them: and Saul sought to kill them in his zeal to the children of Israel and Judah.)Eze 17:16-20: As I live: says the Lord GOD: surely in the place where the king dwelleth that made Him king: whose oath He despised: and whose covenant He brake: even with Him in the middle of Babylon He will die.
εν ω περισσοτερον βουλομενος ο θεος επιδειξαι τοις κληρονομοις της επαγγελιας το αμεταθετον της βουλης αυτου εμεσιτευσεν ορκω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G4053περισσότερονperissoteron (Adj-ANS-C) G4053 περισσός perissós per-is-sos from περί (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ἐκ) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence:--exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly).
|
περισσότερονperissoteron
|
more abundantly
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G1014βουλόμενοςboulomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βουλόμενοςboulomenos
|
desiring
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1925ἐπιδεῖξαιepideixai (V-ANA) G1925 ἐπιδείκνυμι epideíknymi ep-ee-dike-noo-mee from ἐπί and δεικνύω; to exhibit (physically or mentally):--shew.
|
ἐπιδεῖξαιepideixai
|
to show
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2818κληρονόμοιςklēronomois (N-DMP) G2818 κληρονόμος klēronómos klay-ron-om-os from κλῆρος and the base of νόμος (in its original sense of partitioning, i.e. (reflexively) getting by apportionment); a sharer by lot, i.e. inheritor (literally or figuratively); by implication, a possessor:--heir.
|
κληρονόμοιςklēronomois
|
heirs
|
N-DMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias (N-GFS) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias
|
promise
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G276ἀμετάθετονametatheton (Adj-ANS) G276 ἀμετάθετος ametáthetos am-et-ath-et-os from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of μετατίθημι; unchangeable, or (neuter as abstract) unchangeability:--immutable(-ility).
|
ἀμετάθετονametatheton
|
unchangeableness
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1012βουλῆςboulēs (N-GFS) G1012 βουλή boulḗ boo-lay from βούλομαι; volition, i.e. (objectively) advice, or (by implication) purpose:--+ advise, counsel, will.
|
βουλῆςboulēs
|
purpose
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3315ἐμεσίτευσενemesiteusen (V-AIA-3S) G3315 μεσιτεύω mesiteúō mes-it-yoo-o from μεσίτης; to interpose (as arbiter), i.e (by implication) to ratify (as surety):--confirm.
|
ἐμεσίτευσενemesiteusen
|
guaranteed it
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3727ὅρκῳ,horkō (N-DMS) G3727 ὅρκος hórkos hor-kos from (a fence; perhaps akin to ὅριον); a limit, i.e. (sacred) restraint (specially, an oath):--oath.
|
ὅρκῳ,horkō
|
by an oath,
|
N-DMS
|
17
Wherein God, willing more abundantly to show to the heirs of promise the immutability of His counsel, confirmed it by an oath:Hebrews 6:17
Stats
Rank: #7806 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 20 words, 104 letters, 40 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν ω περισσοτερον βουλομενος ο θεος επιδειξαι τοις κληρονομοις της επαγγελιας το αμεταθετον της βουλης αυτου εμεσιτευσεν ορκω
Lit: in which more abundantly desiring God to show to the heirs of the promise the unchangeableness of the purpose of Him, guaranteed it by an oath,
KJV: Wherein God, willing more abundantly to shew unto the heirs of promise the immutability of his counsel, confirmed it by an oath:
References
"more"Ps 36:8: They will be abundantly satisfied with the fatness of your house; and you will make them drink of the river of your pleasures.Song 5:1: I am come into my garden: my sister: my spouse: I have gathered my myrrh with my spice; I have eaten my honeycomb with my honey; I have drunk my wine with my milk: eat: O friends; drink: yes: drink abundantly: O beloved.Isa 55:7: Let the wicked forsake His way: and the unrighteous man His thoughts: and let Him return to the LORD: and He will have mercy upon Him; and to our God: for He will abundantly pardon.Joh 10:10: The thief comes not: but for to steal: and to kill: and to destroy: I am come that they might have life: and that they might have it more abundantly.1Pe 1:3: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which according to His abundant mercy has begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead: "the heirs"Heb 6:12: That you not be slothful: but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises.Heb 11:7: 9: By faith Noah: being warned of God of not things seen as yet: moved with fear: prepared an ark to the saving of His house; by the which He condemned the world: and became heir of the righteousness which is by faith.Ro 8:17: If children: then heirs; heirs of God: and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him: that we may be also glorified together.Ga 3:29: If you be Christ's: then are you Abraham's seed: and heirs according to the promise.Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?1Pe 3:7: Likewise: you husbands: dwell with them according to knowledge: giving honour to the wife: as to the weaker vessel: and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers not be hindered."the immutability"Heb 6:18: That by two immutable things: in which it was impossible for God to lie: we might have a strong consolation: who have fled for refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us:Job 23:13: 14: But he is in one mind: and who can turn him? and what his soul desires: even that he does.Ps 33:11: The counsel of the LORD stands for ever: the thoughts of His heart to all generations.Pr 19:21: There are many devices in a man's heart; nevertheless the counsel of the LORD: that will stand.Isa 14:24: 26: 27: The LORD of hosts has sworn: saying: Surely as I have thought: so will it come to pass; and as I have purposed: so will it stand:Isa 46:10: Declaring the end from the beginning: and from ancient times the things that not are yet done: saying: My counsel will stand: and I will do all my pleasure:Isa 54:9: 10: For this is as the waters of Noah to me: for as I have sworn that the waters of Noah should no more go over the earth; so have I sworn that I not would be angry with you: nor rebuke you.Isa 55:11: So will my word be that goes forth out of my mouth: it will not return to me void: but it will accomplish that which I please: and it will prosper in the thing whereto I sent it.Jer 33:20: 21: 25: 26: Thus says the LORD; If you can break my covenant of the day: and my covenant of the night: and that there not should be day and night in their season;Mal 3:6: For I am the LORD: I not change; therefore you sons of Jacob not are consumed.Ro 11:29: For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance.Jas 1:17: Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above: and comes down from the Father of lights: with whom is no variableness: neither shadow of turning."confirmed it"Heb 6:16: For men truly swear by the greater: and an oath for confirmation is to them an end of all strife.Ge 26:28: They said: We saw certainly that the LORD was with you: and we said: Let there be now an oath betwixt us: even betwixt us and you: and let us make a covenant with you;Ex 22:11: Then will an oath of the LORD be between them both: that He has not put His hand to His neighbour's goods; and the owner of it will accept thereof: and He will not make it good.
ινα δια δυο πραγματων αμεταθετων εν οις αδυνατον ψευσασθαι θεον ισχυραν παρακλησιν εχωμεν οι καταφυγοντες κρατησαι της προκειμενης ελπιδος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-GNP) G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-GNP
|
G4229πραγμάτωνpragmatōn (N-GNP) G4229 πρᾶγμα prâgma prag-mah from πράσσω; a deed; by implication, an affair; by extension, an object (material):--business, matter, thing, work.
|
πραγμάτωνpragmatōn
|
things
|
N-GNP
|
G276ἀμεταθέτων,ametathetōn (Adj-GNP) G276 ἀμετάθετος ametáthetos am-et-ath-et-os from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of μετατίθημι; unchangeable, or (neuter as abstract) unchangeability:--immutable(-ility).
|
ἀμεταθέτων,ametathetōn
|
unchangeable,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DNP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
which
|
RelPro-DNP
|
G102ἀδύνατονadynaton (Adj-NNS) G102 ἀδύνατος adýnatos ad-oo-nat-os from Α (as a negative particle) and δυνατός; unable, i.e. weak (literally or figuratively); passively, impossible:--could not do, impossible, impotent, not possible, weak.
|
ἀδύνατονadynaton
|
it is impossible
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5574ψεύσασθαιpseusasthai (V-ANM) G5574 ψεύδομαι pseúdomai psyoo-dom-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to utter an untruth or attempt to deceive by falsehood:--falsely, lie.
|
ψεύσασθαιpseusasthai
|
to lie
|
V-ANM
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
for God,
|
N-AMS
|
G2478ἰσχυρὰνischyran (Adj-AFS) G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρὰνischyran
|
strong
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3874παράκλησινparaklēsin (N-AFS) G3874 παράκλησις paráklēsis par-ak-lay-sis from παρακαλέω; imploration, hortation, solace:--comfort, consolation, exhortation, intreaty.
|
παράκλησινparaklēsin
|
encouragement
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχωμενechōmen (V-PSA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωμενechōmen
|
we may have,
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G2703καταφυγόντεςkataphygontes (V-APA-NMP) G2703 καταφεύγω katapheúgō kat-af-yoo-go from κατά and φεύγω; to flee down (away):--flee.
|
καταφυγόντεςkataphygontes
|
having fled for refuge,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2902κρατῆσαιkratēsai (V-ANA) G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατῆσαιkratēsai
|
to take hold
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4295προκειμένηςprokeimenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS) G4295 πρόκειμαι prókeimai prok-i-mahee from πρό and κεῖμαι; to lie before the view, i.e. (figuratively) to be present (to the mind), to stand forth (as an example or reward):--be first, set before (forth).
|
προκειμένηςprokeimenēs
|
being set before us
|
V-PPM/P-GFS
|
G1680ἐλπίδος·elpidos (N-GFS) G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδος·elpidos
|
hope,
|
N-GFS
|
18
That by two immutable things, in which it was impossible for God to lie, we might have a strong consolation, who have fled for refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us:Hebrews 6:18
Stats
Rank: #2915 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 174 characters, 31 words, 137 letters, 52 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: ινα δια δυο πραγματων αμεταθετων εν οις αδυνατον ψευσασθαι θεον ισχυραν παρακλησιν εχωμεν οι καταφυγοντες κρατησαι της προκειμενης ελπιδος
Lit: so that by two things unchangeable, in which it is impossible to lie for God, strong encouragement we may have, having fled for refuge, to take hold of the being set before us hope,
KJV: That by two immutable things, in which it was impossible for God to lie, we might have a strong consolation, who have fled for refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us:
References
"two"Heb 3:11: So I sware in my wrath: They will not enter into my rest.)Heb 7:21: (For those priests were made without an oath; but this with an oath by Him that said to Him: The Lord sware and not will repent: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec:)Ps 110:4: The LORD has sworn: and not will repent: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek.Mt 24:35: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away."impossible"Nu 23:19: God is not a man: that He should lie; neither the son of man: that He should repent: has He said: and will He not">not He do it? or has He spoken: and will He not">not He make it good?1Sa 15:29: Also the Strength of Israel not will lie nor repent: for he is not a man: that he should repent.Ro 3:4: God forbid: yes: let God be true: but every man a liar; as it is written: That you might'>might be justified in your sayings: and might'>might overcome when you are judged.2Ti 2:13: If we not believe: yet he abides faithful: he cannot deny himself.Tit 1:2: In hope of eternal life: which God: that cannot lie: promised before the world began;1Jo 1:10: If we say that we not have sinned: we make him a liar: and his word not is in us.1Jo 5:10: He who believes'>believes'>believes on the Son of God has the witness in Himself: He that'>He who believes'>believes'>believes not God has made Him a liar; because He believes'>believes'>believes not the record that God gave of His Son."we might"Isa 51:12: I: even I: am he who comforts you: who are you: that you should be afraid of a man that will die: and of the son of man which will be made as grass;Isa 66:10-13: Rejoice you with Jerusalem: and be glad with her: all you that love her: rejoice for joy with her: all you that mourn for her:Lu 2:25: And: look: there was a man in Jerusalem: whose name was Simeon; and the same man was just and devout: waiting for the consolation of Israel: and the Holy Ghost was upon Him.Ro 15:5: Now the God of patience and consolation grant you to be likeminded one toward another according to Christ Jesus:2Co 1:5-7: For as the sufferings of Christ abound in us: so our consolation also abounds by Christ.Php 2:1: If there be therefore any consolation in Christ: if any comfort of love: if any fellowship of the Spirit: if any bowels and mercies: 2Th 2:16: 17: Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself: and God: even our Father: which has loved us: and has given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace: "who"Heb 11:7: By faith Noah: being warned of God of not things seen as yet: moved with fear: prepared an ark to the saving of His house; by the which He condemned the world: and became heir of the righteousness which is by faith.Ge 19:22: Haste you: escape there; for I cannot do any thing till you be come there. Therefore the name of the city was called Zoar.Nu 35:11-15: Then you will appoint you cities to be cities of refuge for you; that the slayer may flee there: which kills any person at unawares.Jos 20:3: That the slayer that kills any person unawares and unwittingly may flee there: and they will be your refuge from the avenger of blood.Ps 46:1: A Song upon Alamoth.>> God is our refuge and strength: a very present help in trouble.Ps 62:8: Trust in Him at all times; you people: pour out your heart before Him: God is a refuge for us. Selah.Isa 32:1: 2: Look: a king will reign in righteousness: and princes will rule in judgment.Zec 9:12: Turn you to the strong hold: you prisoners of hope: even today do I declare that I will render double to you;Mt 3:7: But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees come to his baptism: he said to them: O generation of vipers: who has warned you to flee from the wrath to come?2Co 5:18-21: All things are of God: who has reconciled us to Himself by Jesus Christ: and has given to us the ministry of reconciliation;1Th 1:10: To wait for His Son from heaven: whom He raised from the dead: even Jesus: which delivered us from the wrath to come."lay"1Ki 2:28: Then tidings came to Joab: for Joab had turned after Adonijah: though He not turned after Absalom. And Joab fled to the tabernacle of the LORD: and caught hold on the horns of the altar.Pr 3:18: She is a tree of life to them that lay hold upon her: and happy is every one that retains her.Pr 4:13: Take fast hold of instruction; let her not go: keep her; for she is your life.Isa 27:5: Or let him take hold of my strength: that he may make peace with me; and he will make peace with me.Isa 56:4: For thus says the LORD to the eunuchs that keep my sabbaths: and choose the things that please me: and take hold of my covenant;Isa 64:7: there is none that calls upon your name: that stirs up himself to take hold of you: for you have hid your face from us: and have consumed us: because of our iniquities.1Ti 6:12: Fight the good fight of faith: lay hold on eternal life: to what you are also called: and have professed a good profession before many witnesses."the hope"Col 1:5: 23: 27: For the hope which is laid up for you in heaven: whereof you heard before in the word of the truth of the gospel;1Ti 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the commandment of God our Saviour: and Lord Jesus Christ: which is our hope;"set"Heb 12:1: 2: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us: Ro 3:25: Whom God has set forth to be a propitiation through faith in His blood: to declare His righteousness for the remission of sins that are past: through the forbearance of God;
ην ως αγκυραν εχομεν της ψυχης ασφαλη τε και βεβαιαν και εισερχομενην εις το εσωτερον του καταπετασματος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G45ἄγκυρανankyran (N-AFS) G45 ἄγκυρα ánkyra ang-koo-rah from the same as ἀγκάλη; an anchor (as crooked):--anchor.
|
ἄγκυρανankyran
|
an anchor
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχομενechomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομενechomen
|
we have
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5590ψυχῆςpsychēs (N-GFS) G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχῆςpsychēs
|
soul,
|
N-GFS
|
G804ἀσφαλῆasphalē (Adj-AFS) G804 ἀσφαλής asphalḗs as-fal-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and sphallo (to fail); secure (literally or figuratively):--certain(-ty), safe, sure.
|
ἀσφαλῆasphalē
|
sure
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G949βεβαίανbebaian (Adj-AFS) G949 βέβαιος bébaios beb-ah-yos from the base of βάσις (through the idea of basality); stable (literally or figuratively):--firm, of force, stedfast, sure.
|
βεβαίανbebaian
|
unshakable
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσερχομένηνeiserchomenēn (V-PPM/P-AFS) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσερχομένηνeiserchomenēn
|
entering
|
V-PPM/P-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-ANS
|
G2082ἐσώτερονesōteron (Adj-ANS-C) G2082 ἐσώτερος esṓteros es-o-ter-os comparative of ἔσω; interior:--inner, within.
|
ἐσώτερονesōteron
|
within
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2665καταπετάσματος,katapetasmatos (N-GNS) G2665 καταπέτασμα katapétasma kat-ap-et-as-mah from a compound of κατά and a congener of πέτομαι; something spread thoroughly, i.e. (specially) the door screen (to the Most Holy Place) in the Jewish Temple:--vail.
|
καταπετάσματος,katapetasmatos
|
veil,
|
N-GNS
|
19
Which hope we have as an anchor of the soul, both sure and stedfast, and which enters into that within the veil;Hebrews 6:19
Stats
Rank: #2132 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 114 characters, 20 words, 90 letters, 33 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην ως αγκυραν εχομεν της ψυχης ασφαλη τε και βεβαιαν και εισερχομενην εις το εσωτερον του καταπετασματος
Lit: which as an anchor we have of the soul, sure both and unshakable and entering into that within the veil,
KJV: Which hope we have as an anchor of the soul, both sure and stedfast, and which entereth into that within the veil;
References
"as an"Ac 27:29: 40: Then fearing lest we should have fallen upon rocks: they cast 4 anchors out of the stern: and wished for the day."both"Ps 42:5: 11: Why are you cast down: O my soul? and why are you disquieted in me? hope you in God: for I will yet praise Him for the help of His face.Ps 43:5: Why are you cast down: O my soul? and why are you disquieted within me? hope in God: for I will yet praise Him: who is the health of my face: and my God.Ps 62:5: 6: My soul: wait you only upon God; for my expectation is from Him.Ps 146:5: 6: Happy is He that has the God of Jacob for His help: whose hope is in the LORD His God:Isa 12:2: Look: God is my salvation; I will trust: not and be afraid: for the LORD Jehovah is my strength and my song; He also is become my salvation.Isa 25:3: 4: Therefore will the strong people glorify you: the city of the terrible nations will fear you.Isa 28:16: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD: Look: I lay in Zion for a foundation a stone: a tried stone: a precious corner stone: a sure foundation: He that'>He who believes will not make haste.Jer 17:7: 8: Blessed is the man that trusts in the LORD: and whose hope the LORD is.Ro 4:16: Therefore it is of faith: that it might be by grace; to the end the promise might be sure to all the seed; not to that only which is of the law: but to that also which is of the faith of Abraham; who is the father of us all: Ro 5:5-10: Hope makes not ashamed; because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given to us.Ro 8:28-39: We know that all things work together for good to them that love God: to them who are the called according to His purpose.1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.2Ti 2:19: Nevertheless the foundation of God stands sure: having this seal: The Lord knows them that are His. And: Let every one that names the name of Christ depart from iniquity."entereth"Heb 4:16: Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace: that we may obtain mercy: and find grace to help in time of need.Heb 9:3: 7: After the second veil: the tabernacle which is called the Holy of all;Heb 10:20: 21: By a new and living way: which he has consecrated for us: through the veil: that is to say: his flesh;Le 16:2: 15: The LORD said to Moses: Speak to Aaron your brother: that He not come at all times into the holy place within the vail before the mercy seat: which is upon the ark; that He not die: for I will appear in the cloud upon the mercy seat.Mt 27:51: And: look: the veil of the temple was tear in two from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake: and the rocks tear;Eph 2:6: has raised us up together: and made us sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus:Col 3:1: If you then be risen with Christ: seek those things which are above: where Christ sits on the right hand of God.
οπου προδρομος υπερ ημων εισηλθεν ιησους κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ αρχιερευς γενομενος εις τον αιωνα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv) G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G4274πρόδρομοςprodromos (Adj-NMS) G4274 πρόδρομος pródromos prod-rom-os from the alternate of προτρέχω; a runner ahead, i.e. scout (figuratively, precursor):--forerunner.
|
πρόδρομοςprodromos
|
the forerunner
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
has entered,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2424Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous (N-NMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5010τάξινtaxin (N-AFS) G5010 τάξις táxis tax-is from τάσσω; regular arrangement, i.e. (in time) fixed succession (of rank or character), official dignity:--order.
|
τάξινtaxin
|
order
|
N-AFS
|
G3198ΜελχισέδεκMelchisedek (N-GMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.
|
ΜελχισέδεκMelchisedek
|
of Melchizedek,
|
N-GMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
a high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having become
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G165αἰῶνα.aiōna (N-AMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνα.aiōna
|
age.
|
N-AMS
|
20
Whither the forerunner is for us entered, even Jesus, made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Hebrews 6:20
Stats
Rank: #7776 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 114 characters, 18 words, 92 letters, 36 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: οπου προδρομος υπερ ημων εισηλθεν ιησους κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ αρχιερευς γενομενος εις τον αιωνα
Lit: where the forerunner for us has entered, Jesus, according to the order of Melchizedek, a high priest having become to the age.
KJV: Whither the forerunner is for us entered, even Jesus, made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.
References
"the forerunner"Heb 2:10: For it became him: for whom are all things: and by whom are all things: in bringing many sons to glory: to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings.Joh 14:2: 3: In my Father's house are many mansions: if it were not so: I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you."for"Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 4:14: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Heb 9:12: 24: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Ro 8:34: Who is He that'>He who condemns? It is Christ that died: yes rather: that is risen again: who is even at the right hand of God: who also makes intercession for us.Eph 1:3: 20-23: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: who has blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ:1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.1Jo 2:12: I write to you: little children: because your sins are forgiven you for his name's sake."an"Heb 3:1: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;Heb 5:6: 10: As he says also in another place: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 7:1-21: For this Melchisedec: king of Salem: priest of the most high God: who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings: and blessed Him;
7
Melchizedek and Abraham
ουτος γαρ ο μελχισεδεκ βασιλευς σαλημ ιερευς του θεου του υψιστου ο συναντησας αβρααμ υποστρεφοντι απο της κοπης των βασιλεων και ευλογησας αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778ΟὗτοςHoutos (DPro-NMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτοςHoutos
|
This
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3198Μελχισέδεκ,Melchisedek (N-NMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.
|
Μελχισέδεκ,Melchisedek
|
Melchizedek,
|
N-NMS
|
G935βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεὺςbasileus
|
king
|
N-NMS
|
G4532Σαλήμ,Salēm (N-GFS) G4532 Σαλήμ Salḗm sal-ame of Hebrew origin (שָׁלֵם); Salem (i.e. Shalem), a place in Palestine:--Salem.
|
Σαλήμ,Salēm
|
of Salem,
|
N-GFS
|
G2409ἱερεὺςhiereus (N-NMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεὺςhiereus
|
priest
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G5310Ὑψίστου,Hypsistou (Adj-GMS-S) G5310 ὕψιστος hýpsistos hoop-sis-tos superlative from the base of ὕψος; highest, i.e. (masculine singular) the Supreme (God), or (neuter plural) the heavens:--most high, highest.
|
Ὑψίστου,Hypsistou
|
Most High,
|
Adj-GMS-S
|
G4876συναντήσαςsynantēsas (V-APA-NMS) G4876 συναντάω synantáō soon-an-tah-o from σύν and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet with; figuratively, to occur:--befall, meet.
|
συναντήσαςsynantēsas
|
having met
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-DMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
Abraham
|
N-DMS
|
G5290ὑποστρέφοντιhypostrephonti (V-PPA-DMS) G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).
|
ὑποστρέφοντιhypostrephonti
|
returning
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2871κοπῆςkopēs (N-GFS) G2871 κοπή kopḗ kop-ay from κόπτω; cutting, i.e. carnage:--slaughter.
|
κοπῆςkopēs
|
slaughter
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G935βασιλέωνbasileōn (N-GMP) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέωνbasileōn
|
kings
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2127εὐλογήσαςeulogēsas (V-APA-NMS) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλογήσαςeulogēsas
|
having blessed
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
1
For this Melchisedec, king of Salem, priest of the most high God, who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings, and blessed Him;Hebrews 7:1
Stats
Rank: #2699 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 141 characters, 21 words, 112 letters, 37 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτος γαρ ο μελχισεδεκ βασιλευς σαλημ ιερευς του θεου του υψιστου ο συναντησας αβρααμ υποστρεφοντι απο της κοπης των βασιλεων και ευλογησας αυτον
Lit: This for Melchizedek, king of Salem, priest of God Most High, having met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings and having blessed him,
KJV: For this Melchisedec, king of Salem, priest of the most high God, who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings, and blessed him;
References
"this"Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Ge 14:18-20: Melchizedek king of Salem brought forth bread and wine: and He was the priest of the most high God."Salem"Ps 76:2: In Salem also is his tabernacle: and his dwelling place in Zion."the most"Ps 57:2: I will cry to God most high; to God that performs all things for me.Ps 78:35: 56: They remembered that God was their rock: and the high God their redeemer.Da 4:2: I thought it good to show the signs and wonders that the high God has wrought toward me.Da 5:18: 21: O you king: the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar your father a kingdom: and majesty: and glory: and honour:Mic 6:6: Wherewith will I come before the LORD: and bow myself before the high God? will I come before Him with burnt offerings: with calves of a year old?Mr 5:7: Cried with a loud voice: and said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of the most high God? I adjure you by God: that you torment not me.Ac 16:17: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation."the slaughter"Ge 16:14-16: For what reason the well was called Beerlahairoi; look: it is between Kadesh and Bered.Isa 41:2: 3: Who raised up the righteous man from the east: called him to his foot: gave the nations before him: and made him rule over kings? he gave them as the dust to his sword: and as driven stubble to his bow.
ω και δεκατην απο παντων εμερισεν αβρααμ πρωτον μεν ερμηνευομενος βασιλευς δικαιοσυνης επειτα δε και βασιλευς σαλημ ο εστιν βασιλευς ειρηνης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
is he to whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1181δεκάτηνdekatēn (Adj-AFS) G1181 δεκάτη dekátē dek-at-ay feminine of δέκατος; a tenth, i.e. as a percentage or (technically) tithe:--tenth (part), tithe.
|
δεκάτηνdekatēn
|
a tenth
|
Adj-AFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3307ἐμέρισενemerisen (V-AIA-3S) G3307 μερίζω merízō mer-id-zo from μέρος; to part, i.e. (literally) to apportion, bestow, share, or (figuratively) to disunite, differ:--deal, be difference between, distribute, divide, give participle
|
ἐμέρισενemerisen
|
apportioned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G11Ἀβραάμ,Abraam (N-NMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
Ἀβραάμ,Abraam
|
Abraham,
|
N-NMS
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S) G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first
|
Adv-S
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G2059ἑρμηνευόμενοςhermēneuomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G2059 ἑρμηνεύω hermēneúō her-mayn-yoo-o from a presumed derivative of Ἑρμῆς (as the god of language); to translate:--interpret.
|
ἑρμηνευόμενοςhermēneuomenos
|
being translated,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G935Βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
Βασιλεὺςbasileus
|
king
|
N-NMS
|
G1343δικαιοσύνης,dikaiosynēs (N-GFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνης,dikaiosynēs
|
of righteousness;
|
N-GFS
|
G1899ἔπειταepeita (Adv) G1899 ἔπειτα épeita ep-i-tah from ἐπί and εἶτα; thereafter:--after that(-ward), then.
|
ἔπειταepeita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G935Βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
Βασιλεὺςbasileus
|
king
|
N-NMS
|
G4532Σαλήμ,Salēm (N-GFS) G4532 Σαλήμ Salḗm sal-ame of Hebrew origin (שָׁלֵם); Salem (i.e. Shalem), a place in Palestine:--Salem.
|
Σαλήμ,Salēm
|
of Salem,
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G935Βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
Βασιλεὺςbasileus
|
king
|
N-NMS
|
G1515εἰρήνης,eirēnēs (N-GFS) G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνης,eirēnēs
|
of peace.
|
N-GFS
|
2
To whom also Abraham gave a tenth part of all; first being by interpretation King of righteousness, and after that also King of Salem, which is, King of peace;
Hebrews 7:2
Stats
Rank: #9449 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 159 characters, 25 words, 126 letters, 47 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: ω και δεκατην απο παντων εμερισεν αβρααμ πρωτον μεν ερμηνευομενος βασιλευς δικαιοσυνης επειτα δε και βασιλευς σαλημ ο εστιν βασιλευς ειρηνης
Lit: is he to whom also a tenth of all apportioned Abraham, first indeed being translated, king of righteousness; then and also, king of Salem, which is, king of peace.
KJV: To whom also Abraham gave a tenth part of all; first being by interpretation King of righteousness, and after that also King of Salem, which is, King of peace;
References
"a tenth"Ge 28:22: This stone: which I have set for a pillar: will be God's house: and of all that you will give me I will surely give the tenth to you.Le 27:32: Concerning the tithe of the herd: or of the flock: even of whatever passs under the rod: the tenth will be holy to the LORD.Nu 18:21: And: look: I have given the children of Levi all the tenth in Israel for an inheritance: for their service which they serve: even the service of the tabernacle of the congregation.1Sa 8:15: 17: He will take the tenth of your seed: and of your vineyards: and give to his officers: and to his servants."King of righteousness"2Sa 8:15: David reigned over all Israel; and David executed judgment and justice to all his people.2Sa 23:3: The God of Israel said: the Rock of Israel spoke to me: He who rules over men must be just: ruling in the fear of God.1Ki 4:24: 25: For he had dominion over all the region on this side the river: from Tiphsah even to Azzah: over all the kings on this side the river: and he had peace on all sides round about him.1Ch 22:9: Look: a son will be born to you: who will be a man of rest'>rest; and I will give him rest'>rest from all his enemies round about: for his name will be Solomon: and I will give peace and quietness to Israel in his days.Ps 45:4-7: In your majesty ride prosperously because of truth and meekness and righteousness; and your right hand will teach you terrible things.Ps 72:1-3: 7: A Psalm for Solomon.>> Give the king your judgments: O God: and your righteousness to the king's son.Ps 85:10: 11: Mercy and truth are met together; righteousness and peace have kissed each other.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Isa 32:1: 2: Look: a king will reign in righteousness: and princes will rule in judgment.Isa 45:22-25: Look to me: and be you saved: all the ends of the earth: for I am God: and there is none else.Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Jer 33:15: 16: In those days: and at that time: will I cause the Branch of righteousness to grow up to David; and he will execute judgment and righteousness in the land.Mic 5:5: This man will be the peace: when the Assyrian will come into our land: and when he will tread in our palaces: then will we raise against him 7 shepherds: and 8 principal men.Lu 2:14: Glory to God in the high: and on earth peace: good will toward men.Ro 3:26: To declare: I say: at this time His righteousness: that He might be just: and the justifier of Him which believes in Jesus.Ro 5:1: 2: Therefore being justified by faith: we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ:Eph 2:14-18: For he is our peace: who has made both one: and has broken down the middle wall of partition between us;
απατωρ αμητωρ αγενεαλογητος μητε αρχην ημερων μητε ζωης τελος εχων αφωμοιωμενος δε τω υιω του θεου μενει ιερευς εις το διηνεκες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G540ἀπάτωρ,apatōr (Adj-NMS) G540 ἀπάτωρ apátōr ap-at-ore from Α (as a negative particle) and πατήρ; fatherless, i.e. of unrecorded paternity:--without father.
|
ἀπάτωρ,apatōr
|
Without father,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G282ἀμήτωρ,amētōr (Adj-NMS) G282 ἀμήτωρ amḗtōr am-ay-tore from Α (as a negative particle) and μήτηρ; motherless, i.e. of unknown maternity:--without mother.
|
ἀμήτωρ,amētōr
|
without mother,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G35ἀγενεαλόγητος,agenealogētos (Adj-NMS) G35 ἀγενεαλόγητος agenealógētos ag-en-eh-al-og-ay-tos from Α (as negative particle) and γενεαλογέω; unregistered as to birth:--without descent.
|
ἀγενεαλόγητος,agenealogētos
|
without genealogy,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj) G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G746ἀρχὴνarchēn (N-AFS) G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχὴνarchēn
|
beginning
|
N-AFS
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
of days
|
N-GFP
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj) G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS) G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life
|
N-GFS
|
G5056τέλοςtelos (N-ANS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλοςtelos
|
end
|
N-ANS
|
G2192ἔχων,echōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχων,echōn
|
having,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G871ἀφωμοιωμένοςaphōmoiōmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS) G871 ἀφομοιόω aphomoióō af-om-oy-o-o from ἀπό and ὁμοιόω; to assimilate closely:--make like.
|
ἀφωμοιωμένοςaphōmoiōmenos
|
having been made like
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G5207ΥἱῷHuiō (N-DMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱῷHuiō
|
Son
|
N-DMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3306μένειmenei (V-PIA-3S) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μένειmenei
|
he remains
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2409ἱερεὺςhiereus (N-NMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεὺςhiereus
|
a priest
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G1336διηνεκές.diēnekes (Adj-ANS) G1336 διηνεκής diēnekḗs dee-ay-nek-es neuter of a compound of διά and a derivative of an alternate of φέρω; carried through, i.e. (adverbially with εἰς and ὁ prefixed) perpetually:--+ continually, for ever.
|
διηνεκές.diēnekes
|
all time.
|
Adj-ANS
|
3
Without father, without mother, without descent, having neither beginning of days, nor end of life; but made like to the Son of God; abides a priest continually.Hebrews 7:3
Stats
Counts: 164 characters, 21 words, 131 letters, 51 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: απατωρ αμητωρ αγενεαλογητος μητε αρχην ημερων μητε ζωης τελος εχων αφωμοιωμενος δε τω υιω του θεου μενει ιερευς εις το διηνεκες
Lit: Without father, without mother, without genealogy, neither beginning of days nor of life end having, having been made like however the Son of God, he remains a priest unto all time.
KJV: Without father, without mother, without descent, having neither beginning of days, nor end of life; but made like unto the Son of God; abideth a priest continually.
References
"descent"Ex 6:18: 20-27: The sons of Kohath; Amram: and Izhar: and Hebron: and Uzziel: and the years of the life of Kohath were 133 years.1Ch 6:1-3: The sons of Levi; Gershon: Kohath: and Merari."a priest"Heb 7:17: 23-28: For he testifieth: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.
θεωρειτε δε πηλικος ουτος ω και δεκατην αβρααμ εδωκεν εκ των ακροθινιων ο πατριαρχης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2334ΘεωρεῖτεTheōreite (V-PMA-2P) G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΘεωρεῖτεTheōreite
|
Consider
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4080πηλίκοςpēlikos (Adj-NMS) G4080 πηλίκος pēlíkos pay-lee-kos a quantitative form (the feminine) of the base of πού; how much (as an indefinite), i.e. in size or (figuratively) dignity:--how great (large).,
|
πηλίκοςpēlikos
|
how great
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
this one was,
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
to whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G2532[καὶ]kai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
[καὶ]kai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G1181δεκάτηνdekatēn (Adj-AFS) G1181 δεκάτη dekátē dek-at-ay feminine of δέκατος; a tenth, i.e. as a percentage or (technically) tithe:--tenth (part), tithe.
|
δεκάτηνdekatēn
|
a tenth
|
Adj-AFS
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-NMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
Abraham
|
N-NMS
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G205ἀκροθινίωνakrothiniōn (N-GNP) G205 ἀκροθίνιον akrothínion ak-roth-in-ee-on from ἄκρον and (a heap); properly (in the plural) the top of the heap, i.e. (by implication) best of the booty:--spoils.
|
ἀκροθινίωνakrothiniōn
|
best spoils,
|
N-GNP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3966πατριάρχης.patriarchēs (N-NMS) G3966 πατριάρχης patriárchēs pat-ree-arkh-ace from πατριά and ἄρχω; a progenitor (patriarch):--patriarch.
|
πατριάρχης.patriarchēs
|
patriarch.
|
N-NMS
|
4
Now consider how great this man was, to whom even the patriarch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoils.Hebrews 7:4
Stats
Counts: 103 characters, 18 words, 83 letters, 30 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: θεωρειτε δε πηλικος ουτος ω και δεκατην αβρααμ εδωκεν εκ των ακροθινιων ο πατριαρχης
Lit: Consider now how great this one was, to whom even a tenth Abraham gave out of the best spoils, the patriarch.
KJV: Now consider how great this man was, unto whom even the patriarch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoils.
References
"the patriarch"Ac 2:29: Men and brothers: let me freely speak to you of the patriarch David: that he is both dead and buried: and his sepulchre is with us to this day.Ac 7:8: 9: He gave him the covenant of circumcision: and so Abraham begot Isaac: and circumcised him the eighth day; and Isaac begot Jacob; and Jacob begot the 12 patriarchs."Abraham"Ge 12:2: I will make of you a great nation: and I will bless you: and make your name great; and you will be a blessing:Ge 17:5: 6: Neither will your name any more be called Abram: but your name will be Abraham; for a father of many nations have I made you.Ro 4:11-13: 17: 18: He received the sign of circumcision: a seal of the righteousness of the faith which he had yet being uncircumcised: that he might be the father of all them that believe: though they not be circumcised; that righteousness might be imputed to them also:Ga 3:28: 29: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.Jas 2:23: The scripture was fulfilled which says: Abraham believed God: and it was imputed to Him for righteousness: and He was called the Friend of God."gave"Ge 14:20: Blessed be the most high God: which has delivered your enemies into your hand. And He gave Him tithes of all.
και οι μεν εκ των υιων λευι την ιερατειαν λαμβανοντες εντολην εχουσιν αποδεκατουν τον λαον κατα τον νομον τουτ εστιν τους αδελφους αυτων καιπερ εξεληλυθοτας εκ της οσφυος αβρααμ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed,
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5207υἱῶνhuiōn (N-GMP) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱῶνhuiōn
|
sons
|
N-GMP
|
G3017ΛευὶLeui (N-GMS) G3017 Λευΐ Leuḯ lyoo-ee of Hebrew origin (לֵוִי); Levi, the name of three Israelites:--Levi. Compare Λευΐς.
|
ΛευὶLeui
|
of Levi,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2405ἱερατείανhierateian (N-AFS) G2405 ἱερατεία hierateía hee-er-at-i-ah from ἱερατεύω; priestliness, i.e. the sacerdotal function:--office of the priesthood, priests office.
|
ἱερατείανhierateian
|
priestly office
|
N-AFS
|
G2983λαμβάνοντεςlambanontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνοντεςlambanontes
|
receiving,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1785ἐντολὴνentolēn (N-AFS) G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολὴνentolēn
|
a commandment
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G586ἀποδεκατοῦνapodekatoun (V-PNA) G586 ἀποδεκατόω apodekatóō ap-od-ek-at-o-o from ἀπό and δεκατόω; to tithe (as debtor or creditor):--(give, pay, take) tithe.
|
ἀποδεκατοῦνapodekatoun
|
to take a tenth
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
from the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαὸνlaon (N-AMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸνlaon
|
people
|
N-AMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμον,nomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμον,nomon
|
law,
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτ’tout’ (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτ’tout’
|
that
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
from the
|
Art-AMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2539καίπερkaiper (Conj) G2539 καίπερ kaíper kah-ee-per from καί and περ; and indeed, i.e. nevertheless or notwithstanding:--and yet, although.
|
καίπερkaiper
|
though
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξεληλυθόταςexelēlythotas (V-RPA-AMP) G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξεληλυθόταςexelēlythotas
|
having come
|
V-RPA-AMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3751ὀσφύοςosphyos (N-GFS) G3751 ὀσφῦς osphŷs os-foos of uncertain affinity; the loin (externally), i.e. the hip; internally (by extension) procreative power:--loin.
|
ὀσφύοςosphyos
|
loin
|
N-GFS
|
G11Ἀβραάμ·Abraam (N-GMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
Ἀβραάμ·Abraam
|
of Abraham.
|
N-GMS
|
5
truly they that are of the sons of Levi, who receive the office of the priesthood, have a commandment to take tithes of the people according to the law, that is, of their brothers, though they come out of the loins of Abraham:Hebrews 7:5
Stats
Counts: 231 characters, 39 words, 182 letters, 72 vowels, 110 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι μεν εκ των υιων λευι την ιερατειαν λαμβανοντες εντολην εχουσιν αποδεκατουν τον λαον κατα τον νομον τουτ εστιν τους αδελφους αυτων καιπερ εξεληλυθοτας εκ της οσφυος αβρααμ
Lit: And those indeed, out from the sons of Levi, the priestly office receiving, a commandment have to take a tenth from the people according to the law, that is, from the brothers of them, though having come out of the loin of Abraham.
KJV: And verily they that are of the sons of Levi, who receive the office of the priesthood, have a commandment to take tithes of the people according to the law, that is, of their brethren, though they come out of the loins of Abraham:
References
"who"Heb 5:4: No man takes this honour to Himself: but He that'>He who is called of God: as was Aaron.Ex 28:1: Take you to you Aaron your brother: and his sons with him: from among the children of Israel: that he may minister to me in the priest's office: even Aaron: Nadab and Abihu: Eleazar and Ithamar: Aaron's sons.Nu 16:10: 11: He has brought you near to him: and all your brothers the sons of Levi with you: and seek you the priesthood also?Nu 17:3-10: you will write Aaron's name upon the rod of Levi: for one rod will be for the head of the house of their fathers.Nu 18:7: 21-26: Therefore you and your sons with you will keep your priest's office for every thing of the altar: and within the vail; and you will serve: I have given your priest's office to you as a service of gift: and the stranger that comes nigh will be put to death."to take"Le 27:30-33: All the tithe of the land: whether of the seed of the land: or of the fruit of the tree: is the LORD's: it is holy to the LORD.Nu 18:26-32: Thus speak to the Levites: and say to them: When you take of the children of Israel the tithes which I have given you from them for your inheritance: then you will offer up an heave offering of it for the LORD: even a tenth part of the tithe.2Ch 31:4-6: Moreover He commanded the people that dwelt in Jerusalem to give the portion of the priests and the Levites: that they might be encouraged in the law of the LORD.Ne 13:10: I perceived that the portions of the Levites not had been given them: for the Levites and the singers: that did the work: were fled every one to his field."come"Heb 7:10: For he was yet in the loins of his father: when Melchisedec met him.Ge 35:11: God said to Him: I am God Almighty: be fruitful and multiply; a nation and a company of nations will be of you: and kings will come out of your loins;Ge 46:26: All the souls that came with Jacob into Egypt: which came out of his loins: besides Jacob's sons' wives: all the souls were threescore and 6;Ex 1:5: All the souls that came out of the loins of Jacob were 70 souls: for Joseph was in Egypt already.1Ki 8:19: Nevertheless you will not build the house; but your son that will come forth out of your loins: he will build the house to my name.
ο δε μη γενεαλογουμενος εξ αυτων δεδεκατωκεν τον αβρααμ και τον εχοντα τας επαγγελιας ευλογηκεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1075γενεαλογούμενοςgenealogoumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1075 γενεαλογέω genealogéō ghen-eh-al-og-eh-o from γενεά and λόγος; to reckon by generations, i.e. trace in genealogy:--count by descent.
|
γενεαλογούμενοςgenealogoumenos
|
tracing his ancestry
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1183δεδεκάτωκενdedekatōken (V-RIA-3S) G1183 δεκατόω dekatóō dek-at-o-o from δεκάτη; to tithe, i.e. to give or take a tenth:--pay (receive) tithes.
|
δεδεκάτωκενdedekatōken
|
has collected a tenth
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G11Ἀβραάμ,Abraam (N-AMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
Ἀβραάμ,Abraam
|
from Abraham,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the one
|
Art-AMS
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias (N-AFP) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias
|
promises
|
N-AFP
|
G2127εὐλόγηκεν.eulogēken (V-RIA-3S) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλόγηκεν.eulogēken
|
has blessed.
|
V-RIA-3S
|
6
But he whose descent not is counted from them received tithes of Abraham, and blessed him that had the promises.Hebrews 7:6
Stats
Counts: 112 characters, 19 words, 91 letters, 33 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε μη γενεαλογουμενος εξ αυτων δεδεκατωκεν τον αβρααμ και τον εχοντα τας επαγγελιας ευλογηκεν
Lit: The one however not tracing his ancestry from them has collected a tenth from Abraham, and the one having the promises has blessed.
KJV: But he whose descent is not counted from them received tithes of Abraham, and blessed him that had the promises.
References
"received"Heb 7:4: Now consider how great this man was: to whom even the patriarch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoils.Ge 14:19: 20: He blessed Him: and said: Blessed be Abram of the most high God: possessor of heaven and earth:"had"Heb 6:13-15: For when God made promise to Abraham: because He could swear by no greater: He sware by Himself: Heb 11:13: 17: These all died in faith: not having received the promises: but having seen them afar off: and were persuaded of them: and embraced them: and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth.Ge 12:2: 13: I will make of you a great nation: and I will bless you: and make your name great; and you will be a blessing:Ge 13:14-17: The LORD said to Abram: after that Lot was separated from Him: Lift up now your eyes: and look from the place where you are northward: and southward: and eastward: and westward:Ge 17:4-8: As for me: look: my covenant is with you: and you will be a father of many nations.Ge 22:17: 18: That in blessing I will bless you: and in multiplying I will multiply your seed as the stars of the heaven: and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and your seed will possess the gate of his enemies;Ac 3:25: You are the children of the prophets: and of the covenant which God made with our fathers: saying to Abraham: And in your seed will all the kindreds of the earth be blessed.Ro 4:13: For the promise: that he should be the heir of the world: was not to Abraham: or to his seed: through the law: but through the righteousness of faith.Ro 9:4: Who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption: and the glory: and the covenants: and the giving of the law: and the service of God: and the promises;Ga 3:16: Now to Abraham and His seed were the promises made. He says not: And to seeds: as of many; but as of one: And to your seed: which is Christ.
χωρις δε πασης αντιλογιας το ελαττον υπο του κρειττονος ευλογειται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
Apart from
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
all
|
Adj-GFS
|
G485ἀντιλογίαςantilogias (N-GFS) G485 ἀντιλογία antilogía an-tee-log-ee-ah from a derivative of ἀντιλέγω; dispute, disobedience:--contradiction, gainsaying, strife.
|
ἀντιλογίαςantilogias
|
dispute,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1640ἔλαττονelatton (Adj-NNS-C) G1640 ἐλάσσων elássōn el-at-tone comparative of the same as ἐλάχιστος; smaller (in size, quantity, age or quality):--less, under, worse, younger.
|
ἔλαττονelatton
|
inferior
|
Adj-NNS-C
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2909κρείττονοςkreittonos (Adj-GMS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρείττονοςkreittonos
|
superior
|
Adj-GMS-C
|
G2127εὐλογεῖται.eulogeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλογεῖται.eulogeitai
|
is blessed.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
7
Without all contradiction the less is blessed of the better.Hebrews 7:7
Stats
Counts: 64 characters, 11 words, 53 letters, 19 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: χωρις δε πασης αντιλογιας το ελαττον υπο του κρειττονος ευλογειται
Lit: Apart from now all dispute, the inferior by the superior is blessed.
KJV: And without all contradiction the less is blessed of the better.
References
"without"1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory."the less"Heb 11:20: 21: By faith Isaac blessed Jacob and Esau concerning things to come.Ge 27:20-40: Isaac said to His son: How is it that you have found it so quickly: my son? And He said: Because the LORD your God brought it to me.Ge 28:1-4: Isaac called Jacob: and blessed him: and charged him: and said to him: You will not take a wife of the daughters of Canaan.Ge 47:7-10: Joseph brought in Jacob his father: and set him before Pharaoh: and Jacob blessed Pharaoh.Ge 48:15-20: He blessed Joseph: and said: God: before whom my fathers Abraham and Isaac did walk: the God which fed me all my life long to this day: Ge 49:28: All these are the 12 tribes of Israel: and this is it that their father spoke to them: and blessed them; every one according to his blessing he blessed them.Nu 6:23-27: Speak to Aaron and to his sons: saying: On this wise you will bless the children of Israel: saying to them: De 32:1: Give ear: O you heavens: and I will speak; and hear: O earth: the words of my mouth.2Sa 6:20: Then David returned to bless his household. And Michal the daughter of Saul came out to meet David: and said: How glorious was the king of Israel today: who uncovered himself today in the eyes of the handmaids of his servants: as one of the vain fellows shamelessly uncovers himself!1Ki 8:55: He stood: and blessed all the congregation of Israel with a loud voice: saying: 2Ch 30:27: Then the priests the Levites arose and blessed the people: and their voice was heard: and their prayer came up to his holy dwelling place: even to heaven.Lu 24:50: 51: He led them out as far as to Bethany: and he lifted up his hands: and blessed them.2Co 13:14: The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ: and the love of God: and the communion of the Holy Ghost: be with you all. Amen. The second [epistle to the Corinthians was written from Philippi: a city of Macedonia: by Titus and Lucas.]>>
και ωδε μεν δεκατας αποθνησκοντες ανθρωποι λαμβανουσιν εκει δε μαρτυρουμενος οτι ζη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5602ὧδεhōde (Adv) G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδεhōde
|
here
|
Adv
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1181δεκάταςdekatas (Adj-AFP) G1181 δεκάτη dekátē dek-at-ay feminine of δέκατος; a tenth, i.e. as a percentage or (technically) tithe:--tenth (part), tithe.
|
δεκάταςdekatas
|
tithes,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G599ἀποθνῄσκοντεςapothnēskontes (V-PPA-NMP) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθνῄσκοντεςapothnēskontes
|
dying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G444ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi (N-NMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G2983λαμβάνουσιν,lambanousin (V-PIA-3P) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνουσιν,lambanousin
|
receive;
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv) G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
in that place
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3140μαρτυρούμενοςmartyroumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρούμενοςmartyroumenos
|
it is testified
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2198ζῇ.zē (V-PIA-3S) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῇ.zē
|
he lives on.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
8
Here men that die receive tithes; but there he receiveth them, of whom it is witnessed that he lives.Hebrews 7:8
Stats
Rank: #1726 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 18 words, 84 letters, 33 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ωδε μεν δεκατας αποθνησκοντες ανθρωποι λαμβανουσιν εκει δε μαρτυρουμενος οτι ζη
Lit: And here indeed tithes, dying men receive; in that place however, it is testified that he lives on.
KJV: And here men that die receive tithes; but there he receiveth them, of whom it is witnessed that he liveth.
References
"men"Heb 7:23: They truly were many priests: because they not were suffered to continue by reason of death:Heb 9:27: As it is appointed to men once to die: but after this the judgment:"he liveth"Heb 3:16: For some: when they had heard: did provoke: not howbeit all that came out of Egypt by Moses.Heb 5:6: As he says also in another place: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 9:24: 25: For Christ not is entered into the holy places made with hands: which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself: now to appear in the presence of God for us:Joh 11:25: 26: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:Joh 14:6: 19: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.
και ως επος ειπειν δια αβρααμ και λευι ο δεκατας λαμβανων δεδεκατωται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
so,
|
Adv
|
G2031ἔποςepos (N-ANS) G2031 ἔπος épos ep-os from ἔπω; a word:--X say.
|
ἔποςepos
|
a word
|
N-ANS
|
G3004εἰπεῖν,eipein (V-ANA) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπεῖν,eipein
|
to speak,
|
V-ANA
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-GMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
Abraham
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G3017ΛευὶLeui (N-NMS) G3017 Λευΐ Leuḯ lyoo-ee of Hebrew origin (לֵוִי); Levi, the name of three Israelites:--Levi. Compare Λευΐς.
|
ΛευὶLeui
|
Levi,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1181δεκάταςdekatas (Adj-AFP) G1181 δεκάτη dekátē dek-at-ay feminine of δέκατος; a tenth, i.e. as a percentage or (technically) tithe:--tenth (part), tithe.
|
δεκάταςdekatas
|
tithes
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2983λαμβάνωνlambanōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνωνlambanōn
|
receiving,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1183δεδεκάτωται·dedekatōtai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1183 δεκατόω dekatóō dek-at-o-o from δεκάτη; to tithe, i.e. to give or take a tenth:--pay (receive) tithes.
|
δεδεκάτωται·dedekatōtai
|
paid the tithe.
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
9
As I may so say, Levi also, who receives tithes, payed tithes in Abraham.
Hebrews 7:9
Stats
Rank: #2995 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 78 characters, 12 words, 60 letters, 25 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ως επος ειπειν δια αβρααμ και λευι ο δεκατας λαμβανων δεδεκατωται
Lit: And so, a word to speak, through Abraham also, Levi, the one tithes receiving, paid the tithe.
KJV: And as I may so say, Levi also, who receiveth tithes, payed tithes in Abraham.
References
"payed"Heb 7:4: Now consider how great this man was: to whom even the patriarch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoils.Ge 14:20: Blessed be the most high God: which has delivered your enemies into your hand. And He gave Him tithes of all.Ro 5:12: For what reason: as by one man sin entered into the world: and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men: for that all have sinned:
ετι γαρ εν τη οσφυι του πατρος ην οτε συνηντησεν αυτω ο μελχισεδεκ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
Still
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3751ὀσφύϊosphui (N-DFS) G3751 ὀσφῦς osphŷs os-foos of uncertain affinity; the loin (externally), i.e. the hip; internally (by extension) procreative power:--loin.
|
ὀσφύϊosphui
|
loin
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of his
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962πατρὸςpatros (N-GMS) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατρὸςpatros
|
father
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
he was,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv) G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G4876συνήντησενsynēntēsen (V-AIA-3S) G4876 συναντάω synantáō soon-an-tah-o from σύν and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet with; figuratively, to occur:--befall, meet.
|
συνήντησενsynēntēsen
|
met
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3198Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek (N-NMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.
|
Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek
|
Melchizedek.
|
N-NMS
|
10
For he was yet in the loins of his father, when Melchisedec met him.Hebrews 7:10
Stats
Rank: #3757 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 68 characters, 13 words, 53 letters, 19 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: ετι γαρ εν τη οσφυι του πατρος ην οτε συνηντησεν αυτω ο μελχισεδεκ
Lit: Still for in the loin of his father he was, when met him Melchizedek.
KJV: For he was yet in the loins of his father, when Melchisedec met him.
References
"For he was yet in the loins of his father, when Melchisedec met him."Heb 7:5: truly they that are of the sons of Levi: who receive the office of the priesthood: have a commandment to take tithes of the people according to the law: that is: of their brothers: though they come out of the loins of Abraham:Ge 35:11: God said to Him: I am God Almighty: be fruitful and multiply; a nation and a company of nations will be of you: and kings will come out of your loins;Ge 46:26: All the souls that came with Jacob into Egypt: which came out of his loins: besides Jacob's sons' wives: all the souls were threescore and 6;1Ki 8:19: Nevertheless you will not build the house; but your son that will come forth out of your loins: he will build the house to my name.
A Superior Priesthood
ει μεν ουν τελειωσις δια της λευιτικης ιερωσυνης ην ο λαος γαρ επ αυτη νενομοθετητο τις ετι χρεια κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ ετερον ανιστασθαι ιερεα και ου κατα την ταξιν ααρων λεγεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5050τελείωσιςteleiōsis (N-NFS) G5050 τελείωσις teleíōsis tel-i-o-sis from φυσιόω; (the act) completion, i.e. (of prophecy) verification, or (of expiation) absolution:--perfection, performance.
|
τελείωσιςteleiōsis
|
perfection
|
N-NFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3020ΛευιτικῆςLeuitikēs (Adj-GFS) G3020 Λευϊτικός Leuïtikós lyoo-it-ee-kos from Λευΐτης; Levitic, i.e. relating to the Levites:--Levitical.
|
ΛευιτικῆςLeuitikēs
|
Levitical
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2420ἱερωσύνηςhierōsynēs (N-GFS) G2420 ἱερωσύνη hierōsýnē hee-er-o-soo-nay from ἱερός; sacredness, i.e. (by implication) the priestly office:--priesthood.
|
ἱερωσύνηςhierōsynēs
|
priesthood
|
N-GFS
|
G1510ἦν,ēn (V-IIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦν,ēn
|
were—
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2992λαὸςlaos (N-NMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸςlaos
|
people
|
N-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3549νενομοθέτηται,nenomothetētai (V-RIM/P-3S) G3549 νομοθετέω nomothetéō nom-oth-et-eh-o from νομοθέτης; to legislate, i.e. (passively) to have (the Mosaic) enactments injoined, be sanctioned (by them):--establish, receive the law.
|
νενομοθέτηται,nenomothetētai
|
had received the Law—
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NFS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
what
|
IPro-NFS
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
still
|
Adv
|
G5532χρείαchreia (N-NFS) G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείαchreia
|
need was there,
|
N-NFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5010τάξινtaxin (N-AFS) G5010 τάξις táxis tax-is from τάσσω; regular arrangement, i.e. (in time) fixed succession (of rank or character), official dignity:--order.
|
τάξινtaxin
|
order
|
N-AFS
|
G3198ΜελχισέδεκMelchisedek (N-GMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.
|
ΜελχισέδεκMelchisedek
|
of Melchizedek,
|
N-GMS
|
G2087ἕτερονheteron (Adj-AMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτερονheteron
|
for another
|
Adj-AMS
|
G450ἀνίστασθαιanistasthai (V-PNM) G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνίστασθαιanistasthai
|
to arise
|
V-PNM
|
G2409ἱερέαhierea (N-AMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερέαhierea
|
priest
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5010τάξινtaxin (N-AFS) G5010 τάξις táxis tax-is from τάσσω; regular arrangement, i.e. (in time) fixed succession (of rank or character), official dignity:--order.
|
τάξινtaxin
|
order
|
N-AFS
|
G2ἈαρὼνAarōn (N-GMS) G2 Ἀαρών Aarṓn ah-ar-ohn of Hebrew origin (אַהֲרוֹן); Aaron, the brother of Moses:--Aaron.
|
ἈαρὼνAarōn
|
of Aaron
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λέγεσθαι;legesthai (V-PNM/P) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεσθαι;legesthai
|
to be named?
|
V-PNM/P
|
11
If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood, (for under it the people received the law,) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedec, not and be called after the order of Aaron?Hebrews 7:11
Stats
Counts: 237 characters, 37 words, 192 letters, 76 vowels, 116 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει μεν ουν τελειωσις δια της λευιτικης ιερωσυνης ην ο λαος γαρ επ αυτη νενομοθετητο τις ετι χρεια κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ ετερον ανιστασθαι ιερεα και ου κατα την ταξιν ααρων λεγεσθαι
Lit: If indeed then perfection by the Levitical priesthood were— the people for upon it had received the Law— what still need was there, according to the order of Melchizedek, for another to arise priest and not according to the order of Aaron to be named?
KJV: If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood, (for under it the people received the law,) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedec, and not be called after the order of Aaron?
References
"perfection"Heb 7:18: 19: For there is truly a disannulling of the commandment going before for the weakness and unprofitableness thereof.Heb 8:7: 10-13: For if that first covenant had been faultless: then should no place have been sought for the second.Heb 10:1-4: For the law having a shadow of good things to come: and not the very image of the things: can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.Ga 2:21: I not do frustrate the grace of God: for if righteousness come by the law: then Christ is dead in vain.Ga 4:3: 9: Even so we: when we were children: were in bondage under the elements of the world:Col 2:10-17: you are complete in him: which is the head of all principality and power:"another"Heb 7:15: 17: 21: It is yet far more evident: for that after the similitude of Melchisedec there arises another priest: Heb 5:6: 10: As he says also in another place: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.
μετατιθεμενης γαρ της ιερωσυνης εξ αναγκης και νομου μεταθεσις γινεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3346μετατιθεμένηςmetatithemenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS) G3346 μετατίθημι metatíthēmi met-at-ith-ay-mee from μετά and τίθημι; to transfer, i.e. (literally) transport, (by implication) exchange, (reflexively) change sides, or (figuratively) pervert:--carry over, change, remove, translate, turn.
|
μετατιθεμένηςmetatithemenēs
|
Being changed
|
V-PPM/P-GFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2420ἱερωσύνηςhierōsynēs (N-GFS) G2420 ἱερωσύνη hierōsýnē hee-er-o-soo-nay from ἱερός; sacredness, i.e. (by implication) the priestly office:--priesthood.
|
ἱερωσύνηςhierōsynēs
|
priesthood,
|
N-GFS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G318ἀνάγκηςanankēs (N-GFS) G318 ἀνάγκη anánkē an-ang-kay from ἀνά and the base of ἀγκάλη; constraint (literally or figuratively); by implication, distress:--distress, must needs, (of) necessity(-sary), needeth, needful.
|
ἀνάγκηςanankēs
|
necessity
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμουnomou
|
of law
|
N-GMS
|
G3331μετάθεσιςmetathesis (N-NFS) G3331 μετάθεσις metáthesis met-ath-es-is from μετατίθημι; transposition, i.e. transferral (to heaven), disestablishment (of a law):--change, removing, translation.
|
μετάθεσιςmetathesis
|
a change
|
N-NFS
|
G1096γίνεται.ginetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεται.ginetai
|
takes place.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
12
For the priesthood being changed, there is made of necessity a change also of the law.Hebrews 7:12
Stats
Rank: #4091 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 86 characters, 15 words, 69 letters, 27 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετατιθεμενης γαρ της ιερωσυνης εξ αναγκης και νομου μεταθεσις γινεται
Lit: Being changed for of the priesthood, from necessity also, of law a change takes place.
KJV: For the priesthood being changed, there is made of necessity a change also of the law.
References
"a change"Isa 66:21: I will also take of them for priests and for Levites: says the LORD.Jer 31:31-34: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel: and with the house of Judah:Eze 16:61: Then you will remember your ways: and be ashamed: when you will receive your sisters: your elder and your younger: and I will give them to you for daughters: not but by your covenant.Ac 6:13: 14: Set up false witnesses: which said: This man ceases not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place: and the law:
εφ ον γαρ λεγεται ταυτα φυλης ετερας μετεσχηκεν αφ ης ουδεις προσεσχηκεν τω θυσιαστηριω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1909Ἐφ’eph’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
Ἐφ’eph’
|
He concerning
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγεταιlegetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεταιlegetai
|
are said
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3778ταῦτα,tauta (DPro-NNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα,tauta
|
these things
|
DPro-NNP
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS) G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
a tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G2087ἑτέραςheteras (Adj-GFS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέραςheteras
|
another
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3348μετέσχηκεν,meteschēken (V-RIA-3S) G3348 μετέχω metéchō met-ekh-o from μετά and ἔχω; to share or participate; by implication, belong to, eat (or drink):--be partaker, pertain, take part, use.
|
μετέσχηκεν,meteschēken
|
belonged to,
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4337προσέσχηκενproseschēken (V-RIA-3S) G4337 προσέχω proséchō pros-ekh-o from πρός and ἔχω; (figuratively) to hold the mind (3563 implied) towards, i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply oneself to, adhere to:--(give) attend(-ance, -ance at, -ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed (to unto); have regard.
|
προσέσχηκενproseschēken
|
has served
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
at the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2379θυσιαστηρίῳ·thysiastēriō (N-DNS) G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστηρίῳ·thysiastēriō
|
altar.
|
N-DNS
|
13
For he of whom these things are spoken pertains to another tribe, of which no man gave attendance at the altar.Hebrews 7:13
Stats
Rank: #4209 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 20 words, 91 letters, 35 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: εφ ον γαρ λεγεται ταυτα φυλης ετερας μετεσχηκεν αφ ης ουδεις προσεσχηκεν τω θυσιαστηριω
Lit: He concerning whom for are said these things a tribe another belonged to, from which no one has served at the altar.
KJV: For he of whom these things are spoken pertaineth to another tribe, of which no man gave attendance at the altar.
References
"of which"Nu 16:40: To be a memorial to the children of Israel: that no stranger: which is not of the seed of Aaron: come near to offer incense before the LORD; that He not be as Korah: and as His company: as the LORD said to Him by the hand of Moses.Nu 17:5: It will come to pass: that the man's rod: whom I will choose: will blossom: and I will make to cease from me the murmurings of the children of Israel: whereby they murmur against you.2Ch 26:16-21: But when He was strong: His heart was lifted up to His destruction: for He transgressed against the LORD His God: and went into the temple of the LORD to burn incense upon the altar of incense.
προδηλον γαρ οτι εξ ιουδα ανατεταλκεν ο κυριος ημων εις ην φυλην ουδεν περι ιερωσυνης μωσης ελαλησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4271πρόδηλονprodēlon (Adj-NNS) G4271 πρόδηλος pródēlos prod-ay-los from πρό and δῆλος; plain before all men, i.e. obvious:--evident, manifest (open) beforehand.
|
πρόδηλονprodēlon
|
It is evident
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G2448ἸούδαIouda (N-GMS) G2448 Ἰουδά Ioudá ee-oo-dah of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה or perhaps יֻטָּה); Judah (i.e. Jehudah or Juttah), a part of (or place in) Palestine:--Judah.
|
ἸούδαIouda
|
Judah
|
N-GMS
|
G393ἀνατέταλκενanatetalken (V-RIA-3S) G393 ἀνατέλλω anatéllō an-at-el-lo from ἀνά and the base of τέλος; to (cause to) arise:--(a-, make to) rise, at the rising of, spring (up), be up.
|
ἀνατέταλκενanatetalken
|
has sprung
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
as to
|
Prep
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G5443φυλὴνphylēn (N-AFS) G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλὴνphylēn
|
a tribe,
|
N-AFS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G2409ἱερέωνhiereōn (N-GMP) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερέωνhiereōn
|
priests,
|
N-GMP
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G2980ἐλάλησεν.elalēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησεν.elalēsen
|
spoke.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
14
For it is evident that our Lord sprang out of Juda; of which tribe Moses spoke nothing concerning priesthood.Hebrews 7:14
Stats
Rank: #5678 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 18 words, 89 letters, 33 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: προδηλον γαρ οτι εξ ιουδα ανατεταλκεν ο κυριος ημων εις ην φυλην ουδεν περι ιερωσυνης μωσης ελαλησεν
Lit: It is evident for that out of Judah has sprung the Lord of us, as to which a tribe, concerning priests, nothing Moses spoke.
KJV: For it is evident that our Lord sprang out of Juda; of which tribe Moses spake nothing concerning priesthood.
References
"Our Lord"Lu 1:43: where is this to me: that the mother of my Lord should come to me?Joh 20:13: 28: They say to her: Woman: why weep you? She says to them: Because they have taken away my Lord: and I know nowhere they have laid Him.Eph 1:3: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: who has blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ:Php 3:8: Yes doubtless: and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: for whom I have suffered the loss of all things: and do count them but dung: that I may win Christ: "sprang"Ge 46:12: The sons of Judah; Er: and Onan: and Shelah: and Pharez: and Zerah: but Er and Onan died in the land of Canaan. And the sons of Pharez were Hezron and Hamul.Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.Ru 4:18-22: Now these are the generations of Pharez: Pharez begot Hezron: Isa 11:1: There will come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse: and a Branch will grow out of his roots:Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Mic 5:2: But you: Bethlehem Ephratah: though you be little among the thousands of Judah: yet out of you will he come forth to me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old: from everlasting.Mt 1:3-16: Judas begot Phares and Zara of Thamar; and Phares begot Esrom; and Esrom begot Aram;Lu 2:23-33: (As it is written in the law of the Lord: Every male that opens the womb will be called holy to the Lord;)Lu 3:33: Which was the son of Aminadab: which was the son of Aram: which was the son of Esrom: which was the son of Phares: which was the son of Juda: Ro 1:3: Concerning His Son Jesus Christ our Lord: which was made of the seed of David according to the flesh;Ro 2:3: think you this: O man: that judge them which do such things: and do the same: that you will escape the judgment of God?Re 5:5: One of the elders says to me: not Weep: look: the Lion of the tribe of Juda: the Root of David: has prevailed to open the book: and to loose the 7 seals thereof.Re 22:16: I Jesus have sent my angel to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David: and the bright and morning star.
και περισσοτερον ετι καταδηλον εστιν ει κατα την ομοιοτητα μελχισεδεκ ανισταται ιερευς ετερος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4053περισσότερονperissoteron (Adj-ANS-C) G4053 περισσός perissós per-is-sos from περί (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ἐκ) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence:--exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly).
|
περισσότερονperissoteron
|
more abundantly
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
yet
|
Adv
|
G2612κατάδηλόνkatadēlon (Adj-NNS) G2612 κατάδηλος katádēlos kat-ad-ay-los from κατά intensive and δῆλος; manifest:--far more evident.
|
κατάδηλόνkatadēlon
|
evident
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
it is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3665ὁμοιότηταhomoiotēta (N-AFS) G3665 ὁμοιότης homoiótēs hom-oy-ot-ace from ὅμοιος; resemblance:--like as, similitude.
|
ὁμοιότηταhomoiotēta
|
likeness
|
N-AFS
|
G3198ΜελχισέδεκMelchisedek (N-GMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.
|
ΜελχισέδεκMelchisedek
|
of Melchizedek
|
N-GMS
|
G450ἀνίσταταιanistatai (V-PIM-3S) G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνίσταταιanistatai
|
arises
|
V-PIM-3S
|
G2409ἱερεὺςhiereus (N-NMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεὺςhiereus
|
a priest
|
N-NMS
|
G2087ἕτερος,heteros (Adj-NMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτερος,heteros
|
another,
|
Adj-NMS
|
15
It is yet far more evident: for that after the similitude of Melchisedec there arises another priest,Hebrews 7:15
Stats
Rank: #7025 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 17 words, 87 letters, 35 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και περισσοτερον ετι καταδηλον εστιν ει κατα την ομοιοτητα μελχισεδεκ ανισταται ιερευς ετερος
Lit: And more abundantly yet evident it is, if according to the likeness of Melchizedek arises a priest another,
KJV: And it is yet far more evident: for that after the similitude of Melchisedec there ariseth another priest,
References
"after"Heb 7:3: 11: 17-21: Without father: without mother: without descent: having neither beginning of days: nor end of life; but made like to the Son of God; abides a priest continually.Ps 110:4: The LORD has sworn: and not will repent: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek.
ος ου κατα νομον εντολης σαρκικης γεγονεν αλλα κατα δυναμιν ζωης ακαταλυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
a law
|
N-AMS
|
G1785ἐντολῆςentolēs (N-GFS) G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολῆςentolēs
|
of a commandment
|
N-GFS
|
G4560σαρκίνηςsarkinēs (Adj-GFS) G4560 σάρκινος sárkinos sar-kee-nos from σάρξ; similar to flesh, i.e. (by analogy) soft:--fleshly.
|
σαρκίνηςsarkinēs
|
fleshly
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1096γέγονενgegonen (V-RIA-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γέγονενgegonen
|
has been constituted,
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
the power
|
N-AFS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS) G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of a life
|
N-GFS
|
G179ἀκαταλύτου.akatalytou (Adj-GFS) G179 ἀκατάλυτος akatálytos ak-at-al-oo-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of καταλύω; indissoluble, i.e. (figuratively) permanent:--endless.
|
ἀκαταλύτου.akatalytou
|
indestructible.
|
Adj-GFS
|
16
Who is made, not after the law of a carnal commandment, but after the power of an endless life.Hebrews 7:16
Stats
Rank: #8393 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 17 words, 74 letters, 28 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος ου κατα νομον εντολης σαρκικης γεγονεν αλλα κατα δυναμιν ζωης ακαταλυτου
Lit: who not according to a law of a commandment fleshly has been constituted, but according to the power of a life indestructible.
KJV: Who is made, not after the law of a carnal commandment, but after the power of an endless life.
References
"the law"Heb 9:9: 10: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Heb 10:1: For the law having a shadow of good things to come: and not the very image of the things: can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.Ga 4:3: 9: Even so we: when we were children: were in bondage under the elements of the world:Col 2:14: 20: Blotting out the handwriting of ordinances that was against us: which was contrary to us: and took it out of the way: nailing it to his cross;"the power"Heb 7:3: 17: 21: 24: 25: 28: Without father: without mother: without descent: having neither beginning of days: nor end of life; but made like to the Son of God; abides a priest continually.Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.
μαρτυρει γαρ οτι συ ιερευς εις τον αιωνα κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3140μαρτυρεῖταιmartyreitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρεῖταιmartyreitai
|
It is testified
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- :
|
Conj
|
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣὺSy
|
You are
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2409ἱερεὺςhiereus (N-NMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεὺςhiereus
|
a priest
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G165αἰῶναaiōna (N-AMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναaiōna
|
age,
|
N-AMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5010τάξινtaxin (N-AFS) G5010 τάξις táxis tax-is from τάσσω; regular arrangement, i.e. (in time) fixed succession (of rank or character), official dignity:--order.
|
τάξινtaxin
|
order
|
N-AFS
|
G3198Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek (N-GMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.
|
Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek
|
of Melchizedek.”
|
N-GMS
|
17
For he testifieth, You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.
Hebrews 7:17
Stats
Rank: #8074 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 77 characters, 13 words, 62 letters, 25 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: μαρτυρει γαρ οτι συ ιερευς εις τον αιωνα κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ
Lit: It is testified for - : You are a priest to the age, according to the order of Melchizedek.”
KJV: For he testifieth, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.
References
"For he testifieth, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec."Heb 7:15: 21: It is yet far more evident: for that after the similitude of Melchisedec there arises another priest: Heb 5:6: 10: As he says also in another place: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Ps 110:4: The LORD has sworn: and not will repent: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek.
αθετησις μεν γαρ γινεται προαγουσης εντολης δια το αυτης ασθενες και ανωφελες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G115Ἀθέτησιςathetēsis (N-NFS) G115 ἀθέτησις athétēsis ath-et-ay-sis from ἀθετέω; cancellation (literally or figuratively):--disaning, put away.
|
Ἀθέτησιςathetēsis
|
A putting away
|
N-NFS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1096γίνεταιginetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεταιginetai
|
there is
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4254προαγούσηςproagousēs (V-PPA-GFS) G4254 προάγω proágō pro-ag-o from πρό and ἄγω; to lead forward (magisterially); intransitively, to precede (in place or time (participle, previous)):--bring (forth, out), go before.
|
προαγούσηςproagousēs
|
of the preceding
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G1785ἐντολῆςentolēs (N-GFS) G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολῆςentolēs
|
commandment,
|
N-GFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
its
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G772ἀσθενὲςasthenes (Adj-ANS) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενὲςasthenes
|
weakness
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G512ἀνωφελές,anōpheles (Adj-ANS) G512 ἀνωφελής anōphelḗs an-o-fel-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of ὠφέλιμος; useless or (neuter) inutility:--unprofitable(-ness).
|
ἀνωφελές,anōpheles
|
uselessness—
|
Adj-ANS
|
18
For there is truly a disannulling of the commandment going before for the weakness and unprofitableness thereof.Hebrews 7:18
Stats
Rank: #7530 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 17 words, 96 letters, 36 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: αθετησις μεν γαρ γινεται προαγουσης εντολης δια το αυτης ασθενες και ανωφελες
Lit: A putting away indeed for there is of the preceding commandment, because of its weakness and uselessness—
KJV: For there is verily a disannulling of the commandment going before for the weakness and unprofitableness thereof.
References
"a disannulling"Heb 7:11: 12: If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood: (for under it the people received the law: ) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedec: not and be called after the order of Aaron?Heb 8:7-13: For if that first covenant had been faultless: then should no place have been sought for the second.Heb 10:1-9: For the law having a shadow of good things to come: and not the very image of the things: can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.Ro 3:31: Do we then make void the law through faith? God forbid: yes: we establish the law.Ga 3:15: 17: Brothers: I speak after the manner of men; Though it be but a man's covenant: yet if it be confirmed: no man disannuls: or adds thereto."the weakness"Heb 7:19: For the law not madehing perfect: but the bringing in of a better hope did; by the which we draw nigh to God.Heb 8:7: 8: For if that first covenant had been faultless: then should no place have been sought for the second.Heb 9:9: 10: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Heb 10:1-4: For the law having a shadow of good things to come: and not the very image of the things: can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.Heb 13:9: not Be carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats: which not have profited them that have been occupied therein.Ac 13:39: By him all that believe are justified from all things: from which you not could be justified by the law of Moses.Ro 8:3: For what the law not could do: in that it was weak through the flesh: God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh: and for sin: condemned sin in the flesh:Ga 4:9: 21: But now: after that you have known God: or rather are known of God: how turn you again to the weak and beggarly elements: to what you desire again to be in bondage?1Ti 4:8: For bodily exercise profits little: but godliness is profitable to all things: having promise of the life that now is: and of that which is to come.
ουδεν γαρ ετελειωσεν ο νομος επεισαγωγη δε κρειττονος ελπιδος δι ης εγγιζομεν τω θεω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5048ἐτελείωσενeteleiōsen (V-AIA-3S) G5048 τελειόω teleióō tel-i-o-o from τέλειος; to complete, i.e. (literally) accomplish, or (figuratively) consummate (in character):--consecrate, finish, fulfil, make) perfect.
|
ἐτελείωσενeteleiōsen
|
perfected
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3551νόμος,nomos (N-NMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμος,nomos
|
law—
|
N-NMS
|
G1898ἐπεισαγωγὴepeisagōgē (N-NFS) G1898 ἐπεισαγωγή epeisagōgḗ ep-ice-ag-o-gay from a compound of ἐπί and εἰσάγω; a superintroduction:--bringing in.
|
ἐπεισαγωγὴepeisagōgē
|
the introduction
|
N-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2909κρείττονοςkreittonos (Adj-GFS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρείττονοςkreittonos
|
of a better
|
Adj-GFS-C
|
G1680ἐλπίδος,elpidos (N-GFS) G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδος,elpidos
|
hope,
|
N-GFS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G1448ἐγγίζομενengizomen (V-PIA-1P) G1448 ἐγγίζω engízō eng-id-zo from ἐγγύς; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach:--approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
|
ἐγγίζομενengizomen
|
we draw near
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2316Θεῷ.Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ.Theō
|
to God.
|
N-DMS
|
19
For the law not madehing perfect, but the bringing in of a better hope did; by the which we draw nigh to God.Hebrews 7:19
Stats
Rank: #8392 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 111 characters, 21 words, 86 letters, 29 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουδεν γαρ ετελειωσεν ο νομος επεισαγωγη δε κρειττονος ελπιδος δι ης εγγιζομεν τω θεω
Lit: nothing for perfected the law— the introduction then of a better hope, by which we draw near to God.
KJV: For the law made nothing perfect, but the bringing in of a better hope did; by the which we draw nigh unto God.
References
"the law"Heb 7:11: If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood: (for under it the people received the law: ) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedec: not and be called after the order of Aaron?Heb 9:9: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Ac 13:39: By him all that believe are justified from all things: from which you not could be justified by the law of Moses.Ro 3:20: 21: Therefore by the deeds of the law there will no flesh be justified in his sight: for by the law is the knowledge of sin.Ro 8:3: For what the law not could do: in that it was weak through the flesh: God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh: and for sin: condemned sin in the flesh:Ga 2:16: Knowing that a man not is justified by the works of the law: but by the faith of Jesus Christ: even we have believed in Jesus Christ: that we might be justified by the faith of Christ: not and by the works of the law: for by the works of the law will no flesh be justified."the bringing in"Ga 3:24: For what reason the law was our schoolmaster to bring us to Christ: that we might be justified by faith."a better"Heb 6:18: That by two immutable things: in which it was impossible for God to lie: we might have a strong consolation: who have fled for refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us:Heb 8:6: But now has he obtained a more excellent ministry: by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant: which was established upon better promises.Heb 11:40: God having provided some better thing for us: that they without us not should be made perfect.Joh 1:17: For the law was given by Moses: but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ.Ro 8:3: For what the law not could do: in that it was weak through the flesh: God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh: and for sin: condemned sin in the flesh:Col 1:27: To whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles; which is Christ in you: the hope of glory:1Ti 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the commandment of God our Saviour: and Lord Jesus Christ: which is our hope;"we"Heb 4:16: Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace: that we may obtain mercy: and find grace to help in time of need.Heb 10:19-22: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus: Ps 73:28: But it is good for me to draw near to God: I have put my trust in the Lord GOD: that I may declare all your works.Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.Ro 5:2: By whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand: and rejoice in hope of the glory of God.Eph 2:13-18: But now in Christ Jesus you who sometimes were far off are made nigh by the blood of Christ.Eph 3:12: In whom we have boldness and access with confidence by the faith of him.
και καθ οσον ου χωρις ορκωμοσιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3745ὅσονhoson (RelPro-ANS) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσονhoson
|
as much as
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
apart from
|
Prep
|
G3728ὁρκωμοσίας,—horkōmosias (N-GFS) G3728 ὁρκωμοσία horkōmosía hor-ko-mos-eeah from a compound of ὅρκος and a derivative of ὀμνύω; asseveration on oath:--oath.
|
ὁρκωμοσίας,—horkōmosias
|
an oath,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those ones
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
truly
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
without
|
Prep
|
G3728ὁρκωμοσίαςhorkōmosias (N-GFS) G3728 ὁρκωμοσία horkōmosía hor-ko-mos-eeah from a compound of ὅρκος and a derivative of ὀμνύω; asseveration on oath:--oath.
|
ὁρκωμοσίαςhorkōmosias
|
an oath
|
N-GFS
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2409ἱερεῖςhiereis (N-NMP) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεῖςhiereis
|
priests
|
N-NMP
|
G1096γεγονότες,gegonotes (V-RPA-NMP) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγονότες,gegonotes
|
becoming,
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
20
Inasmuch not as without an oath he was made priest:Hebrews 7:20
Stats
Counts: 55 characters, 11 words, 44 letters, 18 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καθ οσον ου χωρις ορκωμοσιας
Lit: And to as much as not apart from an oath, those ones truly for without an oath are priests becoming,
KJV: And inasmuch as not without an oath he was made priest:
οι μεν γαρ χωρις ορκωμοσιας εισιν ιερεις γεγονοτες ο δε μετα ορκωμοσιας δια του λεγοντος προς αυτον ωμοσεν κυριος και ου μεταμεληθησεται συ ιερευς εις τον αιωνα κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
He
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3728ὁρκωμοσίαςhorkōmosias (N-GFS) G3728 ὁρκωμοσία horkōmosía hor-ko-mos-eeah from a compound of ὅρκος and a derivative of ὀμνύω; asseveration on oath:--oath.
|
ὁρκωμοσίαςhorkōmosias
|
an oath,
|
N-GFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the One
|
Art-GMS
|
G3004λέγοντοςlegontos (V-PPA-GMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντοςlegontos
|
saying
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
Him:
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3660ὬμοσενŌmosen (V-AIA-3S) G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.
|
ὬμοσενŌmosen
|
Has sworn
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2962Κύριος,Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος,Kyrios
|
the Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3338μεταμεληθήσεταιmetamelēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G3338 μεταμέλλομαι metaméllomai met-am-el-lom-ahee from μετά and the middle voice of μέλω; to care afterwards, i.e. regret:--repent (self).
|
μεταμεληθήσεταιmetamelēthēsetai
|
will change His mind,
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ΣὺSy
|
You are
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2409ἱερεὺςhiereus (N-NMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεὺςhiereus
|
a priest
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G165αἰῶνα·—aiōna (N-AMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνα·—aiōna
|
age.’”
|
N-AMS
|
21
(For those priests were made without an oath; but this with an oath by Him that said to Him, The Lord sware and not will repent, You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec:)
Hebrews 7:21
Stats
Rank: #6333 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 190 characters, 34 words, 148 letters, 56 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι μεν γαρ χωρις ορκωμοσιας εισιν ιερεις γεγονοτες ο δε μετα ορκωμοσιας δια του λεγοντος προς αυτον ωμοσεν κυριος και ου μεταμεληθησεται συ ιερευς εις τον αιωνα κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ
Lit: He however with an oath, through the One saying to Him: Has sworn the Lord, and not will change His mind, You are a priest to the age.’”
KJV: (For those priests were made without an oath; but this with an oath by him that said unto him, The Lord sware and will not repent, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec:)
References
"The Lord"Heb 7:17: For he testifieth: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Ps 110:4: The LORD has sworn: and not will repent: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek."sware"Heb 6:16-18: For men truly swear by the greater: and an oath for confirmation is to them an end of all strife.
κατα τοσουτον κρειττονος διαθηκης γεγονεν εγγυος ιησους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2596Κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
Κατὰkata
|
By
|
Prep
|
G5118τοσοῦτοtosouto (DPro-ANS) G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoûtos tos-oo-tos from (so much; apparently from ὁ and ὅς) and οὗτος (including its variations); so vast as this, i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number of space):--as large, so great (long, many, much), these many.
|
τοσοῦτοtosouto
|
so much
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2909κρείττονοςkreittonos (Adj-GFS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρείττονοςkreittonos
|
of a better
|
Adj-GFS-C
|
G1242διαθήκηςdiathēkēs (N-GFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηςdiathēkēs
|
covenant
|
N-GFS
|
G1096γέγονενgegonen (V-RIA-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γέγονενgegonen
|
has become
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1450ἔγγυοςengyos (Adj-NMS) G1450 ἔγγυος éngyos eng-goo-os from ἐν and (a limb); pledged (as if articulated by a member), i.e. a bondsman:--surety.
|
ἔγγυοςengyos
|
the guarantee
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦς.Iēsous (N-NMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦς.Iēsous
|
Jesus.
|
N-NMS
|
22
By so much was Jesus made a surety of a better testament.Hebrews 7:22
Stats
Rank: #9010 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 57 characters, 12 words, 45 letters, 17 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατα τοσουτον κρειττονος διαθηκης γεγονεν εγγυος ιησους
Lit: By so much also of a better covenant has become the guarantee Jesus.
KJV: By so much was Jesus made a surety of a better testament.
References
"a surety"Ge 43:9: I will be surety for him; of my hand will you require him: if I bring not him to you: and set him before you: then let me bear the blame for ever:Ge 44:32: For your servant became surety for the lad to my father: saying: If I bring not him to you: then I will bear the blame to my father for ever.Pr 6:1: My son: if you be surety for your friend: if you have stricken your hand with a stranger: Pr 20:16: Take his garment that is surety for a stranger: and take a pledge of him for a strange woman."of a"Heb 8:6-12: But now has he obtained a more excellent ministry: by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant: which was established upon better promises.Heb 9:15-23: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.Heb 12:24: To Jesus the mediator of the new covenant: and to the blood of sprinkling: that speaks better things than that of Abel.Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: Da 9:27: He will confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the middle of the week he will cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease: and for the overspreading of abominations he will make it desolate: even until the consummation: and that determined will be poured upon the desolate.Mt 26:28: For this is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many for the remission of sins.Mr 14:24: He said to them: This is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many.Lu 22:20: Likewise also the cup after supper: saying: This cup is the new testament in my blood: which is shed for you.1Co 11:25: After the same manner also he took the cup: when he had supped: saying: This cup is the new testament in my blood: this do you: as often as you drink it: in remembrance of me.
και οι μεν πλειονες εισιν γεγονοτες ιερεις δια το θανατω κωλυεσθαι παραμενειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G4119πλείονέςpleiones (Adj-NMP-C) G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείονέςpleiones
|
many
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1096γεγονότεςgegonotes (V-RPA-NMP) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγονότεςgegonotes
|
having become
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G2409ἱερεῖςhiereis (N-NMP) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεῖςhiereis
|
priests,
|
N-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G2288θανάτῳthanatō (N-DMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτῳthanatō
|
by death
|
N-DMS
|
G2967κωλύεσθαιkōlyesthai (V-PNM/P) G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.
|
κωλύεσθαιkōlyesthai
|
being prevented from
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3887παραμένειν·paramenein (V-PNA) G3887 παραμένω paraménō par-am-en-o from παρά and μένω; to stay near, i.e. remain (literally, tarry; or figuratively, be permanent, persevere):--abide, continue.
|
παραμένειν·paramenein
|
continuing.
|
V-PNA
|
23
They truly were many priests, because they not were suffered to continue by reason of death:Hebrews 7:23
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 16 words, 78 letters, 30 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι μεν πλειονες εισιν γεγονοτες ιερεις δια το θανατω κωλυεσθαι παραμενειν
Lit: And those indeed many are having become priests, because of by death being prevented from continuing.
KJV: And they truly were many priests, because they were not suffered to continue by reason of death:
References
"were"Heb 7:8: Here men that die receive tithes; but there he receiveth them: of whom it is witnessed that he lives.1Ch 6:3-14: The children of Amram; Aaron: and Moses: and Miriam. The sons also of Aaron; Nadab: and Abihu: Eleazar: and Ithamar.Ne 12:10: 11: Jeshua begot Joiakim: Joiakim also begot Eliashib: and Eliashib begot Joiada:
ο δε δια το μενειν αυτον εις τον αιωνα απαραβατον εχει την ιερωσυνην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3306μένεινmenein (V-PNA) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μένεινmenein
|
abiding
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
of Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G165αἰῶναaiōna (N-AMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναaiōna
|
age,
|
N-AMS
|
G531ἀπαράβατονaparabaton (Adj-AFS) G531 ἀπαράβατος aparábatos ap-ar-ab-at-os from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of παραβαίνω; not passing away, i.e. untransferable (perpetual):-- unchangeable.
|
ἀπαράβατονaparabaton
|
a permanent
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
He holds
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2420ἱερωσύνην·hierōsynēn (N-AFS) G2420 ἱερωσύνη hierōsýnē hee-er-o-soo-nay from ἱερός; sacredness, i.e. (by implication) the priestly office:--priesthood.
|
ἱερωσύνην·hierōsynēn
|
priesthood,
|
N-AFS
|
24
But this man, because he continues ever, has an unchangeable priesthood.Hebrews 7:24
Stats
Counts: 74 characters, 9 words, 61 letters, 25 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε δια το μενειν αυτον εις τον αιωνα απαραβατον εχει την ιερωσυνην
Lit: But because of the abiding of Him to the age, a permanent He holds priesthood,
KJV: But this man, because he continueth ever, hath an unchangeable priesthood.
References
"he continueth"Heb 7:8-25: 28: Here men that die receive tithes; but there he receiveth them: of whom it is witnessed that he lives.Heb 13:8: Jesus Christ the same yesterday: and today: and for ever.Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Joh 12:34: The people answered Him: We have heard out of the law that Christ abides for ever: and how say you: The Son of man must be lifted up? who is this Son of man?Ro 6:9: Knowing that Christ being raised from the dead dies no more; death has no more dominion over Him.Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death."hath"1Sa 2:35: I will raise me up a faithful priest: that will do according to that which is in my heart and in my mind: and I will build him a sure house; and he will walk before my anointed for ever.
οθεν και σωζειν εις το παντελες δυναται τους προσερχομενους δι αυτου τω θεω παντοτε ζων εις το εντυγχανειν υπερ αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3606ὅθενhothen (Conj) G3606 ὅθεν hóthen hoth-en from ὅς with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction):--from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon).
|
ὅθενhothen
|
wherefore
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G4982σῴζεινsōzein (V-PNA) G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σῴζεινsōzein
|
to save
|
V-PNA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3838παντελὲςpanteles (Adj-ANS) G3838 παντελής pantelḗs pan-tel-ace from πᾶς and τέλος; full-ended, i.e. entire (neuter as noun, completion):--+ in (no) wise, uttermost.
|
παντελὲςpanteles
|
uttermost
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
He is able,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G4334προσερχομένουςproserchomenous (V-PPM/P-AMP) G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσερχομένουςproserchomenous
|
drawing near
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
to God,
|
N-DMS
|
G3842πάντοτεpantote (Adv) G3842 πάντοτε pántote pan-tot-eh from πᾶς and ὅτε; every when, i.e. at all times:--alway(-s), ever(-more).
|
πάντοτεpantote
|
always
|
Adv
|
G2198ζῶνzōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶνzōn
|
living
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1793ἐντυγχάνεινentynchanein (V-PNA) G1793 ἐντυγχάνω entynchánō en-toong-khan-o from ἐν and τυγχάνω; to chance upon, i.e. (by implication) confer with; by extension to entreat (in favor or against):--deal with, make intercession.
|
ἐντυγχάνεινentynchanein
|
to intercede
|
V-PNA
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
25
For what reason He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come to God by Him, seeing He ever lives to make intercession for them.Hebrews 7:25
Stats
Rank: #445 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 25 words, 108 letters, 44 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: οθεν και σωζειν εις το παντελες δυναται τους προσερχομενους δι αυτου τω θεω παντοτε ζων εις το εντυγχανειν υπερ αυτων
Lit: wherefore also, to save to the uttermost He is able, those drawing near through Him to God, always living for to intercede for them.
KJV: Wherefore he is able also to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by him, seeing he ever liveth to make intercession for them.
References
"he is"Heb 2:18: For in that he himself has suffered being tempted: he is able to succour them that are tempted.Heb 5:7: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;Isa 45:22: Look to me: and be you saved: all the ends of the earth: for I am God: and there is none else.Isa 63:1: Who is this that comes from Edom: with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in his apparel: travelling in the greatness of his strength? I that speak in righteousness: mighty to save.Da 3:15: 17: 29: Now if you be ready that at what time you hear the sound of the cornet: flute: harp: sackbut: psaltery: and dulcimer: and all kinds of musick: you fall down and worship the image which I have made; well: but if you not worship: you will be cast the same hour into the middle of a burning fiery furnace; and who is that God that will deliver you out of my hands?Da 6:20: When He came to the den: He cried with a lamentable voice to Daniel: and the king spoke and said to Daniel: O Daniel: servant of the living God: is your God: whom you serve continually: able to deliver you from the lions?Joh 5:37-40: The Father Himself: which has sent me: has borne witness of me. You have neither heard His voice at any time: nor seen His shape.Joh 10:29: My Father: which gave them me: is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father's hand.Joh 10:30: I and my Father are one.Eph 3:20: Now to him that is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think: according to the power that works in us: Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.2Ti 1:12: For the which cause I also suffer these things: nevertheless I not am ashamed: for I know whom I have believed: and am persuaded that he is able to keep that which I have committed to him against that day.Jude 1:24: Now to him that is able to keep you from falling: and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy: "come"Heb 7:19: For the law not madehing perfect: but the bringing in of a better hope did; by the which we draw nigh to God.Heb 11:6: But without faith it is impossible to please Him: for He that'>He who comes to God must believe that He is: and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.Job 22:17: Which said to God: Depart from us: and what can the Almighty do for them?Job 23:3: Oh that I knew where I might find him! that I might come even to his seat!Ps 68:31: 32: Princes will come out of Egypt; Ethiopia will soon stretch out her hands to God.Isa 45:24: Surely: will one say: in the LORD have I righteousness and strength: even to Him will men come; and all that are incensed against Him will be ashamed.Jer 3:22: Return: you backsliding children: and I will heal your backslidings. Look: we come to you; for you are the LORD our God."by him"Heb 13:15: By Him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually: that is: the fruit of our lips giving thanks to His name.Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.Ro 5:2: By whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand: and rejoice in hope of the glory of God.Eph 2:18: For through Him we both have access by one Spirit to the Father.Eph 3:12: In whom we have boldness and access with confidence by the faith of him.1Jo 2:1: 2: My little children: these things write I to you: that you not sin. And if any man sin: we have an advocate with the Father: Jesus Christ the righteous:"ever"Heb 7:8: 16: 24: Here men that die receive tithes; but there he receiveth them: of whom it is witnessed that he lives."to make"Heb 9:24: For Christ not is entered into the holy places made with hands: which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself: now to appear in the presence of God for us:Isa 53:12: Therefore will I divide him a portion with the great: and he will divide the spoil with the strong; because he has poured out his soul to death: and he was numbered with the transgressors; and he bare the sin of many: and made intercession for the transgressors.Isa 59:16: He saw that there was no man: and wondered that there was no intercessor: therefore his arm brought salvation to him; and his righteousness: it sustained him.Da 9:16: O Lord: according to all your righteousness: I beseech you: let your anger and your fury be turned away from your city Jerusalem: your holy mountain: because for our sins: and for the iniquities of our fathers: Jerusalem and your people are become a reproach to all that are about us.Joh 14:13: 16: whatever you will ask in my name: that will I do: that the Father may be glorified in the Son.Joh 16:23: 24: In that day you will ask not mehing. Truly: truly: I say to you: Whatever you will ask the Father in my name: He will give it you.Joh 17:9-26: I pray for them: I not pray for the world: but for them which you have given me; for they are your.Ro 8:34: Who is He that'>He who condemns? It is Christ that died: yes rather: that is risen again: who is even at the right hand of God: who also makes intercession for us.1Ti 2:5: For there is one God: and one mediator between God and men: the man Christ Jesus;1Jo 2:1: 2: My little children: these things write I to you: that you not sin. And if any man sin: we have an advocate with the Father: Jesus Christ the righteous:Re 8:3: 4: Another angel came and stood at the altar: having a golden censer; and there was given to him much incense: that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.
τοιουτος γαρ ημιν επρεπεν αρχιερευς οσιος ακακος αμιαντος κεχωρισμενος απο των αμαρτωλων και υψηλοτερος των ουρανων γενομενος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5108ΤοιοῦτοςToioutos (DPro-NMS) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
ΤοιοῦτοςToioutos
|
Such
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
for us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4241ἔπρεπενeprepen (V-IIA-3S) G4241 πρέπω prépō prep-o apparently a primary verb; to tower up (be conspicuous), i.e. (by implication) to be suitable or proper (third person singular present indicative, often used impersonally, it is fit or right):--become, comely.
|
ἔπρεπενeprepen
|
was fitting
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G749ἀρχιερεύς,archiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεύς,archiereus
|
a high priest,
|
N-NMS
|
G3741ὅσιος,hosios (Adj-NMS) G3741 ὅσιος hósios hos-ee-os of uncertain affinity; properly, right (by intrinsic or divine character; thus distinguished from 1342, which refers rather to human statutes and relations; from ἱερός, which denotes formal consecration; and from ἅγιος, which relates to purity from defilement), i.e. hallowed (pious, sacred, sure):--holy, mercy, shalt be. 342
|
ὅσιος,hosios
|
holy,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G172ἄκακος,akakos (Adj-NMS) G172 ἄκακος ákakos ak-ak-os from Α (as a negative particle) and κακός; not bad, i.e. (objectively) innocent or (subjectively) unsuspecting:--harmless, simple.
|
ἄκακος,akakos
|
innocent,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G283ἀμίαντος,amiantos (Adj-NMS) G283 ἀμίαντος amíantos am-ee-an-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of μιαίνω; unsoiled, i.e. (figuratively) pure:--undefiled.
|
ἀμίαντος,amiantos
|
undefiled,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5563κεχωρισμένοςkechōrismenos (V-RPM/P-NMS) G5563 χωρίζω chōrízō kho-rid-zo from χώρα; to place room between, i.e. part; reflexively, to go away:--depart, put asunder, separate.
|
κεχωρισμένοςkechōrismenos
|
having been separated
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G268ἁμαρτωλῶν,hamartōlōn (Adj-GMP) G268 ἁμαρτωλός hamartōlós ham-ar-to-los from ἁμαρτάνω; sinful, i.e. a sinner:--sinful, sinner.
|
ἁμαρτωλῶν,hamartōlōn
|
sinners,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5308ὑψηλότεροςhypsēloteros (Adj-NMS-C) G5308 ὑψηλός hypsēlós hoop-say-los from ὕψος; lofty (in place or character):--high(-er, -ly) (esteemed).
|
ὑψηλότεροςhypsēloteros
|
higher
|
Adj-NMS-C
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
than the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3772οὐρανῶνouranōn (N-GMP) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῶνouranōn
|
heavens
|
N-GMP
|
G1096γενόμενος·genomenos (V-APM-NMS) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενος·genomenos
|
having become,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
26
For such an high priest became us, who is holy, harmless, undefiled, separate from sinners, and made higher than the heavens;Hebrews 7:26
Stats
Rank: #2541 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 16 words, 99 letters, 36 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοιουτος γαρ ημιν επρεπεν αρχιερευς οσιος ακακος αμιαντος κεχωρισμενος απο των αμαρτωλων και υψηλοτερος των ουρανων γενομενος
Lit: Such indeed for us also was fitting a high priest, holy, innocent, undefiled, having been separated from sinners, and higher than the heavens having become,
KJV: For such an high priest became us, who is holy, harmless, undefiled, separate from sinners, and made higher than the heavens;
References
"such"Heb 7:11: If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood: (for under it the people received the law: ) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedec: not and be called after the order of Aaron?Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Heb 9:23-26: It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these.Heb 10:11-22: Every priest stands daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices: which can never take away sins:"became"Heb 2:10: For it became him: for whom are all things: and by whom are all things: in bringing many sons to glory: to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings.Lu 24:26: 46: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?"holy"Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin.Heb 9:14: How much more will the blood of Christ: who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without spot to God: purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?Ex 28:36: you will make a plate of pure gold: and grave upon it: like the engravings of a signet: HOLINESS TO THE LORD.Isa 53:9: He made his grave with the wicked: and with the rich in his death; because he had done no violence: neither was any deceit in his mouth.Lu 1:35: The angel answered and said to her: The Holy Ghost will come upon you: and the power of the High will overshadow you: therefore also that holy thing which will be born of you will be called the Son of God.Lu 23:22: 41: 47: He said to them the third time: Why: what evil has he done? I have found no cause of death in him: I will therefore chastise him: and let him go.Joh 8:29: He that'>He who sent me is with me: the Father has not left me alone; for I do always those things that please Him.Joh 14:30: Hereafter I not will talk much with you: for the prince of this world comes: and has nothing in me.Ac 3:14: But you denied the Holy one and the Just: and desired a murderer to be granted to you;Ac 4:27: For of a truth against your holy child Jesus: whom you have anointed: both Herod: and Pontius Pilate: with the Gentiles: and the people of Israel: were gathered together: 2Co 5:21: For He has made Him to be sin for us: who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.1Pe 1:19: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:1Pe 2:22: Who did no sin: neither was guile found in his mouth:1Jo 2:2: He is the propitiation for our sins: not and for ours only: but also for the sins of the whole world.1Jo 3:5: you know that he was manifested to take away our sins; and in him is no sin.Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;"made"Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 4:14: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Ps 68:18: You have ascended on high: you have led captivity captive: you have received gifts for men; yes: for the rebellious also: that the LORD God might dwell among them.Mt 27:18: For he knew that for envy they had delivered him.Mr 16:19: So then after the Lord had spoken to them: He was received up into heaven: and sat on the right hand of God.Eph 1:20-22: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Eph 4:8-10: For what reason he says: When he ascended up on high: he led captivity captive: and gave gifts to men.Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.Re 1:17: 18: When I saw him: I fell at his feet as dead. And he laid his right hand upon me: saying to me: not Fear; I am the first and the last:
ος ουκ εχει καθ ημεραν αναγκην ωσπερ οι αρχιερεις προτερον υπερ των ιδιων αμαρτιων θυσιας αναφερειν επειτα των του λαου τουτο γαρ εποιησεν εφαπαξ εαυτον ανενεγκας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
every
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G318ἀνάγκην,anankēn (N-AFS) G318 ἀνάγκη anánkē an-ang-kay from ἀνά and the base of ἀγκάλη; constraint (literally or figuratively); by implication, distress:--distress, must needs, (of) necessity(-sary), needeth, needful.
|
ἀνάγκην,anankēn
|
need,
|
N-AFS
|
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv) G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖς,archiereis (N-NMP) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖς,archiereis
|
high priests,
|
N-NMP
|
G4386πρότερονproteron (Adv-C) G4386 πρότερον próteron prot-er-on neuter of πρότερος as adverb (with or without the article); previously:--before, (at the) first, former.
|
πρότερονproteron
|
first
|
Adv-C
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2398ἰδίωνidiōn (Adj-GFP) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίωνidiōn
|
own
|
Adj-GFP
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
sins,
|
N-GFP
|
G2378θυσίαςthysias (N-AFP) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίαςthysias
|
sacrifices
|
N-AFP
|
G399ἀναφέρειν,anapherein (V-PNA) G399 ἀναφέρω anaphérō an-af-er-o from ἀνά and φέρω; to take up (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring (carry, lead) up, offer (up).
|
ἀναφέρειν,anapherein
|
to offer up,
|
V-PNA
|
G1899ἔπειταepeita (Adv) G1899 ἔπειτα épeita ep-i-tah from ἐπί and εἶτα; thereafter:--after that(-ward), then.
|
ἔπειταepeita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
for those
|
Art-GFP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦ·laou (N-GMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦ·laou
|
people;
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
He did
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2178ἐφάπαξephapax (Adv) G2178 ἐφάπαξ ephápax ef-ap-ax from ἐπί and ἅπαξ; upon one occasion (only):--(at) once (for all).
|
ἐφάπαξephapax
|
once for all,
|
Adv
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
Himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G399ἀνενέγκας.anenenkas (V-APA-NMS) G399 ἀναφέρω anaphérō an-af-er-o from ἀνά and φέρω; to take up (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring (carry, lead) up, offer (up).
|
ἀνενέγκας.anenenkas
|
having offered up.
|
V-APA-NMS
|
27
Who needs not daily, as those high priests, to offer up sacrifice, first for his own sins, and then for the people's: for this he did once, when he offered up himself.Hebrews 7:27
Stats
Counts: 169 characters, 26 words, 130 letters, 47 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος ουκ εχει καθ ημεραν αναγκην ωσπερ οι αρχιερεις προτερον υπερ των ιδιων αμαρτιων θυσιας αναφερειν επειτα των του λαου τουτο γαρ εποιησεν εφαπαξ εαυτον ανενεγκας
Lit: who not has every day need, as the high priests, first for the own sins, sacrifices to offer up, then for those of the people; this for He did once for all, Himself having offered up.
KJV: Who needeth not daily, as those high priests, to offer up sacrifice, first for his own sins, and then for the people's: for this he did once, when he offered up himself.
References
"daily"Heb 10:11: Every priest stands daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices: which can never take away sins:Ex 29:36-42: you will offer every day a bullock for a sin offering for atonement: and you will cleanse the altar: when you have made an atonement for it: and you will anoint it: to sanctify it.Nu 28:2-10: Command the children of Israel: and say to them: My offering: and my bread for my sacrifices made by fire: for a sweet savour to me: will you observe to offer to me in their due season."first"Heb 5:3: By reason hereof he ought: as for the people: so also for himself: to offer for sins.Heb 9:7: But into the second went the high priest alone once every year: not without blood: which he offered for himself: and for the errors of the people:Le 4:3-35: If the priest that is anointed do sin according to the sin of the people; then let Him bring for His sin: which He has sinned: a young bullock without blemish to the LORD for a sin offering.Le 9:7-24: Moses said to Aaron: Go to the altar: and offer your sin offering: and your burnt offering: and make an atonement for yourself: and for the people: and offer the offering of the people: and make an atonement for them; as the LORD commanded.Le 16:6: 11: Aaron will offer his bullock of the sin offering: which is for himself: and make an atonement for himself: and for his house."and then"Le 4:13-16: If the whole congregation of Israel sin through ignorance: and the thing be hid from the eyes of the assembly: and they have done somewhat against any of the commandments of the LORD concerning things which not should be done: and are guilty;Le 9:15: He brought the people's offering: and took the goat: which was the sin offering for the people: and killed it: and offered it for sin: as the first.Le 16:15: Then will he kill the goat of the sin offering: that is for the people: and bring his blood within the vail: and do with that blood as he did with the blood of the bullock: and sprinkle it upon the mercy seat: and before the mercy seat:"this"Heb 9:12: 14: 25: 28: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.Heb 10:6-12: In burnt offerings and sacrifices for sin you have had no pleasure.Isa 53:10-12: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Ro 6:10: For in that He died: He died to sin once: but in that He lives'>lives: He lives'>lives to God.Eph 2:22: In whom you also are built together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.
ο νομος γαρ ανθρωπους καθιστησιν αρχιερεις εχοντας ασθενειαν ο λογος δε της ορκωμοσιας της μετα τον νομον υιον εις τον αιωνα τετελειωμενον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G3551νόμοςnomos (N-NMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμοςnomos
|
law
|
N-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G2525καθίστησινkathistēsin (V-PIA-3S) G2525 καθίστημι kathístēmi kath-is-tay-mee from κατά and ἵστημι; to place down (permanently), i.e. (figuratively) to designate, constitute, convoy:--appoint, be, conduct, make, ordain, set.
|
καθίστησινkathistēsin
|
appoints
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G749ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis (N-AMP) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεῖςarchiereis
|
as high priests,
|
N-AMP
|
G2192ἔχονταςechontas (V-PPA-AMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταςechontas
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G769ἀσθένειαν,astheneian (N-AFS) G769 ἀσθένεια asthéneia as-then-i-ah from ἀσθενής; feebleness (of mind or body); by implication, malady; morally, frailty:--disease, infirmity, sickness, weakness.
|
ἀσθένειαν,astheneian
|
weakness;
|
N-AFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
word
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3728ὁρκωμοσίαςhorkōmosias (N-GFS) G3728 ὁρκωμοσία horkōmosía hor-ko-mos-eeah from a compound of ὅρκος and a derivative of ὀμνύω; asseveration on oath:--oath.
|
ὁρκωμοσίαςhorkōmosias
|
oath,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
which is
|
Art-GFS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
law,
|
N-AMS
|
G5207ΥἱόνHuion (N-AMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱόνHuion
|
a Son
|
N-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G165αἰῶναaiōna (N-AMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναaiōna
|
age,
|
N-AMS
|
G5048τετελειωμένον.teteleiōmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS) G5048 τελειόω teleióō tel-i-o-o from τέλειος; to complete, i.e. (literally) accomplish, or (figuratively) consummate (in character):--consecrate, finish, fulfil, make) perfect.
|
τετελειωμένον.teteleiōmenon
|
having been perfected.
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
28
For the law makes men high priests which have infirmity; but the word of the oath, which was since the law, makes the Son, who is consecrated for evermore.Hebrews 7:28
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 25 words, 124 letters, 43 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο νομος γαρ ανθρωπους καθιστησιν αρχιερεις εχοντας ασθενειαν ο λογος δε της ορκωμοσιας της μετα τον νομον υιον εις τον αιωνα τετελειωμενον
Lit: The law for men appoints as high priests, having weakness; the word however of the oath, which is after the law, a Son to the age, having been perfected.
KJV: For the law maketh men high priests which have infirmity; but the word of the oath, which was since the law, maketh the Son, who is consecrated for evermore.
References
"the law maketh"Heb 5:1: 2: For every high priest taken from among men is ordained for men in things pertaining to God: that He may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins:Ex 32:21: 22: Moses said to Aaron: What did this people to you: that you have brought so great a sin upon them?Le 4:3: If the priest that is anointed do sin according to the sin of the people; then let Him bring for His sin: which He has sinned: a young bullock without blemish to the LORD for a sin offering."the word"Heb 7:21: (For those priests were made without an oath; but this with an oath by Him that said to Him: The Lord sware and not will repent: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec:)Ps 110:4: The LORD has sworn: and not will repent: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek."maketh the"Heb 7:3: Without father: without mother: without descent: having neither beginning of days: nor end of life; but made like to the Son of God; abides a priest continually.Heb 1:2: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;Heb 3:6: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 4:14: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Heb 5:5: 8: So also Christ not glorified Himself to be made an high priest; but He that'>He who said to Him: You are my Son: today have I begotten you."who"Heb 7:21: 24: (For those priests were made without an oath; but this with an oath by Him that said to Him: The Lord sware and not will repent: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec:)"consecrated"Heb 2:10: For it became him: for whom are all things: and by whom are all things: in bringing many sons to glory: to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings.Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;Lu 13:32: He said to them: Go you: and tell that fox: Look: I cast out devils: and I do cures today and to morrow: and the third day I will be perfected.Joh 19:30: When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar: He said: It is finished: and He bowed His head: and gave up the ghost.
8
The New Covenant
Christ’s Eternal Priesthood
κεφαλαιον δε επι τοις λεγομενοις τοιουτον εχομεν αρχιερεα ος εκαθισεν εν δεξια του θρονου της μεγαλωσυνης εν τοις ουρανοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2774ΚεφάλαιονKephalaion (N-NNS) G2774 κεφάλαιον kephálaion kef-al-ah-yon neuter of a derivative of κεφαλή; a principal thing, i.e. main point; specially, an amount (of money):--sum.
|
ΚεφάλαιονKephalaion
|
The sum
|
N-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the things
|
Art-DNP
|
G3004λεγομένοις,legomenois (V-PPM/P-DNP) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγομένοις,legomenois
|
being spoken of is that
|
V-PPM/P-DNP
|
G5108τοιοῦτονtoiouton (DPro-AMS) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιοῦτονtoiouton
|
such
|
DPro-AMS
|
G2192ἔχομενechomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομενechomen
|
we have,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G749ἀρχιερέα,archierea (N-AMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέα,archierea
|
a high priest
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2523ἐκάθισενekathisen (V-AIA-3S) G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἐκάθισενekathisen
|
sat down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιᾷdexia (Adj-DFS) G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾷdexia
|
the right hand
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS) G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3172ΜεγαλωσύνηςMegalōsynēs (N-GFS) G3172 μεγαλωσύνη megalōsýnē meg-al-o-soo-nay from μέγας; greatness, i.e. (figuratively) divinity (often God himself):--majesty.
|
ΜεγαλωσύνηςMegalōsynēs
|
Majesty
|
N-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3772οὐρανοῖς,ouranois (N-DMP) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῖς,ouranois
|
heavens,
|
N-DMP
|
1
Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest, who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Hebrews 8:1
Stats
Rank: #2365 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 158 characters, 32 words, 122 letters, 42 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: κεφαλαιον δε επι τοις λεγομενοις τοιουτον εχομεν αρχιερεα ος εκαθισεν εν δεξια του θρονου της μεγαλωσυνης εν τοις ουρανοις
Lit: The sum now of the things being spoken of is that such we have, a high priest who sat down at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens,
KJV: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest, who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;
References
"We have"Heb 7:26-28: For such an high priest became us: who is holy: harmless: undefiled: separate from sinners: and made higher than the heavens;"who"Heb 1:3: 13: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 10:12: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Eph 6:20: For which I am an ambassador in bonds: that therein I may speak boldly: as I ought to speak.Col 3:1: If you then be risen with Christ: seek those things which are above: where Christ sits on the right hand of God.Re 3:21: To Him that overcomes will I grant to sit with me in my throne: even as I also overcame: and am set down with my Father in His throne."the Majesty"1Ch 29:11: Your: O LORD: is the greatness: and the power: and the glory: and the victory: and the majesty: for all that is in the heaven and in the earth is your; your is the kingdom: O LORD: and you are exalted as head above all.Job 37:22: Fair weather comes out of the north: with God is terrible majesty.Ps 21:5: His glory is great in your salvation: honour and majesty have you laid upon him.Ps 45:3: 4: Gird your sword upon your thigh: O most mighty: with your glory and your majesty.Ps 104:1: Bless the LORD: O my soul. O LORD my God: you are very great; you are clothed with honour and majesty.Ps 145:12: To make known to the sons of men his mighty acts: and the glorious majesty of his kingdom.Isa 24:14: They will lift up their voice: they will sing for the majesty of the LORD: they will cry aloud from the sea.Mic 5:4: He will stand and feed in the strength of the LORD: in the majesty of the name of the LORD His God; and they will abide: for now will He be great to the ends of the earth.
των αγιων λειτουργος και της σκηνης της αληθινης ην επηξεν ο κυριος και ουκ ανθρωπος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
in the
|
Art-GNP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GNP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
holy places
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3011λειτουργὸςleitourgos (N-NMS) G3011 λειτουργός leitourgós li-toorg-os from a derivative of λαός and ἔργον; a public servant, i.e. a functionary in the Temple or Gospel, or (genitive case) a worshipper (of God) or benefactor (of man):--minister(-ed).
|
λειτουργὸςleitourgos
|
a minister,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
in the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4633σκηνῆςskēnēs (N-GFS) G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνῆςskēnēs
|
tabernacle
|
N-GFS
|
G228ἀληθινῆς,alēthinēs (Adj-GFS) G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθινῆς,alēthinēs
|
TRUE,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G4078ἔπηξενepēxen (V-AIA-3S) G4078 πήγνυμι pḗgnymi payg-noo-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which in its simpler form occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); to fix (peg), i.e. (specially) to set up (a tent):--pitch.
|
ἔπηξενepēxen
|
has pitched
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962Κύριος,Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος,Kyrios
|
Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G444ἄνθρωπος.anthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπος.anthrōpos
|
man.
|
N-NMS
|
2
A minister of the sanctuary, and of the true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched, not and man.Hebrews 8:2
Stats
Counts: 93 characters, 14 words, 73 letters, 26 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: των αγιων λειτουργος και της σκηνης της αληθινης ην επηξεν ο κυριος και ουκ ανθρωπος
Lit: in the holy places a minister, and in the tabernacle TRUE, which has pitched the Lord, not man.
KJV: A minister of the sanctuary, and of the true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched, and not man.
References
"minister"Heb 9:8-12: The Holy Ghost this signifying: that the way into the holy of all not was yet made manifest: while as the first tabernacle was yet standing:Heb 10:21: having an high priest over the house of God;Ex 28:1: 35: Take you to you Aaron your brother: and his sons with him: from among the children of Israel: that he may minister to me in the priest's office: even Aaron: Nadab and Abihu: Eleazar and Ithamar: Aaron's sons.Lu 24:44: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.Ro 15:8: Now I say that Jesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God: to confirm the promises made to the fathers:"the true"Heb 9:11: 23: 24: But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come: by a greater and more perfect tabernacle: not made with hands: that is to say: not of this building;"which"Heb 11:10: For He looked for a city which has foundations: whose builder and maker is God.2Co 5:1: For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved: we have a building of God: an not house made with hands: eternal in the heavens.Col 2:11: In whom also you are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands: in putting off the body of the sins of the flesh by the circumcision of Christ:
πας γαρ αρχιερευς εις το προσφερειν δωρα τε και θυσιας καθισταται οθεν αναγκαιον εχειν τι και τουτον ο προσενεγκη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956ΠᾶςPas (Adj-NMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
ΠᾶςPas
|
Every
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest,
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in order
|
Prep
|
G4374προσφέρεινprospherein (V-PNA) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφέρεινprospherein
|
to offer
|
V-PNA
|
G1435δῶράdōra (N-ANP) G1435 δῶρον dōron do-ron, Noun Neuter
|
δῶράdōra
|
gifts
|
N-ANP
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both,
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2378θυσίαςthysias (N-AFP) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίαςthysias
|
sacrifices,
|
N-AFP
|
G2525καθίσταται·kathistatai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2525 καθίστημι kathístēmi kath-is-tay-mee from κατά and ἵστημι; to place down (permanently), i.e. (figuratively) to designate, constitute, convoy:--appoint, be, conduct, make, ordain, set.
|
καθίσταται·kathistatai
|
is appointed;
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3606ὅθενhothen (Conj) G3606 ὅθεν hóthen hoth-en from ὅς with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction):--from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon).
|
ὅθενhothen
|
wherefore it was
|
Conj
|
G316ἀναγκαῖονanankaion (Adj-NNS) G316 ἀναγκαῖος anankaîos an-ang-kah-yos from ἀνάγκη; necessary; by implication, close (of kin):--near, necessary, necessity, needful.
|
ἀναγκαῖονanankaion
|
necessary
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεινechein
|
to have
|
V-PNA
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
something
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
for this One
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G4374προσενέγκῃ.prosenenkē (V-ASA-3S) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσενέγκῃ.prosenenkē
|
He might offer.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
3
For every high priest is ordained to offer gifts and sacrifices: for what reason it is of necessity that this man have somewhat also to offer.Hebrews 8:3
Stats
Counts: 136 characters, 23 words, 111 letters, 43 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: πας γαρ αρχιερευς εις το προσφερειν δωρα τε και θυσιας καθισταται οθεν αναγκαιον εχειν τι και τουτον ο προσενεγκη
Lit: Every for high priest, in order to offer gifts both, and sacrifices, is appointed; wherefore it was necessary to have something also for this One that He might offer.
KJV: For every high priest is ordained to offer gifts and sacrifices: wherefore it is of necessity that this man have somewhat also to offer.
References
"serve"Heb 5:1: For every high priest taken from among men is ordained for men in things pertaining to God: that He may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins:Heb 7:27: Who needs not daily: as those high priests: to offer up sacrifice: first for his own sins: and then for the people's: for this he did once: when he offered up himself."have"Heb 9:14: How much more will the blood of Christ: who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without spot to God: purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?Heb 10:9-12: Then said He: Indeed: I come to do your will: O God. He takes away the first: that He may establish the second.Joh 6:51: I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread: he will live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh: which I will give for the life of the world.Eph 5:2: Walk in love: as Christ also has loved us: and has given Himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweetsmelling savour.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.
ει μεν γαρ ην επι γης ουδ αν ην ιερευς οντων των ιερεων των προσφεροντων κατα τον νομον τα δωρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
certainly
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
He were
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3761οὐδ’oud’ (Adv) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδ’oud’
|
not even
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
would He be
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2409ἱερεύς,hiereus (N-NMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεύς,hiereus
|
a priest,
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ὄντωνontōn (V-PPA-GMP) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντωνontōn
|
there being
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G4374προσφερόντωνprospherontōn (V-PPA-GMP) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφερόντωνprospherontōn
|
offering
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
law
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1435δῶρα·dōra (N-ANP) G1435 δῶρον dōron do-ron, Noun Neuter
|
δῶρα·dōra
|
gifts,
|
N-ANP
|
4
For if he were on earth, he not should be a priest, seeing that there are priests that offer gifts according to the law:Hebrews 8:4
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 22 words, 94 letters, 36 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει μεν γαρ ην επι γης ουδ αν ην ιερευς οντων των ιερεων των προσφεροντων κατα τον νομον τα δωρα
Lit: If certainly then He were on earth, not even would He be a priest, there being those offering according to law the gifts,
KJV: For if he were on earth, he should not be a priest, seeing that there are priests that offer gifts according to the law:
References
"he should"Heb 7:11-15: If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood: (for under it the people received the law: ) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedec: not and be called after the order of Aaron?Nu 16:40: To be a memorial to the children of Israel: that no stranger: which is not of the seed of Aaron: come near to offer incense before the LORD; that He not be as Korah: and as His company: as the LORD said to Him by the hand of Moses.Nu 17:12: 13: The children of Israel spoke to Moses: saying: Look: we die: we perish: we all perish.Nu 18:5: you will keep the charge of the sanctuary: and the charge of the altar: that there be no wrath any more upon the children of Israel.2Ch 26:18: 19: They withstood Uzziah the king: and said to Him: It appertaineth not to you: Uzziah: to burn incense to the LORD: but to the priests the sons of Aaron: that are consecrated to burn incense: go out of the sanctuary; for you have trespassed; neither will it be for your honour from the LORD God."See"Heb 11:4: By faith Abel offered to God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain: by which He obtained witness that He was righteous: God testifying of His gifts: and by it He being dead yet speaketh.
οιτινες υποδειγματι και σκια λατρευουσιν των επουρανιων καθως κεχρηματισται μωσης μελλων επιτελειν την σκηνην ορα γαρ φησιν ποιησης παντα κατα τον τυπον τον δειχθεντα σοι εν τω ορει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G5262ὑποδείγματιhypodeigmati (N-DNS) G5262 ὑπόδειγμα hypódeigma hoop-od-igue-mah from ὑποδείκνυμι; an exhibit for imitation or warning (figuratively, specimen, adumbration):--en-(ex-)ample, pattern.
|
ὑποδείγματιhypodeigmati
|
a copy
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4639σκιᾷskia (N-DFS) G4639 σκιά skiá skee-ah apparently a primary word; shade or a shadow (literally or figuratively (darkness of error or an adumbration)):-- shadow.
|
σκιᾷskia
|
shadow
|
N-DFS
|
G3000λατρεύουσινlatreuousin (V-PIA-3P) G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύουσινlatreuousin
|
serve
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2032ἐπουρανίων,epouraniōn (Adj-GNP) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.
|
ἐπουρανίων,epouraniōn
|
heavenly,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5537κεχρημάτισταιkechrēmatistai (V-RIM/P-3S) G5537 χρηματίζω chrēmatízō khray-mat-id-zo from χρῆμα; to utter an oracle (compare the original sense of χράομαι), i.e. divinely intimate; by implication, (compare the secular sense of χρεία) to constitute a firm for business, i.e. (generally) bear as a title:--be called, be admonished (warned) of God, reveal, speak.
|
κεχρημάτισταιkechrēmatistai
|
was divinely instructed
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses,
|
N-NMS
|
G3195μέλλωνmellōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλωνmellōn
|
being about
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2005ἐπιτελεῖνepitelein (V-PNA) G2005 ἐπιτελέω epiteléō ep-ee-tel-eh-o from ἐπί and τελέω; to fulfill further (or completely), i.e. execute; by implication, to terminate, undergo:--accomplish, do, finish, (make) (perfect), perform(X -ance).
|
ἐπιτελεῖνepitelein
|
to complete
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4633σκηνήν.skēnēn (N-AFS) G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνήν.skēnēn
|
tabernacle.
|
N-AFS
|
G3708ὍραHora (V-PMA-2S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὍραHora
|
See that,”
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5346φησίν,phēsin (V-PIA-3S) G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησίν,phēsin
|
He says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4160Ποιήσειςpoiēseis (V-FIA-2S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
Ποιήσειςpoiēseis
|
you shall make
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5179τύπονtypon (N-AMS) G5179 τύπος týpos too-pos from τύπτω; a die (as struck), i.e. (by implication) a stamp or scar; by analogy, a shape, i.e. a statue, (figuratively) style or resemblance; specially, a sampler (type), i.e. a model (for imitation) or instance (for warning):--en-(ex-)ample, fashion, figure, form, manner, pattern, print.
|
τύπονtypon
|
pattern
|
N-AMS
|
G1166δειχθένταdeichthenta (V-APP-AMS) G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
δειχθένταdeichthenta
|
having been shown
|
V-APP-AMS
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3735ὄρει·orei (N-DNS) G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρει·orei
|
mountain.”
|
N-DNS
|
5
Who serve to the example and shadow of heavenly things, as Moses was admonished of God when He was about to make the tabernacle: for, See, says He, that you make all things according to the pattern showed to you in the mount.
Hebrews 8:5
Stats
Counts: 230 characters, 38 words, 182 letters, 70 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιτινες υποδειγματι και σκια λατρευουσιν των επουρανιων καθως κεχρηματισται μωσης μελλων επιτελειν την σκηνην ορα γαρ φησιν ποιησης παντα κατα τον τυπον τον δειχθεντα σοι εν τω ορει
Lit: who a copy and shadow serve of the heavenly, as was divinely instructed Moses, being about to complete the tabernacle. See that,” for He says, you shall make all things according to the pattern having been shown you in the mountain.”
KJV: Who serve unto the example and shadow of heavenly things, as Moses was admonished of God when he was about to make the tabernacle: for, See, saith he, that thou make all things according to the pattern shewed to thee in the mount.
References
"the example"Heb 9:9: 23: 24: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Heb 10:1: For the law having a shadow of good things to come: and not the very image of the things: can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.Col 2:17: Which are a shadow of things to come; but the body is of Christ."See"Ex 25:40: Look that you make them after their pattern: which was showed you in the mount.Ex 26:30: you will rear up the tabernacle according to the fashion thereof which was showed you in the mount.Ex 27:8: Hollow with boards will you make it: as it was showed you in the mount: so will they make it.Nu 8:4: This work of the candlestick was of beaten gold: to the shaft thereof: to the flowers thereof: was beaten work: according to the pattern which the LORD had showed Moses: so He made the candlestick.1Ch 28:12: 19: The pattern of all that He had by the spirit: of the courts of the house of the LORD: and of all the chambers round about: of the treasuries of the house of God: and of the treasuries of the dedicated things:Ac 7:44: Our fathers had the tabernacle of witness in the wilderness: as he had appointed: speaking to Moses: that he should make it according to the fashion that he had seen.
The Terms of the New Covenant
νυνι δε διαφορωτερας τετευχεν λειτουργιας οσω και κρειττονος εστιν διαθηκης μεσιτης ητις επι κρειττοσιν επαγγελιαις νενομοθετηται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3570Νυνὶ*nyni (Adv) G3570 νυνί nyní noo-nee a prolonged form of νῦν for emphasis; just now:--now.
|
Νυνὶ*nyni
|
Now,
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G1313διαφορωτέραςdiaphorōteras (Adj-GFS-C) G1313 διάφορος diáphoros dee-af-or-os from διαφέρω; varying; also surpassing:--differing, divers, more excellent.
|
διαφορωτέραςdiaphorōteras
|
more excellent
|
Adj-GFS-C
|
G5177τέτυχενtetychen (V-RIA-3S) G5177 τυγχάνω tynchánō toong-khan-o probably for an obsolete (for which the middle voice of another alternate (to make ready or bring to pass) is used in certain tenses; akin to the base of τίκτω through the idea of effecting; properly, to affect; or (specially), to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e. (transitively) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intransitively) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impersonal (with εἰ), i.e. perchance; or (present participle) as adjective, usual (as if commonly met with, with οὐ, extraordinary), neuter (as adverb) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adverb, by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh…self, + special. Compare τύπτω.
|
τέτυχενtetychen
|
He has obtained
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3009λειτουργίας,leitourgias (N-GFS) G3009 λειτουργία leitourgía li-toorg-ee-ah from λειτουργέω; public function (as priest (liturgy) or almsgiver):--ministration(-try), service.
|
λειτουργίας,leitourgias
|
a ministry,
|
N-GFS
|
G3745ὅσῳhosō (RelPro-DNS) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσῳhosō
|
as much as
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2909κρείττονόςkreittonos (Adj-GFS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρείττονόςkreittonos
|
of a better
|
Adj-GFS-C
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
He is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1242διαθήκηςdiathēkēs (N-GFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηςdiathēkēs
|
covenant
|
N-GFS
|
G3316μεσίτης,mesitēs (N-NMS) G3316 μεσίτης mesítēs mes-ee-tace from μέσος; a go-between, i.e. (simply) an internunciator, or (by implication) a reconciler (intercessor):--mediator.
|
μεσίτης,mesitēs
|
the mediator,
|
N-NMS
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
which
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G2909κρείττοσινkreittosin (Adj-DFP-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρείττοσινkreittosin
|
better
|
Adj-DFP-C
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαιςepangeliais (N-DFP) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαιςepangeliais
|
promises
|
N-DFP
|
G3549νενομοθέτηται.nenomothetētai (V-RIM/P-3S) G3549 νομοθετέω nomothetéō nom-oth-et-eh-o from νομοθέτης; to legislate, i.e. (passively) to have (the Mosaic) enactments injoined, be sanctioned (by them):--establish, receive the law.
|
νενομοθέτηται.nenomothetētai
|
has been enacted.
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
6
But now has he obtained a more excellent ministry, by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant, which was established upon better promises.Hebrews 8:6
Stats
Rank: #2218 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 153 characters, 25 words, 124 letters, 47 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: νυνι δε διαφορωτερας τετευχεν λειτουργιας οσω και κρειττονος εστιν διαθηκης μεσιτης ητις επι κρειττοσιν επαγγελιαις νενομοθετηται
Lit: Now, however, more excellent He has obtained a ministry, as much as also of a better He is covenant the mediator, which upon better promises has been enacted.
KJV: But now hath he obtained a more excellent ministry, by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant, which was established upon better promises.
References
"obtained"Heb 8:7-13: For if that first covenant had been faultless: then should no place have been sought for the second.2Co 3:6-11: Who also has made us able ministers of the new testament; not of the letter: but of the spirit: for the letter kills: but the spirit gives life."the mediator"Heb 7:22: By so much was Jesus made a surety of a better testament.Heb 12:24: To Jesus the mediator of the new covenant: and to the blood of sprinkling: that speaks better things than that of Abel.Ga 3:19: 20: For what reason then serveth the law? It was added because of transgressions: till the seed should come to whom the promise was made; and it was ordained by angels in the hand of a mediator."covenant"Heb 7:22: By so much was Jesus made a surety of a better testament.Heb 9:15-20: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance."upon"Heb 8:10-12: For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days: says the Lord; I will put my laws into their mind: and write them in their hearts: and I will be to them a God: and they will be to me a people:Ro 9:4: Who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption: and the glory: and the covenants: and the giving of the law: and the service of God: and the promises;Ga 3:16-21: Now to Abraham and His seed were the promises made. He says not: And to seeds: as of many; but as of one: And to your seed: which is Christ.Tit 1:2: In hope of eternal life: which God: that cannot lie: promised before the world began;2Pe 1:4: Whereby are given to us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these you might be partakers of the divine nature: having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.
ει γαρ η πρωτη εκεινη ην αμεμπτος ουκ αν δευτερας εζητειτο τοπος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4413πρώτηprōtē (Adj-NFS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηprōtē
|
first
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1565ἐκείνηekeinē (DPro-NFS) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνηekeinē
|
that
|
DPro-NFS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
had been
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G273ἄμεμπτος,amemptos (Adj-NFS) G273 ἄμεμπτος ámemptos am-emp-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of μέμφομαι; irreproachable:--blameless, faultless, unblamable.
|
ἄμεμπτος,amemptos
|
faultless,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1208δευτέραςdeuteras (Adj-GFS) G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέραςdeuteras
|
for a second
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2212ἐζητεῖτοezēteito (V-IIM/P-3S) G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ἐζητεῖτοezēteito
|
would have been sought
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G5117τόπος.topos (N-NMS) G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπος.topos
|
a place.
|
N-NMS
|
7
For if that first covenant had been faultless, then should no place have been sought for the second.Hebrews 8:7
Stats
Counts: 100 characters, 17 words, 81 letters, 29 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει γαρ η πρωτη εκεινη ην αμεμπτος ουκ αν δευτερας εζητειτο τοπος
Lit: If for the first that had been faultless, not for a second would have been sought a place.
KJV: For if that first covenant had been faultless, then should no place have been sought for the second.
References
"had"Heb 8:6: But now has he obtained a more excellent ministry: by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant: which was established upon better promises.Heb 7:11: 18: If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood: (for under it the people received the law: ) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedec: not and be called after the order of Aaron?Ga 3:21: Is the law then against the promises of God? God forbid: for if there had been a law given which could have given life: truly righteousness should have been by the law.
μεμφομενος γαρ αυτοις λεγει ιδου ημεραι ερχονται λεγει κυριος και συντελεσω επι τον οικον ισραηλ και επι τον οικον ιουδα διαθηκην καινην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3201μεμφόμενοςmemphomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G3201 μέμφομαι mémphomai mem-fom-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to blame:--find fault.
|
μεμφόμενοςmemphomenos
|
Finding fault
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
with them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says:
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2250ἡμέραιhēmerai (N-NFP) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιhēmerai
|
the days
|
N-NFP
|
G2064ἔρχονται,erchontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονται,erchontai
|
are coming,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2962Κύριος,Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος,Kyrios
|
the Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4931συντελέσωsyntelesō (V-FIA-1S) G4931 συντελέω synteléō soon-tel-eh-o from σύν and τελέω; to complete entirely; generally, to execute (literally or figuratively):--end, finish, fulfil, make.
|
συντελέσωsyntelesō
|
I will ratify
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G2474ἸσραὴλIsraēl (N-GMS) G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραὴλIsraēl
|
of Israel
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G2448ἸούδαIouda (N-GMS) G2448 Ἰουδά Ioudá ee-oo-dah of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה or perhaps יֻטָּה); Judah (i.e. Jehudah or Juttah), a part of (or place in) Palestine:--Judah.
|
ἸούδαIouda
|
of Judah,
|
N-GMS
|
G1242διαθήκηνdiathēkēn (N-AFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηνdiathēkēn
|
a covenant
|
N-AFS
|
G2537καινήν,kainēn (Adj-AFS) G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινήν,kainēn
|
new,
|
Adj-AFS
|
8
For finding fault with them, He says, Look, the days come, says the Lord, when I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel and with the house of Judah:
Hebrews 8:8
Stats
Counts: 163 characters, 27 words, 126 letters, 48 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: μεμφομενος γαρ αυτοις λεγει ιδου ημεραι ερχονται λεγει κυριος και συντελεσω επι τον οικον ισραηλ και επι τον οικον ιουδα διαθηκην καινην
Lit: Finding fault for with them, He says: Behold, the days are coming, says the Lord, and I will ratify with the house of Israel and with the house of Judah, a covenant new,
KJV: For finding fault with them, he saith, Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, when I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel and with the house of Judah:
References
"he saith"Jer 31:31-34: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel: and with the house of Judah:"the days"Heb 10:16: 17: This is the covenant that I will make with them after those days: says the Lord: I will put my laws into their hearts: and in their minds will I write them;Jer 23:5: 7: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Jer 30:3: For: indeed: the days come: says the LORD: that I will bring again the captivity of my people Israel and Judah: says the LORD: and I will cause them to return to the land that I gave to their fathers: and they will possess it.Jer 31:27: 31-34: 38: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will sow the house of Israel and the house of Judah with the seed of man: and with the seed of beast.Lu 17:22: He said to the disciples: The days will come: when you will desire to see one of the days of the Son of man: and you will not see it."a new"Heb 9:15: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.Heb 12:24: To Jesus the mediator of the new covenant: and to the blood of sprinkling: that speaks better things than that of Abel.Mt 26:28: For this is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many for the remission of sins.Mr 14:24: He said to them: This is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many.Lu 22:20: Likewise also the cup after supper: saying: This cup is the new testament in my blood: which is shed for you.1Co 11:25: After the same manner also he took the cup: when he had supped: saying: This cup is the new testament in my blood: this do you: as often as you drink it: in remembrance of me.2Co 3:6: Who also has made us able ministers of the new testament; not of the letter: but of the spirit: for the letter kills: but the spirit gives life."covenant"Isa 55:3: Incline your ear: and come to me: hear: and your soul will live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you: even the sure mercies of David.Jer 32:40: I will make an everlasting covenant with them: that I not will turn away from them: to do them good; but I will put my fear in their hearts: that they will not depart from me.Jer 33:24-26: Consider you not what this people have spoken: saying: The two families which the LORD has chosen: He has even cast them off? thus they have despised my people: that they should be no more a nation before them.Eze 16:60: 61: Nevertheless I will remember my covenant with you in the days of your youth: and I will establish to you an everlasting covenant.Eze 37:26: Moreover I will make a covenant of peace with them; it will be an everlasting covenant with them: and I will place them: and multiply them: and will set my sanctuary in the middle of them for evermore.
ου κατα την διαθηκην ην εποιησα τοις πατρασιν αυτων εν ημερα επιλαβομενου μου της χειρος αυτων εξαγαγειν αυτους εκ γης αιγυπτου οτι αυτοι ουκ ενεμειναν εν τη διαθηκη μου καγω ημελησα αυτων λεγει κυριος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1242διαθήκηνdiathēkēn (N-AFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηνdiathēkēn
|
covenant
|
N-AFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
that
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G4160ἐποίησαepoiēsa (V-AIA-1S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησαepoiēsa
|
I made
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with
|
Art-DMP
|
G3962πατράσινpatrasin (N-DMP) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατράσινpatrasin
|
fathers
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
the day
|
N-DFS
|
G1949ἐπιλαβομένουepilabomenou (V-APM-GMS) G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).
|
ἐπιλαβομένουepilabomenou
|
of having taken hold of
|
V-APM-GMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
by Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hand
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1806ἐξαγαγεῖνexagagein (V-ANA) G1806 ἐξάγω exágō ex-ag-o from ἐκ and ἄγω; to lead forth:--bring forth (out), fetch (lead) out.
|
ἐξαγαγεῖνexagagein
|
to lead
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
the land
|
N-GFS
|
G125Αἰγύπτου,Aigyptou (N-GFS) G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἰγύπτου,Aigyptou
|
of Egypt,
|
N-GFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
they
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1696ἐνέμεινανenemeinan (V-AIA-3P) G1696 ἐμμένω emménō em-men-o from ἐν and μένω; to stay in the same place, i.e. (figuratively) persevere:--continue.
|
ἐνέμεινανenemeinan
|
did continue
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1242διαθήκῃdiathēkē (N-DFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκῃdiathēkē
|
covenant
|
N-DFS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2504κἀγὼkagō (PPro-N1S) G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγὼkagō
|
and I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G272ἠμέλησαēmelēsa (V-AIA-1S) G272 ἀμελέω ameléō am-el-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and μέλω; to be careless of:--make light of, neglect, be negligent, no regard.
|
ἠμέλησαēmelēsa
|
disregarded
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2962Κύριος.Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος.Kyrios
|
the Lord.
|
N-NMS
|
9
Not according to the covenant that I made with their fathers in the day when I took them by the hand to lead them out of the land of Egypt; because they not continued in my covenant, and I regarded not them, says the Lord.Hebrews 8:9
Stats
Rank: #1945 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 223 characters, 42 words, 175 letters, 64 vowels, 111 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου κατα την διαθηκην ην εποιησα τοις πατρασιν αυτων εν ημερα επιλαβομενου μου της χειρος αυτων εξαγαγειν αυτους εκ γης αιγυπτου οτι αυτοι ουκ ενεμειναν εν τη διαθηκη μου καγω ημελησα αυτων λεγει κυριος
Lit: not according to the covenant that I made with fathers of them, in the day of having taken hold of by Me the hand of them, to lead them out of the land of Egypt, because they not did continue in the covenant of Me, and I disregarded them, says the Lord.
KJV: Not according to the covenant that I made with their fathers in the day when I took them by the hand to lead them out of the land of Egypt; because they continued not in my covenant, and I regarded them not, saith the Lord.
References
"the covenant"Heb 9:18-20: Whereupon neither the first testament was dedicated without blood.Ex 24:3-11: Moses came and told the people all the words of the LORD: and all the judgments: and all the people answered with one voice: and said: All the words which the LORD has said will we do.Ex 34:10: 27: 28: He said: Look: I make a covenant: before all your people I will do marvels: such as not have been done in all the earth: nor in any nation: and all the people among which you are will see the work of the LORD: for it is a terrible thing that I will do with you.De 5:2: 3: The LORD our God made a covenant with us in Horeb.De 29:1: 12: These are the words of the covenant: which the LORD commanded Moses to make with the children of Israel in the land of Moab: beside the covenant which He made with them in Horeb.Ga 3:15-19: Brothers: I speak after the manner of men; Though it be but a man's covenant: yet if it be confirmed: no man disannuls: or adds thereto.Ga 4:24: Which things are an allegory: for these are the two covenants; the one from the mount Sinai: which genders to bondage: which is Agar."I took"Ge 19:16: While He lingered: the men laid hold upon His hand: and upon the hand of His wife: and upon the hand of His two daughters; the LORD being merciful to Him: and they brought Him forth: and set Him without the city.Job 8:20: Look: God not will cast away a perfect man: neither will He help the evil doers:Song 8:5: Who is this that comes up from the wilderness: leaning upon her beloved? I raised you up under the apple tree: there your mother brought you forth: there she brought you forth that bare you.Isa 41:13: For I the LORD your God will hold your right hand: saying to you: not Fear; I will help you.Isa 51:18: There is none to guide her among all the sons whom she has brought forth; neither is there any that takes her by the hand of all the sons that she has brought up.Mr 8:23: He took the blind man by the hand: and led him out of the town; and when he had spit on his eyes: and put his hands upon him: he asked him if he saw ought.Ac 9:8: Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened: he saw no man: but they led him by the hand: and brought him into Damascus.Ac 13:11: Now: look: the hand of the Lord is upon you: and you will be blind: not seeing the sun for a season. And immediately there fell on Him a mist and a darkness; and He went about seeking some to lead Him by the hand."to lead"Ex 19:4: 5: You have seen what I did to the Egyptians: and how I bare you on eagles' wings: and brought you to myself.Ps 77:20: You led your people like a flock by the hand of Moses and Aaron.Ps 78:52-54: But made his own people to go forth like sheep: and guided them in the wilderness like a flock.Ps 105:43: He brought forth his people with joy: and his chosen with gladness:Ps 136:11-14: Brought out Israel from among them: for his mercy endureth for ever:Isa 40:11: He will feed his flock like a shepherd: he will gather the lambs with his arm: and carry them in his bosom: and will gently lead those that are with young.Isa 63:9: In all their affliction he was afflicted: and the angel of his presence saved them: in his love and in his pity he redeemed them; and he bare them: and carried them all the days of old.Isa 63:11-13: Then He remembered the days of old: Moses: and His people: saying: Where is He that'>He who brought them up out of the sea with the shepherd of His flock? where is He that'>He who put His holy Spirit within Him?"they continued"Ex 32:8: They have turned aside quickly out of the way which I commanded them: they have made them a molten calf: and have worshipped it: and have sacrificed thereunto: and said: These be your gods: O Israel: which have brought you up out of the land of Egypt.De 29:25: Then men will say: Because they have forsaken the covenant of the LORD God of their fathers: which He made with them when He brought them forth out of the land of Egypt:De 31:16-18: The LORD said to Moses: Look: you will sleep with your fathers; and this people will rise up: and go a whoring after the gods of the strangers of the land: whither they go to be among them: and will forsake me: and break my covenant which I have made with them.Jos 23:15: 16: Therefore it will come to pass: that as all good things are come upon you: which the LORD your God promised you; so will the LORD bring upon you all evil things: until He have destroyed you from off this good land which the LORD your God has given you.2Ki 17:15-18: They rejected His statutes: and His covenant that He made with their fathers: and His testimonies which He testified against them; and they followed vanity: and became vain: and went after the heathen that were round about them: concerning whom the LORD had charged them: that they not should do like them.Ps 78:10: They not kept the covenant of God: and refused to walk in His law;Ps 78:11: 57: forgot his works: and his wonders that he had showed them.Isa 24:5: 6: The earth also is defiled under the inhabitants thereof; because they have transgressed the laws: changed the ordinance: broken the everlasting covenant.Jer 11:7: 8: For I earnestly protested to your fathers in the day that I brought them up out of the land of Egypt: even to this day: rising early and protesting: saying: Obey my voice.Jer 22:8: 9: Many nations will pass by this city: and they will say every man to His neighbour: For what reason has the LORD done thus to this great city?Jer 31:32: Not according to the covenant that I made with their fathers in the day that I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt; which my covenant they brake: although I was an husband to them: says the LORD:Eze 16:8: 59: Now when I passed by you: and looked upon you: look: your time was the time of love; and I spread my skirt over you: and covered your nakedness: yes: I sware to you: and entered into a covenant with you: says the Lord GOD: and you became my.Eze 20:37: 38: I will cause you to pass under the rod: and I will bring you into the bond of the covenant:"regarded"Jg 10:13: 14: Yet you have forsaken me: and served other gods: for what reason I will deliver you no more.La 4:16: The anger of the LORD has divided them; He will no more regard them: they not respected the persons of the priests: they not favoured the elders.Am 5:22: Though you offer me burnt offerings and your meat offerings: I not will accept them: neither will I regard the peace offerings of your fat beasts.Mal 2:13: This have you done again: covering the altar of the LORD with tears: with weeping: and with crying out: insomuch that He regards not the offering any more: or receives it with good will at your hand.
οτι αυτη η διαθηκη ην διαθησομαι τω οικω ισραηλ μετα τας ημερας εκεινας λεγει κυριος διδους νομους μου εις την διανοιαν αυτων και επι καρδιας αυτων επιγραψω αυτους και εσομαι αυτοις εις θεον και αυτοι εσονται μοι εις λαον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this is
|
DPro-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1242διαθήκηdiathēkē (N-NFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηdiathēkē
|
covenant
|
N-NFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
that
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G1303διαθήσομαιdiathēsomai (V-FIM-1S) G1303 διατίθεμαι diatíthemai dee-at-ith-em-ahee middle voice from διά and τίθημι; to put apart, i.e. (figuratively) dispose (by assignment, compact, or bequest):--appoint, make, testator.
|
διαθήσομαιdiathēsomai
|
I will make
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
with the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκῳoikō
|
house
|
N-DMS
|
G2474ἸσραὴλIsraēl (N-GMS) G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραὴλIsraēl
|
of Israel,
|
N-GMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G1565ἐκείνας,ekeinas (DPro-AFP) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνας,ekeinas
|
those,
|
DPro-AFP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2962Κύριος,Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος,Kyrios
|
the Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G1325διδοὺςdidous (V-PPA-NMS) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
διδοὺςdidous
|
putting
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3551νόμουςnomous (N-AMP) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμουςnomous
|
Laws
|
N-AMP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1271διάνοιανdianoian (N-AFS) G1271 διάνοια diánoia dee-an-oy-ah from διά and νοῦς; deep thought, properly, the faculty (mind or its disposition), by implication, its exercise:-- imagination, mind, understanding.
|
διάνοιανdianoian
|
mind
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-AFP) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
hearts
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1924ἐπιγράψωepigrapsō (V-FIA-1S) G1924 ἐπιγράφω epigráphō ep-ee-graf-o from ἐπί and γράφω; to inscribe (physically or mentally):--inscription, write in (over, thereon).
|
ἐπιγράψωepigrapsō
|
I will inscribe
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them;
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσομαιesomai (V-FIM-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσομαιesomai
|
I will be
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεόνTheon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόνTheon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
they
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G1510ἔσονταίesontai (V-FIM-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσονταίesontai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to Me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2992λαόν.laon (N-AMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόν.laon
|
a people.
|
N-AMS
|
10
For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days, says the Lord; I will put my laws into their mind, and write them in their hearts: and I will be to them a God, and they will be to me a people:Hebrews 8:10
Stats
Rank: #1908 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 231 characters, 45 words, 176 letters, 66 vowels, 110 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι αυτη η διαθηκη ην διαθησομαι τω οικω ισραηλ μετα τας ημερας εκεινας λεγει κυριος διδους νομους μου εις την διανοιαν αυτων και επι καρδιας αυτων επιγραψω αυτους και εσομαι αυτοις εις θεον και αυτοι εσονται μοι εις λαον
Lit: For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel, after the days those, says the Lord, putting Laws of Me into the mind of them, and upon hearts of them I will inscribe them; and I will be to them for God, and they will be to Me for a people.
KJV: For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days, saith the Lord; I will put my laws into their mind, and write them in their hearts: and I will be to them a God, and they shall be to me a people:
References
"this is"Heb 10:16: 17: This is the covenant that I will make with them after those days: says the Lord: I will put my laws into their hearts: and in their minds will I write them;"I will put"Ex 24:4: 7: Moses wrote all the words of the LORD: and rose up early in the morning: and built an altar under the hill: and 12 pillars: according to the 12 tribes of Israel.Ex 34:1: 27: The LORD said to Moses: Hew you two tables of stone like to the first: and I will write upon these tables the words that were in the first tables: which you brakest.De 30:6: The LORD your God will circumcise your heart: and the heart of your seed: to love the LORD your God with all your heart: and with all your soul: that you may live.Jer 31:33: But this will be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; After those days: says the LORD: I will put my law in their inward parts: and write it in their hearts; and will be their God: and they will be my people.Jer 32:40: I will make an everlasting covenant with them: that I not will turn away from them: to do them good; but I will put my fear in their hearts: that they will not depart from me.Eze 11:19: I will give them one heart: and I will put a new spirit within you; and I will take the stony heart out of their flesh: and will give them an heart of flesh:Eze 36:26: 27: A new heart also will I give you: and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh: and I will give you an heart of flesh.2Co 3:3: 7: 8: Forasmuch as you are manifestly declared to be the epistle of Christ ministered by us: not written with ink: but with the Spirit of the living God; not in tables of stone: but in fleshy tables of the heart.Jas 1:18: 21: Of his own will begot he us with the word of truth: that we should be a kind of firstfruits of his creatures.1Pe 1:23: Being born again: not of corruptible seed: but of incorruptible: by the word of God: which lives and abides for ever."I will be"Heb 11:16: But now they desire a better country: that is: an heavenly: for what reason God not is ashamed to be called their God: for He has prepared for them a city.Ge 17:7: 8: I will establish my covenant between me and you and your seed after you in their generations for an everlasting covenant: to be a God to you: and to your seed after you.Song 2:16: My beloved is my: and I am his: he feeds among the lilies.Jer 24:7: I will give them an heart to know me: that I am the LORD: and they will be my people: and I will be their God: for they will return to me with their whole heart.Jer 31:1: 33: At the same time: says the LORD: will I be the God of all the families of Israel: and they will be my people.Jer 32:38: They will be my people: and I will be their God:Eze 11:20: That they may walk in my statutes: and keep my ordinances: and do them: and they will be my people: and I will be their God.Eze 36:28: you will dwell in the land that I gave to your fathers; and you will be my people: and I will be your God.Eze 37:27: My tabernacle also will be with them: yes: I will be their God: and they will be my people.Eze 39:22: So the house of Israel will know that I am the LORD their God from that day and forward.Ho 1:10: Yet the number of the children of Israel will be as the sand of the sea: which cannot be measured nor numbered; and it will come to pass: that in the place where it was said to them: You are not my people: there it will be said to them: You are the sons of the living God.Ho 2:23: I will sow her to me in the earth; and I will have mercy upon her that not had obtained mercy; and I will say to them which were not my people: You are my people; and they will say: You are my God.Zec 8:8: I will bring them: and they will dwell in the middle of Jerusalem: and they will be my people: and I will be their God: in truth and in righteousness.Zec 13:9: I will bring the third part through the fire: and will refine them as silver is refined: and will try them as gold is tried: they will call on my name: and I will hear them: I will say: It is my people: and they will say: The LORD is my God.Mt 22:32: I am the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob? God not is the God of the dead: but of the living.1Co 6:16: What? know you not that he which is joined to an harlot is one body? for two: says he: will be one flesh."they shall"Ex 19:5: 6: Now therefore: if you will obey my voice indeed: and keep my covenant: then you will be a peculiar treasure to me above all people: for all the earth is my:Ro 9:25: 26: As he says also in Osee: I will call them my people: which not were my people; and her beloved: which not was beloved.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.1Pe 2:9: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:
και ου μη διδαξωσιν εκαστος τον πλησιον αυτου και εκαστος τον αδελφον αυτου λεγων γνωθι τον κυριον οτι παντες ειδησουσιν με απο μικρου αυτων εως μεγαλου αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1321διδάξωσινdidaxōsin (V-ASA-3P) G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάξωσινdidaxōsin
|
shall they teach
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4177πολίτηνpolitēn (N-AMS) G4177 πολίτης polítēs pol-ee-tace from πόλις; a townsman:--citizen.
|
πολίτηνpolitēn
|
neighbor
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸνadelphon (N-AMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸνadelphon
|
brother
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1097ΓνῶθιGnōthi (V-AMA-2S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ΓνῶθιGnōthi
|
Know
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962Κύριον,Kyrion (N-AMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριον,Kyrion
|
Lord,’
|
N-AMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1492εἰδήσουσίνeidēsousin (V-FIA-3P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδήσουσίνeidēsousin
|
will know
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
Me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3398μικροῦmikrou (Adj-GMS) G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικροῦmikrou
|
the least
|
Adj-GMS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep) G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
to the
|
Prep
|
G3173μεγάλουmegalou (Adj-GMS) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλουmegalou
|
greatest
|
Adj-GMS
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
11
They will not teach every man His neighbour, and every man His brother, saying, Know the Lord: for all will know me, from the least to the greatest.
Hebrews 8:11
Stats
Rank: #4142 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 154 characters, 24 words, 120 letters, 40 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ου μη διδαξωσιν εκαστος τον πλησιον αυτου και εκαστος τον αδελφον αυτου λεγων γνωθι τον κυριον οτι παντες ειδησουσιν με απο μικρου αυτων εως μεγαλου αυτων
Lit: And no not shall they teach each the neighbor of him, and each the brother of him saying, Know the Lord,’ because all will know Me, from the least to the greatest of them,
KJV: And they shall not teach every man his neighbour, and every man his brother, saying, Know the Lord: for all shall know me, from the least to the greatest.
References
"they shall"Isa 2:3: Many people will go and say: Come you: and let us go up to the mountain of the LORD: to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways: and we will walk in His paths: for out of Zion will go forth the law: and the word of the LORD from Jerusalem.Isa 54:13: All your children will be taught of the LORD; and great will be the peace of your children.Jer 31:34: They will teach no more every man His neighbour: and every man His brother: saying: Know the LORD: for they will all know me: from the least of them to the great of them: says the LORD: for I will forgive their iniquity: and I will remember their sin no more.Joh 6:45: It is written in the prophets: And they will be all taught of God. Every man therefore that has heard: and has learned of the Father: comes to me.1Jo 2:27: But the anointing which you have received of him abides in you: and you not need that any man teach you: but as the same anointing teaches you of all things: and is truth: and is no lie: and even as it has taught you: you will abide in him."Know the"2Ki 17:27: 28: Then the king of Assyria commanded: saying: Carry there one of the priests whom you brought from there; and let them go and dwell there: and let Him teach them the manner of the God of the land.1Ch 28:9: you: Solomon my son: know you the God of your father: and serve Him with a perfect heart and with a willing mind: for the LORD searches all hearts: and understands all the imaginations of the thoughts: if you seek Him: He will be found of you; but if you forsake Him: He will cast you off for ever.2Ch 30:22: Hezekiah spoke comfortably to all the Levites that taught the good knowledge of the LORD: and they did eat throughout the feast 7 days: offering peace offerings: and making confession to the LORD God of their fathers.Ezr 7:25: you: Ezra: after the wisdom of your God: that is in your hand: set magistrates and judges: which may judge all the people that are beyond the river: all such as know the laws of your God; and teach you them that know them not."for all"Isa 54:13: All your children will be taught of the LORD; and great will be the peace of your children.Jer 24:7: I will give them an heart to know me: that I am the LORD: and they will be my people: and I will be their God: for they will return to me with their whole heart.Eze 34:30: Thus will they know that I the LORD their God am with them: and that they: even the house of Israel: are my people: says the Lord GOD.Hab 2:14: For the earth will be filled with the knowledge of the glory of the LORD: as the waters cover the sea.1Jo 5:20: We know that the Son of God is come: and has given us an understanding: that we may know Him that is true: and we are in Him that is true: even in His Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God: and eternal life."from"Jer 6:13: For from the least of them even to the great of them every one is given to covetousness; and from the prophet even to the priest every one deals falsely.Jer 42:1: 8: Then all the captains of the forces: and Johanan the son of Kareah: and Jezaniah the son of Hoshaiah: and all the people from the least even to the great: came near: Jer 44:12: I will take the remnant of Judah: that have set their faces to go into the land of Egypt to sojourn there: and they will all be consumed: and fall in the land of Egypt; they will even be consumed by the sword and by the famine: they will die: from the least even to the great: by the sword and by the famine: and they will be an execration: and an astonishment: and a curse: and a reproach.Ac 8:10: To whom they all gave heed: from the least to the great: saying: This man is the great power of God.
οτι ιλεως εσομαι ταις αδικιαις αυτων και των αμαρτιων αυτων και των ανομιων αυτων ου μη μνησθω ετι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2436ἵλεωςhileōs (Adj-NMS) G2436 ἵλεως híleōs hil-eh-oce perhaps from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; cheerful (as attractive), i.e. propitious; adverbially (by Hebraism) God be gracious!, i.e. (in averting some calamity) far be it:--be it far, merciful.
|
ἵλεωςhileōs
|
merciful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἔσομαιesomai (V-FIM-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσομαιesomai
|
I will be
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
toward the
|
Art-DFP
|
G93ἀδικίαιςadikiais (N-DFP) G93 ἀδικία adikía ad-ee-kee-ah from ἄδικος; (legal) injustice (properly, the quality, by implication, the act); morally, wrongfulness (of character, life or act):--iniquity, unjust, unrighteousness, wrong.
|
ἀδικίαιςadikiais
|
iniquities
|
N-DFP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
sins
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3403μνησθῶmnēsthō (V-ASP-1S) G3403 μιμνήσκω mimnḗskō mim-nace-ko a prolonged form of μνάομαι (from which some of the tenses are borrowed); to remind, i.e. (middle voice) to recall to mind:--be mindful, remember.
|
μνησθῶmnēsthō
|
I shall remember
|
V-ASP-1S
|
G2089ἔτι.eti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι.eti
|
more.
|
Adv
|
12
For I will be merciful to their unrighteousness, and their sins and their iniquities will I remember no more.Hebrews 8:12
Stats
Counts: 109 characters, 18 words, 89 letters, 37 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι ιλεως εσομαι ταις αδικιαις αυτων και των αμαρτιων αυτων και των ανομιων αυτων ου μη μνησθω ετι
Lit: because merciful I will be toward the iniquities of them, and the sins of them no not I shall remember more.
KJV: For I will be merciful to their unrighteousness, and their sins and their iniquities will I remember no more.
References
"For I will be merciful to their unrighteousness, and their sins and their iniquities will I remember no more."Heb 10:16: 17: This is the covenant that I will make with them after those days: says the Lord: I will put my laws into their hearts: and in their minds will I write them;Ps 25:7: not Remember the sins of my youth: nor my transgressions: according to your mercy remember you me for your goodness' sake: O LORD.Ps 65:3: Iniquities prevail against me: as for our transgressions: you will purge them away.Isa 43:25: I: even I: am he who blots out your transgressions for my own sake: and not will remember your sins.Isa 44:22: I have blotted out: as a thick cloud: your transgressions: and: as a cloud: your sins: return to me; for I have redeemed you.Jer 33:8: I will cleanse them from all their iniquity: whereby they have sinned against me; and I will pardon all their iniquities: whereby they have sinned: and whereby they have transgressed against me.Jer 50:20: In those days: and in that time: says the LORD: the iniquity of Israel will be sought for: and there will be none; and the sins of Judah: and they will not be found: for I will pardon them whom I reserve.Mic 7:19: He will turn again: he will have compassion upon us; he will subdue our iniquities; and you will cast all their sins into the depths of the sea.Ac 13:38: 39: Be it known to you therefore: men and brothers: that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:Ro 11:27: For this is my covenant to them: when I will take away their sins.Eph 1:7: In whom we have redemption through his blood: the forgiveness of sins: according to the riches of his grace;Col 1:14: In whom we have redemption through his blood: even the forgiveness of sins:1Jo 1:7-9: But if we walk in the light: as He is in the light: we have fellowship one with another: and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanses us from all sin.1Jo 2:1: 2: My little children: these things write I to you: that you not sin. And if any man sin: we have an advocate with the Father: Jesus Christ the righteous:Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood:
εν τω λεγειν καινην πεπαλαιωκεν την πρωτην το δε παλαιουμενον και γηρασκον εγγυς αφανισμου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1722Ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
Ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
saying,
|
V-PNA
|
G2537ΚαινὴνKainēn (Adj-AFS) G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
ΚαινὴνKainēn
|
new,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3822πεπαλαίωκενpepalaiōken (V-RIA-3S) G3822 παλαιόω palaióō pal-ah-yo-o from παλαιός; to make (passively, become) worn out, or declare obsolete:--decay, make (wax) old.
|
πεπαλαίωκενpepalaiōken
|
He has made obsolete
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4413πρώτην·prōtēn (Adj-AFS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτην·prōtēn
|
first;
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3822παλαιούμενονpalaioumenon (V-PPM/P-NNS) G3822 παλαιόω palaióō pal-ah-yo-o from παλαιός; to make (passively, become) worn out, or declare obsolete:--decay, make (wax) old.
|
παλαιούμενονpalaioumenon
|
growing old
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1095γηράσκονgēraskon (V-PPA-NNS) G1095 γηράσκω gēráskō ghay-ras-ko from γῆρας; to be senescent:--be (wax) old.
|
γηράσκονgēraskon
|
aging
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G1451ἐγγὺςengys (Prep) G1451 ἐγγύς engýs eng-goos from a primary verb (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); near (literally or figuratively, of place or time):--from , at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready.
|
ἐγγὺςengys
|
is near
|
Prep
|
G854ἀφανισμοῦ.aphanismou (N-GMS) G854 ἀφανισμός aphanismós af-an-is-mos from ἀφανίζω; disappearance, i.e. (figuratively) abrogation:--vanish away.
|
ἀφανισμοῦ.aphanismou
|
vanishing.
|
N-GMS
|
13
In that he says, A new covenant, he has made the first old. Now that which decays and waxs old is ready to vanish away.
Hebrews 8:13
Stats
Counts: 127 characters, 20 words, 97 letters, 35 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν τω λεγειν καινην πεπαλαιωκεν την πρωτην το δε παλαιουμενον και γηρασκον εγγυς αφανισμου
Lit: In saying, new, He has made obsolete the first; that then growing old and aging is near vanishing.
KJV: In that he saith, A new covenant, he hath made the first old. Now that which decayeth and waxeth old [is] ready to vanish away.
References
"he hath"Heb 7:11: 12: 18: 19: If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood: (for under it the people received the law: ) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedec: not and be called after the order of Aaron?Heb 9:9: 10: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;"ready"Isa 51:6: Lift up your eyes to the heavens: and look upon the earth beneath: for the heavens will vanish away like smoke: and the earth will wax old like a garment: and they that dwell therein will die in like manner: but my salvation will be for ever: and my righteousness will not be abolished.Mt 24:35: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.1Co 13:8: Charity never fails: but whether there be prophecies: they will fail; whether there be tongues: they will cease; whether there be knowledge: it will vanish away.2Co 5:17: Therefore if any man be in Christ: He is a new creature: old things are passed away; look: all things are become new.
9
The Earthly Tabernacle
ειχεν μεν ουν και η πρωτη {VAR1: σκηνη } δικαιωματα λατρειας το τε αγιον κοσμικον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2192ΕἶχεEiche (V-IIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ΕἶχεEiche
|
Had
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4413πρώτηprōtē (Adj-NFS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηprōtē
|
first,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1345δικαιώματαdikaiōmata (N-ANP) G1345 δικαίωμα dikaíōma dik-ah-yo-mah from δικαιόω; an equitable deed; by implication, a statute or decision:--judgment, justification, ordinance, righteousness.
|
δικαιώματαdikaiōmata
|
regulations
|
N-ANP
|
G2999λατρείαςlatreias (N-GFS) G2999 λατρεία latreía lat-ri-ah from λατρεύω; ministration of God, i.e. worship:--(divine) service.
|
λατρείαςlatreias
|
of worship
|
N-GFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G40ἅγιονhagion (Adj-ANS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιονhagion
|
a sanctuary
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2886κοσμικόν.kosmikon (Adj-ANS) G2886 κοσμικός kosmikós kos-mee-kos from κόσμος (in its secondary sense); terrene (cosmic), literally (mundane) or figuratively (corrupt):--worldly.
|
κοσμικόν.kosmikon
|
earthly.
|
Adj-ANS
|
1
Then truly the first covenant had also ordinances of divine service, and a worldly sanctuary.Hebrews 9:1
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 14 words, 78 letters, 28 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειχεν μεν ουν και η πρωτη {VAR1: σκηνη } δικαιωματα λατρειας το τε αγιον κοσμικον
Lit: Had indeed therefore also the first, regulations of worship and a sanctuary earthly.
KJV: Then verily the first covenant had also ordinances of divine service, and a worldly sanctuary.
References
"the first"Heb 8:7: 13: For if that first covenant had been faultless: then should no place have been sought for the second."had"Heb 9:10: Which stood only in meats and drinks: and divers washings: and carnal ordinances: imposed on them until the time of reformation.Le 18:3: 4: 30: After the doings of the land of Egypt: wherein you dwelt: will you not do: and after the doings of the land of Canaan: whither I bring you: will you not do: neither will you walk in their ordinances.Le 22:9: They will therefore keep my ordinance: lest they bear sin for it: and die therefore: if they profane it: I the LORD do sanctify them.Nu 9:12: They will leave none of it to the morning: nor break any bone of it: according to all the ordinances of the passover they will keep it.Eze 43:11: If they be ashamed of all that they have done: show them the form of the house: and the fashion thereof: and the goings out thereof: and the comings in thereof: and all the forms thereof: and all the ordinances thereof: and all the forms thereof: and all the laws thereof: and write it in their sight: that they may keep the whole form thereof: and all the ordinances thereof: and do them.Lu 1:6: They were both righteous before God: walking in all the commandments and ordinances of the Lord blameless."and"Heb 9:10: 11: Which stood only in meats and drinks: and divers washings: and carnal ordinances: imposed on them until the time of reformation.Heb 8:2: A minister of the sanctuary: and of the true tabernacle: which the Lord pitched: not and man.Ex 25:8: Let them make me a sanctuary; that I may dwell among them.Col 2:8: Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit: after the tradition of men: after the rudiments of the world: not and after Christ.
σκηνη γαρ κατεσκευασθη η πρωτη εν η η τε λυχνια και η τραπεζα και η προθεσις των αρτων ητις λεγεται αγια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4633σκηνὴskēnē (N-NFS) G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνὴskēnē
|
A tabernacle
|
N-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2680κατεσκευάσθηkateskeuasthē (V-AIP-3S) G2680 κατασκευάζω kataskeuázō kat-ask-yoo-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to prepare thoroughly (properly, by external equipment; whereas ἑτοιμάζω refers rather to internal fitness); by implication, to construct, create:--build, make, ordain, prepare.
|
κατεσκευάσθηkateskeuasthē
|
was prepared,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4413πρώτη,prōtē (Adj-NFS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτη,prōtē
|
first room—
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾗhē (RelPro-DFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾗhē
|
which were
|
RelPro-DFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3087λυχνίαlychnia (N-NFS) G3087 λυχνία lychnía lookh-nee-ah from λύχνος; a lamp-stand (literally or figuratively):--candlestick.
|
λυχνίαlychnia
|
the lampstand,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5132τράπεζαtrapeza (N-NFS) G5132 τράπεζα trápeza trap-ed-zah probably contracted from τέσσαρες and πεζῇ; a table or stool (as being four-legged), usually for food (figuratively, a meal); also a counter for money (figuratively, a brokers office for loans at interest):--bank, meat, table.
|
τράπεζαtrapeza
|
table,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
of the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4286πρόθεσιςprothesis (N-NFS) G4286 πρόθεσις próthesis proth-es-is from προτίθεμαι; a setting forth, i.e. (figuratively) proposal (intention); specially, the show-bread (in the Temple) as exposed before God:--purpose, shew(-bread).
|
πρόθεσιςprothesis
|
presentation
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G740ἄρτων,artōn (N-GMP) G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτων,artōn
|
bread—
|
N-GMP
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
which
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G3004λέγεταιlegetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεταιlegetai
|
is called
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G40Ἅγια·Hagia (Adj-NNP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἅγια·Hagia
|
the Holy [Place].
|
Adj-NNP
|
2
For there was a tabernacle made; the first, wherein was the candlestick, and the table, and the shewbread; which is called the sanctuary.Hebrews 9:2
Stats
Rank: #9841 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 18 words, 109 letters, 38 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: σκηνη γαρ κατεσκευασθη η πρωτη εν η η τε λυχνια και η τραπεζα και η προθεσις των αρτων ητις λεγεται αγια
Lit: A tabernacle for was prepared, the first room— in which were both the lampstand, and the table, and of the presentation the bread— which is called the Holy [Place].
KJV: For there was a tabernacle made; the first, wherein was the candlestick, and the table, and the shewbread; which is called the sanctuary.
References
"a tabernacle"Ex 26:1-30: Moreover you will make the tabernacle with 10 curtains of fine twined linen: and blue: and purple: and scarlet: with cherubims of cunning work will you make them.Ex 29:1: 35: This is the thing that you will do to them to hallow them: to minister to me in the priest's office: Take one young bullock: and two rams without blemish: Ex 36:8-38: Every wise hearted man among them that wrought the work of the tabernacle made 10 curtains of fine twined linen: and blue: and purple: and scarlet: with cherubims of cunning work made he them.Ex 39:32-34: Thus was all the work of the tabernacle of the tent of the congregation finished: and the children of Israel did according to all that the LORD commanded Moses: so did they.Ex 40:2: 18-20: On the first day of the first month will you set up the tabernacle of the tent of the congregation."the first"Ex 25:23-40: You will also make a table of shittim wood: two cubits will be the length thereof: and a cubit the breadth thereof: and a cubit and a half the height thereof.Ex 26:35: you will set the table without the vail: and the candlestick over against the table on the side of the tabernacle toward the south: and you will put the table on the north side.Ex 37:10-24: He made the table of shittim wood: two cubits was the length thereof: and a cubit the breadth thereof: and a cubit and a half the height thereof:Ex 39:36-38: The table: and all the vessels thereof: and the shewbread: Ex 40:4: 22-24: you will bring in the table: and set in order the things that are to be set in order upon it; and you will bring in the candlestick: and light the lamps thereof."the table"Ex 40:4: you will bring in the table: and set in order the things that are to be set in order upon it; and you will bring in the candlestick: and light the lamps thereof.Le 24:5: 6: you will take fine flour: and bake 12 cakes thereof: two tenth deals will be in one cake."the shewbread"Ex 25:23: 30: You will also make a table of shittim wood: two cubits will be the length thereof: and a cubit the breadth thereof: and a cubit and a half the height thereof."the sanctuary"Ex 26:33: you will hang up the vail under the taches: that you may bring in there within the vail the ark of the testimony: and the vail will divide to you between the holy place and the most holy.
μετα δε το δευτερον καταπετασμα σκηνη η λεγομενη αγια αγιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
Behind
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1208δεύτερονdeuteron (Adj-ANS) G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτερονdeuteron
|
second
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2665καταπέτασμαkatapetasma (N-ANS) G2665 καταπέτασμα katapétasma kat-ap-et-as-mah from a compound of κατά and a congener of πέτομαι; something spread thoroughly, i.e. (specially) the door screen (to the Most Holy Place) in the Jewish Temple:--vail.
|
καταπέτασμαkatapetasma
|
veil
|
N-ANS
|
G4633σκηνὴskēnē (N-NFS) G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνὴskēnē
|
was a tabernacle,
|
N-NFS
|
G3004λεγομένηlegomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγομένηlegomenē
|
being called
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G40ἍγιαHagia (Adj-NNP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιαHagia
|
the Holy
|
Adj-NNP
|
G40ἁγίων,hagiōn (Adj-GNP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίων,hagiōn
|
of Holies,
|
Adj-GNP
|
3
After the second veil, the tabernacle which is called the Holy of all;Hebrews 9:3
Stats
Counts: 77 characters, 13 words, 62 letters, 23 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα δε το δευτερον καταπετασμα σκηνη η λεγομενη αγια αγιων
Lit: Behind now the second veil was a tabernacle, being called the Holy of Holies,
KJV: And after the second veil, the tabernacle which is called the Holiest of all;
References
"the second"Heb 6:19: Which hope we have as an anchor of the soul: both sure and stedfast: and which enters into that within the veil;Heb 10:20: By a new and living way: which he has consecrated for us: through the veil: that is to say: his flesh;Ex 26:31-33: you will make a vail of blue: and purple: and scarlet: and fine twined linen of cunning work: with cherubims will it be made:Ex 36:35-38: He made a vail of blue: and purple: and scarlet: and fine twined linen: with cherubims made he it of cunning work.Ex 40:3: 21: you will put therein the ark of the testimony: and cover the ark with the vail.2Ch 3:14: He made the vail of blue: and purple: and crimson: and fine linen: and wrought cherubims thereon.Isa 25:7: He will destroy in this mountain the face of the covering cast over all people: and the vail that is spread over all nations.Mt 27:51: And: look: the veil of the temple was tear in two from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake: and the rocks tear;"the Holiest"Heb 9:8: The Holy Ghost this signifying: that the way into the holy of all not was yet made manifest: while as the first tabernacle was yet standing:Heb 10:19: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus: 1Ki 8:6: The priests brought in the ark of the covenant of the LORD to His place: into the oracle of the house: to the most holy place: even under the wings of the cherubims.
χρυσουν εχουσα θυμιατηριον και την κιβωτον της διαθηκης περικεκαλυμμενην παντοθεν χρυσιω εν η σταμνος χρυση εχουσα το μαννα και η ραβδος ααρων η βλαστησασα και αι πλακες της διαθηκης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5552χρυσοῦνchrysoun (Adj-ANS) G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσοῦνchrysoun
|
the golden
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2192ἔχουσαechousa (V-PPA-NFS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσαechousa
|
having
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G2369θυμιατήριονthymiatērion (N-ANS) G2369 θυμιαστήριον thymiastḗrion thoo-mee-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυμιάω; a place of fumigation, i.e. the alter of incense (in the Temple):--censer.
|
θυμιατήριονthymiatērion
|
altar of incense,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2787κιβωτὸνkibōton (N-AFS) G2787 κιβωτός kibōtós kib-o-tos of uncertain derivation; a box, i.e. the sacred ark and that of Noah:--ark.
|
κιβωτὸνkibōton
|
ark
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1242διαθήκηςdiathēkēs (N-GFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηςdiathēkēs
|
covenant,
|
N-GFS
|
G4028περικεκαλυμμένηνperikekalymmenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS) G4028 περικαλύπτω perikalýptō per-ee-kal-oop-to from περί and καλύπτω; to cover all around, i.e. entirely (the face, a surface):--blindfold, cover, overlay.
|
περικεκαλυμμένηνperikekalymmenēn
|
having been covered around
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G3840πάντοθενpantothen (Adv) G3840 πάντοθεν pántothen pan-toth-en adverb (of source) from πᾶς; from (i.e. on) all sides:--on every side, round about.
|
πάντοθενpantothen
|
in every part
|
Adv
|
G5553χρυσίῳ,chrysiō (N-DNS) G5553 χρυσίον chrysíon khroo-see-on diminutive of χρυσός; a golden article, i.e. gold plating, ornament, or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσίῳ,chrysiō
|
with gold,
|
N-DNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾗhē (RelPro-DFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾗhē
|
which
|
RelPro-DFS
|
G4713στάμνοςstamnos (N-NFS) G4713 στάμνος stámnos stam-nos from the base of ἵστημι (as stationary); a jar or earthen tank:--pot.
|
στάμνοςstamnos
|
was the jar
|
N-NFS
|
G5552χρυσῆchrysē (Adj-NFS) G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσῆchrysē
|
golden
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2192ἔχουσαechousa (V-PPA-NFS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσαechousa
|
having
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3131μάνναmanna (N-ANS) G3131 μάννα mánna man-nah of Hebrew origin (מָן); manna (i.e. man), an edible gum:--manna.
|
μάνναmanna
|
manna,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4464ῥάβδοςrhabdos (N-NFS) G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.
|
ῥάβδοςrhabdos
|
staff
|
N-NFS
|
G2ἈαρὼνAarōn (N-GMS) G2 Ἀαρών Aarṓn ah-ar-ohn of Hebrew origin (אַהֲרוֹן); Aaron, the brother of Moses:--Aaron.
|
ἈαρὼνAarōn
|
of Aaron
|
N-GMS
|
G985βλαστήσασαblastēsasa (V-APA-NFS) G985 βλαστάνω blastánō blas-tan-o from (a sprout); to germinate; by implication, to yield fruit:--bring forth, bud, spring (up).
|
βλαστήσασαblastēsasa
|
having budded,
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G4109πλάκεςplakes (N-NFP) G4109 πλάξ pláx plax from πλάσσω; a moulding-board, i.e. flat surface (plate, or tablet, literally or figuratively):--table.
|
πλάκεςplakes
|
tablets
|
N-NFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1242διαθήκης,diathēkēs (N-GFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκης,diathēkēs
|
covenant.
|
N-GFS
|
4
Which had the golden censer, and the ark of the covenant overlaid round about with gold, wherein was the golden pot that had manna, and Aaron's rod that budded, and the tables of the covenant;Hebrews 9:4
Stats
Counts: 192 characters, 31 words, 152 letters, 55 vowels, 97 consonants
Translation
Greek: χρυσουν εχουσα θυμιατηριον και την κιβωτον της διαθηκης περικεκαλυμμενην παντοθεν χρυσιω εν η σταμνος χρυση εχουσα το μαννα και η ραβδος ααρων η βλαστησασα και αι πλακες της διαθηκης
Lit: the golden having altar of incense, and the ark of the covenant, having been covered around in every part with gold, in which was the jar golden having the manna, and the staff of Aaron having budded, and the tablets of the covenant.
KJV: Which had the golden censer, and the ark of the covenant overlaid round about with gold, wherein was the golden pot that had manna, and Aaron's rod that budded, and the tables of the covenant;
References
"the golden"Le 16:12: He will take a censer full of burning coals of fire from off the altar before the LORD: and His hands full of sweet incense beaten small: and bring it within the vail:1Ki 7:50: The bowls: and the snuffers: and the basons: and the spoons: and the censers of pure gold; and the hinges of gold: both for the doors of the inner house: the most holy place: and for the doors of the house: to wit: of the temple.Re 8:3: Another angel came and stood at the altar: having a golden censer; and there was given to him much incense: that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne."the ark"Ex 25:10-16: They will make an ark of shittim wood: two cubits and a half will be the length thereof: and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof: and a cubit and a half the height thereof.Ex 26:33: you will hang up the vail under the taches: that you may bring in there within the vail the ark of the testimony: and the vail will divide to you between the holy place and the most holy.Ex 37:1-5: Bezaleel made the ark of shittim wood: two cubits and a half was the length of it: and a cubit and a half the breadth of it: and a cubit and a half the height of it:Ex 39:35: The ark of the testimony: and the staves thereof: and the mercy seat: Ex 40:3: 21: you will put therein the ark of the testimony: and cover the ark with the vail."was"Ex 16:33: 34: Moses said to Aaron: Take a pot: and put an omer full of manna therein: and lay it up before the LORD: to be kept for your generations."and Aaron's"Nu 17:5: 8: 10: It will come to pass: that the man's rod: whom I will choose: will blossom: and I will make to cease from me the murmurings of the children of Israel: whereby they murmur against you.Ps 110:2: 3: The LORD will send the rod of your strength out of Zion: rule you in the middle of your enemies."and the"Ex 25:16: 21: you will put into the ark the testimony which I will give you.Ex 26:33: you will hang up the vail under the taches: that you may bring in there within the vail the ark of the testimony: and the vail will divide to you between the holy place and the most holy.Ex 34:29: It came to pass: when Moses came down from mount Sinai with the two tables of testimony in Moses' hand: when he came down from the mount: that Moses not wist that the skin of his face shone while he talked with him.Ex 40:3: 20: 21: you will put therein the ark of the testimony: and cover the ark with the vail.De 10:2-5: I will write on the tables the words that were in the first tables which you brake: and you will put them in the ark.1Ki 8:9: 21: There was nothing in the ark save the two tables of stone: which Moses put there at Horeb: when the LORD made a covenant with the children of Israel: when they came out of the land of Egypt.2Ch 5:10: There was nothing in the ark save the two tables which Moses put therein at Horeb: when the LORD made a covenant with the children of Israel: when they came out of Egypt.
υπερανω δε αυτης χερουβιμ δοξης κατασκιαζοντα το ιλαστηριον περι ων ουκ εστιν νυν λεγειν κατα μερος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5231ὑπεράνωhyperanō (Prep) G5231 ὑπεράνω hyperánō hoop-er-an-o from ὑπέρ and ἄνω; above upward, i.e. greatly higher (in place or rank):--far above, over.
|
ὑπεράνωhyperanō
|
Above
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G5502ΧερουβὶνCheroubin (N-NNP) G5502 χερουβίμ cheroubím kher-oo-beem plural of Hebrew origin (כְּרוּב); cherubim (i.e. cherubs or kerubim):--cherubims.
|
ΧερουβὶνCheroubin
|
were the cherubim
|
N-NNP
|
G1391δόξηςdoxēs (N-GFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξηςdoxēs
|
of glory,
|
N-GFS
|
G2683κατασκιάζονταkataskiazonta (V-PPA-NNP) G2683 κατασκιάζω kataskiázō kat-as-kee-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of σκιά; to overshade, i.e. cover:--shadow.
|
κατασκιάζονταkataskiazonta
|
overshadowing
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2435ἱλαστήριον·hilastērion (N-ANS) G2435 ἱλαστήριον hilastḗrion hil-as-tay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of ἱλάσκομαι; an expiatory (place or thing), i.e. (concretely) an atoning victim, or (specially) the lid of the Ark (in the Temple):--mercyseat, propitiation.
|
ἱλαστήριον·hilastērion
|
mercy seat;
|
N-ANS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now the time
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to speak
|
V-PNA
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3313μέρος.meros (N-ANS) G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρος.meros
|
detail.
|
N-ANS
|
5
Over it the cherubims of glory shadowing the mercyseat; of which we cannot now speak particularly.Hebrews 9:5
Stats
Counts: 102 characters, 16 words, 84 letters, 29 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: υπερανω δε αυτης χερουβιμ δοξης κατασκιαζοντα το ιλαστηριον περι ων ουκ εστιν νυν λεγειν κατα μερος
Lit: Above then it were the cherubim of glory, overshadowing the mercy seat; concerning which not it is now the time to speak in detail.
KJV: And over it the cherubims of glory shadowing the mercyseat; of which we cannot now speak particularly.
References
"over"Ex 25:17-22: you will make a mercy seat of pure gold: two cubits and a half will be the length thereof: and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof.Ex 37:6-9: He made the mercy seat of pure gold: two cubits and a half was the length thereof: and one cubit and a half the breadth thereof.Le 16:2: The LORD said to Moses: Speak to Aaron your brother: that He not come at all times into the holy place within the vail before the mercy seat: which is upon the ark; that He not die: for I will appear in the cloud upon the mercy seat.Nu 7:89: When Moses was gone into the tabernacle of the congregation to speak with him: then he heard the voice of one speaking to him from off the mercy seat that was upon the ark of testimony: from between the two cherubims: and he spoke to him.1Sa 4:4: So the people sent to Shiloh: that they might bring from there the ark of the covenant of the LORD of hosts: which dwells between the cherubims: and the two sons of Eli: Hophni and Phinehas: were there with the ark of the covenant of God.1Ki 8:6: 7: The priests brought in the ark of the covenant of the LORD to His place: into the oracle of the house: to the most holy place: even under the wings of the cherubims.2Ki 19:15: Hezekiah prayed before the LORD: and said: O LORD God of Israel: which dwell between the cherubims: you are the God: even you alone: of all the kingdoms of the earth; you have made heaven and earth.Ps 80:1: A Psalm of Asaph.>> Give ear: O Shepherd of Israel: you that lead Joseph like a flock; you that dwell between the cherubims: shine forth.Ps 99:1: The LORD reigns; let the people tremble: He sits between the cherubims; let the earth be moved.Eph 3:10: To the intent that now to the principalities and powers in heavenly places might be known by the church the manifold wisdom of God: 1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into."the mercy-seat"Heb 4:16: Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace: that we may obtain mercy: and find grace to help in time of need.Le 16:2: 13: The LORD said to Moses: Speak to Aaron your brother: that He not come at all times into the holy place within the vail before the mercy seat: which is upon the ark; that He not die: for I will appear in the cloud upon the mercy seat.1Ch 28:11: Then David gave to Solomon his son the pattern of the porch: and of the houses thereof: and of the treasuries thereof: and of the upper chambers thereof: and of the inner parlours thereof: and of the place of the mercy seat:
τουτων δε ουτως κατεσκευασμενων εις μεν την πρωτην σκηνην διαπαντος εισιασιν οι ιερεις τας λατρειας επιτελουντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778ΤούτωνToutōn (DPro-GNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤούτωνToutōn
|
These things
|
DPro-GNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G2680κατεσκευασμένωνkateskeuasmenōn (V-RPM/P-GNP) G2680 κατασκευάζω kataskeuázō kat-ask-yoo-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to prepare thoroughly (properly, by external equipment; whereas ἑτοιμάζω refers rather to internal fitness); by implication, to construct, create:--build, make, ordain, prepare.
|
κατεσκευασμένωνkateskeuasmenōn
|
having been prepared,
|
V-RPM/P-GNP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4413πρώτηνprōtēn (Adj-AFS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηνprōtēn
|
first
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4633σκηνὴνskēnēn (N-AFS) G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνὴνskēnēn
|
tabernacle
|
N-AFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
at all times
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
everything
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1524εἰσίασινeisiasin (V-PIA-3P) G1524 εἴσειμι eíseimi ice-i-mee from εἰς and (to go); to enter:--enter (go) into.
|
εἰσίασινeisiasin
|
enter
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2409ἱερεῖςhiereis (N-NMP) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεῖςhiereis
|
priests,
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2999λατρείαςlatreias (N-AFP) G2999 λατρεία latreía lat-ri-ah from λατρεύω; ministration of God, i.e. worship:--(divine) service.
|
λατρείαςlatreias
|
sacred services
|
N-AFP
|
G2005ἐπιτελοῦντες,epitelountes (V-PPA-NMP) G2005 ἐπιτελέω epiteléō ep-ee-tel-eh-o from ἐπί and τελέω; to fulfill further (or completely), i.e. execute; by implication, to terminate, undergo:--accomplish, do, finish, (make) (perfect), perform(X -ance).
|
ἐπιτελοῦντες,epitelountes
|
accomplishing.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
6
Now when these things were thus ordained, the priests went always into the first tabernacle, accomplishing the service of God.Hebrews 9:6
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 18 words, 104 letters, 36 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτων δε ουτως κατεσκευασμενων εις μεν την πρωτην σκηνην διαπαντος εισιασιν οι ιερεις τας λατρειας επιτελουντες
Lit: These things now thus having been prepared, into indeed the first tabernacle at all times everything enter the priests, the sacred services accomplishing.
KJV: Now when these things were thus ordained, the priests went always into the first tabernacle, accomplishing the service of God.
References
"the priests"Ex 27:21: In the tabernacle of the congregation without the vail: which is before the testimony: Aaron and His sons will order it from evening to morning before the LORD: it will be a statute for ever to their generations on the behalf of the children of Israel.Ex 30:7: 8: Aaron will burn thereon sweet incense every morning: when he dresss the lamps: he will burn incense upon it.Nu 28:3: you will say to them: This is the offering made by fire which you will offer to the LORD; two lambs of the first year without spot day by day: for a continual burnt offering.2Ch 26:16-19: But when He was strong: His heart was lifted up to His destruction: for He transgressed against the LORD His God: and went into the temple of the LORD to burn incense upon the altar of incense.Da 8:11: Yes: he magnified himself even to the prince of the host: and by him the daily sacrifice was taken away: and the place of his sanctuary was cast down.Lu 1:8-11: It came to pass: that while He executed the priest's office before God in the order of His course:
εις δε την δευτεραν απαξ του ενιαυτου μονος ο αρχιερευς ου χωρις αιματος ο προσφερει υπερ εαυτου και των του λαου αγνοηματων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
Enters into
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1208δευτέρανdeuteran (Adj-AFS) G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέρανdeuteran
|
second,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G530ἅπαξhapax (Adv) G530 ἅπαξ hápax hap-ax probably from ἅπας; one (or a single) time (numerically or conclusively):--once.
|
ἅπαξhapax
|
once
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
in the
|
Art-GMS
|
G1763ἐνιαυτοῦeniautou (N-GMS) G1763 ἐνιαυτός eniautós en-ee-ow-tos prolongation from a primary (a year); a year:--year.
|
ἐνιαυτοῦeniautou
|
year
|
N-GMS
|
G3441μόνοςmonos (Adj-NMS) G3441 μόνος mónos mon-os probably from μένω; remaining, i.e. sole or single; by implication, mere:--alone, only, by themselves.
|
μόνοςmonos
|
only,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεύς,archiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεύς,archiereus
|
high priest,
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
without
|
Prep
|
G129αἵματος,haimatos (N-GNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματος,haimatos
|
blood,
|
N-GNS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G4374προσφέρειprospherei (V-PIA-3S) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφέρειprospherei
|
he offers
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτοῦheautou (RefPro-GM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῦheautou
|
himself
|
RefPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2992λαοῦlaou (N-GMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦlaou
|
people
|
N-GMS
|
G51ἀγνοημάτων,agnoēmatōn (N-GNP) G51 ἀγνόημα agnóēma ag-no-ay-mah from ἀγνοέω; a thing ignored, i.e. shortcoming:--error.
|
ἀγνοημάτων,agnoēmatōn
|
sins of ignorance.
|
N-GNP
|
7
But into the second went the high priest alone once every year, not without blood, which he offered for himself, and for the errors of the people:Hebrews 9:7
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 22 words, 116 letters, 44 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: εις δε την δευτεραν απαξ του ενιαυτου μονος ο αρχιερευς ου χωρις αιματος ο προσφερει υπερ εαυτου και των του λαου αγνοηματων
Lit: Enters into however the second, once in the year only, the high priest, not without blood, which he offers for himself and the of the people sins of ignorance.
KJV: But into the second went the high priest alone once every year, not without blood, which he offered for himself, and [for] the errors of the people:
References
"into"Heb 9:24: 25: For Christ not is entered into the holy places made with hands: which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself: now to appear in the presence of God for us:Ex 30:10: Aaron will make an atonement upon the horns of it once in a year with the blood of the sin offering of atonements: once in the year will He make atonement upon it throughout your generations: it is most holy to the LORD.Le 16:2-20: 34: The LORD said to Moses: Speak to Aaron your brother: that He not come at all times into the holy place within the vail before the mercy seat: which is upon the ark; that He not die: for I will appear in the cloud upon the mercy seat."not"Heb 5:3: By reason hereof he ought: as for the people: so also for himself: to offer for sins.Heb 7:27: Who needs not daily: as those high priests: to offer up sacrifice: first for his own sins: and then for the people's: for this he did once: when he offered up himself.Heb 10:19: 20: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus: "errors"Le 5:18: He will bring a ram without blemish out of the flock: with your estimation: for a trespass offering: to the priest'>priest: and the priest'>priest will make an atonement for him concerning his ignorance wherein he erred and wist it not: and it will be forgiven him.2Sa 6:7: The anger of the LORD was kindled against Uzzah; and God smote Him there for His error; and there He died by the ark of God.2Ch 33:9: So Manasseh made Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem to err: and to do worse than the heathen: whom the LORD had destroyed before the children of Israel.Ps 19:12: Who can understand his errors? cleanse you me from secret faults.Ps 95:10: 40 years long was I grieved with this generation: and said: It is a people that do err in their heart: and they not have known my ways:Isa 3:12: As for my people: children are their oppressors: and women rule over them. O my people: they which lead you cause you to err: and destroy the way of your paths.Isa 9:16: For the leaders of this people cause them to err; and they that are led of them are destroyed.Isa 28:7: But they also have erred through wine: and through strong drink are out of the way; the priest and the prophet have erred through strong drink: they are swallowed up of wine: they are out of the way through strong drink; they err in vision: they stumble in judgment.Isa 29:14: Therefore: look: I will proceed to do a marvellous work among this people: even a marvellous work and a wonder: for the wisdom of their wise men will perish: and the understanding of their prudent men will be hid.Ho 4:12: My people ask counsel at their stocks: and their staff declares to them: for the spirit of whoredoms has caused them to err: and they have gone a whoring from under their God.Am 2:14: Therefore the flight will perish from the swift: and the strong will not strengthen his force: neither will the mighty deliver himself:
τουτο δηλουντος του πνευματος του αγιου μηπω πεφανερωσθαι την των αγιων οδον ετι της πρωτης σκηνης εχουσης στασιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778Τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Τοῦτοtouto
|
By this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1213δηλοῦντοςdēlountos (V-PPA-GNS) G1213 δηλόω dēlóō day-lo-o from δῆλος; to make plain (by words):--declare, shew, signify.
|
δηλοῦντοςdēlountos
|
was signifying
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G40Ἁγίου,Hagiou (Adj-GNS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἁγίου,Hagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G3380μήπωmēpō (Adv) G3380 μήπω mḗpō may-po from μή and -πω; not yet:--not yet.
|
μήπωmēpō
|
that not yet
|
Adv
|
G5319πεφανερῶσθαιpephanerōsthai (V-RNM/P) G5319 φανερόω phaneróō fan-er-o-o from φανερός; to render apparent (literally or figuratively):--appear, manifestly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self).
|
πεφανερῶσθαιpephanerōsthai
|
has been made manifest
|
V-RNM/P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
into the
|
Art-GNP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GNP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
holy places
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS) G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
way,
|
N-AFS
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
still
|
Adv
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4413πρώτηςprōtēs (Adj-GFS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηςprōtēs
|
first
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4633σκηνῆςskēnēs (N-GFS) G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνῆςskēnēs
|
tabernacle
|
N-GFS
|
G2192ἐχούσηςechousēs (V-PPA-GFS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχούσηςechousēs
|
having
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G4714στάσιν,stasin (N-AFS) G4714 στάσις stásis stas-is from the base of ἵστημι; a standing (properly, the act), i.e. (by analogy) position (existence); by implication, a popular uprising; figuratively, controversy:--dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar.
|
στάσιν,stasin
|
a standing,
|
N-AFS
|
8
The Holy Ghost this signifying, that the way into the holy of all not was yet made manifest, while as the first tabernacle was yet standing:Hebrews 9:8
Stats
Counts: 143 characters, 24 words, 115 letters, 39 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δηλουντος του πνευματος του αγιου μηπω πεφανερωσθαι την των αγιων οδον ετι της πρωτης σκηνης εχουσης στασιν
Lit: By this was signifying the Spirit Holy that not yet has been made manifest the into the holy places way, still the first tabernacle having a standing,
KJV: The Holy Ghost this signifying, that the way into the holiest of all was not yet made manifest, while as the first tabernacle was yet standing:
References
"Holy Ghost"Heb 3:7: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice: Heb 10:15: Whereof the Holy Ghost also is a witness to us: for after that He had said before: Isa 63:11: Then He remembered the days of old: Moses: and His people: saying: Where is He that'>He who brought them up out of the sea with the shepherd of His flock? where is He that'>He who put His holy Spirit within Him?Ac 7:51: 52: You stiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears: you do always resist the Holy Ghost: as your fathers did: so do you.Ac 28:25: When they not agreed among themselves: they departed: after that Paul had spoken one word: Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers: Ga 3:8: The scripture: foreseeing that God would justify the heathen through faith: preached before the gospel to Abraham: saying: In you will all nations be blessed.2Pe 1:21: For the prophecy not came in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost."the way"Heb 9:3: After the second veil: the tabernacle which is called the Holy of all;Heb 4:15: 16: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin.Heb 10:19-22: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus: Joh 10:7: 9: Then said Jesus to them again: Truly: truly: I say to you: I am the door of the sheep.Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.Eph 2:18: For through Him we both have access by one Spirit to the Father.
ητις παραβολη εις τον καιρον τον ενεστηκοτα καθ ον δωρα τε και θυσιαι προσφερονται μη δυναμεναι κατα συνειδησιν τελειωσαι τον λατρευοντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
which is
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G3850παραβολὴparabolē (N-NFS) G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολὴparabolē
|
a symbol
|
N-NFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2540καιρὸνkairon (N-AMS) G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸνkairon
|
time
|
N-AMS
|
G1764ἐνεστηκότα,enestēkota (V-RPA-AMS) G1764 ἐνίστημι enístēmi en-is-tay-mee from ἐν and ἵστημι; to place on hand, i.e. (reflexively) impend, (participle) be instant:--come, be at hand, present.
|
ἐνεστηκότα,enestēkota
|
present,
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G1435δῶράdōra (N-NNP) G1435 δῶρον dōron do-ron, Noun Neuter
|
δῶράdōra
|
gifts
|
N-NNP
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2378θυσίαιthysiai (N-NFP) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίαιthysiai
|
sacrifices
|
N-NFP
|
G4374προσφέρονταιprospherontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφέρονταιprospherontai
|
are offered,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δυνάμεναιdynamenai (V-PPM/P-NFP) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνάμεναιdynamenai
|
being able
|
V-PPM/P-NFP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
in regard to
|
Prep
|
G4893συνείδησινsyneidēsin (N-AFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησινsyneidēsin
|
conscience
|
N-AFS
|
G5048τελειῶσαιteleiōsai (V-ANA) G5048 τελειόω teleióō tel-i-o-o from τέλειος; to complete, i.e. (literally) accomplish, or (figuratively) consummate (in character):--consecrate, finish, fulfil, make) perfect.
|
τελειῶσαιteleiōsai
|
to make perfect
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the one
|
Art-AMS
|
G3000λατρεύοντα,latreuonta (V-PPA-AMS) G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύοντα,latreuonta
|
worshiping,
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
9
Which was a figure for the time then present, in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices, that not could make him that did the service perfect, as pertaining to the conscience;Hebrews 9:9
Stats
Counts: 181 characters, 29 words, 146 letters, 53 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: ητις παραβολη εις τον καιρον τον ενεστηκοτα καθ ον δωρα τε και θυσιαι προσφερονται μη δυναμεναι κατα συνειδησιν τελειωσαι τον λατρευοντα
Lit: which is a symbol for the time present, in which gifts both and sacrifices are offered, not being able in regard to conscience to make perfect the one worshiping,
KJV: Which was a figure for the time then present, in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices, that could not make him that did the service perfect, as pertaining to the conscience;
References
"a figure"Heb 9:24: For Christ not is entered into the holy places made with hands: which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself: now to appear in the presence of God for us:Heb 11:19: Accounting that God was able to raise Him up: even from the dead; from where also He received Him in a figure.Ro 5:14: Nevertheless death reigned from Adam to Moses: even over them that not had sinned after the similitude of Adam's transgression: who is the figure of him that was to come.1Pe 3:21: The like figure to what even baptism does also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh: but the answer of a good conscience toward God: ) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ:"the time"Heb 7:11: If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood: (for under it the people received the law: ) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedec: not and be called after the order of Aaron?Heb 11:39: 40: These all: having obtained a good report through faith: not received the promise:1Pe 1:11: 12: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow."gifts"Heb 5:1: For every high priest taken from among men is ordained for men in things pertaining to God: that He may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins:"that could"Heb 9:13: 14: For if the blood of bulls and of goats: and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean: sanctifies to the purifying of the flesh:Heb 7:18: 19: For there is truly a disannulling of the commandment going before for the weakness and unprofitableness thereof.Heb 10:1-4: 11: For the law having a shadow of good things to come: and not the very image of the things: can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.Ps 40:6: 7: Sacrifice and offering you did not desire; my ears have you opened: burnt offering and sin offering have you not required.Ga 3:21: Is the law then against the promises of God? God forbid: for if there had been a law given which could have given life: truly righteousness should have been by the law."as pertaining"Ps 51:16-19: For you desire not sacrifice; else would I give it: you delight not in burnt offering.
μονον επι βρωμασιν και πομασιν και διαφοροις βαπτισμοις και δικαιωμασιν σαρκος μεχρι καιρου διορθωσεως επικειμενα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv) G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
consisting only
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1033βρώμασινbrōmasin (N-DNP) G1033 βρῶμα brōma bro-mah from the base of βιβρώσκω; food (literally or figuratively), especially (ceremonially) articles allowed or forbidden by the Jewish law:--meat, victuals.
|
βρώμασινbrōmasin
|
foods
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4188πόμασινpomasin (N-DNP) G4188 πόμα póma pom-ah from the alternate of πίνω; a beverage:--drink.
|
πόμασινpomasin
|
drinks
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1313διαφόροιςdiaphorois (Adj-DMP) G1313 διάφορος diáphoros dee-af-or-os from διαφέρω; varying; also surpassing:--differing, divers, more excellent.
|
διαφόροιςdiaphorois
|
various
|
Adj-DMP
|
G909βαπτισμοῖς,baptismois (N-DMP) G909 βαπτισμός baptismós bap-tis-mos from βαπτίζω; ablution (ceremonial or Christian):--baptism, washing.
|
βαπτισμοῖς,baptismois
|
washings,
|
N-DMP
|
G1345δικαιώματαdikaiōmata (N-NNP) G1345 δικαίωμα dikaíōma dik-ah-yo-mah from δικαιόω; an equitable deed; by implication, a statute or decision:--judgment, justification, ordinance, righteousness.
|
δικαιώματαdikaiōmata
|
ordinances
|
N-NNP
|
G4561σαρκὸςsarkos (N-GFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σαρκὸςsarkos
|
of the flesh,
|
N-GFS
|
G3360μέχριmechri (Prep) G3360 μέχρι méchri mekh-ris from μῆκος; as far as, i.e. up to a certain point (as a preposition, of extent (denoting the terminus, whereas ἄχρι refers especially to the space of time or place intervening) or conjunction):--till, (un-)to, until.,
|
μέχριmechri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G2540καιροῦkairou (N-GMS) G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιροῦkairou
|
the time
|
N-GMS
|
G1357διορθώσεωςdiorthōseōs (N-GFS) G1357 διόρθωσις diórthōsis dee-or-tho-sis from a compound of διά and a derivative of ὀρθός, meaning to straighten thoroughly; rectification, i.e. (specially) the Messianic restauration:--reformation.
|
διορθώσεωςdiorthōseōs
|
of reformation
|
N-GFS
|
G1945ἐπικείμενα.epikeimena (V-PPM/P-NNP) G1945 ἐπίκειμαι epíkeimai ep-ik-i-mahee from ἐπί and κεῖμαι; to rest upon (literally or figuratively):--impose, be instant, (be) laid (there-, up-)on, (when) lay (on), lie (on), press upon.
|
ἐπικείμενα.epikeimena
|
being imposed.
|
V-PPM/P-NNP
|
10
Which stood only in meats and drinks, and divers washings, and carnal ordinances, imposed on them until the time of reformation.Hebrews 9:10
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 16 words, 104 letters, 37 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: μονον επι βρωμασιν και πομασιν και διαφοροις βαπτισμοις και δικαιωμασιν σαρκος μεχρι καιρου διορθωσεως επικειμενα
Lit: consisting only in foods and drinks and various washings, ordinances of the flesh, until the time of reformation being imposed.
KJV: Which stood only in meats and drinks, and divers washings, and carnal ordinances, imposed [on them] until the time of reformation.
References
"in meats"Heb 13:9: not Be carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats: which not have profited them that have been occupied therein.Le 11:2-47: Speak to the children of Israel: saying: These are the beasts which you will eat among all the beasts that are on the earth.De 14:3-21: You will not eat any abominable thing.Eze 4:14: Then said I: Ah Lord GOD! look: my soul has not been polluted: for from my youth up even till now have not I eaten of that which dies of itself: or is torn in pieces; neither came there abominable flesh into my mouth.Ac 10:13-15: There came a voice to him: Rise: Peter; kill: and eat.Col 2:16: Let no man therefore judge you in meat: or in drink: or in respect of an holyday: or of the new moon: or of the sabbath days:"divers"Heb 6:2: Of the doctrine of baptisms: and of laying on of hands: and of resurrection of the dead: and of eternal judgment.Heb 10:22: Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith: having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience: and our bodies washed with pure water.Ex 29:4: Aaron and his sons you will bring to the door of the tabernacle of the congregation: and will wash them with water.Ex 30:19-21: For Aaron and his sons will wash their hands and their feet thereat:Ex 40:12: you will bring Aaron and his sons to the door of the tabernacle of the congregation: and wash them with water.Le 14:8: 9: he who is to be cleansed will wash his clothes: and shave off all his hair: and wash himself in water: that he may be clean: and after that he will come into the camp: and will tarry abroad out of his tent 7 days.Le 16:4: 24: He will put on the holy linen coat: and he will have the linen breeches upon his flesh: and will be girded with a linen girdle: and with the linen mitre will he be attired: these are holy garments; therefore will he wash his flesh in water: and so put them on.Le 17:15: 16: Every soul that eats that which died of itself: or that which was torn with beasts: whether it be one of your own country: or a stranger: he will both wash his clothes: and bathe himself in water: and be unclean until the even: then will he be clean.Le 22:6: The soul which has touched any such will be unclean until even: and will not eat of the holy things: unless he wash his flesh with water.Nu 19:7-21: Then the priest'>priest will wash his clothes: and he will bathe his flesh in water: and afterward he will come into the camp: and the priest'>priest will be unclean until the even.De 21:6: All the elders of that city: that are next to the killed man: will wash their hands over the heifer that is beheaded in the valley:De 23:11: But it will be: when evening comes on: he will wash himself with water: and when the sun is down: he will come into the camp again."carnal"Heb 9:1: Then truly the first covenant had also ordinances of divine service: and a worldly sanctuary.Heb 7:16: Who is made: not after the law of a carnal commandment: but after the power of an endless life.Ga 4:3: 9: Even so we: when we were children: were in bondage under the elements of the world:Eph 2:15: Having abolished in his flesh the enmity: even the law of commandments contained in ordinances; for to make in himself of two one new man: so making peace;Col 2:20-22: For what reason if you be dead with Christ from the rudiments of the world: why: as though living in the world: are you subject to ordinances: "until"Heb 2:5: For to the angels has not he put in subjection the world to come: whereof we speak.Heb 6:5: Have tasted the good word of God: and the powers of the world to come: Ga 4:4: But when the fulness of the time was come: God sent forth His Son: made of a woman: made under the law: Eph 1:10: That in the dispensation of the fulness of times He might gather together in one all things in Christ: both which are in heaven: and which are on earth; even in Him:
Redemption through His Blood
χριστος δε παραγενομενος αρχιερευς των μελλοντων αγαθων δια της μειζονος και τελειοτερας σκηνης ου χειροποιητου τουτ εστιν ου ταυτης της κτισεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3854παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos (V-APM-NMS) G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγενόμενοςparagenomenos
|
having appeared as
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1096γενομένωνgenomenōn (V-APM-GNP) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένωνgenomenōn
|
having come
|
V-APM-GNP
|
G18ἀγαθῶν,agathōn (Adj-GNP) G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.
|
ἀγαθῶν,agathōn
|
good things,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3173μείζονοςmeizonos (Adj-GFS-C) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μείζονοςmeizonos
|
greater
|
Adj-GFS-C
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5046τελειοτέραςteleioteras (Adj-GFS-C) G5046 τέλειος téleios tel-i-os from τέλος; complete (in various applications of labor, growth, mental and moral character, etc.); neuter (as noun, with ὁ) completeness:--of full age, man, perfect.
|
τελειοτέραςteleioteras
|
more perfect
|
Adj-GFS-C
|
G4633σκηνῆςskēnēs (N-GFS) G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνῆςskēnēs
|
tabernacle
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5499χειροποιήτου,cheiropoiētou (Adj-GFS) G5499 χειροποίητος cheiropoíētos khi-rop-oy-ay-tos from χείρ and a derivative of ποιέω; manufactured, i.e. of human construction:--made by (make with) hands.
|
χειροποιήτου,cheiropoiētou
|
made by hands,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3778τοῦτ’tout’ (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτ’tout’
|
that
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
of this
|
DPro-GFS
|
G2937κτίσεως,ktiseōs (N-GFS) G2937 κτίσις ktísis ktis-is from κτίζω; original formation (properly, the act; by implication, the thing, literally or figuratively):--building, creation, creature, ordinance.
|
κτίσεως,ktiseōs
|
creation,
|
N-GFS
|
11
But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come, by a greater and more perfect tabernacle, not made with hands, that is to say, not of this building;Hebrews 9:11
Stats
Rank: #1450 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 161 characters, 27 words, 126 letters, 45 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: χριστος δε παραγενομενος αρχιερευς των μελλοντων αγαθων δια της μειζονος και τελειοτερας σκηνης ου χειροποιητου τουτ εστιν ου ταυτης της κτισεως
Lit: Christ however, having appeared as high priest of the having come good things, by the greater and more perfect tabernacle not made by hands, that is, not of this creation,
KJV: But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come, by a greater and more perfect tabernacle, not made with hands, that is to say, not of this building;
References
"Christ"Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.Ps 40:7: Then said I: Indeed: I come: in the volume of the book it is written of me: Isa 59:20: The Redeemer will come to Zion: and to them that turn from transgression in Jacob: says the LORD.Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.Mt 2:6: you Bethlehem: in the land of Juda: are not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of you will come a Governor: that will rule my people Israel.Mt 11:3: Said to him: Are you he who should come: or do we look for another?Joh 4:25: The woman says to Him: I know that Messias comes: which is called Christ: when He is come: He will tell us all things.1Jo 4:2: 3: Hereby know you the Spirit of God: Every spirit that confesss that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is of God:1Jo 5:20: We know that the Son of God is come: and has given us an understanding: that we may know Him that is true: and we are in Him that is true: even in His Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God: and eternal life.2Jo 1:7: For many deceivers are entered into the world: who not confess that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist."an high priest"Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Heb 3:1: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin.Heb 5:5: 6: So also Christ not glorified Himself to be made an high priest; but He that'>He who said to Him: You are my Son: today have I begotten you.Heb 7:1: 11-26: 27: For this Melchisedec: king of Salem: priest of the most high God: who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings: and blessed Him;Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;"of good"Heb 10:1: For the law having a shadow of good things to come: and not the very image of the things: can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect."by a greater"Heb 9:1-9: Then truly the first covenant had also ordinances of divine service: and a worldly sanctuary.Heb 8:2: A minister of the sanctuary: and of the true tabernacle: which the Lord pitched: not and man.Joh 1:14: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth."not made"Heb 9:23: 24: It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these.Ac 7:48: Howbeit the most High dwells not in temples made with hands; as says the prophet: Ac 17:24: 25: God that made the world and all things therein: seeing that He is Lord of heaven and earth: dwells not in temples made with hands;2Co 5:1: For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved: we have a building of God: an not house made with hands: eternal in the heavens.Col 2:11: In whom also you are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands: in putting off the body of the sins of the flesh by the circumcision of Christ:
ουδε δι αιματος τραγων και μοσχων δια δε του ιδιου αιματος εισηλθεν εφαπαξ εις τα αγια αιωνιαν λυτρωσιν ευραμενος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
blood
|
N-GNS
|
G5131τράγωνtragōn (N-GMP) G5131 τράγος trágos trag-os from the base of τρώγω; a he-goat (as a gnawer):--goat.
|
τράγωνtragōn
|
of goats
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3448μόσχων,moschōn (N-GMP) G3448 μόσχος móschos mos-khos probably strengthened for (a shoot); a young bullock:--calf.
|
μόσχων,moschōn
|
calves,
|
N-GMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2398ἰδίουidiou (Adj-GNS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίουidiou
|
own
|
Adj-GNS
|
G129αἵματος,haimatos (N-GNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματος,haimatos
|
blood,
|
N-GNS
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
He entered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2178ἐφάπαξephapax (Adv) G2178 ἐφάπαξ ephápax ef-ap-ax from ἐπί and ἅπαξ; upon one occasion (only):--(at) once (for all).
|
ἐφάπαξephapax
|
once for all
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G40ἅγια,hagia (Adj-ANP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγια,hagia
|
holy places,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G166αἰωνίανaiōnian (Adj-AFS) G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰωνίανaiōnian
|
eternal
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3085λύτρωσινlytrōsin (N-AFS) G3085 λύτρωσις lýtrōsis loo-tro-sis from λυτρόω; a ransoming (figuratively):--+ redeemed, redemption.
|
λύτρωσινlytrōsin
|
redemption
|
N-AFS
|
G2147εὑράμενος.heuramenos (V-APM-NMS) G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑράμενος.heuramenos
|
having obtained.
|
V-APM-NMS
|
12
Neither by the blood of goats and calves, but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place, having obtained eternal redemption for us.Hebrews 9:12
Stats
Rank: #2263 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 145 characters, 25 words, 116 letters, 45 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουδε δι αιματος τραγων και μοσχων δια δε του ιδιου αιματος εισηλθεν εφαπαξ εις τα αγια αιωνιαν λυτρωσιν ευραμενος
Lit: nor by blood of goats and calves, through however the own blood, He entered once for all into the holy places, eternal redemption having obtained.
KJV: Neither by the blood of goats and calves, but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place, having obtained eternal redemption for us.
References
"by the"Heb 9:13: For if the blood of bulls and of goats: and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean: sanctifies to the purifying of the flesh:Heb 10:4: For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins.Le 8:2: Take Aaron and his sons with him: and the garments: and the anointing oil: and a bullock for the sin offering: and two rams: and a basket of unleavened bread;Le 9:15: He brought the people's offering: and took the goat: which was the sin offering for the people: and killed it: and offered it for sin: as the first.Le 16:5-10: He will take of the congregation of the children of Israel two kids of the goats for a sin offering: and one ram for a burnt offering."by his"Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 10:9-14: Then said He: Indeed: I come to do your will: O God. He takes away the first: that He may establish the second.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.Eph 1:7: In whom we have redemption through his blood: the forgiveness of sins: according to the riches of his grace;Col 1:14: In whom we have redemption through his blood: even the forgiveness of sins:Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.1Pe 1:18: 19: Forasmuch as you know that you not were redeemed with corruptible things: as silver and gold: from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers;Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;"he entered"Heb 9:7: 24-26: But into the second went the high priest alone once every year: not without blood: which he offered for himself: and for the errors of the people:Heb 10:12: 19: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;"once"Heb 9:26: 28: For then must he often have suffered since the foundation of the world: but now once in the end of the world has he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself.Heb 10:10: By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all.Zec 3:9: For look the stone that I have laid before Joshua; upon one stone will be 7 eyes: look: I will engrave the graving thereof: says the LORD of hosts: and I will remove the iniquity of that land in one day."having"Heb 9:15: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;Da 9:24: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Mr 3:29: But He that'>He who will blaspheme against the Holy Ghost has never forgiveness: but is in danger of eternal damnation:Ga 3:13: 14: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law: being made a curse for us: for it is written: Cursed is every one that hangs on a tree:1Th 1:10: To wait for His Son from heaven: whom He raised from the dead: even Jesus: which delivered us from the wrath to come.
ει γαρ το αιμα ταυρων και τραγων και σποδος δαμαλεως ραντιζουσα τους κεκοινωμενους αγιαζει προς την της σαρκος καθαροτητα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487Εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
Εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-NNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-NNS
|
G5131τράγωνtragōn (N-GMP) G5131 τράγος trágos trag-os from the base of τρώγω; a he-goat (as a gnawer):--goat.
|
τράγωνtragōn
|
of goats,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5022ταύρωνtaurōn (N-GMP) G5022 ταῦρος taûros tow-ros apparently a primary word (compare תּוֹר, steer); a bullock:--bull, ox.
|
ταύρωνtaurōn
|
of bulls,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4700σποδὸςspodos (N-NFS) G4700 σποδός spodós spod-os of uncertain derivation; ashes:--ashes.
|
σποδὸςspodos
|
the ashes
|
N-NFS
|
G1151δαμάλεωςdamaleōs (N-GFS) G1151 δάμαλις dámalis dam-al-is probably from the base of δαμάζω; a heifer (as tame):--heifer.
|
δαμάλεωςdamaleōs
|
of a heifer,
|
N-GFS
|
G4472ῥαντίζουσαrhantizousa (V-PPA-NFS) G4472 ῥαντίζω rhantízō hran-tid-zo from a derivative of (to sprinkle); to render besprinkled, i.e. asperse (ceremonially or figuratively):-- sprinkle.
|
ῥαντίζουσαrhantizousa
|
sprinkling
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2840κεκοινωμένουςkekoinōmenous (V-RPM/P-AMP) G2840 κοινόω koinóō koy-no-o from κοινός; to make (or consider) profane (ceremonially):--call common, defile, pollute, unclean.
|
κεκοινωμένουςkekoinōmenous
|
having been defiled,
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G37ἁγιάζειhagiazei (V-PIA-3S) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἁγιάζειhagiazei
|
sanctify them
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4561σαρκὸςsarkos (N-GFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σαρκὸςsarkos
|
flesh
|
N-GFS
|
G2514καθαρότητα,katharotēta (N-AFS) G2514 καθαρότης katharótēs kath-ar-ot-ace from καθαρός; cleanness (ceremonially):--purification.
|
καθαρότητα,katharotēta
|
purification,
|
N-AFS
|
13
For if the blood of bulls and of goats, and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean, sanctifies to the purifying of the flesh:Hebrews 9:13
Stats
Counts: 133 characters, 23 words, 106 letters, 38 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει γαρ το αιμα ταυρων και τραγων και σποδος δαμαλεως ραντιζουσα τους κεκοινωμενους αγιαζει προς την της σαρκος καθαροτητα
Lit: If for the blood of goats, and of bulls, and the ashes of a heifer, sprinkling the having been defiled, sanctify them for the of the flesh purification,
KJV: For if the blood of bulls and of goats, and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh:
References
"if"Le 16:14: 16: He will take of the blood of the bullock: and sprinkle it with his finger upon the mercy seat eastward; and before the mercy seat will he sprinkle of the blood with his finger 7 times."and"Nu 19:2-21: This is the ordinance of the law which the LORD has commanded: saying: Speak to the children of Israel: that they bring you a red heifer without spot: wherein is no blemish: and upon which never came yoke:"the purifying"Nu 8:7: Thus will you do to them: to cleanse them: Sprinkle water of purifying upon them: and let them shave all their flesh: and let them wash their clothes: and so make themselves clean.Nu 19:12: He will purify himself with it on the third day: and on the seventh day he will be clean: but if he not purify himself the third day: then the seventh day he will not be clean.2Ch 30:19: That prepares His heart to seek God: the LORD God of His fathers: though He be not cleansed according to the purification of the sanctuary.Ps 51:7: Purge me with hyssop: and I will be clean: wash me: and I will be whiter than snow.Ac 15:9: Put no difference between us and them: purifying their hearts by faith.1Pe 1:22: Seeing you have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit to unfeigned love of the brothers: see that you love one another with a pure heart fervently:
ποσω μαλλον το αιμα του χριστου ος δια πνευματος αιωνιου εαυτον προσηνεγκεν αμωμον τω θεω καθαριει την συνειδησιν υμων απο νεκρων εργων εις το λατρευειν θεω ζωντι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4214πόσῳposō (IPro-DNS) G4214 πόσος pósos pos-os from an absolute (who, what) and ὅς; interrogative pronoun (of amount) how much (large, long or (plural) many):--how great (long, many), what.,
|
πόσῳposō
|
how much
|
IPro-DNS
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
more
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-NNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-NNS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ,Christou
|
of Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G166αἰωνίουaiōniou (Adj-GNS) G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰωνίουaiōniou
|
eternal,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
Himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G4374προσήνεγκενprosēnenken (V-AIA-3S) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσήνεγκενprosēnenken
|
offered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G299ἄμωμονamōmon (Adj-AMS) G299 ἄμωμος ámōmos am-o-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and μῶμος; unblemished (literally or figuratively):--without blame (blemish, fault, spot), faultless, unblamable.
|
ἄμωμονamōmon
|
unblemished
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
to God,
|
N-DMS
|
G2511καθαριεῖkathariei (V-FIA-3S) G2511 καθαρίζω katharízō kath-ar-id-zo from καθαρός; to cleanse (literally or figuratively):--(make) clean(-se), purge, purify.
|
καθαριεῖkathariei
|
will purify
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4893συνείδησινsyneidēsin (N-AFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησινsyneidēsin
|
conscience
|
N-AFS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GNP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
dead
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργωνergōn
|
works,
|
N-GNP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in order
|
Prep
|
G3000λατρεύεινlatreuein (V-PNA) G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύεινlatreuein
|
to serve
|
V-PNA
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G2198ζῶντι.zōnti (V-PPA-DMS) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντι.zōnti
|
the living!
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
14
How much more will the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without spot to God, purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?Hebrews 9:14
Stats
Rank: #1040 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 171 characters, 28 words, 139 letters, 49 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: ποσω μαλλον το αιμα του χριστου ος δια πνευματος αιωνιου εαυτον προσηνεγκεν αμωμον τω θεω καθαριει την συνειδησιν υμων απο νεκρων εργων εις το λατρευειν θεω ζωντι
Lit: how much more the blood of Christ, who through the Spirit eternal, Himself offered unblemished to God, will purify the conscience of us from dead works, in order to serve God the living!
KJV: How much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without spot to God, purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?
References
"How"De 31:27: For I know your rebellion: and your stiff neck: look: while I am yet alive with you this day: you have been rebellious against the LORD; and how much more after my death?2Sa 4:11: How much more: when wicked men have killed a righteous person in his own house upon his bed? will not I therefore now require his blood of your hand: and take you away from the earth?Job 15:16: How much more abominable and filthy is man: which drinks iniquity like water?Mt 7:11: If you then: being evil: know how to give good gifts to your children: how much more will your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask Him?Lu 12:24: 28: Consider the ravens: for they neither sow nor reap; which neither have storehouse nor barn; and God feeds them: how much more are you better than the fowls?Ro 11:12: 24: Now if the fall of them be the riches of the world: and the diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles; how much more their fulness?"the blood"Heb 9:12: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.1Pe 1:19: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:1Jo 1:7: But if we walk in the light: as He is in the light: we have fellowship one with another: and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanses us from all sin.Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: "who"Isa 42:1: Look my servant: whom I uphold; my elect: in whom my soul delights; I have put my spirit upon him: he will bring forth judgment to the Gentiles.Isa 61:1: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Mt 12:28: But if I cast out devils by the Spirit of God: then the kingdom of God is come to you.Lu 4:18: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me: because He has anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; He has sent me to heal the brokenhearted: to preach deliverance to the captives: and recovering of sight to the blind: to set at liberty them that are bruised: Joh 3:34: For He whom God has sent speaks the words of God: for God gives not the Spirit by measure to Him.Ac 1:2: Until the day in which He was taken up: after that He through the Holy Ghost had given commandments to the apostles whom He had chosen:Ac 10:38: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good: and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him.Ro 1:4: Declared to be the Son of God with power: according to the spirit of holiness: by the resurrection from the dead:1Pe 3:18: For Christ also has once suffered for sins: the just for the unjust: that He might bring us to God: being put to death in the flesh: but quickened by the Spirit:"eternal"De 33:27: The eternal God is your refuge: and underneath are the everlasting arms: and He will thrust out the enemy from before you; and will say: Destroy them.Isa 57:15: For thus says the high and lofty one that inhabits eternity: whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place: with Him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit: to revive the spirit of the humble: and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.Jer 10:10: But the LORD is the true God: He is the living God: and an everlasting king: at His wrath the earth will tremble: and the nations will not be able to abide His indignation.Ro 1:20: For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen: being understood by the things that are made: even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse:1Ti 1:17: Now to the King eternal: immortal: invisible: the only wise God: be honour and glory for ever and ever. Amen."offered"Heb 9:7: But into the second went the high priest alone once every year: not without blood: which he offered for himself: and for the errors of the people:Heb 7:27: Who needs not daily: as those high priests: to offer up sacrifice: first for his own sins: and then for the people's: for this he did once: when he offered up himself.Mt 20:28: Even as the Son of man not came to be ministered to: but to minister: and to give His life a ransom for many.Eph 2:5: Even when we were dead in sins: has quickened us together with Christ: (by grace you are saved;)Eph 5:2: Walk in love: as Christ also has loved us: and has given Himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweetsmelling savour.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed.1Pe 3:18: For Christ also has once suffered for sins: the just for the unjust: that He might bring us to God: being put to death in the flesh: but quickened by the Spirit:"without"Le 22:20: But whatever has a blemish: that will you not offer: for it will not be acceptable for you.Nu 19:2-21: This is the ordinance of the law which the LORD has commanded: saying: Speak to the children of Israel: that they bring you a red heifer without spot: wherein is no blemish: and upon which never came yoke:Nu 28:3: 9: 11: you will say to them: This is the offering made by fire which you will offer to the LORD; two lambs of the first year without spot day by day: for a continual burnt offering.De 15:21: If there be any blemish therein: as if it be lame: or blind: or have any ill blemish: you will not sacrifice it to the LORD your God.De 17:1: You will not sacrifice to the LORD your God any bullock: or sheep: wherein is blemish: or any evilfavouredness: for that is an abomination to the LORD your God.Isa 53:9: He made his grave with the wicked: and with the rich in his death; because he had done no violence: neither was any deceit in his mouth.Da 9:24-26: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.2Co 5:21: For He has made Him to be sin for us: who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.1Pe 1:19: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:1Pe 2:22: Who did no sin: neither was guile found in his mouth:1Jo 3:5: you know that he was manifested to take away our sins; and in him is no sin."purge"Heb 9:9: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 10:2: 22: For then would not they have ceased to be offered? because that the worshippers once purged should have had no more conscience of sins."dead works"Heb 6:1: Therefore leaving the principles of the doctrine of Christ: let us go on to perfection; not laying again the foundation of repentance from dead works: and of faith toward God: "to serve"Lu 1:74: That he would grant to us: that we being delivered out of the hand of our enemies might serve him without fear: Ro 6:13: 22: Neither yield you your members as instruments of unrighteousness to sin: but yield yourselves to God: as those that are alive from the dead: and your members as instruments of righteousness to God.Ga 2:19: For I through the law am dead to the law: that I might live to God.1Th 1:9: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;1Pe 4:2: That He no longer should live the rest of His time in the flesh to the lusts of men: but to the will of God."the living"Heb 11:21: By faith Jacob: when he was a dying: blessed both the sons of Joseph; and worshipped: leaning upon the top of his staff.De 5:26: For who is there of all flesh: that has heard the voice of the living God speaking out of the middle of the fire: as we have: and lived?1Sa 17:26: David spoke to the men that stood by Him: saying: What will be done to the man that kills this Philistine: and takes away the reproach from Israel? for who is this uncircumcised Philistine: that He should defy the armies of the living God?2Ki 19:16: LORD: bow down your ear: and hear: open: LORD: your eyes: and see: and hear the words of Sennacherib: which has sent Him to reproach the living God.Jer 10:10: But the LORD is the true God: He is the living God: and an everlasting king: at His wrath the earth will tremble: and the nations will not be able to abide His indignation.Da 6:26: I make a decree: That in every dominion of my kingdom men tremble and fear before the God of Daniel: for He is the living God: and stedfast for ever: and His kingdom that which will not be destroyed: and His dominion will be even to the end.Ac 14:15: Saying: Sirs: why do you these things? We also are men of like passions with you: and preach to you that you should turn from these vanities to the living God: which made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all things that are therein:2Co 6:16: What agreement has the temple of God with idols? for you are the temple of the living God; as God has said: I will dwell in them: and walk in them; and I will be their God: and they will be my people.1Ti 3:15: But if I tarry long: that you may know how you ought to behave yourself in the house of God: which is the church of the living God: the pillar and ground of the truth.
και δια τουτο διαθηκης καινης μεσιτης εστιν οπως θανατου γενομενου εις απολυτρωσιν των επι τη πρωτη διαθηκη παραβασεων την επαγγελιαν λαβωσιν οι κεκλημενοι της αιωνιου κληρονομιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1242διαθήκηςdiathēkēs (N-GFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηςdiathēkēs
|
of a covenant
|
N-GFS
|
G2537καινῆςkainēs (Adj-GFS) G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινῆςkainēs
|
new
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3316μεσίτηςmesitēs (N-NMS) G3316 μεσίτης mesítēs mes-ee-tace from μέσος; a go-between, i.e. (simply) an internunciator, or (by implication) a reconciler (intercessor):--mediator.
|
μεσίτηςmesitēs
|
the mediator
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστίν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν,estin
|
He is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj) G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that,
|
Conj
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
death
|
N-GMS
|
G1096γενομένουgenomenou (V-APM-GMS) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενομένουgenomenou
|
having taken place,
|
V-APM-GMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G629ἀπολύτρωσινapolytrōsin (N-AFS) G629 ἀπολύτρωσις apolýtrōsis ap-ol-oo-tro-sis from a compound of ἀπό and λύτρον; (the act) ransom in full, i.e. (figuratively) riddance, or (specially) Christian salvation:--deliverance, redemption.
|
ἀπολύτρωσινapolytrōsin
|
redemption
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4413πρώτῃprōtē (Adj-DFS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτῃprōtē
|
first
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1242διαθήκῃdiathēkē (N-DFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκῃdiathēkē
|
covenant
|
N-DFS
|
G3847παραβάσεωνparabaseōn (N-GFP) G3847 παράβασις parábasis par-ab-as-is from παραβαίνω; violation:--breaking, transgression.
|
παραβάσεωνparabaseōn
|
transgressions,
|
N-GFP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίανepangelian (N-AFS) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίανepangelian
|
promise
|
N-AFS
|
G2983λάβωσινlabōsin (V-ASA-3P) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβωσινlabōsin
|
might receive
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2564κεκλημένοιkeklēmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
κεκλημένοιkeklēmenoi
|
having been called,
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G166αἰωνίουaiōniou (Adj-GFS) G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰωνίουaiōniou
|
eternal
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2817κληρονομίας.klēronomias (N-GFS) G2817 κληρονομία klēronomía klay-ron-om-ee-ah from κληρονόμος; heirship, i.e. (concretely) a patrimony or (genitive case) a possession:--inheritance.
|
κληρονομίας.klēronomias
|
inheritance.
|
N-GFS
|
15
For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament, that by means of death, for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament, they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.Hebrews 9:15
Stats
Rank: #2090 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 233 characters, 37 words, 190 letters, 71 vowels, 119 consonants
Translation
Greek: και δια τουτο διαθηκης καινης μεσιτης εστιν οπως θανατου γενομενου εις απολυτρωσιν των επι τη πρωτη διαθηκη παραβασεων την επαγγελιαν λαβωσιν οι κεκλημενοι της αιωνιου κληρονομιας
Lit: And because of this, of a covenant new the mediator He is, so that, death having taken place, for redemption of the under the first covenant transgressions, the promise might receive those having been called, of the eternal inheritance.
KJV: And for this cause he is the mediator of the new testament, that by means of death, for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament, they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.
References
"the mediator"Heb 7:22: By so much was Jesus made a surety of a better testament.Heb 8:6: But now has he obtained a more excellent ministry: by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant: which was established upon better promises.Heb 12:24: To Jesus the mediator of the new covenant: and to the blood of sprinkling: that speaks better things than that of Abel.1Ti 2:5: For there is one God: and one mediator between God and men: the man Christ Jesus;"the new"Heb 8:8: For finding fault with them: He says: Look: the days come: says the Lord: when I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel and with the house of Judah:2Co 3:6: Who also has made us able ministers of the new testament; not of the letter: but of the spirit: for the letter kills: but the spirit gives life."means"Heb 9:16: 28: For where a testament is: there must also of necessity be the death of the testator.Heb 2:14: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: Isa 53:10-12: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Da 9:26: After threescore and two weeks will Messiah be cut off: not but for himself: and the people of the prince that will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof will be with a flood: and to the end of the war desolations are determined."for"Heb 9:12: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.Heb 11:40: God having provided some better thing for us: that they without us not should be made perfect.Ro 3:24-26: Being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus:Ro 5:6: 8: 10: For when we were yet without strength: in due time Christ died for the ungodly.Eph 1:7: In whom we have redemption through his blood: the forgiveness of sins: according to the riches of his grace;1Pe 3:18: For Christ also has once suffered for sins: the just for the unjust: that He might bring us to God: being put to death in the flesh: but quickened by the Spirit:Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Re 14:3: 4: They sung as it were a new song before the throne: and before the 4 beasts: and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the00 and 40 and 4000: which were redeemed from the earth."the first"Heb 9:1: Then truly the first covenant had also ordinances of divine service: and a worldly sanctuary.Heb 8:7: 13: For if that first covenant had been faultless: then should no place have been sought for the second."they which"Heb 3:1: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;Ro 8:28: 30: We know that all things work together for good to them that love God: to them who are the called according to His purpose.Ro 9:24: Even us: whom he has called: not of the Jews only: but also of the Gentiles?2Th 2:14: To what He called you by our gospel: to the obtaining of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ."promise"Heb 6:13: For when God made promise to Abraham: because He could swear by no greater: He sware by Himself: Heb 11:13: 39: 40: These all died in faith: not having received the promises: but having seen them afar off: and were persuaded of them: and embraced them: and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth.Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him.1Jo 2:25: This is the promise that he has promised us: even eternal life."eternal"Ps 37:18: The LORD knows the days of the upright: and their inheritance will be for ever.Mt 19:29: Every one that has forsaken houses: or brothers: or sisters: or father: or mother: or wife: or children: or lands: for my name's sake: will receive an hundredfold: and will inherit everlasting life.Mt 25:34: 36: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Mr 10:17: When he was gone forth into the way: there came one running: and kneeled to him: and asked him: Good Master: what will I do that I may inherit eternal life?Lu 18:18: A certain ruler asked him: saying: Good Master: what will I do to inherit eternal life?Joh 10:28: I give to them eternal life; and they will never perish: neither will any man pluck them out of my hand.Ro 6:23: For the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.2Ti 2:10: Therefore I endure all things for the elect's sakes: that they may also obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eternal glory.Tit 1:2: In hope of eternal life: which God: that cannot lie: promised before the world began;Tit 3:7: That being justified by his grace: we should be made heirs according to the hope of eternal life.1Pe 1:3: 4: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which according to His abundant mercy has begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead: 1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you.
οπου γαρ διαθηκη θανατον αναγκη φερεσθαι του διαθεμενου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3699Ὅπουhopou (Adv) G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
Ὅπουhopou
|
Where
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1242διαθήκη,diathēkē (N-NFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκη,diathēkē
|
there is a will,
|
N-NFS
|
G2288θάνατονthanaton (N-AMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατονthanaton
|
the death
|
N-AMS
|
G318ἀνάγκηanankē (N-NFS) G318 ἀνάγκη anánkē an-ang-kay from ἀνά and the base of ἀγκάλη; constraint (literally or figuratively); by implication, distress:--distress, must needs, (of) necessity(-sary), needeth, needful.
|
ἀνάγκηanankē
|
it is necessary
|
N-NFS
|
G5342φέρεσθαιpheresthai (V-PNM/P) G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέρεσθαιpheresthai
|
to establish
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the one
|
Art-GMS
|
G1303διαθεμένου·diathemenou (V-APM-GMS) G1303 διατίθεμαι diatíthemai dee-at-ith-em-ahee middle voice from διά and τίθημι; to put apart, i.e. (figuratively) dispose (by assignment, compact, or bequest):--appoint, make, testator.
|
διαθεμένου·diathemenou
|
having made it.
|
V-APM-GMS
|
16
For where a testament is, there must also of necessity be the death of the testator.Hebrews 9:16
Stats
Rank: #4481 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 15 words, 67 letters, 26 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: οπου γαρ διαθηκη θανατον αναγκη φερεσθαι του διαθεμενου
Lit: Where for there is a will, the death it is necessary to establish of the one having made it.
KJV: For where a testament is, there must also of necessity be the death of the testator.
διαθηκη γαρ επι νεκροις βεβαια επει μηποτε ισχυει οτε ζη ο διαθεμενος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1242διαθήκηdiathēkē (N-NFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηdiathēkē
|
A will
|
N-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκροῖςnekrois (Adj-DMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροῖςnekrois
|
death
|
Adj-DMP
|
G949βεβαία,bebaia (Adj-NFS) G949 βέβαιος bébaios beb-ah-yos from the base of βάσις (through the idea of basality); stable (literally or figuratively):--firm, of force, stedfast, sure.
|
βεβαία,bebaia
|
is affirmed,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἐπεὶepei
|
since
|
Conj
|
G3361μή‿mē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή‿mē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4218ποτεpote (Adv) G4218 ποτέ poté pot-eh from the base of πού and τέ; indefinite adverb, at some time, ever:--afore-(any, some-)time(-s), at length (the last), (+ n- )ever, in the old time, in time past, once, when.,
|
ποτεpote
|
at the time
|
Adv
|
G2480ἰσχύειischyei (V-PIA-3S) G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἰσχύειischyei
|
it is in force,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv) G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G2198ζῇzē (V-PIA-3S) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῇzē
|
is living
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1303διαθέμενος.diathemenos (V-APM-NMS) G1303 διατίθεμαι diatíthemai dee-at-ith-em-ahee middle voice from διά and τίθημι; to put apart, i.e. (figuratively) dispose (by assignment, compact, or bequest):--appoint, make, testator.
|
διαθέμενος.diathemenos
|
having made it,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
17
For a testament is of force after men are dead: otherwise it is of no strength at all while the testator lives.Hebrews 9:17
Stats
Rank: #5001 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 21 words, 89 letters, 35 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: διαθηκη γαρ επι νεκροις βεβαια επει μηποτε ισχυει οτε ζη ο διαθεμενος
Lit: A will for after death is affirmed, since not at the time it is in force, when is living the one having made it,
KJV: For a testament is of force after men are dead: otherwise it is of no strength at all while the testator liveth.
References
"For a testament is of force after men are dead: otherwise it is of no strength at all while the testator liveth."Ge 48:21: Israel said to Joseph: Look: I die: but God will be with you: and bring you again to the land of your fathers.Joh 14:27: Peace I leave with you: my peace I give to you: not as the world gives: give I to you. not Let your heart be troubled: neither let it be afraid.Ga 3:15: Brothers: I speak after the manner of men; Though it be but a man's covenant: yet if it be confirmed: no man disannuls: or adds thereto.
οθεν ουδ η πρωτη χωρις αιματος εγκεκαινισται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3606ὍθενHothen (Conj) G3606 ὅθεν hóthen hoth-en from ὅς with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction):--from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon).
|
ὍθενHothen
|
wherefore
|
Conj
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
neither
|
Adv
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4413πρώτηprōtē (Adj-NFS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηprōtē
|
first,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
apart from
|
Prep
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
blood
|
N-GNS
|
G1457ἐνκεκαίνισται.enkekainistai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1457 ἐγκαινίζω enkainízō eng-kahee-nid-zo from ἐγκαίνια; to renew, i.e. inaugurate:--consecrate, dedicate.
|
ἐνκεκαίνισται.enkekainistai
|
has been inaugurated.
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
18
Whereupon neither the first testament was dedicated without blood.Hebrews 9:18
Stats
Rank: #6130 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 66 characters, 9 words, 57 letters, 22 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: οθεν ουδ η πρωτη χωρις αιματος εγκεκαινισται
Lit: wherefore neither the first, apart from blood has been inaugurated.
KJV: Whereupon neither the first testament was dedicated without blood.
References
"the first"Heb 8:7-9: For if that first covenant had been faultless: then should no place have been sought for the second.Ex 12:22: you will take a bunch of hyssop: and dip it in the blood that is in the bason: and strike the lintel and the two side posts with the blood that is in the bason; and none of you will go out at the door of his house until the morning.Ex 24:3-8: Moses came and told the people all the words of the LORD: and all the judgments: and all the people answered with one voice: and said: All the words which the LORD has said will we do."dedicated"Heb 9:14: 22: How much more will the blood of Christ: who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without spot to God: purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?
λαληθεισης γαρ πασης εντολης κατα νομον υπο μωυσεως παντι τω λαω λαβων το αιμα των μοσχων και τραγων μετα υδατος και εριου κοκκινου και υσσωπου αυτο τε το βιβλιον και παντα τον λαον ερραντισεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2980λαληθείσηςlalētheisēs (V-APP-GFS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαληθείσηςlalētheisēs
|
Having been spoken
|
V-APP-GFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
of every
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1785ἐντολῆςentolēs (N-GFS) G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολῆςentolēs
|
commandment
|
N-GFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
law
|
N-AMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3475ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs (N-GMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs
|
Moses
|
N-GMS
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
to all
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷ,laō (N-DMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷ,laō
|
people,
|
N-DMS
|
G2983λαβὼνlabōn (V-APA-NMS) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβὼνlabōn
|
having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-ANS
|
G3448μόσχωνmoschōn (N-GMP) G3448 μόσχος móschos mos-khos probably strengthened for (a shoot); a young bullock:--calf.
|
μόσχωνmoschōn
|
of calves
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5131τράγωνtragōn (N-GMP) G5131 τράγος trágos trag-os from the base of τρώγω; a he-goat (as a gnawer):--goat.
|
τράγωνtragōn
|
of goats,
|
N-GMP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5204ὕδατοςhydatos (N-GNS) G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδατοςhydatos
|
water,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2053ἐρίουeriou (N-GNS) G2053 ἔριον érion er-ee-on of obscure affinity; wool:--wool.
|
ἐρίουeriou
|
wool
|
N-GNS
|
G2847κοκκίνουkokkinou (Adj-GNS) G2847 κόκκινος kókkinos kok-kee-nos from κόκκος (from the kernel-shape of the insect); crimson-colored:--scarlet (colour, coloured).
|
κοκκίνουkokkinou
|
scarlet,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5301ὑσσώπου,hyssōpou (N-GFS) G5301 ὕσσωπος hýssōpos hoos-so-pos of foreign origin (אֵזוֹב); hyssop:--hyssop.
|
ὑσσώπου,hyssōpou
|
hyssop,
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτόauto (PPro-AN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόauto
|
itself
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-ANS) G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
book
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-AMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαὸνlaon (N-AMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸνlaon
|
people
|
N-AMS
|
G4472ἐράντισεν,erantisen (V-AIA-3S) G4472 ῥαντίζω rhantízō hran-tid-zo from a derivative of (to sprinkle); to render besprinkled, i.e. asperse (ceremonially or figuratively):-- sprinkle.
|
ἐράντισεν,erantisen
|
he sprinkled,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
19
For when Moses had spoken every precept to all the people according to the law, he took the blood of calves and of goats, with water, and scarlet wool, and hyssop, and sprinkled both the book, and all the people,Hebrews 9:19
Stats
Rank: #5697 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 212 characters, 34 words, 166 letters, 59 vowels, 107 consonants
Translation
Greek: λαληθεισης γαρ πασης εντολης κατα νομον υπο μωυσεως παντι τω λαω λαβων το αιμα των μοσχων και τραγων μετα υδατος και εριου κοκκινου και υσσωπου αυτο τε το βιβλιον και παντα τον λαον ερραντισεν
Lit: Having been spoken for of every commandment according to the law by Moses to all the people, having taken the blood of calves and of goats, with water, and wool scarlet, and hyssop, itself both the book and all the people he sprinkled,
KJV: For when Moses had spoken every precept to all the people according to the law, he took the blood of calves and of goats, with water, and scarlet wool, and hyssop, and sprinkled both the book, and all the people,
References
"the blood"Heb 9:12: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.Heb 10:4: For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins.Ex 24:5: 6: 8-11: He sent young men of the children of Israel: which offered burnt offerings: and sacrificed peace offerings of oxen to the LORD.Le 1:2: 3: 10: Speak to the children of Israel: and say to them: If any man of you bring an offering to the LORD: you will bring your offering of the cattle: even of the herd: and of the flock.Le 3:6: If His offering for a sacrifice of peace offering to the LORD be of the flock; male or female: He will offer it without blemish.Le 16:14-18: He will take of the blood of the bullock: and sprinkle it with his finger upon the mercy seat eastward; and before the mercy seat will he sprinkle of the blood with his finger 7 times."scarlet"Le 14:4-6: 49-52: Then will the priest command to take for him that is to be cleansed two birds alive and clean: and cedar wood: and scarlet: and hyssop:Nu 19:6: The priest will take cedar wood: and hyssop: and scarlet: and cast it into the middle of the burning of the heifer.Mt 27:28: They stripped him: and put on him a scarlet robe.Mr 15:17: 20: They clothed him with purple: and platted a crown of thorns: and put it about his head: Joh 19:2: 5: The soldiers platted a crown of thorns: and put it on his head: and they put on him a purple robe: "hyssop"Ex 12:22: you will take a bunch of hyssop: and dip it in the blood that is in the bason: and strike the lintel and the two side posts with the blood that is in the bason; and none of you will go out at the door of his house until the morning.Nu 19:18: A clean person will take hyssop: and dip it in the water: and sprinkle it upon the tent: and upon all the vessels: and upon the persons that were there: and upon him that touched a bone: or one killed: or one dead: or a grave:Ps 51:7: Purge me with hyssop: and I will be clean: wash me: and I will be whiter than snow."sprinkled"Heb 12:24: To Jesus the mediator of the new covenant: and to the blood of sprinkling: that speaks better things than that of Abel.Ex 24:8: Moses took the blood: and sprinkled it on the people: and said: Look the blood of the covenant: which the LORD has made with you concerning all these words.Isa 52:15: So will he sprinkle many nations; the kings will shut their mouths at him: for that which not had been told them will they see; and that which they not had heard will they consider.Eze 36:25: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.1Pe 1:2: Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father: through sanctification of the Spirit: to obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you: and peace: be multiplied.
λεγων τουτο το αιμα της διαθηκης ης ενετειλατο προς υμας ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3778ΤοῦτοTouto (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤοῦτοTouto
|
This is
|
DPro-NNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-NNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1242διαθήκηςdiathēkēs (N-GFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηςdiathēkēs
|
covenant,
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G1781ἐνετείλατοeneteilato (V-AIM-3S) G1781 ἐντέλλομαι entéllomai en-tel-lom-ahee from ἐν and the base of τέλος; to enjoin:--(give) charge, (give) command(-ments), injoin.
|
ἐνετείλατοeneteilato
|
commanded
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.”
|
N-NMS
|
20
Saying, This is the blood of the testament which God has enjoined to you.
Hebrews 9:20
Stats
Rank: #5385 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 76 characters, 13 words, 61 letters, 23 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγων τουτο το αιμα της διαθηκης ης ενετειλατο προς υμας ο θεος
Lit: saying, This is the blood of the covenant, which commanded unto you God.”
KJV: Saying, This is the blood of the testament which God hath enjoined unto you.
References
"This"Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: Zec 9:11: As for you also: by the blood of your covenant I have sent forth your prisoners out of the pit wherein is no water.Mt 26:28: For this is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many for the remission of sins."testament"De 29:12: That you should enter into covenant with the LORD your God: and into His oath: which the LORD your God makes with you this day:Jos 9:6: They went to Joshua to the camp at Gilgal: and said to him: and to the men of Israel: We be come from a far country: now therefore make you a league with us.
και την σκηνην δε και παντα τα σκευη της λειτουργιας τω αιματι ομοιως ερραντισεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4633σκηνὴνskēnēn (N-AFS) G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνὴνskēnēn
|
tabernacle
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4632σκεύηskeuē (N-ANP) G4632 σκεῦος skeûos skyoo-os of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (literally or figuratively specially, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of the husband):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
|
σκεύηskeuē
|
vessels
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3009λειτουργίαςleitourgias (N-GFS) G3009 λειτουργία leitourgía li-toorg-ee-ah from λειτουργέω; public function (as priest (liturgy) or almsgiver):--ministration(-try), service.
|
λειτουργίαςleitourgias
|
ministry
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
with
|
Art-DNS
|
G129αἵματιhaimati (N-DNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματιhaimati
|
blood
|
N-DNS
|
G3668ὁμοίωςhomoiōs (Adv) G3668 ὁμοίως homoíōs hom-oy-oce adverb from ὅμοιος; similarly:--likewise, so.
|
ὁμοίωςhomoiōs
|
likewise
|
Adv
|
G4472ἐράντισεν.erantisen (V-AIA-3S) G4472 ῥαντίζω rhantízō hran-tid-zo from a derivative of (to sprinkle); to render besprinkled, i.e. asperse (ceremonially or figuratively):-- sprinkle.
|
ἐράντισεν.erantisen
|
he sprinkled.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
21
Moreover he sprinkled with blood both the tabernacle, and all the vessels of the ministry.Hebrews 9:21
Stats
Rank: #6320 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 14 words, 74 letters, 25 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και την σκηνην δε και παντα τα σκευη της λειτουργιας τω αιματι ομοιως ερραντισεν
Lit: And the tabernacle then, and all the vessels of the ministry with blood likewise he sprinkled.
KJV: Moreover he sprinkled with blood both the tabernacle, and all the vessels of the ministry.
References
"Moreover he sprinkled with blood both the tabernacle, and all the vessels of the ministry."Ex 29:12: 20: 36: you will take of the blood of the bullock: and put it upon the horns of the altar with your finger: and pour all the blood beside the bottom of the altar.Le 8:15: 19: He killed it; and Moses took the blood: and put it upon the horns of the altar round about with his finger: and purified the altar: and poured the blood at the bottom of the altar: and sanctified it: to make reconciliation upon it.Le 9:8: 9: 18: Aaron therefore went to the altar: and killed the calf of the sin offering: which was for himself.Le 16:14-19: He will take of the blood of the bullock: and sprinkle it with his finger upon the mercy seat eastward; and before the mercy seat will he sprinkle of the blood with his finger 7 times.2Ch 29:19-22: Moreover all the vessels: which king Ahaz in His reign did cast away in His transgression: have we prepared and sanctified: and: look: they are before the altar of the LORD.Eze 43:18-26: He said to me: Son of man: thus says the Lord GOD; These are the ordinances of the altar in the day when they will make it: to offer burnt offerings thereon: and to sprinkle blood thereon.
και σχεδον εν αιματι παντα καθαριζεται κατα τον νομον και χωρις αιματεκχυσιας ου γινεται αφεσις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4975σχεδὸνschedon (Adv) G4975 σχεδόν schedón skhed-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the alternate of ἔχω as adverb; nigh, i.e. nearly:--almost.
|
σχεδὸνschedon
|
almost
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G129αἵματιhaimati (N-DNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματιhaimati
|
blood
|
N-DNS
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2511καθαρίζεταιkatharizetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2511 καθαρίζω katharízō kath-ar-id-zo from καθαρός; to cleanse (literally or figuratively):--(make) clean(-se), purge, purify.
|
καθαρίζεταιkatharizetai
|
are purified,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3551νόμον,nomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμον,nomon
|
law,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
apart from
|
Prep
|
G130αἱματεκχυσίαςhaimatekchysias (N-GFS) G130 αἱματεκχυσία haimatekchysía hahee-mat-ek-khoo-see-ah from αἷμα and a derivative of ἐκχέω; an effusion of blood:--shedding of blood.
|
αἱματεκχυσίαςhaimatekchysias
|
blood-shedding,
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1096γίνεταιginetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεταιginetai
|
there is
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G859ἄφεσις.aphesis (N-NFS) G859 ἄφεσις áphesis af-es-is from ἀφίημι; freedom; (figuratively) pardon:--deliverance, forgiveness, liberty, remission.
|
ἄφεσις.aphesis
|
forgiveness.
|
N-NFS
|
22
Almost all things are by the law purged with blood; and without shedding of blood is no remission.Hebrews 9:22
Stats
Rank: #782 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 102 characters, 18 words, 82 letters, 29 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και σχεδον εν αιματι παντα καθαριζεται κατα τον νομον και χωρις αιματεκχυσιας ου γινεται αφεσις
Lit: And almost with blood all things are purified, according to the law, and apart from blood-shedding, not there is forgiveness.
KJV: And almost all things are by the law purged with blood; and without shedding of blood is no remission.
References
"almost"Le 14:6: 14: 25: 51: 52: As for the living bird: he will take it: and the cedar wood: and the scarlet: and the hyssop: and will dip them and the living bird in the blood of the bird that was killed over the running water:"and without"Le 4:20: 26: 35: He will do with the bullock as he did with the bullock for a sin offering: so will he do with this: and the priest will make an atonement for them: and it will be forgiven them.Le 5:10: 12: 18: He will offer the second for a burnt offering: according to the manner: and the priest will make an atonement for him for his sin which he has sinned: and it will be forgiven him.Le 6:7: The priest will make an atonement for Him before the LORD: and it will be forgiven Him for any thing of all that He has done in trespassing therein.Le 17:11: For the life of the flesh is in the blood: and I have given it to you upon the altar to make an atonement for your souls: for it is the blood that makes an atonement for the soul.
αναγκη ουν τα μεν υποδειγματα των εν τοις ουρανοις τουτοις καθαριζεσθαι αυτα δε τα επουρανια κρειττοσιν θυσιαις παρα ταυτας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G318ἈνάγκηAnankē (N-NFS) G318 ἀνάγκη anánkē an-ang-kay from ἀνά and the base of ἀγκάλη; constraint (literally or figuratively); by implication, distress:--distress, must needs, (of) necessity(-sary), needeth, needful.
|
ἈνάγκηAnankē
|
It was necessary
|
N-NFS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G5262ὑποδείγματαhypodeigmata (N-ANP) G5262 ὑπόδειγμα hypódeigma hoop-od-igue-mah from ὑποδείκνυμι; an exhibit for imitation or warning (figuratively, specimen, adumbration):--en-(ex-)ample, pattern.
|
ὑποδείγματαhypodeigmata
|
representations
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the things
|
Art-GNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3772οὐρανοῖςouranois (N-DMP) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῖςouranois
|
heavens,
|
N-DMP
|
G3778τούτοιςtoutois (DPro-DNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτοιςtoutois
|
with these
|
DPro-DNP
|
G2511καθαρίζεσθαι,katharizesthai (V-PNM/P) G2511 καθαρίζω katharízō kath-ar-id-zo from καθαρός; to cleanse (literally or figuratively):--(make) clean(-se), purge, purify.
|
καθαρίζεσθαι,katharizesthai
|
to be purified,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτὰauta (PPro-AN3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰauta
|
themselves
|
PPro-AN3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2032ἐπουράνιαepourania (Adj-ANP) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.
|
ἐπουράνιαepourania
|
heavenly things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2909κρείττοσινkreittosin (Adj-DFP-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρείττοσινkreittosin
|
with better
|
Adj-DFP-C
|
G2378θυσίαιςthysiais (N-DFP) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίαιςthysiais
|
sacrifices
|
N-DFP
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
than
|
Prep
|
G3778ταύτας.tautas (DPro-AFP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτας.tautas
|
these.
|
DPro-AFP
|
23
It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these.Hebrews 9:23
Stats
Rank: #8101 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 26 words, 142 letters, 49 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναγκη ουν τα μεν υποδειγματα των εν τοις ουρανοις τουτοις καθαριζεσθαι αυτα δε τα επουρανια κρειττοσιν θυσιαις παρα ταυτας
Lit: It was necessary then for the indeed representations of the things in the heavens, with these to be purified, themselves however the heavenly things with better sacrifices than these.
KJV: It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these.
References
"the patterns"Heb 9:9: 10: 24: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Heb 8:5: Who serve to the example and shadow of heavenly things: as Moses was admonished of God when He was about to make the tabernacle: for: See: says He: that you make all things according to the pattern showed to you in the mount.Heb 10:1: For the law having a shadow of good things to come: and not the very image of the things: can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.Col 2:17: Which are a shadow of things to come; but the body is of Christ."the heavenly"Heb 9:11: 12: 14: 24: But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come: by a greater and more perfect tabernacle: not made with hands: that is to say: not of this building;Heb 10:4: 10-17: For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins.Lu 24:26: 46: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?Joh 14:3: If I go and prepare a place for you: I will come again: and receive you to myself; that where I am: there you may be also.1Pe 1:19-21: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;
ου γαρ εις χειροποιητα αγια εισηλθεν ο χριστος αντιτυπα των αληθινων αλλ εις αυτον τον ουρανον νυν εμφανισθηναι τω προσωπω του θεου υπερ ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5499χειροποίηταcheiropoiēta (Adj-ANP) G5499 χειροποίητος cheiropoíētos khi-rop-oy-ay-tos from χείρ and a derivative of ποιέω; manufactured, i.e. of human construction:--made by (make with) hands.
|
χειροποίηταcheiropoiēta
|
made by hands
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
has entered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G40ἅγιαhagia (Adj-ANP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιαhagia
|
holy places
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5547Χριστός,Christos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός,Christos
|
Christ,
|
N-NMS
|
G499ἀντίτυπαantitypa (Adj-ANP) G499 ἀντίτυπον antítypon an-teet-oo-pon neuter of a compound of ἀντί and τύπος; corresponding (antitype), i.e. a representative, counterpart:--(like) figure (whereunto).
|
ἀντίτυπαantitypa
|
copies
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G228ἀληθινῶν,alēthinōn (Adj-GNP) G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθινῶν,alēthinōn
|
true ones,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
itself
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3772οὐρανόν,ouranon (N-AMS) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανόν,ouranon
|
heaven,
|
N-AMS
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G1718ἐμφανισθῆναιemphanisthēnai (V-ANP) G1718 ἐμφανίζω emphanízō em-fan-id-zo from ἐμφανής; to exhibit (in person) or disclose (by words):--appear, declare (plainly), inform, (will) manifest, shew, signify.
|
ἐμφανισθῆναιemphanisthēnai
|
to appear
|
V-ANP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
in the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4383προσώπῳprosōpō (N-DNS) G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
προσώπῳprosōpō
|
presence
|
N-DNS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶν·hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν·hēmōn
|
us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
24
For Christ not is entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us:Hebrews 9:24
Stats
Rank: #1844 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 167 characters, 30 words, 131 letters, 50 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ εις χειροποιητα αγια εισηλθεν ο χριστος αντιτυπα των αληθινων αλλ εις αυτον τον ουρανον νυν εμφανισθηναι τω προσωπω του θεου υπερ ημων
Lit: Not for into made by hands has entered holy places Christ, copies of the true ones, but into itself heaven, now to appear in the presence of God for us,
KJV: For Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us:
References
"the holy"Heb 9:11: But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come: by a greater and more perfect tabernacle: not made with hands: that is to say: not of this building;Mr 14:58: We heard him say: I will destroy this temple that is made with hands: and within 3 days I will build another made without hands.Joh 2:19-21: Jesus answered and said to them: Destroy this temple: and in 3 days I will raise it up."the figures"Heb 9:9: 23: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Heb 8:2: A minister of the sanctuary: and of the true tabernacle: which the Lord pitched: not and man."but"Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 7:26: For such an high priest became us: who is holy: harmless: undefiled: separate from sinners: and made higher than the heavens;Heb 8:2: 5: A minister of the sanctuary: and of the true tabernacle: which the Lord pitched: not and man.Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Ps 68:18: You have ascended on high: you have led captivity captive: you have received gifts for men; yes: for the rebellious also: that the LORD God might dwell among them.Mr 16:19: So then after the Lord had spoken to them: He was received up into heaven: and sat on the right hand of God.Lu 24:51: It came to pass: while he blessed them: he was parted from them: and carried up into heaven.Joh 6:62: What and if you will see the Son of man ascend up where He was before?Joh 16:28: I came forth from the Father: and am come into the world: again: I leave the world: and go to the Father.Ac 1:9-11: When he had spoken these things: while they beheld: he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.Ac 3:21: Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things: which God has spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began.Eph 1:20-22: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Eph 4:8-11: For what reason he says: When he ascended up on high: he led captivity captive: and gave gifts to men.Col 3:2: Set your affection on things above: not on things on the earth.1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him."appear"Heb 7:25: For what reason He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come to God by Him: seeing He ever lives to make intercession for them.Ex 28:12: 29: you will put the two stones upon the shoulders of the ephod for stones of memorial to the children of Israel: and Aaron will bear their names before the LORD upon His two shoulders for a memorial.Zec 3:1: He showed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the LORD: and Satan standing at His right hand to resist Him.Ro 8:33: Who will lay any thing to the charge of God's elect? It is God that justifies.1Jo 2:1: 2: My little children: these things write I to you: that you not sin. And if any man sin: we have an advocate with the Father: Jesus Christ the righteous:Re 8:3: Another angel came and stood at the altar: having a golden censer; and there was given to him much incense: that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.
ουδ ινα πολλακις προσφερη εαυτον ωσπερ ο αρχιερευς εισερχεται εις τα αγια κατ ενιαυτον εν αιματι αλλοτριω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3761οὐδ’oud’ (Conj) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδ’oud’
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4178πολλάκιςpollakis (Adv) G4178 πολλάκις pollákis pol-lak-is multiplicative adverb from πολύς; many times, i.e. frequently:--oft(-en, -entimes, -times).
|
πολλάκιςpollakis
|
repeatedly
|
Adv
|
G4374προσφέρῃprospherē (V-PSA-3S) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφέρῃprospherē
|
He should offer
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G1438ἑαυτόν,heauton (RefPro-AM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτόν,heauton
|
Himself,
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv) G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
just as
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus
|
high priest
|
N-NMS
|
G1525εἰσέρχεταιeiserchetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσέρχεταιeiserchetai
|
enters
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G40ἅγιαhagia (Adj-ANP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιαhagia
|
holy places
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
every
|
Prep
|
G1763ἐνιαυτὸνeniauton (N-AMS) G1763 ἐνιαυτός eniautós en-ee-ow-tos prolongation from a primary (a year); a year:--year.
|
ἐνιαυτὸνeniauton
|
year
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G129αἵματιhaimati (N-DNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματιhaimati
|
the blood
|
N-DNS
|
G245ἀλλοτρίῳ,allotriō (Adj-DNS) G245 ἀλλότριος allótrios al-lot-ree-os from ἄλλος; anothers, i.e. not ones own; by extension foreign, not akin, hostile:--alien, (an-)other (mans, mens), strange(-r).
|
ἀλλοτρίῳ,allotriō
|
of another.
|
Adj-DNS
|
25
Nor yet that he should offer himself often, as the high priest enters into the holy place every year with blood of others;Hebrews 9:25
Stats
Rank: #7048 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 124 characters, 22 words, 100 letters, 36 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουδ ινα πολλακις προσφερη εαυτον ωσπερ ο αρχιερευς εισερχεται εις τα αγια κατ ενιαυτον εν αιματι αλλοτριω
Lit: nor that repeatedly He should offer Himself, just as the high priest enters into the holy places every year with the blood of another.
KJV: Nor yet that he should offer himself often, as the high priest entereth into the holy place every year with blood of others;
References
"offer"Heb 9:7: 14: 26: But into the second went the high priest alone once every year: not without blood: which he offered for himself: and for the errors of the people:Heb 10:10: By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all."as"Heb 9:12: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.Ex 30:10: Aaron will make an atonement upon the horns of it once in a year with the blood of the sin offering of atonements: once in the year will He make atonement upon it throughout your generations: it is most holy to the LORD.Le 16:2-34: The LORD said to Moses: Speak to Aaron your brother: that He not come at all times into the holy place within the vail before the mercy seat: which is upon the ark; that He not die: for I will appear in the cloud upon the mercy seat.
επει εδει αυτον πολλακις παθειν απο καταβολης κοσμου νυν δε απαξ επι συντελεια των αιωνων εις αθετησιν αμαρτιας δια της θυσιας αυτου πεφανερωται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1893Ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
Ἐπεὶepei
|
Otherwise
|
Conj
|
G1163ἔδειedei (V-IIA-3S) G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
ἔδειedei
|
it was necessary for
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4178πολλάκιςpollakis (Adv) G4178 πολλάκις pollákis pol-lak-is multiplicative adverb from πολύς; many times, i.e. frequently:--oft(-en, -entimes, -times).
|
πολλάκιςpollakis
|
repeatedly
|
Adv
|
G3958παθεῖνpathein (V-ANA) G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
παθεῖνpathein
|
to have suffered
|
V-ANA
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2602καταβολῆςkatabolēs (N-GFS) G2602 καταβολή katabolḗ kat-ab-ol-ay from καταβάλλω; a deposition, i.e. founding; figuratively, conception:--conceive, foundation.
|
καταβολῆςkatabolēs
|
the foundation
|
N-GFS
|
G2889κόσμου·kosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμου·kosmou
|
of the world.
|
N-GMS
|
G3570νυνὶnyni (Adv) G3570 νυνί nyní noo-nee a prolonged form of νῦν for emphasis; just now:--now.
|
νυνὶnyni
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G530ἅπαξhapax (Adv) G530 ἅπαξ hápax hap-ax probably from ἅπας; one (or a single) time (numerically or conclusively):--once.
|
ἅπαξhapax
|
once
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4930συντελείᾳsynteleia (N-DFS) G4930 συντέλεια syntéleia soon-tel-i-ah from συντελέω; entire completion, i.e. consummation (of a dispensation):--end.
|
συντελείᾳsynteleia
|
the consummation
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνωνaiōnōn (N-GMP) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνωνaiōnōn
|
ages,
|
N-GMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G115ἀθέτησινathetēsin (N-AFS) G115 ἀθέτησις athétēsis ath-et-ay-sis from ἀθετέω; cancellation (literally or figuratively):--disaning, put away.
|
ἀθέτησινathetēsin
|
the putting away
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of
|
Art-GFS
|
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-GFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαςhamartias
|
sin,
|
N-GFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2378θυσίαςthysias (N-GFS) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίαςthysias
|
sacrifice
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Himself
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5319πεφανέρωται.pephanerōtai (V-RIM/P-3S) G5319 φανερόω phaneróō fan-er-o-o from φανερός; to render apparent (literally or figuratively):--appear, manifestly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self).
|
πεφανέρωται.pephanerōtai
|
He has been revealed.
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
26
For then must he often have suffered since the foundation of the world: but now once in the end of the world has he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself.Hebrews 9:26
Stats
Rank: #3030 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 33 words, 135 letters, 51 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: επει εδει αυτον πολλακις παθειν απο καταβολης κοσμου νυν δε απαξ επι συντελεια των αιωνων εις αθετησιν αμαρτιας δια της θυσιας αυτου πεφανερωται
Lit: Otherwise it was necessary for Him repeatedly to have suffered from the foundation of the world. Now however once in the consummation of the ages, for the putting away of sin, by the sacrifice of Himself He has been revealed.
KJV: For then must he often have suffered since the foundation of the world: but now once in the end of the world hath he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself.
References
"the foundation"Mt 25:34: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Joh 17:24: Father: I will that they also: whom you have given me: be with me where I am; that they may look my glory: which you have given me: for you lovedst me before the foundation of the world.1Pe 1:20: Who truly was foreordained before the foundation of the world: but was manifest in these last times for you: Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is."in"Heb 1:2: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;Isa 2:2: It will come to pass in the last days: that the mountain of the LORD's house will be established in the top of the mountains: and will be exalted above the hills; and all nations will flow to it.Da 10:14: Now I am come to make you understand what will befall your people in the latter days: for yet the vision is for many days.Mic 4:1: But in the last days it will come to pass: that the mountain of the house of the LORD will be established in the top of the mountains: and it will be exalted above the hills; and people will flow to it.1Co 10:11: Now all these things happened to them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition: upon whom the ends of the world are come.Ga 4:1: Now I say: That the heir: as long as he is a child: differs nothing from a servant: though he be lord of all;Eph 1:10: That in the dispensation of the fulness of times He might gather together in one all things in Christ: both which are in heaven: and which are on earth; even in Him:1Pe 1:20: Who truly was foreordained before the foundation of the world: but was manifest in these last times for you: "he appeared"Heb 9:12: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.Heb 7:27: Who needs not daily: as those high priests: to offer up sacrifice: first for his own sins: and then for the people's: for this he did once: when he offered up himself.Heb 10:4: 10: For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins.Le 16:21: 22: Aaron will lay both his hands upon the head of the live goat: and confess over him all the iniquities of the children of Israel: and all their transgressions in all their sins: putting them upon the head of the goat: and will send him away by the hand of a fit man into the wilderness:2Sa 12:13: David said to Nathan: I have sinned against the LORD. And Nathan said to David: The LORD also has put away your sin; you will not die.2Sa 24:10: David's heart smote Him after that He had numbered the people. And David said to the LORD: I have sinned greatly in that I have done: and now: I beseech you: O LORD: take away the iniquity of your servant; for I have done very foolishly.Job 7:21: Why do you not pardon my transgression: and take away my iniquity? for now will I sleep in the dust; and you will seek me in the morning: but I will not be.Da 9:24: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Joh 1:29: The next day John sees Jesus coming to Him: and says: Look the Lamb of God: which takes away the sin of the world.1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed.1Pe 3:18: For Christ also has once suffered for sins: the just for the unjust: that He might bring us to God: being put to death in the flesh: but quickened by the Spirit:1Jo 3:5: you know that he was manifested to take away our sins; and in him is no sin."the sacrifice"Heb 9:14: How much more will the blood of Christ: who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without spot to God: purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?Heb 10:12: 26: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;Eph 5:2: Walk in love: as Christ also has loved us: and has given Himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweetsmelling savour.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.
και καθ οσον αποκειται τοις ανθρωποις απαξ αποθανειν μετα δε τουτο κρισις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3745ὅσονhoson (RelPro-ANS) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσονhoson
|
as much as
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G606ἀπόκειταιapokeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G606 ἀπόκειμαι apókeimai ap-ok-i-mahee from ἀπό and κεῖμαι; to be reserved; figuratively, to await:--be appointed, (be) laid up.
|
ἀπόκειταιapokeitai
|
it is apportioned
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G444ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois (N-DMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois
|
to men
|
N-DMP
|
G530ἅπαξhapax (Adv) G530 ἅπαξ hápax hap-ax probably from ἅπας; one (or a single) time (numerically or conclusively):--once.
|
ἅπαξhapax
|
once
|
Adv
|
G599ἀποθανεῖν,apothanein (V-ANA) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθανεῖν,apothanein
|
to die,
|
V-ANA
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2920κρίσις,krisis (N-NFS) G2920 κρίσις krísis kree-sis, Noun Feminine
|
κρίσις,krisis
|
to face judgment,
|
N-NFS
|
27
As it is appointed to men once to die, but after this the judgment:Hebrews 9:27
Stats
Rank: #133 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 73 characters, 14 words, 57 letters, 23 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καθ οσον αποκειται τοις ανθρωποις απαξ αποθανειν μετα δε τουτο κρισις
Lit: And in as much as it is apportioned to men once to die, after then this to face judgment,
KJV: And as it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment:
References
"as"Ge 3:19: In the sweat of your face will you eat bread: till you return to the ground; for out of it were you taken: for dust you are: and to dust will you return.2Sa 14:14: For we must needs die: and are as water spilt on the ground: which cannot be gathered up again; neither does God respect any person: yet does He devise means: that His banished not be expelled from Him.Job 14:5: Seeing his days are determined: the number of his months are with you: you have appointed his bounds that he cannot pass;Job 30:23: For I know that you will bring me to death: and to the house appointed for all living.Ps 89:48: What man is he who lives: and will not see death? will he deliver his soul from the hand of the grave? Selah.Ec 3:20: All go to one place; all are of the dust: and all turn to dust again.Ec 9:5: 10: For the living know that they will die: but the dead not know any thing: neither have they any more a reward; for the memory of them is forgotten.Ec 12:7: Then will the dust return to the earth as it was: and the spirit will return to God who gave it.Ro 5:12: For what reason: as by one man sin entered into the world: and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men: for that all have sinned:"but"Heb 6:2: Of the doctrine of baptisms: and of laying on of hands: and of resurrection of the dead: and of eternal judgment.Job 19:25: For I know that my redeemer lives: and that he will stand at the latter day upon the earth:Ec 11:9: Rejoice: O young man: in your youth; and let your heart cheer you in the days of your youth: and walk in the ways of your heart: and in the sight of your eyes: but know you: that for all these things God will bring you into judgment.Ec 12:14: For God will bring every work into judgment: with every secret thing: whether it be good: or whether it be evil.Mt 25:31-46: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Joh 5:26-29: For as the Father has life in Himself; so has He given to the Son to have life in Himself;Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Ro 2:5: But after your hardness and impenitent heart treasure up to yourself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God;Ro 14:9-12: For to this end Christ both died: and rose: and revived: that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.2Ti 4:1: I charge you therefore before God: and the Lord Jesus Christ: who will judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom;Jude 1:15: To execute judgment upon all: and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly committed: and of all their hard speeches which ungodly sinners have spoken against him.Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.
ουτως ο χριστος απαξ προσενεχθεις εις το πολλων ανενεγκειν αμαρτιας εκ δευτερου χωρις αμαρτιας οφθησεται τοις αυτον απεκδεχομενοις εις σωτηριαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G5547Χριστός,Christos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός,Christos
|
Christ,
|
N-NMS
|
G530ἅπαξhapax (Adv) G530 ἅπαξ hápax hap-ax probably from ἅπας; one (or a single) time (numerically or conclusively):--once.
|
ἅπαξhapax
|
once
|
Adv
|
G4374προσενεχθεὶςprosenechtheis (V-APP-NMS) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσενεχθεὶςprosenechtheis
|
having been offered
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in order
|
Prep
|
G4183πολλῶνpollōn (Adj-GMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶνpollōn
|
of many
|
Adj-GMP
|
G399ἀνενεγκεῖνanenenkein (V-ANA) G399 ἀναφέρω anaphérō an-af-er-o from ἀνά and φέρω; to take up (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring (carry, lead) up, offer (up).
|
ἀνενεγκεῖνanenenkein
|
to bear
|
V-ANA
|
G266ἁμαρτίας,hamartias (N-AFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίας,hamartias
|
the sins,
|
N-AFP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1208δευτέρουdeuterou (Adj-GMS) G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέρουdeuterou
|
a second time,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
apart from
|
Prep
|
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-GFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαςhamartias
|
sin,
|
N-GFS
|
G3708ὀφθήσεταιophthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὀφθήσεταιophthēsetai
|
will appear
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G553ἀπεκδεχομένοιςapekdechomenois (V-PPM/P-DMP) G553 ἀπεκδέχομαι apekdéchomai ap-ek-dekh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἐκδέχομαι; to expect fully:--look (wait) for.
|
ἀπεκδεχομένοιςapekdechomenois
|
awaiting
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4991σωτηρίαν.sōtērian (N-AFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίαν.sōtērian
|
salvation.
|
N-AFS
|
28
So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and to them that look for Him will He appear the second time without sin to salvation.Hebrews 9:28
Stats
Rank: #1709 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 144 characters, 27 words, 115 letters, 44 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως ο χριστος απαξ προσενεχθεις εις το πολλων ανενεγκειν αμαρτιας εκ δευτερου χωρις αμαρτιας οφθησεται τοις αυτον απεκδεχομενοις εις σωτηριαν
Lit: so also Christ, once having been offered in order of many to bear the sins, for a second time, apart from sin, will appear to those Him awaiting for salvation.
KJV: So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto salvation.
References
"was"Heb 9:25: Nor yet that he should offer himself often: as the high priest enters into the holy place every year with blood of others;Ro 6:10: For in that He died: He died to sin once: but in that He lives'>lives: He lives'>lives to God.1Pe 3:18: For Christ also has once suffered for sins: the just for the unjust: that He might bring us to God: being put to death in the flesh: but quickened by the Spirit:1Jo 3:5: you know that he was manifested to take away our sins; and in him is no sin."to bear"Le 10:17: For what reason have you not eaten the sin offering in the holy place: seeing it is most holy: and God has given it you to bear the iniquity of the congregation: to make atonement for them before the LORD?Nu 18:1: 23: The LORD said to Aaron: You and your sons and your father's house with you will bear the iniquity of the sanctuary: and you and your sons with you will bear the iniquity of your priesthood.Isa 53:4-6: 11: 12: Surely He has borne our griefs: and carried our sorrows: yet we did esteem Him stricken: smitten of God: and afflicted.Mt 26:28: For this is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many for the remission of sins.Ro 5:15: not But as the offence: so also is the free gift. For if through the offence of one many be dead: much more the grace of God: and the gift by grace: which is by one man: Jesus Christ: has abounded to many.1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed."them"Php 3:20: For our conversation is in heaven; from where also we look for the Saviour: the Lord Jesus Christ:1Th 1:10: To wait for His Son from heaven: whom He raised from the dead: even Jesus: which delivered us from the wrath to come.2Ti 4:8: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness: which the Lord: the righteous judge: will give me at that day: not and to me only: but to all them also that love His appearing.Tit 2:13: Looking for that blessed hope: and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ;2Pe 3:12: Looking for and hasting to the coming of the day of God: wherein the heavens being on fire will be dissolved: and the elements will melt with fervent heat?"he appear"Zec 14:5: you will flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains will reach to Azal: yes: you will flee: like as you fled from before the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the LORD my God will come: and all the saints with you.Joh 14:3: If I go and prepare a place for you: I will come again: and receive you to myself; that where I am: there you may be also.Ac 1:11: Which also said: You men of Galilee: why stand you gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus: which is taken up from you into heaven: will so come in like manner as you have seen Him go into heaven.1Th 4:14-16: For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again: even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him.2Th 1:5-9: Which is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God: that you may be counted worthy of the kingdom of God: for which you also suffer:2Th 2:1: Now we beseech you: brothers: by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: and by our gathering together to Him: 1Jo 3:2: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is.Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen."without"Ro 6:10: For in that He died: He died to sin once: but in that He lives'>lives: He lives'>lives to God.Ro 8:3: For what the law not could do: in that it was weak through the flesh: God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh: and for sin: condemned sin in the flesh:"unto"Isa 25:9: It will be said in that day: Indeed: this is our God; we have waited for Him: and He will save us: this is the LORD; we have waited for Him: we will be glad and rejoice in His salvation.Ro 8:23: not And only they: but ourselves also: which have the firstfruits of the Spirit: even we ourselves groan within ourselves: waiting for the adoption: to wit: the redemption of our body.1Co 15:54: So when this corruptible will have put on incorruption: and this mortal will have put on immortality: then will be brought to pass the saying that is written: Death is swallowed up in victory.Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.1Th 4:17: Then we which are alive and remain will be caught up together with them in the clouds: to meet the Lord in the air: and so will we ever be with the Lord.2Th 1:10: When he will come to be glorified in his saints: and to be admired in all them that believe (because our testimony among you was believed) in that day.
10
The Perfect Sacrifice
Christ’s Perfect Sacrifice
σκιαν γαρ εχων ο νομος των μελλοντων αγαθων ουκ αυτην την εικονα των πραγματων κατ ενιαυτον ταις αυταις θυσιαις ας προσφερουσιν εις το διηνεκες ουδεποτε δυναται τους προσερχομενους τελειωσαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4639ΣκιὰνSkian (N-AFS) G4639 σκιά skiá skee-ah apparently a primary word; shade or a shadow (literally or figuratively (darkness of error or an adumbration)):-- shadow.
|
ΣκιὰνSkian
|
A shadow
|
N-AFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3551νόμοςnomos (N-NMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμοςnomos
|
law
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3195μελλόντωνmellontōn (V-PPA-GNP) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μελλόντωνmellontōn
|
coming
|
V-PPA-GNP
|
G18ἀγαθῶν,agathōn (Adj-GNP) G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.
|
ἀγαθῶν,agathōn
|
good things,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
themselves
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1504εἰκόναeikona (N-AFS) G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόναeikona
|
form
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4229πραγμάτων,pragmatōn (N-GNP) G4229 πρᾶγμα prâgma prag-mah from πράσσω; a deed; by implication, an affair; by extension, an object (material):--business, matter, thing, work.
|
πραγμάτων,pragmatōn
|
things,
|
N-GNP
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
each
|
Prep
|
G1763ἐνιαυτὸνeniauton (N-AMS) G1763 ἐνιαυτός eniautós en-ee-ow-tos prolongation from a primary (a year); a year:--year.
|
ἐνιαυτὸνeniauton
|
year
|
N-AMS
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
with the
|
Art-DFP
|
G846αὐταῖςautais (PPro-DF3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐταῖςautais
|
same
|
PPro-DF3P
|
G2378θυσίαιςthysiais (N-DFP) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίαιςthysiais
|
sacrifices,
|
N-DFP
|
G3739ἃςhas (RelPro-AFP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃςhas
|
which
|
RelPro-AFP
|
G4374προσφέρουσινprospherousin (V-PIA-3P) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφέρουσινprospherousin
|
they offer
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1336διηνεκὲςdiēnekes (Adj-ANS) G1336 διηνεκής diēnekḗs dee-ay-nek-es neuter of a compound of διά and a derivative of an alternate of φέρω; carried through, i.e. (adverbially with εἰς and ὁ prefixed) perpetually:--+ continually, for ever.
|
διηνεκὲςdiēnekes
|
continuous,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3763οὐδέποτεoudepote (Adv) G3763 οὐδέποτε oudépote oo-dep-ot-eh from οὐδέ and ποτέ; not even at any time, i.e. never at all:--neither at any time, never, nothing at any time.
|
οὐδέποτεoudepote
|
never
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G4334προσερχομένουςproserchomenous (V-PPM/P-AMP) G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσερχομένουςproserchomenous
|
drawing near
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G5048τελειῶσαι·teleiōsai (V-ANA) G5048 τελειόω teleióō tel-i-o-o from τέλειος; to complete, i.e. (literally) accomplish, or (figuratively) consummate (in character):--consecrate, finish, fulfil, make) perfect.
|
τελειῶσαι·teleiōsai
|
to perfect.
|
V-ANA
|
1
For the law having a shadow of good things to come, and not the very image of the things, can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.Hebrews 10:1
Stats
Rank: #1342 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 200 characters, 34 words, 162 letters, 59 vowels, 103 consonants
Translation
Greek: σκιαν γαρ εχων ο νομος των μελλοντων αγαθων ουκ αυτην την εικονα των πραγματων κατ ενιαυτον ταις αυταις θυσιαις ας προσφερουσιν εις το διηνεκες ουδεποτε δυναται τους προσερχομενους τελειωσαι
Lit: A shadow for having the law of the coming good things, not themselves the form of the things, each year with the same sacrifices, which they offer to the continuous, never is able those drawing near to perfect.
KJV: For the law having a shadow of good things to come, and not the very image of the things, can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.
References
"having"Heb 8:5: Who serve to the example and shadow of heavenly things: as Moses was admonished of God when He was about to make the tabernacle: for: See: says He: that you make all things according to the pattern showed to you in the mount.Heb 9:9: 11: 23: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Col 2:17: Which are a shadow of things to come; but the body is of Christ."with"Heb 10:3: 4: 11-18: But in those sacrifices there is a remembrance again made of sins every year.Heb 7:18: 19: For there is truly a disannulling of the commandment going before for the weakness and unprofitableness thereof.Heb 9:8: 9: 25: The Holy Ghost this signifying: that the way into the holy of all not was yet made manifest: while as the first tabernacle was yet standing:
επει ουκ αν επαυσαντο προσφερομεναι δια το μηδεμιαν εχειν ετι συνειδησιν αμαρτιων τους λατρευοντας απαξ κεκαθαρμενους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἐπεὶepei
|
Otherwise
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3973ἐπαύσαντοepausanto (V-AIM-3P) G3973 παύω paúō pow-o a primary verb (pause); to stop (transitively or intransitively), i.e. restrain, quit, desist, come to an end:--cease, leave, refrain.
|
ἐπαύσαντοepausanto
|
would they have ceased
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G4374προσφερόμεναι,prospheromenai (V-PPM/P-NFP) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφερόμεναι,prospheromenai
|
being offered,
|
V-PPM/P-NFP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3367μηδεμίανmēdemian (Adj-AFS) G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδεμίανmēdemian
|
none
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεινechein
|
having
|
V-PNA
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
any longer
|
Adv
|
G4893συνείδησινsyneidēsin (N-AFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησινsyneidēsin
|
conscience
|
N-AFS
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
of sins,
|
N-GFP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G3000λατρεύονταςlatreuontas (V-PPA-AMP) G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύονταςlatreuontas
|
serving
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G530ἅπαξhapax (Adv) G530 ἅπαξ hápax hap-ax probably from ἅπας; one (or a single) time (numerically or conclusively):--once.
|
ἅπαξhapax
|
once
|
Adv
|
G2511κεκαθαρισμένους;kekatharismenous (V-RPM/P-AMP) G2511 καθαρίζω katharízō kath-ar-id-zo from καθαρός; to cleanse (literally or figuratively):--(make) clean(-se), purge, purify.
|
κεκαθαρισμένους;kekatharismenous
|
having been cleansed?
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
2
For then would not they have ceased to be offered? because that the worshippers once purged should have had no more conscience of sins.Hebrews 10:2
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 23 words, 110 letters, 43 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: επει ουκ αν επαυσαντο προσφερομεναι δια το μηδεμιαν εχειν ετι συνειδησιν αμαρτιων τους λατρευοντας απαξ κεκαθαρμενους
Lit: Otherwise not would they have ceased being offered, because of none having any longer conscience of sins, those serving once having been cleansed?
KJV: For then would they not have ceased to be offered? because that the worshippers once purged should have had no more conscience of sins.
References
"once"Heb 10:17: Their sins and iniquities will I remember no more.Heb 9:13: 14: For if the blood of bulls and of goats: and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean: sanctifies to the purifying of the flesh:Ps 103:12: As far as the east is from the west: so far has he removed our transgressions from us.Isa 43:25: I: even I: am he who blots out your transgressions for my own sake: and not will remember your sins.Isa 44:22: I have blotted out: as a thick cloud: your transgressions: and: as a cloud: your sins: return to me; for I have redeemed you.Mic 7:19: He will turn again: he will have compassion upon us; he will subdue our iniquities; and you will cast all their sins into the depths of the sea.
αλλ εν αυταις αναμνησις αμαρτιων κατ ενιαυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235Ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλ’all’
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐταῖςautais (PPro-DF3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐταῖςautais
|
these,
|
PPro-DF3P
|
G364ἀνάμνησιςanamnēsis (N-NFS) G364 ἀνάμνησις anámnēsis an-am-nay-sis from ἀναμιμνήσκω; recollection:--remembrance (again).
|
ἀνάμνησιςanamnēsis
|
there is a reminder
|
N-NFS
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
of sins
|
N-GFP
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
every
|
Prep
|
G1763ἐνιαυτόν·eniauton (N-AMS) G1763 ἐνιαυτός eniautós en-ee-ow-tos prolongation from a primary (a year); a year:--year.
|
ἐνιαυτόν·eniauton
|
year.
|
N-AMS
|
3
But in those sacrifices there is a remembrance again made of sins every year.Hebrews 10:3
Stats
Counts: 79 characters, 12 words, 63 letters, 27 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ εν αυταις αναμνησις αμαρτιων κατ ενιαυτον
Lit: But in these, there is a reminder of sins every year.
KJV: But in those sacrifices there is a remembrance again [made] of sins every year.
References
"a remembrance"Heb 9:7: But into the second went the high priest alone once every year: not without blood: which he offered for himself: and for the errors of the people:Ex 30:10: Aaron will make an atonement upon the horns of it once in a year with the blood of the sin offering of atonements: once in the year will He make atonement upon it throughout your generations: it is most holy to the LORD.Le 16:6-11: 21: 22: 29: 30: 34: Aaron will offer his bullock of the sin offering: which is for himself: and make an atonement for himself: and for his house.Le 23:27: 28: Also on the tenth day of this seventh month there will be a day of atonement: it will be an holy convocation to you; and you will afflict your souls: and offer an offering made by fire to the LORD.Nu 29:7-11: you will have on the tenth day of this seventh month an holy convocation; and you will afflict your souls: you will not do any work therein:1Ki 17:18: She said to Elijah: What have I to do with you: O you man of God? are you come to me to call my sin to remembrance: and to kill my son?Mt 26:28: For this is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many for the remission of sins.
αδυνατον γαρ αιμα ταυρων και τραγων αφαιρειν αμαρτιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G102ἀδύνατονadynaton (Adj-NNS) G102 ἀδύνατος adýnatos ad-oo-nat-os from Α (as a negative particle) and δυνατός; unable, i.e. weak (literally or figuratively); passively, impossible:--could not do, impossible, impotent, not possible, weak.
|
ἀδύνατονadynaton
|
Impossible it is
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
for the blood
|
N-ANS
|
G5022ταύρωνtaurōn (N-GMP) G5022 ταῦρος taûros tow-ros apparently a primary word (compare תּוֹר, steer); a bullock:--bull, ox.
|
ταύρωνtaurōn
|
of bulls
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5131τράγωνtragōn (N-GMP) G5131 τράγος trágos trag-os from the base of τρώγω; a he-goat (as a gnawer):--goat.
|
τράγωνtragōn
|
of goats
|
N-GMP
|
G851ἀφαιρεῖνaphairein (V-PNA) G851 ἀφαιρέω aphairéō af-ahee-reh-o from ἀπό and αἱρέομαι; to remove (literally or figuratively):--cut (smite) off, take away.
|
ἀφαιρεῖνaphairein
|
to take away
|
V-PNA
|
G266ἁμαρτίας.hamartias (N-AFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίας.hamartias
|
sins.
|
N-AFP
|
4
For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins.Hebrews 10:4
Stats
Counts: 82 characters, 17 words, 65 letters, 24 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: αδυνατον γαρ αιμα ταυρων και τραγων αφαιρειν αμαρτιας
Lit: Impossible it is indeed for the blood of bulls and of goats to take away sins.
KJV: For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins.
References
"not"Heb 10:8: Above when he said: Sacrifice and offering and burnt offerings and offering for sin you would not: neither hadst pleasure therein; which are offered by the law;Heb 9:9: 13: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Ps 50:8-12: I not will reprove you for your sacrifices or your burnt offerings: to have been continually before me.Ps 51:16: For you desire not sacrifice; else would I give it: you delight not in burnt offering.Isa 1:11-15: To what purpose is the multitude of your sacrifices to me? says the LORD: I am full of the burnt offerings of rams: and the fat of fed beasts; and I not delight in the blood of bullocks: or of lambs: or of He goats.Isa 66:3: He who kills an ox is as if he killed a man; he who sacrifices a lamb: as if he cut off a dog's neck; he who offers an oblation: as if he offered swine's blood; he who burns incense: as if he blessed an idol. Yes: they have chosen their own ways: and their soul delights in their abominations.Jer 6:20: To what purpose comes there to me incense from Sheba: and the sweet cane from a far country? your burnt offerings are not acceptable: nor your sacrifices sweet to me.Jer 7:21: 22: Thus says the LORD of hosts: the God of Israel; Put your burnt offerings to your sacrifices: and eat flesh.Ho 6:6: For I desired mercy: not and sacrifice; and the knowledge of God more than burnt offerings.Am 5:21: 22: I hate: I despise your feast days: and I not will smell in your solemn assemblies.Mic 6:6-8: Wherewith will I come before the LORD: and bow myself before the high God? will I come before Him with burnt offerings: with calves of a year old?Mr 12:33: To love him with all the heart: and with all the understanding: and with all the soul: and with all the strength: and to love his neighbour as himself: is more than all whole burnt offerings and sacrifices."take"Heb 10:11: Every priest stands daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices: which can never take away sins:Ho 14:2: Take with you words: and turn to the LORD: say to Him: Take away all iniquity: and receive us graciously: so will we render the calves of our lips.Joh 1:29: The next day John sees Jesus coming to Him: and says: Look the Lamb of God: which takes away the sin of the world.Ro 11:27: For this is my covenant to them: when I will take away their sins.1Jo 3:5: you know that he was manifested to take away our sins; and in him is no sin.
διο εισερχομενος εις τον κοσμον λεγει θυσιαν και προσφοραν ουκ ηθελησας σωμα δε κατηρτισω μοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1352ΔιὸDio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
ΔιὸDio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσερχόμενοςeiserchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσερχόμενοςeiserchomenos
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2889κόσμονkosmon (N-AMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμονkosmon
|
world,
|
N-AMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says:
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2378ΘυσίανThysian (N-AFS) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
ΘυσίανThysian
|
Sacrifice
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4376προσφορὰνprosphoran (N-AFS) G4376 προσφορά prosphorá pros-for-ah from προσφέρω; presentation; concretely, an oblation (bloodless) or sacrifice:--offering (up).
|
προσφορὰνprosphoran
|
offering
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2309ἠθέλησας,ēthelēsas (V-AIA-2S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἠθέλησας,ēthelēsas
|
You have desired,
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G4983Σῶμαsōma (N-ANS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
Σῶμαsōma
|
a body
|
N-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2675κατηρτίσωkatērtisō (V-AIM-2S) G2675 καταρτίζω katartízō kat-ar-tid-zo from κατά and a derivative of ἄρτιος; to complete thoroughly, i.e. repair (literally or figuratively) or adjust:--fit, frame, mend, (make) perfect(-ly join together), prepare, restore.
|
κατηρτίσωkatērtisō
|
You have prepared
|
V-AIM-2S
|
G1473μοι·moi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοι·moi
|
me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
5
For what reason when he comes into the world, he says, Sacrifice and offering you would not, but a body have you prepared me:
Hebrews 10:5
Stats
Rank: #2805 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 19 words, 101 letters, 39 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο εισερχομενος εις τον κοσμον λεγει θυσιαν και προσφοραν ουκ ηθελησας σωμα δε κατηρτισω μοι
Lit: Therefore coming into the world, He says: Sacrifice and offering not You have desired, a body however You have prepared me.
KJV: Wherefore when he cometh into the world, he saith, Sacrifice and offering thou wouldest not, but a body hast thou prepared me:
References
"when"Heb 10:7: Then said I: Indeed: I come (in the volume of the book it is written of me: ) to do your will: O God.Heb 1:6: Again: when He brings in the firstbegotten into the world: He says: And let all the angels of God worship Him.Mt 11:3: Said to him: Are you he who should come: or do we look for another?Lu 7:19: John calling to Him two of His disciples sent them to Jesus: saying: Are you He that'>He who should come? or look we for another?"Sacrifice"Ps 40:6-8: Sacrifice and offering you did not desire; my ears have you opened: burnt offering and sin offering have you not required.Ps 50:8-23: I not will reprove you for your sacrifices or your burnt offerings: to have been continually before me.Isa 1:11: To what purpose is the multitude of your sacrifices to me? says the LORD: I am full of the burnt offerings of rams: and the fat of fed beasts; and I not delight in the blood of bullocks: or of lambs: or of He goats.Jer 6:20: To what purpose comes there to me incense from Sheba: and the sweet cane from a far country? your burnt offerings are not acceptable: nor your sacrifices sweet to me.Am 5:21: 22: I hate: I despise your feast days: and I not will smell in your solemn assemblies."but"Heb 10:10: By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all.Heb 2:14: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;Heb 8:3: For every high priest is ordained to offer gifts and sacrifices: for what reason it is of necessity that this man have somewhat also to offer.Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Isa 7:14: Therefore the Lord Himself will give you a sign; Look: a virgin will conceive: and bear a son: and will call His name Immanuel.Jer 31:22: How long will you go about: O you backsliding daughter? for the LORD has created a new thing in the earth: A woman will compass a man.Mt 1:20-23: But while He thought on these things: look: the angel of the Lord appeared to Him in a dream: saying: Joseph: you son of David: not fear to take to you Mary your wife: for that which is conceived in her is of the Holy Ghost.Lu 1:35: The angel answered and said to her: The Holy Ghost will come upon you: and the power of the High will overshadow you: therefore also that holy thing which will be born of you will be called the Son of God.Joh 1:14: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Ga 4:4: But when the fulness of the time was come: God sent forth His Son: made of a woman: made under the law: 1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory.1Jo 4:2: 3: Hereby know you the Spirit of God: Every spirit that confesss that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is of God:2Jo 1:7: For many deceivers are entered into the world: who not confess that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist.
ολοκαυτωματα και περι αμαρτιας ουκ ευδοκησας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3646Ὁλοκαυτώματαholokautōmata (N-ANP) G3646 ὁλοκαύτωμα holokaútōma hol-ok-ow-to-mah from a derivative of a compound of ὅλος and a derivative of καίω; a wholly-consumed sacrifice (holocaust):--(whole) burnt offering.
|
Ὁλοκαυτώματαholokautōmata
|
Burnt offerings
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
offerings for
|
Prep
|
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-GFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαςhamartias
|
sin
|
N-GFS
|
G3756Οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
Οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2106εὐδόκησας.eudokēsas (V-AIA-2S) G2106 εὐδοκέω eudokéō yoo-dok-eh-o from εὖ and δοκέω; to think well of, i.e. approve (an act); specially, to approbate (a person or thing):--think good, (be well) please(-d), be the good (have, take) pleasure, be willing.
|
εὐδόκησας.eudokēsas
|
You have delighted in.
|
V-AIA-2S
|
6
In burnt offerings and sacrifices for sin you have had no pleasure.Hebrews 10:6
Stats
Counts: 68 characters, 12 words, 56 letters, 21 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: ολοκαυτωματα και περι αμαρτιας ουκ ευδοκησας
Lit: Burnt offerings and offerings for sin not You have delighted in.
KJV: In burnt offerings and sacrifices for sin thou hast had no pleasure.
References
"burnt"Heb 10:4: For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins.Le 1:1-6: The LORD called to Moses: and spoke to Him out of the tabernacle of the congregation: saying: "thou"Ps 147:11: The LORD takes pleasure in them that fear Him: in those that hope in His mercy.Mal 1:10: Who is there even among you that would shut the doors for nought? neither do you kindle fire on my altar for nought. I have no pleasure in you: says the LORD of hosts: neither will I accept an offering at your hand.Mt 3:17: indeed a voice from heaven: saying: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.Eph 5:2: Walk in love: as Christ also has loved us: and has given Himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweetsmelling savour.Php 4:18: But I have all: and abound: I am full: having received of Epaphroditus the things which were sent from you: an odour of a sweet smell: a sacrifice acceptable: wellpleasing to God.
τοτε ειπον ιδου ηκω εν κεφαλιδι βιβλιου γεγραπται περι εμου του ποιησαι ο θεος το θελημα σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5119Τότεtote (Adv) G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
Τότεtote
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G3004εἶπονeipon (V-AIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπονeipon
|
I said,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2240ἥκω,hēkō (V-PIA-1S) G2240 ἥκω hḗkō hay-ko a primary verb; to arrive, i.e. be present (literally or figuratively):--come.
|
ἥκω,hēkō
|
I have come —
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1722Ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
Ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2777κεφαλίδιkephalidi (N-DFS) G2777 κεφαλίς kephalís kef-al-is from κεφαλή; properly, a knob, i.e. (by implication) a roll (by extension from the end of a stick on which the manuscript was rolled):--volume.
|
κεφαλίδιkephalidi
|
the scroll
|
N-DFS
|
G975βιβλίουbibliou (N-GNS) G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίουbibliou
|
of the book
|
N-GNS
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it is written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
of
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ,emou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ,emou
|
Me —
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to do,
|
V-ANA
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
O God,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2307θέλημάthelēma (N-ANS) G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θέλημάthelēma
|
will
|
N-ANS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of You.’”
|
PPro-G2S
|
7
Then said I, Indeed, I come (in the volume of the book it is written of me,) to do your will, O God.
Hebrews 10:7
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 18 words, 66 letters, 28 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε ειπον ιδου ηκω εν κεφαλιδι βιβλιου γεγραπται περι εμου του ποιησαι ο θεος το θελημα σου
Lit: Then I said, Behold, I have come — in the scroll of the book it is written of Me — to do, O God, the will of You.’”
KJV: Then said I, Lo, I come (in the volume of the book it is written of me,) to do thy will, O God.
References
"Lo"Heb 10:9: 10: Then said He: Indeed: I come to do your will: O God. He takes away the first: that He may establish the second.Pr 8:31: Rejoicing in the habitable part of his earth; and my delights were with the sons of men.Joh 4:34: Jesus says to them: My meat is to do the will of Him that sent me: and to finish His work.Joh 5:30: I can of my own self not dohing: as I hear: I judge: and my judgment is just; because I not seek my own will: but the will of the Father which has sent me.Joh 6:38: For I came down from heaven: not to do my own will: but the will of him that sent me."in"Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.
ανωτερον λεγων οτι θυσιαν και προσφοραν και ολοκαυτωματα και περι αμαρτιας ουκ ηθελησας ουδε ευδοκησας αιτινες κατα τον νομον προσφερονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G511Ἀνώτερονanōteron (Adj-ANS-C) G511 ἀνώτερος anṓteros an-o-ter-os comparative degree of ἄνω; upper, i.e. (neuter as adverb) to a more conspicuous place, in a former part of the book:--above, higher.
|
Ἀνώτερονanōteron
|
Above
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G2378ΘυσίαςThysias (N-AFP) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
ΘυσίαςThysias
|
Sacrifice,
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4376προσφορὰςprosphoras (N-AFP) G4376 προσφορά prosphorá pros-for-ah from προσφέρω; presentation; concretely, an oblation (bloodless) or sacrifice:--offering (up).
|
προσφορὰςprosphoras
|
offering,
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3646ὁλοκαυτώματαholokautōmata (N-ANP) G3646 ὁλοκαύτωμα holokaútōma hol-ok-ow-to-mah from a derivative of a compound of ὅλος and a derivative of καίω; a wholly-consumed sacrifice (holocaust):--(whole) burnt offering.
|
ὁλοκαυτώματαholokautōmata
|
burnt offerings,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
offerings for
|
Prep
|
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-GFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαςhamartias
|
sin,
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2309ἠθέλησαςēthelēsas (V-AIA-2S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἠθέλησαςēthelēsas
|
You have desired,
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G2106εὐδόκησας,eudokēsas (V-AIA-2S) G2106 εὐδοκέω eudokéō yoo-dok-eh-o from εὖ and δοκέω; to think well of, i.e. approve (an act); specially, to approbate (a person or thing):--think good, (be well) please(-d), be the good (have, take) pleasure, be willing.
|
εὐδόκησας,eudokēsas
|
have You delighted in,”
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G3748αἵτινεςhaitines (RelPro-NFP) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
αἵτινεςhaitines
|
which
|
RelPro-NFP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
the Law
|
N-AMS
|
G4374προσφέρονται,prospherontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφέρονται,prospherontai
|
are offered;
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
8
Above when he said, Sacrifice and offering and burnt offerings and offering for sin you would not, neither hadst pleasure therein; which are offered by the law;
Hebrews 10:8
Stats
Counts: 166 characters, 23 words, 134 letters, 51 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανωτερον λεγων οτι θυσιαν και προσφοραν και ολοκαυτωματα και περι αμαρτιας ουκ ηθελησας ουδε ευδοκησας αιτινες κατα τον νομον προσφερονται
Lit: Above saying - , Sacrifice, and offering, and burnt offerings, and offerings for sin, not You have desired, nor have You delighted in,” which according to the Law are offered;
KJV: Above when he said, Sacrifice and offering and burnt offerings and offering for sin thou wouldest not, neither hadst pleasure [therein]; which are offered by the law;
τοτε ειρηκεν ιδου ηκω του ποιησαι ο θεος το θελημα σου αναιρει το πρωτον ινα το δευτερον στηση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5119τότεtote (Adv) G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G2046εἴρηκενeirēken (V-RIA-3S) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἴρηκενeirēken
|
He said,
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2240ἥκωhēkō (V-PIA-1S) G2240 ἥκω hḗkō hay-ko a primary verb; to arrive, i.e. be present (literally or figuratively):--come.
|
ἥκωhēkō
|
I have come
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to do
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2307θέλημάthelēma (N-ANS) G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θέλημάthelēma
|
will
|
N-ANS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of You.
|
PPro-G2S
|
G337ἀναιρεῖanairei (V-PIA-3S) G337 ἀναιρέω anairéō an-ahee-reh-o from ἀνά and (the active of) αἱρέομαι; to take up, i.e. adopt; by implication, to take away (violently), i.e. abolish, murder:--put to death, kill, slay, take away, take up.
|
ἀναιρεῖanairei
|
He takes away
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4413πρῶτονprōton (Adj-ANS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1208δεύτερονdeuteron (Adj-ANS) G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτερονdeuteron
|
second
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2476στήσῃ.stēsē (V-ASA-3S) G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
στήσῃ.stēsē
|
He might establish.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
9
Then said He, Indeed, I come to do your will, O God. He takes away the first, that He may establish the second.
Hebrews 10:9
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 18 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοτε ειρηκεν ιδου ηκω του ποιησαι ο θεος το θελημα σου αναιρει το πρωτον ινα το δευτερον στηση
Lit: then He said, Behold, I have come to do the will of You. He takes away the first, that the second He might establish.
KJV: Then said he, Lo, I come to do thy will, O God. He taketh away the first, that he may establish the second.
References
"Lo"Heb 9:11-14: But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come: by a greater and more perfect tabernacle: not made with hands: that is to say: not of this building;"He taketh"Heb 7:18: 19: For there is truly a disannulling of the commandment going before for the weakness and unprofitableness thereof.Heb 8:7-13: For if that first covenant had been faultless: then should no place have been sought for the second.Heb 12:27: 28: This word: Yet once more: signifies the removing of those things that are shaken: as of things that are made: that those things which cannot be shaken may remain.
εν ω θεληματι ηγιασμενοι εσμεν {VAR1: οι } δια της προσφορας του σωματος του ιησου χριστου εφαπαξ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
By
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
that
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G2307θελήματιthelēmati (N-DNS) G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θελήματιthelēmati
|
will,
|
N-DNS
|
G37ἡγιασμένοιhēgiasmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἡγιασμένοιhēgiasmenoi
|
having been sanctified
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G1510ἐσμὲνesmen (V-PIA-1P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμὲνesmen
|
we are,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4376προσφορᾶςprosphoras (N-GFS) G4376 προσφορά prosphorá pros-for-ah from προσφέρω; presentation; concretely, an oblation (bloodless) or sacrifice:--offering (up).
|
προσφορᾶςprosphoras
|
offering
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4983σώματοςsōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματοςsōmatos
|
body
|
N-GNS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G2178ἐφάπαξ.ephapax (Adv) G2178 ἐφάπαξ ephápax ef-ap-ax from ἐπί and ἅπαξ; upon one occasion (only):--(at) once (for all).
|
ἐφάπαξ.ephapax
|
once for all.
|
Adv
|
10
By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all.Hebrews 10:10
Stats
Rank: #1758 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 19 words, 79 letters, 27 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν ω θεληματι ηγιασμενοι εσμεν {VAR1: οι } δια της προσφορας του σωματος του ιησου χριστου εφαπαξ
Lit: By that will, having been sanctified we are, through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all.
KJV: By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all.
References
"we"Heb 2:11: For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers: Heb 13:12: For what reason Jesus also: that He might sanctify the people with His own blood: suffered without the gate.Zec 13:1: In that day there will be a fountain opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for uncleanness.Joh 17:19: For their sakes I sanctify myself: that they also might be sanctified through the truth.Joh 19:34: But one of the soldiers with a spear pierced his side: and forthwith came there out blood and water.1Co 1:30: But of Him are you in Christ Jesus: who of God is made to us wisdom: and righteousness: and sanctification: and redemption:1Co 6:11: Such were some of you: but you are washed: but you are sanctified: but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus: and by the Spirit of our God.1Jo 5:6: This is He that'>He who came by water and blood: even Jesus Christ; not by water only: but by water and blood. And it is the Spirit that bears witness: because the Spirit is truth."the offering"Heb 10:5: 12: 14: 20: For what reason when he comes into the world: he says: Sacrifice and offering you would not: but a body have you prepared me:Heb 9:12: 26: 28: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.
και πας μεν ιερευς εστηκεν καθ ημεραν λειτουργων και τας αυτας πολλακις προσφερων θυσιας αιτινες ουδεποτε δυνανται περιελειν αμαρτιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
every
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G2409ἱερεὺςhiereus (N-NMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεὺςhiereus
|
priest
|
N-NMS
|
G2476ἕστηκενhestēken (V-RIA-3S) G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἕστηκενhestēken
|
stands
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
every
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G3008λειτουργῶνleitourgōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3008 λειτουργέω leitourgéō li-toorg-eh-o from λειτουργός; to be a public servant, i.e. (by analogy) to perform religious or charitable functions (worship, obey, relieve):--minister.
|
λειτουργῶνleitourgōn
|
ministering,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G846αὐτὰςautas (PPro-AF3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰςautas
|
same
|
PPro-AF3P
|
G4178πολλάκιςpollakis (Adv) G4178 πολλάκις pollákis pol-lak-is multiplicative adverb from πολύς; many times, i.e. frequently:--oft(-en, -entimes, -times).
|
πολλάκιςpollakis
|
repeatedly
|
Adv
|
G4374προσφέρωνprospherōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφέρωνprospherōn
|
offering
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2378θυσίας,thysias (N-AFP) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίας,thysias
|
sacrifices,
|
N-AFP
|
G3748αἵτινεςhaitines (RelPro-NFP) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
αἵτινεςhaitines
|
which
|
RelPro-NFP
|
G3763οὐδέποτεoudepote (Adv) G3763 οὐδέποτε oudépote oo-dep-ot-eh from οὐδέ and ποτέ; not even at any time, i.e. never at all:--neither at any time, never, nothing at any time.
|
οὐδέποτεoudepote
|
never
|
Adv
|
G1410δύνανταιdynantai (V-PIM/P-3P) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνανταιdynantai
|
are able
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4014περιελεῖνperielein (V-ANA) G4014 περιαιρέω periairéō per-ee-ahee-reh-o from περί and αἱρέομαι (including its alternate); to remove all around, i.e. unveil, cast off (anchor); figuratively, to expiate:--take away (up).
|
περιελεῖνperielein
|
to take away
|
V-ANA
|
G266ἁμαρτίας·hamartias (N-AFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίας·hamartias
|
sins.
|
N-AFP
|
11
Every priest stands daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices, which can never take away sins:Hebrews 10:11
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 17 words, 101 letters, 37 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πας μεν ιερευς εστηκεν καθ ημεραν λειτουργων και τας αυτας πολλακις προσφερων θυσιας αιτινες ουδεποτε δυνανται περιελειν αμαρτιας
Lit: And every indeed priest stands every day ministering, and the same repeatedly offering sacrifices, which never are able to take away sins.
KJV: And every priest standeth daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices, which can never take away sins:
References
"daily"Heb 7:27: Who needs not daily: as those high priests: to offer up sacrifice: first for his own sins: and then for the people's: for this he did once: when he offered up himself.Ex 29:38: 39: Now this is that which you will offer upon the altar; two lambs of the first year day by day continually.Nu 28:3: 24: you will say to them: This is the offering made by fire which you will offer to the LORD; two lambs of the first year without spot day by day: for a continual burnt offering.Nu 29:6: Beside the burnt offering of the month: and His meat offering: and the daily burnt offering: and His meat offering: and their drink offerings: according to their manner: for a sweet savour: a sacrifice made by fire to the LORD.Eze 45:4: The holy portion of the land will be for the priests the ministers of the sanctuary: which will come near to minister to the LORD: and it will be a place for their houses: and an holy place for the sanctuary.Da 8:11: Yes: he magnified himself even to the prince of the host: and by him the daily sacrifice was taken away: and the place of his sanctuary was cast down.Da 9:21: 27: Yes: while I was speaking in prayer: even the man Gabriel: whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning: being caused to fly swiftly: touched me about the time of the evening oblation.Da 11:31: Arms will stand on his part: and they will pollute the sanctuary of strength: and will take away the daily sacrifice: and they will place the abomination that makes desolate.Da 12:11: From the time that the daily sacrifice will be taken away: and the abomination that makes desolate set up: there will be a000 290 days.Lu 1:9: 10: According to the custom of the priest's office: His lot was to burn incense when He went into the temple of the Lord."which"Heb 10:4: For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins.Ps 50:8-13: I not will reprove you for your sacrifices or your burnt offerings: to have been continually before me.Isa 1:11: To what purpose is the multitude of your sacrifices to me? says the LORD: I am full of the burnt offerings of rams: and the fat of fed beasts; and I not delight in the blood of bullocks: or of lambs: or of He goats.
αυτος δε μιαν υπερ αμαρτιων προσενεγκας θυσιαν εις το διηνεκες εκαθισεν εν δεξια του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
This One
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
sins
|
N-GFP
|
G4374προσενέγκαςprosenenkas (V-APA-NMS) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσενέγκαςprosenenkas
|
having offered
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2378θυσίανthysian (N-AFS) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίανthysian
|
sacrifice
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1336διηνεκὲςdiēnekes (Adj-ANS) G1336 διηνεκής diēnekḗs dee-ay-nek-es neuter of a compound of διά and a derivative of an alternate of φέρω; carried through, i.e. (adverbially with εἰς and ὁ prefixed) perpetually:--+ continually, for ever.
|
διηνεκὲςdiēnekes
|
perpetuity,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2523ἐκάθισενekathisen (V-AIA-3S) G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἐκάθισενekathisen
|
sat down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιᾷdexia (Adj-DFS) G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾷdexia
|
the right hand
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
12
But this man, after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever, sat down on the right hand of God;Hebrews 10:12
Stats
Rank: #2875 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 102 characters, 19 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: αυτος δε μιαν υπερ αμαρτιων προσενεγκας θυσιαν εις το διηνεκες εκαθισεν εν δεξια του θεου
Lit: This One however, one for sins having offered sacrifice in perpetuity, sat down at the right hand of God,
KJV: But this man, after he had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever, sat down on the right hand of God;
References
"But this man, after he had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever, sat down on the right hand of God;"Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Heb 9:12: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.Ac 2:33: 34: Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted: and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost: He has shed forth this: which you now see and hear.Ro 8:34: Who is He that'>He who condemns? It is Christ that died: yes rather: that is risen again: who is even at the right hand of God: who also makes intercession for us.Col 3:1: If you then be risen with Christ: seek those things which are above: where Christ sits on the right hand of God.
το λοιπον εκδεχομενος εως τεθωσιν οι εχθροι αυτου υποποδιον των ποδων αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3063λοιπὸνloipon (Adj-ANS) G3063 λοιπόν loipón loy-pon neuter singular of the same as λοιποί; something remaining (adverbially):--besides, finally, furthermore, (from) henceforth, moreover, now, + it remaineth, then.
|
λοιπὸνloipon
|
henceforth
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1551ἐκδεχόμενοςekdechomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1551 ἐκδέχομαι ekdéchomai ek-dekh-om-ahee from ἐκ and δέχομαι; to accept from some source, i.e. (by implication) to await:--expect, look (tarry) for, wait (for).
|
ἐκδεχόμενοςekdechomenos
|
awaiting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Conj) G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Conj
|
G5087τεθῶσινtethōsin (V-ASP-3P) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
τεθῶσινtethōsin
|
should be placed
|
V-ASP-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2190ἐχθροὶechthroi (Adj-NMP) G2190 ἐχθρός echthrós ech-thros from a primary (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); usually as a noun, an adversary (especially Satan):--enemy, foe.
|
ἐχθροὶechthroi
|
enemies
|
Adj-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5286ὑποπόδιονhypopodion (N-NNS) G5286 ὑποπόδιον hypopódion hoop-op-od-ee-on neuter of a compound of ὑπό and πούς; something under the feet, i.e. a foot-rest (figuratively):--footstool.
|
ὑποπόδιονhypopodion
|
as a footstool
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
for the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP) G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
13
From henceforth expecting till his enemies be made his footstool.Hebrews 10:13
Stats
Rank: #3819 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 65 characters, 10 words, 55 letters, 21 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: το λοιπον εκδεχομενος εως τεθωσιν οι εχθροι αυτου υποποδιον των ποδων αυτου
Lit: the henceforth awaiting until should be placed the enemies of Him as a footstool for the feet of Him.
KJV: From henceforth expecting till his enemies be made his footstool.
References
"From henceforth expecting till his enemies be made his footstool."Heb 1:13: But to which of the angels said he at any time: Sit on my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool?Ps 110:1: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Da 2:44: In the days of these kings will the God of heaven set up a kingdom: which will never be destroyed: and the kingdom will not be left to other people: but it will break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms: and it will stand for ever.Mt 22:44: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool?Mr 12:36: For David Himself said by the Holy Ghost: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool.Lu 20:43: Till I make your enemies your footstool.Ac 2:35: Until I make your foes your footstool.1Co 15:25: For he must reign: till he has put all enemies under his feet.
μια γαρ προσφορα τετελειωκεν εις το διηνεκες τους αγιαζομενους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1520μιᾷmia (Adj-DFS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μιᾷmia
|
By one
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4376προσφορᾷprosphora (N-DFS) G4376 προσφορά prosphorá pros-for-ah from προσφέρω; presentation; concretely, an oblation (bloodless) or sacrifice:--offering (up).
|
προσφορᾷprosphora
|
offering,
|
N-DFS
|
G5048τετελείωκενteteleiōken (V-RIA-3S) G5048 τελειόω teleióō tel-i-o-o from τέλειος; to complete, i.e. (literally) accomplish, or (figuratively) consummate (in character):--consecrate, finish, fulfil, make) perfect.
|
τετελείωκενteteleiōken
|
He has perfected
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1336διηνεκὲςdiēnekes (Adj-ANS) G1336 διηνεκής diēnekḗs dee-ay-nek-es neuter of a compound of διά and a derivative of an alternate of φέρω; carried through, i.e. (adverbially with εἰς and ὁ prefixed) perpetually:--+ continually, for ever.
|
διηνεκὲςdiēnekes
|
all time
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G37ἁγιαζομένους.hagiazomenous (V-PPM/P-AMP) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἁγιαζομένους.hagiazomenous
|
being sanctified.
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
14
For by one offering he has perfected for ever them that are sanctified.Hebrews 10:14
Stats
Counts: 72 characters, 13 words, 59 letters, 22 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: μια γαρ προσφορα τετελειωκεν εις το διηνεκες τους αγιαζομενους
Lit: By one for offering, He has perfected for all time those being sanctified.
KJV: For by one offering he hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified.
References
"he"Heb 10:1: For the law having a shadow of good things to come: and not the very image of the things: can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.Heb 7:19: 25: For the law not madehing perfect: but the bringing in of a better hope did; by the which we draw nigh to God.Heb 9:10: 14: Which stood only in meats and drinks: and divers washings: and carnal ordinances: imposed on them until the time of reformation."them"Heb 2:11: For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers: Heb 6:13: 14: For when God made promise to Abraham: because He could swear by no greater: He sware by Himself: Heb 13:12: For what reason Jesus also: that He might sanctify the people with His own blood: suffered without the gate.Ac 20:32: Now: brothers: I commend you to God: and to the word of His grace: which is able to build you up: and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified.Ac 26:13: At midday: O king: I saw in the way a light from heaven: above the brightness of the sun: shining round about me and them which journeyed with me.Ro 15:16: That I should be the minister of Jesus Christ to the Gentiles: ministering the gospel of God: that the offering up of the Gentiles might be acceptable: being sanctified by the Holy Ghost.1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:Eph 5:26: That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word: Jude 1:1: Jude: the servant of Jesus Christ: and brother of James: to them that are sanctified by God the Father: and preserved in Jesus Christ: and called:
μαρτυρει δε ημιν και το πνευμα το αγιον μετα γαρ το προειρηκεναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3140ΜαρτυρεῖMartyrei (V-PIA-3S) G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
ΜαρτυρεῖMartyrei
|
Bears witness
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G40Ἅγιον·Hagion (Adj-NNS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἅγιον·Hagion
|
Holy;
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2046εἰρηκέναιeirēkenai (V-RNA) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἰρηκέναιeirēkenai
|
having said:
|
V-RNA
|
15
Whereof the Holy Ghost also is a witness to us: for after that He had said before,Hebrews 10:15
Stats
Rank: #4639 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 82 characters, 16 words, 64 letters, 25 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: μαρτυρει δε ημιν και το πνευμα το αγιον μετα γαρ το προειρηκεναι
Lit: Bears witness now to us also the Spirit Holy; after for having said:
KJV: Whereof the Holy Ghost also is a witness to us: for after that he had said before,
References
"Whereof the Holy Ghost also is a witness to us: for after that he had said before,"Heb 2:3: 4: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Heb 3:7: For what reason (as the Holy Ghost says: Today if you will hear His voice: Heb 9:8: The Holy Ghost this signifying: that the way into the holy of all not was yet made manifest: while as the first tabernacle was yet standing:2Sa 23:2: The Spirit of the LORD spoke by me: and His word was in my tongue.Ne 9:30: Yet many years did you forbear them: and testifiedst against them by your spirit in your prophets: yet would not they give ear: therefore gave you them into the hand of the people of the lands.Joh 15:26: But when the Comforter is come: whom I will send to you from the Father: even the Spirit of truth: which proceeds from the Father: He will testify of me:Ac 28:25: When they not agreed among themselves: they departed: after that Paul had spoken one word: Well spoke the Holy Ghost by Isaiah the prophet to our fathers: 1Pe 1:11: 12: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.2Pe 1:21: For the prophecy not came in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.Re 2:7: 11: 17: 29: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Re 3:6: 13: 22: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.
αυτη η διαθηκη ην διαθησομαι προς αυτους μετα τας ημερας εκεινας λεγει κυριος διδους νομους μου επι καρδιας αυτων και επι των διανοιων αυτων επιγραψω αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778ΑὕτηHautē (DPro-NFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΑὕτηHautē
|
This is
|
DPro-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1242διαθήκηdiathēkē (N-NFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηdiathēkē
|
covenant
|
N-NFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
that
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G1303διαθήσομαιdiathēsomai (V-FIM-1S) G1303 διατίθεμαι diatíthemai dee-at-ith-em-ahee middle voice from διά and τίθημι; to put apart, i.e. (figuratively) dispose (by assignment, compact, or bequest):--appoint, make, testator.
|
διαθήσομαιdiathēsomai
|
I will make
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G1565ἐκείνας,ekeinas (DPro-AFP) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνας,ekeinas
|
those,
|
DPro-AFP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2962Κύριος·Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος·Kyrios
|
the Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G1325διδοὺςdidous (V-PPA-NMS) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
διδοὺςdidous
|
putting
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3551νόμουςnomous (N-AMP) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμουςnomous
|
the laws
|
N-AMP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-AFP) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
the hearts
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1271διάνοιανdianoian (N-AFS) G1271 διάνοια diánoia dee-an-oy-ah from διά and νοῦς; deep thought, properly, the faculty (mind or its disposition), by implication, its exercise:-- imagination, mind, understanding.
|
διάνοιανdianoian
|
mind
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1924ἐπιγράψωepigrapsō (V-FIA-1S) G1924 ἐπιγράφω epigráphō ep-ee-graf-o from ἐπί and γράφω; to inscribe (physically or mentally):--inscription, write in (over, thereon).
|
ἐπιγράψωepigrapsō
|
I will inscribe
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,”
|
PPro-AM3P
|
16
This is the covenant that I will make with them after those days, says the Lord, I will put my laws into their hearts, and in their minds will I write them;
Hebrews 10:16
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 29 words, 122 letters, 42 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: αυτη η διαθηκη ην διαθησομαι προς αυτους μετα τας ημερας εκεινας λεγει κυριος διδους νομους μου επι καρδιας αυτων και επι των διανοιων αυτων επιγραψω αυτους
Lit: This is the covenant that I will make with them, after the days those, says the Lord, putting the laws of Me into the hearts of them, and into the mind of them, I will inscribe them,”
KJV: This is the covenant that I will make with them after those days, saith the Lord, I will put my laws into their hearts, and in their minds will I write them;
References
"This is the covenant that I will make with them after those days, saith the Lord, I will put my laws into their hearts, and in their minds will I write them;"Heb 8:8-12: For finding fault with them: He says: Look: the days come: says the Lord: when I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel and with the house of Judah:Jer 31:33: 34: But this will be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; After those days: says the LORD: I will put my law in their inward parts: and write it in their hearts; and will be their God: and they will be my people.Ro 11:27: For this is my covenant to them: when I will take away their sins.
και των αμαρτιων αυτων και των ανομιων αυτων ου μη μνησθω ετι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
and,
|
Conj
|
G3588Τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τῶνtōn
|
The
|
Art-GFP
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
sins
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G458ἀνομιῶνanomiōn (N-GFP) G458 ἀνομία anomía an-om-ee-ah from ἄνομος; illegality, i.e. violation of law or (genitive case) wickedness:--iniquity, X transgress(-ion of) the law, unrighteousness.
|
ἀνομιῶνanomiōn
|
lawless acts
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3403μνησθήσομαιmnēsthēsomai (V-FIP-1S) G3403 μιμνήσκω mimnḗskō mim-nace-ko a prolonged form of μνάομαι (from which some of the tenses are borrowed); to remind, i.e. (middle voice) to recall to mind:--be mindful, remember.
|
μνησθήσομαιmnēsthēsomai
|
will I remember
|
V-FIP-1S
|
G2089ἔτι.eti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι.eti
|
any more.”
|
Adv
|
17
Their sins and iniquities will I remember no more.Hebrews 10:17
Stats
Rank: #4431 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 54 characters, 10 words, 44 letters, 19 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: και των αμαρτιων αυτων και των ανομιων αυτων ου μη μνησθω ετι
Lit: and, The sins of them, and the lawless acts of them, no not will I remember any more.”
KJV: And their sins and iniquities will I remember no more.
οπου δε αφεσις τουτων ουκετι προσφορα περι αμαρτιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3699Ὅπουhopou (Adv) G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
Ὅπουhopou
|
Where
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G859ἄφεσιςaphesis (N-NFS) G859 ἄφεσις áphesis af-es-is from ἀφίημι; freedom; (figuratively) pardon:--deliverance, forgiveness, liberty, remission.
|
ἄφεσιςaphesis
|
forgiveness
|
N-NFS
|
G3778τούτων,toutōn (DPro-GFP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτων,toutōn
|
of these is,
|
DPro-GFP
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv) G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no longer is there
|
Adv
|
G4376προσφορὰprosphora (N-NFS) G4376 προσφορά prosphorá pros-for-ah from προσφέρω; presentation; concretely, an oblation (bloodless) or sacrifice:--offering (up).
|
προσφορὰprosphora
|
an offering
|
N-NFS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G266ἁμαρτίας.hamartias (N-GFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίας.hamartias
|
sin.
|
N-GFS
|
18
Now where remission of these is, there is no more offering for sin.Hebrews 10:18
Stats
Rank: #4412 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 67 characters, 12 words, 53 letters, 22 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: οπου δε αφεσις τουτων ουκετι προσφορα περι αμαρτιας
Lit: Where now forgiveness of these is, no longer is there an offering for sin.
KJV: Now where remission of these is, there is no more offering for sin.
References
"Now where remission of these is, there is no more offering for sin."Heb 10:2: 14: For then would not they have ceased to be offered? because that the worshippers once purged should have had no more conscience of sins.
A Call to Persevere
εχοντες ουν αδελφοι παρρησιαν εις την εισοδον των αγιων εν τω αιματι ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2192ἜχοντεςEchontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἜχοντεςEchontes
|
Having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3767οὖν,oun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖν,oun
|
therefore,
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3954παρρησίανparrēsian (N-AFS) G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).
|
παρρησίανparrēsian
|
confidence
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1529εἴσοδονeisodon (N-AFS) G1529 εἴσοδος eísodos ice-od-os from εἰς and ὁδός; an entrance (literally or figuratively):--coming, enter(-ing) in (to).
|
εἴσοδονeisodon
|
entering
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GNP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
holy places
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G129αἵματιhaimati (N-DNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματιhaimati
|
blood
|
N-DNS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
of Jesus,
|
N-GMS
|
19
Having therefore, brothers, boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus,Hebrews 10:19
Stats
Rank: #707 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 85 characters, 12 words, 69 letters, 25 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: εχοντες ουν αδελφοι παρρησιαν εις την εισοδον των αγιων εν τω αιματι ιησου
Lit: Having therefore, brothers, confidence for the entering the holy places by the blood of Jesus,
KJV: Having therefore, brethren, boldness to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus,
References
"Having"Heb 4:16: Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace: that we may obtain mercy: and find grace to help in time of need.Heb 12:28: For what reason we receiving a kingdom which cannot be moved: let us have grace: whereby we may serve God acceptably with reverence and godly fear:Ro 8:15: For you not have received the spirit of bondage again to fear; but you have received the Spirit of adoption: whereby we cry: Abba: Father.Ga 4:6: 7: Because you are sons: God has sent forth the Spirit of His Son into your hearts: crying: Abba: Father.Eph 3:12: In whom we have boldness and access with confidence by the faith of him.2Ti 1:7: For God has not given us the spirit of fear; but of power: and of love: and of a sound mind.1Jo 3:19-21: Hereby we know that we are of the truth: and will assure our hearts before him.1Jo 4:17: Herein is our love made perfect: that we may have boldness in the day of judgment: because as he is: so are we in this world."to enter"Heb 7:25: For what reason He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come to God by Him: seeing He ever lives to make intercession for them.Heb 9:3: 7: 8: 12: 23-25: After the second veil: the tabernacle which is called the Holy of all;Ro 5:2: By whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand: and rejoice in hope of the glory of God.Eph 2:18: For through Him we both have access by one Spirit to the Father.1Jo 2:1: 2: My little children: these things write I to you: that you not sin. And if any man sin: we have an advocate with the Father: Jesus Christ the righteous:
ην ενεκαινισεν ημιν οδον προσφατον και ζωσαν δια του καταπετασματος τουτ εστιν της σαρκος αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G1457ἐνεκαίνισενenekainisen (V-AIA-3S) G1457 ἐγκαινίζω enkainízō eng-kahee-nid-zo from ἐγκαίνια; to renew, i.e. inaugurate:--consecrate, dedicate.
|
ἐνεκαίνισενenekainisen
|
He dedicated
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
for us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS) G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
a way
|
N-AFS
|
G4372πρόσφατονprosphaton (Adj-AFS) G4372 πρόσφατος prósphatos pros-fat-os from πρό and a derivative of σφάζω; previously (recently) slain (fresh), i.e. (figuratively) lately made:--new.
|
πρόσφατονprosphaton
|
new,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2198ζῶσανzōsan (V-PPA-AFS) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶσανzōsan
|
living,
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2665καταπετάσματος,katapetasmatos (N-GNS) G2665 καταπέτασμα katapétasma kat-ap-et-as-mah from a compound of κατά and a congener of πέτομαι; something spread thoroughly, i.e. (specially) the door screen (to the Most Holy Place) in the Jewish Temple:--vail.
|
καταπετάσματος,katapetasmatos
|
veil,
|
N-GNS
|
G3778τοῦτ’tout’ (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτ’tout’
|
that
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4561σαρκὸςsarkos (N-GFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σαρκὸςsarkos
|
flesh
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
20
By a new and living way, which he has consecrated for us, through the veil, that is to say, his flesh;Hebrews 10:20
Stats
Rank: #4795 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 17 words, 78 letters, 26 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην ενεκαινισεν ημιν οδον προσφατον και ζωσαν δια του καταπετασματος τουτ εστιν της σαρκος αυτου
Lit: which He dedicated for us a way new, and living, through the veil, that is, the flesh of Him,
KJV: By a new and living way, which he hath consecrated for us, through the veil, that is to say, his flesh;
References
"a new"Joh 10:7: 9: Then said Jesus to them again: Truly: truly: I say to you: I am the door of the sheep.Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me."through"Heb 6:19: Which hope we have as an anchor of the soul: both sure and stedfast: and which enters into that within the veil;Heb 9:3: After the second veil: the tabernacle which is called the Holy of all;Ex 26:31-37: you will make a vail of blue: and purple: and scarlet: and fine twined linen of cunning work: with cherubims will it be made:Ex 36:35-38: He made a vail of blue: and purple: and scarlet: and fine twined linen: with cherubims made he it of cunning work.Le 16:2: 15: The LORD said to Moses: Speak to Aaron your brother: that He not come at all times into the holy place within the vail before the mercy seat: which is upon the ark; that He not die: for I will appear in the cloud upon the mercy seat.Le 21:23: Only He will not go in to the vail: nor come nigh to the altar: because He has a blemish; that He not profane my sanctuaries: for I the LORD do sanctify them.Mt 27:51: And: look: the veil of the temple was tear in two from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake: and the rocks tear;Mr 15:38: The veil of the temple was tear in two from the top to the bottom.Lu 23:45: The sun was darkened: and the veil of the temple was tear in the middle."his"Joh 6:51-56: I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread: he will live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh: which I will give for the life of the world.Eph 2:15: Having abolished in his flesh the enmity: even the law of commandments contained in ordinances; for to make in himself of two one new man: so making peace;1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory.1Pe 3:18: For Christ also has once suffered for sins: the just for the unjust: that He might bring us to God: being put to death in the flesh: but quickened by the Spirit:1Jo 4:2: Hereby know you the Spirit of God: Every spirit that confesss that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is of God:2Jo 1:7: For many deceivers are entered into the world: who not confess that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist.
και ιερεα μεγαν επι τον οικον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and having
|
Conj
|
G2409ἱερέαhierea (N-AMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερέαhierea
|
a priest
|
N-AMS
|
G3173μέγανmegan (Adj-AMS) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγανmegan
|
great
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
21
having an high priest over the house of God;Hebrews 10:21
Stats
Rank: #7344 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 48 characters, 10 words, 38 letters, 15 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιερεα μεγαν επι τον οικον του θεου
Lit: and having a priest great over the house of God,
KJV: And having an high priest over the house of God;
References
"an"Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Heb 3:1: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;Heb 4:14-16: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Heb 6:20: Whither the forerunner is for us entered: even Jesus: made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.Heb 7:26: For such an high priest became us: who is holy: harmless: undefiled: separate from sinners: and made higher than the heavens;Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;"the house"Heb 3:3-6: For this man was counted worthy of more glory than Moses: inasmuch as he who has built the house has more honour than the house.Mt 16:18: I say also to you: That you are Peter: and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell will not prevail against it.1Co 3:9-17: For we are labourers together with God: you are God's husbandry: you are God's building.2Co 6:16: 17: What agreement has the temple of God with idols? for you are the temple of the living God; as God has said: I will dwell in them: and walk in them; and I will be their God: and they will be my people.Eph 2:19-22: Now therefore you are no more strangers and foreigners: but fellowcitizens with the saints: and of the household of God;1Ti 3:15: But if I tarry long: that you may know how you ought to behave yourself in the house of God: which is the church of the living God: the pillar and ground of the truth.
προσερχωμεθα μετα αληθινης καρδιας εν πληροφορια πιστεως ερραντισμενοι τας καρδιας απο συνειδησεως πονηρας και λελουμενοι το σωμα υδατι καθαρω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4334προσερχώμεθαproserchōmetha (V-PSM/P-1P) G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσερχώμεθαproserchōmetha
|
we should draw near
|
V-PSM/P-1P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G228ἀληθινῆςalēthinēs (Adj-GFS) G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθινῆςalēthinēs
|
a sincere
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-GFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
heart
|
N-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4136πληροφορίᾳplērophoria (N-DFS) G4136 πληροφορία plērophoría play-rof-or-ee-ah from πληροφορέω; entire confidence:--(full) assurance.
|
πληροφορίᾳplērophoria
|
full assurance
|
N-DFS
|
G4102πίστεως,pisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεως,pisteōs
|
of faith,
|
N-GFS
|
G4472ῥεραντισμένοιrherantismenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP) G4472 ῥαντίζω rhantízō hran-tid-zo from a derivative of (to sprinkle); to render besprinkled, i.e. asperse (ceremonially or figuratively):-- sprinkle.
|
ῥεραντισμένοιrherantismenoi
|
having been sprinkled clean
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
our
|
Art-AFP
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-AFP) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
hearts
|
N-AFP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4893συνειδήσεωςsyneidēseōs (N-GFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνειδήσεωςsyneidēseōs
|
a conscience
|
N-GFS
|
G4190πονηρᾶςponēras (Adj-GFS) G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρᾶςponēras
|
evil,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3068λελουσμένοιlelousmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP) G3068 λούω loúō loo-o a primary verb; to bathe (the whole person; whereas νίπτω means to wet a part only, and πλύνω to wash, cleanse garments exclusively):--wash.
|
λελουσμένοιlelousmenoi
|
having been washed
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
our
|
Art-ANS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-ANS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body
|
N-ANS
|
G5204ὕδατιhydati (N-DNS) G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδατιhydati
|
with water
|
N-DNS
|
G2513καθαρῷ·katharō (Adj-DNS) G2513 καθαρός katharós kath-ar-os of uncertain affinity; clean (literally or figuratively):--clean, clear, pure.
|
καθαρῷ·katharō
|
pure.
|
Adj-DNS
|
22
Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water.Hebrews 10:22
Stats
Rank: #2131 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 154 characters, 26 words, 124 letters, 49 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσερχωμεθα μετα αληθινης καρδιας εν πληροφορια πιστεως ερραντισμενοι τας καρδιας απο συνειδησεως πονηρας και λελουμενοι το σωμα υδατι καθαρω
Lit: we should draw near with a sincere heart in full assurance of faith, having been sprinkled clean our hearts from a conscience evil, and having been washed our body with water pure.
KJV: Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water.
References
"draw"Heb 4:16: Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace: that we may obtain mercy: and find grace to help in time of need.Heb 7:19: For the law not madehing perfect: but the bringing in of a better hope did; by the which we draw nigh to God.Ps 73:28: But it is good for me to draw near to God: I have put my trust in the Lord GOD: that I may declare all your works.Isa 29:13: For what reason the Lord said: Forasmuch as this people draw near me with their mouth: and with their lips do honour me: but have removed their heart far from me: and their fear toward me is taught by the precept of men:Jer 30:21: Their nobles will be of themselves: and their governor will proceed from the middle of them; and I will cause Him to draw near: and He will approach to me: for who is this that engaged His heart to approach to me? says the LORD.Jas 4:8: Draw nigh to God: and He will draw nigh to you. Cleanse your hands: you sinners; and purify your hearts: you double minded."a true"1Ki 15:3: He walked in all the sins of His father: which He had done before Him: and His heart not was perfect with the LORD His God: as the heart of David His father.1Ch 12:33: Of Zebulun: such as went forth to battle: expert in war: with all instruments of war: 50000: which could keep rank: they were not of double heart.1Ch 28:9: you: Solomon my son: know you the God of your father: and serve Him with a perfect heart and with a willing mind: for the LORD searches all hearts: and understands all the imaginations of the thoughts: if you seek Him: He will be found of you; but if you forsake Him: He will cast you off for ever.1Ch 29:17: I know also: my God: that you try the heart: and have pleasure in uprightness. As for me: in the uprightness of my heart I have willingly offered all these things: and now have I seen with joy your people: which are present here: to offer willingly to you.Ps 9:1: A Psalm of David.>> I will praise you: O LORD: with my whole heart; I will show forth all your marvellous works.Ps 32:11: Be glad in the LORD: and rejoice: you righteous: and shout for joy: all you that are upright in heart.Ps 51:10: Create in me a clean heart: O God; and renew a right spirit within me.Ps 84:11: For the LORD God is a sun and shield: the LORD will give grace and glory: no good thing will He withhold from them that walk uprightly.Ps 94:15: But judgment will return to righteousness: and all the upright in heart will follow it.Ps 111:1: Praise you the LORD. I will praise the LORD with my whole heart: in the assembly of the upright: and in the congregation.Ps 119:2: 7: 10: 34: 58: 69: 80: 145: Blessed are they that keep his testimonies: and that seek him with the whole heart.Pr 23:26: My son: give me your heart: and let your eyes observe my ways.Jer 3:10: Yet for all this her treacherous sister Judah has not turned to me with her whole heart: but feignedly: says the LORD.Jer 24:7: I will give them an heart to know me: that I am the LORD: and they will be my people: and I will be their God: for they will return to me with their whole heart.Ac 8:21: You have neither part nor lot in this matter: for your heart not is right in the sight of God.Eph 6:5: Servants: be obedient to them that are your masters according to the flesh: with fear and trembling: in singleness of your heart: as to Christ;"in full"Heb 10:19: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus: Mt 21:21: 22: Jesus answered and said to them: Truly I say to you: If you have faith: and not doubt: you will not only do this which is done to the fig tree: but also if you will say to this mountain: Be you removed: and be you cast into the sea; it will be done.Mr 11:23: 24: For truly I say to you: That whoever will say to this mountain: Be you removed: and be you cast into the sea; and will not doubt in his heart: but will believe that those things which he says will come to pass; he will have whatever he says.Eph 3:12: In whom we have boldness and access with confidence by the faith of him.Jas 1:6: But let him ask in faith: nothing wavering. For he who waves is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed.1Jo 3:19: 21: 22: Hereby we know that we are of the truth: and will assure our hearts before him."sprinkled"Heb 9:13: 14: 19: For if the blood of bulls and of goats: and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean: sanctifies to the purifying of the flesh:Heb 11:28: Through faith he kept the passover: and the sprinkling of blood: lest he who destroyed the firstborn should touch them.Heb 12:24: To Jesus the mediator of the new covenant: and to the blood of sprinkling: that speaks better things than that of Abel.Le 14:7: He will sprinkle upon him that is to be cleansed from the leprosy 7 times: and will pronounce him clean: and will let the living bird loose into the open field.Nu 8:7: Thus will you do to them: to cleanse them: Sprinkle water of purifying upon them: and let them shave all their flesh: and let them wash their clothes: and so make themselves clean.Nu 19:18: 19: A clean person will take hyssop: and dip it in the water: and sprinkle it upon the tent: and upon all the vessels: and upon the persons that were there: and upon him that touched a bone: or one killed: or one dead: or a grave:Isa 52:15: So will he sprinkle many nations; the kings will shut their mouths at him: for that which not had been told them will they see; and that which they not had heard will they consider.Eze 36:25: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.1Pe 1:2: Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father: through sanctification of the Spirit: to obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you: and peace: be multiplied."an evil"Joh 8:9: They which heard it: being convicted by their own conscience: went out one by one: beginning at the eldest: even to the last: and Jesus was left alone: and the woman standing in the middle.1Ti 4:2: Speaking lies in hypocrisy; having their conscience seared with a hot iron;1Jo 3:20: For if our heart condemn us: God is greater than our heart: and knows all things."our bodies"Heb 9:10: Which stood only in meats and drinks: and divers washings: and carnal ordinances: imposed on them until the time of reformation.Ex 29:4: Aaron and his sons you will bring to the door of the tabernacle of the congregation: and will wash them with water.Le 8:6: Moses brought Aaron and his sons: and washed them with water.Eze 16:9: Then washed I you with water; yes: I throughly washed away your blood from you: and I anointed you with oil.Eze 36:25: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.Zec 13:1: In that day there will be a fountain opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for uncleanness.Mt 3:11: I indeed baptize you with water to repentance: but He that'>He who comes after me is mightier than I: whose shoes I not am worthy to bear: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost: and with fire:Joh 3:5: Jesus answered: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit: He cannot enter into the kingdom of God.Joh 13:8-10: Peter says to Him: You will never wash my feet. Jesus answered Him: If I wash you not: you have no part with me.1Co 6:11: Such were some of you: but you are washed: but you are sanctified: but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus: and by the Spirit of our God.2Co 7:1: Having therefore these promises: dearly beloved: let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit: perfecting holiness in the fear of God.Eph 5:26: That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word: Tit 3:5: Not by works of righteousness which we have done: but according to His mercy He saved us: by the washing of regeneration: and renewing of the Holy Ghost;1Pe 3:21: The like figure to what even baptism does also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh: but the answer of a good conscience toward God: ) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ:Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood:
κατεχωμεν την ομολογιαν της ελπιδος ακλινη πιστος γαρ ο επαγγειλαμενος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2722Κατέχωμενkatechōmen (V-PSA-1P) G2722 κατέχω katéchō kat-ekh-o from κατά and ἔχω; to hold down (fast), in various applications (literally or figuratively):--have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let, X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take, withhold.
|
Κατέχωμενkatechōmen
|
We should hold fast
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
to the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3671ὁμολογίανhomologian (N-AFS) G3671 ὁμολογία homología hom-ol-og-ee-ah from the same as ὁμολογέω; acknowledgment:--con- (pro-)fession, professed.
|
ὁμολογίανhomologian
|
confession
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of our
|
Art-GFS
|
G1680ἐλπίδοςelpidos (N-GFS) G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδοςelpidos
|
hope,
|
N-GFS
|
G186ἀκλινῆ,aklinē (Adj-AFS) G186 ἀκλινής aklinḗs ak-lee-nace from Α (as a negative particle) and κλίνω; not leaning, i.e. (figuratively) firm:--without wavering.
|
ἀκλινῆ,aklinē
|
firmly;
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4103πιστὸςpistos (Adj-NMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὸςpistos
|
faithful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for is
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G1861ἐπαγγειλάμενος,epangeilamenos (V-APM-NMS) G1861 ἐπαγγέλλω epangéllō ep-ang-el-lo from ἐπί and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce upon (reflexively), i.e. (by implication) to engage to do something, to assert something respecting oneself:--profess, (make) promise.
|
ἐπαγγειλάμενος,epangeilamenos
|
having promised.
|
V-APM-NMS
|
23
Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;)Hebrews 10:23
Stats
Rank: #1205 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 100 characters, 14 words, 78 letters, 30 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατεχωμεν την ομολογιαν της ελπιδος ακλινη πιστος γαρ ο επαγγειλαμενος
Lit: We should hold fast to the confession of our hope, firmly; faithful for is the One having promised.
KJV: Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he [is] faithful that promised;)
References
"hold"Heb 3:6: 14: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 4:14: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Re 3:11: Look: I come quickly: hold that fast which you have: that no man take your crown."wavering"Jas 1:6: But let him ask in faith: nothing wavering. For he who waves is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed."for"Heb 6:18: That by two immutable things: in which it was impossible for God to lie: we might have a strong consolation: who have fled for refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us:Heb 11:11: Through faith also Sara herself received strength to conceive seed: and was delivered of a child when she was past age: because she judged him faithful who had promised.1Co 1:9: God is faithful: by whom you were called to the fellowship of His Son Jesus Christ our Lord.1Co 10:13: There has no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful: who not will suffer you to be tempted above that you are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape: that you may be able to bear it.1Th 5:24: Faithful is he who calls you: who also will do it.2Th 3:3: But the Lord is faithful: who will stablish you: and keep you from evil.Tit 1:2: In hope of eternal life: which God: that cannot lie: promised before the world began;
και κατανοωμεν αλληλους εις παροξυσμον αγαπης και καλων εργων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2657κατανοῶμενkatanoōmen (V-PSA-1P) G2657 κατανοέω katanoéō kat-an-o-eh-o from κατά and νοιέω; to observe fully:--behold, consider, discover, perceive.
|
κατανοῶμενkatanoōmen
|
we should think
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP) G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
one another,
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G3948παροξυσμὸνparoxysmon (N-AMS) G3948 παροξυσμός paroxysmós par-ox-oos-mos from παροξύνω (paroxysm); incitement (to good), or dispute (in anger):--contention, provoke unto.
|
παροξυσμὸνparoxysmon
|
stirring up
|
N-AMS
|
G26ἀγάπηςagapēs (N-GFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηςagapēs
|
to love
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2570καλῶνkalōn (Adj-GNP) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλῶνkalōn
|
to good
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2041ἔργων,ergōn (N-GNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργων,ergōn
|
works,
|
N-GNP
|
24
Let us consider one another to provoke to love and to good works:Hebrews 10:24
Stats
Rank: #284 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 71 characters, 14 words, 57 letters, 24 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κατανοωμεν αλληλους εις παροξυσμον αγαπης και καλων εργων
Lit: And we should think one another, toward stirring up to love and to good works,
KJV: And let us consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works:
References
"consider"Heb 13:3: Remember them that are in bonds: as bound with them; and them which suffer adversity: as being yourselves also in the body.Ps 41:1: A Psalm of David.>> Blessed is He that'>He who considers the poor: the LORD will deliver Him in time of trouble.Pr 29:7: The righteous considers the cause of the poor: but the wicked regards not to know it.Ac 11:29: Then the disciples: every man according to his ability: determined to send relief to the brothers which dwelt in Judaea:Ro 12:15: Rejoice with them that do rejoice: and weep with them that weep.Ro 15:1: 2: We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak: not and to please ourselves.1Co 8:12: 13: But when you sin so against the brothers: and wound their weak conscience: you sin against Christ.1Co 9:22: To the weak became I as weak: that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men: that I might by all means save some.1Co 10:33: Even as I please all men in all things: not seeking my own profit: but the profit of many: that they may be saved.Ga 6:1: Brothers: if a man be overtaken in a fault: you which are spiritual: restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering yourself: lest you also be tempted.Col 3:16: Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs: singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.1Th 5:11: For what reason comfort yourselves together: and edify one another: even as also you do.2Th 3:9: Not because we not have power: but to make ourselves an ensample to you to follow us."to provoke"Ro 11:4: But what says the answer of God to Him? I have reserved to myself 7000 men: who not have bowed the knee to the image of Baal.2Co 8:8: I not speak by commandment: but by occasion of the forwardness of others: and to prove the sincerity of your love.2Co 9:2: For I know the forwardness of your mind: for which I boast of you to them of Macedonia: that Achaia was ready a year ago; and your zeal has provoked very many."love"Heb 6:10: 11: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.Heb 13:1: Let brotherly love continue.Ga 5:6: 13: 22: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.Php 1:9-11: This I pray: that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment;1Th 1:3: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;1Th 3:12: 13: The Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another: and toward all men: even as we do toward you:1Ti 6:18: That they do good: that they be rich in good works: ready to distribute: willing to communicate;Tit 2:4: That they may teach the young women to be sober: to love their husbands: to love their children: Tit 3:8: This is a faithful saying: and these things I will that you affirm constantly: that they which have believed in God might be careful to maintain good works. These things are good and profitable to men.1Jo 3:18: My little children: let not us love in word: neither in tongue; but in deed and in truth.
μη εγκαταλειποντες την επισυναγωγην εαυτων καθως εθος τισιν αλλα παρακαλουντες και τοσουτω μαλλον οσω βλεπετε εγγιζουσαν την ημεραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1459ἐγκαταλείποντεςenkataleipontes (V-PPA-NMP) G1459 ἐγκαταλείπω enkataleípō eng-kat-al-i-po from ἐν and καταλείπω; to leave behind in some place, i.e. (in a good sense) let remain over, or (in a bad sense) to desert:--forsake, leave.
|
ἐγκαταλείποντεςenkataleipontes
|
forsaking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1997ἐπισυναγωγὴνepisynagōgēn (N-AFS) G1997 ἐπισυναγωγή episynagōgḗ ep-ee-soon-ag-o-gay from ἐπισυνάγω; a complete collection; especially a Christian meeting (for worship):--assembling (gathering) together.
|
ἐπισυναγωγὴνepisynagōgēn
|
assembling together
|
N-AFS
|
G1438ἑαυτῶν,heautōn (RefPro-GM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῶν,heautōn
|
of ourselves
|
RefPro-GM3P
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1485ἔθοςethos (N-NNS) G1485 ἔθος éthos eth-os from ἔθω; a usage (prescribed by habit or law):--custom, manner, be wont.
|
ἔθοςethos
|
is the custom
|
N-NNS
|
G5100τισίν,tisin (IPro-DMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τισίν,tisin
|
with some,
|
IPro-DMP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3870παρακαλοῦντες,parakalountes (V-PPA-NMP) G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλοῦντες,parakalountes
|
encouraging one another,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5118τοσούτῳtosoutō (DPro-DNS) G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoûtos tos-oo-tos from (so much; apparently from ὁ and ὅς) and οὗτος (including its variations); so vast as this, i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number of space):--as large, so great (long, many, much), these many.
|
τοσούτῳtosoutō
|
so much
|
DPro-DNS
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
more
|
Adv
|
G3745ὅσῳhosō (RelPro-DNS) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσῳhosō
|
as
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G991βλέπετεblepete (V-PIA-2P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπετεblepete
|
you see
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1448ἐγγίζουσανengizousan (V-PPA-AFS) G1448 ἐγγίζω engízō eng-id-zo from ἐγγύς; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach:--approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh.
|
ἐγγίζουσανengizousan
|
drawing near
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2250ἡμέραν.hēmeran (N-AFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραν.hēmeran
|
Day.
|
N-AFS
|
25
Not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as the manner of some is; but exhorting one another: and so much the more, as you see the day approaching.Hebrews 10:25
Stats
Rank: #214 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 159 characters, 23 words, 125 letters, 49 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη εγκαταλειποντες την επισυναγωγην εαυτων καθως εθος τισιν αλλα παρακαλουντες και τοσουτω μαλλον οσω βλεπετε εγγιζουσαν την ημεραν
Lit: not forsaking the assembling together of ourselves as is the custom with some, but encouraging one another, and so much more as you see drawing near the Day.
KJV: Not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as the manner of some is; but exhorting [one another]: and so much the more, as ye see the day approaching.
References
"forsaking"Mt 18:20: For where two or 3 are gathered together in my name: there am I in the middle of them.Joh 20:19-29: Then the same day at evening: being the first day of the week: when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews: came Jesus and stood in the middle: and says to them: Peace be to you.Ac 1:13: 14: When they were come in: they went up into an upper room: where abode both Peter: and James: and John: and Andrew: Philip: and Thomas: Bartholomew: and Matthew: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon Zelotes: and Judas the brother of James.Ac 2:1: 42: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place.Ac 16:16: It came to pass: as we went to prayer: a certain damsel possessed with a spirit of divination met us: which brought her masters much gain by soothsaying:Ac 20:7: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.1Co 5:4: In the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: when you are gathered together: and my spirit: with the power of our Lord Jesus Christ: 1Co 11:17: 18: 20: Now in this that I declare to you I praise you not: that you come not together for the better: but for the worse.1Co 14:23: If therefore the whole church be come together into one place: and all speak with tongues: and there come in those that are unlearned: or unbelievers: will not they say that you are mad?Jude 1:19: These be they who separate themselves: sensual: not having the Spirit."but"Heb 10:24: Let us consider one another to provoke to love and to good works:Heb 3:13: But exhort one another daily: while it is called Today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin.Ro 12:8: Or he who exhorts: on exhortation: he who gives: let him do it with simplicity; he who rules: with diligence; he who shews mercy: with cheerfulness.1Co 14:3: But he who prophesies speaks to men to edification: and exhortation: and comfort.1Th 4:18: For what reason comfort one another with these words.1Th 5:11: For what reason comfort yourselves together: and edify one another: even as also you do."as ye"Mt 24:33: 34: So likewise you: when you will see all these things: know that it is near: even at the doors.Mr 13:29: 30: So you in like manner: when you will see these things come to pass: know that it is nigh: even at the doors.Ro 13:11-13: That: knowing the time: that now it is high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed.Php 4:5: Let your moderation be known to all men. The Lord is at hand.Jas 5:8: Be you also patient; stablish your hearts: for the coming of the Lord draws nigh.1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer.2Pe 3:9: 11: 14: The Lord not is slack concerning His promise: as some men count slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward: not willing that any should perish: but that all should come to repentance.
εκουσιως γαρ αμαρτανοντων ημων μετα το λαβειν την επιγνωσιν της αληθειας ουκετι περι αμαρτιων απολειπεται θυσια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1596ἙκουσίωςHekousiōs (Adv) G1596 ἑκουσίως hekousíōs hek-oo-see-ose adverb from the same as ἑκούσιον; voluntarily:--wilfully, willingly.
|
ἙκουσίωςHekousiōs
|
If willingly
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for,
|
Conj
|
G264ἁμαρτανόντωνhamartanontōn (V-PPA-GMP) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.
|
ἁμαρτανόντωνhamartanontōn
|
sin
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
we,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after we are
|
Prep
|
G2983λαβεῖνlabein (V-ANA) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖνlabein
|
to receive
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1922ἐπίγνωσινepignōsin (N-AFS) G1922 ἐπίγνωσις epígnōsis ep-ig-no-sis from ἐπιγινώσκω; recognition, i.e. (by implication) full discernment, acknowledgement:--(ac-)knowledge(-ing, - ment).
|
ἐπίγνωσινepignōsin
|
knowledge
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G225ἀληθείας,alētheias (N-GFS) G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.
|
ἀληθείας,alētheias
|
truth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv) G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
sins
|
N-GFP
|
G620ἀπολείπεταιapoleipetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G620 ἀπολείπω apoleípō ap-ol-ipe-o from ἀπό and λείπω; to leave behind (passively, remain); by implication, to forsake:--leave, remain.
|
ἀπολείπεταιapoleipetai
|
remains
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2378θυσία,thysia (N-NFS) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσία,thysia
|
a sacrifice,
|
N-NFS
|
26
For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth, there remains no more sacrifice for sins,Hebrews 10:26
Stats
Rank: #934 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 99 letters, 38 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκουσιως γαρ αμαρτανοντων ημων μετα το λαβειν την επιγνωσιν της αληθειας ουκετι περι αμαρτιων απολειπεται θυσια
Lit: If willingly for, sin we, after we are to receive the knowledge of the truth, no longer for sins remains a sacrifice,
KJV: For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins,
References
"if"Heb 6:4-6: For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened: and have tasted of the heavenly gift: and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost: Le 4:2: 13: Speak to the children of Israel: saying: If a soul will sin through ignorance against any of the commandments of the LORD concerning things which not ought to be done: and will do against any of them:Nu 15:28-31: The priest will make an atonement for the soul that sins'>sins ignorantly: when He sins'>sins by ignorance before the LORD: to make an atonement for Him; and it will be forgiven Him.De 17:12: The man that will do presumptuously: and not will listen to the priest that stands to minister there before the LORD your God: or to the judge: even that man will die: and you will put away the evil from Israel.Ps 19:12: 13: Who can understand his errors? cleanse you me from secret faults.Da 5:22: 23: you his son: O Belshazzar: have not humbled your heart: though you knew all this;Mt 12:31: 32: 43-45: For what reason I say to you: All manner of sin and blasphemy will be forgiven to men: but the blasphemy against the Holy Ghost will not be forgiven to men.Joh 9:41: Jesus said to them: If you were blind: you should have no sin: but now you say: We see; therefore your sin remaineth.1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief.2Pe 2:20-22: For if after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: they are again entangled therein: and overcome: the latter end is worse with them than the beginning.1Jo 5:16: If any man see his brother sin a sin which is not to death: he will ask: and he will give him life for them that not sin to death. There is a sin to death: I not do say that he will pray for it."after"Lu 12:47: That servant: which knew his lord's will: and not prepared himself: neither did according to his will: will be beaten with many stripes.Joh 13:17: If you know these things: happy are you if you do them.Joh 15:22-24: If I not had come and spoken to them: they not had had sin: but now they have no cloke for their sin.2Th 2:10: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved.Jas 4:17: Therefore to him that knows to do good: and does it not: to him it is sin.
φοβερα δε τις εκδοχη κρισεως και πυρος ζηλος εσθιειν μελλοντος τους υπεναντιους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5398φοβερὰphobera (Adj-NFS) G5398 φοβερός phoberós fob-er-os from φόβος; frightful, i.e. (objectively) formidable:--fearful, terrible.
|
φοβερὰphobera
|
terrifying
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NFS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
a certain
|
IPro-NFS
|
G1561ἐκδοχὴekdochē (N-NFS) G1561 ἐκδοχή ekdochḗ ek-dokh-ay from ἐκδέχομαι; expectation:--looking for.
|
ἐκδοχὴekdochē
|
expectation
|
N-NFS
|
G2920κρίσεωςkriseōs (N-GFS) G2920 κρίσις krísis kree-sis, Noun Feminine
|
κρίσεωςkriseōs
|
of judgment
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4442πυρὸςpyros (N-GNS) G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὸςpyros
|
of fire
|
N-GNS
|
G2205ζῆλοςzēlos (N-NMS) G2205 ζῆλος zēlos dzay-los from ζέω; properly, heat, i.e. (figuratively) zeal (in a favorable sense, ardor; in an unfavorable one, jealousy, as of a husband (figuratively, of God), or an enemy, malice):--emulation, envy(-ing), fervent mind, indignation, jealousy, zeal.
|
ζῆλοςzēlos
|
fury
|
N-NMS
|
G2068ἐσθίεινesthiein (V-PNA) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίεινesthiein
|
to devour
|
V-PNA
|
G3195μέλλοντοςmellontos (V-PPA-GNS) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλοντοςmellontos
|
being about
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5227ὑπεναντίους.hypenantious (Adj-AMP) G5227 ὑπεναντίος hypenantíos hoop-en-an-tee-os from ὑπό and ἐναντίος; under (covertly) contrary to, i.e. opposed or (as noun) an opponent:--adversary, against.
|
ὑπεναντίους.hypenantious
|
adversaries.
|
Adj-AMP
|
27
But a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation, which will devour the adversaries.Hebrews 10:27
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 15 words, 87 letters, 34 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: φοβερα δε τις εκδοχη κρισεως και πυρος ζηλος εσθιειν μελλοντος τους υπεναντιους
Lit: terrifying however a certain expectation of judgment and of fire fury to devour being about the adversaries.
KJV: But a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation, which shall devour the adversaries.
References
"a certain"Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Heb 12:25: See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth: much more will not we escape: if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:1Sa 28:19: 20: Moreover the LORD will also deliver Israel with you into the hand of the Philistines: and to morrow will you and your sons be with me: the LORD also will deliver the host of Israel into the hand of the Philistines.Isa 33:14: The sinners in Zion are afraid; fearfulness has surprised the hypocrites. Who among us will dwell with the devouring fire? who among us will dwell with everlasting burnings?Da 5:6: Then the king's face was changed: and his thoughts troubled him: so that the joints of his loins were loosed: and his knees smote one against another.Ho 10:8: The high places also of Aven: the sin of Israel: will be destroyed: the thorn and the thistle will come up on their altars; and they will say to the mountains: Cover us; and to the hills: Fall on us.Mt 8:29: And: look: they cried out: saying: What have we to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God? are you come here to torment us before the time?Lu 21:26: Men's hearts failing them for fear: and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven will be shaken.Lu 23:30: Then will they begin to say to the mountains: Fall on us; and to the hills: Cover us.Re 6:15-17: The kings of the earth: and the great men: and the rich men: and the chief captains: and the mighty men: and every bondman: and every free man: hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;"fiery"Heb 12:29: For our God is a consuming fire.Nu 16:35: There came out a fire from the LORD: and consumed the 250 men that offered incense.Ps 21:9: You will make them as a fiery oven in the time of your anger: the LORD will swallow them up in His wrath: and the fire will devour them.Jer 4:4: Circumcise yourselves to the LORD: and take away the foreskins of your heart: you men of Judah and inhabitants of Jerusalem: lest my fury come forth like fire: and burn that none can quench it: because of the evil of your doings.Eze 36:5: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD; Surely in the fire of my jealousy have I spoken against the residue of the heathen: and against all Idumea: which have appointed my land into their possession with the joy of all their heart: with despiteful minds: to cast it out for a prey.Eze 38:19: For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken: Surely in that day there will be a great shaking in the land of Israel;Joe 2:30: I will show wonders in the heavens and in the earth: blood: and fire: and pillars of smoke.Na 1:5: 6: The mountains quake at him: and the hills melt: and the earth is burned at his presence: yes: the world: and all that dwell therein.Zep 1:18: Neither their silver nor their gold will be able to deliver them in the day of the LORD's wrath; but the whole land will be devoured by the fire of His jealousy: for He will make even a speedy riddance of all them that dwell in the land.Zep 3:8: Therefore wait you upon me: says the LORD: until the day that I rise up to the prey: for my determination is to gather the nations: that I may assemble the kingdoms: to pour upon them my indignation: even all my fierce anger: for all the earth will be devoured with the fire of my jealousy.Mal 4:1: For: look: the day comes'>comes: that will burn as an oven; and all the proud: yes: and all that do wickedly: will be stubble: and the day that comes'>comes will burn them up: says the LORD of hosts: that it will leave them neither root nor branch.Mt 3:10: 12: Now also the axe is laid to the root of the trees: therefore every tree which brings not forth good fruit is cut down: and cast into the fire.Mt 13:42: 50: will cast them into a furnace of fire: there will be wailing and gnashing of teeth.Mt 25:41: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:Mr 9:43-49: If your hand offend you: cut it off: it is better for you to enter into life maimed: than having two hands to go into hell: into the fire that never will be quenched:Lu 16:24: He cried and said: Father Abraham: have mercy on me: and send Lazarus: that He may dip the tip of His finger in water: and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame.2Th 1:8: In flaming fire taking vengeance on them that not know God: and that not obey the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ:Jas 5:3: your gold and silver is cankered; and the rust of them will be a witness against you: and will eat your flesh as it were fire. You have heaped treasure together for the last days.Re 20:15: whoever not was found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire."which"De 32:43: Rejoice: O you nations: with his people: for he will avenge the blood of his servants: and will render vengeance to his adversaries: and will be merciful to his land: and to his people.Ps 68:1: 2: A Psalm or Song of David.>> Let God arise: let His enemies be scattered: let them also that hate Him flee before Him.Na 1:2: 8-10: God is jealous: and the LORD revenges'>revenges; the LORD revenges'>revenges: and is furious; the LORD will take vengeance on His adversaries: and He reserves wrath for His enemies.Lu 19:27: But those my enemies: which not would that I should reign over them: bring here: and kill them before me.1Th 2:15: 16: Who both killed the Lord Jesus: and their own prophets: and have persecuted us; and they not please God: and are contrary to all men:
αθετησας τις νομον μωσεως χωρις οικτιρμων επι δυσιν η τρισιν μαρτυσιν αποθνησκει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G114ἀθετήσαςathetēsas (V-APA-NMS) G114 ἀθετέω athetéō ath-et-eh-o from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of τίθημι; to set aside, i.e. (by implication) to disesteem, neutralize or violate:--cast off, despise, disannul, frustrate, bring to nought, reject.
|
ἀθετήσαςathetēsas
|
Having set aside
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
the law
|
N-AMS
|
G3475ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs (N-GMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs
|
of Moses,
|
N-GMS
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
without
|
Prep
|
G3628οἰκτιρμῶνoiktirmōn (N-GMP) G3628 οἰκτιρμός oiktirmós oyk-tir-mos from οἰκτείρω; pity:--mercy.
|
οἰκτιρμῶνoiktirmōn
|
mercies
|
N-GMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on the basis of
|
Prep
|
G1417δυσὶνdysin (Adj-DMP) G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δυσὶνdysin
|
two
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G5140τρισὶνtrisin (Adj-DMP) G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρισὶνtrisin
|
three
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3144μάρτυσινmartysin (N-DMP) G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυσινmartysin
|
witnesses,
|
N-DMP
|
G599ἀποθνήσκει·apothnēskei (V-PIA-3S) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθνήσκει·apothnēskei
|
he dies.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
28
He who despised Moses' law died without mercy under two or 3 witnesses:Hebrews 10:28
Stats
Counts: 76 characters, 12 words, 62 letters, 23 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: αθετησας τις νομον μωσεως χωρις οικτιρμων επι δυσιν η τρισιν μαρτυσιν αποθνησκει
Lit: Having set aside anyone the law of Moses, without mercies on the basis of two or three witnesses, he dies.
KJV: He that despised Moses' law died without mercy under two or three witnesses:
References
"despised"Heb 2:2: For if the word spoken by angels was stedfast: and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompence of reward;Nu 15:30: 31: 36: But the soul that does ought presumptuously: whether He be born in the land: or a stranger: the same reproaches the LORD; and that soul will be cut off from among His people.De 13:6-10: If your brother: the son of your mother: or your son: or your daughter: or the wife of your bosom: or your friend: which is as your own soul: entice you secretly: saying: Let us go and serve other gods: which you have not known: you: nor your fathers;De 17:2-13: If there be found among you: within any of your gates which the LORD your God gives you: man or woman: that has wrought wickedness in the sight of the LORD your God: in transgressing His covenant: 2Sa 12:9: 13: For what reason have you despised the commandment of the LORD: to do evil in His sight? you have killed Uriah the Hittite with the sword: and have taken His wife to be your wife: and have killed Him with the sword of the children of Ammon."without"De 19:13: Your eye will not pity him: but you will put away the guilt of innocent blood from Israel: that it may go well with you.Isa 27:11: When the boughs thereof are withered: they will be broken off: the women come: and set them on fire: for it is a people of no understanding: therefore he who made them not will have mercy on them: and he who formed them will show them no favour.Jer 13:14: I will dash them one against another: even the fathers and the sons together: says the LORD: I not will pity: nor spare: nor have mercy: but destroy them.Ro 9:15: For he says to Moses: I will have mercy on whom I will have mercy: and I will have compassion on whom I will have compassion.Jas 2:13: For he will have judgment without mercy: that has showed no mercy; and mercy rejoices against judgment."under"De 17:2: 6: 7: If there be found among you: within any of your gates which the LORD your God gives you: man or woman: that has wrought wickedness in the sight of the LORD your God: in transgressing His covenant: De 19:15: one witness will not rise up against a man for any iniquity: or for any sin: in any sin that he sins: at the mouth of two witnesses: or at the mouth of 3 witnesses: will the matter be established.Mt 18:16: But if he not will hear you: then take with you one or two more: that in the mouth of two or 3 witnesses every word may be established.Joh 8:17: It is also written in your law: that the testimony of two men is true.2Co 13:1: This is the third time I am coming to you. In the mouth of two or 3 witnesses will every word be established.
ποσω δοκειτε χειρονος αξιωθησεται τιμωριας ο τον υιον του θεου καταπατησας και το αιμα της διαθηκης κοινον ηγησαμενος εν ω ηγιασθη και το πνευμα της χαριτος ενυβρισας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4214πόσῳposō (IPro-DNS) G4214 πόσος pósos pos-os from an absolute (who, what) and ὅς; interrogative pronoun (of amount) how much (large, long or (plural) many):--how great (long, many), what.,
|
πόσῳposō
|
How much
|
IPro-DNS
|
G1380δοκεῖτεdokeite (V-PIA-2P) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκεῖτεdokeite
|
think you
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G5501χείρονοςcheironos (Adj-GFS-C) G5501 χείρων cheírōn khi-rone irregular comparative of κακός; from an obsolete equivalent (of uncertain derivation); more evil or aggravated (physically, mentally or morally):--sorer, worse.
|
χείρονοςcheironos
|
worse
|
Adj-GFS-C
|
G515ἀξιωθήσεταιaxiōthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G515 ἀξιόω axióō ax-ee-o-o from ἄξιος; to deem entitled or fit:--desire, think good, count (think) worthy.
|
ἀξιωθήσεταιaxiōthēsetai
|
will he deserve
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G5098τιμωρίαςtimōrias (N-GFS) G5098 τιμωρία timōría tee-mo-ree-ah from τιμωρέω; vindication, i.e. (by implication) a penalty:--punishment.
|
τιμωρίαςtimōrias
|
punishment,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸνHuion (N-AMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸνHuion
|
Son
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2662καταπατήσαςkatapatēsas (V-APA-NMS) G2662 καταπατέω katapatéō kat-ap-at-eh-o from κατά and πατέω; to trample down; figuratively, to reject with disdain:--trample, tread (down, underfoot).
|
καταπατήσαςkatapatēsas
|
having trampled upon,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1242διαθήκηςdiathēkēs (N-GFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηςdiathēkēs
|
covenant
|
N-GFS
|
G2839κοινὸνkoinon (Adj-ANS) G2839 κοινός koinós koy-nos probably from σύν; common, i.e. (literally) shared by all or several, or (ceremonially) profane:--common, defiled, unclean, unholy.
|
κοινὸνkoinon
|
ordinary
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2233ἡγησάμενοςhēgēsamenos (V-APM-NMS) G2233 ἡγέομαι hēgéomai hayg-eh-om-ahee middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of ἄγω; to lead, i.e. command (with official authority); figuratively, to deem, i.e. consider:--account, (be) chief, count, esteem, governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think.
|
ἡγησάμενοςhēgēsamenos
|
having esteemed,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G37ἡγιάσθη,hēgiasthē (V-AIP-3S) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἡγιάσθη,hēgiasthē
|
he was sanctified,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G5485χάριτοςcharitos (N-GFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτοςcharitos
|
of grace
|
N-GFS
|
G1796ἐνυβρίσας.enybrisas (V-APA-NMS) G1796 ἐνυβρίζω enybrízō en-oo-brid-zo from ἐν and ὑβρίζω; to insult:--do despite unto.
|
ἐνυβρίσας.enybrisas
|
having insulted?
|
V-APA-NMS
|
29
Of how much sorer punishment, suppose you, will He be thought worthy, who has trodden under foot the Son of God, and has counted the blood of the covenant, wherewith He was sanctified, an unholy thing, and has done despite to the Spirit of grace?Hebrews 10:29
Stats
Counts: 251 characters, 38 words, 199 letters, 71 vowels, 128 consonants
Translation
Greek: ποσω δοκειτε χειρονος αξιωθησεται τιμωριας ο τον υιον του θεου καταπατησας και το αιμα της διαθηκης κοινον ηγησαμενος εν ω ηγιασθη και το πνευμα της χαριτος ενυβρισας
Lit: How much think you worse will he deserve punishment, the one the Son of God having trampled upon, and the blood of the covenant ordinary having esteemed, by which he was sanctified, and the Spirit of grace having insulted?
KJV: Of how much sorer punishment, suppose ye, shall he be thought worthy, who hath trodden under foot the Son of God, and hath counted the blood of the covenant, wherewith he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and hath done despite unto the Spirit of grace?
References
"how"Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Heb 12:25: See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth: much more will not we escape: if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:"trodden"2Ki 9:33: He said: Throw her down. So they threw her down: and some of her blood was sprinkled on the wall: and on the horses: and he trode her under foot.Ps 91:13: You will tread upon the lion and adder: the young lion and the dragon will you trample under feet.Isa 14:19: But you are cast out of your grave like an abominable branch: and as the clothing of those that are killed: thrust through with a sword: that go down to the stones of the pit; as a carcase trodden under feet.Isa 28:3: The crown of pride: the drunkards of Ephraim: will be trodden under feet:La 1:15: The Lord has trodden under foot all my mighty men in the middle of me: He has called an assembly against me to crush my young men: the Lord has trodden the virgin: the daughter of Judah: as in a winepress.Eze 16:6: When I passed by you: and saw you polluted in your own blood: I said to you when you were in your blood: Live; yes: I said to you when you were in your blood: Live.Mic 7:10: Then she that is my enemy will see it: and shame will cover her which said to me: Where is the LORD your God? my eyes will look her: now will she be trodden down as the mire of the streets.Mt 7:6: not Give that which is holy to the dogs: neither cast you your pearls before swine: lest they trample them under their feet: and turn again and rend you.Ro 16:20: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.1Co 15:25: 27: For he must reign: till he has put all enemies under his feet."the blood"Heb 9:20: Saying: This is the blood of the testament which God has enjoined to you.Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: "wherewith"Heb 2:11: For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers: Heb 9:13: For if the blood of bulls and of goats: and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean: sanctifies to the purifying of the flesh:Jer 1:5: Before I formed you in the belly I knew you; and before you came forth out of the womb I sanctified you: and I ordained you a prophet to the nations.Joh 10:36: Say you of Him: whom the Father has sanctified: and sent into the world: You blaspheme; because I said: I am the Son of God?Joh 17:19: For their sakes I sanctify myself: that they also might be sanctified through the truth.1Co 11:27: 29: For what reason whoever will eat this bread: and drink this cup of the Lord: unworthily: will be guilty of the body and blood of the Lord."and hath"Isa 63:10: But they rebelled: and vexed His holy Spirit: therefore He was turned to be their enemy: and He fought against them.Mt 12:31: 32: For what reason I say to you: All manner of sin and blasphemy will be forgiven to men: but the blasphemy against the Holy Ghost will not be forgiven to men.Lu 12:10: whoever will speak a word against the Son of man: it will be forgiven Him: but to Him that blasphemes against the Holy Ghost it will not be forgiven.Ac 7:51: You stiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears: you do always resist the Holy Ghost: as your fathers did: so do you.Eph 4:30: not grieve the holy Spirit of God: whereby you are sealed to the day of redemption."the Spirit"Ps 143:10: Teach me to do your will; for you are my God: your spirit is good; lead me into the land of uprightness.Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.
οιδαμεν γαρ τον ειποντα εμοι εκδικησις εγω ανταποδωσω λεγει κυριος και παλιν κυριος κρινει τον λαον αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1492Οἴδαμενoidamen (V-RIA-1P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
Οἴδαμενoidamen
|
We know
|
V-RIA-1P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G3004εἰπόνταeiponta (V-APA-AMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπόνταeiponta
|
having said,
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G1473ἘμοὶEmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘμοὶEmoi
|
Mine
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1557ἐκδίκησις,ekdikēsis (N-NFS) G1557 ἐκδίκησις ekdíkēsis ek-dik-ay-sis from ἐκδικέω; vindication, retribution:--(a-, re-)venge(-ance), punishment.
|
ἐκδίκησις,ekdikēsis
|
is vengeance ;
|
N-NFS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G467ἀνταποδώσω·antapodōsō (V-FIA-1S) G467 ἀνταποδίδωμι antapodídōmi an-tap-od-ee-do-mee from ἀντί and ἀποδίδωμι; to requite (good or evil):--recompense, render, repay.
|
ἀνταποδώσω·antapodōsō
|
will repay,”
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again,
|
Adv
|
G2919ΚρινεῖKrinei (V-FIA-3S) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
ΚρινεῖKrinei
|
Will judge
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαὸνlaon (N-AMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸνlaon
|
people
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.”
|
PPro-GM3S
|
30
For we know Him that has said, Vengeance belongeth to me, I will recompense, says the Lord. And again, The Lord will judge His people.
Hebrews 10:30
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 20 words, 109 letters, 41 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιδαμεν γαρ τον ειποντα εμοι εκδικησις εγω ανταποδωσω λεγει κυριος και παλιν κυριος κρινει τον λαον αυτου
Lit: We know for the One having said, Mine is vengeance ; I will repay,” and again, Will judge the Lord the people of Him.”
KJV: For we know him that hath said, Vengeance belongeth unto me, I will recompense, saith the Lord. And again, The Lord shall judge his people.
References
"Vengeance"De 32:35: To me belongeth vengeance: and recompence; their foot will slide in due time: for the day of their calamity is at hand: and the things that will come upon them make haste.Ps 94:1: O LORD God: to whom vengeance belongs'>belongs; O God: to whom vengeance belongs'>belongs: show yourself.Isa 59:17: For he put on righteousness as a breastplate: and an helmet of salvation upon his head; and he put on the garments of vengeance for clothing: and was clad with zeal as a cloke.Isa 61:2: To proclaim the acceptable year of the LORD: and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn;Isa 63:4: For the day of vengeance is in my heart: and the year of my redeemed is come.Na 1:2: God is jealous: and the LORD revenges'>revenges; the LORD revenges'>revenges: and is furious; the LORD will take vengeance on His adversaries: and He reserves wrath for His enemies.Ro 12:19: Dearly beloved: not avenge yourselves: but rather give place to wrath: for it is written: Vengeance is my; I will repay: says the Lord.Ro 13:4: For He is the minister of God to you for good. But if you do that which is evil: be afraid; for He bears not the sword in vain: for He is the minister of God: a revenger to execute wrath upon Him that does evil."The Lord shall"De 32:36: For the LORD will judge His people: and repent Himself for His servants: when He sees that their power is gone: and there is none shut up: or left.Ps 50:4: He will call to the heavens from above: and to the earth: that he may judge his people.Ps 96:13: Before the LORD: for He comes'>comes: for He comes'>comes to judge the earth: He will judge the world with righteousness: and the people with His truth.Ps 98:9: Before the LORD; for He comes to judge the earth: with righteousness will He judge the world: and the people with equity.Ps 135:14: For the LORD will judge His people: and He will repent Himself concerning His servants.Eze 18:30: Therefore I will judge you: O house of Israel: every one according to His ways: says the Lord GOD. Repent: and turn yourselves from all your transgressions; so iniquity will not be your ruin.Eze 34:17: as for you: O my flock: thus says the Lord GOD; Look: I judge between cattle and cattle: between the rams and the He goats.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.
φοβερον το εμπεσειν εις χειρας θεου ζωντος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5398φοβερὸνphoberon (Adj-NNS) G5398 φοβερός phoberós fob-er-os from φόβος; frightful, i.e. (objectively) formidable:--fearful, terrible.
|
φοβερὸνphoberon
|
It is a fearful thing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1706ἐμπεσεῖνempesein (V-ANA) G1706 ἐμπίπτω empíptō em-pip-to from ἐν and πίπτω; to fall on, i.e. (literally) to be entrapped by, or (figuratively) be overwhelmed with:--fall among (into).
|
ἐμπεσεῖνempesein
|
to fall
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
the hands
|
N-AFP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2198ζῶντος.zōntos (V-PPA-GMS) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντος.zōntos
|
the living.
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
31
It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God.Hebrews 10:31
Stats
Counts: 63 characters, 14 words, 49 letters, 18 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: φοβερον το εμπεσειν εις χειρας θεου ζωντος
Lit: It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of God the living.
KJV: It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God.
References
"a fearful"Heb 10:27: But a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation: which will devour the adversaries.Isa 33:14: The sinners in Zion are afraid; fearfulness has surprised the hypocrites. Who among us will dwell with the devouring fire? who among us will dwell with everlasting burnings?Lu 21:11: Great earthquakes will be in divers places: and famines: and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs will there be from heaven."to fall"Heb 12:29: For our God is a consuming fire.Ps 50:22: Now consider this: you that forget God: lest I tear you in pieces: and there be none to deliver.Ps 76:7: You: even you: are to be feared: and who may stand in your sight when once you are angry?Ps 90:11: Who knows the power of your anger? even according to your fear: so is your wrath.Mt 10:28: not fear them which kill the body: but not are able to kill the soul: but rather fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body in hell.Lu 12:5: But I will forewarn you whom you will fear: Fear him: which after he has killed has power to cast into hell; yes: I say to you: Fear him.
αναμιμνησκεσθε δε τας προτερον ημερας εν αις φωτισθεντες πολλην αθλησιν υπεμεινατε παθηματων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G363ἈναμιμνῄσκεσθεAnamimnēskesthe (V-PMP-2P) G363 ἀναμιμνήσκω anamimnḗskō an-am-im-nace-ko from ἀνά and μιμνήσκω; to remind; (reflexively) to recollect:--call to mind, (bring to , call to, put in), remember(-brance).
|
ἈναμιμνῄσκεσθεAnamimnēskesthe
|
Remember
|
V-PMP-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4386πρότερονproteron (Adj-ANS-C) G4386 πρότερον próteron prot-er-on neuter of πρότερος as adverb (with or without the article); previously:--before, (at the) first, former.
|
πρότερονproteron
|
former
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G2250ἡμέρας,hēmeras (N-AFP) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας,hēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739αἷςhais (RelPro-DFP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
αἷςhais
|
which,
|
RelPro-DFP
|
G5461φωτισθέντεςphōtisthentes (V-APP-NMP) G5461 φωτίζω phōtízō fo-tid-zo from φῶς; to shed rays, i.e. to shine or (transitively) to brighten up (literally or figuratively):--enlighten, illuminate, (bring to, give) light, make to see.
|
φωτισθέντεςphōtisthentes
|
having been enlightened,
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G4183πολλὴνpollēn (Adj-AFS) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὴνpollēn
|
a great
|
Adj-AFS
|
G119ἄθλησινathlēsin (N-AFS) G119 ἄθλησις áthlēsis ath-lay-sis from ἀθλέω; a struggle (figuratively):--fight.
|
ἄθλησινathlēsin
|
conflict
|
N-AFS
|
G5278ὑπεμείνατεhypemeinate (V-AIA-2P) G5278 ὑπομένω hypoménō hoop-om-en-o from ὑπό and μένω; to stay under (behind), i.e. remain; figuratively, to undergo, i.e. bear (trials), have fortitude, persevere:--abide, endure, (take) patient(-ly), suffer, tarry behind.
|
ὑπεμείνατεhypemeinate
|
you endured
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G3804παθημάτων,pathēmatōn (N-GNP) G3804 πάθημα páthēma path-ay-mah from a presumed derivative of πάθος; something undergone, i.e. hardship or pain; subjectively, an emotion or influence:-- affection, affliction, motion, suffering.
|
παθημάτων,pathēmatōn
|
of sufferings,
|
N-GNP
|
32
But call to remembrance the former days, in which, after you were illuminated, you endured a great fight of afflictions;Hebrews 10:32
Stats
Counts: 118 characters, 17 words, 95 letters, 36 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναμιμνησκεσθε δε τας προτερον ημερας εν αις φωτισθεντες πολλην αθλησιν υπεμεινατε παθηματων
Lit: Remember however the former days in which, having been enlightened, a great conflict you endured of sufferings,
KJV: But call to remembrance the former days, in which, after ye were illuminated, ye endured a great fight of afflictions;
References
"call"Ga 3:3: 4: Are you so foolish? having begun in the Spirit: are you now made perfect by the flesh?Php 3:16: Nevertheless: whereto we have already attained: let us walk by the same rule: let us mind the same thing.2Jo 1:8: Look to yourselves: that we not lose those things which we have wrought: but that we receive a full reward.Re 2:5: Remember therefore from where you are fallen: and repent: and do the first works; or else I will come to you quickly: and will remove your candlestick out of his place: except you repent.Re 3:3: Remember therefore how you have received and heard: and hold fast: and repent. If therefore you will not watch: I will come on you as a thief: and you will not know what hour I will come upon you."after"Heb 6:4: For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened: and have tasted of the heavenly gift: and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost: Ac 26:18: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.2Co 4:6: For God: who commanded the light to shine out of darkness: has shined in our hearts: to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ."ye endured"Heb 12:4: You not have yet resisted to blood: striving against sin.Ac 8:1-3: Saul was consenting to his death. And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria: except the apostles.Ac 9:1: 2: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest: Php 1:29: 30: For to you it is given in the behalf of Christ: not only to believe on Him: but also to suffer for His sake;Col 2:1: For I would that you knew what great conflict I have for you: and for them at Laodicea: and for as many as not have seen my face in the flesh;2Ti 2:3-13: You therefore endure hardness: as a good soldier of Jesus Christ.2Ti 4:7: 8: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:
τουτο μεν ονειδισμοις τε και θλιψεσιν θεατριζομενοι τουτο δε κοινωνοι των ουτως αναστρεφομενων γενηθεντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed,
|
Conj
|
G3680ὀνειδισμοῖςoneidismois (N-DMP) G3680 ὀνειδισμός oneidismós on-i-dis-mos from ὀνειδίζω; contumely:--reproach.
|
ὀνειδισμοῖςoneidismois
|
by revilings
|
N-DMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2347θλίψεσινthlipsesin (N-DFP) G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλίψεσινthlipsesin
|
tribulations
|
N-DFP
|
G2301θεατριζόμενοι,theatrizomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G2301 θεατρίζω theatrízō theh-at-rid-zo from θέατρον; to expose as a spectacle:--make a gazing stock.
|
θεατριζόμενοι,theatrizomenoi
|
being made a spectacle;
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G2844κοινωνοὶkoinōnoi (N-NMP) G2844 κοινωνός koinōnós koy-no-nos from κοινός; a sharer, i.e. associate:--companion, X fellowship, partaker, partner.
|
κοινωνοὶkoinōnoi
|
partners
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G390ἀναστρεφομένωνanastrephomenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP) G390 ἀναστρέφω anastréphō an-as-tref-o from ἀνά and στρέφω; to overturn; also to return; by implication, to busy oneself, i.e. remain, live:--abide, behave self, have conversation, live, overthrow, pass, return, be used.
|
ἀναστρεφομένωνanastrephomenōn
|
passing through them
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G1096γενηθέντες.genēthentes (V-APP-NMP) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενηθέντες.genēthentes
|
having become.
|
V-APP-NMP
|
33
Partly, whilst you were made a gazingstock both by reproaches and afflictions; and partly, whilst you became companions of them that were so used.Hebrews 10:33
Stats
Counts: 144 characters, 21 words, 117 letters, 40 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο μεν ονειδισμοις τε και θλιψεσιν θεατριζομενοι τουτο δε κοινωνοι των ουτως αναστρεφομενων γενηθεντες
Lit: this indeed, by revilings both and tribulations being made a spectacle; this now, partners of those thus passing through them having become.
KJV: Partly, whilst ye were made a gazingstock both by reproaches and afflictions; and partly, whilst ye became companions of them that were so used.
References
"made"Heb 11:36: Others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings: yes: moreover of bonds and imprisonment:Ps 71:7: I am as a wonder to many; but you are my strong refuge.Na 3:6: I will cast abominable filth upon you: and make you vile: and will set you as a gazingstock.Zec 3:8: Hear now: O Joshua the high priest: you: and your fellows that sit before you: for they are men wondered at: for: look: I will bring forth my servant the BRANCH.1Co 4:9: For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last: as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world: and to angels: and to men."by reproaches"Heb 11:26: Esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt: for He had respect to the recompence of the reward.Heb 13:13: Let us go forth therefore to him without the camp: bearing his reproach.Ps 69:9: For the zeal of your house has eaten me up; and the reproaches of them that reproached you are fallen upon me.Ps 74:22: Arise: O God: plead your own cause: remember how the foolish man reproaches you daily.Ps 79:12: Render to our neighbours sevenfold into their bosom their reproach: wherewith they have reproached you: O Lord.Ps 89:51: Wherewith your enemies have reproached: O LORD; wherewith they have reproached the footsteps of your anointed.Isa 51:7: Listen to me: you that know righteousness: the people in whose heart is my law; fear you not the reproach of men: neither be you afraid of their revilings.2Co 12:10: Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities: in reproaches: in necessities: in persecutions: in distresses for Christ's sake: for when I am weak: then am I strong."whilst"Php 1:7: Even as it is meet for me to think this of you all: because I have you in my heart; inasmuch as both in my bonds: and in the defence and confirmation of the gospel: you all are partakers of my grace.Php 4:14: Notwithstanding you have well done: that you did communicate with my affliction.1Th 2:14: For you: brothers: became followers of the churches of God which in Judaea are in Christ Jesus: for you also have suffered like things of your own countrymen: even as they have of the Jews:2Ti 1:8: 16-18: not Be you therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord: nor of me His prisoner: but be you partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;
και γαρ τοις δεσμοις μου συνεπαθησατε και την αρπαγην των υπαρχοντων υμων μετα χαρας προσεδεξασθε γινωσκοντες εχειν εν εαυτοις κρειττονα υπαρξιν εν ουρανοις και μενουσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
Both
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1198δεσμίοιςdesmiois (N-DMP) G1198 δέσμιος désmios des-mee-os from δεσμόν; a captive (as bound):--in bonds, prisoner.
|
δεσμίοιςdesmiois
|
prisoners
|
N-DMP
|
G4834συνεπαθήσατε,synepathēsate (V-AIA-2P) G4834 συμπαθέω sympathéō soom-path-eh-o from συμπαθής; to feel sympathy with, i.e. (by implication) to commiserate:--have compassion, be touched with a feeling of.
|
συνεπαθήσατε,synepathēsate
|
you sympathized,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G724ἁρπαγὴνharpagēn (N-AFS) G724 ἁρπαγή harpagḗ har-pag-ay from ἁρπάζω; pillage (properly abstract):--extortion, ravening, spoiling.
|
ἁρπαγὴνharpagēn
|
plundering
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5225ὑπαρχόντωνhyparchontōn (V-PPA-GNP) G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπαρχόντωνhyparchontōn
|
possessions
|
V-PPA-GNP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5479χαρᾶςcharas (N-GFS) G5479 χαρά chará khar-ah from χαίρω; cheerfulness, i.e. calm delight:--gladness, X greatly, (X be exceeding) joy(-ful, -fully, -fulness, -ous).
|
χαρᾶςcharas
|
joy
|
N-GFS
|
G4327προσεδέξασθε,prosedexasthe (V-AIM-2P) G4327 προσδέχομαι prosdéchomai pros-dekh-om-ahee from πρός and δέχομαι; to admit (to intercourse, hospitality, credence, or (figuratively) endurance); by implication, to await (with confidence or patience):--accept, allow, look (wait) for, take.
|
προσεδέξασθε,prosedexasthe
|
you accepted,
|
V-AIM-2P
|
G1097γινώσκοντεςginōskontes (V-PPA-NMP) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινώσκοντεςginōskontes
|
knowing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεινechein
|
to have
|
V-PNA
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
yourselves
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G2909κρείττονα*kreittona (Adj-AFS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρείττονα*kreittona
|
a better
|
Adj-AFS-C
|
G5223ὕπαρξινhyparxin (N-AFS) G5223 ὕπαρξις hýparxis hoop-arx-is from ὑπάρχω; existency or proprietorship, i.e. (concretely) property, wealth:--goods, substance.
|
ὕπαρξινhyparxin
|
possession,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3306μένουσαν.menousan (V-PPA-AFS) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μένουσαν.menousan
|
abiding.
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
34
For you had compassion of me in my bonds, and took joyfully the spoiling of your goods, knowing in yourselves that you have in heaven a better and an enduring substance.Hebrews 10:34
Stats
Counts: 167 characters, 29 words, 134 letters, 51 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γαρ τοις δεσμοις μου συνεπαθησατε και την αρπαγην των υπαρχοντων υμων μετα χαρας προσεδεξασθε γινωσκοντες εχειν εν εαυτοις κρειττονα υπαρξιν εν ουρανοις και μενουσαν
Lit: Both for with the prisoners you sympathized, and the plundering of the possessions of you with joy you accepted, knowing to have yourselves a better possession, and abiding.
KJV: For ye had compassion of me in my bonds, and took joyfully the spoiling of your goods, knowing in yourselves that ye have in heaven a better and an enduring substance.
References
"in my"Ac 21:33: Then the chief captain came near: and took him: and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was: and what he had done.Ac 28:20: For this cause therefore have I called for you: to see you: and to speak with you: because that for the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain.Eph 3:1: For this cause I Paul: the prisoner of Jesus Christ for you Gentiles: Eph 4:1: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: Eph 6:20: For which I am an ambassador in bonds: that therein I may speak boldly: as I ought to speak.Php 1:7: Even as it is meet for me to think this of you all: because I have you in my heart; inasmuch as both in my bonds: and in the defence and confirmation of the gospel: you all are partakers of my grace.2Ti 1:16: The Lord give mercy to the house of Onesiphorus; for He often refreshed me: and not was ashamed of my chain:2Ti 2:9: Wherein I suffer trouble: as an evil doer: even to bonds; but the word of God not is bound."and took"Mt 5:11: 12: Blessed are you: when men will revile you: and persecute you: and will say all manner of evil against you falsely: for my sake.Ac 5:41: They departed from the presence of the council: rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name.Jas 1:2: My brothers: count it all joy when you fall into divers temptations;"in yourselves that ye have"Mt 6:19: 20: not Lay up for yourselves treasures upon earth: where moth and rust does corrupt: and where thieves break through and steal:Mt 19:21: Jesus said to Him: If you will be perfect: go and sell that you have: and give to the poor: and you will have treasure in heaven: and come and follow me.Lu 10:42: But one thing is needful: and Mary has chosen that good part: which will not be taken away from her.Lu 12:33: Sell that you have: and give alms; provide yourselves bags which not wax old: a treasure in the heavens that fails not: where no thief approaches: neither moth corrupts.2Co 5:1: For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved: we have a building of God: an not house made with hands: eternal in the heavens.Col 1:5: For the hope which is laid up for you in heaven: whereof you heard before in the word of the truth of the gospel;Col 3:2-4: Set your affection on things above: not on things on the earth.1Ti 6:19: Laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against the time to come: that they may lay hold on eternal life.2Ti 4:8: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness: which the Lord: the righteous judge: will give me at that day: not and to me only: but to all them also that love His appearing.1Pe 1:4: To an inheritance incorruptible: and undefiled: and that fades not away: reserved in heaven for you: 1Jo 3:2: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is.
μη αποβαλητε ουν την παρρησιαν υμων ητις εχει μισθαποδοσιαν μεγαλην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G577ἀποβάλητεapobalēte (V-ASA-2P) G577 ἀποβάλλω apobállō ap-ob-al-lo from ἀπό and βάλλω; to throw off; figuratively, to lose:--cast away.
|
ἀποβάλητεapobalēte
|
throw away
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3954παρρησίανparrēsian (N-AFS) G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).
|
παρρησίανparrēsian
|
boldness
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
which
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
a great
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3405μισθαποδοσίαν.misthapodosian (N-AFS) G3405 μισθαποδοσία misthapodosía mis-thap-od-os-ee-ah from μισθαποδότης; requital (good or bad):--recompence of reward.
|
μισθαποδοσίαν.misthapodosian
|
reward.
|
N-AFS
|
35
not Cast away therefore your confidence, which has great recompence of reward.Hebrews 10:35
Stats
Rank: #2804 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 79 characters, 11 words, 66 letters, 25 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη αποβαλητε ουν την παρρησιαν υμων ητις εχει μισθαποδοσιαν μεγαλην
Lit: Not throw away therefore the boldness of you, which has a great reward.
KJV: Cast not away therefore your confidence, which hath great recompence of reward.
References
"Cast"Heb 3:6: 14: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 4:14: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession."great"Heb 11:26: Esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt: for He had respect to the recompence of the reward.Ps 19:11: Moreover by them is your servant warned: and in keeping of them there is great reward.Mt 5:12: Rejoice: and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.Mt 10:32: 42: Whoever therefore will confess me before men: Him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven.Lu 14:14: you will be blessed; for they cannot recompense you: for you will be recompensed at the resurrection of the just.1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.Ga 6:8-10: For He that'>He who sows'>sows to His flesh will of the flesh reap corruption; but He that'>He who sows'>sows to the Spirit will of the Spirit reap life everlasting.
υπομονης γαρ εχετε χρειαν ινα το θελημα του θεου ποιησαντες κομισησθε την επαγγελιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5281ὑπομονῆςhypomonēs (N-GFS) G5281 ὑπομονή hypomonḗ hoop-om-on-ay from ὑπομένω; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, constancy:--enduring, patience, patient continuance (waiting).
|
ὑπομονῆςhypomonēs
|
Of endurance
|
N-GFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PIA-2P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
You have
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS) G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need,
|
N-AFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that,
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2307θέλημαthelēma (N-ANS) G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θέλημαthelēma
|
will
|
N-ANS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G4160ποιήσαντεςpoiēsantes (V-APA-NMP) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαντεςpoiēsantes
|
having done,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2865κομίσησθεkomisēsthe (V-ASM-2P) G2865 κομίζω komízō kom-id-zo from a primary (to tend, i.e. take care of); properly, to provide for, i.e. (by implication) to carry off (as if from harm; genitive case obtain):--bring, receive.
|
κομίσησθεkomisēsthe
|
you may receive
|
V-ASM-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαν.epangelian (N-AFS) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαν.epangelian
|
promise.
|
N-AFS
|
36
For you have need of patience, that, after you have done the will of God, you might receive the promise.Hebrews 10:36
Stats
Counts: 101 characters, 17 words, 78 letters, 33 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: υπομονης γαρ εχετε χρειαν ινα το θελημα του θεου ποιησαντες κομισησθε την επαγγελιαν
Lit: Of endurance for You have need, so that, the will of God having done, you may receive the promise.
KJV: For ye have need of patience, that, after ye have done the will of God, ye might receive the promise.
References
"ye have"Heb 6:15: So: after he had patiently endured: he obtained the promise.Heb 12:1: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us: Ps 37:7: Rest in the LORD: and wait patiently for Him: not fret yourself because of Him who prospers in His way: because of the man who brings wicked devices to pass.Ps 40:1: A Psalm of David.>> I waited patiently for the LORD; and He inclined to me: and heard my cry.Mt 10:22: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved.Mt 24:13: But he who will endure to the end: the same will be saved.Lu 8:15: But that on the good ground are they: which in an ho and good heart: having heard the word: keep it: and bring forth fruit with patience.Lu 21:19: In your patience possess you your souls.Ro 2:7: To them who by patient continuance in well doing seek for glory and honour and immortality: eternal life:Ro 5:3: 4: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;Ro 8:25: But if we hope for that we not see: then do we with patience wait for it.Ro 15:4: 5: For whatever things were written aforetime were written for our learning: that we through patience and comfort of the scriptures might have hope.1Co 13:7: Bears all things: believes all things: hopes all things: endures all things.Ga 6:9: Let not us be weary in well doing: for in due season we will reap: if we not faint.Col 1:11: Strengthened with all might: according to his glorious power: to all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness;1Th 1:3: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;Jas 1:3: Knowing this: that the trying of your faith works patience.Jas 1:4: But let patience have her perfect work: that you may be perfect and entire: not wantinghing.Jas 5:7-11: Be patient therefore: brothers: to the coming of the Lord. Look: the husbandman waits for the precious fruit of the earth: and has long patience for it: until He receive the early and latter rain.Re 13:10: He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.Re 14:12: Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God: and the faith of Jesus."after"Heb 13:21: Make you perfect in every good work to do His will: working in you that which is wellpleasing in His sight: through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.Mt 7:21: Not every one that says to me: Lord: Lord: will enter into the kingdom of heaven; but He that'>He who does the will of my Father which is in heaven.Mt 12:50: For whoever will do the will of my Father which is in heaven: the same is my brother: and sister: and mother.Mt 21:31: Whether of them two did the will of His father? They say to Him: The first. Jesus says to them: Truly I say to you: That the publicans and the harlots go into the kingdom of God before you.Joh 7:17: If any man will do His will: He will know of the doctrine: whether it be of God: or whether I speak of myself.Ac 13:22: 36: When he had removed him: he raised up to them David to be their king; to whom also he gave testimony: and said: I have found David the son of Jesse: a man after my own heart: which will fulfil all my will.Ro 12:2: not be conformed to this world: but be you transformed by the renewing of your mind: that you may prove what is that good: and acceptable: and perfect: will of God.Eph 6:6: Not with eyeservice: as menpleasers; but as the servants of Christ: doing the will of God from the heart;Col 4:12: Epaphras: who is one of you: a servant of Christ: salutes you: always labouring fervently for you in prayers: that you may stand perfect and complete in all the will of God.1Jo 2:17: The world passs away: and the lust thereof: but He that'>He who does the will of God abides for ever."ye might"Heb 6:12: 15: 17: That you not be slothful: but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises.Heb 9:15: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.Col 3:24: Knowing that of the Lord you will receive the reward of the inheritance: for you serve the Lord Christ.1Pe 1:9: Receiving the end of your faith: even the salvation of your souls.
ετι γαρ μικρον οσον οσον ο ερχομενος ηξει και ου χρονιει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
Yet
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for,
|
Conj
|
G3398Μικρὸνmikron (Adj-AMS) G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
Μικρὸνmikron
|
A little
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3745ὅσονhoson (RelPro-AMS) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσονhoson
|
very
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3745ὅσον,hoson (RelPro-AMS) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσον,hoson
|
while,
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2064ἐρχόμενοςerchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενοςerchomenos
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2240ἥξειhēxei (V-FIA-3S) G2240 ἥκω hḗkō hay-ko a primary verb; to arrive, i.e. be present (literally or figuratively):--come.
|
ἥξειhēxei
|
will come,
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5549χρονίσει·chronisei (V-FIA-3S) G5549 χρονίζω chronízō khron-id-zo from χρόνος; to take time, i.e. linger:--delay, tarry.
|
χρονίσει·chronisei
|
will delay.
|
V-FIA-3S
|
37
For yet a little while, and he who will come will come, and not will tarry.Hebrews 10:37
Stats
Counts: 77 characters, 14 words, 59 letters, 20 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ετι γαρ μικρον οσον οσον ο ερχομενος ηξει και ου χρονιει
Lit: Yet for, A little very while, the One coming will come, and not will delay.
KJV: For yet a little while, and he that shall come will come, and will not tarry.
References
"For yet a little while, and he that shall come will come, and will not tarry."Isa 26:20: Come: my people: enter you into your chambers: and shut your doors about you: hide yourself as it were for a little moment: until the indignation be overpast.Isa 60:22: A little one will become a000: and a small one a strong nation: I the LORD will hasten it in His time.Hab 2:3: 4: For the vision is yet for an appointed time: but at the end it will speak: not and lie: though it tarry: wait for it; because it will surely come: it not will tarry.Lu 18:8: I tell you that He will avenge them speedily. Nevertheless when the Son of man comes: will He find faith on the earth?Jas 5:7-9: Be patient therefore: brothers: to the coming of the Lord. Look: the husbandman waits for the precious fruit of the earth: and has long patience for it: until He receive the early and latter rain.2Pe 3:8: But: beloved: not be ignorant of this one thing: that one day is with the Lord as a000 years: and a000 years as one day.Re 22:20: He which testifieth these things says: Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so: come: Lord Jesus.
ο δε δικαιος εκ πιστεως ζησεται και εαν υποστειληται ουκ ευδοκει η ψυχη μου εν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1342δίκαιόςdikaios (Adj-NMS) G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δίκαιόςdikaios
|
righteous
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Mine
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεωςpisteōs
|
faith
|
N-GFS
|
G2198ζήσεται,zēsetai (V-FIM-3S) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζήσεται,zēsetai
|
will live;
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5288ὑποστείληται,hyposteilētai (V-ASM-3S) G5288 ὑποστέλλω hypostéllō hoop-os-tel-lo from ὑπό and στέλλω; to withhold under (out of sight), i.e. (reflexively) to cower or shrink, (figuratively) to conceal (reserve):--draw (keep) back, shun, withdraw.
|
ὑποστείληται,hyposteilētai
|
he might shrink back,
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2106εὐδοκεῖeudokei (V-PIA-3S) G2106 εὐδοκέω eudokéō yoo-dok-eh-o from εὖ and δοκέω; to think well of, i.e. approve (an act); specially, to approbate (a person or thing):--think good, (be well) please(-d), be the good (have, take) pleasure, be willing.
|
εὐδοκεῖeudokei
|
takes pleasure
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5590ψυχήpsychē (N-NFS) G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχήpsychē
|
soul
|
N-NFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
him.”
|
PPro-DM3S
|
38
Now the just will live by faith: but if any man draw back, my soul will have no pleasure in him.Hebrews 10:38
Stats
Rank: #3237 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 19 words, 75 letters, 26 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε δικαιος εκ πιστεως ζησεται και εαν υποστειληται ουκ ευδοκει η ψυχη μου εν αυτω
Lit: The one however righteous of Mine by faith will live; and if he might shrink back, not takes pleasure the soul of Me in him.”
KJV: Now the just shall live by faith: but if any man draw back, my soul shall have no pleasure in him.
References
"the just"Hab 2:4: Look: his soul which is lifted up not is upright in him: but the just will live by his faith.Ro 1:17: For therein is the righteousness of God revealed from faith to faith: as it is written: The just will live by faith.Ga 3:11: But that no man is justified by the law in the sight of God: it is evident: for: The just will live by faith."but"Heb 10:26: 27: For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth: there remains no more sacrifice for sins: Heb 6:4-6: For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened: and have tasted of the heavenly gift: and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost: Ps 85:8: I will hear what God the LORD will speak: for He will speak peace to His people: and to His saints: but let not them turn again to folly.Eze 3:20: Again: When a righteous man does turn from his righteousness: and commit iniquity: and I lay a stumblingblock before him: he will die: because you have not given him warning: he will die in his sin: and his righteousness which he has done will not be remembered; but his blood will I require at your hand.Eze 18:24: But when the righteous turns away from his righteousness: and commits iniquity: and does'>does according to all the abominations that the wicked man does'>does: will he live? All his righteousness that he has done will not be mentioned: in his trespass that he has trespassed: and in his sin that he has sinned: in them will he die.Zep 1:6: Them that are turned back from the LORD; and those that not have sought the LORD: nor inquired for Him.Mt 12:43-45: When the unclean spirit is gone out of a man: he walks through dry places: seeking rest: and finds none.Mt 13:21: Yet has not he root in himself: but endures for a while: for when tribulation or persecution arises because of the word: soon he is offended.2Pe 2:19-22: While they promise them liberty: they themselves are the servants of corruption: for of whom a man is overcome: of the same is he brought in bondage.1Jo 2:19: They went out from us: but they not were of us; for if they had been of us: they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out: that they might be made manifest that they not were all of us."my"Ps 5:4: For you are not a God that has pleasure in wickedness: neither will evil dwell with you.Ps 147:11: The LORD takes pleasure in them that fear Him: in those that hope in His mercy.Ps 149:4: For the LORD takes pleasure in His people: He will beautify the meek with salvation.Isa 42:1: Look my servant: whom I uphold; my elect: in whom my soul delights; I have put my spirit upon him: he will bring forth judgment to the Gentiles.Mal 1:10: Who is there even among you that would shut the doors for nought? neither do you kindle fire on my altar for nought. I have no pleasure in you: says the LORD of hosts: neither will I accept an offering at your hand.Mt 12:18: Look my servant: whom I have chosen; my beloved: in whom my soul is well pleased: I will put my spirit upon him: and he will show judgment to the Gentiles.1Th 2:15: Who both killed the Lord Jesus: and their own prophets: and have persecuted us; and they not please God: and are contrary to all men:
ημεις δε ουκ εσμεν υποστολης εις απωλειαν αλλα πιστεως εις περιποιησιν ψυχης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473Ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
Ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
We
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἐσμὲνesmen (V-PIA-1P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμὲνesmen
|
are
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G5289ὑποστολῆςhypostolēs (N-GFS) G5289 ὑποστολή hypostolḗ hoop-os-tol-ay from ὑποστέλλω; shrinkage (timidity), i.e. (by implication) apostasy:--draw back.
|
ὑποστολῆςhypostolēs
|
of those drawing back
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G684ἀπώλειαν,apōleian (N-AFS) G684 ἀπώλεια apṓleia ap-o-li-a from a presumed derivative of ἀπόλλυμι; ruin or loss (physical, spiritual or eternal):--damnable(-nation), destruction, die, perdition, X perish, pernicious ways, waste.
|
ἀπώλειαν,apōleian
|
destruction,
|
N-AFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεωςpisteōs
|
of faith
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4047περιποίησινperipoiēsin (N-AFS) G4047 περιποίησις peripoíēsis per-ee-poy-ay-sis from περιποιέομαι; acquisition (the act or the thing); by extension, preservation:--obtain(-ing), peculiar, purchased, possession, saving.
|
περιποίησινperipoiēsin
|
the preserving
|
N-AFS
|
G5590ψυχῆς.psychēs (N-GFS) G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχῆς.psychēs
|
of the soul.
|
N-GFS
|
39
But we not are of them who draw back to perdition; but of them that believe to the saving of the soul.Hebrews 10:39
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 21 words, 81 letters, 32 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημεις δε ουκ εσμεν υποστολης εις απωλειαν αλλα πιστεως εις περιποιησιν ψυχης
Lit: We however not are of those drawing back to destruction, but of faith to the preserving of the soul.
KJV: But we are not of them who draw back unto perdition; but of them that believe to the saving of the soul.
References
"we are"Heb 6:6-9: If they will fall away: to renew them again to repentance; seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh: and put Him to an open shame.1Sa 15:11: It repents me that I have set up Saul to be king: for He is turned back from following me: and has not performed my commandments. And it grieved Samuel; and He cried to the LORD all night.Ps 44:18: Our heart not is turned back: neither have our steps declined from your way;Pr 1:32: For the turning away of the simple will kill them: and the prosperity of fools will destroy them.Pr 14:14: The backslider in heart will be filled with his own ways: and a good man will be satisfied from himself.Lu 11:26: Then goes he: and takes to him 7 other spirits more wicked than himself; and they enter in: and dwell there: and the last state of that man is worse than the first.1Jo 5:16: If any man see his brother sin a sin which is not to death: he will ask: and he will give him life for them that not sin to death. There is a sin to death: I not do say that he will pray for it.Jude 1:12: 13: These are spots in your feasts of charity: when they feast with you: feeding themselves without fear: clouds they are without water: carried about of winds; trees whose fruit withers: without fruit: twice dead: plucked up by the roots;"unto"Heb 10:26: For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth: there remains no more sacrifice for sins: Joh 17:12: While I was with them in the world: I kept them in your name: those that you gave me I have kept: and none of them is lost: but the son of perdition; that the scripture might be fulfilled.2Th 2:3: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day will not come: except there come a falling away first: and that man of sin be revealed: the son of perdition;1Ti 6:9: But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare: and into many foolish and hurtful lusts: which drown men in destruction and perdition.2Pe 3:7: But the heavens and the earth: which are now: by the same word are kept in store: reserved to fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men.Re 17:8: 11: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is."but"Heb 11:1: Now faith is the substance of things hoped for: the evidence of not things seen.Mr 16:16: He who believes'>believes and is baptized will be saved; but he who believes'>believes not will be damned.Joh 3:15: 16: That whoever believes in him not should perish: but have eternal life.Joh 5:24: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who hears my word: and believes on him that sent me: has everlasting life: and will not come into condemnation; but is passed from death to life.Joh 6:40: This is the will of Him that sent me: that every one which sees the Son: and believes on Him: may have everlasting life: and I will raise Him up at the last day.Joh 20:31: But these are written: that you might believe that Jesus is the Christ: the Son of God; and that believing you might have life through His name.Ac 16:30: 31: Brought them out: and said: Sirs: what must I do to be saved?Ro 10:9: 10: That if you will confess with your mouth the Lord Jesus: and will believe in your heart that God has raised Him from the dead: you will be saved.1Th 5:9: For God has not appointed us to wrath: but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ: 2Th 2:12-14: That they all might be damned who not believed the truth: but had pleasure in unrighteousness.1Pe 1:5: Who are kept by the power of God through faith to salvation ready to be revealed in the last time.1Jo 5:5: Who is He that'>He who overcomes the world: but He that'>He who believes that Jesus is the Son of God?
11
Follow Great Models of Faith
Faith and Assurance
εστιν δε πιστις ελπιζομενων υποστασις πραγματων ελεγχος ου βλεπομενων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1510ἜστινEstin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἜστινEstin
|
Is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4102πίστιςpistis (N-NFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστιςpistis
|
faith
|
N-NFS
|
G1679ἐλπιζομένωνelpizomenōn (V-PPM/P-GNP) G1679 ἐλπίζω elpízō el-pid-zo from ἐλπίς; to expect or confide:--(have, thing) hope(-d) (for), trust.
|
ἐλπιζομένωνelpizomenōn
|
of things hoped for
|
V-PPM/P-GNP
|
G5287ὑπόστασις,hypostasis (N-NFS) G5287 ὑπόστασις hypóstasis hoop-os-tas-is from a compound of ὑπό and ἵστημι; a setting under (support), i.e. (figuratively) concretely, essence, or abstractly, assurance (objectively or subjectively):--confidence, confident, person, substance.
|
ὑπόστασις,hypostasis
|
the assurance,
|
N-NFS
|
G4229πραγμάτωνpragmatōn (N-GNP) G4229 πρᾶγμα prâgma prag-mah from πράσσω; a deed; by implication, an affair; by extension, an object (material):--business, matter, thing, work.
|
πραγμάτωνpragmatōn
|
of things
|
N-GNP
|
G1650ἔλεγχοςelenchos (N-NMS) G1650 ἔλεγχος élenchos el-eng-khos from ἐλέγχω; proof, conviction:--evidence, reproof.
|
ἔλεγχοςelenchos
|
the conviction
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G991βλεπομένων.blepomenōn (V-PPM/P-GNP) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλεπομένων.blepomenōn
|
being seen.
|
V-PPM/P-GNP
|
1
Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of not things seen.Hebrews 11:1
Stats
Rank: #44 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 23 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: εστιν δε πιστις ελπιζομενων υποστασις πραγματων ελεγχος ου βλεπομενων
Lit: Is now faith of things hoped for the assurance, of things the conviction not being seen.
KJV: Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.
References
"faith"Heb 11:13: These all died in faith: not having received the promises: but having seen them afar off: and were persuaded of them: and embraced them: and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth.Heb 10:22: 39: Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith: having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience: and our bodies washed with pure water.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.1Co 13:13: Now abides faith: hope: charity: these 3; but the great of these is charity.Ga 5:6: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.Tit 1:1: Paul: a servant of God: and an apostle of Jesus Christ: according to the faith of God's elect: and the acknowledging of the truth which is after godliness;1Pe 1:7: That the trial of your faith: being much more precious than of gold that perishes: though it be tried with fire: might be found to praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ:2Pe 1:1: Simon Peter: a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ: to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ:"is the"Ps 27:13: I had fainted: unless I had believed to see the goodness of the LORD in the land of the living.Ps 42:11: Why are you cast down: O my soul? and why are you disquieted within me? hope you in God: for I will yet praise Him: who is the health of my face: and my God."substance"Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Heb 3:14: For we are made partakers of Christ: if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast to the end;2Co 9:4: Lest haply if they of Macedonia come with me: and find you unprepared: we (that we not say: you) should be ashamed in this same confident boasting.2Co 11:17: That which I speak: I speak it not after the Lord: but as it were foolishly: in this confidence of boasting."hoped"Heb 6:12: 18: 19: That you not be slothful: but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises."the evidence"Heb 11:7: 27: By faith Noah: being warned of God of not things seen as yet: moved with fear: prepared an ark to the saving of His house; by the which He condemned the world: and became heir of the righteousness which is by faith.Ro 8:24: 25: For we are saved by hope: but hope that is seen not is hope: for what a man sees: why does he yet hope for?2Co 4:18: While we not look at the things which are seen: but at the things which not are seen: for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which not are seen are eternal.2Co 5:17: Therefore if any man be in Christ: He is a new creature: old things are passed away; look: all things are become new.1Pe 1:8: Whom not having seen: you love; in whom: though now you see him not: yet believing: you rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory:
εν ταυτη γαρ εμαρτυρηθησαν οι πρεσβυτεροι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3778ταύτῃtautē (DPro-DFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃtautē
|
this
|
DPro-DFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3140ἐμαρτυρήθησανemartyrēthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
ἐμαρτυρήθησανemartyrēthēsan
|
were commended
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροι.presbyteroi (Adj-NMP) G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροι.presbyteroi
|
ancients.
|
Adj-NMP
|
2
For by it the elders obtained a good report.Hebrews 11:2
Stats
Rank: #8135 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 44 characters, 9 words, 35 letters, 14 vowels, 21 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν ταυτη γαρ εμαρτυρηθησαν οι πρεσβυτεροι
Lit: In this for were commended the ancients.
KJV: For by it the elders obtained a good report.
πιστει νοουμεν κατηρτισθαι τους αιωνας ρηματι θεου εις το μη εκ φαινομενων τα βλεπομενα γεγονεναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G3539νοοῦμενnooumen (V-PIA-1P) G3539 νοιέω noiéō noy-eh-o from νοῦς; to exercise the mind (observe), i.e. (figuratively) to comprehend, heed:--consider, perceive, think, understand.
|
νοοῦμενnooumen
|
we understand
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2675κατηρτίσθαιkatērtisthai (V-RNM/P) G2675 καταρτίζω katartízō kat-ar-tid-zo from κατά and a derivative of ἄρτιος; to complete thoroughly, i.e. repair (literally or figuratively) or adjust:--fit, frame, mend, (make) perfect(-ly join together), prepare, restore.
|
κατηρτίσθαιkatērtisthai
|
to have been formed
|
V-RNM/P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
universe
|
N-AMP
|
G4487ῥήματιrhēmati (N-DNS) G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥήματιrhēmati
|
by the word
|
N-DNS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
so that
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
which
|
Art-ANS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from things
|
Prep
|
G5316φαινομένωνphainomenōn (V-PPM/P-GNP) G5316 φαίνω phaínō fah-ee-no prolongation for the base of φῶς; to lighten (shine), i.e. show (transitive or intransitive, literal or figurative):-- appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think.
|
φαινομένωνphainomenōn
|
being visible,
|
V-PPM/P-GNP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the things
|
Art-ANS
|
G991βλεπόμενονblepomenon (V-PPM/P-ANS) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλεπόμενονblepomenon
|
being seen
|
V-PPM/P-ANS
|
G1096γεγονέναι.gegonenai (V-RNA) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγονέναι.gegonenai
|
have been made.
|
V-RNA
|
3
Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen not were made of things which do appear.Hebrews 11:3
Stats
Rank: #884 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 146 characters, 27 words, 117 letters, 39 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει νοουμεν κατηρτισθαι τους αιωνας ρηματι θεου εις το μη εκ φαινομενων τα βλεπομενα γεγονεναι
Lit: By faith we understand to have been formed the universe by the word of God, so that which not from things being visible, the things being seen have been made.
KJV: Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear.
References
"faith"Heb 1:2: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;Ge 1:1-31: In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.Ge 2:1: Thus the heavens and the earth were finished: and all the host of them.Ps 33:6: By the word of the LORD were the heavens made; and all the host of them by the breath of His mouth.Isa 40:26: Lift up your eyes on high: and look who has created these things: that brings out their host by number: he calls them all by names by the greatness of his might: for that he is strong in power; not one fails.Jer 10:11: 16: Thus will you say to them: The gods that not have made the heavens and the earth: even they will perish from the earth: and from under these heavens.Joh 1:3: All things were made by him; and without him not was any thing made that was made.Ac 14:15: Saying: Sirs: why do you these things? We also are men of like passions with you: and preach to you that you should turn from these vanities to the living God: which made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all things that are therein:Ac 17:24: God that made the world and all things therein: seeing that He is Lord of heaven and earth: dwells not in temples made with hands;Ro 1:19-21: Because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God has showed it to them.Ro 4:17: (As it is written: I have made you a father of many nations: ) before Him whom He believed: even God: who quickens the dead: and calls those things which not be as though they were.2Pe 3:5: For this they willingly are ignorant of: that by the word of God the heavens were of old: and the earth standing out of the water and in the water:Re 4:11: You are worthy: O Lord: to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things: and for your pleasure they are and were created.
The Greatest Men and Women of Faith
πιστει πλειονα θυσιαν αβελ παρα καιν προσηνεγκεν τω θεω δι ης εμαρτυρηθη ειναι δικαιος μαρτυρουντος επι τοις δωροις αυτου του θεου και δι αυτης αποθανων ετι {VAR1: λαλειται } {VAR2: λαλει }
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G4119πλείοναpleiona (Adj-AFS-C) G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείοναpleiona
|
a more excellent
|
Adj-AFS-C
|
G2378θυσίανthysian (N-AFS) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίανthysian
|
sacrifice
|
N-AFS
|
G6ἍβελHabel (N-NMS) G6 Ἄβελ Ábel ab-el of Hebrew origin (הֶבֶל); Abel, the son of Adam:--Abel.
|
ἍβελHabel
|
Abel
|
N-NMS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
than
|
Prep
|
G2535ΚάϊνKain (N-AMS) G2535 Κάϊν Káïn kah-in of Hebrew origin (קַיִן); Cain, (i.e. Cajin), the son of Adam:--Cain.
|
ΚάϊνKain
|
Cain
|
N-AMS
|
G4374προσήνεγκενprosēnenken (V-AIA-3S) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσήνεγκενprosēnenken
|
offered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
to God,
|
N-DMS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G3140ἐμαρτυρήθηemartyrēthē (V-AIP-3S) G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
ἐμαρτυρήθηemartyrēthē
|
he was testified
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G1342δίκαιος,dikaios (Adj-NMS) G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δίκαιος,dikaios
|
righteous,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3140μαρτυροῦντοςmartyrountos (V-PPA-GMS) G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυροῦντοςmartyrountos
|
bearing witness
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1435δώροιςdōrois (N-DNP) G1435 δῶρον dōron do-ron, Noun Neuter
|
δώροιςdōrois
|
gifts
|
N-DNP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God;
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
it,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G599ἀποθανὼνapothanōn (V-APA-NMS) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθανὼνapothanōn
|
having died,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
still
|
Adv
|
G2980λαλεῖ.lalei (V-PIA-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖ.lalei
|
he speaks.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
4
By faith Abel offered to God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain, by which He obtained witness that He was righteous, God testifying of His gifts: and by it He being dead yet speaketh.
Hebrews 11:4
Stats
Rank: #2994 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 187 characters, 31 words, 150 letters, 56 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει πλειονα θυσιαν αβελ παρα καιν προσηνεγκεν τω θεω δι ης εμαρτυρηθη ειναι δικαιος μαρτυρουντος επι τοις δωροις αυτου του θεου και δι αυτης αποθανων ετι {VAR1: λαλειται } {VAR2: λαλει }
Lit: By faith a more excellent sacrifice Abel than Cain offered to God, through which he was testified to be righteous, bearing witness to the gifts of him God; and through it, having died, still he speaks.
KJV: By faith Abel offered unto God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain, by which he obtained witness that he was righteous, God testifying of his gifts: and by it he being dead yet speaketh.
References
"faith"Ge 4:3-5: 15: 25: In process of time it came to pass: that Cain brought of the fruit of the ground an offering to the LORD.1Jo 3:11: 12: For this is the message that you heard from the beginning: that we should love one another."a more"Heb 9:22: Almost all things are by the law purged with blood; and without shedding of blood is no remission.Pr 15:8: The sacrifice of the wicked is an abomination to the LORD: but the prayer of the upright is His delight.Pr 21:27: The sacrifice of the wicked is abomination: how much more: when he brings it with a wicked mind?Tit 1:16: They profess that they know God; but in works they deny Him: being abominable: and disobedient: and to every good work reprobate.Jude 1:11: Woe to them! for they have gone in the way of Cain: and ran greedily after the error of Balaam for reward: and perished in the gainsaying of Core."he obtained"Le 9:24: There came a fire out from before the LORD: and consumed upon the altar the burnt offering and the fat: which when all the people saw: they shouted: and fell on their faces.1Ki 18:38: Then the fire of the LORD fell: and consumed the burnt sacrifice: and the wood: and the stones: and the dust: and licked up the water that was in the trench.Mt 23:35: That upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth: from the blood of righteous Abel to the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias: whom you killed between the temple and the altar.Lu 11:51: From the blood of Abel to the blood of Zacharias: which perished between the altar and the temple: truly I say to you: It will be required of this generation."and by"Heb 12:1: 24: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us: Ge 4:10: He said: What have you done? the voice of your brother's blood cries to me from the ground.Mt 23:35: That upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth: from the blood of righteous Abel to the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias: whom you killed between the temple and the altar.
πιστει ενωχ μετετεθη του μη ιδειν θανατον και ουχ ευρισκετο διοτι μετεθηκεν αυτον ο θεος προ γαρ της μεταθεσεως αυτου μεμαρτυρηται ευηρεστηκεναι τω θεω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G1802ἙνὼχHenōch (N-NMS) G1802 Ἐνώχ Enṓch en-oke of Hebrew origin (חֲנוֹךְ); Enoch (i.e. Chanok), an antediluvian:--Enoch.
|
ἙνὼχHenōch
|
Enoch
|
N-NMS
|
G3346μετετέθηmetetethē (V-AIP-3S) G3346 μετατίθημι metatíthēmi met-at-ith-ay-mee from μετά and τίθημι; to transfer, i.e. (literally) transport, (by implication) exchange, (reflexively) change sides, or (figuratively) pervert:--carry over, change, remove, translate, turn.
|
μετετέθηmetetethē
|
was translated,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3708ἰδεῖνidein (V-ANA) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδεῖνidein
|
to see
|
V-ANA
|
G2288θάνατον,thanaton (N-AMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατον,thanaton
|
death;
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147ηὑρίσκετοhēurisketo (V-IIM/P-3S) G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
ηὑρίσκετοhēurisketo
|
was he found,
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1360διότιdioti (Conj) G1360 διότι dióti dee-ot-ee from διά and ὅτι; on the very account that, or inasmuch as:--because (that), for, therefore.
|
διότιdioti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3346μετέθηκενmetethēken (V-AIA-3S) G3346 μετατίθημι metatíthēmi met-at-ith-ay-mee from μετά and τίθημι; to transfer, i.e. (literally) transport, (by implication) exchange, (reflexively) change sides, or (figuratively) pervert:--carry over, change, remove, translate, turn.
|
μετέθηκενmetethēken
|
had taken up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.
|
N-NMS
|
G4253πρὸpro (Prep) G4253 πρό pró pro a primary preposition; fore, i.e. in front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to:--above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations.
|
πρὸpro
|
Before
|
Prep
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3331μεταθέσεωςmetatheseōs (N-GFS) G3331 μετάθεσις metáthesis met-ath-es-is from μετατίθημι; transposition, i.e. transferral (to heaven), disestablishment (of a law):--change, removing, translation.
|
μεταθέσεωςmetatheseōs
|
translation,
|
N-GFS
|
G3140μεμαρτύρηταιmemartyrētai (V-RIM/P-3S) G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μεμαρτύρηταιmemartyrētai
|
he was commended
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G2100εὐαρεστηκέναιeuarestēkenai (V-RNA) G2100 εὐαρεστέω euarestéō yoo-ar-es-teh-o from εὐάρεστος; to gratify entirely:--please (well).
|
εὐαρεστηκέναιeuarestēkenai
|
to have pleased
|
V-RNA
|
G2316Θεῷ·Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ·Theō
|
God.
|
N-DMS
|
5
By faith Enoch was translated that He not should see death; and not was found, because God had translated Him: for before His translation He had this testimony, that He pleased God.Hebrews 11:5
Stats
Rank: #3029 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 181 characters, 28 words, 145 letters, 53 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει ενωχ μετετεθη του μη ιδειν θανατον και ουχ ευρισκετο διοτι μετεθηκεν αυτον ο θεος προ γαρ της μεταθεσεως αυτου μεμαρτυρηται ευηρεστηκεναι τω θεω
Lit: By faith Enoch was translated, not to see death; and not was he found, because had taken up him God. Before for the translation, he was commended to have pleased God.
KJV: By faith Enoch was translated that he should not see death; and was not found, because God had translated him: for before his translation he had this testimony, that he pleased God.
References
"Enoch"Ge 5:22-24: Enoch walked with God after He begot Methuselah 300 years: and begot sons and daughters:Lu 3:37: Which was the son of Mathusala: which was the son of Enoch: which was the son of Jared: which was the son of Maleleel: which was the son of Cainan: Jude 1:14: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints: "translated"2Ki 2:11: It came to pass: as they still went on: and talked: that: look: there appeared a chariot of fire: and horses of fire: and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.Ps 89:48: What man is he who lives: and will not see death? will he deliver his soul from the hand of the grave? Selah.Joh 8:51: 52: Truly: truly: I say to you: If a man keep my saying: he will never see death."and was"2Ki 2:16: 17: They said to Him: Look now: there be with your servants 50 strong men; let them go: we pray you: and seek your master: lest perhaps the Spirit of the LORD has taken Him up: and cast Him upon some mountain: or into some valley. And He said: You will not send.Jer 36:26: But the king commanded Jerahmeel the son of Hammelech: and Seraiah the son of Azriel: and Shelemiah the son of Abdeel: to take Baruch the scribe and Jeremiah the prophet: but the LORD hid them.Re 11:9-12: They of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations will see their dead bodies 3 days and an half: and will not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves."this testimony"Heb 11:3: 4: Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God: so that things which are seen not were made of things which do appear."that he"Heb 11:6: But without faith it is impossible to please Him: for He that'>He who comes to God must believe that He is: and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.Ge 5:22: Enoch walked with God after He begot Methuselah 300 years: and begot sons and daughters:Ro 8:8: 9: So then they that are in the flesh cannot please God.1Th 2:4: But as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel: even so we speak; not as pleasing men: but God: which tries our hearts.1Jo 3:22: whatever we ask: we receive of him: because we keep his commandments: and do those things that are pleasing in his sight.
χωρις δε πιστεως αδυνατον ευαρεστησαι πιστευσαι γαρ δει τον προσερχομενον τω θεω οτι εστιν και τοις εκζητουσιν αυτον μισθαποδοτης γινεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
Without
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεωςpisteōs
|
faith,
|
N-GFS
|
G102ἀδύνατονadynaton (Adj-NNS) G102 ἀδύνατος adýnatos ad-oo-nat-os from Α (as a negative particle) and δυνατός; unable, i.e. weak (literally or figuratively); passively, impossible:--could not do, impossible, impotent, not possible, weak.
|
ἀδύνατονadynaton
|
it is impossible
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2100εὐαρεστῆσαι·euarestēsai (V-ANA) G2100 εὐαρεστέω euarestéō yoo-ar-es-teh-o from εὐάρεστος; to gratify entirely:--please (well).
|
εὐαρεστῆσαι·euarestēsai
|
to please Him.
|
V-ANA
|
G4100πιστεῦσαιpisteusai (V-ANA) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεῦσαιpisteusai
|
To believe
|
V-ANA
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S) G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the one
|
Art-AMS
|
G4334προσερχόμενονproserchomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS) G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσερχόμενονproserchomenon
|
drawing near
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
to God,
|
N-DMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
He exists,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and that
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G1567ἐκζητοῦσινekzētousin (V-PPA-DMP) G1567 ἐκζητέω ekzētéō ek-zay-teh-o from ἐκ and ζητέω; to search out, i.e. (figuratively)investigate, crave, demand, (by Hebraism) worship:--en- (re-)quire, seek after (carefully, diligently).
|
ἐκζητοῦσινekzētousin
|
earnestly seeking out
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3406μισθαποδότηςmisthapodotēs (N-NMS) G3406 μισθαποδότης misthapodótēs mis-thap-od-ot-ace from μισθόω and ἀποδίδωμι; a renumerator:--rewarder.
|
μισθαποδότηςmisthapodotēs
|
a rewarder
|
N-NMS
|
G1096γίνεται.ginetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεται.ginetai
|
He becomes.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
6
But without faith it is impossible to please Him: for He that'>He who comes to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.Hebrews 11:6
Stats
Rank: #87 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 164 characters, 27 words, 126 letters, 49 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: χωρις δε πιστεως αδυνατον ευαρεστησαι πιστευσαι γαρ δει τον προσερχομενον τω θεω οτι εστιν και τοις εκζητουσιν αυτον μισθαποδοτης γινεται
Lit: Without now faith, it is impossible to please Him. To believe for it behooves the one drawing near to God, that He exists, and that to those earnestly seeking out Him, a rewarder He becomes.
KJV: But without faith it is impossible to please [him]: for he that cometh to God must believe that he is, and [that] he is a rewarder of them that diligently seek him.
References
"without"Heb 3:12: 18: 19: Take heed: brothers: lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief: in departing from the living God.Heb 4:2: 6: For to us was the gospel preached: as well as to them: but the word preached not did profit them: not being mixed with faith in them that heard it.Nu 14:11: The LORD said to Moses: How long will this people provoke me? and how long will it be ere they believe me: for all the signs which I have showed among them?Nu 20:12: The LORD spoke to Moses and Aaron: Because you believed not me: to sanctify me in the eyes of the children of Israel: therefore you will not bring this congregation into the land which I have given them.Ps 78:22: 32: Because they not believed in God: and not trusted in His salvation:Ps 106:21: 22: 24: They forgot God their saviour: which had done great things in Egypt;Isa 7:9: The head of Ephraim is Samaria: and the head of Samaria is Remaliah's son. If you not will believe: surely you will not be established.Mr 16:17: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Joh 3:18: 19: He who believes'>believes on Him not is condemned: but He that'>He who believes'>believes not is condemned already: because He has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God.Joh 8:24: I said therefore to you: that you will die in your sins: for if you not believe that I am he: you will die in your sins.Ga 5:6: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death."he that"Heb 7:25: For what reason He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come to God by Him: seeing He ever lives to make intercession for them.Job 21:14: Therefore they say to God: Depart from us; for we not desire the knowledge of your ways.Ps 73:28: But it is good for me to draw near to God: I have put my trust in the Lord GOD: that I may declare all your works.Isa 55:3: Incline your ear: and come to me: hear: and your soul will live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you: even the sure mercies of David.Jer 2:31: O generation: see you the word of the LORD. Have I been a wilderness to Israel? a land of darkness? for what reason say my people: We are lords; we will come no more to you?Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me."must"Ro 10:14: How then will they call on him in whom they not have believed? and how will they believe in him of whom they not have heard? and how will they hear without a preacher?"a rewarder"Heb 11:26: Esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt: for He had respect to the recompence of the reward.Ge 15:1: After these things the word of the LORD came to Abram in a vision: saying: not Fear: Abram: I am your shield: and your exceeding great reward.Ru 2:12: The LORD recompense your work: and a full reward be given you of the LORD God of Israel: under whose wings you are come to trust.Ps 58:11: So that a man will say: Truly there is a reward for the righteous: truly He is a God that judges in the earth.Pr 11:18: The wicked works a deceitful work: but to him that sows righteousness will be a sure reward.Mt 5:12: Rejoice: and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.Mt 6:1: 2: 5: 16: Take heed that you not do your alms before men: to be seen of them: otherwise you have no reward of your Father which is in heaven.Mt 10:41: 42: He who receives'>receives a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a prophet's reward; and he who receives'>receives a righteous man in the name of a righteous man will receive a righteous man's reward.Lu 6:35: But love you your enemies: and do good: and lend: hoping not forhing again; and your reward will be great: and you will be the children of the High: for he is kind to the unthankful and to the evil."diligently"1Ch 28:9: you: Solomon my son: know you the God of your father: and serve Him with a perfect heart and with a willing mind: for the LORD searches all hearts: and understands all the imaginations of the thoughts: if you seek Him: He will be found of you; but if you forsake Him: He will cast you off for ever.Ps 105:3: 4: Glory you in His holy name: let the heart of them rejoice that seek the LORD.Ps 119:10: With my whole heart have I sought you: O let not me wander from your commandments.Pr 8:17: I love them that love me; and those that seek me early will find me.Song 3:1-4: By night on my bed I sought him whom my soul loves: I sought him: but I found not him.Jer 29:13: 14: you will seek me: and find me: when you will search for me with all your heart.Mt 6:33: But seek you first the kingdom of God: and His righteousness; and all these things will be added to you.Lu 12:31: But rather seek you the kingdom of God; and all these things will be added to you.2Pe 1:5: 10: Beside this: giving all diligence: add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge;2Pe 3:14: For what reason: beloved: seeing that you look for such things: be diligent that you may be found of him in peace: without spot: and blameless.
πιστει χρηματισθεις νωε περι των μηδεπω βλεπομενων ευλαβηθεις κατεσκευασεν κιβωτον εις σωτηριαν του οικου αυτου δι ης κατεκρινεν τον κοσμον και της κατα πιστιν δικαιοσυνης εγενετο κληρονομος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G5537χρηματισθεὶςchrēmatistheis (V-APP-NMS) G5537 χρηματίζω chrēmatízō khray-mat-id-zo from χρῆμα; to utter an oracle (compare the original sense of χράομαι), i.e. divinely intimate; by implication, (compare the secular sense of χρεία) to constitute a firm for business, i.e. (generally) bear as a title:--be called, be admonished (warned) of God, reveal, speak.
|
χρηματισθεὶςchrēmatistheis
|
having been divinely instructed
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3575ΝῶεNōe (N-NMS) G3575 Νῶε Nōe no-eh of Hebrew origin (נֹחַ); Noë, (i.e. Noäch), a patriarch:--Noe.
|
ΝῶεNōe
|
Noah
|
N-NMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the things
|
Art-GNP
|
G3369μηδέπωmēdepō (Adv) G3369 μηδέπω mēdépō may-dep-o from μηδέ and -πω; not even yet:--not yet.
|
μηδέπωmēdepō
|
not yet
|
Adv
|
G991βλεπομένων,blepomenōn (V-PPM/P-GNP) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλεπομένων,blepomenōn
|
seen,
|
V-PPM/P-GNP
|
G2125εὐλαβηθεὶςeulabētheis (V-APP-NMS) G2125 εὐλαβέομαι eulabéomai yoo-lab-eh-om-ahee middle voice from εὐλαβής; to be circumspect, i.e. (by implication) to be apprehensive; religiously, to reverence:--(moved with) fear.
|
εὐλαβηθεὶςeulabētheis
|
having been moved with fear,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G2680κατεσκεύασενkateskeuasen (V-AIA-3S) G2680 κατασκευάζω kataskeuázō kat-ask-yoo-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to prepare thoroughly (properly, by external equipment; whereas ἑτοιμάζω refers rather to internal fitness); by implication, to construct, create:--build, make, ordain, prepare.
|
κατεσκεύασενkateskeuasen
|
prepared
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2787κιβωτὸνkibōton (N-AFS) G2787 κιβωτός kibōtós kib-o-tos of uncertain derivation; a box, i.e. the sacred ark and that of Noah:--ark.
|
κιβωτὸνkibōton
|
an ark
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4991σωτηρίανsōtērian (N-AFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίανsōtērian
|
the salvation
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3624οἴκουoikou (N-GMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκουoikou
|
household
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G2632κατέκρινενkatekrinen (V-AIA-3S) G2632 κατακρίνω katakrínō kat-ak-ree-no from κατά and κρίνω; to judge against, i.e. sentence:--condemn, damn.
|
κατέκρινενkatekrinen
|
he condemned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2889κόσμον,kosmon (N-AMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμον,kosmon
|
world,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G4102πίστινpistin (N-AFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστινpistin
|
faith
|
N-AFS
|
G1343δικαιοσύνηςdikaiosynēs (N-GFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνηςdikaiosynēs
|
righteousness that is,
|
N-GFS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
he became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2818κληρονόμος.klēronomos (N-NMS) G2818 κληρονόμος klēronómos klay-ron-om-os from κλῆρος and the base of νόμος (in its original sense of partitioning, i.e. (reflexively) getting by apportionment); a sharer by lot, i.e. inheritor (literally or figuratively); by implication, a possessor:--heir.
|
κληρονόμος.klēronomos
|
heir.
|
N-NMS
|
7
By faith Noah, being warned of God of not things seen as yet, moved with fear, prepared an ark to the saving of His house; by the which He condemned the world, and became heir of the righteousness which is by faith.Hebrews 11:7
Stats
Rank: #2637 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 215 characters, 37 words, 168 letters, 61 vowels, 107 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει χρηματισθεις νωε περι των μηδεπω βλεπομενων ευλαβηθεις κατεσκευασεν κιβωτον εις σωτηριαν του οικου αυτου δι ης κατεκρινεν τον κοσμον και της κατα πιστιν δικαιοσυνης εγενετο κληρονομος
Lit: By faith having been divinely instructed Noah concerning the things not yet seen, having been moved with fear, prepared an ark for the salvation of the household of him, by which he condemned the world, and of the according to faith righteousness that is, he became heir.
KJV: By faith Noah, being warned of God of things not seen as yet, moved with fear, prepared an ark to the saving of his house; by the which he condemned the world, and became heir of the righteousness which is by faith.
References
"Noah"Ge 6:13: 22: God said to Noah: The end of all flesh is come before me; for the earth is filled with violence through them; and: look: I will destroy them with the earth.Ge 7:1: 5: The LORD said to Noah: Come you and all your house into the ark; for you have I seen righteous before me in this generation.Mt 24:38: For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking: marrying and giving in marriage: until the day that Noe entered into the ark: Lu 17:26: As it was in the days of Noe: so will it be also in the days of the Son of man."Noe"2Pe 2:5: not spared the old world: but saved Noah the eighth person: a preacher of righteousness: bringing in the flood upon the world of the ungodly;"warned"Ge 6:13: God said to Noah: The end of all flesh is come before me; for the earth is filled with violence through them; and: look: I will destroy them with the earth.Ge 19:14: Lot went out: and spoke to His sons in law: which married His daughters: and said: Up: get you out of this place; for the LORD will destroy this city. But He seemed as one that mocked to His sons in law.Ex 9:18-21: Look: to morrow about this time I will cause it to rain a very grievous hail: such as has not been in Egypt since the foundation thereof even until now.Pr 22:3: A prudent man foreseeth the evil: and hides himself: but the simple pass on: and are punished.Pr 27:12: A prudent man foreseeth the evil: and hides himself; but the simple pass on: and are punished.Eze 3:17-19: Son of man: I have made you a watchman to the house of Israel: therefore hear the word at my mouth: and give them warning from me.Mt 3:7: But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees come to his baptism: he said to them: O generation of vipers: who has warned you to flee from the wrath to come?Mt 24:15: 25: When you therefore will see the abomination of desolation: spoken of by Daniel the prophet: stand in the holy place: (whoever reads: let him understand:)2Pe 3:6: Whereby the world that then was: being overflowed with water: perished:"moved with fear"Heb 5:7: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;"prepared"Ge 6:18: But with you will I establish my covenant; and you will come into the ark: you: and your sons: and your wife: and your sons' wives with you.Ge 7:1: 23: The LORD said to Noah: Come you and all your house into the ark; for you have I seen righteous before me in this generation.Ge 8:16: Go forth of the ark: you: and your wife: and your sons: and your sons' wives with you.Eze 14:14: 20: Though these 3 men: Noah: Daniel: and Job: were in it: they should deliver but their own souls by their righteousness: says the Lord GOD.1Pe 3:20: Which sometime were disobedient: when once the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah: while the ark was a preparing: wherein few: that is: 8 souls were saved by water."he condemned"Mt 12:41: 42: The men of Nineveh will rise in judgment with this generation: and will condemn it: because they repented at the preaching of Jonas; and: look: a greater than Jonas is here.Lu 11:31: 32: The queen of the south will rise up in the judgment with the men of this generation: and condemn them: for she came from the utmost parts of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon; and: look: a greater than Solomon is here."righteousness"Ro 1:17: For therein is the righteousness of God revealed from faith to faith: as it is written: The just will live by faith.Ro 3:22: Even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ to all and upon all them that believe: for there is no difference:Ro 4:11: 13: He received the sign of circumcision: a seal of the righteousness of the faith which he had yet being uncircumcised: that he might be the father of all them that believe: though they not be circumcised; that righteousness might be imputed to them also:Ro 9:30: What will we say then? That the Gentiles: which not followed after righteousness: have attained to righteousness: even the righteousness which is of faith.Ro 10:6: But the righteousness which is of faith speaks on this wise: not Say in your heart: Who will ascend into heaven? (that is: to bring Christ down from above:)Ga 5:5: For we through the Spirit wait for the hope of righteousness by faith.Php 3:9: Be found in Him: not having my own righteousness: which is of the law: but that which is through the faith of Christ: the righteousness which is of God by faith:2Pe 1:1: Simon Peter: a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ: to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ:
Abraham and Sarah
πιστει καλουμενος αβρααμ υπηκουσεν εξελθειν εις τον τοπον ον ημελλεν λαμβανειν εις κληρονομιαν και εξηλθεν μη επισταμενος που ερχεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G2564καλούμενοςkaloumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενοςkaloumenos
|
being called,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-NMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
Abraham
|
N-NMS
|
G5219ὑπήκουσενhypēkousen (V-AIA-3S) G5219 ὑπακούω hypakoúō hoop-ak-oo-o from ὑπό and ἀκούω; to hear under (as a subordinate), i.e. to listen attentively; by implication, to heed or conform to a command or authority:--hearken, be obedient to, obey.
|
ὑπήκουσενhypēkousen
|
obeyed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1831ἐξελθεῖνexelthein (V-ANA) G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθεῖνexelthein
|
to go out
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS) G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
a place
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
that
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3195ἤμελλενēmellen (V-IIA-3S) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
ἤμελλενēmellen
|
he was going
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2983λαμβάνεινlambanein (V-PNA) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνεινlambanein
|
to receive
|
V-PNA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2817κληρονομίαν,klēronomian (N-AFS) G2817 κληρονομία klēronomía klay-ron-om-ee-ah from κληρονόμος; heirship, i.e. (concretely) a patrimony or (genitive case) a possession:--inheritance.
|
κληρονομίαν,klēronomian
|
an inheritance,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S) G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
went out,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1987ἐπιστάμενοςepistamenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1987 ἐπίσταμαι epístamai ep-is-tam-ahee apparently a middle voice of ἐφίστημι (with νοῦς implied); to put the mind upon, i.e. comprehend, or be acquainted with:--know, understand.
|
ἐπιστάμενοςepistamenos
|
knowing
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G4226ποῦpou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
ποῦpou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G2064ἔρχεται.erchetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεται.erchetai
|
he is going.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
8
By faith Abraham, when he was called to go out into a place which he should after receive for an inheritance, obeyed; and he went out, not knowing whither he went.Hebrews 11:8
Stats
Rank: #1567 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 163 characters, 27 words, 128 letters, 51 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει καλουμενος αβρααμ υπηκουσεν εξελθειν εις τον τοπον ον ημελλεν λαμβανειν εις κληρονομιαν και εξηλθεν μη επισταμενος που ερχεται
Lit: By faith being called, Abraham obeyed to go out into a place that he was going to receive for an inheritance, and went out, not knowing where he is going.
KJV: By faith Abraham, when he was called to go out into a place which he should after receive for an inheritance, obeyed; and he went out, not knowing whither he went.
References
"Abraham"Ge 11:31: Terah took Abram his son: and Lot the son of Haran his son's son: and Sarai his daughter in law: his son Abram's wife; and they went forth with them from Ur of the Chaldees: to go into the land of Canaan; and they came to Haran: and dwelt there.Ge 12:1-4: Now the LORD had said to Abram: Get you out of your country: and from your kindred: and from your father's house: to a land that I will show you:Jos 24:3: I took your father Abraham from the other side of the flood: and led him throughout all the land of Canaan: and multiplied his seed: and gave him Isaac.Ne 9:7: 8: You are the LORD the God: who did choose Abram: and brought Him forth out of Ur of the Chaldees: and gave Him the name of Abraham;Isa 41:2: Who raised up the righteous man from the east: called him to his foot: gave the nations before him: and made him rule over kings? he gave them as the dust to his sword: and as driven stubble to his bow.Isa 51:2: Look to Abraham your father: and to Sarah that bare you: for I called him alone: and blessed him: and increased him.Ac 7:2-4: He said: Men: brothers: and fathers: listen; The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham: when He was in Mesopotamia: before He dwelt in Charran: "which"Ge 12:7: The LORD appeared to Abram: and said: To your seed will I give this land: and there built He an altar to the LORD: who appeared to Him.Ge 13:15-17: For all the land which you see: to you will I give it: and to your seed for ever.Ge 15:7: 8: He said to Him: I am the LORD that brought you out of Ur of the Chaldees: to give you this land to inherit it.Ge 17:8: I will give to you: and to your seed after you: the land wherein you are a stranger: all the land of Canaan: for an everlasting possession; and I will be their God.Ge 26:3: Sojourn in this land: and I will be with you: and will bless you; for to you: and to your seed: I will give all these countries: and I will perform the oath which I sware to Abraham your father;De 9:5: Not for your righteousness: or for the uprightness of your heart: do you go to possess their land: but for the wickedness of these nations the LORD your God does drive them out from before you: and that He may perform the word which the LORD sware to your fathers: Abraham: Isaac: and Jacob.Ps 105:9-11: Which covenant he made with Abraham: and his oath to Isaac;Eze 36:24: For I will take you from among the heathen: and gather you out of all countries: and will bring you into your own land."obeyed"Heb 11:33: Who through faith subdued kingdoms: wrought righteousness: obtained promises: stopped the mouths of lions: Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;Ge 22:18: In your seed will all the nations of the earth be blessed; because you have obeyed my voice.Ge 15:5: He brought him forth abroad: and said: Look now toward heaven: and tell the stars: if you be able to number them: and he said to him: So will your seed be.Mt 7:24: 25: Therefore whoever hears these sayings of my: and does them: I will liken him to a wise man: which built his house upon a rock:Ro 1:5: By whom we have received grace and apostleship: for obedience to the faith among all nations: for his name:Ro 6:17: But God be thanked: that you were the servants of sin: but you have obeyed from the heart that form of doctrine which was delivered you.Ro 10:16: But they not have all obeyed the gospel. For Isaiah says: Lord: who has believed our report?2Co 10:5: Casting down imaginations: and every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God: and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ;Jas 2:14-16: What does it profit: my brothers: though a man say he has faith: and not have works? can faith save him?1Pe 1:22: Seeing you have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit to unfeigned love of the brothers: see that you love one another with a pure heart fervently:1Pe 3:1: Likewise: you wives: be in subjection to your own husbands; that: if any not obey the word: they also may without the word be won by the conversation of the wives;1Pe 4:17: For the time is come that judgment must begin at the house of God: and if it first begin at us: what will the end be of them that not obey the gospel of God?
πιστει παρωκησεν εις την γην της επαγγελιας ως αλλοτριαν εν σκηναις κατοικησας μετα ισαακ και ιακωβ των συγκληρονομων της επαγγελιας της αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G3939παρῴκησενparōkēsen (V-AIA-3S) G3939 παροικέω paroikéō par-oy-keh-o from παρά and οἰκέω; to dwell near, i.e. reside as a foreigner:--sojourn in, be a stranger.
|
παρῴκησενparōkēsen
|
he sojourned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
the land
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias (N-GFS) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias
|
promise,
|
N-GFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as in
|
Adv
|
G245ἀλλοτρίαν,allotrian (Adj-AFS) G245 ἀλλότριος allótrios al-lot-ree-os from ἄλλος; anothers, i.e. not ones own; by extension foreign, not akin, hostile:--alien, (an-)other (mans, mens), strange(-r).
|
ἀλλοτρίαν,allotrian
|
a foreign country,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4633σκηναῖςskēnais (N-DFP) G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηναῖςskēnais
|
tents
|
N-DFP
|
G2730κατοικήσας,katoikēsas (V-APA-NMS) G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικήσας,katoikēsas
|
having dwelt
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2464ἸσαὰκIsaak (N-GMS) G2464 Ἰσαάκ Isaák ee-sah-ak of Hebrew origin (יִצְחָק); Isaac (i.e. Jitschak), the son of Abraham:--Isaac.
|
ἸσαὰκIsaak
|
Isaac
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2384ἸακὼβIakōb (N-GMS) G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
ἸακὼβIakōb
|
Jacob,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4789συνκληρονόμωνsynklēronomōn (Adj-GMP) G4789 συγκληρονόμος synklēronómos soong-klay-ron-om-os from σύν and κληρονόμος; a co-heir, i.e. (by analogy) participant in common:--fellow (joint)-heir, heir together, heir with.
|
συνκληρονόμωνsynklēronomōn
|
joint-heirs
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias (N-GFS) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias
|
promise
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆς·autēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς·autēs
|
same.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
9
By faith he sojourned in the land of promise, as in a strange country, dwelling in tabernacles with Isaac and Jacob, the heirs with him of the same promise:Hebrews 11:9
Stats
Rank: #8317 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 156 characters, 26 words, 124 letters, 47 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει παρωκησεν εις την γην της επαγγελιας ως αλλοτριαν εν σκηναις κατοικησας μετα ισαακ και ιακωβ των συγκληρονομων της επαγγελιας της αυτης
Lit: By faith he sojourned in the land of the promise, as in a foreign country, in tents having dwelt with Isaac and Jacob, the joint-heirs of the promise same.
KJV: By faith he sojourned in the land of promise, as in a strange country, dwelling in tabernacles with Isaac and Jacob, the heirs with him of the same promise:
References
"he sojourned"Ge 17:8: I will give to you: and to your seed after you: the land wherein you are a stranger: all the land of Canaan: for an everlasting possession; and I will be their God.Ge 23:4: I am a stranger and a sojourner with you: give me a possession of a buryingplace with you: that I may bury my dead out of my sight.Ge 26:3: Sojourn in this land: and I will be with you: and will bless you; for to you: and to your seed: I will give all these countries: and I will perform the oath which I sware to Abraham your father;Ge 35:27: Jacob came to Isaac his father to Mamre: to the city of Arbah: which is Hebron: where Abraham and Isaac sojourned.Ac 7:5: 6: He gave him none inheritance in it: no: not so much as to set his foot on: yet he promised that he would give it to him for a possession: and to his seed after him: when as yet he had no child."dwelling"Ge 12:8: He removed from there to a mountain on the east of Bethel: and pitched His tent: having Bethel on the west: and Hai on the east: and there He built an altar to the LORD: and called upon the name of the LORD.Ge 13:3: 18: He went on his journeys from the south even to Bethel: to the place where his tent had been at the beginning: between Bethel and Hai;Ge 18:1: 2: 6: 9: The LORD appeared to Him in the plains of Mamre: and He sat in the tent door in the heat of the day;Ge 25:27: The boys grew: and Esau was a cunning hunter: a man of the field; and Jacob was a plain man: dwelling in tents."the heirs"Heb 6:17: Wherein God: willing more abundantly to show to the heirs of promise the immutability of His counsel: confirmed it by an oath:Ge 26:3: 4: Sojourn in this land: and I will be with you: and will bless you; for to you: and to your seed: I will give all these countries: and I will perform the oath which I sware to Abraham your father;Ge 28:4: 13: 14: Give you the blessing of Abraham: to you: and to your seed with you; that you may inherit the land wherein you are a stranger: which God gave to Abraham.Ge 48:3: 4: Jacob said to Joseph: God Almighty appeared to me at Luz in the land of Canaan: and blessed me:
εξεδεχετο γαρ την τους θεμελιους εχουσαν πολιν ης τεχνιτης και δημιουργος ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1551ἐξεδέχετοexedecheto (V-IIM/P-3S) G1551 ἐκδέχομαι ekdéchomai ek-dekh-om-ahee from ἐκ and δέχομαι; to accept from some source, i.e. (by implication) to await:--expect, look (tarry) for, wait (for).
|
ἐξεδέχετοexedecheto
|
He was awaiting
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2310θεμελίουςthemelious (N-AMP) G2310 θεμέλιος themélios them-el-ee-os from a derivative of τίθημι; something put down, i.e. a substruction (of a building, etc.), (literally or figuratively):--foundation.
|
θεμελίουςthemelious
|
foundations
|
N-AMP
|
G2192ἔχουσανechousan (V-PPA-AFS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσανechousan
|
having
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G4172πόλιν,polin (N-AFS) G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν,polin
|
city,
|
N-AFS
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
of which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G5079τεχνίτηςtechnitēs (N-NMS) G5079 τεχνίτης technítēs tekh-nee-tace from τέχνη; an artisan; figuratively, a founder (Creator):--builder, craftsman.
|
τεχνίτηςtechnitēs
|
the architect
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1217δημιουργὸςdēmiourgos (N-NMS) G1217 δημιουργός dēmiourgós day-me-oor-gos from δῆμος and ἔργον; a worker for the people, i.e. mechanic (spoken of the Creator):--maker.
|
δημιουργὸςdēmiourgos
|
builder is
|
N-NMS
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.
|
N-NMS
|
10
For He looked for a city which has foundations, whose builder and maker is God.Hebrews 11:10
Stats
Rank: #3373 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 25 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξεδεχετο γαρ την τους θεμελιους εχουσαν πολιν ης τεχνιτης και δημιουργος ο θεος
Lit: He was awaiting for the foundations having city, of which the architect and builder is God.
KJV: For he looked for a city which hath foundations, whose builder and maker is God.
References
"he looked"Heb 12:22: 28: But you are come to mount Sion: and to the city of the living God: the heavenly Jerusalem: and to an innumerable company of angels: Heb 13:14: For here have we no continuing city: but we seek one to come.Joh 14:2: In my Father's house are many mansions: if it were not so: I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you.Php 3:20: For our conversation is in heaven; from where also we look for the Saviour: the Lord Jesus Christ:Re 21:2: 10-27: I John saw the holy city: new Jerusalem: coming down from God out of heaven: prepared as a bride adorned for her husband."whose"Heb 3:4: For every house is built by some man; but He that'>He who built all things is God.Isa 14:32: What will one then answer the messengers of the nation? That the LORD has founded Zion: and the poor of His people will trust in it.2Co 5:1: For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved: we have a building of God: an not house made with hands: eternal in the heavens.
πιστει και αυτη σαρρα δυναμιν εις καταβολην σπερματος ελαβεν και παρα καιρον ηλικιας ετεκεν επει πιστον ηγησατο τον επαγγειλαμενον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
herself
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G4564ΣάρρᾳSarra (N-DFS) G4564 Σάῤῥα Sárrha sar-hrah of Hebrew origin (שָׂרָה); Sarra (i.e. Sarah), the wife of Abraham:--Sara, Sarah.
|
ΣάρρᾳSarra
|
Sarah
|
N-DFS
|
G4723[στεῖρα]steira (Adj-NFS) G4723 στείρος steíros sti-ros a contraction from στερεός (as stiff and unnatural); sterile:--barren.
|
[στεῖρα]steira
|
barren,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
power
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2602καταβολὴνkatabolēn (N-AFS) G2602 καταβολή katabolḗ kat-ab-ol-ay from καταβάλλω; a deposition, i.e. founding; figuratively, conception:--conceive, foundation.
|
καταβολὴνkatabolēn
|
the conception
|
N-AFS
|
G4690σπέρματοςspermatos (N-GNS) G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρματοςspermatos
|
of seed
|
N-GNS
|
G2983ἔλαβενelaben (V-AIA-3S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβενelaben
|
received,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
beyond
|
Prep
|
G2540καιρὸνkairon (N-AMS) G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸνkairon
|
the opportune
|
N-AMS
|
G2244ἡλικίας,hēlikias (N-GFS) G2244 ἡλικία hēlikía hay-lik-ee-ah from the same as ἡλίκος; maturity (in years or size):--age, stature.
|
ἡλικίας,hēlikias
|
age,
|
N-GFS
|
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἐπεὶepei
|
since
|
Conj
|
G4103πιστὸνpiston (Adj-AMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὸνpiston
|
faithful
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2233ἡγήσατοhēgēsato (V-AIM-3S) G2233 ἡγέομαι hēgéomai hayg-eh-om-ahee middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of ἄγω; to lead, i.e. command (with official authority); figuratively, to deem, i.e. consider:--account, (be) chief, count, esteem, governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think.
|
ἡγήσατοhēgēsato
|
she considered
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G1861ἐπαγγειλάμενον.epangeilamenon (V-APM-AMS) G1861 ἐπαγγέλλω epangéllō ep-ang-el-lo from ἐπί and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce upon (reflexively), i.e. (by implication) to engage to do something, to assert something respecting oneself:--profess, (make) promise.
|
ἐπαγγειλάμενον.epangeilamenon
|
having promised.
|
V-APM-AMS
|
11
Through faith also Sara herself received strength to conceive seed, and was delivered of a child when she was past age, because she judged him faithful who had promised.Hebrews 11:11
Stats
Counts: 169 characters, 27 words, 138 letters, 53 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει και αυτη σαρρα δυναμιν εις καταβολην σπερματος ελαβεν και παρα καιρον ηλικιας ετεκεν επει πιστον ηγησατο τον επαγγειλαμενον
Lit: By faith also, herself Sarah barren, power for the conception of seed received, even beyond the opportune age, since faithful she considered the One having promised.
KJV: Through faith also Sara herself received strength to conceive seed, and was delivered of a child when she was past age, because she judged him faithful who had promised.
References
"Sara"Ge 17:17-19: Then Abraham fell upon his face: and laughed: and said in his heart: Will a child be born to him that is 100 years old? and will Sarah: that is 90 years old: bear?Ge 18:11-14: Now Abraham and Sarah were old and well stricken in age; and it ceased to be with Sarah after the manner of women.Ge 21:1: 2: The LORD visited Sarah as He had said: and the LORD did to Sarah as He had spoken.Lu 1:36: And: look: your cousin Elisabeth: she has also conceived a son in her old age: and this is the sixth month with her: who was called barren.1Pe 3:5: 6: For after this manner in the old time the holy women also: who trusted in God: adorned themselves: being in subjection to their own husbands:"because"Heb 10:23: Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;)Ro 4:20: 21: He not staggered at the promise of God through unbelief; but was strong in faith: giving glory to God;
διο και αφ ενος εγεννηθησαν και ταυτα νενεκρωμενου καθως τα αστρα του ουρανου τω πληθει και ωσει αμμος η παρα το χειλος της θαλασσης η αναριθμητος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1352διὸdio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1520ἑνὸςhenos (Adj-GMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὸςhenos
|
one man
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1080ἐγεννήθησαν,egennēthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
ἐγεννήθησαν,egennēthēsan
|
were born,
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
he
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3499νενεκρωμένου,nenekrōmenou (V-RPM/P-GMS) G3499 νεκρόω nekróō nek-ro-o from νεκρός; to deaden, i.e. (figuratively) to subdue:--be dead, mortify.
|
νενεκρωμένου,nenekrōmenou
|
having been as good as dead,
|
V-RPM/P-GMS
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G798ἄστραastra (N-NNP) G798 ἄστρον ástron as-tron neuter from ἀστήρ; properly, a constellation; put for a single star (natural or artificial):--star.
|
ἄστραastra
|
stars
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G4128πλήθειplēthei (N-DNS) G4128 πλῆθος plēthos play-thos from πλήθω; a fulness, i.e. a large number, throng, populace:--bundle, company, multitude.
|
πλήθειplēthei
|
in multitude,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G285ἄμμοςammos (N-NFS) G285 ἄμμος ámmos am-mos perhaps from ἅμα; sand (as heaped on the beach):--sand.
|
ἄμμοςammos
|
sand
|
N-NFS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5491χεῖλοςcheilos (N-ANS) G5491 χεῖλος cheîlos khi-los from a form of the same as χάσμα; a lip (as a pouring place); figuratively, a margin (of water):--lip, shore.
|
χεῖλοςcheilos
|
shore
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσηςthalassēs (N-GFS) G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσηςthalassēs
|
sea
|
N-GFS
|
G382ἀναρίθμητος.anarithmētos (Adj-NFS) G382 ἀναρίθμητος anaríthmētos an-ar-ith-may-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of ἀριθμέω; unnumbered, i.e. without number:--innumerable.
|
ἀναρίθμητος.anarithmētos
|
countless.
|
Adj-NFS
|
12
Therefore sprang there even of one, and him as good as dead, so many as the stars of the sky in multitude, and as the sand which is by the sea shore innumerable.Hebrews 11:12
Stats
Rank: #412 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 161 characters, 30 words, 125 letters, 48 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο και αφ ενος εγεννηθησαν και ταυτα νενεκρωμενου καθως τα αστρα του ουρανου τω πληθει και ωσει αμμος η παρα το χειλος της θαλασσης η αναριθμητος
Lit: Therefore also from one man were born, and he having been as good as dead, as the stars of heaven in multitude, and as the sand by the shore of the sea countless.
KJV: Therefore sprang there even of one, and him as good as dead, so many as the stars of the sky in multitude, and as the sand which is by the sea shore innumerable.
References
"and him"Ro 4:19: not being weak in faith: he not considered his own body now dead: when he was about 100 years old: neither yet the deadness of Sara's womb:"as the stars"Ge 15:5: He brought him forth abroad: and said: Look now toward heaven: and tell the stars: if you be able to number them: and he said to him: So will your seed be.Ge 22:17: That in blessing I will bless you: and in multiplying I will multiply your seed as the stars of the heaven: and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and your seed will possess the gate of his enemies;Ge 26:4: I will make your seed to multiply as the stars of heaven: and will give to your seed all these countries; and in your seed will all the nations of the earth be blessed;Ex 32:13: Remember Abraham: Isaac: and Israel: your servants: to whom you sware by your own self: and said to them: I will multiply your seed as the stars of heaven: and all this land that I have spoken of will I give to your seed: and they will inherit it for ever.De 1:10: The LORD your God has multiplied you: and: look: you are this day as the stars of heaven for multitude.De 28:62: you will be left few in number: whereas you were as the stars of heaven for multitude; because you would not obey the voice of the LORD your God.1Ch 27:23: But David not took the number of them from 20 years old and under: because the LORD had said He would increase Israel like to the stars of the heavens.Ne 9:23: Their children also multipliedst you as the stars of heaven: and brought them into the land: concerning which you hadst promised to their fathers: that they should go in to possess it.Ro 4:17: (As it is written: I have made you a father of many nations: ) before Him whom He believed: even God: who quickens the dead: and calls those things which not be as though they were."as the sand"Ge 22:17: That in blessing I will bless you: and in multiplying I will multiply your seed as the stars of the heaven: and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and your seed will possess the gate of his enemies;Ge 32:12: you said: I will surely do you good: and make your seed as the sand of the sea: which cannot be numbered for multitude.Jos 11:4: They went out: they and all their hosts with them: much people: even as the sand that is upon the sea shore in multitude: with horses and chariots very many.Jg 7:12: The Midianites and the Amalekites and all the children of the east lay along in the valley like grasshoppers for multitude; and their camels were without number: as the sand by the sea side for multitude.1Sa 12:5: He said to them: The LORD is witness against you: and His anointed is witness this day: that you not have found ought in my hand. And they answered: He is witness.2Sa 17:11: Therefore I counsel that all Israel be generally gathered to you: from Dan even to Beersheba: as the sand that is by the sea for multitude; and that you go to battle in your own person.1Ki 4:20: Judah and Israel were many: as the sand which is by the sea in multitude: eating and drinking: and making merry.Isa 10:22: For though your people Israel be as the sand of the sea: yet a remnant of them will return: the consumption decreed will overflow with righteousness.Isa 48:19: Your seed also had been as the sand: and the offspring of your bowels like the gravel thereof; his name not should have been cut off nor destroyed from before me.Jer 33:22: As the host of heaven cannot be numbered: neither the sand of the sea measured: so will I multiply the seed of David my servant: and the Levites that minister to me.Ho 1:10: Yet the number of the children of Israel will be as the sand of the sea: which cannot be measured nor numbered; and it will come to pass: that in the place where it was said to them: You are not my people: there it will be said to them: You are the sons of the living God.Hab 1:9: They will come all for violence: their faces will sup up as the east wind: and they will gather the captivity as the sand.Ro 4:18: Who against hope believed in hope: that he might become the father of many nations; according to that which was spoken: So will your seed be.Ro 9:27: Isaiah also cries concerning Israel: Though the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea: a remnant will be saved:Re 20:8: will go out to deceive the nations which are in the 4 quarters of the earth: Gog and Magog: to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea.
κατα πιστιν απεθανον ουτοι παντες μη λαβοντες τας επαγγελιας αλλα πορρωθεν αυτας ιδοντες και πεισθεντες και ασπασαμενοι και ομολογησαντες οτι ξενοι και παρεπιδημοι εισιν επι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2596ΚατὰKata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
ΚατὰKata
|
In
|
Prep
|
G4102πίστινpistin (N-AFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστινpistin
|
faith
|
N-AFS
|
G599ἀπέθανονapethanon (V-AIA-3P) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανονapethanon
|
died
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3956πάντες,pantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντες,pantes
|
all,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2983κομισάμενοιkomisamenoi (V-APM-NMP) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
κομισάμενοιkomisamenoi
|
having received
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίας,epangelias (N-AFP) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίας,epangelias
|
promises,
|
N-AFP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4207πόρρωθενporrōthen (Adv) G4207 πόῤῥωθεν pórrhōthen por-rho-then from πόῤῥω with adverbial enclitic of source; from far, or (by implication) at a distance, i.e. distantly:--afar off.
|
πόρρωθενporrōthen
|
from afar
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὰςautas (PPro-AF3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰςautas
|
them
|
PPro-AF3P
|
G3708ἰδόντεςidontes (V-APA-NMP) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδόντεςidontes
|
having seen,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G782ἀσπασάμενοι,aspasamenoi (V-APM-NMP) G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἀσπασάμενοι,aspasamenoi
|
having embraced them,
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3670ὁμολογήσαντεςhomologēsantes (V-APA-NMP) G3670 ὁμολογέω homologéō hom-ol-og-eh-o from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and λόγος; to assent, i.e. covenant, acknowledge:--con- (pro-)fess, confession is made, give thanks, promise.
|
ὁμολογήσαντεςhomologēsantes
|
having confessed
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3581ξένοιxenoi (Adj-NMP) G3581 ξένος xénos xen-os apparently a primary word; foreign (literally, alien, or figuratively, novel); by implication, a guest or (vice-versa) entertainer:--host, strange(-r).
|
ξένοιxenoi
|
strangers
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3927παρεπίδημοίparepidēmoi (Adj-NMP) G3927 παρεπίδημος parepídēmos par-ep-id-ay-mos from παρά and the base of ἐπιδημέω; an alien alongside, i.e. a resident foreigner:--pilgrim, stranger.
|
παρεπίδημοίparepidēmoi
|
sojourners
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
they are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
13
These all died in faith, not having received the promises, but having seen them afar off, and were persuaded of them, and embraced them, and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth.Hebrews 11:13
Stats
Rank: #1492 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 204 characters, 29 words, 162 letters, 59 vowels, 103 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατα πιστιν απεθανον ουτοι παντες μη λαβοντες τας επαγγελιας αλλα πορρωθεν αυτας ιδοντες και πεισθεντες και ασπασαμενοι και ομολογησαντες οτι ξενοι και παρεπιδημοι εισιν επι της γης
Lit: In faith died these all, not having received the promises, but from afar them having seen, and having embraced them, and having confessed that strangers and sojourners they are on the earth.
KJV: These all died in faith, not having received the promises, but having seen them afar off, and were persuaded of them, and embraced [them], and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth.
References
"all died"Ge 25:8: Then Abraham gave up the ghost: and died in a good old age: an old man: and full of years; and was gathered to his people.Ge 27:2-4: He said: Look now: I am old: I not know the day of my death:Ge 48:21: Israel said to Joseph: Look: I die: but God will be with you: and bring you again to the land of your fathers.Ge 49:18: 28: 33: I have waited for your salvation: O LORD.Ge 50:24: Joseph said to His brothers: I die: and God will surely visit you: and bring you out of this land to the land which He sware to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob."but"Heb 11:27: By faith he forsook Egypt: not fearing the wrath of the king: for he endured: as seeing him who is invisible.Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.Nu 24:17: I will see him: not but now: I will look him: not but nigh: there will come a Star out of Jacob: and a Sceptre will rise out of Israel: and will smite the corners of Moab: and destroy all the children of Sheth.Job 19:25: For I know that my redeemer lives: and that he will stand at the latter day upon the earth:Joh 8:56: your father Abraham rejoiced to see my day: and he saw it: and was glad.Joh 12:41: These things said Isaiah: when he saw his glory: and spoke of him.1Pe 1:10-12: Of which salvation the prophets have inquired and searched diligently: who prophesied of the grace that should come to you:"and were"Ro 4:21: Being fully persuaded that: what he had promised: he was able also to perform.Ro 8:24: For we are saved by hope: but hope that is seen not is hope: for what a man sees: why does he yet hope for?1Jo 3:19: Hereby we know that we are of the truth: and will assure our hearts before him."confessed"Ge 23:4: I am a stranger and a sojourner with you: give me a possession of a buryingplace with you: that I may bury my dead out of my sight.Ge 47:9: Jacob said to Pharaoh: The days of the years of my pilgrimage are 130 years: few and evil have the days of the years of my life been: and not have attained to the days of the years of the life of my fathers in the days of their pilgrimage.1Ch 29:14: 15: But who am I: and what is my people: that we should be able to offer so willingly after this sort? for all things come of you: and of your own have we given you.Ps 39:12: Hear my prayer: O LORD: and give ear to my cry; not hold your peace at my tears: for I am a stranger with you: and a sojourner: as all my fathers were.Ps 119:19: I am a stranger in the earth: not hide your commandments from me.1Pe 1:17: If you call on the Father: who without respect of persons judges according to every man's work: pass the time of your sojourning here in fear:1Pe 2:11: Dearly beloved: I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims: abstain from fleshly lusts: which war against the soul;
οι γαρ τοιαυτα λεγοντες εμφανιζουσιν οτι πατριδα επιζητουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
Those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5108τοιαῦταtoiauta (DPro-ANP) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαῦταtoiauta
|
such things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1718ἐμφανίζουσινemphanizousin (V-PIA-3P) G1718 ἐμφανίζω emphanízō em-fan-id-zo from ἐμφανής; to exhibit (in person) or disclose (by words):--appear, declare (plainly), inform, (will) manifest, shew, signify.
|
ἐμφανίζουσινemphanizousin
|
make manifest
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that their
|
Conj
|
G3968πατρίδαpatrida (N-AFS) G3968 πατρίς patrís pat-rece from παράσημος; a father-land, i.e. native town; (figuratively) heavenly home:--(own) country.
|
πατρίδαpatrida
|
own country
|
N-AFS
|
G1934ἐπιζητοῦσιν.epizētousin (V-PIA-3P) G1934 ἐπιζητέω epizētéō ep-eed-zay-teh-o from ἐπί and ζητέω; to search (inquire) for; intensively, to demand, to crave:--desire, enquire, seek (after, for).
|
ἐπιζητοῦσιν.epizētousin
|
they are seeking.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
14
For they that say such things declare plainly that they seek a country.Hebrews 11:14
Stats
Rank: #1746 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 71 characters, 13 words, 58 letters, 18 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι γαρ τοιαυτα λεγοντες εμφανιζουσιν οτι πατριδα επιζητουσιν
Lit: Those for such things saying make manifest that their own country they are seeking.
KJV: For they that say such things declare plainly that they seek a country.
References
"they seek"Heb 11:16: But now they desire a better country: that is: an heavenly: for what reason God not is ashamed to be called their God: for He has prepared for them a city.Heb 13:14: For here have we no continuing city: but we seek one to come.Ro 8:23-25: not And only they: but ourselves also: which have the firstfruits of the Spirit: even we ourselves groan within ourselves: waiting for the adoption: to wit: the redemption of our body.2Co 4:18: While we not look at the things which are seen: but at the things which not are seen: for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which not are seen are eternal.2Co 5:1-7: For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved: we have a building of God: an not house made with hands: eternal in the heavens.Php 1:23: For I am in a strait betwixt two: having a desire to depart: and to be with Christ; which is far better:
και ει μεν εκεινης εμνημονευον αφ ης εξηλθον ειχον αν καιρον ανακαμψαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1565ἐκείνηςekeinēs (DPro-GFS) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνηςekeinēs
|
that
|
DPro-GFS
|
G3421ἐμνημόνευονemnēmoneuon (V-IIA-3P) G3421 μνημονεύω mnēmoneúō mnay-mon-yoo-o from a derivative of μνήμη; to exercise memory, i.e. recollect; by implication, to punish; also to rehearse:--make mention; be mindful, remember.
|
ἐμνημόνευονemnēmoneuon
|
they had been remembering
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
where
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G1545ἐξέβησαν,exebēsan (V-AIA-3P) G1545 ἔκβασις ékbasis ek-bas-is from a compound of ἐκ and the base of βάσις (meaning to go out); an exit (literally or figuratively):--end, way to escape.
|
ἐξέβησαν,exebēsan
|
they came out,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2192εἶχονeichon (V-IIA-3P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχονeichon
|
they would have had
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2540καιρὸνkairon (N-AMS) G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸνkairon
|
opportunity
|
N-AMS
|
G344ἀνακάμψαι·anakampsai (V-ANA) G344 ἀνακάμπτω anakámptō an-ak-amp-to from ἀνά and κάμπτω; to turn back:--(re-)turn.
|
ἀνακάμψαι·anakampsai
|
to return.
|
V-ANA
|
15
Truly, if they had been mindful of that country from where they came out, they might have had opportunity to have returned.Hebrews 11:15
Stats
Rank: #2504 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 21 words, 103 letters, 36 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ει μεν εκεινης εμνημονευον αφ ης εξηλθον ειχον αν καιρον ανακαμψαι
Lit: And if indeed that they had been remembering from where they came out, they would have had opportunity to return.
KJV: And truly, if they had been mindful of that country from whence they came out, they might have had opportunity to have returned.
References
"mindful"Ge 11:31: Terah took Abram his son: and Lot the son of Haran his son's son: and Sarai his daughter in law: his son Abram's wife; and they went forth with them from Ur of the Chaldees: to go into the land of Canaan; and they came to Haran: and dwelt there.Ge 12:10: There was a famine in the land: and Abram went down into Egypt to sojourn there; for the famine was grievous in the land.Ge 24:6-8: Abraham said to him: Beware you that you not bring my son there again.Ge 31:18: He carried away all his cattle: and all his goods which he had gotten: the cattle of his getting: which he had gotten in Padanaram: for to go to Isaac his father in the land of Canaan.Ge 32:9-11: Jacob said: O God of my father Abraham: and God of my father Isaac: the LORD which said to me: Return to your country: and to your kindred: and I will deal well with you:
νυνι δε κρειττονος ορεγονται τουτ εστιν επουρανιου διο ουκ επαισχυνεται αυτους ο θεος θεος επικαλεισθαι αυτων ητοιμασεν γαρ αυτοις πολιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2909κρείττονοςkreittonos (Adj-GFS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρείττονοςkreittonos
|
a better one
|
Adj-GFS-C
|
G3713ὀρέγονται,oregontai (V-PIM-3P) G3713 ὀρέγομαι orégomai or-eg-om-ahee middle voice of apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary (compare ὄρος); to stretch oneself, i.e. reach out after (long for):--covet after, desire.
|
ὀρέγονται,oregontai
|
they stretch forward to,
|
V-PIM-3P
|
G3778τοῦτ’tout’ (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτ’tout’
|
that
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2032ἐπουρανίου.epouraniou (Adj-GFS) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.
|
ἐπουρανίου.epouraniou
|
a heavenly one.
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1352διὸdio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1870ἐπαισχύνεταιepaischynetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1870 ἐπαισχύνομαι epaischýnomai ep-ahee-skhoo-nom-ahee from ἐπί and αἰσχύνομαι; to feel shame for something:--be ashamed.
|
ἐπαισχύνεταιepaischynetai
|
is ashamed of
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1941ἐπικαλεῖσθαιepikaleisthai (V-PNM/P) G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλεῖσθαιepikaleisthai
|
to be called
|
V-PNM/P
|
G846αὐτῶν·autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν·autōn
|
of them;
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2090ἡτοίμασενhētoimasen (V-AIA-3S) G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἡτοίμασενhētoimasen
|
He has prepared
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
for them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4172πόλιν.polin (N-AFS) G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν.polin
|
a city.
|
N-AFS
|
16
But now they desire a better country, that is, an heavenly: for what reason God not is ashamed to be called their God: for He has prepared for them a city.Hebrews 11:16
Stats
Counts: 150 characters, 25 words, 117 letters, 44 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: νυνι δε κρειττονος ορεγονται τουτ εστιν επουρανιου διο ουκ επαισχυνεται αυτους ο θεος θεος επικαλεισθαι αυτων ητοιμασεν γαρ αυτοις πολιν
Lit: Now however a better one they stretch forward to, that is, a heavenly one. Therefore not is ashamed of them God, God to be called of them; He has prepared indeed for them a city.
KJV: But now they desire a better country, that is, an heavenly: wherefore God is not ashamed to be called their God: for he hath prepared for them a city.
References
"they desire"Heb 11:14: For they that say such things declare plainly that they seek a country.Heb 12:22: But you are come to mount Sion: and to the city of the living God: the heavenly Jerusalem: and to an innumerable company of angels: "God is"Heb 2:11: For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers: "to be"Ge 17:7: 8: I will establish my covenant between me and you and your seed after you in their generations for an everlasting covenant: to be a God to you: and to your seed after you.Ex 3:6: 15: Moreover He said: I am the God of your father: the God of Abraham: the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob. And Moses hid His face; for He was afraid to look upon God.Isa 41:8-10: But you: Israel: are my servant: Jacob whom I have chosen: the seed of Abraham my friend.Jer 31:1: At the same time: says the LORD: will I be the God of all the families of Israel: and they will be my people.Mt 22:31: 32: But as touching the resurrection of the dead: have you not read that which was spoken to you by God: saying: Mr 12:26: As touching the dead: that they rise: have you not read in the book of Moses: how in the bush God spoke to Him: saying: I am the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob?Lu 20:37: Now that the dead are raised: even Moses showed at the bush: when He calls the Lord the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob.Ac 7:32: Saying: I am the God of your fathers: the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob. Then Moses trembled: and not durst look."for"Heb 11:10: For He looked for a city which has foundations: whose builder and maker is God.Heb 13:14: For here have we no continuing city: but we seek one to come.Mt 25:34: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Lu 12:32: not Fear: little flock; for it is your Father's good pleasure to give you the kingdom.Php 3:20: For our conversation is in heaven; from where also we look for the Saviour: the Lord Jesus Christ:
πιστει προσενηνοχεν αβρααμ τον ισαακ πειραζομενος και τον μονογενη προσεφερεν ο τας επαγγελιας αναδεξαμενος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G4374προσενήνοχενprosenēnochen (V-RIA-3S) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσενήνοχενprosenēnochen
|
has offered up
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-NMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)
|
ἈβραὰμAbraam
|
Abraham
|
N-NMS
|
G2464ἸσαὰκIsaak (N-AMS) G2464 Ἰσαάκ Isaák ee-sah-ak of Hebrew origin (יִצְחָק); Isaac (i.e. Jitschak), the son of Abraham:--Isaac.
|
ἸσαὰκIsaak
|
Isaac.
|
N-AMS
|
G3985πειραζόμενος,peirazomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειραζόμενος,peirazomenos
|
Being tested,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
his
|
Art-AMS
|
G3439μονογενῆmonogenē (Adj-AMS) G3439 μονογενής monogenḗs mon-og-en-ace from μόνος and γίνομαι; only-born, i.e. sole:--only (begotten, child).
|
μονογενῆmonogenē
|
only begotten son
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4374προσέφερενprosepheren (V-IIA-3S) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσέφερενprosepheren
|
was offering up
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias (N-AFP) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias
|
promises
|
N-AFP
|
G324ἀναδεξάμενος,anadexamenos (V-APM-NMS) G324 ἀναδέχομαι anadéchomai an-ad-ekh-om-ahee from ἀνά and δέχομαι; to entertain (as a guest):--receive.
|
ἀναδεξάμενος,anadexamenos
|
having received,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
17
By faith Abraham, when he was tried, offered up Isaac: and he who had received the promises offered up his only begotten son,Hebrews 11:17
Stats
Rank: #2568 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 20 words, 100 letters, 39 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει προσενηνοχεν αβρααμ τον ισαακ πειραζομενος και τον μονογενη προσεφερεν ο τας επαγγελιας αναδεξαμενος
Lit: By faith has offered up Abraham Isaac. Being tested, even his only begotten son was offering up the one the promises having received,
KJV: By faith Abraham, when he was tried, offered up Isaac: and he that had received the promises offered up his only begotten son,
References
"faith"Ge 22:1-12: It came to pass after these things: that God did tempt Abraham: and said to Him: Abraham: and He said: Look: here I am.Jas 2:21-24: not Was Abraham our father justified by works: when he had offered Isaac his son upon the altar?"when"De 8:2: you will remember all the way which the LORD your God led you these 40 years in the wilderness: to humble you: and to prove you: to know what was in your heart: whether you would keep His commandments: or no.2Ch 32:31: Howbeit in the business of the ambassadors of the princes of Babylon: who sent to Him to inquire of the wonder that was done in the land: God left Him: to try Him: that He might know all that was in His heart.Job 1:11: 12: But put forth your hand now: and touch all that he has: and he will curse you to your face.Job 2:3-6: The LORD said to Satan: Have you considered my servant Job: that there is none like Him in the earth: a perfect and an upright man: one that fears God: and eschews evil? and still He holds fast His integrity: although you movedst me against Him: to destroy Him without cause.Pr 17:3: The fining pot is for silver: and the furnace for gold: but the LORD tries the hearts.Da 11:35: some of them of understanding will fall: to try them: and to purge: and to make them white: even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed.Zec 13:9: I will bring the third part through the fire: and will refine them as silver is refined: and will try them as gold is tried: they will call on my name: and I will hear them: I will say: It is my people: and they will say: The LORD is my God.Mal 3:2: 3: But who may abide the day of his coming? and who will stand when he appears? for he is like a refiner's fire: and like fullers' soap:Jas 1:2-4: My brothers: count it all joy when you fall into divers temptations;Jas 5:11: Look: we count them happy which endure. You have heard of the patience of Job: and have seen the end of the Lord; that the Lord is very pitiful: and of tender mercy.1Pe 1:6: 7: Wherein you greatly rejoice: though now for a season: if need be: you are in heaviness through manifold temptations:1Pe 4:12: Beloved: think not it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you: as though some strange thing happened to you:Re 3:10: Because you have kept the word of my patience: I also will keep you from the hour of temptation: which will come upon all the world: to try them that dwell upon the earth."received"Heb 7:6: But he whose descent not is counted from them received tithes of Abraham: and blessed him that had the promises."offered"2Co 8:12: For if there be first a willing mind: it is accepted according to that a man has: and not according to that he has not."only"Ge 22:2: 16: He said: Take now your son: your only son Isaac: whom you love: and get you into the land of Moriah; and offer him there for a burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell you of.Joh 3:16: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.
προς ον ελαληθη οτι εν ισαακ κληθησεται σοι σπερμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
as to
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2980ἐλαλήθηelalēthē (V-AIP-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλαλήθηelalēthē
|
it was said
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
In
|
Prep
|
G2464ἸσαὰκIsaak (N-DMS) G2464 Ἰσαάκ Isaák ee-sah-ak of Hebrew origin (יִצְחָק); Isaac (i.e. Jitschak), the son of Abraham:--Isaac.
|
ἸσαὰκIsaak
|
Isaac
|
N-DMS
|
G2564κληθήσεταίklēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
κληθήσεταίklēthēsetai
|
will be reckoned
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
your
|
PPro-D2S
|
G4690σπέρμα,sperma (N-NNS) G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρμα,sperma
|
offspring,”
|
N-NNS
|
18
Of whom it was said, That in Isaac will your seed be called:
Hebrews 11:18
Stats
Rank: #3958 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 60 characters, 12 words, 46 letters, 17 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: προς ον ελαληθη οτι εν ισαακ κληθησεται σοι σπερμα
Lit: as to whom it was said - , In Isaac will be reckoned your offspring,”
KJV: Of whom it was said, That in Isaac shall thy seed be called:
References
"That"Ge 17:19: God said: Sarah your wife will bear you a son indeed; and you will call His name Isaac: and I will establish my covenant with Him for an everlasting covenant: and with His seed after Him.Ge 21:12: God said to Abraham: Let not it be grievous in your sight because of the lad: and because of your bondwoman; in all that Sarah has said to you: listen to her voice; for in Isaac will your seed be called.Ro 9:7: Neither: because they are the seed of Abraham: are they all children: but: In Isaac will your seed be called.
λογισαμενος οτι και εκ νεκρων εγειρειν δυνατος ο θεος οθεν αυτον και εν παραβολη εκομισατο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3049λογισάμενοςlogisamenos (V-APM-NMS) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).
|
λογισάμενοςlogisamenos
|
having reasoned
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1453ἐγείρεινegeirein (V-PNA) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρεινegeirein
|
to raise ,
|
V-PNA
|
G1415δυνατὸςdynatos (Adj-NMS) G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατὸςdynatos
|
able was
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2316Θεός·Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός·Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G3606ὅθενhothen (Adv) G3606 ὅθεν hóthen hoth-en from ὅς with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction):--from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon).
|
ὅθενhothen
|
from where
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3850παραβολῇparabolē (N-DFS) G3850 παραβολή parabolḗ par-ab-ol-ay from παραβάλλω; a similitude (parable), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage:--comparison, figure, parable, proverb.
|
παραβολῇparabolē
|
a simile,
|
N-DFS
|
G2865ἐκομίσατο.ekomisato (V-AIM-3S) G2865 κομίζω komízō kom-id-zo from a primary (to tend, i.e. take care of); properly, to provide for, i.e. (by implication) to carry off (as if from harm; genitive case obtain):--bring, receive.
|
ἐκομίσατο.ekomisato
|
he received.
|
V-AIM-3S
|
19
Accounting that God was able to raise Him up, even from the dead; from where also He received Him in a figure.Hebrews 11:19
Stats
Rank: #3933 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 18 words, 87 letters, 37 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: λογισαμενος οτι και εκ νεκρων εγειρειν δυνατος ο θεος οθεν αυτον και εν παραβολη εκομισατο
Lit: having reasoned that even out from the dead to raise , able was God, from where him also in a simile, he received.
KJV: Accounting that God was able to raise [him] up, even from the dead; from whence also he received him in a figure.
References
"God"Ge 22:5: Abraham said to his young men: Abide you here with the ass; and I and the lad will go yonder and worship: and come again to you.Mt 9:28: When He was come into the house: the blind men came to Him: and Jesus says to them: Believe you that I am able to do this? They said to Him: Yes: Lord.Ro 4:17-21: (As it is written: I have made you a father of many nations: ) before Him whom He believed: even God: who quickens the dead: and calls those things which not be as though they were.Eph 3:20: Now to him that is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think: according to the power that works in us: "from the"Heb 11:11: 12: Through faith also Sara herself received strength to conceive seed: and was delivered of a child when she was past age: because she judged him faithful who had promised.Heb 9:24: For Christ not is entered into the holy places made with hands: which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself: now to appear in the presence of God for us:Ge 22:4: 13: Then on the third day Abraham lifted up his eyes: and saw the place afar off.Ro 5:14: Nevertheless death reigned from Adam to Moses: even over them that not had sinned after the similitude of Adam's transgression: who is the figure of him that was to come.
Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph
πιστει περι μελλοντων ευλογησεν ισαακ τον ιακωβ και τον ησαυ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3195μελλόντωνmellontōn (V-PPA-GNP) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μελλόντωνmellontōn
|
the things coming,
|
V-PPA-GNP
|
G2127εὐλόγησενeulogēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλόγησενeulogēsen
|
blessed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2464ἸσαὰκIsaak (N-NMS) G2464 Ἰσαάκ Isaák ee-sah-ak of Hebrew origin (יִצְחָק); Isaac (i.e. Jitschak), the son of Abraham:--Isaac.
|
ἸσαὰκIsaak
|
Isaac
|
N-NMS
|
G2384ἸακὼβIakōb (N-AMS) G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
ἸακὼβIakōb
|
Jacob
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2269Ἠσαῦ.Ēsau (N-AMS) G2269 Ἠσαῦ Ēsaû ay-sow of Hebrew origin (עֵשָׂו); Esau, an Edomite:--Esau.
|
Ἠσαῦ.Ēsau
|
Esau.
|
N-AMS
|
20
By faith Isaac blessed Jacob and Esau concerning things to come.Hebrews 11:20
Stats
Rank: #4177 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 64 characters, 11 words, 53 letters, 20 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει περι μελλοντων ευλογησεν ισαακ τον ιακωβ και τον ησαυ
Lit: By faith also concerning the things coming, blessed Isaac Jacob and Esau.
KJV: By faith Isaac blessed Jacob and Esau concerning things to come.
References
"By faith Isaac blessed Jacob and Esau concerning things to come."Ge 27:27-40: He came near: and kissed Him: and He smelled the smell of His clothing: and blessed Him: and said: See: the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the LORD has blessed:Ge 28:2: 3: Arise: go to Padanaram: to the house of Bethuel your mother's father; and take you a wife from there of the daughters of Laban your mother's brother.
πιστει ιακωβ αποθνησκων εκαστον των υιων ιωσηφ ευλογησεν και προσεκυνησεν επι το ακρον της ραβδου αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G2384ἸακὼβIakōb (N-NMS) G2384 Ἰακώβ Iakṓb ee-ak-obe of Hebrew origin (יַעֲקֹב); Jacob (i.e. Ja`akob), the progenitor of the Israelites:--also an Israelite:--Jacob.
|
ἸακὼβIakōb
|
Jacob,
|
N-NMS
|
G599ἀποθνῄσκωνapothnēskōn (V-PPA-NMS) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθνῄσκωνapothnēskōn
|
dying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1538ἕκαστονhekaston (Adj-AMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστονhekaston
|
each
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5207υἱῶνhuiōn (N-GMP) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱῶνhuiōn
|
sons
|
N-GMP
|
G2501ἸωσὴφIōsēph (N-GMS) G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
ἸωσὴφIōsēph
|
of Joseph
|
N-GMS
|
G2127εὐλόγησεν,eulogēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλόγησεν,eulogēsen
|
blessed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4352προσεκύνησενprosekynēsen (V-AIA-3S) G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσεκύνησενprosekynēsen
|
worshiped
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G206ἄκρονakron (N-ANS) G206 ἄκρον ákron ak-ron neuter of an adjective probably akin to the base of ἀκμήν; the extremity:--one end… other, tip, top, uttermost participle
|
ἄκρονakron
|
top
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4464ῥάβδουrhabdou (N-GFS) G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.
|
ῥάβδουrhabdou
|
staff
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
21
By faith Jacob, when he was a dying, blessed both the sons of Joseph; and worshipped, leaning upon the top of his staff.Hebrews 11:21
Stats
Rank: #3937 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 19 words, 93 letters, 31 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει ιακωβ αποθνησκων εκαστον των υιων ιωσηφ ευλογησεν και προσεκυνησεν επι το ακρον της ραβδου αυτου
Lit: By faith Jacob, dying, each of the sons of Joseph blessed, and worshiped on the top of the staff of him.
KJV: By faith Jacob, when he was a dying, blessed both the sons of Joseph; and worshipped, leaning upon the top of his staff.
References
"faith"Ge 48:5-22: Now your two sons: Ephraim and Manasseh: which were born to you in the land of Egypt before I came to you into Egypt: are my; as Reuben and Simeon: they will be my."and worshipped"Ge 47:31: He said: Swear to me. And he sware to him. And Israel bowed himself upon the bed's head.
πιστει ιωσηφ τελευτων περι της εξοδου των υιων ισραηλ εμνημονευσεν και περι των οστεων αυτου ενετειλατο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G2501ἸωσὴφIōsēph (N-NMS) G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
ἸωσὴφIōsēph
|
Joseph,
|
N-NMS
|
G5053τελευτῶνteleutōn (V-PPA-NMS) G5053 τελευτάω teleutáō tel-yoo-tah-o from a presumed derivative of τελέω; to finish life (by implication, of βίος), i.e. expire (demise):--be dead, decease, die.
|
τελευτῶνteleutōn
|
dying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1841ἐξόδουexodou (N-GFS) G1841 ἔξοδος éxodos ex-od-os from ἐκ and ὁδός; an exit, i.e. (figuratively) death:--decease, departing.
|
ἐξόδουexodou
|
exodus
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5207υἱῶνhuiōn (N-GMP) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱῶνhuiōn
|
sons
|
N-GMP
|
G2474ἸσραὴλIsraēl (N-GMS) G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραὴλIsraēl
|
of Israel
|
N-GMS
|
G3421ἐμνημόνευσενemnēmoneusen (V-AIA-3S) G3421 μνημονεύω mnēmoneúō mnay-mon-yoo-o from a derivative of μνήμη; to exercise memory, i.e. recollect; by implication, to punish; also to rehearse:--make mention; be mindful, remember.
|
ἐμνημόνευσενemnēmoneusen
|
made mention,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3747ὀστέωνosteōn (N-GNP) G3747 ὀστέον ostéon os-toon of uncertain affinity; a bone:--bone.
|
ὀστέωνosteōn
|
bones
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1781ἐνετείλατο.eneteilato (V-AIM-3S) G1781 ἐντέλλομαι entéllomai en-tel-lom-ahee from ἐν and the base of τέλος; to enjoin:--(give) charge, (give) command(-ments), injoin.
|
ἐνετείλατο.eneteilato
|
gave instructions.
|
V-AIM-3S
|
22
By faith Joseph, when he died, made mention of the departing of the children of Israel; and gave commandment concerning his bones.Hebrews 11:22
Stats
Rank: #4647 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 19 words, 105 letters, 38 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει ιωσηφ τελευτων περι της εξοδου των υιων ισραηλ εμνημονευσεν και περι των οστεων αυτου ενετειλατο
Lit: By faith Joseph, dying, concerning the exodus of the sons of Israel made mention, and concerning the bones of him gave instructions.
KJV: By faith Joseph, when he died, made mention of the departing of the children of Israel; and gave commandment concerning his bones.
References
"faith"Ge 50:24: 25: Joseph said to His brothers: I die: and God will surely visit you: and bring you out of this land to the land which He sware to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob.Ex 13:19: Moses took the bones of Joseph with Him: for He had straitly sworn the children of Israel: saying: God will surely visit you; and you will carry up my bones away here with you.Jos 24:32: The bones of Joseph: which the children of Israel brought up out of Egypt: buried they in Shechem: in a parcel of ground which Jacob bought of the sons of Hamor the father of Shechem for 100 pieces of silver: and it became the inheritance of the children of Joseph.Ac 7:16: Were carried over into Sychem: and laid in the sepulchre that Abraham bought for a sum of money of the sons of Emmor the father of Sychem.
Moses
πιστει μωσης γεννηθεις εκρυβη τριμηνον υπο των πατερων αυτου διοτι ειδον αστειον το παιδιον και ουκ εφοβηθησαν το διαταγμα του βασιλεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses,
|
N-NMS
|
G1080γεννηθεὶςgennētheis (V-APP-NMS) G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
γεννηθεὶςgennētheis
|
having been born,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G2928ἐκρύβηekrybē (V-AIP-3S) G2928 κρύπτω krýptō kroop-to a primary verb; to conceal (properly, by covering):--hide (self), keep secret, secret(-ly).
|
ἐκρύβηekrybē
|
was hidden
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5150τρίμηνονtrimēnon (Adj-ANS) G5150 τρίμηνον trímēnon trim-ay-non neuter of a compound of τρεῖς and μήν as noun; a three months space:--three months.
|
τρίμηνονtrimēnon
|
three months
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3962πατέρωνpaterōn (N-GMP) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρωνpaterōn
|
parents
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1360διότιdioti (Conj) G1360 διότι dióti dee-ot-ee from διά and ὅτι; on the very account that, or inasmuch as:--because (that), for, therefore.
|
διότιdioti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-3P) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
they saw
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G791ἀστεῖονasteion (Adj-ANS) G791 ἀστεῖος asteîos as-ti-os from (a city); urbane, i.e. (by implication) handsome:--fair.
|
ἀστεῖονasteion
|
was beautiful
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3813παιδίον,paidion (N-ANS) G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίον,paidion
|
little child,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5399ἐφοβήθησανephobēthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ἐφοβήθησανephobēthēsan
|
they did fear
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1297διάταγμαdiatagma (N-ANS) G1297 διάταγμα diátagma dee-at-ag-mah from διατάσσω; an arrangement, i.e. (authoritative) edict:--commandment.
|
διάταγμαdiatagma
|
edict
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G935βασιλέως.basileōs (N-GMS) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέως.basileōs
|
king.
|
N-GMS
|
23
By faith Moses, when he was born, was hid 3 months of his parents, because they saw he was a proper child; and they not were afraid of the king's commandment.Hebrews 11:23
Stats
Counts: 162 characters, 27 words, 126 letters, 43 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει μωσης γεννηθεις εκρυβη τριμηνον υπο των πατερων αυτου διοτι ειδον αστειον το παιδιον και ουκ εφοβηθησαν το διαταγμα του βασιλεως
Lit: By faith Moses, having been born, was hidden three months by the parents of him, because they saw was beautiful the little child, and not they did fear the edict of the king.
KJV: By faith Moses, when he was born, was hid three months of his parents, because they saw he was a proper child; and they were not afraid of the king's commandment.
References
"faith"Ex 2:2-10: The woman conceived: and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child: she hid him 3 months.Ac 7:20: In which time Moses was born: and was exceeding fair: and nourished up in his father's house 3 months:"and they"Heb 13:6: So that we may boldly say: The Lord is my helper: and I not will fear what man will do to me.Ps 56:4: In God I will praise His word: in God I have put my trust; I not will fear what flesh can do to me.Ps 118:6: The LORD is on my side; I not will fear: what can man do to me?Isa 8:12: 13: Say you not: A confederacy: to all them to whom this people will say: A confederacy; neither fear you their fear: nor be afraid.Isa 41:10: 14: Fear you not; for I am with you: not be dismayed; for I am your God: I will strengthen you; yes: I will help you; yes: I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness.Isa 51:7: 12: Listen to me: you that know righteousness: the people in whose heart is my law; fear you not the reproach of men: neither be you afraid of their revilings.Da 3:16-18: Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: answered and said to the king: O Nebuchadnezzar: we are not careful to answer you in this matter.Da 6:10: Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed: He went into His house; and His windows being open in His chamber toward Jerusalem: He kneeled upon His knees 3 times a day: and prayed: and gave thanks before His God: as He did aforetime.Mt 10:28: not fear them which kill the body: but not are able to kill the soul: but rather fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body in hell.Lu 12:4: 5: I say to you my friends: not Be afraid of them that kill the body: and after that have no more that they can do."the king's"Ex 1:16: 22: He said: When you do the office of a midwife to the Hebrew women: and see them upon the stools; if it be a son: then you will kill him: but if it be a daughter: then she will live.
πιστει μωσης μεγας γενομενος ηρνησατο λεγεσθαι υιος θυγατρος φαραω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses,
|
N-NMS
|
G3173μέγαςmegas (Adj-NMS) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαςmegas
|
grown
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενόμενοςgenomenos
|
having become,
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G720ἠρνήσατοērnēsato (V-AIM-3S) G720 ἀρνέομαι arnéomai ar-neh-om-ahee perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the middle voice of ῥέω; to contradict, i.e. disavow, reject, abnegate:--deny, refuse.
|
ἠρνήσατοērnēsato
|
refused
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3004λέγεσθαιlegesthai (V-PNM/P) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεσθαιlegesthai
|
to be called
|
V-PNM/P
|
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸςhuios
|
the son
|
N-NMS
|
G2364θυγατρὸςthygatros (N-GFS) G2364 θυγάτηρ thygátēr thoo-gat-air apparently a primary word (compare daughter); a female child, or (by Hebraism) descendant (or inhabitant):--daughter.
|
θυγατρὸςthygatros
|
of the daughter
|
N-GFS
|
G5328Φαραώ,Pharaō (N-GMS) G5328 Φαραώ Pharaṓ far-ah-o of foreign origin (פַּרְעֹה); Pharao (i.e. Pharoh), an Egyptian king:--Pharaoh.
|
Φαραώ,Pharaō
|
of Pharaoh,
|
N-GMS
|
24
By faith Moses, when he was come to years, refused to be called the son of Pharaoh's daughter;Hebrews 11:24
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 28 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει μωσης μεγας γενομενος ηρνησατο λεγεσθαι υιος θυγατρος φαραω
Lit: By faith Moses, grown having become, refused to be called the son of the daughter of Pharaoh,
KJV: By faith Moses, when he was come to years, refused to be called the son of Pharaoh's daughter;
References
"when"Ex 2:10: The child grew: and she brought him to Pharaoh's daughter: and he became her son. And she called his name Moses: and she said: Because I drew him out of the water.Ac 7:21-24: When he was cast out: Pharaoh's daughter took him up: and nourished him for her own son.
μαλλον ελομενος συγκακουχεισθαι τω λαω του θεου η προσκαιρον εχειν αμαρτιας απολαυσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G138ἑλόμενοςhelomenos (V-APM-NMS) G138 αἱρέομαι hairéomai hel-lom-ahee probably akin to αἴρω; to take for oneself, i.e. to prefer:--choose. Some of the forms are borrowed from a cognate ; which is otherwise obsolete.
|
ἑλόμενοςhelomenos
|
having chosen
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G4778συνκακουχεῖσθαιsynkakoucheisthai (V-PNM/P) G4778 συγκακουχέω synkakouchéō soong-kak-oo-kheh-o from σύν and κακουχέω; to maltreat in company with, i.e. (passively) endure persecution together:--suffer affliction with.
|
συνκακουχεῖσθαιsynkakoucheisthai
|
to suffer affliction with
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷlaō
|
people
|
N-DMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G4340πρόσκαιρονproskairon (Adj-AFS) G4340 πρόσκαιρος próskairos pros-kahee-ros from πρός and καιρός; for the occasion only, i.e. temporary:--dur-(eth) for awhile, endure for a time, for a season, temporal.
|
πρόσκαιρονproskairon
|
the temporary
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεινechein
|
to have
|
V-PNA
|
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-GFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαςhamartias
|
of sin
|
N-GFS
|
G619ἀπόλαυσιν,apolausin (N-AFS) G619 ἀπόλαυσις apólausis ap-ol-ow-sis from a comparative of ἀπό and (to enjoy); full enjoyment:--enjoy(-ment).
|
ἀπόλαυσιν,apolausin
|
enjoyment,
|
N-AFS
|
25
Choosing rather to suffer affliction with the people of God, than to enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season;Hebrews 11:25
Stats
Rank: #5773 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 19 words, 88 letters, 35 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: μαλλον ελομενος συγκακουχεισθαι τω λαω του θεου η προσκαιρον εχειν αμαρτιας απολαυσιν
Lit: rather having chosen to suffer affliction with the people of God than the temporary to have of sin enjoyment,
KJV: Choosing rather to suffer affliction with the people of God, than to enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season;
References
"Choosing"Heb 10:32: But call to remembrance the former days: in which: after you were illuminated: you endured a great fight of afflictions;Job 36:21: Take heed: not regard iniquity: for this have you chosen rather than affliction.Ps 84:10: For a day in your courts is better than a000. I had rather be a doorkeeper in the house of my God: than to dwell in the tents of wickedness.Mt 5:10-12: Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness' sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.Mt 13:21: Yet has not he root in himself: but endures for a while: for when tribulation or persecution arises because of the word: soon he is offended.Ac 7:24: 25: Seeing one of them suffer wrong: he defended him: and avenged him that was oppressed: and smote the Egyptian:Ac 20:23: 24: Save that the Holy Ghost witnesss in every city: saying that bonds and afflictions abide me.Ro 5:3: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;Ro 8:17: 18: 35-39: If children: then heirs; heirs of God: and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him: that we may be also glorified together.2Co 5:17: Therefore if any man be in Christ: He is a new creature: old things are passed away; look: all things are become new.Col 1:24: Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you: and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for His body's sake: which is the church:2Th 1:3-6: We are bound to thank God always for you: brothers: as it is meet: because that your faith grows exceedingly: and the charity of every one of you all toward each other abounds;2Ti 1:8: not Be you therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord: nor of me His prisoner: but be you partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;2Ti 2:3-10: You therefore endure hardness: as a good soldier of Jesus Christ.2Ti 3:11: 12: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me.Jas 1:20: For the wrath of man works not the righteousness of God.1Pe 1:6: 7: Wherein you greatly rejoice: though now for a season: if need be: you are in heaviness through manifold temptations:1Pe 4:12-16: Beloved: think not it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you: as though some strange thing happened to you:"the people"Heb 4:9: There remains therefore a rest to the people of God.Ps 47:9: The princes of the people are gathered together: even the people of the God of Abraham: for the shields of the earth belong to God: He is greatly exalted.1Pe 2:10: Which in time past were not a people: but are now the people of God: which not had obtained mercy: but now have obtained mercy."the pleasures"Job 20:5: That the triumphing of the wicked is short: and the joy of the hypocrite but for a moment?Job 21:11-13: They send forth their little ones like a flock: and their children dance.Ps 73:18-20: Surely you did set them in slippery places: you castedst them down into destruction.Isa 21:4: My heart panted: fearfulness affrighted me: the night of my pleasure has he turned into fear to me.Isa 47:8: 9: Therefore hear now this: you that are given to pleasures: that dwell carelessly: that say in your heart: I am: and none else beside me; I will not sit as a widow: neither will I know the loss of children:Lu 12:19: 20: I will say to my soul: Soul: you have much goods laid up for many years; take your ease: eat: drink: and be merry.Lu 16:25: But Abraham said: Son: remember that you in your lifetime receivedst your good things: and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now He is comforted: and you are tormented.Jas 5:5: You have lived in pleasure on the earth: and been wanton; you have nourished your hearts: as in a day of slaughter.Re 18:7: How much she has glorified herself: and lived deliciously: so much torment and sorrow give her: for she says in her heart: I sit a queen: and am no widow: and will see no sorrow.
μειζονα πλουτον ηγησαμενος των εν αιγυπτω θησαυρων τον ονειδισμον του χριστου απεβλεπεν γαρ εις την μισθαποδοσιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3173μείζοναmeizona (Adj-AMS-C) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μείζοναmeizona
|
greater
|
Adj-AMS-C
|
G4149πλοῦτονplouton (N-AMS) G4149 πλοῦτος ploûtos ploo-tos from the base of πλήθω; wealth (as fulness), i.e. (literally) money, possessions, or (figuratively) abundance, richness, (specially), valuable bestowment:--riches.
|
πλοῦτονplouton
|
wealth
|
N-AMS
|
G2233ἡγησάμενοςhēgēsamenos (V-APM-NMS) G2233 ἡγέομαι hēgéomai hayg-eh-om-ahee middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of ἄγω; to lead, i.e. command (with official authority); figuratively, to deem, i.e. consider:--account, (be) chief, count, esteem, governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think.
|
ἡγησάμενοςhēgēsamenos
|
having esteemed
|
V-APM-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
than the
|
Art-GMP
|
G125ΑἰγύπτουAigyptou (N-GFS) G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
ΑἰγύπτουAigyptou
|
of Egypt
|
N-GFS
|
G2344θησαυρῶνthēsaurōn (N-GMP) G2344 θησαυρός thēsaurós thay-sow-ros from τίθημι; a deposit, i.e. wealth (literally or figuratively):--treasure.
|
θησαυρῶνthēsaurōn
|
treasures
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3680ὀνειδισμὸνoneidismon (N-AMS) G3680 ὀνειδισμός oneidismós on-i-dis-mos from ὀνειδίζω; contumely:--reproach.
|
ὀνειδισμὸνoneidismon
|
reproach
|
N-AMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ·Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ·Christou
|
of Christ;
|
N-GMS
|
G578ἀπέβλεπενapeblepen (V-IIA-3S) G578 ἀποβλέπω apoblépō ap-ob-lep-o from ἀπό and βλέπω; to look away from everything else, i.e. (figuratively) intently regard:--have respect.
|
ἀπέβλεπενapeblepen
|
he was looking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3405μισθαποδοσίαν.misthapodosian (N-AFS) G3405 μισθαποδοσία misthapodosía mis-thap-od-os-ee-ah from μισθαποδότης; requital (good or bad):--recompence of reward.
|
μισθαποδοσίαν.misthapodosian
|
reward.
|
N-AFS
|
26
Esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt: for He had respect to the recompence of the reward.Hebrews 11:26
Stats
Rank: #4759 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 21 words, 107 letters, 39 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: μειζονα πλουτον ηγησαμενος των εν αιγυπτω θησαυρων τον ονειδισμον του χριστου απεβλεπεν γαρ εις την μισθαποδοσιαν
Lit: greater wealth having esteemed than the of Egypt treasures the reproach of Christ; he was looking for toward the reward.
KJV: Esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt: for he had respect unto the recompence of the reward.
References
"the reproach"Heb 10:33: Partly: whilst you were made a gazingstock both by reproaches and afflictions; and partly: whilst you became companions of them that were so used.Heb 13:13: Let us go forth therefore to him without the camp: bearing his reproach.Ps 69:7: 20: Because for your sake I have borne reproach; shame has covered my face.Ps 89:50: 51: Remember: Lord: the reproach of your servants; how I do bear in my bosom the reproach of all the mighty people;Isa 51:7: Listen to me: you that know righteousness: the people in whose heart is my law; fear you not the reproach of men: neither be you afraid of their revilings.Ac 5:41: They departed from the presence of the council: rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name.2Co 12:10: Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities: in reproaches: in necessities: in persecutions: in distresses for Christ's sake: for when I am weak: then am I strong.2Co 12:10: Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities: in reproaches: in necessities: in persecutions: in distresses for Christ's sake: for when I am weak: then am I strong.1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.1Pe 4:14: If you be reproached for the name of Christ: happy are you; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part He is evil spoken of: but on your part He is glorified."greater"Ps 37:16: A little that a righteous man has is better than the riches of many wicked.Jer 9:23: 24: Thus says the LORD: not Let the wise man glory in His wisdom: neither let the mighty man glory in His might: not let the rich man glory in His riches:2Co 6:10: As sorrowful: yet alway rejoicing; as poor: yet making many rich; as not havinghing: and yet possessing all things.Eph 1:18: The eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that you may know what is the hope of his calling: and what the riches of the glory of his inheritance in the saints: Eph 3:8: To me: who am less than the least of all saints: is this grace given: that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ;Re 2:9: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan.Re 3:18: I counsel you to buy of me gold tried in the fire: that you may'>may'>may be rich; and white clothing: that you may'>may'>may be clothed: and that the shame of your nakedness not do appear; and anoint your eyes with eyesalve: that you may'>may'>may see."for he had"Heb 11:6: But without faith it is impossible to please Him: for He that'>He who comes to God must believe that He is: and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.Heb 2:2: For if the word spoken by angels was stedfast: and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompence of reward;Heb 10:35: not Cast away therefore your confidence: which has great recompence of reward.Ru 2:12: The LORD recompense your work: and a full reward be given you of the LORD God of Israel: under whose wings you are come to trust.Pr 11:18: The wicked works a deceitful work: but to him that sows righteousness will be a sure reward.Pr 23:18: For surely there is an end; and your expectation will not be cut off.Mt 5:12: Rejoice: and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.Mt 6:1: Take heed that you not do your alms before men: to be seen of them: otherwise you have no reward of your Father which is in heaven.Mt 10:41: He who receives'>receives a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a prophet's reward; and he who receives'>receives a righteous man in the name of a righteous man will receive a righteous man's reward.Lu 14:14: you will be blessed; for they cannot recompense you: for you will be recompensed at the resurrection of the just.
πιστει κατελιπεν αιγυπτον μη φοβηθεις τον θυμον του βασιλεως τον γαρ αορατον ως ορων εκαρτερησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G2641κατέλιπενkatelipen (V-AIA-3S) G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.
|
κατέλιπενkatelipen
|
he left
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G125Αἴγυπτον,Aigypton (N-AFS) G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἴγυπτον,Aigypton
|
Egypt,
|
N-AFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5399φοβηθεὶςphobētheis (V-APP-NMS) G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβηθεὶςphobētheis
|
having feared
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2372θυμὸνthymon (N-AMS) G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμὸνthymon
|
anger
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G935βασιλέως·basileōs (N-GMS) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέως·basileōs
|
king;
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G517ἀόρατονaoraton (Adj-AMS) G517 ἀόρατος aóratos ah-or-at-os from Α (as a negative particle) and ὁρατός; invisible:--invisible (thing).
|
ἀόρατονaoraton
|
Invisible One
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3708ὁρῶνhorōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὁρῶνhorōn
|
seeing,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2594ἐκαρτέρησεν.ekarterēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2594 καρτερέω karteréō kar-ter-eh-o from a derivative of κράτος (transposed); to be strong, i.e. (figuratively) steadfast (patient):--endure.
|
ἐκαρτέρησεν.ekarterēsen
|
he persevered.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
27
By faith he forsook Egypt, not fearing the wrath of the king: for he endured, as seeing him who is invisible.Hebrews 11:27
Stats
Rank: #4788 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 18 words, 85 letters, 32 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει κατελιπεν αιγυπτον μη φοβηθεις τον θυμον του βασιλεως τον γαρ αορατον ως ορων εκαρτερησεν
Lit: By faith he left Egypt, not having feared the anger of the king; the for Invisible One as seeing, he persevered.
KJV: By faith he forsook Egypt, not fearing the wrath of the king: for he endured, as seeing him who is invisible.
References
"he forsook"Ex 10:28: 29: Pharaoh said to him: Get you from me: take heed to yourself: see my face no more; for in that day you see my face you will die.Ex 11:8: All these your servants will come down to me: and bow down themselves to me: saying: Get you out: and all the people that follow you: and after that I will go out. And he went out from Pharaoh in a great anger.Ex 12:11: 37-42: Thus will you eat it; with your loins girded: your shoes on your feet: and your staff in your hand; and you will eat it in haste: it is the LORD's passover.Ex 13:17-21: It came to pass: when Pharaoh had let the people go: that God led not them through the way of the land of the Philistines: although that was near; for God said: Lest perhaps the people repent when they see war: and they return to Egypt:"not fearing"Ex 2:14: 15: He said: Who made you a prince and a judge over us? intend you to kill me: as you killedst the Egyptian? And Moses feared: and said: Surely this thing is known.Ex 4:19: The LORD said to Moses in Midian: Go: return into Egypt: for all the men are dead which sought your life.Ex 14:10-13: When Pharaoh drew nigh: the children of Israel lifted up their eyes: and: look: the Egyptians marched after them; and they were sore afraid: and the children of Israel cried out to the LORD."endured"Heb 6:15: So: after he had patiently endured: he obtained the promise.Heb 10:32: But call to remembrance the former days: in which: after you were illuminated: you endured a great fight of afflictions;Heb 12:3: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself: lest you be wearied and faint in your minds.Mt 10:22: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved.Mt 24:13: But he who will endure to the end: the same will be saved.Mr 4:17: Have no root in themselves: and so endure but for a time: afterward: when affliction or persecution arises for the word's sake: immediately they are offended.Mr 13:13: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who will endure to the end: the same will be saved.1Co 13:7: Bears all things: believes all things: hopes all things: endures all things.Jas 5:11: Look: we count them happy which endure. You have heard of the patience of Job: and have seen the end of the Lord; that the Lord is very pitiful: and of tender mercy."seeing"Heb 11:1: 13: Now faith is the substance of things hoped for: the evidence of not things seen.Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Ps 16:8: I have set the LORD always before me: because He is at my right hand: I will not be moved.Ac 2:25: For David speaks concerning Him: I foresaw the Lord always before my face: for He is on my right hand: that I not should be moved:2Co 4:18: While we not look at the things which are seen: but at the things which not are seen: for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which not are seen are eternal.1Ti 1:17: Now to the King eternal: immortal: invisible: the only wise God: be honour and glory for ever and ever. Amen.1Ti 6:16: Who only has immortality: dwelling in the light which no man can approach to; whom no man has seen: nor can see: to whom be honour and power everlasting. Amen.1Pe 1:8: Whom not having seen: you love; in whom: though now you see him not: yet believing: you rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory:
πιστει πεποιηκεν το πασχα και την προσχυσιν του αιματος ινα μη ο ολοθρευων τα πρωτοτοκα θιγη αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G4160πεποίηκενpepoiēken (V-RIA-3S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
πεποίηκενpepoiēken
|
he has kept
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3957πάσχαpascha (N-ANS) G3957 πάσχα páscha pas-khah of Chaldee origin (compare פֶּסַח); the Passover (the meal, the day, the festival or the special sacrifices connected with it):--Easter, Passover.
|
πάσχαpascha
|
Passover
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4378πρόσχυσινproschysin (N-AFS) G4378 πρόσχυσις próschysis pros-khoo-sis from a comparative of πρός and (to pour); a shedding forth, i.e. affusion:--sprinkling.
|
πρόσχυσινproschysin
|
sprinkling
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G129αἵματος,haimatos (N-GNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματος,haimatos
|
blood,
|
N-GNS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3645ὀλοθρεύωνolothreuōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3645 ὀλοθρεύω olothreúō ol-oth-ryoo-o from ὄλεθρος; to spoil, i.e. slay:--destroy.
|
ὀλοθρεύωνolothreuōn
|
destroying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4416πρωτότοκαprōtotoka (Adj-ANP) G4416 πρωτότοκος prōtótokos pro-tot-ok-os from πρῶτος and the alternate of τίκτω; first-born (usually as noun, literally or figuratively):--firstbegotten(-born).
|
πρωτότοκαprōtotoka
|
firstborn
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2345θίγῃthigē (V-ASA-3S) G2345 θιγγάνω thingánō thing-gan-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary (to finger); to manipulate, i.e. have to do with; by implication, to injure:--handle, touch.
|
θίγῃthigē
|
would touch
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
28
Through faith he kept the passover, and the sprinkling of blood, lest he who destroyed the firstborn should touch them.Hebrews 11:28
Stats
Rank: #5117 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 120 characters, 18 words, 98 letters, 31 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει πεποιηκεν το πασχα και την προσχυσιν του αιματος ινα μη ο ολοθρευων τα πρωτοτοκα θιγη αυτων
Lit: By faith he has kept the Passover and the sprinkling of the blood, so that not the one destroying the firstborn would touch them.
KJV: Through faith he kept the passover, and the sprinkling of blood, lest he that destroyed the firstborn should touch them.
References
"he kept"Ex 12:3-14: 21-30: Speak you to all the congregation of Israel: saying: In the tenth day of this month they will take to them every man a lamb: according to the house of their fathers: a lamb for an house:"the sprinkling"Heb 9:19: For when Moses had spoken every precept to all the people according to the law: he took the blood of calves and of goats: with water: and scarlet wool: and hyssop: and sprinkled both the book: and all the people: Heb 12:24: To Jesus the mediator of the new covenant: and to the blood of sprinkling: that speaks better things than that of Abel.Ex 12:7: 13: 23: They will take of the blood: and strike it on the two side posts and on the upper door post of the houses: wherein they will eat it.1Pe 1:2: Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father: through sanctification of the Spirit: to obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you: and peace: be multiplied.
πιστει διεβησαν την ερυθραν θαλασσαν ως δια ξηρας ης πειραν λαβοντες οι αιγυπτιοι κατεποθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G1224διέβησανdiebēsan (V-AIA-3P) G1224 διαβαίνω diabaínō dee-ab-ah-ee-no from διά and the base of βάσις; to cross:--come over, pass (through).
|
διέβησανdiebēsan
|
they passed through
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2063ἘρυθρὰνErythran (Adj-AFS) G2063 ἐρυθρός erythrós er-oo-thros of uncertain affinity; red, i.e. (with θάλασσα) the Red Sea:--red.
|
ἘρυθρὰνErythran
|
Red
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2281ΘάλασσανThalassan (N-AFS) G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
ΘάλασσανThalassan
|
Sea,
|
N-AFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3584ξηρᾶςxēras (Adj-GFS) G3584 ξηρός xērós xay-ros from the base of ξέστης (through the idea of scorching); arid; by implication, shrunken, earth (as opposed to water):--dry land, withered.
|
ξηρᾶςxēras
|
dry
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
land,
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G3984πεῖρανpeiran (N-AFS) G3984 πεῖρα peîra pi-rah from the base of πέραν (through the idea of piercing); a test, i.e. attempt, experience:--assaying, trial.
|
πεῖρανpeiran
|
an attempt
|
N-AFS
|
G2983λαβόντεςlabontes (V-APA-NMP) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβόντεςlabontes
|
having made,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G124ΑἰγύπτιοιAigyptioi (Adj-NMP) G124 Αἰγύπτιος Aigýptios ahee-goop-tee-os from Αἴγυπτος; an Ægyptian or inhabitant of Ægyptus:--Egyptian.
|
ΑἰγύπτιοιAigyptioi
|
Egyptians
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2666κατεπόθησαν.katepothēsan (V-AIP-3P) G2666 καταπίνω katapínō kat-ap-ee-no from κατά and πίνω; to drink down, i.e. gulp entire (literally or figuratively):--devour, drown, swallow (up).
|
κατεπόθησαν.katepothēsan
|
were swallowed up.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
29
By faith they passed through the Red sea as by dry land: which the Egyptians assaying to do were drowned.Hebrews 11:29
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 19 words, 84 letters, 27 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει διεβησαν την ερυθραν θαλασσαν ως δια ξηρας ης πειραν λαβοντες οι αιγυπτιοι κατεποθησαν
Lit: By faith they passed through the Red Sea, as through dry land, which an attempt having made, the Egyptians were swallowed up.
KJV: By faith they passed through the Red sea as by dry land: which the Egyptians assaying to do were drowned.
References
"By faith they passed through the Red sea as by dry land: which the Egyptians assaying to do were drowned."Ex 14:13-31: Moses said to the people: Fear you not: stand still: and see the salvation of the LORD: which He will show to you today: for the Egyptians whom you have seen today: you will see them again no more for ever.Ex 15:1-21: Then sang Moses and the children of Israel this song to the LORD: and spoke: saying: I will sing to the LORD: for He has triumphed gloriously: the horse and His rider has He thrown into the sea.Jos 2:10: For we have heard how the LORD dried up the water of the Red sea for you: when you came out of Egypt; and what you did to the two kings of the Amorites: that were on the other side Jordan: Sihon and Og: whom you utterly destroyed.Ne 9:11: you did divide the sea before them: so that they went through the middle of the sea on the dry land; and their persecutors you threw into the deeps: as a stone into the mighty waters.Ps 66:6: He turned the sea into dry land: they went through the flood on foot: there did we rejoice in him.Ps 78:13: He divided the sea: and caused them to pass through; and he made the waters to stand as an heap.Ps 106:9-11: He rebuked the Red sea also: and it was dried up: so he led them through the depths: as through the wilderness.Ps 114:1-5: When Israel went out of Egypt: the house of Jacob from a people of strange language;Ps 136:13-15: To him which divided the Red sea into parts: for his mercy endureth for ever:Isa 11:15: 16: The LORD will utterly destroy the tongue of the Egyptian sea; and with His mighty wind will He shake His hand over the river: and will smite it in the 7 streams: and make men go over dryshod.Isa 51:9: 10: Awake: awake: put on strength: O arm of the LORD; awake: as in the ancient days: in the generations of old. Are you not it that has cut Rahab: and wounded the dragon?Isa 63:11-16: Then He remembered the days of old: Moses: and His people: saying: Where is He that'>He who brought them up out of the sea with the shepherd of His flock? where is He that'>He who put His holy Spirit within Him?Hab 3:8-10: Was the LORD displeased against the rivers? was your anger against the rivers? was your wrath against the sea: that you did ride upon your horses and your chariots of salvation?
Many Others
πιστει τα τειχη ιεριχω επεσεν κυκλωθεντα επι επτα ημερας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5038τείχηteichē (N-NNP) G5038 τεῖχος teîchos ti-khos akin to the base of τίκτω; a wall (as formative of a house):--wall.
|
τείχηteichē
|
walls
|
N-NNP
|
G2410ἸεριχὼIerichō (N-GFS) G2410 Ἱεριχώ Hierichṓ hee-er-ee-kho of Hebrew origin (יְרִיחוֹ); Jericho, a place in Palestine:--Jericho.
|
ἸεριχὼIerichō
|
of Jericho
|
N-GFS
|
G4098ἔπεσανepesan (V-AIA-3P) G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσανepesan
|
fell,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2944κυκλωθένταkyklōthenta (V-APP-NNP) G2944 κυκλόω kyklóō koo-klo-o from the same as κύκλῳ; to encircle, i.e. surround:--compass (about), come (stand) round about.
|
κυκλωθένταkyklōthenta
|
having been encircled
|
V-APP-NNP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP) G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέρας.hēmeras (N-AFP) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας.hēmeras
|
days.
|
N-AFP
|
30
By faith the walls of Jericho fell down, after they were compassed about 7 days.Hebrews 11:30
Stats
Rank: #6892 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 14 words, 68 letters, 24 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει τα τειχη ιεριχω επεσεν κυκλωθεντα επι επτα ημερας
Lit: By faith the walls of Jericho fell, having been encircled for seven days.
KJV: By faith the walls of Jericho fell down, after they were compassed about seven days.
References
"By faith the walls of Jericho fell down, after they were compassed about seven days."Jos 6:3-20: you will compass the city: all you men of war: and go round about the city once. Thus will you do 6 days.2Co 10:4: 5: (For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal: but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds;)
πιστει ρααβ η πορνη ου συναπωλετο τοις απειθησασιν δεξαμενη τους κατασκοπους μετ ειρηνης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4102ΠίστειPistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
ΠίστειPistei
|
By faith
|
N-DFS
|
G4460ῬαὰβRhaab (N-NFS) G4460 Ῥαάβ Rhaáb hrah-ab of Hebrew origin (רָחָב); Raab (i.e. Rachab), a Canaanitess:--Rahab. See also Ῥαχάβ.
|
ῬαὰβRhaab
|
Rahab
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4204πόρνηpornē (N-NFS) G4204 πόρνη pórnē por-nay feminine of πόρνος; a strumpet; figuratively, an idolater:--harlot, whore.
|
πόρνηpornē
|
prostitute
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4881συναπώλετοsynapōleto (V-AIM-3S) G4881 συναπόλλυμι synapóllymi soon-ap-ol-loo-mee from σύν and ἀπόλλυμι; to destroy (middle voice or passively, be slain) in company with:--perish with.
|
συναπώλετοsynapōleto
|
did perish with
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G544ἀπειθήσασιν,apeithēsasin (V-APA-DMP) G544 ἀπειθέω apeithéō ap-i-theh-o from ἀπειθής; to disbelieve (wilfully and perversely):--not believe, disobedient, obey not, unbelieving.
|
ἀπειθήσασιν,apeithēsasin
|
having disobeyed,
|
V-APA-DMP
|
G1209δεξαμένηdexamenē (V-APM-NFS) G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δεξαμένηdexamenē
|
having received
|
V-APM-NFS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2685κατασκόπουςkataskopous (N-AMP) G2685 κατάσκοπος katáskopos kat-as-kop-os from κατά (intensive) and σκοπός (in the sense of a watcher); a reconnoiterer:--spy.
|
κατασκόπουςkataskopous
|
spies
|
N-AMP
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1515εἰρήνης.eirēnēs (N-GFS) G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνης.eirēnēs
|
peace.
|
N-GFS
|
31
By faith the harlot Rahab not perished with them that not believed, when she had received the spies with peace.Hebrews 11:31
Stats
Counts: 111 characters, 19 words, 90 letters, 33 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστει ρααβ η πορνη ου συναπωλετο τοις απειθησασιν δεξαμενη τους κατασκοπους μετ ειρηνης
Lit: By faith Rahab the prostitute not did perish with those having disobeyed, having received the spies with peace.
KJV: By faith the harlot Rahab perished not with them that believed not, when she had received the spies with peace.
References
"the harlot"Jos 2:1-22: Joshua the son of Nun sent out of Shittim two men to spy secretly: saying: Go view the land: even Jericho. And they went: and came into an harlot's house: named Rahab: and lodged there.Jos 6:22-25: But Joshua had said to the two men that had spied out the country: Go into the harlot's house: and bring out there the woman: and all that she has: as you sware to her.Mt 1:1: 5: The book of the generation of Jesus Christ: the son of David: the son of Abraham.Jas 2:25: Likewise also not was Rahab the harlot justified by works: when she had received the messengers: and had sent them out another way?"believed not"Heb 3:18: To whom sware he who they not should enter into his rest: but to them that not believed?1Pe 2:8: A stone of stumbling: and a rock of offence: even to them which stumble at the word: being disobedient: to what also they were appointed.1Pe 3:20: Which sometime were disobedient: when once the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah: while the ark was a preparing: wherein few: that is: 8 souls were saved by water."she had"Jos 1:1: Now after the death of Moses the servant of the LORD it came to pass: that the LORD spoke to Joshua the son of Nun: Moses' minister: saying: Jos 2:4-24: The woman took the two men: and hid them: and said thus: There came men to me: but I not wist where they were:
και τι ετι λεγω επιλειψει γαρ με διηγουμενον ο χρονος περι γεδεων βαρακ τε και σαμψων και ιεφθαε δαβιδ τε και σαμουηλ και των προφητων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
more
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγω;legō (V-PSA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγω;legō
|
shall I say?
|
V-PSA-1S
|
G1952ἐπιλείψειepileipsei (V-FIA-3S) G1952 ἐπιλείπω epileípō ep-ee-li-po from ἐπί and λείπω; to leave upon, i.e. (figuratively) to be insufficient for:--fail.
|
ἐπιλείψειepileipsei
|
Will fail
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1334διηγούμενονdiēgoumenon (V-PPM/P-AMS) G1334 διηγέομαι diēgéomai dee-ayg-eh-om-ahee from διά and ἡγέομαι; to relate fully:--declare, shew, tell.
|
διηγούμενονdiēgoumenon
|
telling
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5550χρόνοςchronos (N-NMS) G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνοςchronos
|
time,
|
N-NMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
of
|
Prep
|
G1066Γεδεών,Gedeōn (N-GMS) G1066 Γεδεών Gedeṓn ghed-eh-own of Hebrew origin (גִּדְעוֹן); Gedeon (i.e. Gid(e)on), an Israelite:--Gedeon (in the King James Version).
|
Γεδεών,Gedeōn
|
Gideon,
|
N-GMS
|
G913Βαράκ,Barak (N-GMS) G913 Βαράκ Barák bar-ak of Hebrew origin (בָּרָק); Barak, an Israelite:--Barak.
|
Βαράκ,Barak
|
Barak,
|
N-GMS
|
G4546Σαμψών,Sampsōn (N-GMS) G4546 Σαμψών Sampsṓn samp-sone of Hebrew origin (שִׁמְשׁוֹן); Sampson (i.e. Shimshon), an Israelite:--Samson.
|
Σαμψών,Sampsōn
|
Samson,
|
N-GMS
|
G2422Ἰεφθάε,Iephthae (N-GMS) G2422 Ἰεφθάε Iephtháe ee-ef-thah-eh of Hebrew origin (יִפְתָּח); Jephthaë (i.e. Jiphtach), an Israelite:--Jephthah.
|
Ἰεφθάε,Iephthae
|
Jephthah,
|
N-GMS
|
G1138ΔαυίδDauid (N-GMS) G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
ΔαυίδDauid
|
David
|
N-GMS
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4545ΣαμουὴλSamouēl (N-GMS) G4545 Σαμουήλ Samouḗl sam-oo-ale of Hebrew origin (שְׁמוּאֵל); Samuel (i.e. Shemuel), an Israelite:--Samuel.
|
ΣαμουὴλSamouēl
|
Samuel,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶν,prophētōn (N-GMP) G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶν,prophētōn
|
prophets,
|
N-GMP
|
32
What will I more say? for the time would fail me to tell of Gedeon, and of Barak, and of Samson, and of Jephthae; of David also, and Samuel, and of the prophets:Hebrews 11:32
Stats
Rank: #3104 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 174 characters, 20 words, 125 letters, 49 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τι ετι λεγω επιλειψει γαρ με διηγουμενον ο χρονος περι γεδεων βαρακ τε και σαμψων και ιεφθαε δαβιδ τε και σαμουηλ και των προφητων
Lit: And what more shall I say? Will fail me for telling the time, of Gideon, Barak, Samson, Jephthah, David also, and Samuel, and the prophets,
KJV: And what shall I more say? for the time would fail me to tell of Gedeon, and of Barak, and [of] Samson, and [of] Jephthae; [of] David also, and Samuel, and [of] the prophets:
References
"what shall"Ro 3:5: But if our unrighteousness commend the righteousness of God: what will we say? Is God unrighteous who takes vengeance? (I speak as a man)Ro 4:1: What will we say then that Abraham our father: as pertaining to the flesh: has found?Ro 6:1: What will we say then? Will we continue in sin: that grace may abound?Ro 7:7: What will we say then? Is the law sin? God forbid. No: I not had known sin: but by the law: for I not had known lust: except the law had said: You will not covet."the time"Joh 21:25: There are also many other things which Jesus did: the which: if they should be written every one: I suppose that even the world itself not could contain the books that should be written. Amen."Gedeon"Jg 6:1-8: The children of Israel did evil in the sight of the LORD: and the LORD delivered them into the hand of Midian 7 years."Gideon"1Sa 12:11: The LORD sent Jerubbaal: and Bedan: and Jephthah: and Samuel: and delivered you out of the hand of your enemies on every side: and you dwelled safe."Barak"Jg 4:1-5: The children of Israel again did evil in the sight of the LORD: when Ehud was dead."Samson"Jg 13:1-16: The children of Israel did evil again in the sight of the LORD; and the LORD delivered them into the hand of the Philistines 40 years."Jephthae"Jg 11:1-12: Now Jephthah the Gileadite was a mighty man of valour: and he was the son of an harlot: and Gilead begot Jephthah."David"1Sa 16:1: 13: The LORD said to Samuel: How long will you mourn for Saul: seeing I have rejected Him from reigning over Israel? fill your horn with oil: and go: I will send you to Jesse the Bethlehemite: for I have provided me a king among His sons.1Sa 17:1-18: Now the Philistines gathered together their armies to battle: and were gathered together at Shochoh: which belongeth to Judah: and pitched between Shochoh and Azekah: in Ephesdammim.Ac 2:29-31: Men and brothers: let me freely speak to you of the patriarch David: that he is both dead and buried: and his sepulchre is with us to this day.Ac 13:22-36: When he had removed him: he raised up to them David to be their king; to whom also he gave testimony: and said: I have found David the son of Jesse: a man after my own heart: which will fulfil all my will."Samuel"1Sa 1:20: For what reason it came to pass: when the time was come about after Hannah had conceived: that she bare a son: and called His name Samuel: saying: Because I have asked Him of the LORD.1Sa 2:11: 18: Elkanah went to Ramah to His house. And the child did minister to the LORD before Eli the priest.1Sa 3:1-12: The child Samuel ministered to the LORD before Eli. And the word of the LORD was precious in those days; there was no open vision.1Sa 28:3-25: Now Samuel was dead: and all Israel had lamented him: and buried him in Ramah: even in his own city. And Saul had put away those that had familiar spirits: and the wizards: out of the land.Ps 99:6: Moses and Aaron among His priests: and Samuel among them that call upon His name; they called upon the LORD: and He answered them.Jer 15:1: Then said the LORD to me: Though Moses and Samuel stood before me: yet my mind could not be toward this people: cast them out of my sight: and let them go forth.Ac 3:24: Yes: and all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow after: as many as have spoken: have likewise foretold of these days.Ac 13:20: After that he gave to them judges about the space of 450 years: until Samuel the prophet."the prophets"Mt 5:12: Rejoice: and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.Lu 13:28: There will be weeping and gnashing of teeth: when you will see Abraham: and Isaac: and Jacob: and all the prophets: in the kingdom of God: and you yourselves thrust out.Lu 16:31: He said to him: If they not hear Moses and the prophets: neither will they be persuaded: though one rose from the dead.Ac 10:43: To him give all the prophets witness: that through his name whoever believes in him will receive remission of sins.Jas 5:10: Take: my brothers: the prophets: who have spoken in the name of the Lord: for an example of suffering affliction: and of patience.1Pe 1:10-12: Of which salvation the prophets have inquired and searched diligently: who prophesied of the grace that should come to you:2Pe 1:21: For the prophecy not came in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.2Pe 3:2: That you may be mindful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets: and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour:
οι δια πιστεως κατηγωνισαντο βασιλειας ειργασαντο δικαιοσυνην επετυχον επαγγελιων εφραξαν στοματα λεοντων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739οἳhoi (RelPro-NMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἳhoi
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεωςpisteōs
|
faith
|
N-GFS
|
G2610κατηγωνίσαντοkatēgōnisanto (V-AIM-3P) G2610 καταγωνίζομαι katagōnízomai kat-ag-o-nid-zom-ahee from κατά and ἀγωνίζομαι; to struggle against, i.e. (by implication) to overcome:--subdue.
|
κατηγωνίσαντοkatēgōnisanto
|
conquered
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G932βασιλείας,basileias (N-AFP) G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείας,basileias
|
kingdoms,
|
N-AFP
|
G2038εἰργάσαντο*eirgasanto (V-AIM-3P) G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.
|
εἰργάσαντο*eirgasanto
|
administered
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G1343δικαιοσύνην,dikaiosynēn (N-AFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνην,dikaiosynēn
|
justice,
|
N-AFS
|
G2013ἐπέτυχονepetychon (V-AIA-3P) G2013 ἐπιτυγχάνω epitynchánō ep-ee-toong-khan-o from ἐπί and τυγχάνω; to chance upon, i.e. (by implication) to attain:--obtain.
|
ἐπέτυχονepetychon
|
obtained
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1860ἐπαγγελιῶν,epangeliōn (N-GFP) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελιῶν,epangeliōn
|
promises;
|
N-GFP
|
G5420ἔφραξανephraxan (V-AIA-3P) G5420 φράσσω phrássō fras-so apparently a strengthening form of the base of φρήν; to fence or inclose, i.e. (specially), to block up (figuratively, to silence):--stop.
|
ἔφραξανephraxan
|
shut
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4750στόματαstomata (N-ANP) G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματαstomata
|
the mouths
|
N-ANP
|
G3023λεόντων,leontōn (N-GMP) G3023 λέων léōn leh-ohn a primary word; a lion:--lion.
|
λεόντων,leontōn
|
of lions,
|
N-GMP
|
33
Who through faith subdued kingdoms, wrought righteousness, obtained promises, stopped the mouths of lions,Hebrews 11:33
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 11 words, 89 letters, 32 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δια πιστεως κατηγωνισαντο βασιλειας ειργασαντο δικαιοσυνην επετυχον επαγγελιων εφραξαν στοματα λεοντων
Lit: who by faith conquered kingdoms, administered justice, obtained promises; shut the mouths of lions,
KJV: Who through faith subdued kingdoms, wrought righteousness, obtained promises, stopped the mouths of lions,
References
"through"Jos 6:1-13: Now Jericho was straitly shut up because of the children of Israel: none went out: and none came in.2Sa 5:4-25: David was 30 years old when he began to reign: and he reigned 40 years.2Sa 8:1-14: After this it came to pass: that David smote the Philistines: and subdued them: and David took Methegammah out of the hand of the Philistines.Ps 18:32-34: It is God that girds me with strength: and makes my way perfect.Ps 44:2-6: How you did drive out the heathen with your hand: and plantedst them; how you did afflict the people: and cast them out.Ps 144:1: 2: 10: A Psalm of David.>> Blessed be the LORD my strength: which teaches my hands to war: and my fingers to fight:"wrought"Heb 11:4-8: 17: By faith Abel offered to God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain: by which He obtained witness that He was righteous: God testifying of His gifts: and by it He being dead yet speaketh."obtained"Heb 6:12-15: That you not be slothful: but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises.Heb 10:36: For you have need of patience: that: after you have done the will of God: you might receive the promise.2Sa 7:11-17: As since the time that I commanded judges to be over my people Israel: and have caused you to rest from all your enemies. Also the LORD tells you that He will make you an house.Ga 3:16: Now to Abraham and His seed were the promises made. He says not: And to seeds: as of many; but as of one: And to your seed: which is Christ."stopped"Jg 14:5: 6: Then went Samson down: and his father and his mother: to Timnath: and came to the vineyards of Timnath: and: look: a young lion roared against him.1Sa 17:33-36: Saul said to David: You are not able to go against this Philistine to fight with him: for you are but a youth: and he a man of war from his youth.Ps 91:13: You will tread upon the lion and adder: the young lion and the dragon will you trample under feet.Da 6:20-23: When He came to the den: He cried with a lamentable voice to Daniel: and the king spoke and said to Daniel: O Daniel: servant of the living God: is your God: whom you serve continually: able to deliver you from the lions?2Ti 4:17: Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me: and strengthened me; that by me the preaching might be fully known: and that all the Gentiles might hear: and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:
εσβεσαν δυναμιν πυρος εφυγον στοματα μαχαιρας ενεδυναμωθησαν απο ασθενειας εγενηθησαν ισχυροι εν πολεμω παρεμβολας εκλιναν αλλοτριων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4570ἔσβεσανesbesan (V-AIA-3P) G4570 σβέννυμι sbénnymi sben-noo-mee a prolonged form of an apparently primary verb; to extinguish (literally or figuratively):--go out, quench.
|
ἔσβεσανesbesan
|
quenched
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
the power
|
N-AFS
|
G4442πυρός,pyros (N-GNS) G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρός,pyros
|
of fire,
|
N-GNS
|
G5343ἔφυγονephygon (V-AIA-3P) G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
ἔφυγονephygon
|
escaped
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4750στόματαstomata (N-ANP) G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματαstomata
|
the mouths
|
N-ANP
|
G3162μαχαίρης,machairēs (N-GFS) G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μαχαίρης,machairēs
|
of the sword;
|
N-GFS
|
G1412ἐδυναμώθησανedynamōthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G1412 δυναμόω dynamóō doo-nam-o-o from δύναμις; to enable:--strengthen.
|
ἐδυναμώθησανedynamōthēsan
|
acquired strength
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G769ἀσθενείας,astheneias (N-GFS) G769 ἀσθένεια asthéneia as-then-i-ah from ἀσθενής; feebleness (of mind or body); by implication, malady; morally, frailty:--disease, infirmity, sickness, weakness.
|
ἀσθενείας,astheneias
|
weakness,
|
N-GFS
|
G1096ἐγενήθησανegenēthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενήθησανegenēthēsan
|
became
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2478ἰσχυροὶischyroi (Adj-NMP) G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυροὶischyroi
|
mighty
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4171πολέμῳ,polemō (N-DMS) G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πολέμῳ,polemō
|
war,
|
N-DMS
|
G3925παρεμβολὰςparembolas (N-AFP) G3925 παρεμβολή parembolḗ par-em-bol-ay from a compound of παρά and ἐμβάλλω; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia):--army, camp, castle.
|
παρεμβολὰςparembolas
|
the armies
|
N-AFP
|
G2827ἔκλινανeklinan (V-AIA-3P) G2827 κλίνω klínō klee-no a primary verb; to slant or slope, i.e. incline or recline (literally or figuratively):--bow (down), be far spent, lay, turn to flight, wear away.
|
ἔκλινανeklinan
|
put to flight
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G245ἀλλοτρίων.allotriōn (Adj-GMP) G245 ἀλλότριος allótrios al-lot-ree-os from ἄλλος; anothers, i.e. not ones own; by extension foreign, not akin, hostile:--alien, (an-)other (mans, mens), strange(-r).
|
ἀλλοτρίων.allotriōn
|
of foreigners.
|
Adj-GMP
|
34
Quenched the violence of fire, escaped the edge of the sword, out of weakness were made strong, waxed valiant in fight, turned to flight the armies of the aliens.Hebrews 11:34
Stats
Counts: 162 characters, 25 words, 129 letters, 51 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: εσβεσαν δυναμιν πυρος εφυγον στοματα μαχαιρας ενεδυναμωθησαν απο ασθενειας εγενηθησαν ισχυροι εν πολεμω παρεμβολας εκλιναν αλλοτριων
Lit: quenched the power of fire, escaped the mouths of the sword; acquired strength out of weakness, became mighty in war, the armies put to flight of foreigners.
KJV: Quenched the violence of fire, escaped the edge of the sword, out of weakness were made strong, waxed valiant in fight, turned to flight the armies of the aliens.
References
"Quenched"Ps 66:12: You have caused men to ride over our heads; we went through fire and through water: but you brought us out into a wealthy place.Isa 43:2: When you pass through the waters: I will be with you; and through the rivers: they will not overflow you: when you walk through the fire: you will not be burned; neither will the flame kindle upon you.Da 3:19-28: Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury: and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: therefore he spoke: and commanded that they should heat the furnace 8 times more than it was wont to be heated.1Pe 4:12: Beloved: think not it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you: as though some strange thing happened to you:"escaped"1Sa 20:1: David fled from Naioth in Ramah: and came and said before Jonathan: What have I done? what is my iniquity? and what is my sin before your father: that he seeks my life?2Sa 21:16: 17: Ishbibenob: which was of the sons of the giant: the weight of whose spear weighed 300 shekels of brass in weight: he being girded with a new sword: thought to have killed David.1Ki 19:3: When he saw that: he arose: and went for his life: and came to Beersheba: which belongeth to Judah: and left his servant there.2Ki 6:16-18: 32: He answered: not Fear: for they that be with us are more than they that be with them.Job 5:20: In famine he will redeem you from death: and in war from the power of the sword.Ps 144:10: It is he that gives salvation to kings: who delivers David his servant from the hurtful sword.Jer 26:24: Nevertheless the hand of Ahikam the son of Shaphan was with Jeremiah: that they not should give him into the hand of the people to put him to death."out of"Jg 7:19-25: So Gideon: and the00 men that were with him: came to the outside of the camp in the beginning of the middle watch; and they had but newly set the watch: and they blew the trumpets: and brake the pitchers that were in their hands.Jg 8:4-10: Gideon came to Jordan: and passed over: he: and the 300 men that were with him: faint: yet pursuing them.Jg 15:14-20: And when He came to Lehi: the Philistines shouted against Him: and the Spirit of the LORD came mightily upon Him: and the cords that were upon His arms became as flax that was burnt with fire: and His bands loosed from off His hands.Jg 16:19-30: She made him sleep upon her knees; and she called for a man: and she caused him to shave off the 7 locks of his head; and she began to afflict him: and his strength went from him.2Ki 20:7-11: Isaiah said: Take a lump of figs. And they took and laid it on the boil: and he recovered.Job 42:10: The LORD turned the captivity of Job: when He prayed for His friends: also the LORD gave Job twice as much as He had before.Ps 6:8: Depart from me: all you workers of iniquity; for the LORD has heard the voice of my weeping.2Co 12:9: 10: He said to me: My grace is sufficient for you: for my strength is made perfect in weakness. Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities: that the power of Christ may rest upon me."turned"1Sa 14:13-15: Jonathan climbed up upon his hands and upon his feet: and his armourbearer after him: and they fell before Jonathan; and his armourbearer killed after him.1Sa 17:51: 52: Therefore David ran: and stood upon the Philistine: and took his sword: and drew it out of the sheath thereof: and killed him: and cut off his head therewith. And when the Philistines saw their champion was dead: they fled.2Sa 8:1-18: After this it came to pass: that David smote the Philistines: and subdued them: and David took Methegammah out of the hand of the Philistines.2Ch 14:11-14: Asa cried to the LORD His God: and said: LORD: it is nothing with you to help: whether with many: or with them that have no power: help us: O LORD our God; for we rest on you: and in your name we go against this multitude. O LORD: you are our God; not let man prevail against you.2Ch 16:1-9: In the 6 and thirtieth year of the reign of Asa Baasha king of Israel came up against Judah: and built Ramah: to the intent that he might let none go out or come in to Asa king of Judah.2Ch 20:6-25: Said: O LORD God of our fathers: are not you God in heaven? and rule not you over all the kingdoms of the heathen? and in your hand is not there power and might: so that none is able to withstand you?2Ch 32:20-22: For this cause Hezekiah the king: and the prophet Isaiah the son of Amoz: prayed and cried to heaven.
ελαβον γυναικες εξ αναστασεως τους νεκρους αυτων αλλοι δε ετυμπανισθησαν ου προσδεξαμενοι την απολυτρωσιν ινα κρειττονος αναστασεως τυχωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2983Ἔλαβονelabon (V-AIA-3P) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
Ἔλαβονelabon
|
Received back
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1135γυναῖκεςgynaikes (N-NFP) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκεςgynaikes
|
women
|
N-NFP
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
by
|
Prep
|
G386ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs (N-GFS) G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs
|
resurrection
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3498νεκροὺςnekrous (Adj-AMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροὺςnekrous
|
dead
|
Adj-AMP
|
G846αὐτῶν·autōn (PPro-GF3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν·autōn
|
of them;
|
PPro-GF3P
|
G243ἄλλοιalloi (Adj-NMP) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοιalloi
|
others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5178ἐτυμπανίσθησαν,etympanisthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G5178 τυμπανίζω tympanízō toom-pan-id-zo from a derivative of τύπτω (meaning a drum, tympanum); to stretch on an instrument of torture resembling a drum, and thus beat to death:--torture.
|
ἐτυμπανίσθησαν,etympanisthēsan
|
were tortured,
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4327προσδεξάμενοιprosdexamenoi (V-APM-NMP) G4327 προσδέχομαι prosdéchomai pros-dekh-om-ahee from πρός and δέχομαι; to admit (to intercourse, hospitality, credence, or (figuratively) endurance); by implication, to await (with confidence or patience):--accept, allow, look (wait) for, take.
|
προσδεξάμενοιprosdexamenoi
|
having accepted
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G629ἀπολύτρωσιν,apolytrōsin (N-AFS) G629 ἀπολύτρωσις apolýtrōsis ap-ol-oo-tro-sis from a compound of ἀπό and λύτρον; (the act) ransom in full, i.e. (figuratively) riddance, or (specially) Christian salvation:--deliverance, redemption.
|
ἀπολύτρωσιν,apolytrōsin
|
release,
|
N-AFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2909κρείττονοςkreittonos (Adj-GFS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρείττονοςkreittonos
|
a better
|
Adj-GFS-C
|
G386ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs (N-GFS) G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀναστάσεωςanastaseōs
|
resurrection
|
N-GFS
|
G5177τύχωσιν·tychōsin (V-ASA-3P) G5177 τυγχάνω tynchánō toong-khan-o probably for an obsolete (for which the middle voice of another alternate (to make ready or bring to pass) is used in certain tenses; akin to the base of τίκτω through the idea of effecting; properly, to affect; or (specially), to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e. (transitively) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intransitively) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impersonal (with εἰ), i.e. perchance; or (present participle) as adjective, usual (as if commonly met with, with οὐ, extraordinary), neuter (as adverb) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adverb, by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh…self, + special. Compare τύπτω.
|
τύχωσιν·tychōsin
|
they might obtain.
|
V-ASA-3P
|
35
Women received their dead raised to life again: and others were tortured, not accepting deliverance; that they might obtain a better resurrection:Hebrews 11:35
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 19 words, 121 letters, 50 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελαβον γυναικες εξ αναστασεως τους νεκρους αυτων αλλοι δε ετυμπανισθησαν ου προσδεξαμενοι την απολυτρωσιν ινα κρειττονος αναστασεως τυχωσιν
Lit: Received back women by resurrection the dead of them; others then were tortured, not having accepted release, so that a better resurrection they might obtain.
KJV: Women received their dead raised to life again: and others were tortured, not accepting deliverance; that they might obtain a better resurrection:
References
"Women"1Ki 17:22-24: The LORD heard the voice of Elijah; and the soul of the child came into Him again: and He revived.2Ki 4:27-37: When she came to the man of God to the hill: she caught Him by the feet: but Gehazi came near to thrust her away. And the man of God said: Let her alone; for her soul is vexed within her: and the LORD has hid it from me: and has not told me.Lu 7:12-16: Now when he came nigh to the gate of the city: look: there was a dead man carried out: the only son of his mother: and she was a widow: and much people of the city was with her.Joh 11:40-45: Jesus says to her: Said not I to you: that: if you would believe: you should see the glory of God?Ac 9:41: He gave her his hand: and lifted her up: and when he had called the saints and widows: presented her alive."tortured"Ac 22:24: 25: 29: The chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle: and bade that he should be examined by scourging; that he might know for what reason they cried so against him."not accepting"Ac 4:19: But Peter and John answered and said to them: Whether it be right in the sight of God to listen to you more than to God: judge you."that they"Mt 22:30: For in the resurrection they neither marry: nor are given in marriage: but are as the angels of God in heaven.Mr 12:25: For when they will rise from the dead: they neither marry: nor are given in marriage; but are as the angels which are in heaven.Lu 14:14: you will be blessed; for they cannot recompense you: for you will be recompensed at the resurrection of the just.Lu 20:36: Neither can they die any more: for they are equal to the angels; and are the children of God: being the children of the resurrection.Joh 5:29: will come forth; they that have done good: to the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil: to the resurrection of damnation.Ac 23:6: But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees: and the other Pharisees: he cried out in the council: Men and brothers: I am a Pharisee: the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question.Ac 24:15: Have hope toward God: which they themselves also allow: that there will be a resurrection of the dead: both of the just and unjust.1Co 15:54: So when this corruptible will have put on incorruption: and this mortal will have put on immortality: then will be brought to pass the saying that is written: Death is swallowed up in victory.Php 3:11: If by any means I might attain to the resurrection of the dead.
ετεροι δε εμπαιγμων και μαστιγων πειραν ελαβον ετι δε δεσμων και φυλακης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2087ἕτεροιheteroi (Adj-NMP) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτεροιheteroi
|
Others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1701ἐμπαιγμῶνempaigmōn (N-GMP) G1701 ἐμπαιγμός empaigmós emp-aheeg-mos from ἐμπαίζω; derision:--mocking.
|
ἐμπαιγμῶνempaigmōn
|
of mockings
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3148μαστίγωνmastigōn (N-GFP) G3148 μάστιξ mástix mas-tix probably from the base of μασσάομαι (through the idea of contact); a whip (literally, the Roman flagellum for criminals; figuratively, a disease):--plague, scourging.
|
μαστίγωνmastigōn
|
of scourgings,
|
N-GFP
|
G3984πεῖρανpeiran (N-AFS) G3984 πεῖρα peîra pi-rah from the base of πέραν (through the idea of piercing); a test, i.e. attempt, experience:--assaying, trial.
|
πεῖρανpeiran
|
trial
|
N-AFS
|
G2983ἔλαβον,elabon (V-AIA-3P) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβον,elabon
|
received;
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
in addition,
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1199δεσμῶνdesmōn (N-GMP) G1199 δεσμόν desmón des-mos neuter and masculine respectively from δέω; a band, i.e. ligament (of the body) or shackle (of a prisoner); figuratively, an impediment or disability:--band, bond, chain, string.
|
δεσμῶνdesmōn
|
of chains
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5438φυλακῆς·phylakēs (N-GFS) G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακῆς·phylakēs
|
imprisonment.
|
N-GFS
|
36
Others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings, yes, moreover of bonds and imprisonment:Hebrews 11:36
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 13 words, 78 letters, 28 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: ετεροι δε εμπαιγμων και μαστιγων πειραν ελαβον ετι δε δεσμων και φυλακης
Lit: Others then of mockings and of scourgings, trial received; in addition, also of chains and imprisonment.
KJV: And others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings, yea, moreover of bonds and imprisonment:
References
"mockings"Jg 16:25: It came to pass: when their hearts were merry: that they said: Call for Samson: that he may make us sport. And they called for Samson out of the prison house; and he made them sport: and they set him between the pillars.2Ki 2:23: He went up from there to Bethel: and as he was going up by the way: there came forth little children out of the city: and mocked him: and said to him: Go up: you bald head; go up: you bald head.2Ch 30:10: So the posts passed from city to city through the country of Ephraim and Manasseh even to Zebulun: but they laughed them to scorn: and mocked them.2Ch 36:16: But they mocked the messengers of God: and despised His words: and misused His prophets: until the wrath of the LORD arose against His people: till there was no remedy.Jer 20:7: O LORD: you have deceived me: and I was deceived: you are stronger than I: and have prevailed: I am in derision daily: every one mocks me.Mt 20:19: will deliver him to the Gentiles to mock: and to scourge: and to crucify him: and the third day he will rise again.Mr 10:34: They will mock him: and will scourge him: and will spit upon him: and will kill him: and the third day he will rise again.Lu 18:32: For he will be delivered to the Gentiles: and will be mocked: and spitefully entreated: and spitted on:Lu 23:11: 36: Herod with his men of war set him at nought: and mocked him: and arrayed him in a gorgeous robe: and sent him again to Pilate."and scourgings"1Ki 22:24: But Zedekiah the son of Chenaanah went near: and smote Micaiah on the cheek: and said: Which way went the Spirit of the LORD from me to speak to you?Jer 20:2: Then Pashur smote Jeremiah the prophet: and put Him in the stocks that were in the high gate of Benjamin: which was by the house of the LORD.Jer 37:15: For what reason the princes were angry with Jeremiah: and smote him: and put him in prison in the house of Jonathan the scribe: for they had made that the prison.Mt 21:35: The husbandmen took his servants: and beat one: and killed another: and stoned another.Mt 23:34: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:Mt 27:26: Then released He Barabbas to them: and when He had scourged Jesus: He delivered Him to be crucified.Ac 5:40: To Him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles: and beaten them: they commanded that they not should speak in the name of Jesus: and let them go.Ac 16:22: 23: The multitude rose up together against them: and the magistrates tear off their clothes: and commanded to beat them.2Co 11:24: 25: Of the Jews 5 times received I 40 stripes save one."bonds"Heb 10:34: For you had compassion of me in my bonds: and took joyfully the spoiling of your goods: knowing in yourselves that you have in heaven a better and an enduring substance.Ge 39:20: Joseph's master took him: and put him into the prison: a place where the king's prisoners were bound: and he was there in the prison.1Ki 22:27: Say: Thus says the king: Put this fellow in the prison: and feed him with bread of affliction and with water of affliction: until I come in peace.2Ch 16:10: Then Asa was angry with the seer: and put him in a prison house; for he was in a rage with him because of this thing. And Asa oppressed some of the people the same time.Ps 105:17: 18: He sent a man before them: even Joseph: who was sold for a servant:Jer 20:2: Then Pashur smote Jeremiah the prophet: and put Him in the stocks that were in the high gate of Benjamin: which was by the house of the LORD.Jer 29:26: The LORD has made you priest'>priest in the stead of Jehoiada the priest'>priest: that you should be officers in the house of the LORD: for every man that is mad: and makes Himself a prophet: that you should put Him in prison: and in the stocks.Jer 32:2: 3: 8: For then the king of Babylon's army besieged Jerusalem: and Jeremiah the prophet was shut up in the court of the prison: which was in the king of Judah's house.Jer 36:6: Therefore go you: and read in the roll: which you have written from my mouth: the words of the LORD in the ears of the people in the LORD's house upon the fasting day: and also you will read them in the ears of all Judah that come out of their cities.Jer 37:15-21: For what reason the princes were angry with Jeremiah: and smote him: and put him in prison in the house of Jonathan the scribe: for they had made that the prison.Jer 38:6-13: 28: Then took they Jeremiah: and cast him into the dungeon of Malchiah the son of Hammelech: that was in the court of the prison: and they let down Jeremiah with cords. And in the dungeon there was no water: but mire: so Jeremiah sunk in the mire.Jer 39:15: Now the word of the LORD came to Jeremiah: while He was shut up in the court of the prison: saying: La 3:52-55: My enemies chased me sore: like a bird: without cause.Ac 4:3: They laid hands on them: and put them in hold to the next day: for it was now eventide.Ac 5:18: Laid their hands on the apostles: and put them in the common prison.Ac 8:3: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Ac 12:4-19: When he had apprehended him: he put him in prison: and delivered him to 4 quaternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people.Ac 16:24-40: Who: having received such a charge: thrust them into the inner prison: and made their feet fast in the stocks.Ac 21:33: Then the chief captain came near: and took him: and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was: and what he had done.Ac 24:27: But after two years Porcius Festus came into Felix' room: and Felix: willing to show the Jews a pleasure: left Paul bound.2Co 11:23: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.Eph 3:1: For this cause I Paul: the prisoner of Jesus Christ for you Gentiles: Eph 4:1: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: 2Ti 1:16: The Lord give mercy to the house of Onesiphorus; for He often refreshed me: and not was ashamed of my chain:2Ti 2:9: Wherein I suffer trouble: as an evil doer: even to bonds; but the word of God not is bound.Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.
ελιθασθησαν επρισθησαν επειρασθησαν εν φονω μαχαιρας απεθανον περιηλθον εν μηλωταις εν αιγειοις δερμασιν υστερουμενοι θλιβομενοι κακουχουμενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3034Ἐλιθάσθησαν,elithasthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G3034 λιθάζω litházō lith-ad-zo from λίθος; to lapidate:--stone.
|
Ἐλιθάσθησαν,elithasthēsan
|
They were stoned,
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3985〈〈ἐπειράσθησαν〉,epeirasthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
〈〈ἐπειράσθησαν〉,epeirasthēsan
|
they were tried,
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G4249ἐπρίσθησαν,epristhēsan (V-AIP-3P) G4249 πρίζω prízō prid-zo a strengthened form of a primary prio (to saw); to saw in two:--saw asunder.
|
ἐπρίσθησαν,epristhēsan
|
they were sawed in two,
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5408φόνῳphonō (N-DMS) G5408 φόνος phónos fon-os from an obsolete primary (to slay); murder:--murder, + be slain with, slaughter.
|
φόνῳphonō
|
slaughter
|
N-DMS
|
G3162μαχαίρηςmachairēs (N-GFS) G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μαχαίρηςmachairēs
|
of the sword
|
N-GFS
|
G599ἀπέθανον,apethanon (V-AIA-3P) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανον,apethanon
|
they were killed;
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4022περιῆλθονperiēlthon (V-AIA-3P) G4022 περιέρχομαι periérchomai per-ee-er-khom-ahee from περί and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to come all around, i.e. stroll, vacillate, veer:--fetch a compass, vagabond, wandering about.
|
περιῆλθονperiēlthon
|
they wandered
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3374μηλωταῖς,mēlōtais (N-DFP) G3374 μηλωτή mēlōtḗ may-lo-tay from (a sheep); a sheep-skin:--sheepskin.
|
μηλωταῖς,mēlōtais
|
sheepskins,
|
N-DFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G122αἰγείοιςaigeiois (Adj-DNP) G122 αἴγειος aígeios ah-ee-ghi-os from (a goat); belonging to a goat:--goat.
|
αἰγείοιςaigeiois
|
goats’
|
Adj-DNP
|
G1192δέρμασιν,dermasin (N-DNP) G1192 δέρμα dérma der-mah from δέρω; a hide:--skin.
|
δέρμασιν,dermasin
|
skins,
|
N-DNP
|
G5302ὑστερούμενοι,hysteroumenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G5302 ὑστερέω hysteréō hoos-ter-eh-o from ὕστερος; to be later, i.e. (by implication) to be inferior; generally, to fall short (be deficient):--come behind (short), be destitute, fail, lack, suffer need, (be in) want, be the worse.
|
ὑστερούμενοι,hysteroumenoi
|
being destitute,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G2346θλιβόμενοι,thlibomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G2346 θλίβω thlíbō thlee-bo akin to the base of τρίβος; to crowd (literally or figuratively):--afflict, narrow, throng, suffer tribulation, trouble.
|
θλιβόμενοι,thlibomenoi
|
being oppressed,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G2558κακουχούμενοι,kakouchoumenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G2558 κακουχέω kakouchéō kak-oo-kheh-o from a presumed compound of κακός and ἔχω; to maltreat:--which suffer adversity, torment.
|
κακουχούμενοι,kakouchoumenoi
|
being mistreated;
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
37
They were stoned, they were sawn asunder, were tempted, were killed with the sword: they wandered about in sheepskins and goatskins; being destitute, afflicted, tormented;Hebrews 11:37
Stats
Counts: 170 characters, 18 words, 138 letters, 50 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελιθασθησαν επρισθησαν επειρασθησαν εν φονω μαχαιρας απεθανον περιηλθον εν μηλωταις εν αιγειοις δερμασιν υστερουμενοι θλιβομενοι κακουχουμενοι
Lit: They were stoned, they were tried, they were sawed in two, by slaughter of the sword they were killed; they wandered in sheepskins, in goats’ skins, being destitute, being oppressed, being mistreated;
KJV: They were stoned, they were sawn asunder, were tempted, were slain with the sword: they wandered about in sheepskins and goatskins; being destitute, afflicted, tormented;
References
"stoned"1Ki 21:10: 13-15: Set two men: sons of Belial: before Him: to bear witness against Him: saying: You did blaspheme God and the king. And then carry Him out: and stone Him: that He may die.2Ch 24:21: They conspired against Him: and stoned Him with stones at the commandment of the king in the court of the house of the LORD.Mt 21:35: The husbandmen took his servants: and beat one: and killed another: and stoned another.Mt 23:37: O Jerusalem: Jerusalem: you that kill the prophets: and stone them which are sent to you: how often would I have gathered your children together: even as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings: and you not would!Lu 13:34: O Jerusalem: Jerusalem: which kill the prophets: and stone them that are sent to you; how often would I have gathered your children together: as a hen does gather her brood under her wings: and you not would!Joh 10:31-33: Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him.Ac 7:58: 59: Cast him out of the city: and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet: whose name was Saul.Ac 14:19: There came there certain Jews from Antioch and Iconium: who persuaded the people: and: having stoned Paul: drew him out of the city: supposing he had been dead.2Co 11:25: Thrice was I beaten with rods: once was I stoned: thrice I suffered shipwreck: a night and a day I have been in the deep;"were slain"1Sa 22:17-19: The king said to the footmen that stood about Him: Turn: and kill the priests of the LORD; because their hand also is with David: and because they knew when He fled: and not did show it to me. But the servants of the king not would put forth their hand to fall upon the priests of the LORD.1Ki 18:4: 13: For it was so: when Jezebel cut off the prophets of the LORD: that Obadiah took 100 prophets: and hid them by 50 in a cave: and fed them with bread and water.)1Ki 19:1: 10: 14: Ahab told Jezebel all that Elijah had done: and withal how he had killed all the prophets with the sword.Jer 2:30: In vain have I smitten your children; they received no correction: your own sword has devoured your prophets: like a destroying lion.Jer 26:23: They fetched forth Urijah out of Egypt: and brought him to Jehoiakim the king; who killed him with the sword: and cast his dead body into the graves of the common people.La 4:13: 14: For the sins of her prophets: and the iniquities of her priests: that have shed the blood of the just in the middle of her: Mt 23:35-37: That upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth: from the blood of righteous Abel to the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias: whom you killed between the temple and the altar.Lu 11:51-54: From the blood of Abel to the blood of Zacharias: which perished between the altar and the temple: truly I say to you: It will be required of this generation.Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:Ac 12:2: 3: He killed James the brother of John with the sword."in sheepskins"2Ki 1:8: They answered him: He was an hairy man: and girt with a girdle of leather about his loins. And he said: It is Elijah the Tishbite.Mt 3:4: The same John had his clothing of camel's hair: and a leathern girdle about his loins; and his meat was locusts and wild honey.Re 11:3: I will give power to my two witnesses: and they will prophesy a000 200 and threescore days: clothed in sackcloth."being destitute"Heb 12:1-3: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us: Zec 13:9: I will bring the third part through the fire: and will refine them as silver is refined: and will try them as gold is tried: they will call on my name: and I will hear them: I will say: It is my people: and they will say: The LORD is my God.Mt 8:20: Jesus says to Him: The foxes have holes: and the birds of the air have nests; but the Son of man has nowhere to lay His head.1Co 4:9-13: For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last: as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world: and to angels: and to men.2Co 11:23-27: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.2Co 12:10: Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities: in reproaches: in necessities: in persecutions: in distresses for Christ's sake: for when I am weak: then am I strong.Jas 5:10: 11: Take: my brothers: the prophets: who have spoken in the name of the Lord: for an example of suffering affliction: and of patience.
ων ουκ ην αξιος ο κοσμος εν ερημιαις πλανωμενοι και ορεσιν και σπηλαιοις και ταις οπαις της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of whom
|
RelPro-GMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G514ἄξιοςaxios (Adj-NMS) G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιοςaxios
|
worthy
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2889κόσμος,kosmos (N-NMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμος,kosmos
|
world;
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2047ἐρημίαιςerēmiais (N-DFP) G2047 ἐρημία erēmía er-ay-mee-ah from ἔρημος; solitude (concretely):--desert, wilderness.
|
ἐρημίαιςerēmiais
|
deserts
|
N-DFP
|
G4105πλανώμενοιplanōmenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανώμενοιplanōmenoi
|
wandering,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3735ὄρεσινoresin (N-DNP) G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρεσινoresin
|
mountains,
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4693σπηλαίοιςspēlaiois (N-DNP) G4693 σπήλαιον spḗlaion spay-lah-yon neuter of a presumed derivative of (a grotto); a cavern; by implication, a hiding-place or resort:--cave, den.
|
σπηλαίοιςspēlaiois
|
caves,
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3692ὀπαῖςopais (N-DFP) G3692 ὀπή opḗ op-ay probably from ὀπτάνομαι; a hole (as if for light), i.e. cavern; by analogy, a spring (of water):--cave, place.
|
ὀπαῖςopais
|
holes
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
38
(Of whom the world not was worthy:) they wandered in deserts, and in mountains, and in dens and caves of the earth.Hebrews 11:38
Stats
Counts: 117 characters, 17 words, 88 letters, 30 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: ων ουκ ην αξιος ο κοσμος εν ερημιαις πλανωμενοι και ορεσιν και σπηλαιοις και ταις οπαις της γης
Lit: of whom not was worthy the world; in deserts wandering, and mountains, and caves, and holes of the earth.
KJV: (Of whom the world was not worthy:) they wandered in deserts, and in mountains, and [in] dens and caves of the earth.
References
"whom"1Ki 14:12: 13: Arise you therefore: get you to your own house: and when your feet enter into the city: the child will die.2Ki 23:25-29: Like to Him was there no king before Him: that turned to the LORD with all His heart: and with all His soul: and with all His might: according to all the law of Moses; neither after Him arose there any like Him.Isa 57:1: The righteous perishes: and no man lays it to heart: and merciful men are taken away: none considering that the righteous is taken away from the evil to come."wandered"1Sa 22:1: David therefore departed there: and escaped to the cave Adullam: and when his brothers and all his father's house heard it: they went down there to him.1Sa 23:15: 19: 23: David saw that Saul was come out to seek his life: and David was in the wilderness of Ziph in a wood.1Sa 24:1-3: It came to pass: when Saul was returned from following the Philistines: that it was told him: saying: Look: David is in the wilderness of Engedi.1Sa 26:1: The Ziphites came to Saul to Gibeah: saying: Does not David hide himself in the hill of Hachilah: which is before Jeshimon?1Ki 17:3: Get you here: and turn you eastward: and hide yourself by the brook Cherith: that is before Jordan.1Ki 18:4: 13: For it was so: when Jezebel cut off the prophets of the LORD: that Obadiah took 100 prophets: and hid them by 50 in a cave: and fed them with bread and water.)1Ki 19:9: He came there to a cave: and lodged there; and: look: the word of the LORD came to Him: and He said to Him: What do you here: Elijah?Ps 142:1: He was in the cave.>> I cried to the LORD with my voice; with my voice to the LORD did I make my supplication.Ps 142:2-7: I poured out my complaint before him; I showed before him my trouble.
και ουτοι παντες μαρτυρηθεντες δια της πιστεως ουκ εκομισαντο την επαγγελιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3140μαρτυρηθέντεςmartyrēthentes (V-APP-NMP) G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρηθέντεςmartyrēthentes
|
having been commended
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεωςpisteōs
|
faith,
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2865ἐκομίσαντοekomisanto (V-AIM-3P) G2865 κομίζω komízō kom-id-zo from a primary (to tend, i.e. take care of); properly, to provide for, i.e. (by implication) to carry off (as if from harm; genitive case obtain):--bring, receive.
|
ἐκομίσαντοekomisanto
|
did receive
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1860ἐπαγγελίαν,epangelian (N-AFS) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.
|
ἐπαγγελίαν,epangelian
|
promise,
|
N-AFS
|
39
These all, having obtained a good report through faith, not received the promise:Hebrews 11:39
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 12 words, 69 letters, 28 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουτοι παντες μαρτυρηθεντες δια της πιστεως ουκ εκομισαντο την επαγγελιαν
Lit: And these all, having been commended through the faith, not did receive the promise,
KJV: And these all, having obtained a good report through faith, received not the promise:
References
"And these all, having obtained a good report through faith, received not the promise:"Heb 11:2: 13: For by it the elders obtained a good report.Lu 10:23: 24: He turned him to his disciples: and said privately: Blessed are the eyes which see the things that you see:1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into.
του θεου περι ημων κρειττον τι προβλεψαμενου ινα μη χωρις ημων τελειωθωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2909κρεῖττόνkreitton (Adj-ANS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρεῖττόνkreitton
|
better
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
something
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4265προβλεψαμένου,problepsamenou (V-APM-GMS) G4265 προβλέπω problépō prob-lep-o from πρό and βλέπω; to look out beforehand, i.e. furnish in advance:--provide.
|
προβλεψαμένου,problepsamenou
|
having planned,
|
V-APM-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
apart from
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G5048τελειωθῶσιν.teleiōthōsin (V-ASP-3P) G5048 τελειόω teleióō tel-i-o-o from τέλειος; to complete, i.e. (literally) accomplish, or (figuratively) consummate (in character):--consecrate, finish, fulfil, make) perfect.
|
τελειωθῶσιν.teleiōthōsin
|
they should be made perfect.
|
V-ASP-3P
|
40
God having provided some better thing for us, that they without us not should be made perfect.Hebrews 11:40
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 16 words, 76 letters, 27 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: του θεου περι ημων κρειττον τι προβλεψαμενου ινα μη χωρις ημων τελειωθωσιν
Lit: God for us better something having planned, so that not apart from us they should be made perfect.
KJV: God having provided some better thing for us, that they without us should not be made perfect.
References
"better"Heb 7:19: 22: For the law not madehing perfect: but the bringing in of a better hope did; by the which we draw nigh to God.Heb 8:6: But now has he obtained a more excellent ministry: by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant: which was established upon better promises.Heb 9:23: It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these.Heb 12:24: To Jesus the mediator of the new covenant: and to the blood of sprinkling: that speaks better things than that of Abel."they without"Heb 9:8-15: The Holy Ghost this signifying: that the way into the holy of all not was yet made manifest: while as the first tabernacle was yet standing:Heb 10:11-14: Every priest stands daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices: which can never take away sins:Ro 3:25: 26: Whom God has set forth to be a propitiation through faith in His blood: to declare His righteousness for the remission of sins that are past: through the forbearance of God;"made"Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;Heb 12:23: To the general assembly and church of the firstborn: which are written in heaven: and to God the Judge of all: and to the spirits of just men made perfect: Re 6:11: White robes were given to every one of them; and it was said to them: that they should rest yet for a little season: until their fellowservants also and their brothers: that should be killed as they were: should be fulfilled.
12
The Practice of Faith
A Call to Endurance
τοιγαρουν και ημεις τοσουτον εχοντες περικειμενον ημιν νεφος μαρτυρων ογκον αποθεμενοι παντα και την ευπεριστατον αμαρτιαν δι υπομονης τρεχωμεν τον προκειμενον ημιν αγωνα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5105ΤοιγαροῦνToigaroun (Conj) G5105 τοιγαροῦν toigaroûn toy-gar-oon from τοί and γάρ and οὖν; truly for then, i.e. consequently:--there-(where-)fore.,
|
ΤοιγαροῦνToigaroun
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖς,hēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖς,hēmeis
|
we,
|
PPro-N1P
|
G5118τοσοῦτονtosouton (DPro-ANS) G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoûtos tos-oo-tos from (so much; apparently from ὁ and ὅς) and οὗτος (including its variations); so vast as this, i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number of space):--as large, so great (long, many, much), these many.
|
τοσοῦτονtosouton
|
such a great
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4029περικείμενονperikeimenon (V-PPM/P-ANS) G4029 περίκειμαι períkeimai per-ik-i-mahee from περί and κεῖμαι; to lie all around, i.e. inclose, encircle, hamper (literally or figuratively):--be bound (compassed) with, hang about.
|
περικείμενονperikeimenon
|
encompassing
|
V-PPM/P-ANS
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3509νέφοςnephos (N-ANS) G3509 νέφος néphos nef-os apparently a primary word; a cloud:--cloud.
|
νέφοςnephos
|
a cloud
|
N-ANS
|
G3144μαρτύρων,martyrōn (N-GMP) G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μαρτύρων,martyrōn
|
of witnesses,
|
N-GMP
|
G3591ὄγκονonkon (N-AMS) G3591 ὄγκος ónkos ong-kos probably from the same as ἀγκάλη; a mass (as bending or bulging by its load), i.e. burden (hindrance):--weight.
|
ὄγκονonkon
|
weight
|
N-AMS
|
G659ἀποθέμενοιapothemenoi (V-APM-NMP) G659 ἀποτίθημι apotíthēmi ap-ot-eeth-ay-mee from ἀπό and τίθημι; to put away (literally or figuratively):--cast off, lay apart (aside, down), put away (off).
|
ἀποθέμενοιapothemenoi
|
having laid aside
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-AMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
every,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2139εὐπερίστατονeuperistaton (Adj-AFS) G2139 εὐπερίστατος euperístatos yoo-per-is-tat-os from εὖ and a derivative of a presumed compound of περί and ἵστημι; well standing around, i.e. (a competitor) thwarting (a racer) in every direction (figuratively, of sin in genitive case):--which doth so easily beset.
|
εὐπερίστατονeuperistaton
|
easily entangling
|
Adj-AFS
|
G266ἁμαρτίαν,hamartian (N-AFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαν,hamartian
|
sin,
|
N-AFS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5281ὑπομονῆςhypomonēs (N-GFS) G5281 ὑπομονή hypomonḗ hoop-om-on-ay from ὑπομένω; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, constancy:--enduring, patience, patient continuance (waiting).
|
ὑπομονῆςhypomonēs
|
endurance
|
N-GFS
|
G5143τρέχωμενtrechōmen (V-PSA-1P) G5143 τρέχω tréchō drem-o apparently a primary verb (properly, ; compare θρίξ); which uses (the base of δρόμος) as alternate in certain tenses; to run or walk hastily (literally or figuratively):--have course, run.
|
τρέχωμενtrechōmen
|
should run
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4295προκείμενονprokeimenon (V-PPM/P-AMS) G4295 πρόκειμαι prókeimai prok-i-mahee from πρό and κεῖμαι; to lie before the view, i.e. (figuratively) to be present (to the mind), to stand forth (as an example or reward):--be first, set before (forth).
|
προκείμενονprokeimenon
|
lying before
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G73ἀγῶνα,agōna (N-AMS) G73 ἀγών agṓn ag-one from ἄγω; properly, a place of assembly (as if led), i.e. (by implication) a contest (held there); figuratively, an effort or anxiety:--conflict, contention, fight, race.
|
ἀγῶνα,agōna
|
race,
|
N-AMS
|
1
<a class='u' title='Wherefore'>For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which does so easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us,Hebrews 12:1
Stats
Rank: #67 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 215 characters, 39 words, 170 letters, 70 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοιγαρουν και ημεις τοσουτον εχοντες περικειμενον ημιν νεφος μαρτυρων ογκον αποθεμενοι παντα και την ευπεριστατον αμαρτιαν δι υπομονης τρεχωμεν τον προκειμενον ημιν αγωνα
Lit: Therefore also we, such a great having encompassing us a cloud of witnesses, weight having laid aside every, and the easily entangling sin, with endurance should run the lying before us race,
KJV: Wherefore seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us,
References
"seeing"Heb 11:2-38: For by it the elders obtained a good report."a cloud"Isa 60:8: Who are these that fly as a cloud: and as the doves to their windows?Eze 38:9: 16: You will ascend and come like a storm: you will be like a cloud to cover the land: you: and all your bands: and many people with you."witnesses"Lu 16:28: For I have 5 brothers; that he may testify to them: lest they also come into this place of torment.Joh 3:32: What he has seen and heard: that he testifieth; and no man receives his testimony.Joh 4:39: 44: Many of the Samaritans of that city believed on him for the saying of the woman: which testified: He told me all that ever I did.1Pe 5:12: By Silvanus: a faithful brother to you: as I suppose: I have written briefly: exhorting: and testifying that this is the true grace of God wherein you stand.Re 22:16: I Jesus have sent my angel to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David: and the bright and morning star."let us lay"Mt 10:37: 38: He who loves'>loves father or mother more than me not is worthy of me: and he who loves'>loves son or daughter more than me not is worthy of me.Lu 8:14: That which fell among thorns are they: which: when they have heard: go forth: and are choked with cares and riches and pleasures of this life: and bring no fruit to perfection.Lu 9:59-62: He said to another: Follow me. But He said: Lord: suffer me first to go and bury my father.Lu 12:15: He said to them: Take heed: and beware of covetousness: for a man's life consists not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.Lu 14:26-33: If any man come to me: and not hate his father: and mother: and wife: and children: and brothers: and sisters: yes: and his own life also: he cannot be my disciple.Lu 18:22-25: Now when Jesus heard these things: He said to Him: Yet lack you one thing: sell all that you have: and distribute to the poor: and you will have treasure in heaven: and come: follow me.Lu 21:34: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.Ro 13:11-14: That: knowing the time: that now it is high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed.2Co 7:1: Having therefore these promises: dearly beloved: let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit: perfecting holiness in the fear of God.Eph 4:22-24: That you put off concerning the former conversation the old man: which is corrupt according to the deceitful lusts;Col 3:5-8: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:1Ti 6:9: 10: But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare: and into many foolish and hurtful lusts: which drown men in destruction and perdition.2Ti 2:4: No man that wars entangles himself with the affairs of this life; that he may please him who has chosen him to be a soldier.1Pe 2:1: For what reason laying aside all malice: and all guile: and hypocrisies: and envies: and all evil speakings: 1Pe 4:2: That He no longer should live the rest of His time in the flesh to the lusts of men: but to the will of God.1Jo 2:15: 16: not Love the world: neither the things that are in the world. If any man love the world: the love of the Father not is in Him."and the sin"Heb 10:35-39: not Cast away therefore your confidence: which has great recompence of reward.Ps 18:23: I was also upright before him: and I kept myself from my iniquity."and let us"1Co 9:24-27: Know you not that they which run in a race run all: but one receives the prize? So run: that you may obtain.Ga 5:7: You did run well; who did hinder you that you not should obey the truth?Php 2:16: Holding forth the word of life; that I may rejoice in the day of Christ: that I not have run in vain: neither laboured in vain.Php 3:10-14: That I may know him: and the power of his resurrection: and the fellowship of his sufferings: being made conformable to his death;2Ti 4:7: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:"with patience"Heb 6:15: So: after he had patiently endured: he obtained the promise.Heb 10:36: For you have need of patience: that: after you have done the will of God: you might receive the promise.Mt 10:22: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved.Mt 24:13: But he who will endure to the end: the same will be saved.Lu 8:15: But that on the good ground are they: which in an ho and good heart: having heard the word: keep it: and bring forth fruit with patience.Ro 2:7: To them who by patient continuance in well doing seek for glory and honour and immortality: eternal life:Ro 5:3-5: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;Ro 8:24: 25: For we are saved by hope: but hope that is seen not is hope: for what a man sees: why does he yet hope for?Ro 12:12: Rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; continuing instant in prayer;Jas 1:3: Knowing this: that the trying of your faith works patience.Jas 5:7-11: Be patient therefore: brothers: to the coming of the Lord. Look: the husbandman waits for the precious fruit of the earth: and has long patience for it: until He receive the early and latter rain.2Pe 1:6: To knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness;Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 3:10: Because you have kept the word of my patience: I also will keep you from the hour of temptation: which will come upon all the world: to try them that dwell upon the earth.Re 13:10: He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.
αφορωντες εις τον της πιστεως αρχηγον και τελειωτην ιησουν ος αντι της προκειμενης αυτω χαρας υπεμεινεν σταυρον αισχυνης καταφρονησας εν δεξια τε του θρονου του θεου εκαθισεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G872ἀφορῶντεςaphorōntes (V-PPA-NMP) G872 ἀφοράω aphoráō af-or-ah-o from ἀπό and ὁράω; to consider attentively:--look.
|
ἀφορῶντεςaphorōntes
|
looking
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of our
|
Art-GFS
|
G4102πίστεωςpisteōs (N-GFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστεωςpisteōs
|
faith
|
N-GFS
|
G747ἀρχηγὸνarchēgon (N-AMS) G747 ἀρχηγός archēgós ar-khay-gos from ἀρχή and ἄγω; a chief leader:--author, captain, prince.
|
ἀρχηγὸνarchēgon
|
founder
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5051τελειωτὴνteleiōtēn (N-AMS) G5051 τελειωτής teleiōtḗs tel-i-o-tace from τελειόω; a completer, i.e. consummater:--finisher.
|
τελειωτὴνteleiōtēn
|
perfecter,
|
N-AMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G473ἀντὶanti (Prep) G473 ἀντί antí an-tee a primary particle; opposite, i.e. instead or because of (rarely in addition to):--for, in the room of. Often used in composition to denote contrast, requital, substitution, correspondence, etc.
|
ἀντὶanti
|
in view of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4295προκειμένηςprokeimenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS) G4295 πρόκειμαι prókeimai prok-i-mahee from πρό and κεῖμαι; to lie before the view, i.e. (figuratively) to be present (to the mind), to stand forth (as an example or reward):--be first, set before (forth).
|
προκειμένηςprokeimenēs
|
lying before
|
V-PPM/P-GFS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5479χαρᾶςcharas (N-GFS) G5479 χαρά chará khar-ah from χαίρω; cheerfulness, i.e. calm delight:--gladness, X greatly, (X be exceeding) joy(-ful, -fully, -fulness, -ous).
|
χαρᾶςcharas
|
joy,
|
N-GFS
|
G5278ὑπέμεινενhypemeinen (V-AIA-3S) G5278 ὑπομένω hypoménō hoop-om-en-o from ὑπό and μένω; to stay under (behind), i.e. remain; figuratively, to undergo, i.e. bear (trials), have fortitude, persevere:--abide, endure, (take) patient(-ly), suffer, tarry behind.
|
ὑπέμεινενhypemeinen
|
endured
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4716σταυρὸνstauron (N-AMS) G4716 σταυρός staurós stow-ros from the base of ἵστημι; a stake or post (as set upright), i.e. (specially), a pole or cross (as an instrument of capital punishment); figuratively, exposure to death, i.e. self-denial; by implication, the atonement of Christ:--cross.
|
σταυρὸνstauron
|
the cross,
|
N-AMS
|
G152αἰσχύνηςaischynēs (N-GFS) G152 αἰσχύνη aischýnē ahee-skhoo-nay from αἰσχύνομαι; shame or disgrace (abstractly or concretely):--dishonesty, shame.
|
αἰσχύνηςaischynēs
|
its shame
|
N-GFS
|
G2706καταφρονήσας,kataphronēsas (V-APA-NMS) G2706 καταφρονέω kataphronéō kat-af-ron-eh-o from κατά and φρονέω; to think against, i.e. disesteem:--despise.
|
καταφρονήσας,kataphronēsas
|
having despised,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G1188δεξιᾷdexia (Adj-DFS) G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾷdexia
|
the right hand
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS) G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2523κεκάθικεν.kekathiken (V-RIA-3S) G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
κεκάθικεν.kekathiken
|
sat down.
|
V-RIA-3S
|
2
Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Hebrews 12:2
Stats
Rank: #312 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 192 characters, 35 words, 151 letters, 56 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: αφορωντες εις τον της πιστεως αρχηγον και τελειωτην ιησουν ος αντι της προκειμενης αυτω χαρας υπεμεινεν σταυρον αισχυνης καταφρονησας εν δεξια τε του θρονου του θεου εκαθισεν
Lit: looking to the of our faith founder and perfecter, Jesus, who in view of the lying before Him joy, endured the cross, its shame having despised, at the right hand and of the throne of God sat down.
KJV: Looking unto Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.
References
"Looking"Heb 12:3: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself: lest you be wearied and faint in your minds.Heb 9:28: So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and to them that look for Him will He appear the second time without sin to salvation.Isa 8:17: I will wait upon the LORD: that hides His face from the house of Jacob: and I will look for Him.Isa 31:1: Woe to them that go down to Egypt for help; and stay on horses: and trust in chariots: because they are many; and in horsemen: because they are very strong; but they not look to the Holy one of Israel: neither seek the LORD!Isa 45:22: Look to me: and be you saved: all the ends of the earth: for I am God: and there is none else.Mic 7:7: Therefore I will look to the LORD; I will wait for the God of my salvation: my God will hear me.Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.Joh 1:29: The next day John sees Jesus coming to Him: and says: Look the Lamb of God: which takes away the sin of the world.Joh 6:40: This is the will of Him that sent me: that every one which sees the Son: and believes on Him: may have everlasting life: and I will raise Him up at the last day.Joh 8:56: your father Abraham rejoiced to see my day: and he saw it: and was glad.Php 3:20: For our conversation is in heaven; from where also we look for the Saviour: the Lord Jesus Christ:2Ti 4:8: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness: which the Lord: the righteous judge: will give me at that day: not and to me only: but to all them also that love His appearing.Tit 2:13: Looking for that blessed hope: and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ;1Jo 1:1-3: That which was from the beginning: which we have heard: which we have seen with our eyes: which we have looked upon: and our hands have handled: of the Word of life;Jude 1:21: Keep yourselves in the love of God: looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ to eternal life."the author"Heb 2:10: For it became him: for whom are all things: and by whom are all things: in bringing many sons to glory: to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings.Mr 9:24: Straightway the father of the child cried out: and said with tears: Lord: I believe; help you my unbelief.Lu 17:5: The apostles said to the Lord: Increase our faith.Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.Re 1:8: 11: 17: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the ending: says the Lord: which is: and which was: and which is to come: the Almighty.Re 2:8: to the angel of the church in Smyrna write; These things says the first and the last: which was dead: and is alive;"finisher"Heb 7:19: For the law not madehing perfect: but the bringing in of a better hope did; by the which we draw nigh to God.Heb 10:14: For by one offering he has perfected for ever them that are sanctified.Ps 138:8: The LORD will perfect that which concerns me: your mercy: O LORD: endureth for ever: not forsake the works of your own hands.1Co 1:7: 8: So that you come behind in no gift; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ:Php 1:6: Being confident of this very thing: that He which has begun a good work in you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ:"for"Heb 2:7-9: You mad him a little lower than the angels; you crownedst him with glory and honour: and did set him over the works of your hands:Heb 5:9: Being made perfect: he became the author of eternal salvation to all them that obey him;Ps 16:9-11: Therefore my heart is glad: and my glory rejoices: my flesh also will rest in hope.Isa 49:6: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Isa 53:10-12: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Lu 24:26: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?Joh 12:24: 32: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a grain of wheat fall into the ground and die: it abides alone: but if it die: it brings forth much fruit.Joh 13:3: 31: 32: Jesus knowing that the Father had given all things into His hands: and that He was come from God: and went to God;Joh 17:1-4: These words spoke Jesus: and lifted up His eyes to heaven: and said: Father: the hour is come; glorify your Son: that your Son also may glorify you:Ac 2:25: 26: 36: For David speaks concerning Him: I foresaw the Lord always before my face: for He is on my right hand: that I not should be moved:Php 2:8-11: Being found in fashion as a man: he humbled himself: and became obedient to death: even the death of the cross.1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow."endured"Heb 10:5-12: For what reason when he comes into the world: he says: Sacrifice and offering you would not: but a body have you prepared me:Mt 16:21: From that time forth began Jesus to show to His disciples: how that He must go to Jerusalem: and suffer many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes: and be killed: and be raised again the third day.Mt 20:18: 19: 20: 28: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be betrayed to the chief priests and to the scribes: and they will condemn Him to death: Mt 27:31-50: After that they had mocked him: they took the robe off from him: and put his own clothing on him: and led him away to crucify him.Mr 14:36: He said: Abba: Father: all things are possible to you; take away this cup from me: not nevertheless what I will: but what you will.Joh 12:27: 28: Now is my soul troubled; and what will I say? Father: save me from this hour: but for this cause came I to this hour.Eph 2:16: That He might reconcile both to God in one body by the cross: having killed the enmity thereby:Eph 5:2: Walk in love: as Christ also has loved us: and has given Himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweetsmelling savour.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed.1Pe 3:18: For Christ also has once suffered for sins: the just for the unjust: that He might bring us to God: being put to death in the flesh: but quickened by the Spirit:"despising"Heb 10:33: Partly: whilst you were made a gazingstock both by reproaches and afflictions; and partly: whilst you became companions of them that were so used.Heb 11:36: Others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings: yes: moreover of bonds and imprisonment:Ps 22:6-8: But I am a worm: and no man; a reproach of men: and despised of the people.Ps 69:19: 20: You have known my reproach: and my shame: and my dishonour: my adversaries are all before you.Isa 49:7: Thus says the LORD: the Redeemer of Israel: and His Holy one: to Him whom man despises: to Him whom the nation abhors: to a servant of rulers: Kings will see and arise: princes also will worship: because of the LORD that is faithful: and the Holy one of Israel: and He will choose you.Isa 50:6: 7: I gave my back to the smiters: and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair: I not hid my face from shame and spitting.Isa 53:3: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.Mt 26:67: Then did they spit in his face: and buffeted him; and others smote him with the palms of their hands: Mt 26:68: Saying: Prophesy to us: you Christ: Who is He that'>He who smote you?Mt 27:27-31: 38-44: Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the common hall: and gathered to Him the whole band of soldiers.Mr 9:12: He answered and told them: Elias truly comes first: and restoreth all things; and how it is written of the Son of man: that He must suffer many things: and be set at nought.Lu 23:11: 35-39: Herod with his men of war set him at nought: and mocked him: and arrayed him in a gorgeous robe: and sent him again to Pilate.Ac 5:41: They departed from the presence of the council: rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name.1Pe 2:23: Who: when he was reviled: not reviled again; when he suffered: he not threatened; but committed himself to him that judges righteously:1Pe 4:14-16: If you be reproached for the name of Christ: happy are you; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part He is evil spoken of: but on your part He is glorified."and is"Heb 1:3: 13: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Ps 110:1: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.
αναλογισασθε γαρ τον τοιαυτην υπομεμενηκοτα υπο των αμαρτωλων εις αυτον αντιλογιαν ινα μη καμητε ταις ψυχαις υμων εκλυομενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G357ἀναλογίσασθεanalogisasthe (V-AMM-2P) G357 ἀναλογίζομαι analogízomai an-al-og-id-zom-ahee middle voice from ἀναλογία; to estimate, i.e. (figuratively) contemplate:--consider.
|
ἀναλογίσασθεanalogisasthe
|
Consider fully
|
V-AMM-2P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for,
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G5108τοιαύτηνtoiautēn (DPro-AFS) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαύτηνtoiautēn
|
such great
|
DPro-AFS
|
G5278ὑπομεμενηκόταhypomemenēkota (V-RPA-AMS) G5278 ὑπομένω hypoménō hoop-om-en-o from ὑπό and μένω; to stay under (behind), i.e. remain; figuratively, to undergo, i.e. bear (trials), have fortitude, persevere:--abide, endure, (take) patient(-ly), suffer, tarry behind.
|
ὑπομεμενηκόταhypomemenēkota
|
having endured
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G268ἁμαρτωλῶνhamartōlōn (Adj-GMP) G268 ἁμαρτωλός hamartōlós ham-ar-to-los from ἁμαρτάνω; sinful, i.e. a sinner:--sinful, sinner.
|
ἁμαρτωλῶνhamartōlōn
|
sinners
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
against
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
Himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G485ἀντιλογίαν,antilogian (N-AFS) G485 ἀντιλογία antilogía an-tee-log-ee-ah from a derivative of ἀντιλέγω; dispute, disobedience:--contradiction, gainsaying, strife.
|
ἀντιλογίαν,antilogian
|
hostility,
|
N-AFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2577κάμητεkamēte (V-ASA-2P) G2577 κάμνω kámnō kam-no apparently a primary verb; properly, to toil, i.e. (by implication) to tire (figuratively, faint, sicken):--faint, sick, be wearied.
|
κάμητεkamēte
|
you shall grow weary,
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
in the
|
Art-DFP
|
G5590ψυχαῖςpsychais (N-DFP) G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχαῖςpsychais
|
souls
|
N-DFP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1590ἐκλυόμενοι.eklyomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G1590 ἐκλύω eklýō ek-loo-o from ἐκ and λύω; to relax (literally or figuratively):--faint.
|
ἐκλυόμενοι.eklyomenoi
|
fainting.
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
3
For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself, lest you be wearied and faint in your minds.Hebrews 12:3
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 19 words, 99 letters, 37 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: αναλογισασθε γαρ τον τοιαυτην υπομεμενηκοτα υπο των αμαρτωλων εις αυτον αντιλογιαν ινα μη καμητε ταις ψυχαις υμων εκλυομενοι
Lit: Consider fully for, the One such great having endured from sinners against Himself hostility, so that not you shall grow weary, in the souls of you fainting.
KJV: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself, lest ye be wearied and faint in your minds.
References
"consider"Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Heb 3:1: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;1Sa 12:24: Only fear the LORD: and serve Him in truth with all your heart: for consider how great things He has done for you.2Ti 2:7: 8: Consider what I say; and the Lord give you understanding in all things."contradiction"Mt 10:24: 25: The disciple not is above his master: nor the servant above his lord.Mt 11:19: The Son of man came eating and drinking: and they say: Look a man gluttonous: and a winebibber: a friend of publicans and sinners. But wisdom is justified of her children.Mt 12:24: But when the Pharisees heard it: they said: This fellow does not cast out devils: but by Beelzebub the prince of the devils.Mt 15:2: Why do your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders? for they not wash their hands when they eat bread.Mt 21:15: 16: 23: 46: When the chief priests and scribes saw the wonderful things that He did: and the children crying in the temple: and saying: Hosanna to the Son of David; they were sore displeased: Mt 22:15: Then went the Pharisees: and took counsel how they might entangle him in his talk.Lu 2:34: Simeon blessed them: and said to Mary his mother: Look: this child is set for the fall and rising again of many in Israel; and for a sign which will be spoken against;Lu 4:28: 29: All they in the synagogue: when they heard these things: were filled with wrath: Lu 5:21: The scribes and the Pharisees began to reason: saying: Who is this which speaks blasphemies? Who can forgive sins: but God alone?Lu 11:15: 16: 53: 54: But some of them said: He casts out devils through Beelzebub the chief of the devils.Lu 13:13: 14: He laid His hands on her: and immediately she was made straight: and glorified God.Lu 14:1: It came to pass: as he went into the house of one of the chief Pharisees to eat bread on the sabbath day: that they watched him.Lu 15:2: The Pharisees and scribes murmured: saying: This man receives sinners: and eats with them.Lu 16:14: The Pharisees also: who were covetous: heard all these things: and they derided him.Lu 19:39: Some of the Pharisees from among the multitude said to him: Master: rebuke your disciples.Lu 19:40: He answered and said to them: I tell you that: if these should hold their peace: the stones would immediately cry out.Joh 5:16: Therefore did the Jews persecute Jesus: and sought to kill Him: because He had done these things on the sabbath day.Joh 7:12: There was much murmuring among the people concerning him: for some said: He is a good man: others said: No; but he deceives the people.Joh 8:13: 48: 49: 52: 59: The Pharisees therefore said to him: You bear record of yourself; your record not is true.Joh 9:40: some of the Pharisees which were with him heard these words: and said to him: Are we blind also?Joh 10:20: 31-39: Many of them said: He has a devil: and is mad; why hear you him?Joh 12:9: Much people of the Jews therefore knew that He was there: and they not came for Jesus' sake only: but that they might see Lazarus also: whom He had raised from the dead.Joh 12:10: But the chief priests consulted that they might put Lazarus also to death;Joh 15:18-24: If the world hate you: you know that it hated me before it hated you.Joh 18:22: When He had thus spoken: one of the officers which stood by struck Jesus with the palm of His hand: saying: Answerest you the high priest so?"lest"Heb 12:5: you have forgotten the exhortation which speaks to you as to children: My son: not despise you the chastening of the Lord: nor faint when you are rebuked of Him:De 20:3: will say to them: Hear: O Israel: you approach this day to battle against your enemies: not let your hearts faint: not fear: and not do tremble: neither be you terrified because of them;Pr 24:10: If you faint in the day of adversity: your strength is small.Isa 40:30: 31: Even the youths will faint and be weary: and the young men will utterly fall:Isa 50:4: The Lord GOD has given me the tongue of the learned: that I should know how to speak a word in season to Him that is weary: He wakes'>wakes morning by morning: He wakes'>wakes my ear to hear as the learned.1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.2Co 4:1: 16: Therefore seeing we have this ministry: as we have received mercy: we not faint;Ga 6:9: Let not us be weary in well doing: for in due season we will reap: if we not faint.2Th 3:13: But you: brothers: not be weary in well doing.
God Disciplines His Sons
ουπω μεχρις αιματος αντικατεστητε προς την αμαρτιαν ανταγωνιζομενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3768ΟὔπωOupō (Adv) G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.
|
ΟὔπωOupō
|
Not yet
|
Adv
|
G3360μέχριςmechris (Prep) G3360 μέχρι méchri mekh-ris from μῆκος; as far as, i.e. up to a certain point (as a preposition, of extent (denoting the terminus, whereas ἄχρι refers especially to the space of time or place intervening) or conjunction):--till, (un-)to, until.,
|
μέχριςmechris
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
blood
|
N-GNS
|
G478ἀντικατέστητεantikatestēte (V-AIA-2P) G478 ἀντικαθίστημι antikathístēmi an-tee-kath-is-tay-mee from ἀντί and καθίστημι; to set down (troops) against, i.e. withstand:--resist.
|
ἀντικατέστητεantikatestēte
|
have you resisted,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
against
|
Prep
|
G266ἁμαρτίανhamartian (N-AFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίανhamartian
|
sin
|
N-AFS
|
G464ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι,antagōnizomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G464 ἀνταγωνίζομαι antagōnízomai an-tag-o-nid-zom-ahee from ἀντί and ἀγωνίζομαι; to struggle against (figuratively) (antagonize):--strive against.
|
ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι,antagōnizomenoi
|
struggling,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
4
You not have yet resisted to blood, striving against sin.Hebrews 12:4
Stats
Counts: 58 characters, 9 words, 47 letters, 18 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουπω μεχρις αιματος αντικατεστητε προς την αμαρτιαν ανταγωνιζομενοι
Lit: Not yet unto blood have you resisted, against sin struggling,
KJV: Ye have not yet resisted unto blood, striving against sin.
References
"Ye have not yet resisted unto blood, striving against sin."Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.Heb 10:32-34: But call to remembrance the former days: in which: after you were illuminated: you endured a great fight of afflictions;Mt 24:9: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.1Co 10:13: There has no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful: who not will suffer you to be tempted above that you are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape: that you may be able to bear it.2Ti 4:6: 7: For I am now ready to be offered: and the time of my departure is at hand.Re 2:13: I know your works: and where you dwell: even where Satan's seat is: and you hold fast my name: and have not denied my faith: even in those days wherein Antipas was my faithful martyr: who was killed among you: where Satan dwells.Re 6:9-11: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Re 17:6: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.Re 18:24: In her was found the blood of prophets: and of saints: and of all that were killed upon the earth.
και εκλελησθε της παρακλησεως ητις υμιν ως υιοις διαλεγεται υιε μου μη ολιγωρει παιδειας κυριου μηδε εκλυου υπ αυτου ελεγχομενος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1585ἐκλέλησθεeklelēsthe (V-RIM/P-2P) G1585 ἐκλανθάνομαι eklanthánomai ek-lan-than-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λανθάνω; to be utterly oblivious of:--forget.
|
ἐκλέλησθεeklelēsthe
|
you have forgotten
|
V-RIM/P-2P
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3874παρακλήσεως,paraklēseōs (N-GFS) G3874 παράκλησις paráklēsis par-ak-lay-sis from παρακαλέω; imploration, hortation, solace:--comfort, consolation, exhortation, intreaty.
|
παρακλήσεως,paraklēseōs
|
exhortation
|
N-GFS
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
that
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5207υἱοῖςhuiois (N-DMP) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοῖςhuiois
|
to sons
|
N-DMP
|
G1256διαλέγεταιdialegetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1256 διαλέγομαι dialégomai dee-al-eg-om-ahee middle voice from διά and λέγω; to say thoroughly, i.e. discuss (in argument or exhortation):--dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak.
|
διαλέγεταιdialegetai
|
addresses:
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G5207ΥἱέHuie (N-VMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱέHuie
|
Son
|
N-VMS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3643ὀλιγώρειoligōrei (V-PMA-2S) G3643 ὀλιγωρέω oligōréō ol-ig-o-reh-o from a compound of ὀλίγος and (care); to have little regard for, i.e. to disesteem:--despise.
|
ὀλιγώρειoligōrei
|
regard lightly
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3809παιδείαςpaideias (N-GFS) G3809 παιδεία paideía pahee-di-ah from παιδεύω; tutorage, i.e. education or training; by implication, disciplinary correction:--chastening, chastisement, instruction, nurture.
|
παιδείαςpaideias
|
the discipline
|
N-GFS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
of the Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj) G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1590ἐκλύουeklyou (V-PMM/P-2S) G1590 ἐκλύω eklýō ek-loo-o from ἐκ and λύω; to relax (literally or figuratively):--faint.
|
ἐκλύουeklyou
|
faint,
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G5259ὑπ’hyp’ (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπ’hyp’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1651ἐλεγχόμενος·elenchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1651 ἐλέγχω elénchō el-eng-kho of uncertain affinity; to confute, admonish:--convict, convince, tell a fault, rebuke, reprove.
|
ἐλεγχόμενος·elenchomenos
|
being reproved.
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
5
you have forgotten the exhortation which speaks to you as to children, My son, not despise you the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when you are rebuked of Him:
Hebrews 12:5
Stats
Rank: #1422 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 172 characters, 28 words, 138 letters, 52 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκλελησθε της παρακλησεως ητις υμιν ως υιοις διαλεγεται υιε μου μη ολιγωρει παιδειας κυριου μηδε εκλυου υπ αυτου ελεγχομενος
Lit: and you have forgotten the exhortation that you as to sons addresses: Son of Me, not regard lightly the discipline of the Lord, nor faint, by Him being reproved.
KJV: And ye have forgotten the exhortation which speaketh unto you as unto children, My son, despise not thou the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when thou art rebuked of him:
References
"ye have forgotten"De 4:9: 10: Only take heed to yourself: and keep your soul diligently: lest'>lest you forget the things which your eyes have seen: and lest'>lest they depart from your heart all the days of your life: but teach them your sons: and your sons' sons;Ps 119:16: 83: 109: I will delight myself in your statutes: I not will forget your word.Pr 3:1: My son: not forget my law; but let your heart keep my commandments:Pr 4:5: Get wisdom: get understanding: forget it not; neither decline from the words of my mouth.Mt 16:9: 10: Do you not yet understand: neither remember the 5 loaves of the 5000: and how many baskets you took up?Lu 24:6: 8: He not is here: but is risen: remember how he spoke to you when he was yet in Galilee: "the exhortation"Heb 12:7: If you endure chastening: God deals with you as with sons; for what son is He whom the father chastens not?Pr 3:11: 12: My son: not despise the chastening of the LORD; neither be weary of His correction:"despise"Job 5:17: 18: Look: happy is the man whom God corrects: therefore not despise you the chastening of the Almighty:Job 34:31: Surely it is meet to be said to God: I have borne chastisement: I not will offend any more:Ps 94:12: Blessed is the man whom you chasten: O LORD: and teach Him out of your law;Ps 118:18: The LORD has chastened me sore: but He has not given me over to death.Ps 119:75: I know: O LORD: that your judgments are right: and that you in faithfulness have afflicted me.Jer 31:18: I have surely heard Ephraim bemoaning Himself thus; You have chastised me: and I was chastised: as a bullock unaccustomed to the yoke: turn you me: and I will be turned; for you are the LORD my God.1Co 11:32: But when we are judged: we are chastened of the Lord: that we not should be condemned with the world.Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him.Re 3:19: As many as I love: I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore: and repent."nor faint"Heb 12:3: 4: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself: lest you be wearied and faint in your minds.Jos 7:7-11: Joshua said: Alas: O Lord GOD: for what reason have you at all brought this people over Jordan: to deliver us into the hand of the Amorites: to destroy us? would to God we had been content: and dwelt on the other side Jordan!2Sa 6:7-10: The anger of the LORD was kindled against Uzzah; and God smote Him there for His error; and there He died by the ark of God.1Ch 13:9-13: When they came to the threshingfloor of Chidon: Uzza put forth his hand to hold the ark; for the oxen stumbled.1Ch 15:12: 13: Said to them: You are the chief of the fathers of the Levites: sanctify yourselves: both you and your brothers: that you may bring up the ark of the LORD God of Israel to the place that I have prepared for it.Ps 6:1: 2: A Psalm of David.>> O LORD: rebuke not me in your anger: neither chasten me in your hot displeasure.2Co 4:8: 9: We are troubled on every side: not yet distressed; we are perplexed: not but in despair;2Co 12:9: 10: He said to me: My grace is sufficient for you: for my strength is made perfect in weakness. Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities: that the power of Christ may rest upon me.
ον γαρ αγαπα κυριος παιδευει μαστιγοι δε παντα υιον ον παραδεχεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
Whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G25ἀγαπᾷagapa (V-PIA-3S) G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἀγαπᾷagapa
|
He loves,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G3811παιδεύει,paideuei (V-PIA-3S) G3811 παιδεύω paideúō pahee-dyoo-o from παῖς; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by implication), discipline (by punishment):--chasten(-ise), instruct, learn, teach.
|
παιδεύει,paideuei
|
disciplines;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3146μαστιγοῖmastigoi (V-PIA-3S) G3146 μαστιγόω mastigóō mas-tig-o-o from μάστιξ; to flog (literally or figuratively):--scourge.
|
μαστιγοῖmastigoi
|
He scourges
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-AMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
every
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5207υἱὸνhuion (N-AMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸνhuion
|
son
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3858παραδέχεται.paradechetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G3858 παραδέχομαι paradéchomai par-ad-ekh-om-ahee from παρά and δέχομαι; to accept near, i.e. admit or (by implication) delight in:--receive.
|
παραδέχεται.paradechetai
|
He receives.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
6
For whom the Lord loves He chastens, and scourges every son whom He receives.Hebrews 12:6
Stats
Rank: #2130 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 82 characters, 13 words, 67 letters, 23 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: ον γαρ αγαπα κυριος παιδευει μαστιγοι δε παντα υιον ον παραδεχεται
Lit: Whom for He loves, the Lord disciplines; He scourges now every son whom He receives.
KJV: For whom the Lord loveth he chasteneth, and scourgeth every son whom he receiveth.
References
"whom"De 8:5: You will also consider in your heart: that: as a man chastens'>chastens His son: so the LORD your God chastens'>chastens you.Ps 32:1-5: A Psalm of David: Maschil.>> Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven: whose sin is covered.Ps 73:14: 15: For all the day long have I been plagued: and chastened every morning.Ps 89:30-34: If his children forsake my law: and not walk in my judgments;Ps 119:71: 75: It is good for me that I have been afflicted; that I might learn your statutes.Pr 3:12: For whom the LORD loves He corrects; even as a father the son in whom He delights.Pr 13:24: He who spares his rod hates his son: but he who loves him chastens him betimes.Isa 27:9: By this therefore will the iniquity of Jacob be purged; and this is all the fruit to take away his sin; when he makes all the stones of the altar as chalkstones that are beaten in sunder: the groves and images will not stand up.Jer 10:24: O LORD: correct me: but with judgment; not in your anger: lest you bring me not tohing.Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him.Jas 5:11: Look: we count them happy which endure. You have heard of the patience of Job: and have seen the end of the Lord; that the Lord is very pitiful: and of tender mercy.Re 3:19: As many as I love: I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore: and repent."and scourgeth"Heb 12:7: 8: If you endure chastening: God deals with you as with sons; for what son is He whom the father chastens not?2Sa 7:14: I will be his father: and he will be my son. If he commit iniquity: I will chasten him with the rod of men: and with the stripes of the children of men:
ει παιδειαν υπομενετε ως υιοις υμιν προσφερεται ο θεος τις γαρ εστιν υιος ον ου παιδευει πατηρ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1519Εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
Εἰςeis
|
As
|
Prep
|
G3809παιδείανpaideian (N-AFS) G3809 παιδεία paideía pahee-di-ah from παιδεύω; tutorage, i.e. education or training; by implication, disciplinary correction:--chastening, chastisement, instruction, nurture.
|
παιδείανpaideian
|
discipline
|
N-AFS
|
G5278ὑπομένετε·hypomenete (V-PIA-2P) G5278 ὑπομένω hypoménō hoop-om-en-o from ὑπό and μένω; to stay under (behind), i.e. remain; figuratively, to undergo, i.e. bear (trials), have fortitude, persevere:--abide, endure, (take) patient(-ly), suffer, tarry behind.
|
ὑπομένετε·hypomenete
|
endure,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5207υἱοῖςhuiois (N-DMP) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοῖςhuiois
|
sons
|
N-DMP
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G4374προσφέρεταιprospheretai (V-PIM/P-3S) G4374 προσφέρω prosphérō pros-fer-o from πρός and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear towards, i.e. lead to, tender (especially to God), treat:--bring (to, unto), deal with, do, offer (unto, up), present unto, put to.
|
προσφέρεταιprospheretai
|
is treating
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2316Θεός·Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός·Theos
|
God;
|
N-NMS
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
what
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸςhuios
|
son is there
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3811παιδεύειpaideuei (V-PIA-3S) G3811 παιδεύω paideúō pahee-dyoo-o from παῖς; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by implication), discipline (by punishment):--chasten(-ise), instruct, learn, teach.
|
παιδεύειpaideuei
|
disciplines
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3962πατήρ;patēr (N-NMS) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατήρ;patēr
|
his father?
|
N-NMS
|
7
If you endure chastening, God deals with you as with sons; for what son is He whom the father chastens not?
Hebrews 12:7
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 19 words, 87 letters, 31 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει παιδειαν υπομενετε ως υιοις υμιν προσφερεται ο θεος τις γαρ εστιν υιος ον ου παιδευει πατηρ
Lit: As discipline endure, as sons you is treating God; what for son is there whom not disciplines his father?
KJV: If ye endure chastening, God dealeth with you as with sons; for what son is he whom the father chasteneth not?
References
"endure"Job 34:31: 32: Surely it is meet to be said to God: I have borne chastisement: I not will offend any more:Pr 19:18: Chasten your son while there is hope: and not let your soul spare for his crying.Pr 22:15: Foolishness is bound in the heart of a child; but the rod of correction will drive it far from him.Pr 23:13: 14: not Withhold correction from the child: for if you beat him with the rod: he will not die.Pr 29:15: 17: The rod and reproof give wisdom: but a child left to himself brings his mother to shame.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God."for what"1Sa 2:29: 34: For what reason kick you at my sacrifice and at my offering: which I have commanded in my habitation; and honour your sons above me: to make yourselves fat with the chief of all the offerings of Israel my people?1Sa 3:13: For I have told him that I will judge his house for ever for the iniquity which he knows; because his sons made themselves vile: and he restrained not them.1Ki 1:6: His father not had displeased him at any time in saying: Why have you done so? and he also was a very goodly man; and his mother bare him after Absalom.1Ki 2:24: 25: Now therefore: as the LORD lives: which has established me: and set me on the throne of David my father: and who has made me an house: as He promised: Adonijah will be put to death this day.Pr 13:24: He who spares his rod hates his son: but he who loves him chastens him betimes.Pr 29:15: The rod and reproof give wisdom: but a child left to himself brings his mother to shame.
ει δε χωρις εστε παιδειας ης μετοχοι γεγονασιν παντες αρα νοθοι εστε και ουχ υιοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5565χωρίςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρίςchōris
|
without
|
Prep
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
you are
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3809παιδείας,paideias (N-GFS) G3809 παιδεία paideía pahee-di-ah from παιδεύω; tutorage, i.e. education or training; by implication, disciplinary correction:--chastening, chastisement, instruction, nurture.
|
παιδείας,paideias
|
of discipline,
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
of which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G3353μέτοχοιmetochoi (Adj-NMP) G3353 μέτοχος métochos met-okh-os from μετέχω; participant, i.e. (as noun) a sharer; by implication, an associate:--fellow, partaker, partner.
|
μέτοχοιmetochoi
|
partakers
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1096γεγόνασινgegonasin (V-RIA-3P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γεγόνασινgegonasin
|
they have become
|
V-RIA-3P
|
G3956πάντες,pantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντες,pantes
|
all,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G686ἄραara (Conj) G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἄραara
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3541νόθοιnothoi (Adj-NMP) G3541 νόθος nóthos noth-os of uncertain affinity; a spurious or illegitimate son:--bastard.
|
νόθοιnothoi
|
illegitimate children
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5207υἱοίhuioi (N-NMP) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱοίhuioi
|
sons
|
N-NMP
|
G1510ἐστε.este (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστε.este
|
you are.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
8
But if you be without chastisement, whereof all are partakers, then are you bastards, not and sons.Hebrews 12:8
Stats
Counts: 97 characters, 14 words, 77 letters, 29 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε χωρις εστε παιδειας ης μετοχοι γεγονασιν παντες αρα νοθοι εστε και ουχ υιοι
Lit: If however without you are of discipline, of which partakers they have become all, then illegitimate children and not sons you are.
KJV: But if ye be without chastisement, whereof all are partakers, then are ye bastards, and not sons.
References
"But if ye be without chastisement, whereof all are partakers, then are ye bastards, and not sons."Heb 12:6: For whom the Lord loves He chastens: and scourges every son whom He receives.Ps 73:1: 14: 15: > Truly God is good to Israel: even to such as are of a clean heart.1Pe 5:9: 10: Whom resist stedfast in the faith: knowing that the same afflictions are accomplished in your brothers that are in the world.
ειτα τους μεν της σαρκος ημων πατερας ειχομεν παιδευτας και ενετρεπομεθα ου πολλω μαλλον υποταγησομεθα τω πατρι των πνευματων και ζησομεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1534εἶταeita (Adv) G1534 εἶτα eîta i-tah of uncertain affinity; a particle of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then, moreover:--after that(-ward), furthermore, then. See also ἔπειτα.
|
εἶταeita
|
Furthermore
|
Adv
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4561σαρκὸςsarkos (N-GFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σαρκὸςsarkos
|
flesh
|
N-GFS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3962πατέραςpateras (N-AMP) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέραςpateras
|
fathers
|
N-AMP
|
G2192εἴχομενeichomen (V-IIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἴχομενeichomen
|
we have had
|
V-IIA-1P
|
G3810παιδευτὰςpaideutas (N-AMP) G3810 παιδευτής paideutḗs pahee-dyoo-tace from παιδεύω; a trainer, i.e. teacher or (by implication) discipliner:--which corrected, instructor.
|
παιδευτὰςpaideutas
|
correctors,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1788ἐνετρεπόμεθα·enetrepometha (V-IIP-1P) G1788 ἐντρέπω entrépō en-trep-o from ἐν and the base of τροπή; to invert, i.e. (figuratively and reflexively) in a good sense, to respect; or in a bad one, to confound:--regard, (give) reference, shame.
|
ἐνετρεπόμεθα·enetrepometha
|
we respected them;
|
V-IIP-1P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4183πολὺpoly (Adj-ANS) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺpoly
|
much
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1161[δὲ]de (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
[δὲ]de
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
more
|
Adv
|
G5293ὑποταγησόμεθαhypotagēsometha (V-FIP-1P) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑποταγησόμεθαhypotagēsometha
|
shall we be in subjection
|
V-FIP-1P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3962ΠατρὶPatri (N-DMS) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατρὶPatri
|
Father
|
N-DMS
|
G4151πνευμάτωνpneumatōn (N-GNP) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνευμάτωνpneumatōn
|
of spirits,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2198ζήσομεν;zēsomen (V-FIA-1P) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζήσομεν;zēsomen
|
shall live?
|
V-FIA-1P
|
9
Furthermore we have had fathers of our flesh which corrected us, and we gave them reverence: will not we much rather be in subjection to the Father of spirits, and live?Hebrews 12:9
Stats
Counts: 174 characters, 26 words, 138 letters, 51 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειτα τους μεν της σαρκος ημων πατερας ειχομεν παιδευτας και ενετρεπομεθα ου πολλω μαλλον υποταγησομεθα τω πατρι των πνευματων και ζησομεν
Lit: Furthermore indeed of the flesh of us fathers we have had correctors, and we respected them; not much and more shall we be in subjection to the Father of spirits, and shall live?
KJV: Furthermore we have had fathers of our flesh which corrected us, and we gave [them] reverence: shall we not much rather be in subjection unto the Father of spirits, and live?
References
"fathers"Joh 3:6: That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit.Ac 2:30: Therefore being a prophet: and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to Him: that of the fruit of His loins: according to the flesh: He would raise up Christ to sit on His throne;Ro 1:3: Concerning His Son Jesus Christ our Lord: which was made of the seed of David according to the flesh;Ro 9:3: 5: For I could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brothers: my kinsmen according to the flesh:"we gave"Ex 20:12: Honour your father and your mother: that your days may be long upon the land which the LORD your God gives you.Le 19:3: You will fear every man His mother: and His father: and keep my sabbaths: I am the LORD your God.De 21:18-21: If a man have a stubborn and rebellious son: which not will obey the voice of his father: or the voice of his mother: and that: when they have chastened him: not will listen to them:De 27:16: Cursed be he who sets light by his father or his mother. And all the people will say: Amen.Pr 30:17: The eye that mocks at his father: and despises to obey his mother: the ravens of the valley will pick it out: and the young eagles will eat it.Eze 22:7: In you have they set light by father and mother: in the middle of you have they dealt by oppression with the stranger: in you have they vexed the fatherless and the widow.Eph 6:1-4: Children: obey your parents in the Lord: for this is right."shall we not"Mal 1:6: A son honours His father: and a servant His master: if then I be a father: where is my honour? and if I be a master: where is my fear? says the LORD of hosts to you: O priests: that despise my name. And you say: Wherein have we despised your name?Jas 4:7: 10: Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil: and He will flee from you.1Pe 5:6: Humble yourselves therefore under the mighty hand of God: that He may exalt you in due time:"the Father"Nu 16:22: They fell upon their faces: and said: O God: the God of the spirits of all flesh: will one man sin: and will you be angry with all the congregation?Nu 27:16: Let the LORD: the God of the spirits of all flesh: set a man over the congregation: Job 12:10: In whose hand is the soul of every living thing: and the breath of all mankind.Ec 12:7: Then will the dust return to the earth as it was: and the spirit will return to God who gave it.Isa 42:5: Thus says God the LORD: He that'>He who created the heavens: and stretched them out; He that'>He who spread forth the earth: and that which comes out of it; He that'>He who gives breath to the people upon it: and spirit to them that walk therein:Isa 57:16: For I not will contend for ever: neither will I be always angry: for the spirit should fail before me: and the souls which I have made.Zec 12:1: The burden of the word of the LORD for Israel: says the LORD: which stretches forth the heavens: and lays the foundation of the earth: and forms the spirit of man within Him.
οι μεν γαρ προς ολιγας ημερας κατα το δοκουν αυτοις επαιδευον ο δε επι το συμφερον εις το μεταλαβειν της αγιοτητος αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
Truly
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3641ὀλίγαςoligas (Adj-AFP) G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγαςoligas
|
a few
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days,
|
N-AFP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-ANS
|
G1380δοκοῦνdokoun (V-PPA-ANS) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκοῦνdokoun
|
seeming good
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3811ἐπαίδευον,epaideuon (V-IIA-3P) G3811 παιδεύω paideúō pahee-dyoo-o from παῖς; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by implication), discipline (by punishment):--chasten(-ise), instruct, learn, teach.
|
ἐπαίδευον,epaideuon
|
they were disciplining us;
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but He
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
our
|
Art-ANS
|
G4851συμφέρονsympheron (V-PPA-ANS) G4851 συμφέρω symphérō soom-fer-o from σύν and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear together (contribute), i.e. (literally) to collect, or (figuratively) to conduce; especially (neuter participle as a noun) advantage:--be better for, bring together, be expedient (for), be good, (be) profit(-able for).
|
συμφέρονsympheron
|
benefitting,
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in order
|
Prep
|
G3335μεταλαβεῖνmetalabein (V-ANA) G3335 μεταλαμβάνω metalambánō met-al-am-ban-o from μετά and λαμβάνω; to participate; genitive case, to accept (and use):--eat, have, be partaker, receive, take.
|
μεταλαβεῖνmetalabein
|
to share
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G41ἁγιότητοςhagiotētos (N-GFS) G41 ἁγιότης hagiótēs hag-ee-ot-ace from ἅγιος; sanctity (i.e. properly, the state):--holiness.
|
ἁγιότητοςhagiotētos
|
holiness
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
10
For they truly for a few days chastened us after their own pleasure; but he for our profit, that we might be partakers of his holiness.Hebrews 12:10
Stats
Rank: #7587 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 140 characters, 20 words, 108 letters, 40 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι μεν γαρ προς ολιγας ημερας κατα το δοκουν αυτοις επαιδευον ο δε επι το συμφερον εις το μεταλαβειν της αγιοτητος αυτου
Lit: Truly indeed for a few days, according to that seeming good to them, they were disciplining us; but He for our benefitting, in order to share of the holiness of Him.
KJV: For they verily for a few days chastened us after their own pleasure; but he for [our] profit, that [we] might be partakers of his holiness.
References
"but he"Heb 12:5: 6: you have forgotten the exhortation which speaks to you as to children: My son: not despise you the chastening of the Lord: nor faint when you are rebuked of Him:"partakers"Le 11:44: 45: For I am the LORD your God: you will therefore sanctify yourselves: and you will be holy; for I am holy: neither will you defile yourselves with any manner of creeping thing that creeps upon the earth.Le 19:2: Speak to all the congregation of the children of Israel: and say to them: You will be holy: for I the LORD your God am holy.Ps 17:15: As for me: I will look your face in righteousness: I will be satisfied: when I awake: with your likeness.Eze 36:25-27: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.Eph 4:24: That you put on the new man: which after God is created in righteousness and true holiness.Eph 5:26: 27: That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word: Col 1:22: In the body of his flesh through death: to present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in his sight:Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.1Pe 1:15: 16: But as he which has called you is holy: so be you holy in all manner of conversation;1Pe 2:5: 9: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ.2Pe 1:4: Whereby are given to us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these you might be partakers of the divine nature: having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.
πασα δε παιδεια προς μεν το παρον ου δοκει χαρας ειναι αλλα λυπης υστερον δε καρπον ειρηνικον τοις δι αυτης γεγυμνασμενοις αποδιδωσιν δικαιοσυνης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
All
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1161δὲ*de (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲ*de
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3809παιδείαpaideia (N-NFS) G3809 παιδεία paideía pahee-di-ah from παιδεύω; tutorage, i.e. education or training; by implication, disciplinary correction:--chastening, chastisement, instruction, nurture.
|
παιδείαpaideia
|
discipline,
|
N-NFS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
those
|
Art-ANS
|
G3918παρὸνparon (V-PPA-ANS) G3918 πάρειμι páreimi par-i-mee from παρά and εἰμί (including its various forms); to be near, i.e. at hand; neuter present participle (singular) time being, or (plural) property:--come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) present.
|
παρὸνparon
|
being present,
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1380δοκεῖdokei (V-PIA-3S) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκεῖdokei
|
seems
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5479χαρᾶςcharas (N-GFS) G5479 χαρά chará khar-ah from χαίρω; cheerfulness, i.e. calm delight:--gladness, X greatly, (X be exceeding) joy(-ful, -fully, -fulness, -ous).
|
χαρᾶςcharas
|
of joy
|
N-GFS
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3077λύπης,lypēs (N-GFS) G3077 λύπη lýpē loo-pay apparently a primary word; sadness:--grief, grievous, + grudgingly, heaviness, sorrow.
|
λύπης,lypēs
|
of grief;
|
N-GFS
|
G5305ὕστερονhysteron (Adv) G5305 ὕστερον hýsteron hoos-ter-on neuter of ὕστερος as adverb; more lately, i.e. eventually:--afterward, (at the) last (of all).
|
ὕστερονhysteron
|
afterward
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G2590καρπὸνkarpon (N-AMS) G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.
|
καρπὸνkarpon
|
the fruit
|
N-AMS
|
G1516εἰρηνικὸνeirēnikon (Adj-AMS) G1516 εἰρηνικός eirēnikós i-ray-nee-kos from εἰρήνη; pacific; by implication, salutary:--peaceable.
|
εἰρηνικὸνeirēnikon
|
peaceable,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G1128γεγυμνασμένοιςgegymnasmenois (V-RPM/P-DMP) G1128 γυμνάζω gymnázō goom-nad-zo from γυμνός; to practise naked (in the games), i.e. train (figuratively):--exercise.
|
γεγυμνασμένοιςgegymnasmenois
|
having been trained,
|
V-RPM/P-DMP
|
G591ἀποδίδωσινapodidōsin (V-PIA-3S) G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀποδίδωσινapodidōsin
|
it yields
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1343δικαιοσύνης.dikaiosynēs (N-GFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνης.dikaiosynēs
|
of righteousness.
|
N-GFS
|
11
Now no chastening for the present seems to be joyous, but grievous: nevertheless afterward it yields the peaceable fruit of righteousness to them which are exercised thereby.Hebrews 12:11
Stats
Rank: #3133 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 180 characters, 25 words, 151 letters, 59 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: πασα δε παιδεια προς μεν το παρον ου δοκει χαρας ειναι αλλα λυπης υστερον δε καρπον ειρηνικον τοις δι αυτης γεγυμνασμενοις αποδιδωσιν δικαιοσυνης
Lit: All now discipline, for indeed those being present, not seems of joy to be, but of grief; afterward however, the fruit peaceable, to those by it having been trained, it yields of righteousness.
KJV: Now no chastening for the present seemeth to be joyous, but grievous: nevertheless afterward it yieldeth the peaceable fruit of righteousness unto them which are exercised thereby.
References
"no chastening"Ps 89:32: Then will I visit their transgression with the rod: and their iniquity with stripes.Ps 118:18: The LORD has chastened me sore: but He has not given me over to death.Pr 15:10: Correction is grievous to him that forsakes the way: and he who hates reproof will die.Pr 19:18: Chasten your son while there is hope: and not let your soul spare for his crying."nevertheless"Heb 12:5: 6: 10: you have forgotten the exhortation which speaks to you as to children: My son: not despise you the chastening of the Lord: nor faint when you are rebuked of Him:"peaceable"Ps 119:165: Great peace have they which love your law: not andhing will offend them.Isa 32:17: The work of righteousness will be peace; and the effect of righteousness quietness and assurance for ever.Ro 5:3-5: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;Ro 14:17: For the kingdom of God not is meat and drink; but righteousness: and peace: and joy in the Holy Ghost.2Co 4:17: For our light affliction: which is but for a moment: works for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory;Ga 5:22: 23: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: Jas 3:17: 18: But the wisdom that is from above is first pure: then peaceable: gentle: and easy to be intreated: full of mercy and good fruits: without partiality: and without hypocrisy."exercised"Heb 5:14: But strong meat belongs to them that are of full age: even those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil.1Ti 4:7: 8: But refuse profane and old wives' fables: and exercise yourself rather to godliness.2Pe 2:14: Having eyes full of adultery: and that cannot cease from sin; beguiling unstable souls: an heart they have exercised with covetous practices; cursed children:
διο τας παρειμενας χειρας και τα παραλελυμενα γονατα ανορθωσατε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1352ΔιὸDio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
ΔιὸDio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G3935παρειμέναςpareimenas (V-RPM/P-AFP) G3935 παρίημι paríēmi par-ee-ay-mi from παρά and hiemi (to send); to let by, i.e. relax:--hang down.
|
παρειμέναςpareimenas
|
drooping
|
V-RPM/P-AFP
|
G5495χεῖραςcheiras (N-AFP) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραςcheiras
|
hands
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3886παραλελυμέναparalelymena (V-RPM/P-ANP) G3886 παραλύω paralýō par-al-oo-o from παρά and λύω; to loosen beside, i.e. relax (perfect passive participle, paralyzed or enfeebled):--feeble, sick of the (taken with) palsy.
|
παραλελυμέναparalelymena
|
enfeebled
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G1119γόναταgonata (N-ANP) G1119 γόνυ góny gon-oo of uncertain affinity; the knee:--knee(X -l).
|
γόναταgonata
|
knees
|
N-ANP
|
G461ἀνορθώσατε,anorthōsate (V-AMA-2P) G461 ἀνορθόω anorthóō an-orth-o-o from ἀνά and a derivative of the base of ὀρθός; to straighten up:--lift (set) up, make straight.
|
ἀνορθώσατε,anorthōsate
|
lift up,
|
V-AMA-2P
|
12
For what reason lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees;Hebrews 12:12
Stats
Counts: 66 characters, 11 words, 53 letters, 18 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο τας παρειμενας χειρας και τα παραλελυμενα γονατα ανορθωσατε
Lit: Therefore the drooping hands and the enfeebled knees lift up,
KJV: Wherefore lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees;
References
"Wherefore lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees;"Heb 12:3: 5: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself: lest you be wearied and faint in your minds.Job 4:3: 4: Look: you have instructed many: and you have strengthened the weak hands.Isa 35:3: Strengthen you the weak hands: and confirm the feeble knees.Eze 7:17: All hands will be feeble: and all knees will be weak as water.Eze 21:7: It will be: when they say to you: For what reason sigh you? that you will answer: For the tidings; because it comes'>comes: and every heart will melt: and all hands will be feeble: and every spirit will faint: and all knees will be weak as water: look: it comes'>comes: and will be brought to pass: says the Lord GOD.Da 5:6: Then the king's face was changed: and his thoughts troubled him: so that the joints of his loins were loosed: and his knees smote one against another.Na 2:10: She is empty: and void: and waste: and the heart melts: and the knees smite together: and much pain is in all loins: and the faces of them all gather blackness.1Th 5:14: Now we exhort you: brothers: warn them that are unruly: comfort the feebleminded: support the weak: be patient toward all men.
και τροχιας ορθας ποιησατε τοις ποσιν υμων ινα μη το χωλον εκτραπη ιαθη δε μαλλον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5163τροχιὰςtrochias (N-AFP) G5163 τροχιά trochiá trokh-ee-ah from τροχός; a track (as a wheel-rut), i.e. (figuratively) a course of conduct:--path.
|
τροχιὰςtrochias
|
paths
|
N-AFP
|
G3717ὀρθὰςorthas (Adj-AFP) G3717 ὀρθός orthós or-thos probably from the base of ὄρος; right (as rising), i.e. (perpendicularly) erect (figuratively, honest), or (horizontally) level or direct:--straight, upright.
|
ὀρθὰςorthas
|
straight
|
Adj-AFP
|
G4160ποιεῖτεpoieite (V-PMA-2P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτεpoieite
|
make
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
for the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4228ποσὶνposin (N-DMP) G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποσὶνposin
|
feet
|
N-DMP
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5560χωλὸνchōlon (Adj-NNS) G5560 χωλός chōlós kho-los apparently a primary word; halt, i.e. limping:--cripple, halt, lame.
|
χωλὸνchōlon
|
lame
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1624ἐκτραπῇ,ektrapē (V-ASP-3S) G1624 ἐκτρέπω ektrépō ek-trep-o from ἐκ and the base of τροπή; to deflect, i.e. turn away (literally or figuratively):--avoid, turn (aside, out of the way).
|
ἐκτραπῇ,ektrapē
|
should be put out of joint,
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G2390ἰαθῇiathē (V-ASP-3S) G2390 ἰάομαι iáomai ee-ah-om-ahee middle voice of apparently a primary verb; to cure (literally or figuratively):--heal, make whole.
|
ἰαθῇiathē
|
should be healed
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3123μᾶλλον.mallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλον.mallon
|
rather.
|
Adv
|
13
Make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed.Hebrews 12:13
Stats
Rank: #1251 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 22 words, 91 letters, 34 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τροχιας ορθας ποιησατε τοις ποσιν υμων ινα μη το χωλον εκτραπη ιαθη δε μαλλον
Lit: and paths straight make for the feet of you, so that not the lame should be put out of joint, should be healed however rather.
KJV: And make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed.
References
"make"Pr 4:26: 27: Ponder the path of your feet: and let all your ways be established.Isa 35:3: 8-10: Strengthen you the weak hands: and confirm the feeble knees.Isa 40:3: 4: The voice of Him that cries in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the LORD: make straight in the desert a highway for our God.Isa 42:16: I will bring the blind by a way that they not knew; I will lead them in paths that they not have known: I will make darkness light before them: and crooked things straight. These things will I do to them: not and forsake them.Isa 58:12: they that will be of you will build the old waste places: you will raise up the foundations of many generations; and you will be called: The repairer of the breach: The restorer of paths to dwell in.Jer 18:15: Because my people has forgotten me: they have burned incense to vanity: and they have caused them to stumble in their ways from the ancient paths: to walk in paths: in a not way cast up;Lu 3:5: Every valley will be filled: and every mountain and hill will be brought low; and the crooked will be made straight: and the rough ways will be made smooth;"lame"Isa 35:6: Then will the lame man leap as an hart: and the tongue of the dumb sing: for in the wilderness will waters break out: and streams in the desert.Jer 31:8: 9: Look: I will bring them from the north country: and gather them from the coasts of the earth: and with them the blind and the lame: the woman with child and her that travails with child together: a great company will return there."but let"Ga 6:1: Brothers: if a man be overtaken in a fault: you which are spiritual: restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering yourself: lest you also be tempted.Jude 1:22: 23: Of some have compassion: making a difference:
A Call to Holiness
ειρηνην διωκετε μετα παντων και τον αγιασμον ου χωρις ουδεις οψεται τον κυριον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1515ΕἰρήνηνEirēnēn (N-AFS) G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
ΕἰρήνηνEirēnēn
|
Peace
|
N-AFS
|
G1377διώκετεdiōkete (V-PMA-2P) G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
διώκετεdiōkete
|
pursue
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντων,pantōn (Adj-GMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων,pantōn
|
all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G38ἁγιασμόν,hagiasmon (N-AMS) G38 ἁγιασμός hagiasmós hag-ee-as-mos from ἁγιάζω; properly, purification, i.e. (the state) purity; concretely (by Hebraism) a purifier:--holiness, sanctification.
|
ἁγιασμόν,hagiasmon
|
holiness,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
which
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
without
|
Prep
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3708ὄψεταιopsetai (V-FIM-3S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὄψεταιopsetai
|
will see
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962Κύριον,Kyrion (N-AMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριον,Kyrion
|
Lord,
|
N-AMS
|
14
Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man will see the Lord:Hebrews 12:14
Stats
Rank: #376 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 13 words, 64 letters, 23 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειρηνην διωκετε μετα παντων και τον αγιασμον ου χωρις ουδεις οψεται τον κυριον
Lit: Peace pursue with all, and holiness, which without no one will see the Lord,
KJV: Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord:
References
"Follow"Ge 13:7-9: There was a strife between the herdmen of Abram's cattle and the herdmen of Lot's cattle: and the Canaanite and the Perizzite dwelled then in the land.Ps 34:14: Depart from evil: and do good; seek peace: and pursue it.Ps 38:20: They also that render evil for good are my adversaries; because I follow the thing that good is.Ps 120:6: My soul has long dwelt with him that hates peace.Ps 133:1: > Look: how good and how pleasant it is for brothers to dwell together in unity!Pr 15:1: A soft answer turns away wrath: but grievous words stir up anger.Pr 16:7: When a man's ways please the LORD: He makes even His enemies to be at peace with Him.Pr 17:14: The beginning of strife is as when one lets out water: therefore leave off contention: before it be meddled with.Isa 11:6-9: The wolf also will dwell with the lamb: and the leopard will lie down with the kid; and the calf and the young lion and the fatling together; and a little child will lead them.Mt 5:9: Blessed are the peacemakers: for they will be called the children of God.Mr 9:50: Salt is good: but if the salt have lost his saltness: wherewith will you season it? Have salt in yourselves: and have peace one with another.Ro 12:18: If it be possible: as much as lies in you: live peaceably with all men.Ro 14:19: Let us therefore follow after the things which make for peace: and things wherewith one may edify another.1Co 1:10: Now I beseech you: brothers: by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you all speak the same thing: and that there be no divisions among you; but that you be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.Ga 5:22: 23: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: Eph 4:1-8: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: 1Th 5:15: See that none render evil for evil to any man; but ever follow that which is good: both among yourselves: and to all men.1Ti 6:11: But you: O man of God: flee these things; and follow after righteousness: godliness: faith: love: patience: meekness.2Ti 2:22: Flee also youthful lusts: but follow righteousness: faith: charity: peace: with them that call on the Lord out of a pure heart.Jas 3:17: 18: But the wisdom that is from above is first pure: then peaceable: gentle: and easy to be intreated: full of mercy and good fruits: without partiality: and without hypocrisy.1Pe 3:11: Let him eschew evil: and do good; let him seek peace: and ensue it."and holiness"Heb 12:10: For they truly for a few days chastened us after their own pleasure; but he for our profit: that we might be partakers of his holiness.Ps 94:15: But judgment will return to righteousness: and all the upright in heart will follow it.Isa 51:1: Listen to me: you that follow after righteousness: you that seek the LORD: look to the rock where you are cut: and to the hole of the pit where you are digged.Lu 1:75: In holiness and righteousness before him: all the days of our life.Ro 6:22: But now being made free from sin: and become servants to God: you have your fruit to holiness: and the end everlasting life.2Co 6:17: For what reason come out from among them: and be you separate: says the Lord: and not touch the unclean thing; and I will receive you: 2Co 7:1: Having therefore these promises: dearly beloved: let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit: perfecting holiness in the fear of God.Php 3:12: Not as though I had already attained: either were already perfect: but I follow after: if that I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended of Christ Jesus.1Th 3:13: To the end He may stablish your hearts unblameable in holiness before God: even our Father: at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all His saints.1Th 4:7: For God has not called us to uncleanness: but to holiness.1Pe 1:15: 16: But as he which has called you is holy: so be you holy in all manner of conversation;1Pe 3:13: Who is he who will harm you: if you be followers of that which is good?2Pe 3:11: 18: Seeing then that all these things will be dissolved: what manner of persons ought you to be in all holy conversation and godliness: 3Jo 1:11: Beloved: not follow that which is evil: but that which is good. He who does'>does good is of God: but He that'>He who does'>does evil has not seen God."no man"Ge 32:30: Jacob called the name of the place Peniel: for I have seen God face to face: and my life is preserved.Job 19:26: though after my skin worms destroy this body: yet in my flesh will I see God:Job 33:26: He will pray to God: and He will be favourable to Him: and He will see His face with joy: for He will render to man His righteousness.Mt 5:8: Blessed are the pure in heart: for they will see God.1Co 13:12: For now we see through a glass: darkly; but then face to face: now I know in part; but then will I know even as also I am known.2Co 7:1: Having therefore these promises: dearly beloved: let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit: perfecting holiness in the fear of God.Eph 5:5: For this you know: that no whoremonger: nor unclean person: nor covetous man: who is an idolater: has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God.Ga 3:21: Is the law then against the promises of God? God forbid: for if there had been a law given which could have given life: truly righteousness should have been by the law.1Jo 3:2: 3: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is.Re 21:24-27: The nations of them which are saved will walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it.Re 22:3: 4: 11-15: There will be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb will be in it; and His servants will serve Him:
επισκοπουντες μη τις υστερων απο της χαριτος του θεου μη τις ριζα πικριας ανω φυουσα ενοχλη και δια ταυτης μιανθωσιν πολλοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1983ἐπισκοποῦντεςepiskopountes (V-PPA-NMP) G1983 ἐπισκοπέω episkopéō ep-ee-skop-eh-o from ἐπί and σκοπέω; to oversee; by implication, to beware:--look diligently, take the oversight.
|
ἐπισκοποῦντεςepiskopountes
|
observing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3361μήmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
any
|
IPro-NMS
|
G5302ὑστερῶνhysterōn (V-PPA-NMS) G5302 ὑστερέω hysteréō hoos-ter-eh-o from ὕστερος; to be later, i.e. (by implication) to be inferior; generally, to fall short (be deficient):--come behind (short), be destitute, fail, lack, suffer need, (be in) want, be the worse.
|
ὑστερῶνhysterōn
|
be failing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5485χάριτοςcharitos (N-GFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτοςcharitos
|
grace
|
N-GFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3361μήmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NFS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
any
|
IPro-NFS
|
G4491ῥίζαrhiza (N-NFS) G4491 ῥίζα rhíza hrid-zah apparently a primary word; a root (literally or figuratively):--root.
|
ῥίζαrhiza
|
root
|
N-NFS
|
G4088πικρίαςpikrias (N-GFS) G4088 πικρία pikría pik-ree-ah from πικρός; acridity (especially poison), literally or figuratively:--bitterness.
|
πικρίαςpikrias
|
of bitterness
|
N-GFS
|
G507ἄνωanō (Adv) G507 ἄνω ánō an-o adverb from ἀντί; upward or on the top:--above, brim, high, up.
|
ἄνωanō
|
up
|
Adv
|
G5453φύουσαphyousa (V-PPA-NFS) G5453 φύω phýō foo-o a primary verb; probably originally, to puff or blow, i.e. to swell up; but only used in the implied sense, to germinate or grow (sprout, produce), literally or figuratively:--spring (up).
|
φύουσαphyousa
|
springing
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G1776ἐνοχλῇenochlē (V-PSA-3S) G1776 ἐνοχλέω enochléō en-okh-leh-o from ἐν and ὀχλέω; to crowd in, i.e. (figuratively) to annoy:--trouble.
|
ἐνοχλῇenochlē
|
should trouble you,
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223δι’*di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’*di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆς*autēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς*autēs
|
this,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3392μιανθῶσινmianthōsin (V-ASP-3P) G3392 μιαίνω miaínō me-ah-ee-no perhaps a primary verb; to sully or taint, i.e. contaminate (ceremonially or morally):--defile.
|
μιανθῶσινmianthōsin
|
might be defiled
|
V-ASP-3P
|
G3588〈〈οἱ〉hoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
〈〈οἱ〉hoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4183πολλοί,polloi (Adj-NMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοί,polloi
|
many,
|
Adj-NMP
|
15
Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled;Hebrews 12:15
Stats
Rank: #2953 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 140 characters, 23 words, 113 letters, 41 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: επισκοπουντες μη τις υστερων απο της χαριτος του θεου μη τις ριζα πικριας ανω φυουσα ενοχλη και δια ταυτης μιανθωσιν πολλοι
Lit: observing lest any be failing of the grace of God, lest any root of bitterness up springing should trouble you, and by this, might be defiled the many,
KJV: Looking diligently lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled;
References
"Looking"Heb 2:1: 2: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.Heb 3:12: Take heed: brothers: lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief: in departing from the living God.Heb 4:1: 11: Let us therefore fear: lest: a promise being left us of entering into his rest: any of you should seem to come short of it.Heb 6:11: We desire that every one of you do show the same diligence to the full assurance of hope to the end:Heb 10:23-35: Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;)De 4:9: Only take heed to yourself: and keep your soul diligently: lest'>lest you forget the things which your eyes have seen: and lest'>lest they depart from your heart all the days of your life: but teach them your sons: and your sons' sons;Pr 4:23: Keep your heart with all diligence; for out of it are the issues of life.1Co 9:24-27: Know you not that they which run in a race run all: but one receives the prize? So run: that you may obtain.1Co 10:12: For what reason let him that thinks he stands take heed lest he fall.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.2Co 13:5: Examine yourselves: whether you be in the faith; prove your own selves. Know you not your own selves: how that Jesus Christ is in you: except you be reprobates?2Pe 1:10: For what reason the rather: brothers: give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if you do these things: you will never fall:2Pe 3:11: 14: Seeing then that all these things will be dissolved: what manner of persons ought you to be in all holy conversation and godliness: 2Jo 1:8: Look to yourselves: that we not lose those things which we have wrought: but that we receive a full reward.Jude 1:20: 21: But you: beloved: building up yourselves on your most holy faith: praying in the Holy Ghost: "any man"Lu 22:32: But I have prayed for you: that your faith not fail: and when you are converted: strengthen your brothers.1Co 13:8: Charity never fails: but whether there be prophecies: they will fail; whether there be tongues: they will cease; whether there be knowledge: it will vanish away.Ga 5:4: Christ is become of no effect to you: whoever of you are justified by the law; you are fallen from grace."fail of"Ga 5:4: Christ is become of no effect to you: whoever of you are justified by the law; you are fallen from grace."any root"Heb 3:12: Take heed: brothers: lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief: in departing from the living God.De 29:18: Lest'>Lest there should be among you man: or woman: or family: or tribe: whose heart turns away this day from the LORD our God: to go and serve the gods of these nations; lest'>lest there should be among you a root that bears gall and wormwood;De 32:32: For their vine is of the vine of Sodom: and of the fields of Gomorrah: their grapes are grapes of gall: their clusters are bitter:Isa 5:4: 7: What could have been done more to my vineyard: that I not have done in it? for what reason: when I looked that it should bring forth grapes: brought it forth wild grapes?Jer 2:21: Yet I had planted you a noble vine: wholly a right seed: how then are you turned into the degenerate plant of a strange vine to me?Mt 7:16-18: You will know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns: or figs of thistles?"trouble"Jos 6:18: you: in any wise keep yourselves from the accursed thing: lest you make yourselves accursed: when you take of the accursed thing: and make the camp of Israel a curse: and trouble it.Jos 7:25: 26: Joshua said: Why have you troubled us? the LORD will trouble you this day. And all Israel stoned Him with stones: and burned them with fire: after they had stoned them with stones.Jos 22:17-20: Is the iniquity of Peor too little for us: from which we not are cleansed until this day: although there was a plague in the congregation of the LORD: Eph 5:3: But fornication: and all uncleanness: or covetousness: let not it be once named among you: as becomes saints;Col 3:5: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:"and thereby"Ex 32:21: Moses said to Aaron: What did this people to you: that you have brought so great a sin upon them?1Ki 14:16: He will give Israel up because of the sins of Jeroboam: who did sin: and who made Israel to sin.Ac 20:30: 31: Also of your own selves will men arise: speaking perverse things: to draw away disciples after them.1Co 5:6: your glorying is not good. Know you not that a little leaven leavens the whole lump?1Co 15:33: not Be deceived: evil communications corrupt good manners.Ga 2:13: The other Jews dissembled likewise with him; insomuch that Barnabas also was carried away with their dissimulation.2Ti 2:16: 17: But shun profane and vain babblings: for they will increase to more ungodliness.2Pe 2:1: 2: 18: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction.
μη τις πορνος η βεβηλος ως ησαυ ος αντι βρωσεως μιας απεδοτο τα πρωτοτοκια αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361μήmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
lest there be
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
any
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4205πόρνοςpornos (N-NMS) G4205 πόρνος pórnos por-nos from (to sell; akin to the base of πιπράσκω); a (male) prostitute (as venal), i.e. (by analogy) a debauchee (libertine):--fornicator, whoremonger.
|
πόρνοςpornos
|
fornicator
|
N-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G952βέβηλοςbebēlos (Adj-NMS) G952 βέβηλος bébēlos beb-ay-los from the base of βάσις and (a threshold); accessible (as by crossing the door-way), i.e. (by implication, of Jewish notions) heathenish, wicked:--profane (person).
|
βέβηλοςbebēlos
|
profane person,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2269Ἠσαῦ,Ēsau (N-NMS) G2269 Ἠσαῦ Ēsaû ay-sow of Hebrew origin (עֵשָׂו); Esau, an Edomite:--Esau.
|
Ἠσαῦ,Ēsau
|
Esau,
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G473ἀντὶanti (Prep) G473 ἀντί antí an-tee a primary particle; opposite, i.e. instead or because of (rarely in addition to):--for, in the room of. Often used in composition to denote contrast, requital, substitution, correspondence, etc.
|
ἀντὶanti
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1035βρώσεωςbrōseōs (N-GFS) G1035 βρῶσις brōsis bro-sis from the base of βιβρώσκω; (abstractly) eating (literally or figuratively); by extension (concretely) food (literally or figuratively):--eating, food, meat.
|
βρώσεωςbrōseōs
|
meal
|
N-GFS
|
G1520μιᾶςmias (Adj-GFS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μιᾶςmias
|
one
|
Adj-GFS
|
G591ἀπέδετοapedeto (V-AIM-3S) G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀπέδετοapedeto
|
sold
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4415πρωτοτόκιαprōtotokia (N-ANP) G4415 πρωτοτόκια prōtotókia pro-tot-ok-ee-ah from πρωτότοκος; primogeniture (as a privilege):--birthright.
|
πρωτοτόκιαprōtotokia
|
birthright
|
N-ANP
|
G1438ἑαυτοῦ.heautou (RefPro-GM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῦ.heautou
|
of himself.
|
RefPro-GM3S
|
16
Lest there be any fornicator, or profane person, as Esau, who for one morsel of meat sold his birthright.Hebrews 12:16
Stats
Rank: #4749 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 105 characters, 16 words, 83 letters, 32 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη τις πορνος η βεβηλος ως ησαυ ος αντι βρωσεως μιας απεδοτο τα πρωτοτοκια αυτου
Lit: lest there be any fornicator or profane person, as Esau, who for meal one sold the birthright of himself.
KJV: Lest there be any fornicator, or profane person, as Esau, who for one morsel of meat sold his birthright.
References
"any fornicator"Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.Mr 7:21: For from within: out of the heart of men: proceed evil thoughts: adulteries: fornications: murders: Ac 15:20: 29: But that we write to them: that they abstain from pollutions of idols: and from fornication: and from things strangled: and from blood.1Co 5:1-6: 9-11: It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you: and such fornication as not is so much as named among the Gentiles: that one should have his father's wife.1Co 6:15-20: Know you not that your bodies are the members of Christ? will I then take the members of Christ: and make them the members of an harlot? God forbid.1Co 10:8: Neither let us commit fornication: as some of them committed: and fell in one day 20003.2Co 12:21: And lest: when I come again: my God will humble me among you: and that I will bewail many which have sinned already: and not have repented of the uncleanness and fornication and lasciviousness which they have committed.Ga 5:19-21: Now the works of the flesh are manifest: which are these; Adultery: fornication: uncleanness: lasciviousness: Eph 5:3: 5: But fornication: and all uncleanness: or covetousness: let not it be once named among you: as becomes saints;Col 3:5: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:1Th 4:3-7: For this is the will of God: even your sanctification: that you should abstain from fornication:Re 2:20-23: Notwithstanding I have a few things against you: because you suffer that woman Jezebel: which calls herself a prophetess: to teach and to seduce my servants to commit fornication: and to eat things sacrificed to idols.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Re 22:15: For without are dogs: and sorcerers: and whoremongers: and murderers: and idolaters: and whoever loves and makes a lie."as Esau"Ge 25:31-34: Jacob said: Sell me this day your birthright.Ge 27:36: He said: not Is he rightly named Jacob? for he has supplanted me these two times: he took away my birthright; and: look: now he has taken away my blessing. And he said: Have you not reserved a blessing for me?
ιστε γαρ οτι και μετεπειτα θελων κληρονομησαι την ευλογιαν απεδοκιμασθη μετανοιας γαρ τοπον ουχ ευρεν καιπερ μετα δακρυων εκζητησας αυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1492ἴστεiste (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ἴστεiste
|
You know
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3347μετέπειταmetepeita (Adv) G3347 μετέπειτα metépeita met-ep-i-tah from μετά and ἔπειτα; thereafter:--afterward.
|
μετέπειταmetepeita
|
afterward,
|
Adv
|
G2309θέλωνthelōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωνthelōn
|
wishing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2816κληρονομῆσαιklēronomēsai (V-ANA) G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).
|
κληρονομῆσαιklēronomēsai
|
to inherit
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2129εὐλογίανeulogian (N-AFS) G2129 εὐλογία eulogía yoo-log-ee-ah from the same as εὐλογέω; fine speaking, i.e. elegance of language; commendation (eulogy), i.e. (reverentially) adoration; religiously, benediction; by implication, consecration; by extension, benefit or largess:--blessing (a matter of) bounty (X -tifully), fair speech.
|
εὐλογίανeulogian
|
blessing,
|
N-AFS
|
G593ἀπεδοκιμάσθη,apedokimasthē (V-AIP-3S) G593 ἀποδοκιμάζω apodokimázō ap-od-ok-ee-mad-zo from ἀπό and δοκιμάζω; to disapprove, i.e. (by implication) to repudiate:--disallow, reject.
|
ἀπεδοκιμάσθη,apedokimasthē
|
he was rejected;
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3341μετανοίαςmetanoias (N-GFS) G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.
|
μετανοίαςmetanoias
|
of repentance
|
N-GFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS) G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
place
|
N-AMS
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147εὗρεν,heuren (V-AIA-3S) G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρεν,heuren
|
he found,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2539καίπερkaiper (Conj) G2539 καίπερ kaíper kah-ee-per from καί and περ; and indeed, i.e. nevertheless or notwithstanding:--and yet, although.
|
καίπερkaiper
|
although
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1144δακρύωνdakryōn (N-GNP) G1144 δάκρυ dákry dak-roo-on of uncertain affinity; a tear:--tear.
|
δακρύωνdakryōn
|
tears
|
N-GNP
|
G1567ἐκζητήσαςekzētēsas (V-APA-NMS) G1567 ἐκζητέω ekzētéō ek-zay-teh-o from ἐκ and ζητέω; to search out, i.e. (figuratively)investigate, crave, demand, (by Hebraism) worship:--en- (re-)quire, seek after (carefully, diligently).
|
ἐκζητήσαςekzētēsas
|
having earnestly sought
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτήν.autēn (PPro-AF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν.autēn
|
it.
|
PPro-AF3S
|
17
For you know how that afterward, when he would have inherited the blessing, he was rejected: for he found no place of repentance, though he sought it carefully with tears.Hebrews 12:17
Stats
Rank: #4288 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 26 words, 136 letters, 50 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιστε γαρ οτι και μετεπειτα θελων κληρονομησαι την ευλογιαν απεδοκιμασθη μετανοιας γαρ τοπον ουχ ευρεν καιπερ μετα δακρυων εκζητησας αυτην
Lit: You know for that even afterward, wishing to inherit the blessing, he was rejected; of repentance for place not he found, although with tears having earnestly sought it.
KJV: For ye know how that afterward, when he would have inherited the blessing, he was rejected: for he found no place of repentance, though he sought it carefully with tears.
References
"when he"Ge 27:31-41: He also had made savoury meat: and brought it to his father: and said to his father: Let my father arise: and eat of his son's venison: that your soul may bless me."he was"Heb 6:8: But that which bears thorns and briers is rejected: and is nigh to cursing; whose end is to be burned.Pr 1:24-31: Because I have called: and you refused; I have stretched out my hand: and no man regarded;Jer 6:30: Reprobate silver will men call them: because the LORD has rejected them.Mt 7:23: Then will I profess to them: I never knew you: depart from me: you that work iniquity.Mt 25:11: 12: Afterward came also the other virgins: saying: Lord: Lord: open to us.Lu 13:24-27: Strive to enter in at the strait gate: for many: I say to you: will seek to enter in: and will not be able."for he"Heb 6:4-6: For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened: and have tasted of the heavenly gift: and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost: Heb 10:26-29: For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth: there remains no more sacrifice for sins:
An Unshakable Kingdom
ου γαρ προσεληλυθατε ψηλαφωμενω ορει και κεκαυμενω πυρι και γνοφω και σκοτω και θυελλη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4334προσεληλύθατεproselēlythate (V-RIA-2P) G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσεληλύθατεproselēlythate
|
you have come to
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G5584ψηλαφωμένῳpsēlaphōmenō (V-PPM/P-DNS) G5584 ψηλαφάω psēlapháō psay-laf-ah-o from the base of ψάλλω (compare ψῆφος); to manipulate, i.e. verify by contact; figuratively, to search for:--feel after, handle, touch.
|
ψηλαφωμένῳpsēlaphōmenō
|
that being touched
|
V-PPM/P-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2545κεκαυμένῳkekaumenō (V-RPM/P-DNS) G2545 καίω kaíō kah-yo apparently a primary verb; to set on fire, i.e. kindle or (by implication) consume:--burn, light.
|
κεκαυμένῳkekaumenō
|
having been kindled
|
V-RPM/P-DNS
|
G4442πυρὶpyri (N-DNS) G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὶpyri
|
with fire,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1105γνόφῳgnophō (N-DMS) G1105 γνόφος gnóphos gnof-os akin to νέφος; gloom (as of a storm):--blackness.
|
γνόφῳgnophō
|
to darkness,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2217ζόφῳzophō (N-DMS) G2217 ζόφος zóphos dzof-os akin to the base of νέφος; gloom (as shrouding like a cloud):--blackness, darkness, mist.
|
ζόφῳzophō
|
to gloom,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2366θυέλλῃthyellē (N-DFS) G2366 θύελλα thýella thoo-el-lah from θύω (in the sense of blowing) a storm:--tempest.
|
θυέλλῃthyellē
|
to storm,
|
N-DFS
|
18
For you not are come to the mount that might be touched, and that burned with fire, nor to blackness, and darkness, and tempest,Hebrews 12:18
Stats
Rank: #1708 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 131 characters, 20 words, 103 letters, 36 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ προσεληλυθατε ψηλαφωμενω ορει και κεκαυμενω πυρι και γνοφω και σκοτω και θυελλη
Lit: Not for you have come to that being touched and having been kindled with fire, and to darkness, and to gloom, and to storm,
KJV: For ye are not come unto the mount that might be touched, and that burned with fire, nor unto blackness, and darkness, and tempest,
References
"For ye are not come unto the mount that might be touched, and that burned with fire, nor unto blackness, and darkness, and tempest,"Ex 19:12-19: you will set bounds to the people round about: saying: Take heed to yourselves: that you go not up into the mount: or touch the border of it: whoever touches the mount will be surely put to death:Ex 20:18: All the people saw the thunderings: and the lightnings: and the noise of the trumpet: and the mountain smoking: and when the people saw it: they removed: and stood afar off.Ex 24:17: The sight of the glory of the LORD was like devouring fire on the top of the mount in the eyes of the children of Israel.De 4:11: you came near and stood under the mountain; and the mountain burned with fire to the middle of heaven: with darkness: clouds: and thick darkness.De 5:22-26: These words the LORD spoke to all your assembly in the mount out of the middle of the fire: of the cloud: and of the thick darkness: with a great voice: and He added no more. And He wrote them in two tables of stone: and delivered them to me.Ro 6:14: For sin will not have dominion over you: for you not are under the law: but under grace.Ro 8:15: For you not have received the spirit of bondage again to fear; but you have received the Spirit of adoption: whereby we cry: Abba: Father.2Ti 1:7: For God has not given us the spirit of fear; but of power: and of love: and of a sound mind.
και σαλπιγγος ηχω και φωνη ρηματων ης οι ακουσαντες παρητησαντο μη προστεθηναι αυτοις λογον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4536σάλπιγγοςsalpingos (N-GFS) G4536 σάλπιγξ sálpinx sal-pinx perhaps from σάλος (through the idea of quavering or reverberation); a trumpet:--trump(-et).
|
σάλπιγγοςsalpingos
|
of a trumpet
|
N-GFS
|
G2279ἤχῳēchō (N-DMS) G2279 ἦχος ēchos ay-khos of uncertain affinity; a loud or confused noise (echo), i.e. roar; figuratively, a rumor:--fame, sound.
|
ἤχῳēchō
|
to the sound,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS) G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
to a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G4487ῥημάτων,rhēmatōn (N-GNP) G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.
|
ῥημάτων,rhēmatōn
|
of words,
|
N-GNP
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσαντεςakousantes
|
having heard
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3868παρῃτήσαντοparētēsanto (V-AIM-3P) G3868 παραιτέομαι paraitéomai par-ahee-teh-om-ahee from παρά and the middle voice of αἰτέω; to beg off, i.e. deprecate, decline, shun:--avoid, (make) excuse, intreat, refuse, reject.
|
παρῃτήσαντοparētēsanto
|
excused themselves,
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
asking not
|
Adv
|
G4369προστεθῆναιprostethēnai (V-ANP) G4369 προστίθημι prostíthēmi pros-tith-ay-mee from πρός and τίθημι; to place additionally, i.e. lay beside, annex, repeat:--add, again, give more, increase, lay unto, proceed further, speak to any more.
|
προστεθῆναιprostethēnai
|
to be addressed
|
V-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3056λόγον·logon (N-AMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγον·logon
|
the word,
|
N-AMS
|
19
The sound of a trumpet, and the voice of words; which voice they that heard intreated that the word not should be spoken to them any more:Hebrews 12:19
Stats
Rank: #5433 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 142 characters, 26 words, 112 letters, 41 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: και σαλπιγγος ηχω και φωνη ρηματων ης οι ακουσαντες παρητησαντο μη προστεθηναι αυτοις λογον
Lit: and of a trumpet to the sound, and to a voice of words, which those having heard excused themselves, asking not to be addressed to them the word,
KJV: And the sound of a trumpet, and the voice of words; which voice they that heard intreated that the word should not be spoken to them any more:
References
"the sound"Ex 19:16-19: It came to pass on the third day in the morning: that there were thunders and lightnings: and a thick cloud upon the mount: and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that was in the camp trembled.1Co 15:52: In a moment: in the twinkling of an eye: at the last trump: for the trumpet will sound: and the dead will be raised incorruptible: and we will be changed.1Th 4:16: For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout: with the voice of the archangel: and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ will rise first:"and the voice"Ex 20:1-17: 22: God spoke all these words: saying: De 4:12: 33: The LORD spoke to you out of the middle of the fire: you heard the voice of the words: but saw no similitude; only you heard a voice.De 5:3-22: The LORD not made this covenant with our fathers: but with us: even us: who are all of us here alive this day."they that"Ex 20:18: 19: All the people saw the thunderings: and the lightnings: and the noise of the trumpet: and the mountain smoking: and when the people saw it: they removed: and stood afar off.De 5:24-27: you said: Look: the LORD our God has showed us His glory and His greatness: and we have heard His voice out of the middle of the fire: we have seen this day that God does talk with man: and He liveth.De 18:16: According to all that you desiredst of the LORD your God in Horeb in the day of the assembly: saying: Let not me hear again the voice of the LORD my God: neither let me see this great fire any more: that I not die.
ουκ εφερον γαρ το διαστελλομενον καν θηριον θιγη του ορους λιθοβοληθησεται η βολιδι κατατοξευθησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5342ἔφερονepheron (V-IIA-3P) G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
ἔφερονepheron
|
they could bear
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-ANS
|
G1291διαστελλόμενονdiastellomenon (V-PPM/P-ANS) G1291 διαστέλλομαι diastéllomai dee-as-tel-lom-ahee middle voice from διά and στέλλω; to set (oneself) apart (figuratively, distinguish), i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--charge, that which was (give) commanded(-ment).
|
διαστελλόμενονdiastellomenon
|
being commanded:
|
V-PPM/P-ANS
|
G2579ΚἂνKan (Adv) G2579 κἄν kán kan from καί and ἐάν; and (or even) if:--and (also) if (so much as), if but, at the least, though, yet.,
|
ΚἂνKan
|
If even
|
Adv
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-NNS) G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
a beast
|
N-NNS
|
G2345θίγῃthigē (V-ASA-3S) G2345 θιγγάνω thingánō thing-gan-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary (to finger); to manipulate, i.e. have to do with; by implication, to injure:--handle, touch.
|
θίγῃthigē
|
should touch
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3735ὄρους,orous (N-GNS) G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρους,orous
|
mountain,
|
N-GNS
|
G3036λιθοβοληθήσεται·lithobolēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G3036 λιθοβολέω lithoboléō lith-ob-ol-eh-o from a compound of λίθος and βάλλω; to throw stones, i.e. lapidate:--stone, cast stones.
|
λιθοβοληθήσεται·lithobolēthēsetai
|
it shall be stoned.”
|
V-FIP-3S
|
20
(For they not could endure that which was commanded, And if so much as a beast touch the mountain, it will be stoned, or thrust through with a dart:
Hebrews 12:20
Stats
Rank: #8073 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 149 characters, 26 words, 116 letters, 41 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ εφερον γαρ το διαστελλομενον καν θηριον θιγη του ορους λιθοβοληθησεται η βολιδι κατατοξευθησεται
Lit: not they could bear for that being commanded: If even a beast should touch the mountain, it shall be stoned.”
KJV: (For they could not endure that which was commanded, And if so much as a beast touch the mountain, it shall be stoned, or thrust through with a dart:
References
"For they"De 33:2: He said: The LORD came from Sinai: and rose up from Seir to them; He shined forth from mount Paran: and He came with 10 thousands of saints: from His right hand went a fiery law for them.Ro 3:19: 20: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God.Ga 2:19: For I through the law am dead to the law: that I might live to God.Ga 3:10: For as many as are of the works of the law are under the curse: for it is written: Cursed is every one that continues not in all things which are written in the book of the law to do them."if so much"Ex 19:13: 16: There will not an hand touch it: but he will surely be stoned: or shot through; whether it be beast or man: it will not live: when the trumpet sounds long: they will come up to the mount.
και ουτως φοβερον ην το φανταζομενον μωσης ειπεν εκφοβος ειμι και εντρομος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καί,kai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καί,kai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωhoutō (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωhoutō
|
so
|
Adv
|
G5398φοβερὸνphoberon (Adj-NNS) G5398 φοβερός phoberós fob-er-os from φόβος; frightful, i.e. (objectively) formidable:--fearful, terrible.
|
φοβερὸνphoberon
|
fearful
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the thing
|
Art-NNS
|
G5324φανταζόμενον,phantazomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS) G5324 φαντάζω phantázō fan-tad-zo from a derivative of φαίνω; to make apparent, i.e. (passively) to appear (neuter participle as noun, a spectacle):--sight.
|
φανταζόμενον,phantazomenon
|
appearing that
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs
|
Moses
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1630ἜκφοβόςEkphobos (Adj-NMS) G1630 ἔκφοβος ékphobos ek-fob-os from ἐκ and φόβος; frightened out of ones wits:-- sore afraid, exceedingly fear.
|
ἜκφοβόςEkphobos
|
Greatly afraid
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
I am,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1790ἔντρομος·entromos (Adj-NMS) G1790 ἔντρομος éntromos en-trom-os from ἐν and τρόμος; terrified:--X quake, X trembled.
|
ἔντρομος·entromos
|
trembling.”
|
Adj-NMS
|
21
So terrible was the sight, that Moses said, I exceedingly fear and quake:)
Hebrews 12:21
Stats
Rank: #6351 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 78 characters, 12 words, 61 letters, 24 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουτως φοβερον ην το φανταζομενον μωσης ειπεν εκφοβος ειμι και εντρομος
Lit: And so fearful was the thing appearing that Moses said, Greatly afraid I am, and trembling.”
KJV: And so terrible was the sight, that Moses said, I exceedingly fear and quake:)
References
"Moses"Ex 19:16: 19: It came to pass on the third day in the morning: that there were thunders and lightnings: and a thick cloud upon the mount: and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that was in the camp trembled.Ps 119:120: My flesh trembles for fear of you; and I am afraid of your judgments.Isa 6:3-5: One cried to another: and said: Holy: holy: holy: is the LORD of hosts: the whole earth is full of His glory.Da 10:8: 17: Therefore I was left alone: and saw this great vision: and there remained no strength in me: for my comeliness was turned in me into corruption: and I retained no strength.Re 1:17: When I saw him: I fell at his feet as dead. And he laid his right hand upon me: saying to me: not Fear; I am the first and the last:
αλλα προσεληλυθατε σιων ορει και πολει θεου ζωντος ιερουσαλημ επουρανιω και μυριασιν αγγελων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235Ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4334προσεληλύθατεproselēlythate (V-RIA-2P) G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).
|
προσεληλύθατεproselēlythate
|
you have come to
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G4622ΣιὼνSiōn (N-DFS) G4622 Σιών Siṓn see-own of Hebrew origin (צִיּוֹן); Sion (i.e. Tsijon), a hill of Jerusalem; figuratively, the Church (militant or triumphant):--Sion.
|
ΣιὼνSiōn
|
Zion
|
N-DFS
|
G3735ὄρειorei (N-DNS) G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρειorei
|
Mount,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS) G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
the city
|
N-DFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2198ζῶντος,zōntos (V-PPA-GMS) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντος,zōntos
|
the living,
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-DFS) G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
the Jerusalem
|
N-DFS
|
G2032ἐπουρανίῳ,epouraniō (Adj-DFS) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.
|
ἐπουρανίῳ,epouraniō
|
heavenly,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3461μυριάσινmyriasin (N-DFP) G3461 μυριάς myriás moo-ree-as from μύριοι; a ten-thousand; by extension, a myriad or indefinite number:--ten thousand.
|
μυριάσινmyriasin
|
to myriads
|
N-DFP
|
G32ἀγγέλων,angelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλων,angelōn
|
of angels,
|
N-GMP
|
22
But you are come to mount Sion, and to the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to an innumerable company of angels,Hebrews 12:22
Stats
Rank: #1566 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 134 characters, 22 words, 106 letters, 43 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα προσεληλυθατε σιων ορει και πολει θεου ζωντος ιερουσαλημ επουρανιω και μυριασιν αγγελων
Lit: But you have come to Zion Mount, and the city of God the living, the Jerusalem heavenly, and to myriads of angels,
KJV: But ye are come unto mount Sion, and unto the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to an innumerable company of angels,
References
"ye are come"Ps 2:6: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Ps 48:2: Beautiful for situation: the joy of the whole earth: is mount Zion: on the sides of the north: the city of the great King.Ps 132:13: 14: For the LORD has chosen Zion; He has desired it for His habitation.Isa 12:6: Cry out and shout: you inhabitant of Zion: for great is the Holy one of Israel in the middle of you.Isa 14:32: What will one then answer the messengers of the nation? That the LORD has founded Zion: and the poor of His people will trust in it.Isa 28:16: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD: Look: I lay in Zion for a foundation a stone: a tried stone: a precious corner stone: a sure foundation: He that'>He who believes will not make haste.Isa 51:11: 16: Therefore the redeemed of the LORD will return: and come with singing to Zion; and everlasting joy will be upon their head: they will obtain gladness and joy; and sorrow and mourning will flee away.Isa 59:20: The Redeemer will come to Zion: and to them that turn from transgression in Jacob: says the LORD.Isa 60:14: The sons also of them that afflicted you will come bending to you; and all they that despised you will bow themselves down at the soles of your feet; and they will call you: The city of the LORD: The Zion of the Holy one of Israel.Joe 2:32: It will come to pass: that whoever will call on the name of the LORD will be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem will be deliverance: as the LORD has said: and in the remnant whom the LORD will call.Ro 11:26: So all Israel will be saved: as it is written: There will come out of Sion the Deliverer: and will turn away ungodliness from Jacob:Ga 4:26: But Jerusalem which is above is free: which is the mother of us all.Re 14:1: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads."the city"Heb 13:14: For here have we no continuing city: but we seek one to come.Ps 48:2: Beautiful for situation: the joy of the whole earth: is mount Zion: on the sides of the north: the city of the great King.Ps 87:3: Glorious things are spoken of you: O city of God. Selah.Mt 5:35: Nor by the earth; for it is his footstool: neither by Jerusalem; for it is the city of the great King.Php 3:20: For our conversation is in heaven; from where also we look for the Saviour: the Lord Jesus Christ:Re 3:12: Him that overcomes will I make a pillar in the temple of my God: and He will go no more out: and I will write upon Him the name of my God: and the name of the city of my God: which is new Jerusalem: which comes down out of heaven from my God: and I will write upon Him my new name.Re 21:2: 10: I John saw the holy city: new Jerusalem: coming down from God out of heaven: prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.Re 22:19: If any man will take away from the words of the book of this prophecy: God will take away His part out of the book of life: and out of the holy city: and from the things which are written in this book."of the"Heb 3:12: Take heed: brothers: lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief: in departing from the living God.Heb 9:14: How much more will the blood of Christ: who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without spot to God: purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?Heb 10:31: It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God.De 5:26: For who is there of all flesh: that has heard the voice of the living God speaking out of the middle of the fire: as we have: and lived?Jos 3:10: Joshua said: Hereby you will know that the living God is among you: and that He will without fail drive out from before you the Canaanites: and the Hittites: and the Hivites: and the Perizzites: and the Girgashites: and the Amorites: and the Jebusites.2Ki 19:4: It may be the LORD your God will hear all the words of Rabshakeh: whom the king of Assyria His master has sent to reproach the living God; and will reprove the words which the LORD your God has heard: for what reason lift up your prayer for the remnant that are left.Ps 42:2: My soul thirsts for God: for the living God: when will I come and appear before God?Ps 84:2: My soul longs: yes: even faints for the courts of the LORD: my heart and my flesh cries out for the living God.Jer 10:10: But the LORD is the true God: He is the living God: and an everlasting king: at His wrath the earth will tremble: and the nations will not be able to abide His indignation.Da 6:26: I make a decree: That in every dominion of my kingdom men tremble and fear before the God of Daniel: for He is the living God: and stedfast for ever: and His kingdom that which will not be destroyed: and His dominion will be even to the end.Ho 1:10: Yet the number of the children of Israel will be as the sand of the sea: which cannot be measured nor numbered; and it will come to pass: that in the place where it was said to them: You are not my people: there it will be said to them: You are the sons of the living God.Mt 16:16: Simon Peter answered and said: You are the Christ: the Son of the living God.Ro 9:26: It will come to pass: that in the place where it was said to them: You are not my people; there will they be called the children of the living God.1Th 1:9: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;Re 7:2: I saw another angel ascending from the east: having the seal of the living God: and He cried with a loud voice to the 4 angels: to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea: "an innumerable"De 33:2: He said: The LORD came from Sinai: and rose up from Seir to them; He shined forth from mount Paran: and He came with 10 thousands of saints: from His right hand went a fiery law for them.Ps 68:17: The chariots of God are 20000: even thousands of angels: the Lord is among them: as in Sinai: in the holy place.Da 7:10: A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him:000 thousands ministered to him: and 10000 times 10000 stood before him: the judgment was set: and the books were opened.Jude 1:14: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints: Re 5:11: 12: I beheld: and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne and the beasts and the elders: and the number of them was 10000 times 10000: and thousands of thousands;
πανηγυρει και εκκλησια πρωτοτοκων εν ουρανοις απογεγραμμενων και κριτη θεω παντων και πνευμασιν δικαιων τετελειωμενων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3831πανηγύρειpanēgyrei (N-DFS) G3831 πανήγυρις panḗgyris pan-ay-goo-ris from πᾶς and a derivative of ἀγορά; a mass-meeting, i.e. (figuratively) universal companionship:--general assembly.
|
πανηγύρειpanēgyrei
|
to the assembly,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia (N-DFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia
|
to the church
|
N-DFS
|
G4416πρωτοτόκωνprōtotokōn (Adj-GMP) G4416 πρωτότοκος prōtótokos pro-tot-ok-os from πρῶτος and the alternate of τίκτω; first-born (usually as noun, literally or figuratively):--firstbegotten(-born).
|
πρωτοτόκωνprōtotokōn
|
of the firstborn
|
Adj-GMP
|
G583ἀπογεγραμμένωνapogegrammenōn (V-RPM/P-GMP) G583 ἀπογράφω apográphō ap-og-raf-o from ἀπό and γράφω; to write off (a copy or list), i.e. enrol:--tax, write.
|
ἀπογεγραμμένωνapogegrammenōn
|
having been enrolled
|
V-RPM/P-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῖς,ouranois (N-DMP) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῖς,ouranois
|
the heavens,
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2923ΚριτῇKritē (N-DMS) G2923 κριτής kritḗs kree-tace from κρίνω; a judge (genitive case or specially):--judge.
|
ΚριτῇKritē
|
to the judge
|
N-DMS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G3956πάντων,pantōn (Adj-GMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων,pantōn
|
of all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4151πνεύμασιpneumasi (N-DNP) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύμασιpneumasi
|
to the spirits
|
N-DNP
|
G1342δικαίωνdikaiōn (Adj-GMP) G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δικαίωνdikaiōn
|
of the righteous
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5048τετελειωμένων,teteleiōmenōn (V-RPM/P-GMP) G5048 τελειόω teleióō tel-i-o-o from τέλειος; to complete, i.e. (literally) accomplish, or (figuratively) consummate (in character):--consecrate, finish, fulfil, make) perfect.
|
τετελειωμένων,teteleiōmenōn
|
having been perfected,
|
V-RPM/P-GMP
|
23
To the general assembly and church of the firstborn, which are written in heaven, and to God the Judge of all, and to the spirits of just men made perfect,Hebrews 12:23
Stats
Rank: #2665 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 155 characters, 27 words, 122 letters, 42 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: πανηγυρει και εκκλησια πρωτοτοκων εν ουρανοις απογεγραμμενων και κριτη θεω παντων και πνευμασιν δικαιων τετελειωμενων
Lit: to the assembly, and to the church of the firstborn having been enrolled in the heavens, and to the judge God of all, and to the spirits of the righteous having been perfected,
KJV: To the general assembly and church of the firstborn, which are written in heaven, and to God the Judge of all, and to the spirits of just men made perfect,
References
"the general"Ps 89:7: God is greatly to be feared in the assembly of the saints: and to be had in reverence of all them that are about Him.Ps 111:1: Praise you the LORD. I will praise the LORD with my whole heart: in the assembly of the upright: and in the congregation.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.Eph 1:22: has put all things under his feet: and gave him to be the head over all things to the church: Eph 5:24-27: Therefore as the church is subject to Christ: so let the wives be to their own husbands in every thing.Col 1:24: Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you: and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for His body's sake: which is the church:1Ti 3:5: (For if a man not know how to rule His own house: how will He take care of the church of God?)"the firstborn"Ex 4:22: you will say to Pharaoh: Thus says the LORD: Israel is my son: even my firstborn:Ex 13:2: Sanctify to me all the firstborn: whatever opens the womb among the children of Israel: both of man and of beast: it is my.De 21:17: But he will acknowledge the son of the hated for the firstborn: by giving him a double portion of all that he has: for he is the beginning of his strength; the right of the firstborn is his.Ps 89:27: Also I will make him my firstborn: higher than the kings of the earth.Jer 31:9: They will come with weeping: and with supplications will I lead them: I will cause them to walk by the rivers of waters in a straight way: wherein they will not stumble: for I am a father to Israel: and Ephraim is my firstborn.Jas 1:18: Of his own will begot he us with the word of truth: that we should be a kind of firstfruits of his creatures.Re 14:4: These are they which not were defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb wherever He goes. These were redeemed from among men: being the firstfruits to God and to the Lamb."which"Ex 32:32: Yet now: if you will forgive their sin--; and not if: blot me: I pray you: out of your book which you have written.Ps 69:28: Let them be blotted out of the book of the living: not and be written with the righteous.Lu 10:20: Notwithstanding in this not rejoice: that the spirits are subject to you; but rather rejoice: because your names are written in heaven.Php 4:3: I intreat you also: true yokefellow: help those women which laboured with me in the gospel: with Clement also: and with other my fellowlabourers: whose names are in the book of life.Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 20:15: whoever not was found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire."God"Heb 6:10-12: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.Heb 9:27: As it is appointed to men once to die: but after this the judgment:Ge 18:25: That be far from you to do after this manner: to kill the righteous with the wicked: and that the righteous should be as the wicked: that be far from you: Will not the Judge of all the earth do right?Ps 50:5: 6: Gather my saints together to me; those that have made a covenant with me by sacrifice.Ps 94:2: Lift up yourself: you judge of the earth: render a reward to the proud.Ps 96:13: Before the LORD: for He comes'>comes: for He comes'>comes to judge the earth: He will judge the world with righteousness: and the people with His truth.Ps 98:9: Before the LORD; for He comes to judge the earth: with righteousness will He judge the world: and the people with equity.Mt 25:31-34: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Joh 5:27: has given Him authority to execute judgment also: because He is the Son of man.2Th 1:5-7: Which is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God: that you may be counted worthy of the kingdom of God: for which you also suffer:1Pe 2:23: Who: when he was reviled: not reviled again; when he suffered: he not threatened; but committed himself to him that judges righteously:"the spirits"Heb 11:4: 40: By faith Abel offered to God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain: by which He obtained witness that He was righteous: God testifying of His gifts: and by it He being dead yet speaketh.Ec 12:7: Then will the dust return to the earth as it was: and the spirit will return to God who gave it.1Co 13:12: For now we see through a glass: darkly; but then face to face: now I know in part; but then will I know even as also I am known.1Co 15:49: 54: As we have borne the image of the earthy: we will also bear the image of the heavenly.2Co 5:8: We are confident: I say: and willing rather to be absent from the body: and to be present with the Lord.Php 1:21-23: For to me to live is Christ: and to die is gain.Php 3:12-21: Not as though I had already attained: either were already perfect: but I follow after: if that I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended of Christ Jesus.Col 1:12: Giving thanks to the Father: which has made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light:Re 7:14-17: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.
και διαθηκης νεας μεσιτη ιησου και αιματι ραντισμου κρειττονα λαλουντι παρα {VAR1: τον } {VAR2: το } αβελ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1242διαθήκηςdiathēkēs (N-GFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηςdiathēkēs
|
of a covenant
|
N-GFS
|
G3501νέαςneas (Adj-GFS) G3501 νέος néos neh-o-ter-os including the comparative ; a primary word; new, i.e. (of persons) youthful, or (of things) fresh; figuratively, regenerate:--new, young.
|
νέαςneas
|
new
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3316μεσίτῃmesitē (N-DMS) G3316 μεσίτης mesítēs mes-ee-tace from μέσος; a go-between, i.e. (simply) an internunciator, or (by implication) a reconciler (intercessor):--mediator.
|
μεσίτῃmesitē
|
the mediator,
|
N-DMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-DMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
to Jesus,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G129αἵματιhaimati (N-DNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματιhaimati
|
to the blood
|
N-DNS
|
G4473ῥαντισμοῦrhantismou (N-GMS) G4473 ῥαντισμός rhantismós hran-tis-mos from ῥαντίζω; aspersion (ceremonially or figuratively):--sprinkling.
|
ῥαντισμοῦrhantismou
|
of sprinkling
|
N-GMS
|
G2909κρεῖττονkreitton (Adj-ANS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρεῖττονkreitton
|
better things
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G2980λαλοῦντιlalounti (V-PPA-DMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντιlalounti
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
than
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
that of
|
Art-AMS
|
G6Ἅβελ.Habel (N-AMS) G6 Ἄβελ Ábel ab-el of Hebrew origin (הֶבֶל); Abel, the son of Adam:--Abel.
|
Ἅβελ.Habel
|
Abel.
|
N-AMS
|
24
To Jesus the mediator of the new covenant, and to the blood of sprinkling, that speaks better things than that of Abel.Hebrews 12:24
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 21 words, 100 letters, 35 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διαθηκης νεας μεσιτη ιησου και αιματι ραντισμου κρειττονα λαλουντι παρα {VAR1: τον } {VAR2: το } αβελ
Lit: and of a covenant new the mediator, to Jesus, and to the blood of sprinkling better things speaking than that of Abel.
KJV: And to Jesus the mediator of the new covenant, and to the blood of sprinkling, that speaketh better things than that of Abel.
References
"Jesus"Heb 7:22: By so much was Jesus made a surety of a better testament.Heb 8:6: 8: But now has he obtained a more excellent ministry: by how much also he is the mediator of a better covenant: which was established upon better promises.1Ti 2:5: For there is one God: and one mediator between God and men: the man Christ Jesus;"new"Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: Isa 55:3: Incline your ear: and come to me: hear: and your soul will live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you: even the sure mercies of David.Jer 31:31-33: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel: and with the house of Judah:"covenant"Heb 9:15: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.Mt 26:28: For this is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many for the remission of sins.Mr 14:24: He said to them: This is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many.Lu 22:20: Likewise also the cup after supper: saying: This cup is the new testament in my blood: which is shed for you."to the blood"Heb 9:21: Moreover he sprinkled with blood both the tabernacle: and all the vessels of the ministry.Heb 10:22: Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith: having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience: and our bodies washed with pure water.Heb 11:28: Through faith he kept the passover: and the sprinkling of blood: lest he who destroyed the firstborn should touch them.Ex 24:8: Moses took the blood: and sprinkled it on the people: and said: Look the blood of the covenant: which the LORD has made with you concerning all these words.1Pe 1:2: Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father: through sanctification of the Spirit: to obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you: and peace: be multiplied."speaketh"Heb 11:4: By faith Abel offered to God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain: by which He obtained witness that He was righteous: God testifying of His gifts: and by it He being dead yet speaketh.Ge 4:10: He said: What have you done? the voice of your brother's blood cries to me from the ground.Mt 23:35: That upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth: from the blood of righteous Abel to the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias: whom you killed between the temple and the altar.Lu 11:51: From the blood of Abel to the blood of Zacharias: which perished between the altar and the temple: truly I say to you: It will be required of this generation.
βλεπετε μη παραιτησησθε τον λαλουντα ει γαρ εκεινοι ουκ εφυγον τον επι της γης παραιτησαμενοι χρηματιζοντα πολλω μαλλον ημεις οι τον απ ουρανων αποστρεφομενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G991ΒλέπετεBlepete (V-PMA-2P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΒλέπετεBlepete
|
Take heed
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G3868παραιτήσησθεparaitēsēsthe (V-ASM-2P) G3868 παραιτέομαι paraitéomai par-ahee-teh-om-ahee from παρά and the middle voice of αἰτέω; to beg off, i.e. deprecate, decline, shun:--avoid, (make) excuse, intreat, refuse, reject.
|
παραιτήσησθεparaitēsēsthe
|
you refuse
|
V-ASM-2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G2980λαλοῦντα·lalounta (V-PPA-AMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντα·lalounta
|
speaking.
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1565ἐκεῖνοιekeinoi (DPro-NMP) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνοιekeinoi
|
they
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1628ἐξέφυγονexephygon (V-AIA-3P) G1628 ἐκφεύγω ekpheúgō ek-fyoo-go from ἐκ and φεύγω; to flee out:--escape, flee.
|
ἐξέφυγονexephygon
|
escaped,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G3868παραιτησάμενοιparaitēsamenoi (V-APM-NMP) G3868 παραιτέομαι paraitéomai par-ahee-teh-om-ahee from παρά and the middle voice of αἰτέω; to beg off, i.e. deprecate, decline, shun:--avoid, (make) excuse, intreat, refuse, reject.
|
παραιτησάμενοιparaitēsamenoi
|
having refused
|
V-APM-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G5537χρηματίζοντα,chrēmatizonta (V-PPA-AMS) G5537 χρηματίζω chrēmatízō khray-mat-id-zo from χρῆμα; to utter an oracle (compare the original sense of χράομαι), i.e. divinely intimate; by implication, (compare the secular sense of χρεία) to constitute a firm for business, i.e. (generally) bear as a title:--be called, be admonished (warned) of God, reveal, speak.
|
χρηματίζοντα,chrēmatizonta
|
divinely instructing them,
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G4183πολὺpoly (Adj-ANS) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺpoly
|
much
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
less
|
Adv
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῶνouranōn (N-GMP) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῶνouranōn
|
the heavens
|
N-GMP
|
G654ἀποστρεφόμενοι·apostrephomenoi (V-PPP-NMP) G654 ἀποστρέφω apostréphō ap-os-tref-o from ἀπό and στρέφω; to turn away or back (literally or figuratively):--bring again, pervert, turn away (from).
|
ἀποστρεφόμενοι·apostrephomenoi
|
turning away from,
|
V-PPP-NMP
|
25
See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth, much more will not we escape, if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:Hebrews 12:25
Stats
Counts: 189 characters, 30 words, 146 letters, 55 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: βλεπετε μη παραιτησησθε τον λαλουντα ει γαρ εκεινοι ουκ εφυγον τον επι της γης παραιτησαμενοι χρηματιζοντα πολλω μαλλον ημεις οι τον απ ουρανων αποστρεφομενοι
Lit: Take heed lest you refuse the One speaking. If for they not escaped, on earth having refused the One divinely instructing them, much less we the One from the heavens turning away from,
KJV: See that ye refuse not him that speaketh. For if they escaped not who refused him that spake on earth, much more shall not we [escape], if we turn away from him that [speaketh] from heaven:
References
"See"Heb 8:5: Who serve to the example and shadow of heavenly things: as Moses was admonished of God when He was about to make the tabernacle: for: See: says He: that you make all things according to the pattern showed to you in the mount.Ex 16:29: See: for that the LORD has given you the sabbath: therefore He gives you on the sixth day the bread of two days; abide you every man in His place: let no man go out of His place on the seventh day.1Ki 12:16: So when all Israel saw that the king listened not to them: the people answered the king: saying: What portion have we in David? neither have we inheritance in the son of Jesse: to your tents: O Israel: now see to your own house: David. So Israel departed to their tents.Isa 48:6: You have heard: see all this; and not will you declare it? I have showed you new things from this time: even hidden things: and you did not know them.Isa 64:9: not Be angry very sore: O LORD: neither remember iniquity for ever: look: see: we beseech you: we are all your people.Mt 8:4: Jesus says to Him: See you tell no man; but go your way: show yourself to the priest: and offer the gift that Moses commanded: for a testimony to them.1Th 5:15: See that none render evil for evil to any man; but ever follow that which is good: both among yourselves: and to all men.1Pe 1:22: Seeing you have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit to unfeigned love of the brothers: see that you love one another with a pure heart fervently:Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.Re 22:9: Then says He to me: See you do it not: for I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers the prophets: and of them which keep the sayings of this book: worship God."refuse"Pr 1:24: Because I have called: and you refused; I have stretched out my hand: and no man regarded;Pr 8:33: Hear instruction: and be wise: and refuse not it.Pr 13:18: Poverty and shame will be to him that refuses instruction: but he who regards reproof will be honoured.Pr 15:32: He who refuses instruction despises his own soul: but he who hears reproof gets understanding.Jer 11:10: They are turned back to the iniquities of their forefathers: which refused to hear my words; and they went after other gods to serve them: the house of Israel and the house of Judah have broken my covenant which I made with their fathers.Eze 5:6: She has changed my judgments into wickedness more than the nations: and my statutes more than the countries that are round about her: for they have refused my judgments and my statutes: they not have walked in them.Zec 7:11: But they refused to listen: and pulled away the shoulder: and stopped their ears: that they not should hear.Mt 17:5: While He yet spoke: look: a bright cloud overshadowed them: and look a voice out of the cloud: which said: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased; hear you Him.Ac 7:35: This Moses whom they refused: saying: Who made you a ruler and a judge? the same did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the angel which appeared to Him in the bush."if they"Heb 2:1-3: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.Heb 3:17: But with whom was he grieved 40 years? was it not with them that had sinned: whose carcases fell in the wilderness?Heb 10:28: 29: He who despised Moses' law died without mercy under two or 3 witnesses:"turn away"Nu 32:15: For if you turn away from after him: he will yet again leave them in the wilderness; and you will destroy all this people.De 30:17: But if your heart turn away: so that you will not hear: but will be drawn away: and worship other gods: and serve them;Jos 22:16: Thus says the whole congregation of the LORD: What trespass is this that you have committed against the God of Israel: to turn away this day from following the LORD: in that you have built you an altar: that you might rebel this day against the LORD?2Ch 7:19: But if you turn away: and forsake my statutes and my commandments: which I have set before you: and will go and serve other gods: and worship them;Pr 1:32: For the turning away of the simple will kill them: and the prosperity of fools will destroy them.2Ti 4:4: They will turn away their ears from the truth: and will be turned to fables.
ου η φωνη την γην εσαλευσεν τοτε νυν δε επηγγελται λεγων ετι απαξ εγω σειω ου μονον την γην αλλα και τον ουρανον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whose
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS) G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
voice
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth
|
N-AFS
|
G4531ἐσάλευσενesaleusen (V-AIA-3S) G4531 σαλεύω saleúō sal-yoo-o from σάλος; to waver, i.e. agitate, rock, topple or (by implication) destroy; figuratively, to disturb, incite:--move, shake (together), which can(-not) be shaken, stir up.
|
ἐσάλευσενesaleusen
|
shook
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5119τότε,tote (Adv) G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότε,tote
|
at that time;
|
Adv
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1861ἐπήγγελταιepēngeltai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1861 ἐπαγγέλλω epangéllō ep-ang-el-lo from ἐπί and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce upon (reflexively), i.e. (by implication) to engage to do something, to assert something respecting oneself:--profess, (make) promise.
|
ἐπήγγελταιepēngeltai
|
He has promised,
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2089ἜτιEti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἜτιEti
|
Yet
|
Adv
|
G530ἅπαξhapax (Adv) G530 ἅπαξ hápax hap-ax probably from ἅπας; one (or a single) time (numerically or conclusively):--once.
|
ἅπαξhapax
|
once more
|
Adv
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G4579σείσωseisō (V-FIA-1S) G4579 σείω seíō si-o apparently a primary verb; to rock (vibrate, properly, sideways or to and fro), i.e. (generally) to agitate (in any direction; cause to tremble); figuratively, to throw into a tremor (of fear or concern):--move, quake, shake.
|
σείσωseisō
|
will shake
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv) G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
only
|
Adv
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth,
|
N-AFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3772οὐρανόν.ouranon (N-AMS) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανόν.ouranon
|
heaven.”
|
N-AMS
|
26
Whose voice then shook the earth: but now he has promised, saying, Yet once more I not shake the earth only, but also heaven.
Hebrews 12:26
Stats
Rank: #7850 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 20 words, 98 letters, 39 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου η φωνη την γην εσαλευσεν τοτε νυν δε επηγγελται λεγων ετι απαξ εγω σειω ου μονον την γην αλλα και τον ουρανον
Lit: whose voice the earth shook at that time; now however He has promised, saying, Yet once more I will shake not only the earth, but also heaven.”
KJV: Whose voice then shook the earth: but now he hath promised, saying, Yet once more I shake not the earth only, but also heaven.
References
"voice"Ex 19:18: Mount Sinai was altogether on a smoke: because the LORD descended upon it in fire: and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace: and the whole mount quaked greatly.Ps 114:6: 7: You mountains: that you skipped like rams; and you little hills: like lambs?Hab 3:10: The mountains saw you: and they trembled: the overflowing of the water passed by: the deep uttered his voice: and lifted up his hands on high."Yet once"Heb 12:27: This word: Yet once more: signifies the removing of those things that are shaken: as of things that are made: that those things which cannot be shaken may remain.Isa 2:19: They will go into the holes of the rocks: and into the caves of the earth: for fear of the LORD: and for the glory of His majesty: when He arises to shake terribly the earth.Isa 13:13: Therefore I will shake the heavens: and the earth will remove out of her place: in the wrath of the LORD of hosts: and in the day of His fierce anger.Joe 3:16: The LORD also will roar out of Zion: and utter His voice from Jerusalem; and the heavens and the earth will shake: but the LORD will be the hope of His people: and the strength of the children of Israel.Hag 2:6: 7: 22: For thus says the LORD of hosts; Yet once: it is a little while: and I will shake the heavens: and the earth: and the sea: and the dry land;
το δε ετι απαξ δηλοι των σαλευομενων την μεταθεσιν ως πεποιημενων ινα μεινη τα μη σαλευομενα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
This
|
Art-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G2089ἜτιEti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἜτιEti
|
Yet
|
Adv
|
G530ἅπαξhapax (Adv) G530 ἅπαξ hápax hap-ax probably from ἅπας; one (or a single) time (numerically or conclusively):--once.
|
ἅπαξhapax
|
once more,
|
Adv
|
G1213δηλοῖdēloi (V-PIA-3S) G1213 δηλόω dēlóō day-lo-o from δῆλος; to make plain (by words):--declare, shew, signify.
|
δηλοῖdēloi
|
signifies
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the things
|
Art-GNP
|
G4531σαλευομένωνsaleuomenōn (V-PPM/P-GNP) G4531 σαλεύω saleúō sal-yoo-o from σάλος; to waver, i.e. agitate, rock, topple or (by implication) destroy; figuratively, to disturb, incite:--move, shake (together), which can(-not) be shaken, stir up.
|
σαλευομένωνsaleuomenōn
|
being shaken
|
V-PPM/P-GNP
|
G3331μετάθεσινmetathesin (N-AFS) G3331 μετάθεσις metáthesis met-ath-es-is from μετατίθημι; transposition, i.e. transferral (to heaven), disestablishment (of a law):--change, removing, translation.
|
μετάθεσινmetathesin
|
removing,
|
N-AFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4160πεποιημένων,pepoiēmenōn (V-RPM/P-GNP) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
πεποιημένων,pepoiēmenōn
|
having been created,
|
V-RPM/P-GNP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3306μείνῃmeinē (V-ASA-3S) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μείνῃmeinē
|
should remain
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-NNP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4531σαλευόμενα.saleuomena (V-PPM/P-NNP) G4531 σαλεύω saleúō sal-yoo-o from σάλος; to waver, i.e. agitate, rock, topple or (by implication) destroy; figuratively, to disturb, incite:--move, shake (together), which can(-not) be shaken, stir up.
|
σαλευόμενα.saleuomena
|
being shaken.
|
V-PPM/P-NNP
|
27
This word, Yet once more, signifies the removing of those things that are shaken, as of things that are made, that those things which cannot be shaken may remain.
Hebrews 12:27
Stats
Counts: 167 characters, 26 words, 133 letters, 47 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: το δε ετι απαξ δηλοι των σαλευομενων την μεταθεσιν ως πεποιημενων ινα μεινη τα μη σαλευομενα
Lit: This now, Yet once more, signifies the of the things being shaken removing, as having been created, so that should remain the things not being shaken.
KJV: And this word, Yet once more, signifieth the removing of those things that are shaken, as of things that are made, that those things which cannot be shaken may remain.
References
"signifieth"Ps 102:26: 27: They will perish: but you will endure: yes: all of them will wax old like a garment; as a vesture will you change them: and they will be changed:Eze 21:27: I will overturn: overturn: overturn: it: and it will be no more: until he come whose right it is; and I will give it him.Mt 24:35: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.2Pe 3:10: 11: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up.Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 21:1: I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.
διο βασιλειαν ασαλευτον παραλαμβανοντες εχωμεν χαριν δι ης λατρευωμεν ευαρεστως τω θεω μετα αιδους και ευλαβειας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1352ΔιὸDio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
ΔιὸDio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS) G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
a kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G761ἀσάλευτονasaleuton (Adj-AFS) G761 ἀσάλευτος asáleutos as-al-yoo-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of σαλεύω; unshaken, i.e. (by implication) immovable (figuratively):--which cannot be moved, unmovable.
|
ἀσάλευτονasaleuton
|
not to be shaken
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3880παραλαμβάνοντεςparalambanontes (V-PPA-NMP) G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παραλαμβάνοντεςparalambanontes
|
receiving,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2192ἔχωμενechōmen (V-PSA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωμενechōmen
|
we may have
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G5485χάριν,charin (N-AFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριν,charin
|
grace,
|
N-AFS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
which
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G3000λατρεύωμενlatreuōmen (V-PSA-1P) G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύωμενlatreuōmen
|
we may serve
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G2102εὐαρέστωςeuarestōs (Adv) G2102 εὐαρέστως euaréstōs yoo-ar-es-toce adverb from εὐάρεστος; quite agreeably:--acceptably, + please well.
|
εὐαρέστωςeuarestōs
|
well pleasingly
|
Adv
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
God,
|
N-DMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2124εὐλαβείαςeulabeias (N-GFS) G2124 εὐλάβεια eulábeia yoo-lab-i-ah from εὐλαβής; properly, caution, i.e. (religiously) reverence (piety); by implication, dread (concretely):--fear(-ed).
|
εὐλαβείαςeulabeias
|
reverence
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1169δέους·deous (N-GNS) G1169 δειλός deilós di-los from (dread); timid, i.e. (by implication) faithless:--fearful.
|
δέους·deous
|
awe.
|
N-GNS
|
28
For what reason we receiving a kingdom which cannot be moved, let us have grace, whereby we may serve God acceptably with reverence and godly fear:Hebrews 12:28
Stats
Rank: #2042 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 141 characters, 22 words, 115 letters, 43 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο βασιλειαν ασαλευτον παραλαμβανοντες εχωμεν χαριν δι ης λατρευωμεν ευαρεστως τω θεω μετα αιδους και ευλαβειας
Lit: Therefore a kingdom not to be shaken receiving, we may have grace, by which we may serve well pleasingly God, with reverence and awe.
KJV: Wherefore we receiving a kingdom which cannot be moved, let us have grace, whereby we may serve God acceptably with reverence and godly fear:
References
"a kingdom"Isa 9:7: Of the increase of His government and peace there will be no end: upon the throne of David: and upon His kingdom: to order it: and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the LORD of hosts will perform this.Da 2:44: In the days of these kings will the God of heaven set up a kingdom: which will never be destroyed: and the kingdom will not be left to other people: but it will break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms: and it will stand for ever.Da 7:14: 27: There was given him dominion: and glory: and a kingdom: that all people: nations: and languages: should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion: which will not pass away: and his kingdom that which will not be destroyed.Mt 25:34: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Lu 1:33: He will reign over the house of Jacob for ever; and of his kingdom there will be no end.Lu 17:20: 21: When He was demanded of the Pharisees: when the kingdom of God should come: He answered them and said: The kingdom of God comes not with observation:1Pe 1:4: 5: To an inheritance incorruptible: and undefiled: and that fades not away: reserved in heaven for you: Re 1:6: has made us kings and priests to God and His Father; to Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.Re 5:10: have made us to our God kings and priests: and we will reign on the earth."have"Heb 3:6: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 10:23: Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;)"we may"Ps 19:14: Let the words of my mouth: and the meditation of my heart: be acceptable in your sight: O LORD: my strength: and my redeemer.Isa 56:7: Even them will I bring to my holy mountain: and make them joyful in my house of prayer: their burnt offerings and their sacrifices will be accepted upon my altar; for my house will be called an house of prayer for all people.Ro 12:1: 2: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service.Eph 1:6: To the praise of the glory of his grace: wherein he has made us accepted in the beloved.Eph 5:10: Proving what is acceptable to the Lord.Php 4:18: But I have all: and abound: I am full: having received of Epaphroditus the things which were sent from you: an odour of a sweet smell: a sacrifice acceptable: wellpleasing to God.1Pe 2:5: 20: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ."with reverence"Heb 4:16: Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace: that we may obtain mercy: and find grace to help in time of need.Heb 5:7: Who in the days of his flesh: when he had offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears to him that was able to save him from death: and was heard in that he feared;Heb 10:19: 22: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus: Le 10:3: Then Moses said to Aaron: This is it that the LORD spoke: saying: I will be sanctified in them that come nigh me: and before all the people I will be glorified. And Aaron held His peace.Ps 2:11: Serve the LORD with fear: and rejoice with trembling.Ps 89:7: God is greatly to be feared in the assembly of the saints: and to be had in reverence of all them that are about Him.Pr 28:24: Whoever robs his father or his mother: and says: It is no transgression; the same is the companion of a destroyer.Ro 11:20: Well; because of unbelief they were broken off: and you stand by faith. not Be highminded: but fear:1Pe 1:17: If you call on the Father: who without respect of persons judges according to every man's work: pass the time of your sojourning here in fear:Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest.
και γαρ ο θεος ημων πυρ καταναλισκον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
Also
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-NNS) G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
is a fire
|
N-NNS
|
G2654καταναλίσκον.katanaliskon (V-PPA-NNS) G2654 καταναλίσκω katanalískō kat-an-al-is-ko from κατά and ἀναλίσκω; to consume utterly:--consume.
|
καταναλίσκον.katanaliskon
|
consuming.
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
29
For our God is a consuming fire.Hebrews 12:29
Stats
Counts: 32 characters, 7 words, 25 letters, 11 vowels, 14 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γαρ ο θεος ημων πυρ καταναλισκον
Lit: Also for the God of us is a fire consuming.
KJV: For our God is a consuming fire.
References
"For our God is a consuming fire."Heb 10:27: But a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation: which will devour the adversaries.Ex 24:17: The sight of the glory of the LORD was like devouring fire on the top of the mount in the eyes of the children of Israel.Nu 11:1: when the people complained: it displeased the LORD: and the LORD heard it; and His anger was kindled; and the fire of the LORD burnt among them: and consumed them that were in the uttermost parts of the camp.Nu 16:35: There came out a fire from the LORD: and consumed the 250 men that offered incense.De 4:24: For the LORD your God is a consuming fire: even a jealous God.De 9:3: Understand therefore this day: that the LORD your God is He which goes over before you; as a consuming fire He will destroy them: and He will bring them down before your face: so will you drive them out: and destroy them quickly: as the LORD has said to you.Ps 50:3: Our God will come: and will not keep silence: a fire will devour before Him: and it will be very tempestuous round about Him.Ps 97:3: A fire goes before him: and burns up his enemies round about.Isa 66:15: For: look: the LORD will come with fire: and with His chariots like a whirlwind: to render His anger with fury: and His rebuke with flames of fire.Da 7:9: I beheld till the thrones were cast down: and the Ancient of days did sit: whose garment was white as snow: and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame: and his wheels as burning fire.2Th 1:8: In flaming fire taking vengeance on them that not know God: and that not obey the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ:
13
Brotherly Love
η φιλαδελφια μενετω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5360φιλαδελφίαphiladelphia (N-NFS) G5360 φιλαδελφία philadelphía fil-ad-el-fee-ah from φιλάδελφος; fraternal affection:--brotherly love (kindness), love of the brethren.
|
φιλαδελφίαphiladelphia
|
Brotherly love
|
N-NFS
|
G3306μενέτω.menetō (V-PMA-3S) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μενέτω.menetō
|
let abide.
|
V-PMA-3S
|
1
Let brotherly love continue.Hebrews 13:1
Stats
Rank: #796 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 28 characters, 4 words, 24 letters, 9 vowels, 15 consonants
Translation
Greek: η φιλαδελφια μενετω
Lit: Brotherly love let abide.
KJV: Let brotherly love continue.
References
"Let brotherly love continue."Heb 6:10: 11: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.Heb 10:24: Let us consider one another to provoke to love and to good works:Joh 13:34: 35: A new commandment I give to you: That you love one another; as I have loved you: that you also love one another.Joh 15:17: These things I command you: that you love one another.Ac 2:1: 44-46: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place.Ac 4:32: The multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul: neither said any of them that ought of the things which he possessed was his own; but they had all things common.Ro 12:9: 10: Let love be without dissimulation. Abhor that which is evil; cleave to that which is good.Ga 5:6: 13: 22: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.Eph 4:3: Endeavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace.Eph 5:2: Walk in love: as Christ also has loved us: and has given Himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweetsmelling savour.Php 2:1-3: If there be therefore any consolation in Christ: if any comfort of love: if any fellowship of the Spirit: if any bowels and mercies: 1Th 4:9: 10: But as touching brotherly love you not need that I write to you: for you yourselves are taught of God to love one another.2Th 1:3: We are bound to thank God always for you: brothers: as it is meet: because that your faith grows exceedingly: and the charity of every one of you all toward each other abounds;1Pe 1:22: Seeing you have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit to unfeigned love of the brothers: see that you love one another with a pure heart fervently:1Pe 2:17: Honour all men. Love the brotherhood. Fear God. Honour the king.1Pe 3:8: Finally: be you all of one mind: having compassion one of another: love as brothers: be pitiful: be courteous:1Pe 4:8: Above all things have fervent charity among yourselves: for charity will cover the multitude of sins.2Pe 1:7: To godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity.1Jo 2:9: 10: He who says he is in the light: and hates his brother: is in darkness even until now.1Jo 3:10-18: 23: In this the children of God are manifest: and the children of the devil: whoever does not righteousness not is of God: neither He that'>He who loves not His brother.1Jo 4:7-11: 20: 21: Beloved: let us love one another: for love is of God; and every one that loves is born of God: and knows God.1Jo 5:1: Whoever believes that Jesus is the Christ is born of God: and every one that loves'>loves Him that begot loves'>loves Him also that is begotten of Him.2Jo 1:5: 6: Now I beseech you: lady: not as though I wrote a new commandment to you: but that which we had from the beginning: that we love one another.Re 2:4: Nevertheless I have somewhat against you: because you have left your first love.
της φιλοξενιας μη επιλανθανεσθε δια ταυτης γαρ ελαθον τινες ξενισαντες αγγελους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5381φιλοξενίαςphiloxenias (N-GFS) G5381 φιλονεξία philonexía fil-on-ex-ee-ah from φιλόξενος; hospitableness:--entertain stranger, hospitality.
|
φιλοξενίαςphiloxenias
|
Of hospitality
|
N-GFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1950ἐπιλανθάνεσθε·epilanthanesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G1950 ἐπιλανθάνομαι epilanthánomai ep-ee-lan-than-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λανθάνω; to lose out of mind; by implication, to neglect:--(be) forget(-ful of).
|
ἐπιλανθάνεσθε·epilanthanesthe
|
be forgetful;
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3778ταύτηςtautēs (DPro-GFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηςtautēs
|
this
|
DPro-GFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for,
|
Conj
|
G2990ἔλαθόνelathon (V-AIA-3P) G2990 λανθάνω lanthánō lan-than-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is used only as an alternate in certain tenses; to lie hid (literally or figuratively); often used adverbially, unwittingly:--be hid, be ignorant of, unawares.
|
ἔλαθόνelathon
|
unawares
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3579ξενίσαντεςxenisantes (V-APA-NMP) G3579 ξενίζω xenízō xen-id-zo from ξένος; to be a host (passively, a guest); by implication, be (make, appear) strange:--entertain, lodge, (think it) strange.
|
ξενίσαντεςxenisantes
|
have entertained
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G32ἀγγέλους.angelous (N-AMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλους.angelous
|
angels.
|
N-AMP
|
2
not Be forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares.Hebrews 13:2
Stats
Rank: #1565 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 12 words, 77 letters, 30 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: της φιλοξενιας μη επιλανθανεσθε δια ταυτης γαρ ελαθον τινες ξενισαντες αγγελους
Lit: Of hospitality not be forgetful; through this for, unawares some have entertained angels.
KJV: Be not forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares.
References
"not"Le 19:34: But the stranger that dwells with you will be to you as one born among you: and you will love Him as yourself; for you were strangers in the land of Egypt: I am the LORD your God.De 10:18: 19: He does execute the judgment of the fatherless and widow: and loves the stranger: in giving him food and clothing.1Ki 17:10-16: So he arose and went to Zarephath. And when he came to the gate of the city: look: the widow woman was there gathering of sticks: and he called to her: and said: Fetch me: I pray you: a little water in a vessel: that I may drink.2Ki 4:8: It fell on a day: that Elisha passed to Shunem: where was a great woman; and she constrained him to eat bread. And so it was: that as often as he passed by: he turned in there to eat bread.Job 31:19: 32: If I have seen any perish for want of clothing: or any poor without covering;Isa 58:7: Is it not to deal your bread to the hungry: and that you bring the poor that are cast out to your house? when you see the naked: that you cover him; and that you not hide yourself from your own flesh?Mt 25:35: 43: For I was hungry: and you gave me meat: I was thirsty: and you gave me drink: I was a stranger: and you took me in:Ac 16:15: When she was baptized: and her household: she besought us: saying: If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord: come into my house: and abide there. And she constrained us.Ro 12:13: Distributing to the necessity of saints; given to hospitality.Ro 16:23: Gaius my host: and of the whole church: salutes'>salutes you. Erastus the chamberlain of the city salutes'>salutes you: and Quartus a brother.1Ti 3:2: A bishop then must be blameless: the husband of one wife: vigilant: sober: of good behaviour: given to hospitality: apt to teach;1Ti 5:10: Well reported of for good works; if she have brought up children: if she have lodged strangers: if she have washed the saints' feet: if she have relieved the afflicted: if she have diligently followed every good work.Tit 1:8: But a lover of hospitality: a lover of good men: sober: just: holy: temperate;1Pe 4:9: Use hospitality one to another without grudging."some"Ge 18:2-10: He lift up his eyes and looked: and: indeed: 3 men stood by him: and when he saw them: he ran to meet them from the tent door: and bowed himself toward the ground: Ge 19:1-3: There came two angels to Sodom at even; and Lot sat in the gate of Sodom: and Lot seeing them rose up to meet them; and he bowed himself with his face toward the ground;Jg 13:15-25: Manoah said to the angel of the LORD: I pray you: let us detain you: until we will have made ready a kid for you.Mt 25:40: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me.
μιμνησκεσθε των δεσμιων ως συνδεδεμενοι των κακουχουμενων ως και αυτοι οντες εν σωματι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3403μιμνῄσκεσθεmimnēskesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G3403 μιμνήσκω mimnḗskō mim-nace-ko a prolonged form of μνάομαι (from which some of the tenses are borrowed); to remind, i.e. (middle voice) to recall to mind:--be mindful, remember.
|
μιμνῄσκεσθεmimnēskesthe
|
Remember
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G1198δεσμίωνdesmiōn (N-GMP) G1198 δέσμιος désmios des-mee-os from δεσμόν; a captive (as bound):--in bonds, prisoner.
|
δεσμίωνdesmiōn
|
prisoners
|
N-GMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4887συνδεδεμένοι,syndedemenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP) G4887 συνδέω syndéō soon-deh-o from σύν and δέω; to bind with, i.e. (passively) be a fellow-prisoner (figuratively):--be bound with.
|
συνδεδεμένοι,syndedemenoi
|
being bound with them,
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G2558κακουχουμένωνkakouchoumenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP) G2558 κακουχέω kakouchéō kak-oo-kheh-o from a presumed compound of κακός and ἔχω; to maltreat:--which suffer adversity, torment.
|
κακουχουμένωνkakouchoumenōn
|
being mistreated
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
yourselves
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G1510ὄντεςontes (V-PPA-NMP) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντεςontes
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4983σώματι.sōmati (N-DNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματι.sōmati
|
the body.
|
N-DNS
|
3
Remember them that are in bonds, as bound with them; and them which suffer adversity, as being yourselves also in the body.Hebrews 13:3
Stats
Rank: #3028 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 19 words, 98 letters, 34 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: μιμνησκεσθε των δεσμιων ως συνδεδεμενοι των κακουχουμενων ως και αυτοι οντες εν σωματι
Lit: Remember prisoners as being bound with them, those being mistreated as also yourselves being in the body.
KJV: Remember them that are in bonds, as bound with them; and them which suffer adversity, as being yourselves also in the body.
References
"them that"Heb 10:34: For you had compassion of me in my bonds: and took joyfully the spoiling of your goods: knowing in yourselves that you have in heaven a better and an enduring substance.Ge 40:14: 15: 23: But think on me when it will be well with you: and show kindness: I pray you: to me: and make mention of me to Pharaoh: and bring me out of this house:Jer 38:7-13: Now when Ebedmelech the Ethiopian: one of the eunuchs which was in the king's house: heard that they had put Jeremiah in the dungeon; the king then sitting in the gate of Benjamin;Mt 25:36: 43: Naked: and you clothed me: I was sick: and you visited me: I was in prison: and you came to me.Ac 16:29-34: Then he called for a light: and sprang in: and came trembling: and fell down before Paul and Silas: Ac 24:23: He commanded a centurion to keep Paul: and to let him have liberty: and that he should forbid none of his acquaintance to minister or come to him.Ac 27:3: The next day we touched at Sidon. And Julius courteously entreated Paul: and gave him liberty to go to his friends to refresh himself.Eph 4:1: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: Php 4:14-19: Notwithstanding you have well done: that you did communicate with my affliction.Col 4:18: The salutation by the hand of me Paul. Remember my bonds. Grace be with you. Amen. Written from Rome to the Colossians by Tychicus and Onesimus.>>2Ti 1:16-18: The Lord give mercy to the house of Onesiphorus; for He often refreshed me: and not was ashamed of my chain:"which suffer"Ne 1:3: 4: They said to me: The remnant that are left of the captivity there in the province are in great affliction and reproach: the wall of Jerusalem also is broken down: and the gates thereof are burned with fire.Ro 12:15: Rejoice with them that do rejoice: and weep with them that weep.1Co 12:26: Whether one member suffer: all the members suffer with it; or one member be honoured: all the members rejoice with it.Ga 6:1: 2: Brothers: if a man be overtaken in a fault: you which are spiritual: restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering yourself: lest you also be tempted.1Pe 3:8: Finally: be you all of one mind: having compassion one of another: love as brothers: be pitiful: be courteous:
τιμιος ο γαμος εν πασιν και η κοιτη αμιαντος πορνους δε και μοιχους κρινει ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5093ΤίμιοςTimios (Adj-NMS) G5093 τίμιος tímios tim-ee-o-tat-os from τιμή; valuable, i.e. (objectively) costly, or (subjectively) honored, esteemed, or (figuratively) beloved:--dear, honourable, (more, most) precious, had in reputation.
|
ΤίμιοςTimios
|
Honorable let
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1062γάμοςgamos (N-NMS) G1062 γάμος gámos gam-os of uncertain affinity; nuptials:--marriage, wedding.
|
γάμοςgamos
|
marriage be
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
all,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2845κοίτηkoitē (N-NFS) G2845 κοίτη koítē koy-tay from κεῖμαι; a couch; by extension, cohabitation; by implication, the male sperm:--bed, chambering, X conceive.
|
κοίτηkoitē
|
marriage bed
|
N-NFS
|
G283ἀμίαντος,amiantos (Adj-NFS) G283 ἀμίαντος amíantos am-ee-an-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of μιαίνω; unsoiled, i.e. (figuratively) pure:--undefiled.
|
ἀμίαντος,amiantos
|
undefiled;
|
Adj-NFS
|
G4205πόρνουςpornous (N-AMP) G4205 πόρνος pórnos por-nos from (to sell; akin to the base of πιπράσκω); a (male) prostitute (as venal), i.e. (by analogy) a debauchee (libertine):--fornicator, whoremonger.
|
πόρνουςpornous
|
the sexually immoral
|
N-AMP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3432μοιχοὺςmoichous (N-AMP) G3432 μοιχός moichós moy-khos perhaps a primary word; a (male) paramour; figuratively, apostate:--adulterer.
|
μοιχοὺςmoichous
|
adulterers
|
N-AMP
|
G2919κρινεῖkrinei (V-FIA-3S) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρινεῖkrinei
|
will judge
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.
|
N-NMS
|
4
Marriage is honourable in all, and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.Hebrews 13:4
Stats
Rank: #522 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 14 words, 83 letters, 33 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: τιμιος ο γαμος εν πασιν και η κοιτη αμιαντος πορνους δε και μοιχους κρινει ο θεος
Lit: Honorable let marriage be in all, and the marriage bed undefiled; the sexually immoral for and adulterers will judge God.
KJV: Marriage is honourable in all, and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.
References
"Marriage"Ge 1:27: 28: So God created man in His own image: in the image of God created He Him; male and female created He them.Ge 2:21: 24: The LORD God caused a deep sleep to fall upon Adam: and He slept: and He took one of His ribs: and closed up the flesh instead thereof;Le 21:13-15: He will take a wife in her virginity.2Ki 22:14: So Hilkiah the priest: and Ahikam: and Achbor: and Shaphan: and Asahiah: went to Huldah the prophetess: the wife of Shallum the son of Tikvah: the son of Harhas: keeper of the wardrobe; (now she dwelt in Jerusalem in the college;) and they communed with her.Pr 5:15-23: Drink waters out of your own cistern: and running waters out of your own well.Isa 8:3: I went to the prophetess; and she conceived: and bare a son. Then said the LORD to me: Call His name Mahershalalhashbaz.1Co 7:2-16: Nevertheless: to avoid fornication: let every man have his own wife: and let every woman have her own husband.1Co 9:5: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?1Ti 3:2: 4: 12: A bishop then must be blameless: the husband of one wife: vigilant: sober: of good behaviour: given to hospitality: apt to teach;1Ti 5:14: I will therefore that the younger women marry: bear children: guide the house: give none occasion to the adversary to speak reproachfully.Tit 1:6: If any be blameless: the husband of one wife: having faithful not children accused of riot or unruly."and the bed"Heb 12:16: Lest there be any fornicator: or profane person: as Esau: who for one morsel of meat sold his birthright.1Co 6:9: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: Ga 5:19: 21: Now the works of the flesh are manifest: which are these; Adultery: fornication: uncleanness: lasciviousness: Eph 5:5: For this you know: that no whoremonger: nor unclean person: nor covetous man: who is an idolater: has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God.Col 3:5: 6: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:Re 22:15: For without are dogs: and sorcerers: and whoremongers: and murderers: and idolaters: and whoever loves and makes a lie."God"Ps 50:16-22: But to the wicked God says: What have you to do to declare my statutes: or that you should take my covenant in your mouth?Mal 3:5: I will come near to you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers: and against the adulterers: and against false swearers: and against those that oppress the hireling in His wages: the widow: and the fatherless: and that turn aside the stranger from His right: and not fear me: says the LORD of hosts.1Co 5:13: But them that are without God judges. Therefore put away from among yourselves that wicked person.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.
Christ’s Unchanging Nature
αφιλαργυρος ο τροπος αρκουμενοι τοις παρουσιν αυτος γαρ ειρηκεν ου μη σε ανω ουδ ου μη σε εγκαταλιπω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G866ἈφιλάργυροςAphilargyros (Adj-NMS) G866 ἀφιλάργυρος aphilárgyros af-il-ar-goo-ros from Α (as a negative particle) and φιλάργυρος; unavaricious:--without covetousness, not greedy of filthy lucre.
|
ἈφιλάργυροςAphilargyros
|
Let be without covetousness
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
your
|
Art-NMS
|
G5158τρόπος,tropos (N-NMS) G5158 τρόπος trópos trop-os from the same as τροπή; a turn, i.e. (by implication) mode or style (especially with preposition or relative prefix as adverb, like); figuratively, deportment or character:--(even) as, conversation, (+ like) manner, (+ by any) means, way.
|
τρόπος,tropos
|
manner of life,
|
N-NMS
|
G714ἀρκούμενοιarkoumenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G714 ἀρκέω arkéō ar-keh-o apparently a primary verb (but probably akin to αἴρω through the idea of raising a barrier); properly, to ward off, i.e. (by implication) to avail (figuratively, be satisfactory):--be content, be enough, suffice, be sufficient.
|
ἀρκούμενοιarkoumenoi
|
being satisfied
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DNP
|
G3918παροῦσιν·parousin (V-PPA-DNP) G3918 πάρειμι páreimi par-i-mee from παρά and εἰμί (including its various forms); to be near, i.e. at hand; neuter present participle (singular) time being, or (plural) property:--come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) present.
|
παροῦσιν·parousin
|
present;
|
V-PPA-DNP
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He Himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2046εἴρηκενeirēken (V-RIA-3S) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἴρηκενeirēken
|
has said:
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
Never
|
Adv
|
G3361μήmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G447ἀνῶanō (V-ASA-1S) G447 ἀνίημι aníēmi an-ee-ay-mee from ἀνά and (to send); to let up, i.e. (literally) slacken or (figuratively) desert, desist from:--forbear, leave, loose.
|
ἀνῶanō
|
will I leave,
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3761οὐδ’oud’ (Conj) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδ’oud’
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
never
|
Adv
|
G3361μήmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1459ἐγκαταλίπω·enkatalipō (V-ASA-1S) G1459 ἐγκαταλείπω enkataleípō eng-kat-al-i-po from ἐν and καταλείπω; to leave behind in some place, i.e. (in a good sense) let remain over, or (in a bad sense) to desert:--forsake, leave.
|
ἐγκαταλίπω·enkatalipō
|
will I forsake.”
|
V-ASA-1S
|
5
Let your conversation be without covetousness; and be content with such things as you have: for he has said, I will never leave you, nor forsake you.
Hebrews 13:5
Stats
Rank: #147 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 155 characters, 20 words, 120 letters, 48 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: αφιλαργυρος ο τροπος αρκουμενοι τοις παρουσιν αυτος γαρ ειρηκεν ου μη σε ανω ουδ ου μη σε εγκαταλιπω
Lit: Let be without covetousness your manner of life, being satisfied with the present; He Himself for has said: Never not you will I leave, nor never not you will I forsake.”
KJV: Let your conversation [be] without covetousness; [and be] content with such things as ye have: for he hath said, I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee.
References
"conversation"Ex 20:17: You will not covet your neighbour's house: you will not covet your neighbour's wife: nor his manservant: nor his maidservant: nor his ox: nor his ass: nor any thing that is your neighbour's.Jos 7:21: When I saw among the spoils a goodly Babylonish garment: and 200 shekels of silver: and a wedge of gold of 50 shekels weight: then I coveted them: and took them; and: look: they are hid in the earth in the middle of my tent: and the silver under it.Ps 10:3: For the wicked boasts of His heart's desire: and blesss the covetous: whom the LORD abhors.Ps 119:36: Incline my heart to your testimonies: not and to covetousness.Jer 6:13: For from the least of them even to the great of them every one is given to covetousness; and from the prophet even to the priest every one deals falsely.Eze 33:31: They come to you as the people comes: and they sit before you as my people: and they hear your words: but they not will do them: for with their mouth they show much love: but their heart goes after their covetousness.Mr 7:22: Thefts: covetousness: wickedness: deceit: lasciviousness: an evil eye: blasphemy: pride: foolishness:Lu 8:14: That which fell among thorns are they: which: when they have heard: go forth: and are choked with cares and riches and pleasures of this life: and bring no fruit to perfection.Lu 12:15-21: He said to them: Take heed: and beware of covetousness: for a man's life consists not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.Lu 16:13: 14: No servant can serve two masters: for either He will hate the one: and love the other; or else He will hold to the one: and despise the other. You cannot serve God and mammon.Ro 1:29: Being filled with all unrighteousness: fornication: wickedness: covetousness: maliciousness; full of envy: murder: debate: deceit: malignity; whisperers: 1Co 5:11: But now I have written to you not to keep company: if any man that is called a brother be a fornicator: or covetous: or an idolater: or a railer: or a drunkard: or an extortioner; with such an one not no to eat.1Co 6:10: Nor thieves: nor covetous: nor drunkards: nor revilers: nor extortioners: will inherit the kingdom of God.Eph 5:3: 5: But fornication: and all uncleanness: or covetousness: let not it be once named among you: as becomes saints;Col 3:5: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:1Ti 3:3: Not given to wine: no striker: not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient: not a brawler: not covetous;1Ti 6:9: 10: But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare: and into many foolish and hurtful lusts: which drown men in destruction and perdition.2Pe 2:3: 14: Through covetousness will they with feigned words make merchandise of you: whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not: and their damnation slumbers not.Jude 1:11: Woe to them! for they have gone in the way of Cain: and ran greedily after the error of Balaam for reward: and perished in the gainsaying of Core."and be"Ex 2:21: Moses was content to dwell with the man: and he gave Moses Zipporah his daughter.Mt 6:25: 34: Therefore I say to you: Take no thought for your life: what you will eat: or what you will drink; nor yet for your body: what you will put on. not Is the life more than meat: and the body than clothing?Lu 3:14: The soldiers likewise demanded of him: saying: And what will we do? And he said to them: Do violence to no man: neither accuse any falsely; and be content with your wages.Php 4:11: 12: Not that I speak in respect of want: for I have learned: in whatever state I am: therewith to be content.1Ti 6:6-8: But godliness with contentment is great gain."I will"Ge 28:15: And: look: I am with you: and will keep you in all places whither you go: and will bring you again into this land; for I not will leave you: until I have done that which I have spoken to you of.De 31:6: 8: Be strong and of a good courage: not fear: nor be afraid of them: for the LORD your God: He it is that does go with you; He not will fail you: nor forsake you.Jos 1:5: There will not any man be able to stand before you all the days of your life: as I was with Moses: so I will be with you: I not will fail you: nor forsake you.1Sa 12:22: For the LORD not will forsake His people for His great name's sake: because it has pleased the LORD to make you His people.1Ch 28:20: David said to Solomon His son: Be strong and of good courage: and do it: not fear: nor be dismayed: for the LORD God: even my God: will be with you; He not will fail you: nor forsake you: until you have finished all the work for the service of the house of the LORD.Ps 37:25: 28: I have been young: and now am old; yet have not I seen the righteous forsaken: nor his seed begging bread.Isa 41:10: 17: Fear you not; for I am with you: not be dismayed; for I am your God: I will strengthen you; yes: I will help you; yes: I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness.
ωστε θαρρουντας ημας λεγειν κυριος εμοι βοηθος και ου φοβηθησομαι τι ποιησει μοι ανθρωπος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620Ὥστεhōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
Ὥστεhōste
|
So
|
Conj
|
G2292θαρροῦνταςtharrountas (V-PPA-AMP) G2292 θαῤῥέω tharrhéō thar-hreh-o another form for θαρσέω; to exercise courage:--be bold, X boldly, have confidence, be confident. Compare τολμάω.
|
θαρροῦνταςtharrountas
|
are confident
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
we
|
PPro-A1P
|
G3004λέγεινlegein (V-PNA) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεινlegein
|
to say:
|
V-PNA
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
The Lord [is]
|
N-NMS
|
G1473ἐμοὶemoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοὶemoi
|
my
|
PPro-D1S
|
G998βοηθός,boēthos (N-NMS) G998 βοηθός boēthós bo-ay-thos from βοή and theo (to run); a succorer:--helper.
|
βοηθός,boēthos
|
helper,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532[καὶ]kai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
[καὶ]kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5399φοβηθήσομαι·phobēthēsomai (V-FIP-1S) G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβηθήσομαι·phobēthēsomai
|
I will be afraid;
|
V-FIP-1S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιήσειpoiēsei (V-FIA-3S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσειpoiēsei
|
shall do
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G444ἄνθρωπος;anthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπος;anthrōpos
|
man?”
|
N-NMS
|
6
So that we may boldly say, The Lord is my helper, and I not will fear what man will do to me.
Hebrews 13:6
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 20 words, 72 letters, 24 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε θαρρουντας ημας λεγειν κυριος εμοι βοηθος και ου φοβηθησομαι τι ποιησει μοι ανθρωπος
Lit: So are confident we to say: The Lord [is] my helper, and not I will be afraid; what shall do to me man?”
KJV: So that we may boldly say, The Lord is my helper, and I will not fear what man shall do unto me.
References
"boldly"Heb 4:16: Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace: that we may obtain mercy: and find grace to help in time of need.Heb 10:19: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus: Eph 3:12: In whom we have boldness and access with confidence by the faith of him."The Lord"Ge 15:1: After these things the word of the LORD came to Abram in a vision: saying: not Fear: Abram: I am your shield: and your exceeding great reward.Ex 18:4: The name of the other was Eliezer; for the God of my father: said He: was my help: and delivered me from the sword of Pharaoh:De 33:26: 29: There is none like to the God of Jeshurun: who rids upon the heaven in your help: and in His excellency on the sky.Ps 18:1: 2: A Psalm of David: the servant of the LORD: who spoke to the LORD the words of this song in the day that the LORD delivered Him from the hand of all His enemies: and from the hand of Saul: And He said: >> I will love you: O LORD: my strength.Ps 27:1-3: 9: A Psalm of David.>> The LORD is my light and my salvation; whom will I fear? the LORD is the strength of my life; of whom will I be afraid?Ps 33:20: Our soul waits for the LORD: He is our help and our shield.Ps 40:17: But I am poor and needy; yet the Lord thinks upon me: you are my help and my deliverer; make no tarrying: O my God.Ps 54:4: Look: God is my helper: the Lord is with them that uphold my soul.Ps 63:7: Because you have been my help: therefore in the shadow of your wings will I rejoice.Ps 94:17: Unless the LORD had been my help: my soul had almost dwelt in silence.Ps 115:9-11: O Israel: trust you in the LORD: He is their help and their shield.Ps 118:7-9: The LORD takes my part with them that help me: therefore will I see my desire upon them that hate me.Ps 124:8: Our help is in the name of the LORD: who made heaven and earth.Ps 146:3: not Put your trust in princes: nor in the son of man: in whom there is no help.Isa 41:10: 14: Fear you not; for I am with you: not be dismayed; for I am your God: I will strengthen you; yes: I will help you; yes: I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness.Ro 8:31: What will we then say to these things? If God be for us: who can be against us?"I will"Ps 56:4: 11: 12: In God I will praise His word: in God I have put my trust; I not will fear what flesh can do to me.Ps 118:6: The LORD is on my side; I not will fear: what can man do to me?Da 3:16-18: Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: answered and said to the king: O Nebuchadnezzar: we are not careful to answer you in this matter.Mt 10:28: not fear them which kill the body: but not are able to kill the soul: but rather fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body in hell.Lu 12:4: 5: I say to you my friends: not Be afraid of them that kill the body: and after that have no more that they can do.
μνημονευετε των ηγουμενων υμων οιτινες ελαλησαν υμιν τον λογον του θεου ων αναθεωρουντες την εκβασιν της αναστροφης μιμεισθε την πιστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3421ΜνημονεύετεMnēmoneuete (V-PMA-2P) G3421 μνημονεύω mnēmoneúō mnay-mon-yoo-o from a derivative of μνήμη; to exercise memory, i.e. recollect; by implication, to punish; also to rehearse:--make mention; be mindful, remember.
|
ΜνημονεύετεMnēmoneuete
|
Remember
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G2233ἡγουμένωνhēgoumenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP) G2233 ἡγέομαι hēgéomai hayg-eh-om-ahee middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of ἄγω; to lead, i.e. command (with official authority); figuratively, to deem, i.e. consider:--account, (be) chief, count, esteem, governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think.
|
ἡγουμένωνhēgoumenōn
|
leading
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G2980ἐλάλησανelalēsan (V-AIA-3P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησανelalēsan
|
spoke
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of whom,
|
RelPro-GMP
|
G333ἀναθεωροῦντεςanatheōrountes (V-PPA-NMP) G333 ἀναθεωρέω anatheōréō an-ath-eh-o-reh-o from ἀνά and θεωρέω; to look again (i.e. attentively) at (literally or figuratively):--behold, consider.
|
ἀναθεωροῦντεςanatheōrountes
|
considering
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1545ἔκβασινekbasin (N-AFS) G1545 ἔκβασις ékbasis ek-bas-is from a compound of ἐκ and the base of βάσις (meaning to go out); an exit (literally or figuratively):--end, way to escape.
|
ἔκβασινekbasin
|
outcome
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of their
|
Art-GFS
|
G391ἀναστροφῆςanastrophēs (N-GFS) G391 ἀναστροφή anastrophḗ an-as-trof-ay from ἀναστρέφω; behavior:--conversation.
|
ἀναστροφῆςanastrophēs
|
way of life,
|
N-GFS
|
G3401μιμεῖσθεmimeisthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G3401 μιμέομαι miméomai mim-eh-om-ahee middle voice from (a mimic); to imitate:--follow.
|
μιμεῖσθεmimeisthe
|
imitate
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4102πίστιν.pistin (N-AFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστιν.pistin
|
faith.
|
N-AFS
|
7
Remember them which have the rule over you, who have spoken to you the word of God: whose faith follow, considering the end of their conversation.Hebrews 13:7
Stats
Rank: #1745 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 148 characters, 23 words, 119 letters, 47 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: μνημονευετε των ηγουμενων υμων οιτινες ελαλησαν υμιν τον λογον του θεου ων αναθεωρουντες την εκβασιν της αναστροφης μιμεισθε την πιστιν
Lit: Remember those leading you, who spoke to you the word of God, of whom, considering the outcome of their way of life, imitate the faith.
KJV: Remember them which have the rule over you, who have spoken unto you the word of God: whose faith follow, considering the end of their conversation.
References
"which"Heb 13:17: 24: Obey them that have the rule over you: and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls: as they that must give account: that they may do it with joy: not and with grief: for that is unprofitable for you.Mt 24:45: Who then is a faithful and wise servant: whom his lord has made ruler over his household: to give them meat in due season?Lu 12:42: The Lord said: Who then is that faithful and wise steward: whom His lord will make ruler over His household: to give them their portion of meat in due season?Ac 14:23: When they had ordained them elders in every church: and had prayed with fasting: they commended them to the Lord: on whom they believed.1Th 5:12: 13: We beseech you: brothers: to know them which labour among you: and are over you in the Lord: and admonish you;1Ti 3:5: (For if a man not know how to rule His own house: how will He take care of the church of God?)"word"Lu 8:11: Now the parable is this: The seed is the word of God.Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.Ac 13:46: Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold: and said: It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing you put it from you: and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life: indeed: we turn to the Gentiles.Ro 10:17: So then faith cometh by hearing: and hearing by the word of God.1Th 2:13: For this cause also thank we God without ceasing: because: when you received the word of God which you heard of us: you received it not as the word of men: but as it is in truth: the word of God: which effectually works also in you that believe.Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 6:9: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years."whose"Heb 6:12: That you not be slothful: but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises.Song 1:8: If you not know: O you fair among women: go your way forth by the footsteps of the flock: and feed your kids beside the shepherds' tents.1Co 4:16: For what reason I beseech you: be you followers of me.1Co 11:1: Be you followers of me: even as I also am of Christ.Php 3:17: Brothers: be followers together of me: and mark them which walk so as you have us for an ensample.1Th 1:6: you became followers of us: and of the Lord: having received the word in much affliction: with joy of the Holy Ghost:2Th 3:7: 9: For yourselves know how you ought to follow us: for we not behaved ourselves disorderly among you;"considering"Ac 7:55-60: But He: being full of the Holy Ghost: looked up stedfastly into heaven: and saw the glory of God: and Jesus standing on the right hand of God: "the end"1Co 10:13: There has no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful: who not will suffer you to be tempted above that you are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape: that you may be able to bear it.
ιησους χριστος χθες και σημερον ο αυτος και εις τους αιωνας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G5504ἐχθὲςechthes (Adv) G5504 χθές chthés khthes of uncertain derivation; yesterday; by extension, in time past or hitherto:--yesterday.
|
ἐχθὲςechthes
|
yesterday
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.
|
σήμερονsēmeron
|
today
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
is the
|
Art-NMS
|
G846αὐτόςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόςautos
|
same,
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶνας.aiōnas (N-AMP) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνας.aiōnas
|
ages.
|
N-AMP
|
8
Jesus Christ the same yesterday, and today, and for ever.Hebrews 13:8
Stats
Rank: #259 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 58 characters, 9 words, 45 letters, 16 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιησους χριστος χθες και σημερον ο αυτος και εις τους αιωνας
Lit: Jesus Christ yesterday and today is the same, and to the ages.
KJV: Jesus Christ the same yesterday, and to day, and for ever.
References
"Jesus Christ the same yesterday, and to day, and for ever."Heb 1:12: As a vesture will you fold them up: and they will be changed: but you are the same: and your years will not fail.Ps 90:2: 4: Before the mountains were brought forth: or ever you hadst formed the earth and the world: even from everlasting to everlasting: you are God.Ps 102:27: 28: But you are the same: and your years will have no end.Ps 103:17: But the mercy of the LORD is from everlasting to everlasting upon them that fear Him: and His righteousness to children's children;Isa 41:4: Who has wrought and done it: calling the generations from the beginning? I the LORD: the first: and with the last; I am He.Isa 44:6: Thus says the LORD the King of Israel: and His redeemer the LORD of hosts; I am the first: and I am the last; and beside me there is no God.Mal 3:6: For I am the LORD: I not change; therefore you sons of Jacob not are consumed.Joh 8:56-58: your father Abraham rejoiced to see my day: and he saw it: and was glad.Jas 1:17: Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above: and comes down from the Father of lights: with whom is no variableness: neither shadow of turning.Re 1:4: 8: 11: 17: 18: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;
διδαχαις ποικιλαις και ξεναις μη περιφερεσθε καλον γαρ χαριτι βεβαιουσθαι την καρδιαν ου βρωμασιν εν οις ουκ ωφεληθησαν οι περιπατησαντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1322Διδαχαῖςdidachais (N-DFP) G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
Διδαχαῖςdidachais
|
By teachings
|
N-DFP
|
G4164ποικίλαιςpoikilais (Adj-DFP) G4164 ποικίλος poikílos poy-kee-los of uncertain derivation; motley, i.e. various in character:--divers, manifold.
|
ποικίλαιςpoikilais
|
various
|
Adj-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3581ξέναιςxenais (Adj-DFP) G3581 ξένος xénos xen-os apparently a primary word; foreign (literally, alien, or figuratively, novel); by implication, a guest or (vice-versa) entertainer:--host, strange(-r).
|
ξέναιςxenais
|
strange,
|
Adj-DFP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3911παραφέρεσθε·parapheresthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G3911 παραφέρω paraphérō par-af-er-o from παρά and φέρω (including its alternate forms); to bear along or aside, i.e. carry off (literally or figuratively); by implication, to avert:--remove, take away.
|
παραφέρεσθε·parapheresthe
|
be carried away;
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G2570καλὸνkalon (Adj-NNS) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὸνkalon
|
it is good
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5485χάριτιchariti (N-DFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτιchariti
|
by grace
|
N-DFS
|
G950βεβαιοῦσθαιbebaiousthai (V-PNM/P) G950 βεβαιόω bebaióō beb-ah-yo-o from βέβαιος; to stabilitate (figuratively):--confirm, (e-)stablish.
|
βεβαιοῦσθαιbebaiousthai
|
to be strengthened
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
for the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2588καρδίαν,kardian (N-AFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαν,kardian
|
heart,
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1033βρώμασιν,brōmasin (N-DNP) G1033 βρῶμα brōma bro-mah from the base of βιβρώσκω; food (literally or figuratively), especially (ceremonially) articles allowed or forbidden by the Jewish law:--meat, victuals.
|
βρώμασιν,brōmasin
|
foods,
|
N-DNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DNP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
which
|
RelPro-DNP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5623ὠφελήθησανōphelēthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G5623 ὠφελέω ōpheléō o-fel-eh-o from the same as ὠφέλεια; to be useful, i.e. to benefit:--advantage, better, prevail, profit.
|
ὠφελήθησανōphelēthēsan
|
were profited
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4043περιπατοῦντες.peripatountes (V-PPA-NMP) G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατοῦντες.peripatountes
|
being devoted.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
9
not Be carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats, which not have profited them that have been occupied therein.Hebrews 13:9
Stats
Counts: 198 characters, 32 words, 160 letters, 60 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: διδαχαις ποικιλαις και ξεναις μη περιφερεσθε καλον γαρ χαριτι βεβαιουσθαι την καρδιαν ου βρωμασιν εν οις ουκ ωφεληθησαν οι περιπατησαντες
Lit: By teachings various and strange, not be carried away; it is good for by grace to be strengthened for the heart, not foods, in which not were profited those being devoted.
KJV: Be not carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats, which have not profited them that have been occupied therein.
References
"carried"Mt 24:4: 24: Jesus answered and said to them: Take heed that no man deceive you.Ac 20:30: Also of your own selves will men arise: speaking perverse things: to draw away disciples after them.Ro 16:17: 18: Now I beseech you: brothers: mark them which cause divisions and offences contrary to the doctrine which you have learned; and avoid them.2Co 11:11-15: For what reason? because I love you not? God knows.Ga 1:6-9: I marvel that you are so soon removed from Him that called you into the grace of Christ to another gospel:Eph 4:14: That we henceforth be no more children: tossed to and fro: and carried about with every wind of doctrine: by the sleight of men: and cunning craftiness: whereby they lie in wait to deceive;Eph 5:6: Let no man deceive you with vain words: for because of these things comes the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience.Col 2:4: 8: This I say: lest any man should beguile you with enticing words.2Th 2:2: That you not be soon shaken in mind: or be troubled: neither by spirit: nor by word: nor by letter as from us: as that the day of Christ is at hand.1Ti 4:1-3: Now the Spirit speaks expressly: that in the latter times some will depart from the faith: giving heed to seducing spirits: and doctrines of devils;1Ti 6:3-5: 20: If any man teach otherwise: and not consent to wholesome words: even the words of our Lord Jesus Christ: and to the doctrine which is according to godliness;1Jo 4:1: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world.Jude 1:3: Beloved: when I gave all diligence to write to you of the common salvation: it was needful for me to write to you: and exhort you that you should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered to the saints."it is"Ac 20:32: Now: brothers: I commend you to God: and to the word of His grace: which is able to build you up: and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified.2Co 1:21: Now He which stablishes us with you in Christ: and has anointed us: is God;Ga 6:1: Brothers: if a man be overtaken in a fault: you which are spiritual: restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering yourself: lest you also be tempted.2Th 2:17: Comfort your hearts: and stablish you in every good word and work.2Ti 2:1: 2: You therefore: my son: be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus."not with"Heb 9:9: 10: Which was a figure for the time then present: in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices: that not could make him that did the service perfect: as pertaining to the conscience;Le 11:1-47: The LORD spoke to Moses and to Aaron: saying to them: De 14:3-21: You will not eat any abominable thing.Ac 10:14-16: But Peter said: Not so: Lord; for I have never eaten any thing that is common or unclean.Ro 14:2: 6: 17: For one believes that he may eat all things: another: who is weak: eats herbs.1Co 6:13: Meats for the belly: and the belly for meats: but God will destroy both it and them. Now the body is not for fornication: but for the Lord; and the Lord for the body.1Co 8:8: But meat commends not us to God: for neither: if we eat: are we the better; neither: if we not eat: are we the worse.Col 2:16-20: Let no man therefore judge you in meat: or in drink: or in respect of an holyday: or of the new moon: or of the sabbath days:1Ti 4:3-5: Forbidding to marry: and commanding to abstain from meats: which God has created to be received with thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth.Tit 1:14: 15: Not giving heed to Jewish fables: and commandments of men: that turn from the truth.
εχομεν θυσιαστηριον εξ ου φαγειν ουκ εχουσιν εξουσιαν οι τη σκηνη λατρευοντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2192ἜχομενEchomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἜχομενEchomen
|
We have
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2379θυσιαστήριονthysiastērion (N-ANS) G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστήριονthysiastērion
|
an altar
|
N-ANS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
which
|
RelPro-GNS
|
G5315φαγεῖνphagein (V-ANA) G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖνphagein
|
to eat,
|
V-ANA
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS) G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority,
|
N-AFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4633σκηνῇskēnē (N-DFS) G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνῇskēnē
|
tabernacle
|
N-DFS
|
G3000λατρεύοντες.latreuontes (V-PPA-NMP) G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύοντες.latreuontes
|
serving.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
10
We have an altar, whereof they have no right to eat which serve the tabernacle.Hebrews 13:10
Stats
Counts: 79 characters, 14 words, 63 letters, 25 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: εχομεν θυσιαστηριον εξ ου φαγειν ουκ εχουσιν εξουσιαν οι τη σκηνη λατρευοντες
Lit: We have an altar from which to eat, not have authority, those in the tabernacle serving.
KJV: We have an altar, whereof they have no right to eat which serve the tabernacle.
References
"an altar"1Co 5:7: 8: Purge out therefore the old leaven: that you may be a new lump: as you are unleavened. For even Christ our passover is sacrificed for us:1Co 9:13: Do you not know that they which minister about holy things live of the things of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are partakers with the altar?1Co 10:17: 20: For we being many are one bread: and one body: for we are all partakers of that one bread."serve"Nu 3:7: 8: They will keep his charge: and the charge of the whole congregation before the tabernacle of the congregation: to do the service of the tabernacle.Nu 7:5: Take it of them: that they may be to do the service of the tabernacle of the congregation; and you will give them to the Levites: to every man according to his service.
ων γαρ εισφερεται ζωων το αιμα περι αμαρτιας εις τα αγια δια του αρχιερεως τουτων τα σωματα κατακαιεται εξω της παρεμβολης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739Ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
Ὧνhōn
|
Whose
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1533εἰσφέρεταιeispheretai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1533 εἰσφέρω eisphérō ice-fer-o from εἰς and φέρω; to carry inward (literally or figuratively):--bring (in), lead into.
|
εἰσφέρεταιeispheretai
|
is brought
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2226ζῴωνzōōn (N-GNP) G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῴωνzōōn
|
of animals
|
N-GNP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-NNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood as sacrifices
|
N-NNS
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-GFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαςhamartias
|
sin,
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G40ἅγιαhagia (Adj-ANP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιαhagia
|
holy places
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G749ἀρχιερέως,archiereōs (N-GMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.
|
ἀρχιερέως,archiereōs
|
high priest;
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
of those
|
DPro-GNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4983σώματαsōmata (N-NNP) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματαsōmata
|
bodies
|
N-NNP
|
G2618κατακαίεταιkatakaietai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2618 κατακαίω katakaíō kat-ak-ah-ee-o from κατά and καίω; to burn down (to the ground), i.e. consume wholly:--burn (up, utterly).
|
κατακαίεταιkatakaietai
|
are burned
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep) G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3925παρεμβολῆς.parembolēs (N-GFS) G3925 παρεμβολή parembolḗ par-em-bol-ay from a compound of παρά and ἐμβάλλω; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia):--army, camp, castle.
|
παρεμβολῆς.parembolēs
|
camp.
|
N-GFS
|
11
For the bodies of those beasts, whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high priest for sin, are burned without the camp.Hebrews 13:11
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 22 words, 104 letters, 38 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ων γαρ εισφερεται ζωων το αιμα περι αμαρτιας εις τα αγια δια του αρχιερεως τουτων τα σωματα κατακαιεται εξω της παρεμβολης
Lit: Whose for is brought of animals the blood as sacrifices for sin, into the holy places by the high priest; of those the bodies are burned outside the camp.
KJV: For the bodies of those beasts, whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high priest for sin, are burned without the camp.
References
"the bodies"Ex 29:14: But the flesh of the bullock: and his skin: and his dung: will you burn with fire without the camp: it is a sin offering.Le 4:5-7: 11: 12: 16-21: The priest that is anointed will take of the bullock's blood: and bring it to the tabernacle of the congregation:Le 6:30: No sin offering: whereof any of the blood is brought into the tabernacle of the congregation to reconcile withal in the holy place: will be eaten: it will be burnt in the fire.Le 9:9: 11: The sons of Aaron brought the blood to him: and he dipped his finger in the blood: and put it upon the horns of the altar: and poured out the blood at the bottom of the altar:Le 16:14-19: 27: He will take of the blood of the bullock: and sprinkle it with his finger upon the mercy seat eastward; and before the mercy seat will he sprinkle of the blood with his finger 7 times.Nu 19:3: you will give her to Eleazar the priest: that he may bring her forth without the camp: and one will kill her before his face:
διο και ιησους ινα αγιαση δια του ιδιου αιματος τον λαον εξω της πυλης επαθεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1352διὸdio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2424Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous (N-NMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G37ἁγιάσῃhagiasē (V-ASA-3S) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἁγιάσῃhagiasē
|
he might sanctify
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2398ἰδίουidiou (Adj-GNS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίουidiou
|
own
|
Adj-GNS
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
blood
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2992λαόν,laon (N-AMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόν,laon
|
people,
|
N-AMS
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep) G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4439πύληςpylēs (N-GFS) G4439 πύλη pýlē poo-lay apparently a primary word; a gate, i.e. the leaf or wing of a folding entrance (literally or figuratively):--gate.
|
πύληςpylēs
|
gate
|
N-GFS
|
G3958ἔπαθεν.epathen (V-AIA-3S) G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
ἔπαθεν.epathen
|
suffered.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
12
For what reason Jesus also, that He might sanctify the people with His own blood, suffered without the gate.Hebrews 13:12
Stats
Counts: 102 characters, 15 words, 83 letters, 31 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο και ιησους ινα αγιαση δια του ιδιου αιματος τον λαον εξω της πυλης επαθεν
Lit: Therefore also Jesus, so that he might sanctify by the own blood the people, outside the gate suffered.
KJV: Wherefore Jesus also, that he might sanctify the people with his own blood, suffered without the gate.
References
"sanctify"Heb 2:11: For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers: Heb 9:13: 14: 18: 19: For if the blood of bulls and of goats: and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean: sanctifies to the purifying of the flesh:Heb 10:29: Of how much sorer punishment: suppose you: will He be thought worthy: who has trodden under foot the Son of God: and has counted the blood of the covenant: wherewith He was sanctified: an unholy thing: and has done despite to the Spirit of grace?Joh 17:19: For their sakes I sanctify myself: that they also might be sanctified through the truth.Joh 19:34: But one of the soldiers with a spear pierced his side: and forthwith came there out blood and water.1Co 6:11: Such were some of you: but you are washed: but you are sanctified: but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus: and by the Spirit of our God.Eph 5:26: That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word: 1Jo 5:6-8: This is He that'>He who came by water and blood: even Jesus Christ; not by water only: but by water and blood. And it is the Spirit that bears witness: because the Spirit is truth."suffered"Le 24:23: Moses spoke to the children of Israel: that they should bring forth Him that had cursed out of the camp: and stone Him with stones. And the children of Israel did as the LORD commanded Moses.Nu 15:36: All the congregation brought Him without the camp: and stoned Him with stones: and He died; as the LORD commanded Moses.Jos 7:24: Joshua: and all Israel with him: took Achan the son of Zerah: and the silver: and the garment: and the wedge of gold: and his sons: and his daughters: and his oxen: and his asses: and his sheep: and his tent: and all that he had: and they brought them to the valley of Achor.Mr 15:20-24: When they had mocked him: they took off the purple from him: and put his own clothes on him: and led him out to crucify him.Joh 19:17: 18: He bearing his cross went forth into a place called the place of a skull: which is called in the Hebrew Golgotha:Ac 7:58: Cast him out of the city: and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet: whose name was Saul.
τοινυν εξερχωμεθα προς αυτον εξω της παρεμβολης τον ονειδισμον αυτου φεροντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5106τοίνυνtoinyn (Conj) G5106 τοίνυν toínyn toy-noon from τοί and νῦν; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.,
|
τοίνυνtoinyn
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξερχώμεθαexerchōmetha (V-PSM/P-1P) G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξερχώμεθαexerchōmetha
|
we should go forth
|
V-PSM/P-1P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Prep) G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3925παρεμβολῆς,parembolēs (N-GFS) G3925 παρεμβολή parembolḗ par-em-bol-ay from a compound of παρά and ἐμβάλλω; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia):--army, camp, castle.
|
παρεμβολῆς,parembolēs
|
camp,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3680ὀνειδισμὸνoneidismon (N-AMS) G3680 ὀνειδισμός oneidismós on-i-dis-mos from ὀνειδίζω; contumely:--reproach.
|
ὀνειδισμὸνoneidismon
|
reproach
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5342φέροντες·pherontes (V-PPA-NMP) G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέροντες·pherontes
|
bearing.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
13
Let us go forth therefore to him without the camp, bearing his reproach.Hebrews 13:13
Stats
Counts: 74 characters, 12 words, 60 letters, 23 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοινυν εξερχωμεθα προς αυτον εξω της παρεμβολης τον ονειδισμον αυτου φεροντες
Lit: Therefore we should go forth to Him outside the camp, the reproach of Him bearing.
KJV: Let us go forth therefore unto him without the camp, bearing his reproach.
References
"Let us go forth therefore unto him without the camp, bearing his reproach."Heb 11:26: Esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt: for He had respect to the recompence of the reward.Heb 12:3: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself: lest you be wearied and faint in your minds.Mt 5:11: Blessed are you: when men will revile you: and persecute you: and will say all manner of evil against you falsely: for my sake.Mt 10:24: 25: The disciple not is above his master: nor the servant above his lord.Mt 16:24: Then said Jesus to His disciples: If any man will come after me: let Him deny Himself: and take up His cross: and follow me.Mt 27:32: 39-44: As they came out: they found a man of Cyrene: Simon by name: him they compelled to bear his cross.Lu 6:22: Blessed are you: when men will hate you: and when they will separate you from their company: and will reproach you: and cast out your name as evil: for the Son of man's sake.Ac 5:41: They departed from the presence of the council: rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for his name.1Co 4:10-13: We are fools for Christ's sake: but you are wise in Christ; we are weak: but you are strong; you are honourable: but we are despised.2Co 12:10: Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities: in reproaches: in necessities: in persecutions: in distresses for Christ's sake: for when I am weak: then am I strong.1Pe 4:4: 14-16: Wherein they think it strange that you not run with them to the same excess of riot: speaking evil of you:
ου γαρ εχομεν ωδε μενουσαν πολιν αλλα την μελλουσαν επιζητουμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχομενechomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομενechomen
|
we have
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G5602ὧδεhōde (Adv) G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδεhōde
|
here
|
Adv
|
G3306μένουσανmenousan (V-PPA-AFS) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μένουσανmenousan
|
an abiding
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G4172πόλιν,polin (N-AFS) G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν,polin
|
city,
|
N-AFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3195μέλλουσανmellousan (V-PPA-AFS) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλουσανmellousan
|
coming one
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G1934ἐπιζητοῦμεν.epizētoumen (V-PIA-1P) G1934 ἐπιζητέω epizētéō ep-eed-zay-teh-o from ἐπί and ζητέω; to search (inquire) for; intensively, to demand, to crave:--desire, enquire, seek (after, for).
|
ἐπιζητοῦμεν.epizētoumen
|
we are seeking for.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
14
For here have we no continuing city, but we seek one to come.Hebrews 13:14
Stats
Counts: 61 characters, 12 words, 47 letters, 21 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ εχομεν ωδε μενουσαν πολιν αλλα την μελλουσαν επιζητουμεν
Lit: Not for we have here an abiding city, but the coming one we are seeking for.
KJV: For here have we no continuing city, but we seek one to come.
References
"For here have we no continuing city, but we seek one to come."Heb 4:9: There remains therefore a rest to the people of God.Heb 11:9: 10: 12-16: By faith he sojourned in the land of promise: as in a strange country: dwelling in tabernacles with Isaac and Jacob: the heirs with him of the same promise:Heb 12:22: But you are come to mount Sion: and to the city of the living God: the heavenly Jerusalem: and to an innumerable company of angels: Mic 2:10: Arise you: and depart; for this is not your rest: because it is polluted: it will destroy you: even with a sore destruction.1Co 7:29: But this I say: brothers: the time is short: it remains: that both they that have wives be as though they had none;2Co 4:17: 18: For our light affliction: which is but for a moment: works for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory;2Co 5:1-8: For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved: we have a building of God: an not house made with hands: eternal in the heavens.Php 3:20: For our conversation is in heaven; from where also we look for the Saviour: the Lord Jesus Christ:Col 3:1-3: If you then be risen with Christ: seek those things which are above: where Christ sits on the right hand of God.1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer.2Pe 3:13: 14: Nevertheless we: according to his promise: look for new heavens and a new earth: wherein dwells righteousness.
Sacrifice, Obedience, and Prayer
δι αυτου ουν αναφερωμεν θυσιαν αινεσεως διαπαντος τω θεω τουτ εστιν καρπον χειλεων ομολογουντων τω ονοματι αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1223Δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
Δι’di’
|
Through
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G399ἀναφέρωμενanapherōmen (V-PSA-1P) G399 ἀναφέρω anaphérō an-af-er-o from ἀνά and φέρω; to take up (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring (carry, lead) up, offer (up).
|
ἀναφέρωμενanapherōmen
|
we should offer
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G2378θυσίανthysian (N-AFS) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίανthysian
|
the sacrifice
|
N-AFS
|
G133αἰνέσεωςaineseōs (N-GFS) G133 αἴνεσις aínesis ah-ee-nes-is from αἰνέω; a praising (the act), i.e. (specially) a thank(-offering):--praise.
|
αἰνέσεωςaineseōs
|
of praise
|
N-GFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
everything
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
God,
|
N-DMS
|
G3778τοῦτ’tout’ (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτ’tout’
|
that
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2590καρπὸνkarpon (N-AMS) G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.
|
καρπὸνkarpon
|
the fruit
|
N-AMS
|
G5491χειλέωνcheileōn (N-GNP) G5491 χεῖλος cheîlos khi-los from a form of the same as χάσμα; a lip (as a pouring place); figuratively, a margin (of water):--lip, shore.
|
χειλέωνcheileōn
|
of the lips
|
N-GNP
|
G3670ὁμολογούντωνhomologountōn (V-PPA-GMP) G3670 ὁμολογέω homologéō hom-ol-og-eh-o from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and λόγος; to assent, i.e. covenant, acknowledge:--con- (pro-)fess, confession is made, give thanks, promise.
|
ὁμολογούντωνhomologountōn
|
confessing
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
15
By Him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips giving thanks to His name.Hebrews 13:15
Stats
Rank: #1291 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 131 characters, 23 words, 104 letters, 40 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: δι αυτου ουν αναφερωμεν θυσιαν αινεσεως διαπαντος τω θεω τουτ εστιν καρπον χειλεων ομολογουντων τω ονοματι αυτου
Lit: Through Him then we should offer the sacrifice of praise through everything to God, that is, the fruit of the lips confessing the name of Him.
KJV: By him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips giving thanks to his name.
References
"him"Heb 7:25: For what reason He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come to God by Him: seeing He ever lives to make intercession for them.Joh 10:9: I am the door: by me if any man enter in: he will be saved: and will go in and out: and find pasture.Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.Eph 2:18: For through Him we both have access by one Spirit to the Father.Col 3:17: whatever you do in word or deed: do all in the name of the Lord Jesus: giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.1Pe 2:5: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ."the sacrifice"Le 7:12: If he offer it for a thanksgiving: then he will offer with the sacrifice of thanksgiving unleavened cakes mingled with oil: and unleavened wafers anointed with oil: and cakes mingled with oil: of fine flour: fried.2Ch 7:6: The priests waited on their offices: the Levites also with instruments of musick of the LORD: which David the king had made to praise the LORD: because His mercy endureth for ever: when David praised by their ministry; and the priests sounded trumpets before them: and all Israel stood.2Ch 29:31: Then Hezekiah answered and said: Now you have consecrated yourselves to the LORD: come near and bring sacrifices and thank offerings into the house of the LORD. And the congregation brought in sacrifices and thank offerings; and as many as were of a free heart burnt offerings.2Ch 33:16: He repaired the altar of the LORD: and sacrificed thereon peace offerings and thank offerings: and commanded Judah to serve the LORD God of Israel.Ezr 3:11: They sang together by course in praising and giving thanks to the LORD; because He is good: for His mercy endureth for ever toward Israel. And all the people shouted with a great shout: when they praised the LORD: because the foundation of the house of the LORD was laid.Ne 12:40: 43: So stood the two companies of them that gave thanks in the house of God: and I: and the half of the rulers with me:Ps 50:14: 23: Offer to God thanksgiving; and pay your vows to the most High:Ps 69:30: 31: I will praise the name of God with a song: and will magnify Him with thanksgiving.Ps 107:21: 22: Oh that men would praise the LORD for His goodness: and for His wonderful works to the children of men!Ps 116:17-19: I will offer to you the sacrifice of thanksgiving: and will call upon the name of the LORD.Ps 118:19: Open to me the gates of righteousness: I will go into them: and I will praise the LORD:Ps 136:1-26: O give thanks to the LORD; for He is good: for His mercy endureth for ever.Ps 145:1-21: Psalm of praise.>> I will extol you: my God: O king; and I will bless your name for ever and ever.Isa 12:1: 2: In that day you will say: O LORD: I will praise you: though you were angry with me: your anger is turned away: and you comfortedst me.Eph 5:19: 20: Speaking to yourselves in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs: singing and making melody in your heart to the Lord;Col 1:12: Giving thanks to the Father: which has made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light:Col 3:16: Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs: singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.1Pe 4:11: If any man speak: let Him speak as the oracles of God; if any man minister: let Him do it as of the ability which God gives: that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ: to whom be praise and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.Re 4:8-11: The 4 beasts had each of them 6 wings about Him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night: saying: Holy: holy: holy: Lord God Almighty: which was: and is: and is to come.Re 5:9-14: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Re 7:9-12: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Re 19:1-6: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:"the fruit"Ge 4:3: 4: In process of time it came to pass: that Cain brought of the fruit of the ground an offering to the LORD.Ho 14:2: Take with you words: and turn to the LORD: say to Him: Take away all iniquity: and receive us graciously: so will we render the calves of our lips.Ro 6:19: I speak after the manner of men because of the infirmity of your flesh: for as you have yielded your members servants to uncleanness and to iniquity to iniquity; even so now yield your members servants to righteousness to holiness.Ro 12:1: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service."giving thanks to"Ps 18:49: Therefore will I give thanks to you: O LORD: among the heathen: and sing praises to your name.Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Lu 10:21: In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit: and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: that you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes: even so: Father; for so it seemed good in your sight.
της δε ευποιιας και κοινωνιας μη επιλανθανεσθε τοιαυταις γαρ θυσιαις ευαρεστειται ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2140εὐποιΐαςeupoiias (N-GFS) G2140 εὐποιΐα eupoiḯa yoo-poy-ee-ah from a compound of εὖ and ποιέω; well-doing, i.e. beneficence:--to do good.
|
εὐποιΐαςeupoiias
|
the good
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2842κοινωνίαςkoinōnias (N-GFS) G2842 κοινωνία koinōnía koy-nohn-ee-ah from κοινωνός; partnership, i.e. (literally) participation, or (social) intercourse, or (pecuniary) benefaction:--(to) communicate(-ation), communion, (contri-)distribution, fellowship.
|
κοινωνίαςkoinōnias
|
of sharing,
|
N-GFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1950ἐπιλανθάνεσθε·epilanthanesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G1950 ἐπιλανθάνομαι epilanthánomai ep-ee-lan-than-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λανθάνω; to lose out of mind; by implication, to neglect:--(be) forget(-ful of).
|
ἐπιλανθάνεσθε·epilanthanesthe
|
be forgetful;
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G5108τοιαύταιςtoiautais (DPro-DFP) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαύταιςtoiautais
|
with such
|
DPro-DFP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2378θυσίαιςthysiais (N-DFP) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίαιςthysiais
|
sacrifices
|
N-DFP
|
G2100εὐαρεστεῖταιeuaresteitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2100 εὐαρεστέω euarestéō yoo-ar-es-teh-o from εὐάρεστος; to gratify entirely:--please (well).
|
εὐαρεστεῖταιeuaresteitai
|
is well pleased
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.
|
N-NMS
|
16
But to do good and to communicate not forget: for with such sacrifices God is well pleased.Hebrews 13:16
Stats
Counts: 91 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 28 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: της δε ευποιιας και κοινωνιας μη επιλανθανεσθε τοιαυταις γαρ θυσιαις ευαρεστειται ο θεος
Lit: And the good and of sharing, not be forgetful; with such for sacrifices is well pleased God.
KJV: But to do good and to communicate forget not: for with such sacrifices God is well pleased.
References
"to do"Heb 13:1: 2: Let brotherly love continue.Ps 37:3: Trust in the LORD: and do good; so will you dwell in the land: and truly you will be fed.Mt 25:35-40: For I was hungry: and you gave me meat: I was thirsty: and you gave me drink: I was a stranger: and you took me in:Lu 6:35: 36: But love you your enemies: and do good: and lend: hoping not forhing again; and your reward will be great: and you will be the children of the High: for he is kind to the unthankful and to the evil.Ac 9:36: Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha: which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did.Ac 10:38: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good: and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him.Ga 6:10: As we have therefore opportunity: let us do good to all men: especially to them who are of the household of faith.1Th 5:15: See that none render evil for evil to any man; but ever follow that which is good: both among yourselves: and to all men.2Th 3:13: But you: brothers: not be weary in well doing.3Jo 1:11: Beloved: not follow that which is evil: but that which is good. He who does'>does good is of God: but He that'>He who does'>does evil has not seen God."communicate"Lu 18:22: Now when Jesus heard these things: He said to Him: Yet lack you one thing: sell all that you have: and distribute to the poor: and you will have treasure in heaven: and come: follow me.Ro 12:13: Distributing to the necessity of saints; given to hospitality.2Co 9:12: 13: For the administration of this not service only supplies the want of the saints: but is abundant also by many thanksgivings to God;Ga 6:6: Let him that is taught in the word communicate to him that teaches in all good things.Eph 4:28: Let him that stole steal no more: but rather let him labour: working with his hands the thing which is good: that he may have to give to him that needs.Php 4:14: Notwithstanding you have well done: that you did communicate with my affliction.1Ti 6:18: That they do good: that they be rich in good works: ready to distribute: willing to communicate;Phm 1:6: That the communication of your faith may become effectual by the acknowledging of every good thing which is in you in Christ Jesus."with such"Heb 6:10: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.Ps 51:19: Then will you be pleased with the sacrifices of righteousness: with burnt offering and whole burnt offering: then will they offer bullocks upon your altar.Mic 6:7: 8: Will the LORD be pleased with thousands of rams: or with 10 thousands of rivers of oil? will I give my firstborn for my transgression: the fruit of my body for the sin of my soul?Php 4:18: But I have all: and abound: I am full: having received of Epaphroditus the things which were sent from you: an odour of a sweet smell: a sacrifice acceptable: wellpleasing to God.
πειθεσθε τοις ηγουμενοις υμων και υπεικετε αυτοι γαρ αγρυπνουσιν υπερ των ψυχων υμων ως λογον αποδωσοντες ινα μετα χαρας τουτο ποιωσιν και μη στεναζοντες αλυσιτελες γαρ υμιν τουτο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3982ΠείθεσθεPeithesthe (V-PMP-2P) G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
ΠείθεσθεPeithesthe
|
Obey
|
V-PMP-2P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G2233ἡγουμένοιςhēgoumenois (V-PPM/P-DMP) G2233 ἡγέομαι hēgéomai hayg-eh-om-ahee middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of ἄγω; to lead, i.e. command (with official authority); figuratively, to deem, i.e. consider:--account, (be) chief, count, esteem, governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think.
|
ἡγουμένοιςhēgoumenois
|
leading
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5226ὑπείκετε·hypeikete (V-PMA-2P) G5226 ὑπείκω hypeíkō hoop-i-ko from ὑπό and (to yield, be weak); to surrender:--submit self.
|
ὑπείκετε·hypeikete
|
be submissive;
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
they
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G69ἀγρυπνοῦσινagrypnousin (V-PIA-3P) G69 ἀγρυπνέω agrypnéō ag-roop-neh-o ultimately from Α (as negative particle) and ὕπνος; to be sleepless, i.e. keep awake:--watch.
|
ἀγρυπνοῦσινagrypnousin
|
watch
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5590ψυχῶνpsychōn (N-GFP) G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχῶνpsychōn
|
souls
|
N-GFP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
account
|
N-AMS
|
G591ἀποδώσοντες·apodōsontes (V-FPA-NMP) G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀποδώσοντες·apodōsontes
|
about to give;
|
V-FPA-NMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5479χαρᾶςcharas (N-GFS) G5479 χαρά chará khar-ah from χαίρω; cheerfulness, i.e. calm delight:--gladness, X greatly, (X be exceeding) joy(-ful, -fully, -fulness, -ous).
|
χαρᾶςcharas
|
joy
|
N-GFS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιῶσινpoiōsin (V-PSA-3P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶσινpoiōsin
|
they might do,
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4727στενάζοντες·stenazontes (V-PPA-NMP) G4727 στενάζω stenázō sten-ad-zo from στενός; to make (intransitively, be) in straits, i.e. (by implication) to sigh, murmur, pray inaudibly:--with grief, groan, grudge, sigh.
|
στενάζοντες·stenazontes
|
groaning,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G255ἀλυσιτελὲςalysiteles (Adj-NNS) G255 ἀλυσιτελής alysitelḗs al-oo-sit-el-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of λυσιτελεῖ; gainless, i.e. (by implication) pernicious:--unprofitable.
|
ἀλυσιτελὲςalysiteles
|
unprofitable
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
for you is
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3778τοῦτο.touto (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτο.touto
|
this.
|
DPro-NNS
|
17
Obey them that have the rule over you, and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls, as they that must give account, that they may do it with joy, not and with grief: for that is unprofitable for you.Hebrews 13:17
Stats
Rank: #742 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 208 characters, 34 words, 162 letters, 60 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: πειθεσθε τοις ηγουμενοις υμων και υπεικετε αυτοι γαρ αγρυπνουσιν υπερ των ψυχων υμων ως λογον αποδωσοντες ινα μετα χαρας τουτο ποιωσιν και μη στεναζοντες αλυσιτελες γαρ υμιν τουτο
Lit: Obey those leading you, and be submissive; they for watch over the souls of you, as account about to give; that with joy this they might do, and not groaning, unprofitable indeed for you is this.
KJV: Obey them that have the rule over you, and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls, as they that must give account, that they may do it with joy, and not with grief: for that is unprofitable for you.
References
"Obey"Heb 13:7: Remember them which have the rule over you: who have spoken to you the word of God: whose faith follow: considering the end of their conversation.1Sa 8:19: Nevertheless the people refused to obey the voice of Samuel; and they said: No; but we will have a king over us;1Sa 15:19: 20: For what reason then did you not obey the voice of the LORD: but did fly upon the spoil: and did evil in the sight of the LORD?Pr 5:13: not have obeyed the voice of my teachers: nor inclined my ear to them that instructed me!Php 2:12: 29: For what reason: my beloved: as you have always obeyed: not as in my presence only: but now much more in my absence: work out your own salvation with fear and trembling.1Th 5:12: 13: We beseech you: brothers: to know them which labour among you: and are over you in the Lord: and admonish you;2Th 3:14: If any man not obey our word by this epistle: note that man: and have no company with him: that he may be ashamed.1Ti 5:17: Let the elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour: especially they who labour in the word and doctrine."submit"Ge 16:9: The angel of the LORD said to her: Return to your mistress: and submit yourself under her hands.1Co 16:16: That you submit yourselves to such: and to every one that helps with us: and labours.Eph 5:21: Submitting yourselves one to another in the fear of God.Jas 4:7: Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil: and He will flee from you.1Pe 5:5: Likewise: you younger: submit yourselves to the elder. Yes: all of you be subject one to another: and be clothed with humility: for God resists the proud: and gives grace to the humble."watch"Eze 3:17-21: Son of man: I have made you a watchman to the house of Israel: therefore hear the word at my mouth: and give them warning from me.Eze 33:2: 7-9: Son of man: speak to the children of your people: and say to them: When I bring the sword upon a land: if the people of the land take a man of their coasts: and set Him for their watchman:Ac 20:24-26: 28: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.1Co 4:1: 2: Let a man so account of us: as of the ministers of Christ: and stewards of the mysteries of God.1Pe 5:2: 3: Feed the flock of God which is among you: taking the oversight thereof: not by constraint: but willingly; not for filthy lucre: but of a ready mind;"give account"Lu 16:2: He called him: and said to him: How is it that I hear this of you? give an account of your stewardship; for you may be no longer steward.Ro 14:12: So then every one of us will give account of Himself to God.2Co 5:10: 11: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad."with joy"Php 1:4: Always in every prayer of my for you all making request with joy: Php 2:16: Holding forth the word of life; that I may rejoice in the day of Christ: that I not have run in vain: neither laboured in vain.Php 4:1: Therefore: my brothers dearly beloved and longed for: my joy and crown: so stand fast in the Lord: my dearly beloved.1Th 2:19: 20: For what is our hope: or joy: or crown of rejoicing? Are not even you in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming?1Th 3:9: 10: For what thanks can we render to God again for you: for all the joy wherewith we joy for your sakes before our God;"with grief"Ex 32:31: Moses returned to the LORD: and said: Oh: this people have sinned a great sin: and have made them gods of gold.Jer 13:17: But if you not will hear it: my soul will weep in secret places for your pride; and my eye will weep sore: and run down with tears: because the LORD's flock is carried away captive.Php 3:18: (For many walk: of whom I have told you often: and now tell you even weeping: that they are the enemies of the cross of Christ:
προσευχεσθε περι ημων πεποιθαμεν γαρ οτι καλην συνειδησιν εχομεν εν πασιν καλως θελοντες αναστρεφεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4336ΠροσεύχεσθεProseuchesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
ΠροσεύχεσθεProseuchesthe
|
Pray
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶν·hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν·hēmōn
|
us;
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3982πειθόμεθαpeithometha (V-PIM/P-1P) G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.
|
πειθόμεθαpeithometha
|
we are persuaded
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2570καλὴνkalēn (Adj-AFS) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὴνkalēn
|
a good
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4893συνείδησινsyneidēsin (N-AFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησινsyneidēsin
|
conscience
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχομεν,echomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομεν,echomen
|
we have,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
all things
|
Adj-DNP
|
G2573καλῶςkalōs (Adv) G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
καλῶςkalōs
|
well
|
Adv
|
G2309θέλοντεςthelontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλοντεςthelontes
|
desiring
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G390ἀναστρέφεσθαι.anastrephesthai (V-PNM/P) G390 ἀναστρέφω anastréphō an-as-tref-o from ἀνά and στρέφω; to overturn; also to return; by implication, to busy oneself, i.e. remain, live:--abide, behave self, have conversation, live, overthrow, pass, return, be used.
|
ἀναστρέφεσθαι.anastrephesthai
|
to conduct ourselves.
|
V-PNM/P
|
18
Pray for us: for we trust we have a good conscience, in all things willing to live honestly.Hebrews 13:18
Stats
Rank: #3498 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 16 words, 72 letters, 26 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: προσευχεσθε περι ημων πεποιθαμεν γαρ οτι καλην συνειδησιν εχομεν εν πασιν καλως θελοντες αναστρεφεσθαι
Lit: Pray for us; we are persuaded for that a good conscience we have, in all things well desiring to conduct ourselves.
KJV: Pray for us: for we trust we have a good conscience, in all things willing to live honestly.
References
"Pray"Ro 15:30: Now I beseech you: brothers: for the Lord Jesus Christ's sake: and for the love of the Spirit: that you strive together with me in your prayers to God for me;Eph 6:19: 20: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel: Col 4:3: Withal praying also for us: that God would open to us a door of utterance: to speak the mystery of Christ: for which I am also in bonds:1Th 5:25: Brothers: pray for us.2Th 3:1: Finally: brothers: pray for us: that the word of the Lord may have free course: and be glorified: even as it is with you:"we have"Ac 23:1: Paul: earnestly beholding the council: said: Men and brothers: I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day.Ac 24:16: Herein do I exercise myself: to have always a conscience void of offence toward God: and toward men.2Co 1:12: For our rejoicing is this: the testimony of our conscience: that in simplicity and godly sincerity: not with fleshly wisdom: but by the grace of God: we have had our conversation in the world: and more abundantly to you-ward.1Ti 1:5: Now the end of the commandment is charity out of a pure heart: and of a good conscience: and of faith unfeigned:1Pe 3:16: 21: Having a good conscience; that: whereas they speak evil of you: as of evildoers: they may be ashamed that falsely accuse your good conversation in Christ."in all"Ro 12:17: Recompense to no man evil for evil. Provide things ho in the sight of all men.Ro 13:13: Let us walk honestly: as in the day; not in rioting and drunkenness: not in chambering and wantonness: not in strife and envying.Php 4:8: Finally: brothers: whatever things are true: whatever things are ho: whatever things are just: whatever things are pure: whatever things are lovely: whatever things are of good report; if there be any virtue: and if there be any praise: think on these things.1Th 4:12: That you may walk honestly toward them that are without: and that you may have lack not ofhing.1Pe 2:12: Having your conversation ho among the Gentiles: that: whereas they speak against you as evildoers: they may by your good works: which they will look: glorify God in the day of visitation.
περισσοτερως δε παρακαλω τουτο ποιησαι ινα ταχιον αποκατασταθω υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4057περισσοτέρωςperissoterōs (Adv) G4057 περισσῶς perissōs per-is-soce adverb from περισσός; superabundantly:--exceedingly, out of measure, the more.
|
περισσοτέρωςperissoterōs
|
More abundantly
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3870παρακαλῶparakalō (V-PIA-1S) G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλῶparakalō
|
I exhort you
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιῆσαι,poiēsai (V-ANA) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαι,poiēsai
|
to do,
|
V-ANA
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G5032τάχιονtachion (Adj-ANS-C) G5032 τάχιον táchion takh-ee-on neuter singular of the comparative of ταχύς (as adverb); more swiftly, i.e. (in manner) more rapidly, or (in time) more speedily:--out (run), quickly, shortly, sooner.
|
τάχιονtachion
|
more quickly
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G600ἀποκατασταθῶapokatastathō (V-ASP-1S) G600 ἀποκαθίστημι apokathístēmi ap-ok-ath-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and καθίστημι; to reconstitute (in health, home or organization):--restore (again).
|
ἀποκατασταθῶapokatastathō
|
I may be restored
|
V-ASP-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν.hymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν.hymin
|
to you.
|
PPro-D2P
|
19
But I beseech you the rather to do this, that I may be restored to you the sooner.Hebrews 13:19
Stats
Rank: #5231 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 82 characters, 17 words, 63 letters, 27 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: περισσοτερως δε παρακαλω τουτο ποιησαι ινα ταχιον αποκατασταθω υμιν
Lit: More abundantly now I exhort you this to do, so that more quickly I may be restored to you.
KJV: But I beseech you the rather to do this, that I may be restored to you the sooner.
References
"that I"Ro 1:10-12: Making request: if by any means now at length I might have a prosperous journey by the will of God to come to you.Ro 15:31: 32: That I may be delivered from them that not do believe in Judaea; and that my service which I have for Jerusalem may be accepted of the saints;Phm 1:22: But withal prepare me also a lodging: for I trust that through your prayers I will be given to you.
Benediction and Farewell
ο δε θεος της ειρηνης ο αναγαγων εκ νεκρων τον ποιμενα των προβατων τον μεγαν εν αιματι διαθηκης αιωνιου τον κυριον ημων ιησουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
May the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1515εἰρήνης,eirēnēs (N-GFS) G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνης,eirēnēs
|
of peace,
|
N-GFS
|
G321ἀναγαγὼνanagagōn (V-APA-NMS) G321 ἀνάγω anágō an-ag-o from ἀνά and ἄγω; to lead up; by extension to bring out; specially, to sail away:--bring (again, forth, up again), depart, launch (forth), lead (up), loose, offer, sail, set forth, take up.
|
ἀναγαγὼνanagagōn
|
having brought
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4166ποιμέναpoimena (N-AMS) G4166 ποιμήν poimḗn poy-mane of uncertain affinity; a shepherd (literally or figuratively):--shepherd, pastor.
|
ποιμέναpoimena
|
Shepherd
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4263προβάτωνprobatōn (N-GNP) G4263 πρόβατον próbaton prob-at-on probably neuter of a presumed derivative of προβαίνω; something that walks forward (a quadruped), i.e. (specially), a sheep (literally or figuratively):--sheep(-fold).
|
προβάτωνprobatōn
|
sheep
|
N-GNP
|
G3173μέγανmegan (Adj-AMS) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγανmegan
|
great,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G129αἵματιhaimati (N-DNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματιhaimati
|
the blood
|
N-DNS
|
G1242διαθήκηςdiathēkēs (N-GFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηςdiathēkēs
|
of the covenant
|
N-GFS
|
G166αἰωνίου,aiōniou (Adj-GFS) G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰωνίου,aiōniou
|
eternal,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
Lord
|
N-AMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun
|
Jesus,
|
N-AMS
|
20
Now the God of peace, that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the everlasting covenant,Hebrews 13:20
Stats
Rank: #1564 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 151 characters, 24 words, 121 letters, 45 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε θεος της ειρηνης ο αναγαγων εκ νεκρων τον ποιμενα των προβατων τον μεγαν εν αιματι διαθηκης αιωνιου τον κυριον ημων ιησουν
Lit: May the now God of peace, having brought out from the dead the Shepherd of the sheep great, by the blood of the covenant eternal, the Lord of us Jesus,
KJV: Now the God of peace, that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the everlasting covenant,
References
"the God"Ro 15:33: Now the God of peace be with you all. Amen.Ro 16:20: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.1Co 14:33: For God not is the author of confusion: but of peace: as in all churches of the saints.2Co 13:11: Finally: brothers: farewell. Be perfect: be of good comfort: be of one mind: live in peace; and the God of love and peace will be with you.Php 4:9: Those things: which you have both learned: and received: and heard: and seen in me: do: and the God of peace will be with you.1Th 5:23: The very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless to the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ.2Th 3:16: Now the Lord of peace Himself give you peace always by all means. The Lord be with you all."brought"Ac 2:24: 32: Whom God has raised up: having loosed the pains of death: because it not was possible that He should be holden of it.Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 4:10: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 5:30: The God of our fathers raised up Jesus: whom you killed and hanged on a tree.Ac 10:40: 41: Him God raised up the third day: and showed Him openly;Ac 13:30: But God raised Him from the dead:Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Ro 1:4: Declared to be the Son of God with power: according to the spirit of holiness: by the resurrection from the dead:Ro 4:24: 25: But for us also: to whom it will be imputed: if we believe on Him that raised up Jesus our Lord from the dead;Ro 8:11: But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you: He that'>He who raised up Christ from the dead will also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwells in you.1Co 6:14: God has both raised up the Lord: and will also raise up us by His own power.1Co 15:15: Yes: and we are found false witnesses of God; because we have testified of God that He raised up Christ: whom He not raised up: if so be that the dead not rise.2Co 4:14: Knowing that He which raised up the Lord Jesus will raise up us also by Jesus: and will present us with you.Ga 1:1: Paul: an apostle: (not of men: neither by man: but by Jesus Christ: and God the Father: who raised Him from the dead;)Eph 1:20: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Col 2:12: Buried with Him in baptism: wherein also you are risen with Him through the faith of the operation of God: who has raised Him from the dead.1Th 1:10: To wait for His Son from heaven: whom He raised from the dead: even Jesus: which delivered us from the wrath to come.1Pe 1:21: Who by Him do believe in God: that raised Him up from the dead: and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God."that great"Ps 23:1: > The LORD is my shepherd; I will not want.Ps 80:1: A Psalm of Asaph.>> Give ear: O Shepherd of Israel: you that lead Joseph like a flock; you that dwell between the cherubims: shine forth.Isa 40:11: He will feed his flock like a shepherd: he will gather the lambs with his arm: and carry them in his bosom: and will gently lead those that are with young.Isa 63:11: Then He remembered the days of old: Moses: and His people: saying: Where is He that'>He who brought them up out of the sea with the shepherd of His flock? where is He that'>He who put His holy Spirit within Him?Eze 34:23: I will set up one shepherd over them: and he will feed them: even my servant David; he will feed them: and he will be their shepherd.Eze 37:24: David my servant will be king over them; and they all will have one shepherd: they will also walk in my judgments: and observe my statutes: and do them.Joh 10:11: 14: I am the good shepherd: the good shepherd gives his life for the sheep.1Pe 2:25: For you were as sheep going astray; but are now returned to the Shepherd and Bishop of your souls.1Pe 5:4: When the chief Shepherd will appear: you will receive a crown of glory that fades not away."the blood"Heb 9:20: Saying: This is the blood of the testament which God has enjoined to you.Heb 10:22: Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith: having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience: and our bodies washed with pure water.Ex 24:8: Moses took the blood: and sprinkled it on the people: and said: Look the blood of the covenant: which the LORD has made with you concerning all these words.Zec 9:11: As for you also: by the blood of your covenant I have sent forth your prisoners out of the pit wherein is no water.Mt 26:28: For this is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many for the remission of sins.Mr 14:24: He said to them: This is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many.Lu 22:20: Likewise also the cup after supper: saying: This cup is the new testament in my blood: which is shed for you."everlasting"2Sa 23:5: Although my house be not so with God; yet He has made with me an everlasting covenant: ordered in all things: and sure: for this is all my salvation: and all my desire: although He make it not to grow.1Ch 16:17: has confirmed the same to Jacob for a law: and to Israel for an everlasting covenant: Isa 55:3: Incline your ear: and come to me: hear: and your soul will live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you: even the sure mercies of David.Isa 61:8: For I the LORD love judgment: I hate robbery for burnt offering; and I will direct their work in truth: and I will make an everlasting covenant with them.Jer 32:40: I will make an everlasting covenant with them: that I not will turn away from them: to do them good; but I will put my fear in their hearts: that they will not depart from me.Eze 37:26: Moreover I will make a covenant of peace with them; it will be an everlasting covenant with them: and I will place them: and multiply them: and will set my sanctuary in the middle of them for evermore."covenant"Heb 9:16: 17: For where a testament is: there must also of necessity be the death of the testator.
καταρτισαι υμας εν παντι εργω αγαθω εις το ποιησαι το θελημα αυτου ποιων εν υμιν το ευαρεστον ενωπιον αυτου δια ιησου χριστου ω η δοξα εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων αμην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2675καταρτίσαιkatartisai (V-AOA-3S) G2675 καταρτίζω katartízō kat-ar-tid-zo from κατά and a derivative of ἄρτιος; to complete thoroughly, i.e. repair (literally or figuratively) or adjust:--fit, frame, mend, (make) perfect(-ly join together), prepare, restore.
|
καταρτίσαιkatartisai
|
equip
|
V-AOA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DNS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
everything
|
Adj-DNS
|
G18ἀγαθῷagathō (Adj-DNS) G18 ἀγαθός agathós ag-ath-os a primary word; good (in any sense, often as noun):--benefit, good(-s, things), well. Compare καλός.
|
ἀγαθῷagathō
|
good,
|
Adj-DNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in order
|
Prep
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to do
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2307θέλημαthelēma (N-ANS) G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θέλημαthelēma
|
will
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4160ποιῶνpoiōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶνpoiōn
|
working
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that which is
|
Art-ANS
|
G2101εὐάρεστονeuareston (Adj-ANS) G2101 εὐάρεστος euárestos yoo-ar-es-tos from εὖ and ἀρεστός; fully agreeable:--acceptable(-ted), wellpleasing.
|
εὐάρεστονeuareston
|
well pleasing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep) G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ,Christou
|
Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
to whom be
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
glory
|
N-NFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων·aiōnōn (N-GMP) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων·aiōnōn
|
ages.
|
N-GMP
|
G281ἀμήν.amēn (Heb) G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμήν.amēn
|
Amen.
|
Heb
|
21
Make you perfect in every good work to do His will, working in you that which is wellpleasing in His sight, through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.Hebrews 13:21
Stats
Rank: #4011 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 171 characters, 29 words, 134 letters, 48 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: καταρτισαι υμας εν παντι εργω αγαθω εις το ποιησαι το θελημα αυτου ποιων εν υμιν το ευαρεστον ενωπιον αυτου δια ιησου χριστου ω η δοξα εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων αμην
Lit: equip you in everything good, in order to do the will of Him, working in us that which is well pleasing before Him, through Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory to the ages of the ages. Amen.
KJV: Make you perfect in every good work to do his will, working in you that which is wellpleasing in his sight, through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.
References
"Make"Heb 12:23: To the general assembly and church of the firstborn: which are written in heaven: and to God the Judge of all: and to the spirits of just men made perfect: De 32:4: He is the Rock: His work is perfect: for all His ways are judgment: a God of truth and without iniquity: just and right is He.Ps 138:8: The LORD will perfect that which concerns me: your mercy: O LORD: endureth for ever: not forsake the works of your own hands.Joh 17:23: I in them: and you in me: that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that you have sent me: and have loved them: as you have loved me.Eph 3:16-19: That He would grant you: according to the riches of His glory: to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man;Col 1:9-12: For this cause we also: since the day we heard it: not do cease to pray for you: and to desire that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding;Col 4:12: Epaphras: who is one of you: a servant of Christ: salutes you: always labouring fervently for you in prayers: that you may stand perfect and complete in all the will of God.1Th 3:13: To the end He may stablish your hearts unblameable in holiness before God: even our Father: at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all His saints.1Th 5:23: The very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless to the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ.2Th 2:17: Comfort your hearts: and stablish you in every good word and work.1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you."every"2Co 9:8: God is able to make all grace abound toward you; that you: always having all sufficiency in all things: may abound to every good work:Eph 2:10: For we are His workmanship: created in Christ Jesus to good works: which God has before ordained that we should walk in them.Php 1:11: Being filled with the fruits of righteousness: which are by Jesus Christ: to the glory and praise of God.2Th 2:17: Comfort your hearts: and stablish you in every good word and work.1Ti 5:10: Well reported of for good works; if she have brought up children: if she have lodged strangers: if she have washed the saints' feet: if she have relieved the afflicted: if she have diligently followed every good work."to do"Heb 10:36: For you have need of patience: that: after you have done the will of God: you might receive the promise.Mt 7:21: Not every one that says to me: Lord: Lord: will enter into the kingdom of heaven; but He that'>He who does the will of my Father which is in heaven.Mt 12:50: For whoever will do the will of my Father which is in heaven: the same is my brother: and sister: and mother.Mt 21:31: Whether of them two did the will of His father? They say to Him: The first. Jesus says to them: Truly I say to you: That the publicans and the harlots go into the kingdom of God before you.Joh 7:17: If any man will do His will: He will know of the doctrine: whether it be of God: or whether I speak of myself.Ro 12:2: not be conformed to this world: but be you transformed by the renewing of your mind: that you may prove what is that good: and acceptable: and perfect: will of God.1Th 4:3: For this is the will of God: even your sanctification: that you should abstain from fornication:1Pe 4:2: That He no longer should live the rest of His time in the flesh to the lusts of men: but to the will of God.1Jo 2:17: The world passs away: and the lust thereof: but He that'>He who does the will of God abides for ever."working"Php 2:13: For it is God which works in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure."well pleasing"Heb 13:16: But to do good and to communicate not forget: for with such sacrifices God is well pleased.Ro 12:1: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service.Ro 14:17: 18: For the kingdom of God not is meat and drink; but righteousness: and peace: and joy in the Holy Ghost.Php 4:18: But I have all: and abound: I am full: having received of Epaphroditus the things which were sent from you: an odour of a sweet smell: a sacrifice acceptable: wellpleasing to God.Col 3:20: Children: obey your parents in all things: for this is well pleasing to the Lord.1Jo 3:22: whatever we ask: we receive of him: because we keep his commandments: and do those things that are pleasing in his sight."through"Joh 16:23: 24: In that day you will ask not mehing. Truly: truly: I say to you: Whatever you will ask the Father in my name: He will give it you.Eph 2:18: For through Him we both have access by one Spirit to the Father.Php 1:11: Being filled with the fruits of righteousness: which are by Jesus Christ: to the glory and praise of God.Php 4:13: I can do all things through Christ which strengthens me.Col 3:17: whatever you do in word or deed: do all in the name of the Lord Jesus: giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.1Pe 2:5: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ."to whom"Ps 72:18: 19: Blessed be the LORD God: the God of Israel: who only does wondrous things.Ro 16:27: To God only wise: be glory through Jesus Christ for ever. Amen. Written to the Romans from Corinthus: [and sent by Phebe servant of the church at Cenchrea.]>>Ga 1:5: To whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.Php 2:11: that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord: to the glory of God the Father.1Ti 1:17: Now to the King eternal: immortal: invisible: the only wise God: be honour and glory for ever and ever. Amen.1Ti 6:16: Who only has immortality: dwelling in the light which no man can approach to; whom no man has seen: nor can see: to whom be honour and power everlasting. Amen.2Ti 4:18: The Lord will deliver me from every evil work: and will preserve me to His heavenly kingdom: to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.1Pe 5:11: To him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.2Pe 3:18: But grow in grace: and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and for ever. Amen.Jude 1:25: To the only wise God our Saviour: be glory and majesty: dominion and power: both now and ever. Amen.Re 4:6: Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne: and round about the throne: were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind.Re 5:9: 13: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;"Amen"Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.Mt 28:20: Teaching them to observe all things whatever I have commanded you: and: indeed: I am with you alway: even to the end of the world. Amen.
παρακαλω δε υμας αδελφοι ανεχεσθε του λογου της παρακλησεως και γαρ δια βραχεων επεστειλα υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3870ΠαρακαλῶParakalō (V-PIA-1S) G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
ΠαρακαλῶParakalō
|
I exhort
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G430ἀνέχεσθεanechesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G430 ἀνέχομαι anéchomai an-ekh-om-ahee middle voice from ἀνά and ἔχω; to hold oneself up against, i.e. (figuratively) put up with:--bear with, endure, forbear, suffer.
|
ἀνέχεσθεanechesthe
|
bear with
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3056λόγουlogou (N-GMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουlogou
|
word
|
N-GMS
|
G3874παρακλήσεως·paraklēseōs (N-GFS) G3874 παράκλησις paráklēsis par-ak-lay-sis from παρακαλέω; imploration, hortation, solace:--comfort, consolation, exhortation, intreaty.
|
παρακλήσεως·paraklēseōs
|
of exhortation;
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
only
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1024βραχέωνbracheōn (Adj-GMP) G1024 βραχύς brachýs brakh-ooce of uncertain affinity; short (of time, place, quantity, or number):--few words, little (space, while).
|
βραχέωνbracheōn
|
few words
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1989ἐπέστειλαepesteila (V-AIA-1S) G1989 ἐπιστέλλω epistéllō ep-ee-stel-lo from ἐπί and στέλλω; to enjoin (by writing), i.e. (genitive case) to communicate by letter (for any purpose):--write (a letter, unto).
|
ἐπέστειλαepesteila
|
I have written
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν.hymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν.hymin
|
to you.
|
PPro-D2P
|
22
I beseech you, brothers, suffer the word of exhortation: for I have written a letter to you in few words.Hebrews 13:22
Stats
Rank: #5639 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 111 characters, 18 words, 87 letters, 35 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρακαλω δε υμας αδελφοι ανεχεσθε του λογου της παρακλησεως και γαρ δια βραχεων επεστειλα υμιν
Lit: I exhort now you, brothers, bear with the word of exhortation; only for in few words I have written to you.
KJV: And I beseech you, brethren, suffer the word of exhortation: for I have written a letter unto you in few words.
References
"suffer"Heb 13:1-3: 12-16: Let brotherly love continue.Heb 2:1: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.Heb 3:1: 12: 13: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;Heb 4:1: 11: Let us therefore fear: lest: a promise being left us of entering into his rest: any of you should seem to come short of it.Heb 6:11: 12: We desire that every one of you do show the same diligence to the full assurance of hope to the end:Heb 10:19-39: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus: Heb 12:1: 2: 12-16: 25-28: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us: 2Co 5:20: Now then we are ambassadors for Christ: as though God did beseech you by us: we pray you in Christ's stead: be you reconciled to God.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.2Co 10:1: Now I Paul myself beseech you by the meekness and gentleness of Christ: who in presence am base among you: but being absent am bold toward you:Phm 1:8: 9: For what reason: though I might be much bold in Christ to enjoin you that which is convenient: "for"Ga 6:11: You see how large a letter I have written to you with my own hand.1Pe 5:12: By Silvanus: a faithful brother to you: as I suppose: I have written briefly: exhorting: and testifying that this is the true grace of God wherein you stand.
γινωσκετε τον αδελφον τιμοθεον απολελυμενον μεθ ου εαν ταχιον ερχηται οψομαι υμας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1097ΓινώσκετεGinōskete (V-PIA-2P) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ΓινώσκετεGinōskete
|
You know
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸνadelphon (N-AMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸνadelphon
|
brother
|
N-AMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G5095ΤιμόθεονTimotheon (N-AMS) G5095 Τιμόθεος Timótheos tee-moth-eh-os from τιμή and θεός; dear to God; Timotheus, a Christian:--Timotheus, Timothy.
|
ΤιμόθεονTimotheon
|
Timothy
|
N-AMS
|
G630ἀπολελυμένον,apolelymenon (V-RPM/P-AMS) G630 ἀπολύω apolýō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λύω; to free fully, i.e. (literally) relieve, release, dismiss (reflexively, depart), or (figuratively) let die, pardon or (specially) divorce:--(let) depart, dismiss, divorce, forgive, let go, loose, put (send) away, release, set at liberty.
|
ἀπολελυμένον,apolelymenon
|
has been released,
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G3326μεθ’meth’ (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μεθ’meth’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5032τάχιονtachion (Adj-ANS-C) G5032 τάχιον táchion takh-ee-on neuter singular of the comparative of ταχύς (as adverb); more swiftly, i.e. (in manner) more rapidly, or (in time) more speedily:--out (run), quickly, shortly, sooner.
|
τάχιονtachion
|
sooner
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G2064ἔρχηταιerchētai (V-PSM/P-3S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχηταιerchētai
|
he should come,
|
V-PSM/P-3S
|
G3708ὄψομαιopsomai (V-FIM-1S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὄψομαιopsomai
|
I will see
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶς.hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς.hymas
|
you.
|
PPro-A2P
|
23
Know you that our brother Timothy is set at liberty; with whom, if he come shortly, I will see you.
Hebrews 13:23
Stats
Rank: #6573 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 98 characters, 17 words, 75 letters, 27 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: γινωσκετε τον αδελφον τιμοθεον απολελυμενον μεθ ου εαν ταχιον ερχηται οψομαι υμας
Lit: You know the brother of us Timothy has been released, with whom if sooner he should come, I will see you.
KJV: Know ye that our brother Timothy is set at liberty; with whom, if he come shortly, I will see you.
References
"brother"Ac 16:1-3: Then came he to Derbe and Lystra: and: look: a certain disciple was there: named Timotheus: the son of a certain woman: which was a Jewess: and believed; but his father was a Greek:1Th 3:2: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:Phm 1:1: Paul: a prisoner of Jesus Christ: and Timothy our brother: to Philemon our dearly beloved: and fellowlabourer: "is set"1Ti 6:12: Fight the good fight of faith: lay hold on eternal life: to what you are also called: and have professed a good profession before many witnesses.2Ti 1:8: not Be you therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord: nor of me His prisoner: but be you partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;Re 7:14: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb."I will"Ro 15:25: 28: But now I go to Jerusalem to minister to the saints.Phm 1:22: But withal prepare me also a lodging: for I trust that through your prayers I will be given to you.
ασπασασθε παντας τους ηγουμενους υμων και παντας τους αγιους ασπαζονται υμας οι απο της ιταλιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G782ἈσπάσασθεAspasasthe (V-AMM-2P) G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἈσπάσασθεAspasasthe
|
Greet
|
V-AMM-2P
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2233ἡγουμένουςhēgoumenous (V-PPM/P-AMP) G2233 ἡγέομαι hēgéomai hayg-eh-om-ahee middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of ἄγω; to lead, i.e. command (with official authority); figuratively, to deem, i.e. consider:--account, (be) chief, count, esteem, governor, judge, have the rule over, suppose, think.
|
ἡγουμένουςhēgoumenous
|
leading
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G40ἁγίους.hagious (Adj-AMP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίους.hagious
|
saints.
|
Adj-AMP
|
G782ἈσπάζονταιAspazontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἈσπάζονταιAspazontai
|
Greet
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2482Ἰταλίας.Italias (N-GFS) G2482 Ἰταλία Italía ee-tal-ee-ah probably of foreign origin; Italia, a region of Europe:--Italy.
|
Ἰταλίας.Italias
|
Italy.
|
N-GFS
|
24
Greet all them that have the rule over you, and all the saints. They of Italy greet you.Hebrews 13:24
Stats
Rank: #8029 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 16 words, 70 letters, 29 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ασπασασθε παντας τους ηγουμενους υμων και παντας τους αγιους ασπαζονται υμας οι απο της ιταλιας
Lit: Greet all those leading you, and all the saints. Greet you, those from Italy.
KJV: Salute all them that have the rule over you, and all the saints. They of Italy salute you.
References
"Salute"Ro 16:1-16: I commend to you Phebe our sister: which is a servant of the church which is at Cenchrea:"the rule"Heb 13:7: 17: Remember them which have the rule over you: who have spoken to you the word of God: whose faith follow: considering the end of their conversation."and all"2Co 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: and Timothy our brother: to the church of God which is at Corinth: with all the saints which are in all Achaia:2Co 13:13: All the saints greet you.Php 1:1: Paul and Timotheus: the servants of Jesus Christ: to all the saints in Christ Jesus which are at Philippi: with the bishops and deacons:Php 4:22: All the saints greet you: chiefly they that are of Caesar's household.Col 1:2: To the saints and faithful brothers in Christ which are at Colosse: Grace be to you: and peace: from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.Phm 1:5: Hearing of your love and faith: which you have toward the Lord Jesus: and toward all saints;"They"Ro 16:21-23: Timotheus my workfellow: and Lucius: and Jason: and Sosipater: my kinsmen: greet you."Italy"Ac 18:2: Found a certain Jew named Aquila: born in Pontus: lately come from Italy: with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came to them.Ac 27:1: When it was determined that we should sail into Italy: they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to one named Julius: a centurion of Augustus' band.
η χαρις μετα παντων υμων αμην [προς εβραιους εγραφη απο της ιταλιας δια τιμοθεου]
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5485χάριςcharis (N-NFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριςcharis
|
Grace be
|
N-NFS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
G281⧼Ἀμήν⧽.Amēn (Heb) G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
⧼Ἀμήν⧽.Amēn
|
Amen.
|
Heb
|
25
Grace be with you all. Amen. <<Written to the Hebrews from Italy by Timothy.>>Hebrews 13:25
Stats
Rank: #6742 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 12 words, 58 letters, 20 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: η χαρις μετα παντων υμων αμην [προς εβραιους εγραφη απο της ιταλιας δια τιμοθεου]
Lit: Grace be with all of you. Amen.
KJV: Grace be with you all. Amen. <<[Written to the Hebrews from Italy by Timothy.]>>
References
"Grace be with you all. Amen."Ro 1:7: To all that be in Rome: beloved of God: called to be saints: Grace to you and peace from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.Ro 16:20: 24: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.Eph 6:24: Grace be with all them that love our Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity. Amen. Written from Rome to the Ephesians by Tychicus.>>2Ti 4:22: The Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit. Grace be with you. Amen. The second [epistle to Timotheus: ordained the first bishop of the church of the Ephesians: was written from Rome: when Paul was brought before Nero the second time.]>>Tit 3:15: All that are with me greet you. Greet them that love us in the faith. Grace be with you all. Amen. It was written to Titus: ordained the first bishop of the church of the Cretians: from Nicopolis of Macedonia.>>Re 22:21: The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen. >